Normal view

Before yesterdayTech

SurfMind – Instant AI assistant on your browser


Meet SurfMind, an instant AI assistant on your browser. Connect to over 100 top AI models, local LLMs, or custom endpoints. Get instant, in-page AI chat and writing assistance, automate web tasks and repetitive browser actions, and enhance your chat with PDFs, images, and web citations. You can use your own API key or our credits.

View startup

NYC Block Score – Scores NYC blocks across noise, green space, restaurants, safety, and more


NYC Block Score evaluates any NYC block across five dimensions using live data from NYC Open Data: noise, green space, restaurants and bars, safety, and construction. Enter an address to get a 1 to 10 score with clear labels so you understand what you're seeing, not just a number. This is a beta launch with real data and live scoring. Some tree coverage data in outer boroughs may be incomplete. The goal is to provide honest information rather than wait for perfection. Try your block and share it with your landlord or friends.

View startup

How to watch The Open 2026: Free Live Streams, TV Channels & Preview — Round 1

Watch The Open 2026 live streams, as the oldest golf tournament in the world returns for its 154th staging, at the links of Royal Birkdale. Scottie Scheffler will defend his crown won 12 months ago, while Rory McIlroy and local favorite Tommy Fleetwood – born minutes away in nearby Southport – are also among the leading contender's for golf's original major.

After winning by four strokes at Royal Portrush in 2025, Scheffler is trying to become the first Open champion to successfully defend their crown since Padraig Harrington in 2008-09. Yet the world number one will be smarting from missing his first cut in 78 tournaments after failing to make the weekend at the Scottish Open a week ago. He'll tee it up with world number three Matt Fitzpatrick and 2024 champion Xander Schauffele.

Fleetwood is seeking to become the first English winner of the Claret Jug since Nick Faldo in 1992. He goes out in a stellar group with 2021 champion Jon Rahm and Jordan Spieth, who won the last time the tournament was held at Royal Birkdale in 2017. Further home hopefuls include Aaron Rai, the reigning PGA Champion, and Justin Rose who exploded as an amateur here in 1998.

Rory McIlroy will also fancy his chances. The two-time reigning Masters champion finished strongly at the Scottish Open last weekend, with a final-round 64.

Blessed with a beautiful art deco clubhouse, the course is a cracker and conditions are set to be warm, which will bring its own challenge of controlling the ball on a links course by the sea.

Read on for our guide on where to watch The Open 2026 online, on TV and potentially for free wherever you are. Scroll down for the Round 1 tee times.

Can you watch The Open 2026 for free?

The Open coverage is predominantly locked behind a paywall, but there are a couple of ways to watch some free live streams from Royal Birkdale.

The Open app (available via the Apple Store and Google Play) will show coverage from Featured Groups over the course of the four days.

That will focus solely on those particular three or four groups, though, so for more exhaustive coverage, you'll have to look elsewhere. In the US there are free trials available that will let you tune in for nothing.

The tournament is being shown on NBC and USA Network, which are both carried by YouTube TV (10-day free trial), DirecTV Stream (5-day free trial) and Hulu+Live TV (3-day free trial).

Alternatively, you can live stream The Open 2026 on Peacock for next to nothing by taking advantage of the Walmart Plus 30-day trial for $1.

In Australia, Kayo Sports has a 7-day free trial to watch the tournament.

Traveling abroad right now? You can use a VPN to watch the Open Championship 2026 for free as if you were right at home.

Use a VPN to watch The Open 2026 live streams

A VPN is handy piece of software that can make your device appear as if it's back in your home country, so you can unlock your usual service. The best VPN right now? We recommend NordVPN – it does everything and comes with up to 75% off.

🟩 NordVPN – get the world's best VPN

Not having a VPN is like leaving your front door wide open in a busy city – anyone can walk right in and take a peek.

TechRadar regularly reviews all the biggest and best VPN providers and NordVPN is our #1 choice.

Up to 75% off today
3 extra months free
Unlocks all necessary streaming services

Get NordVPN and stream The Open 2026 from anywhere.View Deal

How to watch The Open 2026 live streams in the US

US flag banner

The Open 2026 coverage is shared between NBC, USA Network and Peacock in the US. All NBC coverage is being simulcasted on Peacock.

Rounds 1 and 2 air on NBC Sports Network/Peacock from 1.30am-4am, and on USA Network from 4am-3.30pm. Round 3 airs on USA from 5am-7am, and on NBC/Peacock from 7am-3pm. Round 4 airs on USA from 4am-7am, and on NBC/Peacock from 7am-finish. All times ET.

The Peacock price starts at $10.99/month or $109.99/year for a plan that carries live sports. However, you can access Peacock virtually for free with a Walmart Plus 30-day trial for $1.

NBC and USA Network, meanwhile, are available through Sling – specifically the Blue plan, which starts at $45.99/month. It includes NBC, ABC and Fox in select locations, plus FS1, USA Network, FX and more.

Alternatively, both channels are also carried by YouTube TV and Hulu + Live TV, each of which offers a free trial to new users.

If you're traveling outside of the US, you can make use of NordVPN to catch the action.

How to watch The Open 2026 live streams in the UK

UK flag

(Image credit: Future)

In the UK, The Open Championship 2026 is being shown on Sky Sports, via the Sky Sports Main Event and Sky Sports Golf channels.

Sky Sports plans start from £35/month, or £20 if you're an existing Sky subscriber. Alternatively, grab a Now Sports subscription from £14.99/day or £34.99/month.

Outside the UK right now? Use NordVPN to access your preferred coverage of The Open Championship.

How to watch The Open 2026 live streams in Australia

Australian flag

(Image credit: free)

In Australia, The Open 2026 is being televised on Fox Sports via Foxtel, with live streaming available via Kayo Sports.

Kayo Sports starts at AU$30 per month after a 7-day free trial. Or you can get your first month for AU$1.

If you're currently out of Australia but want to watch your usual Open coverage, you'll need to get yourself a VPN, as per the instructions above.

How to watch The Open 2026 live streams in Canada

Canada

(Image credit: Other)

In Canada, The Open 2026 is exclusive to TSN.

If you don't have cable, the TSN Plus streaming service costs CA$29.99/month or CA$249.99/year. However, you can currently get three months for CA$59.99.

If you're out of Canada but still want to tune in, explore the VPN route set out above, which will help you access your accounts from anywhere.

The Open 2026 FAQs

What are the Round 1 tee times?

(All times BST, which is -5 hours from ET)

6:35 a.m. Matthew Baldwin, Thomas Detry, James Nicholas

6:46 a.m. Michael Kim, David Hillier, Andy Sullivan

6:57 a.m. Ryan Fox, Andrew Novak, Matthew Jordan

7:08 a.m. Henrik Stenson, Max Homa, Joe Dean

7:19 a.m. Robert MacIntyre, Rickie Fowler, Alex Fitzpatrick

7:30 a.m. David Duval, Martin Couvra, Matthew Southgate

7:41 a.m. Sungjae Im, Daniel Brown, Fifa Laopakdee*

7:52 a.m. Gary Woodland, Jake Knapp, Jordan Smith

8:03 a.m. Francesco Molinari, Tom McKibbin, Lev Grinberg*

8:14 a.m. Hennie du Plessis, Jose Luis Ballester, Dan Bradbury

8:25 a.m. Angel Ayora, Victor Perez, Mateo Pulcini*

8:36 a.m. Stewart Cink, Scott Vincent, Joakim Lagergren

8:47 a.m. Michael Thorbjornsen, Kota Kaneko, Travis Smyth

9:03 a.m. Alex Smalley, Sam Stevens, Ryo Hisatsune

9:14 a.m. Akshay Bhatia, Harris English, Rasmus Hojgaard

9:25 a.m. Ben Griffin, Hideki Matsuyama, Min Woo Lee

9:36 a.m. Russell Henley, Justin Rose, Viktor Hovland

9:47 a.m. Justin Thomas, Alex Noren, Jason Day

9:58 a.m. Scottie Scheffler, Tyrrell Hatton, Bryson DeChambeau

10:09 a.m. Jordan Spieth, Tommy Fleetwood, Jon Rahm

10:20 a.m. Brian Harman, Si Woo Kim, Nick Taylor

10:31 a.m. Ryan Gerard, Maverick McNealy, David Puig

10:42 a.m. Kazuma Kobori, Tom Sloman, David Howard*

10:53 a.m. Antoine Rozner, Ren Yonezawa, Caleb Surratt

11:04 a.m. MJ Daffue, Frederic Lacroix, Jack McDonald

11:15 a.m. Jeongwoo Ham, Ryutaro Nagamo, Alejandro De Castro Piera*

11:41 a.m. John Parry, Eric Cole, Tiger Christensen

11:52 a.m. Eugenio Chacarra, Matt Wallace, Max Greyserman

12:03 p.m. Michael Brennan, Sahith Theegala, Laurie Canter

12:14 p.m. Cameron Smith, Keith Mitchell, Stuart Grehan*

12:25 p.m. Sepp Straka, Joaquin Niemann, Kurt Kitayama

12:36 p.m. Sami Valimaki, Shaun Norris, Jackson Suber

12:47 p.m. Darren Clarke, Adrien Saddier, Bernd Wiesberger

12:58 p.m. Keegan Bradley, Corey Conners, Casey Jarvis

1:09 p.m. Matt McCarty, Harry Hall, Haotong Li

1:20 p.m. Padraig Harrington, Marco Penge, Michael Hollick

1:31 p.m. Tom Kim, Billy Horschel, Mason Howell*

1:42 p.m. Johnny Keefer, Pierceson Coody, Keita Nakajima

1:53 p.m. Louis Oosthuizen, Jesper Svensson, Jack Buchanan

2:09 p.m. Bud Cauley, Jayden Schaper, Lucas Herbert

2:20 p.m. Kristoffer Reitan, Patrick Reed, JT Poston

2:31 p.m. Chris Gotterup, Sam Burns, Adam Scott

2:42 p.m. Collin Morikawa, JJ Spaun, Nicolai Hojgaard

2:53 p.m. Shane Lowry, Aaron Rai, Brooks Koepka

3:04 p.m. Cameron Young, Wyndham Clark, Ludvig Aberg

3:15 p.m. Rory McIlroy, Xander Schauffele, Matt Fitzpatrick

3:26 p.m. Jacob Bridgeman, Rasmus Neergaard-Petersen, Tim Wiedmeyer*

3:37 p.m. Patrick Cantlay, Daniel Berger, Nico Echevarria

3:48 p.m. Peter Uihlein, Alistair Docherty, Francesco Laporta

3:59 p.m. Cameron John, Austen Truslow, Sam Bairstow

4:10 p.m. Naoyuki Kataoka, Marcus Plunkett, Baard Bjoernevik

4:21 p.m. Kazuki Higa, Jiho Yang, Nevill Ruiter*

Round 2:

6:35 a.m. John Parry, Eric Cole, Tiger Christensen

6:46 a.m. Eugenio Chacarra, Matt Wallace, Max Greyserman

6:57 a.m. Michael Brennan, Sahith Theegala, Laurie Canter

7:08 a.m. Cameron Smith, Keith Mitchell, Stuart Grehan

7:19 a.m. Sepp Straka, Joaquin Niemann, Kurt Kitayama

7:30 a.m. Sami Valimaki, Shaun Norris, Jackson Suber

7:41 a.m. Darren Clarke, Adrien Saddier, Bernd Wiesberger

7:52 a.m. Keegan Bradley, Corey Conners, Casey Jarvis

8:03 a.m. Matt McCarty, Harry Hall, Haotong Li

8:14 a.m. Padraig Harrington, Marco Penge, Michael Hollick

8:25 a.m. Tom Kim, Billy Horschel, Mason Howell

8:36 a.m. Johnny Keefer, Pierceson Coody, Keita Nakajima

8:47 a.m. Louis Oosthuizen, Jesper Svensson, Jack Buchanan

9:03 a.m. Bud Cauley, Jayden Schaper, Lucas Herbert

9:14 a.m. Kristoffer Reitan, Patrick Reed, JT Poston

9:25 a.m. Chris Gotterup, Sam Burns, Adam Scott

9:36 a.m. Collin Morikawa, JJ Spaun, Nicolai Hojgaard

9:47 a.m. Shane Lowry, Aaron Rai, Brooks Koepka

9:58 a.m. Cameron Young, Wyndham Clark, Ludvig Aberg

10:09 a.m. Rory McIlroy, Xander Schauffele, Matt Fitzpatrick

10:20 a.m. Jacob Bridgeman, Rasmus Neergaard-Petersen, Tim Wiedemeyer,

10:31 a.m. Patrick Cantlay, Daniel Berger, Nico Echavarria

10:42 a.m. Peter Uihlein, Alistair Docherty, Francesco Laporta

10:53 a.m. Cameron John, Austen Truslow, Sam Bairstow

11:04 a.m. Naoyuki Kataoka, Marcus Plunkett, Baard Bjoernevik Skogen

11:15 a.m. Kazuki Higa, Jiho Yang, Nevill Ruiter

11:41 a.m. Matthew Baldwin, Thomas Detry James Nicholas

11:52 a.m. Michael Kim, Daniel Hillier, Andy Sullivan

12:03 p.m. Ryan Fox, Andrew Novak, Matthew Jordan

12:14 p.m. Henrik Stenson, Max Homa, Joe Dean

12:25 p.m. Robert MacIntyre, Rickie Fowler, Alex Fitzpatrick

12:36 p.m. David Duval, Martin Couvra, Matthew Southgate

12:47 p.m. Sungjae Im, Daniel Brown, Fifa Laopakdee

12:58 p.m. Gary Woodland, Jake Knapp, Jordan Smith

1:09 p.m. Francesco Molinari, Tom McKibbin, Lev Grinberg

1:20 p.m. Hennie du Plessis, Jose Luis Ballester Barrio, Dan Bradbury

1:31 p.m. Angel Ayora, Victor Perez, Mateo Pulcini

1:42 p.m. Stewart Cink, Scott Vincent, Joakim Lagergren

1:53 p.m. Michael Thorbjornsen, Kota Kaneko, Travis Smyth

2:09 p.m. Alex Smalley, Sam Stevens, Ryo Hisatsune

2:20 p.m. Akshay Bhatia, Harris English, Rasmus Hojgaard

2:31 p.m. Ben Griffin, Hideki Matsuyama, Min Woo Lee

2:42 p.m. Russell Henley, Justin Rose, Viktor Hovland

2:53 p.m. Justin Thomas, Alex Noren, Jason Day

3:04 p.m. Scottie Scheffler, Tyrrell Hatton, Bryson DeChambeau

3:15 p.m. Jordan Spieth, Tommy Fleetwood, Jon Rahm

3:26 p.m. Brian Harman, Si Woo Kim, Nick Taylor

3:37 p.m. Ryan Gerard, Maverick McNealy, David Puig

3:48 p.m. Kazuma Kobori, Tom Sloman, David Howard

3:59 p.m. Antoine Rozner. Ren Yonezawa, Caleb Surratt

4:10 p.m. MJ Daffue, Frederic Lacroix, Jack McDonald

4:21 p.m. Jeongwoo Ham, Ryutaro Nagano, Alejandro De Castro Piera

Who are the recent Open winners?

2025 – Scottie Scheffler
2024 – Xander Schauffele
2023 – Brian Harman
2022 – Cameron Smith
2021 – Collin Morikawa
2020 – N/A
2019 – Shane Lowry
2018 – Francesco Molinari
2017 – Jordan Spieth
2016 – Henrik Stenson

Can I follow The Open 2026 on my mobile?

Of course! Each of the major broadcasters has streaming services that you can access through mobile apps or via your phone's browser.

And, as we've mentioned above you can watch action from Featured Groups at the tournament on The Open app (available via the Apple Store and Google Play).

You can also stay up-to-date with all of the key highlights on the PGA's official social media channels on YouTube (@PGATour), Instagram (@PGATour), TikTok (@PGATour) and Facebook (@PGATour).

We test and review VPN services in the context of legal recreational uses. For example:1. Accessing a service from another country (subject to the terms and conditions of that service).2. Protecting your online security and strengthening your online privacy when abroad.We do not support or condone the illegal or malicious use of VPN services. Consuming pirated content that is paid-for is neither endorsed nor approved by Future Publishing.

The Australian government just told thousands of people to throw out their routers — despite experts warning it could be a major security risk

  • The Australian Competition & Consumer Commission (ACCC) has bricked thousands of routers
  • Flashing alternative firmware like OpenWRT is an option that the ACCC has ignored
  • Disposed SamKnows SK-WB8 routers can pose a security risk if they’re not first wiped with a factory reset

The Australian government’s competition regulator, the Australian Competition & Consumer Commission (ACCC), has initiated the bricking of some 4,000 routers, rolled out across the country in 2020 in order to collect information on broadband speeds.

Issued as part of the Measuring Broadband Australia (MBA) program, the routers were whiteboxes from SamKnows, a subsidiary of Cisco, and given a finite lifespan. That date was reached in June 2026, with the SamKnows SK-WB8 routers remotely disabled on June 30.

As a consequence, Australians are likely to toss the bricked routers, resulting in a sharp increase in e-waste. In doing so, they risk breaches of digital security if the routers are not first wiped. Worse, the ACCC’s position is further confused by the fact that these routers can be flashed, making their destruction quite pointless.

Data discarded, but the routers still work

Since the June 30 cut-off, the routers are known to power up, and while bricked for internet access, can seemingly be reused with custom router firmware. The nature of the data collected by the routers for the MBA program was for measurement and customer registration, and this has apparently been deleted, according to emails sent to volunteers of the program.

While accurate figures are unknown, by December 2020 over 2,600 of the SamKnows SK-WB8 routers had been distributed by the ACCC, with 4,000 planned for release across the lifespan of the MBA program.

Attempts to contact the ACCC and Cisco to learn more about why volunteers of the MBA program are being encouraged to dispose of perfectly usable routers have been met with stock, non-committal responses.

The ACCC gave ArsTechnica a potted history of the device and the MBA program, as well as stating that “volunteers are encouraged to unplug their disabled whitebox and dispose of it in an environmentally responsible manner via free e-waste recycling services.”

Should you ditch your ACCC router?

If there is no reason to keep your ACCC-supplied router and have a replacement ready, it is important to factory reset the device before disposal. This ensures that any administrator passwords, ISP details, and custom network settings are deleted, keeping them from falling into the wrong hands.

Finding a safe disposal option will help to ensure the router is correctly dismantled. The ACCC has emailed recipients of the SamKnows SK-WB8 routers informing them of the correct disposal procedure, with a link to a live list of e-waste services.

However, if you have the time and inclination to flash OpenWRT, a guide explaining how to do this is available on the OpenWRT page for the SamKnows SK-WB8.

5 amazing tools built with GPT-5.6 that people are showing off to Sam Altman — from a wardrobe assistant to Pokémon Go for cats

OpenAI's debut of the new GPT-5.6 model prompted the usual ritual of benchmark charts and arguments over whether it is really smarter than the last version, but CEO Sam Altman asked for a little more this time. He publicly asked to see what people actually built with it.

i'd love to see interesting things people have built with 5.6 sol.i will send the person who made the coolest thing a special gift from the openai archives.July 12, 2026

That led to a much more interesting showcase. Developers responded with all kinds of ideas, pilot projects, and even complete services. It makes sense, since OpenAI claims GPT-5.6 is better at coding and more reliable for long tasks. Seeing them turn into real software says much more than a release blog ever could. Here are five that stood out among the deluge.

ChatGPT coworker

A new way to interface with AI pic.twitter.com/7ip7JPijLOJuly 12, 2026

The demo from Kitsune Agent Lab almost makes the chat window feel old-fashioned. The AI agent is given a goal and gets on with the job, moving between different tools, making decisions, and keeping track of what it has already done.

The interesting part is how motivated the AI agent appears to keep going and how good it is at remembering what it's done before. Developers have been asking for something like this for a while. AI is far more useful when it can finish the work instead of simply suggesting how you might do it yourself.

Financial chatter

Hi @sama I built a gameboy emulator for NYC that streams real-time city data (subways, weather, ferries, etc) all layered on a 3d map of NYC! All data exists in a spatial intelligence layer that agents can use to experience your fav places in the city!Should I do SF next? pic.twitter.com/uo0niBRvR5July 13, 2026

One of the most charming projects makes New York City look like it belonged inside an original Game Boy. It comes complete with chunky pixel graphics but runs on a live digital map of New York that pulls in real-time information, including subway trains, weather conditions, and ferry movements. Instead of wandering through a fictional RPG world, you're exploring a tiny, pixelated version of the city.

A project like this requires far more than generating a few lines of code. It brings together live data feeds, mapping, interface design, and plenty of problem-solving into something that feels polished rather than experimental. It's one reason developers are feeling excited about GPT-5.6

Wardrobe AI

i gave 5.6 sol access to my camera roll and had it extract pictures of every piece of clothing i own from my photosthen, told it to find new outfits for me and render them on me with gpt-image!its kinda cool to see your entire wardrobe in a collection like this https://t.co/pkLTjtn7xL pic.twitter.com/SV796uScrBJuly 13, 2026

This project uses GPT-5.6 to create a polished AI wardrobe assistant that organizes clothing, suggests outfits, and presents everything through an interface that feels more like a premium consumer app than an experimental AI demo.

It's an impressively complete experience. The application gives users a visual, interactive way to browse their clothes and receive recommendations based on what they already own. The demo also highlights GPT-5.6's strength in developers building entire applications instead of isolated features. It brings together interface design, image generation, organization, and intelligent recommendations that would normally require stitching together several complex systems. GPT-5.6 appears to handle much of that heavy lifting.

Pokémon Go, but for neighborhood cats

I made a mobile game https://t.co/J1xWyutGk4 🐱July 13, 2026

One developer made a whole real-world-based game called CatchCat. It's like a digital expansion to a scavenger hunt for cats. Point your phone at a real cat, let the app verify the sighting with its camera, and turn that encounter into a collectible digital cat card with its own personality, rarity, and place in your growing album. It is essentially a creature-collecting game in which the creatures are the neighborhood cats you meet.

Players can build collections, explore community sightings, compete with friends, and gradually fill a living scrapbook of feline encounters, all wrapped in a polished interface that would not look out of place on the App Store or Google Play. Building something like CatchCat means juggling computer vision, mobile development, backend services, and game design.

Tasteful travel

Built Atlas Mode for Pearl, an interactive globe that integrates data on the world’s best places + your taste profile to discover and book restaurants, hotels, bars, wineries, and flights. Used 5.6 Sol Ultra + GPT Voice 2.1 pic.twitter.com/b4LlPC7BZRJuly 13, 2026

One of the most ambitious projects, Atlas Mode for Pearl, is an interactive globe that turns travel planning into something closer to exploring a living map. Instead of typing destination names into a search box, users can spin the globe, discover places visually, and receive recommendations for restaurants, hotels, and more matched to their personal tastes.

It has an impressive number of moving parts running behind the scenes. The app combines geographic data with an individual taste profile, then layers AI recommendations directly onto an interactive globe. It even has an audio aspect thanks to GPT Voice 2.1. You can talk through vacation ideas instead of endlessly tweaking search filters.

That is a recurring theme among the projects developers rushed to show Sam Altman. The AI is no longer the product itself. Increasingly, it is the engine quietly powering products that people might actually want to use.

Microsoft blocks Windows 11 KB5101650 update for Dell PCs due to "unexpected shutdowns, poor performance, increased heat, and battery drain"

Microsoft has confirmed that it has blocked the availability of the recent Windows 11 July Patch Tuesday update (KB5101650) on Dell PCs, after Dell reported a number of issues including unexpected shutdowns, overheating, poor performance, and more caused by the preview update that released before it.

The KB5101650 began rolling out on July 14, and includes a number of quality of life improvements and fixes. For most users, this update is issue free, but Dell PCs will find that the update is not available for them currently.

"A limited number of Dell devices might display a yellow exclamation point in Device Manager next to the Intel Innovation Platform Framework Processor Participant driver. These devices can potentially experience unexpected shutdowns, poor performance, increased heat, and battery drain."

This issue applies to both the KB5101650 update that rolled out on July 14, and the optional preview update KB5095093 that rolled out on June 23, on either Windows 11 version 24H2 or 25H2. Dell PCs running either of these updates and experiencing issues should roll back.

The bug in question appears to be caused by the new Windows USB-C Connection Manager interface, with the Intel Innovation Platform Framework Processor Participant driver no longer functioning as intended. "This issue was reported by Dell during testing and identified as an incompatibility between the Intel driver and the new Windows USB-C Connection Manager interface."

Microsoft says that it's working on a fix, and will release a resolution for the PCs that are impacted by this issue soon. The good news is that it appears Microsoft was aware of the problem right away, as the July 14 update was blocked on Dell PCs right out of the gate.

Unfortunately, there was no immediate block on the optional update that released on June 23, meaning some devices may have installed the update that is causing problems. The best course of action in that situation is to simply roll-back to the previous update.

via Bleeping Computer

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Difference Machine – Simulate tipping points across any population and act before they flip


Difference Machine simulates how populations shift between states under pressure and pinpoints the exact tipping point before it appears. It ingests public or internal signals, models how pressures compound, and runs stress tests to forecast when customers, voters, patients, or employees will flip. The engine tunes itself to your data, constrains AI within valid transitions, and visualizes the cliff so you can decide early and prevent churn, defection, or dropout.

View startup

Modus – Bot-free AI meeting assistant with real-time guidance


Modus helps professionals stay focused and confident during important conversations. Unlike traditional AI notetakers that send a visible bot into the meeting, Modus works quietly on your device and supports both online and in-person conversations. It offers live transcription, real-time AI suggestions, fact-checking, explanations, notes, summaries, action items, and searchable meeting history. AFK Mode captures important context when you need to step away. Modus is available on Windows, macOS, iOS, and Android.

View startup

Assassin's Creed Hexe Leaks: Price, Release Date, and DLC Details Revealed

16 July 2026 at 04:12
There have recently been a slew of details about the upcoming Assassin's Creed Hexe, from positives, like the return of fan-favorite characters, to less positive news like the pared-back combat system, or the recent dev team layoffs that may affect the scope of the game further. Now, recent leaks by @AgaiinTx on X claim to reveal the pricing and some other details of what they call Assassin's Creed: Codename Hexe.

According to the leaker, Hexe will feature a PEGI 18 rating and will release for PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X|S. Allegedly the game will use Denuvo. The leaker also claims that June 2027 has been set as the game's launch date, but it is suspected that this is likely a placeholder and will change at a later date. The base game will allegedly cost $69.99, but it will also launch with deluxe and collector's edition, both of which will cost more than the former.

Hydrofluoric Acid Prices Climb as AI Chip Demand Outpaces a Strained Semiconductor Materials Supply

16 July 2026 at 03:43

With the Iran conflict once again in full swing and demand for AI chips booming, industry sources expect that semiconductor raw material prices will only increase. Earlier this month, China created some turmoil in the semiconductor manufacturing raw materials supply chain when it announced that it would suspend Helium exports due to the supply chain turmoil. While China is not a key Helium exporter in terms of capacity, its role nevertheless could create trouble down the road if there is further disruption. Semiconductor Manufacturing Raw Materials Providers Raise Prices As Demand, Supply Dynamics Bite The complexity of semiconductor fabrication, which […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/hydrofluoric-acid-prices-climb-as-ai-chip-demand-outpaces-a-strained-semiconductor-materials-supply/

NVIDIA Jetson Thor T3000 & T2000 Unveiled For Physical AI, Powering Mainstream Humanoids, Robotics and Edge AI

16 July 2026 at 03:40

An NVIDIA chip is displayed alongside an unbranded device, with lines connecting to robotic, agricultural, and emergency response imagery, highlighting AI applications.

NVIDIA has unveiled its brand-new Jetson Thor solutions, expanding into mainstream robotics, humanoids & Edge AI with the T3000 & T2000. NVIDIA Jetson Thor T3000 Offers 865 TFLOPs of AI Compute For Humanoids & Robotics, While T2000 Pushes 400 TFLOPs For Edge AI We already told you that some big news was coming on the Physical AI side of things when Jensen landed in Japan yesterday, and the first of these announcements has been revealed in the form of the NVIDIA Jetson Thor T3000 and T2000. Kawasaki Heavy Industries provides technology designed to improve the overall efficiency of hospital operations, including […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/nvidia-jetson-thor-t3000-t2000-unveiled-for-physical-ai-powering-humanoids-robotics/

'This computer works almost like a guitar': Fingernail-sized quantum chip uses vibrations to store data

  • ETH Zurich quantum chip sees superconducting qubit act as CPU and the vibrational modes of a fingernail-width acoustic resonator serve as quantum RAM
  • The approach borrows from classical computer architecture as it completely flips the script on how modern quantum computing might store short-term data
  • The team demonstrated a universal gate set and ran small instances of the quantum Fourier transform and period finding

A guitar string essentially stores a note based on how it vibrates, and if one plucks it differently, an entirely different note plays.

A team of researchers at ETH Zurich has leveraged the same principle to build a quantum chip that stores information by replacing the string with microscopic acoustic resonators.

This allows the chip to increase its working memory significantly, essentially increasing the storage capacity, a prohibitively expensive commodity in quantum computing, significantly.

A vibrations-based quantum storage play

ETH Zurich's research is led by quantum physicist Yiwen Chu, who used tiny mechanical vibrations to both store and process information. The vibrations, however, go far beyond the range of human hearing, happening inside a quantum chip where they essentially replace or complement the working memory of a quantum computer.

The study, published by the Hybrid Quantum Systems group, lists Professor Yiwen Chu, along with doctoral students Yu Yang and Igor Kladarić, as lead authors and focuses on replicating the division of labor seen in a classical computer.

A superconducting transmon qubit serves as the CPU, while the working memory (the quantum equivalent of RAM) is a high-overtone bulk acoustic wave resonator, or HBAR, whose many vibrational modes each serve as a memory slot.

The Qubit essentially swaps a quantum state from a vibrational mode (reads it, in classical computer terms), manipulates it (modifies it), and swaps it back (writes it). This makes for a unique configuration that most modern quantum computers do not follow, in which processing and storage are two distinct segments; most designs treat both memory and compute similarly.

The approach has advantages, however: acoustic waves have wavelengths roughly a hundred thousand times shorter than electromagnetic ones, allowing an entire quantum chip to be extremely small, as the research team states, even if the actual computer will be many orders of magnitude larger.

The chip has passed stress tests, including a proof of feasibility, which also included testing using two of the most commonly used methods to benchmark a quantum computer: the quantum Fourier transform and a period-finding algorithm.

The endgame here, as noted by the research team, is quantum random-access memory (QRAM), which would allow modern quantum computers to access a much larger store of quantum memory than current specifications allow. Whether this pans out depends on both the scalability of the approach and the computational power in play.

'Bose features at a non-Bose price, for the first time': Skullcandy launches its most premium headphones ever, getting by with a little help from its friend

  • Skullcandy launches Crusher 1080 ANC, new premium over-ears
  • They mark the debut of three Bose-made features in a non-Bose product
  • Just launched and available right now, for $280 / AU$399.99 (about £210)

It is as I foretold: after we saw Skullcandy teases about new headphones, the brand has unveiled exactly the pair of cans I predicted. Meet the Skullcandy Crusher 1080 ANC; they're the pair that skate legend (and brand ambassador) Tony Hawk is pointing at in the picture above — yes, it really is him.

These are, according to the brand, its "best-sounding product" (although interestingly, not the most expensive because Skullcandy's Aviator 900 cans are a little pricier) and in case you didn't know, a 1080 in skateboarding involves three complete skateboard and body rotations performed either frontside or backside.

As a new member of its Crusher line-up, part of the draw will be the adjustable bass (see the big dial on the ear cup), but there's a lot more to celebrate besides that.

You can buy the Crusher 1080 ANC right now; they cost $279.99 / AU$399.99 (about £210) so they're a little cheaper than the likes of the $449 / £449 / AU$699 Bose QuietComfort Ultra Headphones (Gen 2) which they borrow features from.

They come in black, gray, brown, and pink, as you can see modelled sans Tony Hawk below. I rate them in the following order: brown, pink, gray, black, though I'd love to see a camo or floral redesign as Skullcandy is wont to do.

Colors aren't why you'll buy the Crusher 1080 ANC, though. No, it'll be because they offer three new Sound by Bose features at a non-Bose price...

That which we call a Bose by any other name would smell as sweet

Four different color models of Skullcandy Crusher 1080, hung up on a bar in a metro.

(Image credit: Skullcandy)

We've seen Skullcandy headphones with Bose features before, but the Crusher 1080 ANC are the first pair of cans not made by the brand which have three specific features. And these three features are a big selling point of the product.

The biggest will be Bose QuietControl ANC, which is a massive draw within Bose's own products (including the QuietComfort Ultra Earbuds 2nd Gen). The company's noise cancellation is best-in-class, and now that proprietary Bose technology is baked into Skullcandy's headphones too. To many, this could be a reason to buy the Crusher all on its own.

Bose's TrueSpatial audio with head-tracking (for surround sound profiles irrespective of source material) and WaveForm audio engine (for snappy digital signal processing) are also stepping foot off the Good Ship Bose for the first time with the 1080. These will be great little extras to refine and finesse what Skullcandy already offers.

And that's before we even mention the Sound by Bose tuning and SpeechClarity voice pickup, to improve the music you listen to and your call quality. The latter is new to Skullcandy, but we've seen the former on some earbuds like my beloved Method 360.

And what about the headphones themselves, beyond the Bose stuff? Skullcandy hasn't confirmed the drivers, but I'd guess they'll be 40mm and joined by woofer units.

The battery life is 60 hours with ANC off and 50 hours with it on, which is pretty impressive; there's a 5-band EQ and other features via the Skullcandy app (not Skull-IQ, which some of the firm's earbuds use). Pictures show a dial on the side of the headphones, amongst other physical controls; I'd wager this is a redesigned bass slider, and given how easy it is to miss this on my Crusher 540 Active, I appreciate the rethink.

Reading between the lines, and having tested the Method 540 earlier this year (a 540 is a one-and-a-half skateboard and body rotation performed either frontside or backside, which I cannot do), I get the impression that Skullcandy is undergoing a push to really level up.

The company doesn't seem to be abandoning the commitment to bass that's defined its products in the past (or its love of athletes as brand ambassadors), but seems to want to bring that into a better-rounded audio package with higher-fidelity music on offer. And if the Skullcandy Crusher 1080 ANC is the culmination of this process, I'm really intrigued to know how they sound.

Tony Hawk with laser eyes, reading a newspaper and wearing Skullcandy headphones

(Image credit: Skullcandy)

USAF wants to replace $30 million MQ-9 Reaper drones with cheaper UAVs after "dozens" were lost in Iran, costing taxpayers billions

  • Pentagon seeks an affordable drone capable of replacing many MQ-9 Reaper missions
  • Reaper drones hit hard in Iran, and losses force demand for lower-cost unmanned combat aircraft
  • New aircraft must combine long range with substantial payload capacity

The United States Air Force is examining a lower-cost unmanned aircraft concept after losing “dozens” of MQ-9 Reaper drones during the recent conflict involving Iran.

Those losses have intensified concerns about relying upon expensive aircraft in environments where increasingly affordable air defenses can destroy them.

With roughly 135 Reapers in service and each drone costing about $30 million, officials increasingly question whether existing loss rates remain sustainable.

Pentagon seeks a lower-cost drone with long range and heavy payload

Rather than pursuing a more advanced version of the MQ-9, defense planners are exploring a drone intended for larger-scale deployment.

The Defense Innovation Unit is seeking proposals for a Massed Modular Aircraft, or MMA, capable of performing many missions currently assigned to the Reaper.

According to the solicitation, the Pentagon believes dependence upon “exquisite” aircraft costing more than $30 million is becoming increasingly difficult to sustain.

The concept favours quantity alongside capability, allowing forces to continue operating even after suffering substantial battlefield attrition.

Unlike many smaller drones commonly associated with swarm operations, the proposed aircraft would retain significant reach and carrying capacity.

The solicitation calls for a payload of at least 2,800 pounds, compared with roughly 3,800 pounds carried by the MQ-9.

Requirements also include an unrefueled combat radius of at least 2,300 nautical miles and a one-way transfer distance exceeding 8,000 nautical miles.

The drone must travel at speeds above 200 miles per hour while remaining capable of operating from 6,000-foot runways and improvised airstrips.

Defense planners also want enough onboard power and cooling capacity to support diverse internal and external mission equipment.

The specifications mention 25kW of available electrical power and 5kW of cooling capacity for future mission systems.

Ambitious timeline aims for operational capability by 2031

The proposal places considerable emphasis upon autonomy, allowing a single operator to supervise several aircraft simultaneously during complex missions.

While no specific dimensions were included, the performance requirements indicate an aircraft broadly comparable in size to the MQ-9.

Officials have also not disclosed a preferred procurement price, though expectations suggest a figure substantially below the Reaper's estimated $30 million cost.

The timeline remains aggressive, with full-scale prototype flight testing expected within 21 months following contract award.

Initial Operating Capability is planned for fiscal year 2031, with 20 mission-ready aircraft delivered to an operational unit.

Recent combat experiences appear to have influenced the concept's development, particularly situations where defenders exhausted interceptors before attackers exhausted drones.

The solicitation argues that maintaining continuous MMA operations could pressure opponents into consuming costly defensive missiles at unsustainable rates.

“Keeping a constant airborne MMA presence to launch weapons, gather intelligence, perform electronic warfare missions, or relay communications will force an adversary to stay on the defensive,” the Defense Innovation Unit stated.

Via Defense News

Quordle hints and answers for Thursday, July 16 (game #1634)

Looking for a different day?

A new Quordle puzzle appears at midnight each day for your time zone – which means that some people are always playing 'today's game' while others are playing 'yesterday's'. If you're looking for Wednesday's puzzle instead then click here: Quordle hints and answers for Wednesday, July 15 (game #1633).

Quordle was one of the original Wordle alternatives and is still going strong now more than 1,500 games later. It offers a genuine challenge, though, so read on if you need some Quordle hints today — or scroll down further for the answers.

Enjoy playing word games? You can also check out my NYT Connections today and NYT Strands today pages for hints and answers for those puzzles, while Marc's Wordle today column covers the original viral word game.

SPOILER WARNING: Information about Quordle today is below, so don't read on if you don't want to know the answers.

Quordle today (game #1634) — hint #1 — Vowels

How many different vowels are in Quordle today?

The number of different vowels in Quordle today is 4*.

* Note that by vowel we mean the five standard vowels (A, E, I, O, U), not Y (which is sometimes counted as a vowel too).

Quordle today (game #1634) — hint #2 — repeated letters

Do any of today's Quordle answers contain repeated letters?

The number of Quordle answers containing a repeated letter today is 2.

Quordle today (game #1634) — hint #3 — uncommon letters

Do the letters Q, Z, X or J appear in Quordle today?

• No. None of Q, Z, X or J appear among today's Quordle answers.

Quordle today (game #1634) — hint #4 — starting letters (1)

Do any of today's Quordle puzzles start with the same letter?

The number of today's Quordle answers starting with the same letter is 0.

If you just want to know the answers at this stage, simply scroll down. If you're not ready yet then here's one more clue to make things a lot easier:

Quordle today (game #1634) — hint #5 — starting letters (2)

What letters do today's Quordle answers start with?

• I

• P

• Y

• A

Right, the answers are below, so DO NOT SCROLL ANY FURTHER IF YOU DON'T WANT TO SEE THEM.

Quordle today (game #1634) — the answers

Quordle answers for game 1634 on a yellow background

(Image credit: Merriam-Webster)

The answers to today's Quordle, game #1634, are…

  • IGLOO
  • PLAIT
  • YEAST
  • AROMA

This was a tricky game — mainly due to two words ending in vowels.

I thought I had exhausted all words ending in the letter O, before I finally got to one ending in two of them.

Daily Sequence today (game #1634) — the answers

Quordle Daily Sequence answers for game 1634 on a yellow background

(Image credit: Merriam-Webster)

The answers to today's Quordle Daily Sequence, game #1634, are…

  • NEEDY
  • GOOFY
  • ABIDE
  • VISIT

Quordle answers: The past 20

  • Quordle #1633, Wednesday, 15 July: PROXY, BRICK, BROTH, SURGE
  • Quordle #1632, Tuesday, 14 July: EBONY, AVOID, RODEO, CUTIE
  • Quordle #1631, Monday, 13 July: VOICE, BISON, BURNT, BUILT
  • Quordle #1630, Sunday, 12 July: STAIN, BINGO, LARVA, DICEY
  • Quordle #1629, Saturday, 11 July: WORTH, PRONG, DINGO, DRUID
  • Quordle #1628, Friday, 10 July: GREET, STEAK, DUSKY, HAUTE
  • Quordle #1627, Thursday, 9 July: CRUMP, PHONE, SHINY, STONY
  • Quordle #1626, Wednesday, 8 July: GHOST, TREND, EXALT, ALONG
  • Quordle #1625, Tuesday, 7 July: ARRAY, SUITE, KIOSK, BOULE
  • Quordle #1624, Monday, 6 July: TRAWL, SPICE, PIANO, SHARK
  • Quordle #1623, Sunday, 5 July: PINEY, SWOON, TITLE, PINTO
  • Quordle #1622, Saturday, 4 July: ARGUE, MOTEL, OPERA, TRUCE
  • Quordle #1621, Friday, 3 July: AVERT, MOTOR, MANIC, WORDY
  • Quordle #1620, Thursday, 2 July: BULKY, PARSE, BELOW, MOVIE
  • Quordle #1619, Wednesday, 1 July: EASEL, OTTER, LYRIC, SHACK
  • Quordle #1618, Tuesday, 30 June: HALVE, DRYER, THERE, MINTY
  • Quordle #1617, Monday, 29 June: SLURP, CRACK, CRANK, PHONY
  • Quordle #1616, Sunday, 28 June: RUPEE, TOPAZ, FULLY, BEING
  • Quordle #1615, Saturday, 27 June: PRINT, MARRY, SADLY, BICEP
  • Quordle #1614, Friday, 26 June: JUICE, ARRAY, BONEY, SKIFF

NYT Connections hints and answers for Thursday, July 16 (game #1131)

Looking for a different day?

A new NYT Connections puzzle appears at midnight each day for your time zone – which means that some people are always playing 'today's game' while others are playing 'yesterday's'. If you're looking for Wednesday's puzzle instead then click here: NYT Connections hints and answers for Wednesday, July 15 (game #1130).

Good morning! Let's play Connections, the NYT's clever word game that challenges you to group answers in various categories. It can be tough, so read on if you need Connections hints.

What should you do once you've finished? Why, play some more word games of course. I've also got daily Strands hints and answers and Quordle hints and answers articles if you need help for those too, while Marc's Wordle today page covers the original viral word game.

SPOILER WARNING: Information about NYT Connections today is below, so don't read on if you don't want to know the answers.

NYT Connections today (game #1131) - today's words

NYT Connections hints for game 1131 on a purple background

(Image credit: New York Times)

Today's NYT Connections words are…

  • NEEDLE
  • INK
  • JET
  • DOT MATRIX
  • TONER
  • POINT BREAK
  • LASER
  • CHARCOAL
  • PEEL
  • PITCH
  • PERIOD PIECE
  • BULLSEYE
  • SPOT REMOVER
  • EYE CREAM
  • CLOCKWORK
  • CLAY MASK

NYT Connections today (game #1131) - hint #1 - group hints

What are some clues for today's NYT Connections groups?

  • YELLOW: Cosmetics
  • PURPLE: Small beginnings
  • BLUE: Seeking perfection
  • GREEN: The darkness

Need more clues?

We're firmly in spoiler territory now, but read on if you want to know what the four theme answers are for today's NYT Connections puzzles…

NYT Connections today (game #1131) - hint #2 - group answers

What are the answers for today's NYT Connections groups?

  • YELLOW: SKINCARE PRODUCTS
  • PURPLE: STARTING WITH TINY MARKS
  • BLUE: ASSOCIATED WITH PRECISION
  • GREEN: SHADES OF BLACK

Right, the answers are below, so DO NOT SCROLL ANY FURTHER IF YOU DON'T WANT TO SEE THEM.

NYT Connections today (game #1131) - the answers

NYT Connections answers for game 1131 on a purple background

(Image credit: New York Times)

The answers to today's Connections, game #1131, are…

  • YELLOW: SKINCARE PRODUCTS: CLAY MASK, EYE CREAM, PEEL, TONER
  • PURPLE: STARTING WITH TINY MARKS: DOT MATRIX, PERIOD PIECE, POINT BREAK, SPOT REMOVER
  • BLUE: ASSOCIATED WITH PRECISION: BULLSEYE, CLOCKWORK, LASER, NEEDLE
  • GREEN: SHADES OF BLACK: CHARCOAL, INK, JET, PITCH
  • My rating: Hard
  • My score: 1 mistake

Looking at today’s game after I completed it, I don’t understand why I failed to see SHADES OF BLACK as it is the only group that I could have actually got right.

The other three groups were the result of muddled game play and lucky guesses — particularly STARTING WITH TINY MARKS, which I didn’t get because I spotted dot, period, point and spot, but because all the tiles were made up of two words.

Before that, though, I made the mistake of putting together what I thought were four different types of printer. Hopefully I wasn't the only player to fall into that trap, but in truth it doesn't take much to catch me.

Yesterday's NYT Connections answers (Wednesday, July 15, 2026, game #1130)

  • YELLOW: TERMS FOR THE LEGAL SYSTEM: BAR, BENCH, COURT, TRIBUNAL
  • GREEN: THINGS WITH LACES: BASEBALL GLOVE, CORSET, FOOTBALL, SHOE
  • BLUE: KINDS OF SPORTS: EXTREME, MOTOR, RACKET, WATER
  • PURPLE: WORDS BEFORE "ROOM" TO INDICATE EXTRA SPACE: BREATHING, ELBOW, HEAD, WIGGLE

What is NYT Connections?

NYT Connections is one of several increasingly popular word games made by the New York Times. It challenges you to find groups of four items that share something in common, and each group has a different difficulty level: green is easy, yellow a little harder, blue often quite tough and purple usually very difficult.

On the plus side, you don't technically need to solve the final one, as you'll be able to answer that one by a process of elimination. What's more, you can make up to four mistakes, which gives you a little bit of breathing room.

It's a little more involved than something like Wordle, however, and there are plenty of opportunities for the game to trip you up with tricks. For instance, watch out for homophones and other word games that could disguise the answers.

It's playable for free via the NYT Games site on desktop or mobile.

NYT Strands hints and answers for Thursday, July 16 (game #865)

Looking for a different day?

A new NYT Strands puzzle appears at midnight each day for your time zone – which means that some people are always playing 'today's game' while others are playing 'yesterday's'. If you're looking for Wednesday's puzzle instead then click here: NYT Strands hints and answers for Wednesday, July 15 (game #864).

Strands is the NYT's latest word game after the likes of Wordle, Spelling Bee and Connections – and it's great fun. It can be difficult, though, so read on for my Strands hints.

Want more word-based fun? Then check out my NYT Connections today and Quordle today pages for hints and answers for those games, and Marc's Wordle today page for the original viral word game.

SPOILER WARNING: Information about NYT Strands today is below, so don't read on if you don't want to know the answers.

NYT Strands today (game #865) - hint #1 - today's theme

What is the theme of today's NYT Strands?

Today's NYT Strands theme is… Rerouting…

NYT Strands today (game #865) - hint #2 - clue words

Play any of these words to unlock the in-game hints system.

  • NOISE
  • CHANCE
  • VERSE
  • TRUANT
  • GIVE
  • SKATE

NYT Strands today (game #865) - hint #3 - spangram letters

How many letters are in today's spangram?

Spangram has 12 letters

NYT Strands today (game #865) - hint #4 - spangram position

What are two sides of the board that today's spangram touches?

First side: left, 4th row

Last side: left, 8th row

Right, the answers are below, so DO NOT SCROLL ANY FURTHER IF YOU DON'T WANT TO SEE THEM.

NYT Strands today (game #865) - the answers

NYT Strands answers for game 865 on a blue background

(Image credit: New York Times)

The answers to today's Strands, game #865, are…

  • TACK
  • ZIGZAG
  • TURN
  • VEER
  • DEVIATE
  • PIVOT
  • SWERVE
  • SPANGRAM: CHANGECOURSE
  • My rating: Hard
  • My score: 1 hint

Rerouting… is a word I used to see a lot when I used a sat nav in my car, so this is exactly the theme I was expecting — but I still struggled over it.

It’s not until you play Strands that you realize how many different ways there are to say the same thing, in this case a change of direction.

I took a hint to get going, but TACK didn’t help much. Then, I connected the two Zs for ZIGZAG and finally got motoring.

Yesterday's NYT Strands answers (Wednesday, July 15, game #864)

  • QUIXOTIC
  • IDEALISTIC
  • ROMANTIC
  • IMPRACTICAL
  • SPANGRAM: PIEINTHESKY

What is NYT Strands?

Strands is the NYT's not-so-new-any-more word game, following Wordle and Connections. It's now a fully fledged member of the NYT's games stable that has been running for a year and which can be played on the NYT Games site on desktop or mobile.

I've got a full guide to how to play NYT Strands, complete with tips for solving it, so check that out if you're struggling to beat it each day.

Ctruh Studio – Turn any product into a 3D and XR experience in minutes


Ctruh Studio is a browser-native, no-code platform that turns a single product upload into a full immersive commerce experience. It offers a 3D viewer, AR try-on, interactive configurator, and virtual store, all live and shareable via one link with no app, SDK, or headset required. Built on Ctruh's proprietary 3D engine and VersaAI (text/image/video-to-3D generation), it lets retail, real estate, automotive, and education brands go from product photo to fully interactive XR experience in under 30 minutes. No need to hire 3D artists or developers.

View startup

AMD Ryzen 7 7800X3D CPU Drops To $299 A Day Ahead of 7700X3D’s Launch, Bringing 3D V-Cache Goodness To Mainstream Gamers

16 July 2026 at 01:30

AMD Ryzen 7 7800X3D CPU Bundle Drops To An Incredible $450 US, Comes With B650 Motherboard & 32 GB DDR5 Memory 1

AMD's Ryzen 7 7800X3D 3D V-Cache CPU is now available at a fantastic price of just $299, which makes it cheaper than the upcoming Ryzen 7 7700X3D. Microcenter Offers Ryzen 7 7800X3D At An Absolutely Fantastic $299 Price While AMD's Upcoming Ryzen 7 7700X3D 3D V-Cache CPU Would Cost $329 Tomorrow, AMD will finally launch its brand-new Ryzen 7 7700X3D 3D V-Cache CPU for the AM5 platform. This chip promises to offer the same 3D V-Cache goodness to gamers for a lower price point than what the 7800X3D retails for. But it looks like Microcenter is spoiling the fun of […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/amd-ryzen-7-7800x3d-3d-v-cache-cpu-299-usd-day-ahead-of-329-usd-7700x3d-launch/

Quote of the day by Sam Altman: 'It also takes a lot of energy to train a human' — a staunch defense of the cost of AI training

The AI buildout is well and truly underway with OpenAI CEO Sam Altman leading the charge, having made various deals with companies including Oracle and Nvidia to guarantee the infrastructure needed to train future AI models is installed. But as this ensues, the spotlight has been thrown on how much energy these models will need.

Eating machines

Altman was speaking during an AI summit in India earlier this year when making the remarks to The Indian Express.

Quote of the day

This article is part of TechRadar Pro's QOTD project to provide an insight into the minds of the brightest and most recognized figures in the technology industry today and in years gone by. Read the full series here.

The OpenAI chief was being questioned about the substantial amount of energy that AI has already been consuming – and will be projected to continue consuming – for both training and inference. Bringing these models online, after all, and keeping them running require a huge amount of resources, not only in terms of the energy to power the data centers, but the water for cooling, and the components and resources in building the hardware.

Altman's defence hinged on the idea that people, too, require plenty of energy in order to reach utility — while AI can be trained much quicker. This view, in essence, frames machine intelligence as a like-for-like competitor with human intelligence.

Energy efficiency

Altman argued that humans are deeply inefficient, and that you should compare the total energy spent to create a human expert versus a machine expert. There's also an argument that energy efficiency of AI could improve over time.

But detractors were scathing in their criticism of this entire point of view – saying this framing doesn't take into account the fact that the human brain operates on roughly 20 watts of power. This isn't to mention the ethically gray and dehumanizing nature of the remarks.

Valve sunsets Steam Deck LCD spare parts on iFixit

Valve is “starting to sunset” spare parts for its Steam Deck LCD iFixit has confirmed that Valve is “starting to sunset” parts for its Steam Deck LCD, leaving owners unable to acquire replacement parts for their handhelds. This came to light after a would-be battery buyer emailed iFixit, who confirmed that “it is looking less […]

The post Valve sunsets Steam Deck LCD spare parts on iFixit appeared first on OC3D.

Eurth – Track supplements, medications, and injectables with gentle reminders


Eurth helps you track supplements, medications, and injectables in one calm, organized space. Build a daily stack that fits your life, scan or search to add items, and check in once a day to confirm what you took.

Set gentle morning, evening, or weekly reminders to keep you consistent. Return without shame when you miss a day—your progress never resets. Use it for GLP-1 schedules, prenatal vitamins, fitness stacks, or everyday wellness and keep routines out of mind.

View startup

(PR) ASUS Expands ChromeOS Lineup in the US with Chromebook CM15 and CM32 Detachable

16 July 2026 at 01:36
ASUS today announced the US availability of the ASUS Chromebook CM15 and ASUS Chromebook CM32 Detachable, expanding its ChromeOS lineup with devices built for everyday productivity, mobility, and durability. Powered by the efficient the MediaTek Kompanio 540 processor, both devices feature long battery life, access to Google AI Pro tools, and military-grade toughness—making them reliable options for students and on-the-go professionals.

ASUS Chromebook CM15 (CM1505CM4A)
The ASUS Chromebook CM15 is a budget-friendly 15.6-inch laptop powered by the MediaTek Kompanio 540 processor, with support for up to 8 GB of RAM, up to 128 GB of storage, and up to 12 hours of battery life for smooth daily computing. Its portable, 3.2 6lbs. chassis is complemented by a 180° lay-flat hinge for flexible use, while a built-in webcam privacy shutter provides added peace of mind. The expansive FHD wide-viewing-angle display is paired with ergonomically repositioned I/O ports placed along the upper left edge—a layout that keeps cables routed away from the mousing area and reduces desk clutter for a more comfortable workspace. Connectivity includes HDMI and dual USB-C ports, ensuring easy support for external displays and accessories. The ASUS Chromebook CM15's eco-conscious construction incorporates 30% recycled plastics and sustainable packaging, and it's built for longevity with easy-service components and MIL-STD-810H military-grade durability.

(PR) Razer Unveils Pikachu & Eevee Gaming Peripherals Collection

16 July 2026 at 01:19
Razer, the leading global gaming lifestyle brand for gamers, today unveils the Razer | Pikachu & Eevee Collection, created in collaboration with The Pokémon Company International. The collection is now available on Razer.com, at RazerStores worldwide, and through select retail partners across the United States, Latin America, Europe, Australia, and New Zealand.

Inspired by Pikachu and Eevee's playfulness, the collection brings a light-hearted, approachable touch to everyday gaming setups. Launching in Pokémon's milestone 30th year, the lineup celebrates the enduring appeal of two of the most beloved Pokémon in the franchise by pairing bright detailing with familiar Razer performance, designed to fit naturally into daily play, work, and everything in between.

Orbiting space data centers may face an unexpected hurdle — from environmental politics

  • Environmental groups seek broader review before massive satellite constellations receive approval
  • More than one million proposed satellites face increased regulatory scrutiny
  • FCC is reconsidering satellite environmental review rules

Environmental groups have petitioned federal regulators to pause approval of orbital data center satellite constellations pending a full environmental review process.

Earthjustice recently filed a petition on behalf of DarkSky International, Environment America, and Public Employees for Environmental Responsibility, known as PEER.

Combined proposals from SpaceX, Starcloud, Blue Origin, and Cowboy Space could place well over a million satellites into low Earth orbit.

Why regulators are being asked to slow down

The petition asks the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) to prepare a Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement before approving any pending applications currently under review.

Such a review, required under the National Environmental Policy Act, would examine risks, alternatives, costs, and cumulative impacts together across every proposal.

Environmental groups argue the agency's current approach treats satellite licenses as automatically excluded from any detailed environmental scrutiny under existing federal rules.

They say that framework no longer fits proposals measured in hundreds of thousands, or potentially millions, of individual spacecraft rather than dozens.

The filing lists specific concerns, including rocket emissions, reentry pollutants, ozone depletion, orbital debris, and disruption to astronomy research conducted worldwide.

The petition specifically challenges the FCC's default assumption that these projects individually and cumulatively carry no environmental impact whatsoever on nearby ecosystems.

It further warns that light pollution and wildlife disruption cannot be properly assessed through isolated regulatory reviews conducted individually rather than collectively.

The petition states that these proposals compound risk "synergistically and cumulatively" in ways single-project reviews cannot capture on their own.

Industry ambitions collide with regulatory uncertainty

Backers of orbital computing describe their projects in sweeping, civilization-changing language while offering few environmental details in return for regulatory approval.

Companies including SpaceX, Blue Origin, Starcloud, and Cowboy Space have not publicly detailed environmental mitigation plans for their satellites currently under regulatory review.

MOL and Hitachi have separately explored floating data center concepts, showing wider commercial interest beyond traditional orbital satellite proposals currently facing regulatory review.

The FCC is separately reconsidering its environmental review rules, acknowledging rapid growth across the broader commercial space industry over the past decade.

If the commission agrees, orbital data center operators could face considerable regulatory delay before launching any additional hardware skyward into low Earth orbit.

Some industry analysts have already questioned whether orbital data center economics make sense given high launch and maintenance costs involved in space deployment.

Analysts note that environmental reviews of this scope could take years, delaying deployment timelines.

This could delay deployment schedules and extend regulatory timelines if a comprehensive environmental review becomes mandatory.

Whether the FCC ultimately requires a full review remains uncertain, given ongoing industry pressure and competing national security interests tied to space dominance.

Until regulators decide, the fate of orbital computing may depend as much on environmental politics as on rocket technology or launch capacity itself.

Via The Register

Relax, Apple, OpenAI and its rumored AI smart speaker plans are no threat to you, Siri, HomePods, robots, or any other part of your business

OpenAI is building an AI-powered smart speaker nobody wants. That is, if you believe the Bloomberg report from Mark Gurman and you've read his description of said rumored device.

According to the report:

"OpenAI believes the product’s defining feature will be its personality and ability to connect on a humanlike level with users. The speaker incorporates mechanical elements that can move on their own, creating a sense that it is alive and not just an object responding to commands. The machine also will draw on personal information such as emails to better understand its owner."

The news sources, it appears, come from an insider who decided to spill all the juicy details mere hours after Apple dropped a blockbuster trade-secrets lawsuit on OpenAI's head. OpenAI claims it's done nothing of the sort, and recent reports say that Apple's claim that the AI giant has not even responded to Apple's earliest concerns was based on it potentially incorrectly identifying the former Apple employees who left to join OpenAI (allegedly with Apple trade secrets in tow).

Apple's concerns here are twofold: First, these former employees had access to many of Apple's secretive product development details and may even have asked recruits to share fresh details when they approached them to interview for jobs at OpenAI. The other concern is that Apple is already far behind in the AI race, and if Apple's plans for Siri, AI, and a potential robotic desktop home assistant were also leaked, it could harm its ability to catch up in multiple market sectors.

This latest news, which may or may not be accurate, should put Apple's fears to rest.

OpenAI is apparently not building something that could ably compete with any of Apple's key hardware or future hardware initiatives.

First of all, there's the smart-speaker-ness of the whole rumored OpenAI concept. There are already too many smart speakers on the market, many of them with their own smart assistants. Amazon, for instance, is smack in the middle of trying to convince millions of customers that not only do they need Echo devices throughout the home, but they need the AI-powered Alexa+ to guide them through their smart home experiences and, to some extent, their lives.

Apple has its own HomePod, Siri-infused speakers, which may get considerably more powerful with the Gemini foundation model-backed version arriving this Fall.

Put another way, smart speakers are a known quantity in the home consumer electronics space, and I think what most tech companies are realizing is that people like and use them, but mostly in limited ways: they want music, occasional answers to simple questions, and voice control of their smart home devices. That's it.

Why does my speaker think it's alive?

Amazon Alexa, Google Home, and Apple Homepod smart speakers

(Image credit: Future)

OpenAI appears to be prepared to offer something different: a personality-filled speaker that can watch you, move to engage, seem alive, and generally make you feel uncomfortable.

Obviously, that would not be the objective, but it could be the result. Who needs a speaker that quietly watches you as you walk from your kitchen to the den, waiting and hoping for you to say, "hey ChatGPT, what's up with the Strait of Hormuz today?"

In my home, we have a Psync smart security webcam with one oddball feature: it has a motorized body that can turn almost 360 degrees on its base and lift its thin, rectangular face and camera to keep track of people and alert me to intruders. However, most of the time, it's just watching us move around the house, and I can tell you that my family hates it. Sometimes I come home and find its face forced down so it can't pop up and track anything.

Now, imagine a larger and far smarter OpenAI AI smart speaker in your home, watching, waiting, chiming in when you don't want it to, and generally making people feel uncomfortable.

This will not be the breakout hardware hit OpenAI is hoping for.

Look, I was under the impression that OpenAI (really Jony Ive and Sam Altman) were working on an AI wearable. I didn't love that idea either, but it was a lot less creepy than this.

So, Apple, chill out. OpenAI's plans are no threat to you, even if they do allegedly have a bunch of insidery Apple information.

Top AI tools such as OpenClaw and Github Copilot can be hijacked to create new massive botnets

  • AI hallucination can be weaponized, new report warns
  • HalluSquatting is short for “adversarial hallucination squatting”
  • GitHub Copilot, Gemini CLI, and OpenClaw are all affected

Your favorite AI service could be subverted to deploy code that turns your phone or PC into a botnet, according to researchers at Intuit, Technion, and Tel Aviv University.

The technique has been given the name HalluSquatting, a portmanteau of adversarial hallucination squatting, and is similar to typosquatting in that it relies on a mistake in order to distribute malicious code. While typosquatting might occur with the incorrect input of a website URL, HalluSquatting pivots on an LLM being unable to identify a resource or repository with 100% accuracy.

Relying on an LLM’s tendency to hallucinate repository resource identifiers, this weakness could be scaled up to conduct massive ransomware campaigns, botnets, and more.

Push-me-pull-you

Previous LLM-based malware operations have relied on pull-based attacks. In this scenario, a prompt designed to jailbreak or otherwise subvert the AI is (for example) placed on a website and the LLM encouraged to gather the information, thereby reducing its internal security.

What the researchers have shared in their paper, is that pull techniques are being combined with push attacks, which are traditionally executed as code injection.

The paper’s introduction summary states: “By preemptively registering hallucinated resources—a technique we call adversarial hallucination squatting (HalluSquatting)—we demonstrate remote tool execution and remote code execution at scale across a range of popular agentic LLM applications, which could be exploited to the establishment of a botnet.”

Once an attacker has identified the resource likely to be misnamed by an LLM, and squatted on it (to embed adversarial prompts), the work is done. All that remains is for a user to trigger the resource, the AI chatbot or agent to initiate the response, and the squatted resource will be accessed.

Promptware attack

Following this, the adversarial content held within the squatted resource is activated, triggering the tool invocation stage. This is the promptware attack, where attacker-controlled instructions are executed, with results potentially including turning the device you’re using into a botnet zombie.

LLMs such as the Cursor, Cursor CLI, Windsurf, GitHub Copilot, Cline coding assistants have been used in the testing of this avenue of attack along with Gemini CLI, and the OpenClaw, ZeroClaw, and NanoClaw AI assistants. The researchers successfully achieved remote tool execution (essentially remotely accessing and controlling the LLMs) and remote code execution (RCE, where malicious code is executed remotely).

Some mitigation is available, including LLM developers blocking fetch operations in favor of a search tool, and resource owners enforcing strict naming, perhaps in favor of globally unique resource names. However, these are will require collaboration by disparate parties, and may take a while to implement.

The risk of LLM-based malware is increasing, and some has already been spotted in the wild. Of these, the JADEPUFFER attack is perhaps the most notable, as it isn’t simply AI-based malware – it is a full ransomware attack run entirely by an LLM.

EU expected to rule Google favored its own services in search

15 July 2026 at 23:00
Google Search court

EU regulators are expected to rule that Google illegally favored its own shopping, travel, and other specialized services over rivals in search results.

The European Commission is expected to issue the decision next week under the Digital Markets Act, according to the Financial Times (subscription required), citing people familiar with the matter and internal Commission documents.

Google search changes possible. The case focuses on how Google displays its own vertical services in search results compared with competing services. Google owns some of the most valuable commercial search real estate. An order requiring changes could affect visibility for comparison sites, travel platforms, shopping services, and other businesses competing for organic traffic.

Why we care. Google’s treatment of its own services influences which businesses users see first in high-intent searches. Required changes could create new visibility opportunities in competitive commercial categories.

Fines add pressure. The Commission is expected to fine Google hundreds of millions of euros across two DMA decisions. Google could also face daily penalties if it fails to comply with parts of the orders within 60 days.

Search data access. The Commission is also expected to decide whether Google must give third-party search engines access to search data, including ranking, query, click, and view data. Google argues that sharing the data would threaten user privacy and exceed the Commission’s authority.

  • The Commission is also considering whether Google must give third-party AI providers access to the same features available to Gemini.

Google AI Mode ads reach nearly 30% of queries: Study

15 July 2026 at 20:54
Google AI Mode ads

Google’s AI Mode showed text ads on 29.45% of commercial queries in a new SE Ranking study, less than a year after ads began appearing in AI-generated search answers.

Ads appeared on 14,733 queries in the study, which analyzed U.S. commercial searches where text ads could appear, excluding product carousels.

AI Mode ad adoption accelerated. SE Ranking said ads began appearing in AI Mode responses in late 2025. By mid-2026, nearly one in three commercial queries in its data set showed a text ad. SE Ranking said the real ad rate may be higher because AI Mode results are inconsistent across sessions.

Two advertisers often appeared together. Most AI Mode ad blocks included more than one advertiser. SE Ranking found that 71.1% of ad-triggering queries showed two ads in the same AI Mode response, while 28.9% showed only one.

CPC best predicted ad visibility. Higher-cost keywords were much more likely to trigger AI Mode ads.

  • Ad presence was 24.33% for keywords with CPCs below $2.
  • It rose to 32.45% for keywords between $2 and $10, then jumped to 53.56% for keywords at $10 or more.
  • SE Ranking said search volume and keyword difficulty did not show the same relationship with ad frequency.

Ad presence varied across categories. Pets had the highest rate, with ads appearing on 72.38% of analyzed keywords. Healthcare had the lowest, at 2.64%.

  • Higher-ad categories were typically lead-generation markets with clear paths to paid conversions.
  • Lower-ad categories were more likely to involve informational or YMYL intent, where commercial demand may be lower or Google may be more cautious.

Advertisers were rarely cited. Buying an AI Mode ad didn’t make advertisers more likely to be cited as a source in the same response. Only 11.53% of advertiser domains appeared among the cited sources for the keywords they advertised on. At the URL level, overlap fell to 1.95%.

  • This held true even after comparing advertisers with similar non-advertising domains based on domain strength, backlinks, referring domains, and organic visibility, SE Ranking said.

Organic overlap was limited. Advertisers also rarely ranked organically for the same keywords. Only 2.32% of advertised URLs ranked organically for the queries where their ads appeared. At the domain level, overlap increased to 15.35%.

  • About 85% of advertisers didn’t appear in organic results for the same keywords where they showed AI Mode ads, according to the study.

Why we care. Buying visibility in AI Mode doesn’t increase your chances of being cited or ranking organically. Treat AI Mode ads, cited sources, and organic rankings as separate visibility channels.

About the data. SE Ranking analyzed 50,032 commercial keywords across 20 niches, averaging about 2,500 keywords per niche. The data reflects U.S. AI Mode results collected on June 30. SE Ranking noted that ad behavior may change as Google expands AI-specific formats.

The study. AI Mode now shows ads on nearly 1 in 3 commercial queries

Wuthering Waves players slam the Xbox version for poor performance, saying it “looks like a mobile game on low settings”

15 July 2026 at 23:48

Wuthering Waves is a fairly popular gacha game that first launched on PC and PlayStation before eventually making its way to Xbox. Unfortunately for fans, the Xbox release hasn't quite lived up to expectations. Players have been calling on developer Kuro Games to address a range of technical issues, with one user, @ClebsAlexandre on X (formerly Twitter), showcasing just how rough the game looks on an Xbox Series X.

The footage highlights severe texture pop-in, graphical glitches, missing shadows, and what appears to be very low-quality settings, leading some fans to speculate that the Xbox version may have been built using the game's mobile version as its foundation.

Side-by-side comparison of Wuthering Waves running on PC and Xbox Series X, highlighting noticeably lower image quality, reduced shadows, and less detailed textures on the Xbox version.

Wuthering Waves side by side (Image credit: @jianxin501st)

I must admit, I'm not particularly into gacha games myself, but seeing just how poor the game looks on Xbox is genuinely disappointing, especially when the PlayStation version appears to run and look far better, at least according to some users.

I highly doubt this is an Xbox hardware issue. We know the Xbox Series X, and yes, even the Series S, are more than capable machines. Instead, I suspect something has simply gone wrong with the port, and hopefully it's something Kuro Games can address in a future update.

Fans on X are understandably frustrated. One user wrote, "Thank you so much for the experience of a mobile game running on low settings on the Xbox!" That said, while looking into the issue, I did come across a handful of PlayStation 5 players reporting similar problems, suggesting this may not be entirely isolated to Xbox.

Blank Pixel

Even so, I hope Kuro Games is able to get these issues sorted. As things stand, the Xbox version looks and performs well below what you'd expect from a modern title, especially on the Series X.

If you've been playing Wuthering Waves on Xbox, let me know how it's been running for you. Are you happy with its performance, or are you just as disappointed as many of the players posting online? Be sure to leave a comment below, and as always, don't forget to take part in our poll!

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Dispatch’s long‑awaited Xbox Series X|S debut is finally confirmed, and it arrives in less than two weeks with full Xbox Play Anywhere support

15 July 2026 at 23:44

After months since its Xbox port was announced back in March 2026, the wait to play the hit superhero game Dispatch will soon be over, as Adhoc Studio has announced its Xbox release date.

On July 29, 2026, players will get to enjoy Dispatch on Xbox Series X|S, Xbox on PC, Xbox Cloud Gaming, and Xbox Play Anywhere. However, there's no word of it coming to Xbox Game Pass as of yet.

Hey team this is your dispatcher speaking 📞Dispatch arrives on July 29: https://t.co/nm1ZsZj4LH pic.twitter.com/LzkLjAcFsIJuly 15, 2026

For those unaware, Dispatch is a narrative-adventure superhero game created by writers and directors who worked on the critically acclaimed The Wolf Among Us and Tales from the Borderlands games.

It follows the tale of Robert Patterson, a.k.a. Mecha Man, a superhero who gets taken out of action after his mech-suit gets destroyed while fighting a supervillain.

Robert then gets a job as a dispatcher at a superhero dispatch center designed to rehabilitate former supervillains into heroes. Your goal as Robert is to manage your dysfunctional former villains to quell ongoing crises (while keeping them from killing each other), build relationships with colleagues, and rebuild your mech-suit to get back at the villain who forced you into semi-retirement.

Windows Central's take

This game exploded in popularity in 2025. It sold over a million copies across PC and PlayStation 5 alone in just 10 days, won three British BAFTA awards (in the Best Animation, Audio Achievement, and Performer in a Supporting Role categories), won an award for the best Outstanding Story-Rich Game at the 2025/2026 Steam Awards, and scored two nominations at The 2025 Game Awards despite having only four episodes being released at the time.

Even one of my former colleagues, Samuel Tolbert, loved Dispatch for its humorous and subversive take on the superhero genre, well-written characters, superb voice acting, gorgeous art direction, and intriguing story.

I unfortunately didn't have time to play Dispatch when it first came out due to being interested in other games and being swamped with work.

But now that all of Dispatch's episodes are available and that my wishlist is empty, perhaps I will finally give Dispatch a shot once it lands on Xbox on July 29, 2026, as I enjoyed the developers' previous work on The Tales of the Borderlands series.

But what about you? Will you be playing Dispatch on Xbox, or have you already completed it multiple times on PC, PlayStation 5, and Nintendo Switch 2?

If you have any thoughts, please let us know through the poll, the comments section, or our Reddit page.


Experience of a superhero dispatcher as you strive to micromanage a chaotic team of former villains to save the day (or burn down the city trying) in the hit superhero game, Dispatch.

Xbox Store Page
Steam Store PageView Deal

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Nvidia's Huang vows to deliver 'giant amounts' of Vera Rubin — company says that 'our roadmap is intact'

Jensen Huang, chief executive of Nvidia, denied reports about delays of the company's next-generation AI platform and said that production volumes of the upcoming Vera Rubin platforms are 'giant.' He didn't address reports about delays of Vera Rubin Ultra-based rack-scale systems carrying 144 AI GPUs.

"[The reports about Vera Rubin delays are] not true," Huang told reporters on the sidelines of an event in Japan, reports Bloomberg. "Vera Rubin is already in production. Giant amounts of production incoming."

Nvidia confirmed production of its Vera Rubin platform in January and then sampling in February, so the current comment reiterates what we already know. Nvidia stressing that 'giant amounts of production' are incoming is meant to reassure investors that the company is on track to sell a boatload of its next-generation Vera CPUs, Rubin GPUs, and Vera Rubin NVL72 systems in the coming quarters, which means more record-setting quarters.

What Huang did not address — or perhaps he wasn't asked — is Nvidia's rumored delay of its Kyber NVL144 rack-scale solution with copper interconnects due to the system's complex PCB midplane by more than a year from 2027 to 2028. An alternative dual-rack design has reportedly been canceled and an even larger CPO-based NVL576 configuration may also face delays or limited availability, the same report from SemiAnalysis claimed earlier this month. The setback could leave Nvidia's Rubin Ultra platform with a smaller NVLink scale-up domain than originally envisioned. Nvidia says its roadmap is intact.

The Kyber NVL144 architecture was designed to connect 144 Rubin Ultra GPUs using a copper-based NVLink 7 scale-up fabric, so the machine required a sophisticated PCB midplane to carry high-speed electrical links between the system's components. SemiAnalysis claims that this midplane was challenging to manufacture, leading to a delay. The report does not identify defective chips or problems with particular components mounted on the board, but specifically points to the manufacturability of the PCB infrastructure itself.

"Our roadmap is intact," a spokesperson for Nvidia told Tom's Hardware.

Nvidia's statement on the matter neither confirms nor denies the report, but indicates that the company will be able to offer products mentioned in its roadmap without revealing whether they also remain on their previously announced launch schedules.

Nvidia

(Image credit: Nvidia)

Nvidia reportedly considered another copper-based design, called NVL72x2, as an alternative to Kyber. The system would have placed two Oberon racks back-to-back to expand the size of the NVLink scale-up domain without using optical interconnects. However, SemiAnalysis says customers rejected the unusual design and operational requirements, but does not specify their individual objections that could include serviceability, cooling, cabling, and data-center layout.

Meanwhile, the planned NVL576 rack scale solution that was supposed to combine eight Oberon racks interconnected using co-packaged optics between NVSwitches has also been postponed, or shipped in relatively small quantities because of 'ongoing CPO challenges,' SemiAnalysis claims.

The existence of the planned NVL576 configuration suggests that Nvidia had been developing some form of CPO-enabled NVSwitch connectivity for the Rubin generation. In theory, similar optical switch-to-switch connectivity could potentially be used to join smaller GPU groups into an NVL144 system and bypass Kyber's problematic copper midplane. However, the available information does not clearly indicate whether the CPO technology intended for NVL576 could reproduce Kyber's topology, bandwidth, and latency characteristics, or whether it was sufficiently mature for high-volume deployments by potential NVL144 customers.

The reported Kyber delay comes on the heels of another report saying that Nvidia had canceled quad-compute-chiplet version of its Rubin Ultra in favor or a dual-compute-chiplet design that is projected to deliver 2X lower performance. With Kyber NVL144 delayed and NVL72x2 cancelled, Nvidia will only be able to offer 72-way scale-up systems till sometimes in 2028, meaning that AMD and Google may end up with more competitive scale-up systems in 2027 – 2028. AMD's Mega Pod based on the Verano CPUs and Instinct MI500-series accelerators, is expected to pack up to 256 accelerators. Google's TPU 8i can provide roughly 1,024–1,152 accelerators within one low-latency domain, whereas the TPU 8t goes much further and can get to 9,600 chip packages per domain.

RiskGlass – See all your assets in one portfolio with risk analytics


RiskGlass unifies brokerage accounts, exchanges, DEX wallets, perps, xStocks, and prediction markets into a single read-only portfolio with professional analytics. It automatically groups option strategies, tracks lifetime wheel profit and loss, shows perpetual exposure and funding, and reconciles tokenized stocks with equities. Connect via SnapTrade or public addresses to receive risk alerts, AI daily reports, projections, and shareable read-only views. It shows your positions across venues, computes Greeks and payoff, and keeps your data secure without placing trades.

View startup

Supahmation – Build and run production AI agents via one API across LLMs


Supahmation provides a production-ready agent runtime accessible through one API. Choose from 42 curated agents and run them on OpenAI, Anthropic, Gemini, or xAI with your own keys or managed keys. It handles routing, retries, background execution, secure secret handling, and verified webhooks or email delivery, with audit trails and team roles. Use it to ship research, travel, finance, and content workflows without rebuilding orchestration.

View startup

Windows 11 vs Linux Gaming Test Reveals There's More to It Than FPS

15 July 2026 at 23:45
It seems as though the launch of Valve's Steam Deck has resulted in an almost non-stop slew of comparisons between Linux and Windows as a gaming operating system. In one recent test, Meta PCs sought out to test the two operating systems head-to-head to get some hard numbers and potentially settle the debate, however, the results brought up an interesting debate about what makes one operating system better than another.

Benchmarks were conducted on an all-AMD system running an AMD Ryzen 7 9850X3D, an XFX Swift AMD Radeon RX 9070 XT 16 GB, and 16 GB of RAM, with the AMD Linux drivers effectively making this a best-case scenario for Linux. The benchmarks were run on the latest version of Windows 11 and Fedora Linux 44, games were tested at the same resolution, and results were an average across three runs. All games tested were also the Windows versions running via Valve's Proton compatibility layer.

(PR) Gainward Announces the GeForce RTX 3060 Python II OC Graphics Cards

15 July 2026 at 23:36
Gainward, a globally recognized pioneer in high-performance graphics hardware, today breaks cover with the new GeForce RTX 3060 Python II OC. Merging factory-tuned clock speeds with a 12 GB frame buffer and a dual-fan layout, the Python II OC delivers elite thermal efficiency and unwavering hardware stability for modern mainstream computing.

A Factory-Overclocked 12 GB Weapon
Gainward provides a massive 12 GB GDDR6 VRAM pool to ensure mainstream hardware never limits your potential. This acts as an essential accelerator for students and novice creators to unlock stable, high-resolution content creation and smooth entry-level local AI pipelines by eliminating critical memory bottlenecks.

Nvidia and Sega are teaming up again, 30 years after Sega saved Nvidia from bankruptcy

15 July 2026 at 22:40

According to Nvidia's press release, the new Sega games will support its latest upscaling and rendering technologies, including ray tracing and DLSS. The company added that its latest AI tools will also be supported by the upcoming titles, hinting at integration with its AI-powered neural rendering technologies, such as Reflex...

Read Entire Article

This software team will charge you $10,000 a week to remove all AI-generated code from your systems — and use AI to do it

  • The three man team is known as “Slopfix”
  • It claims to be able to reduce AI generated codebases by up to 65% in size
  • They aim to "refactor vibecoded codebases back to maintainability"

Vibecoding has a lot to answer for, not least some excessively large codebases. A new team of software engineers are collaborating to reduce the size of these cumbersome projects… with a $10,000 per week bill.

Slopfix is the name of the team (comprising a trio: Maciej, Kuba, and Krzysztof), but its aim is efficiency and functionality, rather than code golf, where code is reduced to the shortest possible length.

However, while this might seem like a noble task and a service worth paying for, Slopfix isn’t taking a stand against the use of AI. In fact, it is employing AI tools to detect the AI flab in your codebases.

Use an AI to catch an AI

Challenges around vibecoded projects have increased in recent months, as the limitations of the technology become apparent.

While using an AI to program based on your prompts and requirements is straightforward, agents habitually begin to lose context and logic once the project reaches a certain size or age. Once that happens, you’re looking at duplication, features breaking, and of course, the dreaded hallucination.

Slopfix is targeting companies that have adopted vibecoding, built huge codebases, and found that they’re running into issues. To find the problematic AI code, however, Slopfix is employing AI.

They state that a full “screen by screen, endpoint by endpoint” evaluation of the vibecoded app is made, which aims to find the duplicated functions, broken logic, and other issues. There’s also the promise of a two-week warranty for anything they break.

All of this is aided by Claude Code “on a very short leash” which Slopfix uses find problems. They clearly state that “the agent doesn’t get a vote.” Instead, they’re relying on their experience as developers to improve your code.

$10,000 seem a bit steep?

While the price might seem high, $10,000 for one successful week’s work for three seasoned developers shouldn’t really be a budget breaker.

The fee covers successful work only, and as the Slopfix website states, payment is in proportion to how much of the reduction target the team hits, with $10,000 being the price for hitting the target – it’s not the default fee.

However, there is a lot of preparation involved, and the analysis of your codebase is conducted free of charge. If they can't fix your project's issues, they'll let you know and refuse the contract.

As software consultancies go, Slopfix is an unusual case. But as the problems with vibecoded projects begin to become apparent, competing consultancies may begin offering similar services.

Cheaper than an iPhone: Price of record-breaking Ukraine AI FPV drone slashed to $500 as range increases sixfold to 68 miles

  • Vyriy 15 FPV with The Fourth Law's TFL-1 AI guidance reportedly struck Russian logistics 68 miles (110 KM) away
  • Ever-innovating Ukrainian drone industry continues to achieve economies of scale even as it becomes a growing threat to Russian advances
  • With a payload capacity of 8kg and the ability to be equipped with a thermal imaging module as well as electronic warfare deterrence, it offers an interesting alternative to comparable fixed-wing drones that cost thousands of dollars

Basic FPV drones are hardly a new thing in a market flooded with hundreds, if not thousands of options that can cost as little as $100 to 200, but the Russia-Ukraine conflict might have upped the ante on affordability for a different kind of UAV that leverages the same tech: attack drones.

The Vyriy 15 is a self-styled "kamikaze drone" by the company that offers a stated strike range of 40-70km with up to a 8kg payload in tow which can be retrofitted with a thermal imaging module as well as an extended band VTX module to make jamming it harder.

With a control range of up to 30KM and a flight duration of 20 minutes (with a payload) and a cruising speed of 60-100 km/h, its not the most technologically advanced drone out there, but at its purported price tag of $500, it doesn't need to be.

An FPV strike record backed by AI

On the 10th of July, Yaroslav Azhnyuk, the CEO of Ukrainian autonomy developer The Fourth Law, announced on X what he called "a new FPV strike record": a Vyriy 15 quadcopter, flown by Ukraine's 5th Border Guard Detachment and fitted with his company's AI terminal-guidance module, had flown 110 km (68 miles) to strike a Russian logistics target.

This is both a significant achievement for Ukraine's domestic drone industry and a key indicator of how fast the Russia-Ukraine war has turned into one of attrition, with supply lines becoming increasingly targeted to prevent significant advances in either direction.

It also showcases how AI on the battlefield is shaping the conflict: the Vyriy 15 is, by default, a manually controlled drone that would otherwise need an operator or a relay to be closer to the theater of war.

The competition is American-made Hornets, fixed-wing drones that can cost upwards of $5,000, a 10-fold increase in cost for an already cash-strapped Ukrainian military that is increasingly looking towards localized solutions.

The optional AI module used to set the record is The Fourth Law's TFL-1, a machine-vision terminal-guidance module that operates on a fire-and-forget principle: once the operator visually designates a target, an onboard computer takes over the final approach, essentially countering Russian jammers that would otherwise disrupt a video link.

If Ukraine manages to mainstream such warfare in the future while cutting costs down to a tenth of what they do right now, reliably striking as deep as 100km into enemy territory while proving difficult to jam or costly to intercept, drones like the Vyriy 15 could signal an evolution in the modern battlefield even as aggression with low-cost drone swarms is already being rewarded in other conflicts such as the US-Iran war.

Apple bans home services from its upcoming Maps ads

15 July 2026 at 22:21
Apple has published the policies governing its upcoming Maps advertising business, revealing a strategy that differs from Google’s. The new rules prohibit home services businesses like plumbers, electricians, locksmiths, and roofers from advertising on Apple Maps, along with several other sensitive categories, suggesting Apple is taking a more curated approach to these ads.

Inside Ode with Anthropic, the startup betting AI services are the future of enterprise

15 July 2026 at 19:00
Can a handful of engineers really do the work of an army of consultants? That’s the bet behind Ode with Anthropic — the joint venture dedicated to embedding forward-deployed engineers in enterprise firms, backed by Anthropic, Blackstone, Hellman & Friedman, Goldman Sachs and others.   On this episode of TechCrunch’s Equity podcast, Rebecca Bellan sits down with Ode’s leaders Chris Taylor and Eddie Siegel, who founded Fractional AI, […]

TuxBot v3 Evolution Shows Signs of LLM-Assisted IoT Botnet Development

Cybersecurity researchers have disclosed details of a previously unreported Internet-of-Things (IoT) botnet framework dubbed TuxBot v3 Evolution that shows signs of being developed with assistance from a large language model (LLM), albeit with not so successful results. "While the AI complied with their request to generate botnet code, it included a safety disclaimer that the developer failed

MSI delivers high-speed CXMT DDR5 memory support on AMD and Intel platforms

MSI has delivered strong CXMT memory support on its AMD and Intel motherboards Following their announcement for AMD platforms, MSI has confirmed that its Intel 800-series motherboards are now fully optimised for DDR5 memory from CXMT (ChangXin Memory Technologies). With MSI Z890 motherboards, DDR5-8000+ memory speeds are now available with CXMT-based DDR5 modules. This news […]

The post MSI delivers high-speed CXMT DDR5 memory support on AMD and Intel platforms appeared first on OC3D.

Filly AI – Fill PDFs and government forms in seconds with client-profile autofill


Filly AI automates document filling and e-signing for lawyers, freelancers, and small businesses. Upload a PDF or Word form, and the AI extracts fields, maps them to a saved client profile, and autofills in seconds, including built-in W-9, W-4, and I-9 forms. You can review and adjust placements, export a pixel-perfect PDF or Word doc, share a no-login link for review, or collect an e-signature with a full audit trail. It also includes 25 contract and letter templates and an AI assistant that answers questions about the form while you fill it.

View startup

IBM's stock just had its worst day since 1968

15 July 2026 at 21:38

In a recent letter to investors, IBM CEO Arvind Krishna explained that the company experienced some unexpected shortfalls in its latest financial performance. The former pioneer of the personal computer industry now primarily sells software, cloud services, and mainframe systems, but potential customers have recently scaled back major mainframe investments...

Read Entire Article

Samsung Reportedly Outsources Google’s TPU I/O Late-Stage Design, Says Report

15 July 2026 at 22:12

Korean chip giant Samsung is reportedly considering outsourcing orders to design a portion of Google's Tensor Processing Unit (TPU) AI chips. Samsung is believed to be Google's manufacturing partner for the TPU chip's input/output (I/O) die. While the TPU's compute tile is expected to be manufactured by TSMC, the part on which the tile will be connected, called the I/O, is said to be Samsung's responsibility. For the I/O, Samsung is considering outsourcing the back-end design for the chip in order to ensure that Google's design is fit for its manufacturing facilities, says the Korean press. Several Korean Firms in […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/samsung-reportedly-outsources-googles-tpu-i-o-late-stage-design-says-report/

Rebel Wolves Hits Gold on The Blood of Dawnwalker, Locking in September 3 Launch with No Delays

15 July 2026 at 22:00

The Blood of the Dawnwalker has gone gold

Polish developer Rebel Wolves has revealed today that their debut game, the action RPG The Blood of Dawnwalker, is officially gold. That means the physical disc is being printed, though of course, in this day and age, the studio will continue to work on day-one patches and the like up to the launch date of September 3. I suppose this saying will have to be updated if Sony's planned end of PlayStation disc sales from January 2028 goes ahead. Anyway, the gold status effectively confirms there will be no delays. The studio worked quite swiftly on its debut game; Rebel […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/rebel-wolves-hits-gold-the-blood-of-dawnwalker-september-3-launch/

If Apple Were Really Serious About Acquiring PrismML, Its CEO Wouldn’t Be Broadcasting It To The World

15 July 2026 at 21:15

The image features the Apple logo on the left and the 'Prism ML' logo with stylized text on the right.

You would have to be wholly fatuous to leak the details of an ongoing negotiation with a company as private as Apple, and from the mouth of the CEO no less, as PrismML appears to have done recently, indicating that the tidbit about its impending acquisition by Apple was nothing more than a glorified PR campaign. You don't leak details of an ongoing negotiation, especially when a company as sensitive as Apple is involved, if those talks have even a snowball's chance in hell of succeeding While speaking with CNBC earlier this week, PrismML's CEO casually lobbed a bombshell: Apple […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/if-apple-were-really-serious-about-acquiring-prismml-its-ceo-wouldnt-be-broadcasting-it-to-the-world/

‘A candidate who was hostile from day one never produces that baseline’: Nation states spies applying for legit jobs are hard to spot

Geopolitical tensions are mounting, and nation states are employing new types of strategies to gain intelligence. A recent Five Eyes warning, for example, accused Chinese military intelligence officers of using professional networking sites and online job platforms to target individuals of interest.

In this specific case, the agents pose as recruiters advertising seemingly legitimate work to build relationships and, ultimately, get their hands on non-public information. Popular sites like LinkedIn, Indeed and Upwork have all seen this new type of attack take place.

At the same time, a parallel threat sees operatives applying for jobs within trusted organizations with access to intelligence, creating insider threats that experts warn AI might be mostly responsible for.

Generative AI, for example, can create documents, write applications and even supply live answers during real-time remote interviews, meaning that a small group of fake applicants can extend their reach much more quickly.

Rather than attacking existing workers, nation states are creating their own job candidates

Once inside an organization and with access to company tools like PCs, emails and other internal systems, nation state spies can then move laterally to acquire the information they sought.

Security experts at Exabeam warn that, because this technique is still evolving, it might not always be so easy to spot. Additionally, motives can differ, with Chinese intelligence operations typically seeking military, political or economic information. North Korean agents, on the other hand, tend to be tied to stealing money, which could also come with the side effect of data and intelligence theft.

Exabeam even observed this type of attack first-hand, when a North Korean-affiliated applicant used a false identity to apply for a job at the company. After passing technical tests, a video interview and other standard checks, the suspect’s laptop was quickly flagged for unusual activity.

In the following Q&A with AI Strategy and Security Research VP Steve Povolny, I discuss these new types of attacks, who’s responsible for stamping them out and what we can do to prevent similar incidents from happening more commonly.

  • The Five Eyes alliance recently warned that foreign intelligence groups are using job platforms to recruit insiders. How significant is this threat, and what is driving its growth?

This is among the most serious access-driven threats facing cleared workers, and it keeps growing because the economics now favor the attacker.

Foreign intelligence services no longer need handlers and dead drops when they can post a job ad on LinkedIn or Upwork and let candidates self-select based on the access listed in their own resumes. Generative AI lets them run thousands of these conversations at once, drafting outreach and scoring which applicants sit closest to sensitive information without a trained officer.

The Five Eyes alert describes a scaled, automated funnel, and that scale is what makes it dangerous.

  • A parallel risk runs alongside that warning: adversaries who secure employment directly rather than recruiting an existing employee. Which scenario presents the greater defensive challenge, and why?

The infiltration model gives defenders less to work with, which makes it the harder problem. When an adversary recruits someone already on staff, most of the suspicious behavior happens outside the company on platforms the employer never sees, yet the insider remains a known person with a verified identity and a real history.

When the adversary becomes the employee, the company has onboarded a fabricated person and handed them a laptop and standing network access on day one. No behavioral baseline exists, since everything that account does counts as a first. The deception also clears the controls most organizations trust, so the failure lands before any security tool gets a vote.

  • Exabeam identified a North Korea-affiliated individual who gained employment at the company. How did the operative clear Exabeam's hiring process, and what first signaled that something was wrong?

He cleared it by performing well on the parts we test and forging the parts we verify. Applying under the alias Trevor Rothluebber, he aced the technical interview and take-home assessment, passed the video interview and cleared our standard pre-employment process including the background check and I-9 validation.

Our hiring team flagged a suspicion that he leaned on generative AI for live help during the video call, the first soft signal. The hard signal arrived the moment he logged into his corporate account. Our threat intelligence feed matched his username to activity previously associated with North Korean operatives and rated it high risk, and that single match reframed how the team read everything that followed.

Simultaneously, Exabeam’s platform detected a number of anomalies inconsistent with a brand new employee’s first day, and escalating in severity within hours. Incident response quietly isolated and reimaged his laptop before any real damage could be done.

  • The candidate completed applications, interviews and assigned work without raising alarm. In retrospect, what indicators were present, and why did standard screening miss them?

The indicators existed, but they lived in places our screening was never built to read. The driver's license he submitted was either AI-generated or very badly manually modified, and the tell was physical. The image had unique aberrations, such as the ears in the photo which had an unnatural and pixelated modification an artifact that image generators still produce, and a reviewer skims past.

The live AI assistance during the interview was another, since his answers carried a fluency that did not match the natural hesitation you expect when someone reasons through an unfamiliar problem. Standard screening missed all of it because background checks and identity validation confirm whether documents are internally consistent and whether a record exists, and they never ask whether the human attached to those documents is real.

Further fabrication of documents such as I-9 were missed by a 3rd party identity verification company, and validation of (fake) job references was not properly identified.

  • How did AI contribute to the deception? What did the fraudulent documentation involve, and what capabilities does AI introduce that traditional forgery methods lack?

AI showed up at nearly every stage. The fraudulent documentation centered on a forged driver's license we believe was generated rather than physically produced, paired with a stolen identity that gave the paperwork a real history to rest on.

During the interview the candidate appeared to have run an AI copilot feeding him answers in real time, and many of these tools now stay invisible to everyone else on the call even while the candidate shares a screen. What AI adds over traditional forgery is volume and believability together. A skilled forger could always produce one convincing passport, but the craft capped how many operations could run at once.

Generative tools remove that ceiling, so a single actor can fabricate convincing documents and coach themselves through a live technical interview across dozens of applications at once, and the forgery stopped being the bottleneck it used to be.

  • The Five Eyes warning focused on China, while the Exabeam case involved North Korea. Do these actors share tactics and objectives, or do they represent distinct operational models that overlap on method?

They overlap heavily on method while running on different motives, which defenders should sit with. The Chinese operation the Five Eyes described aims at intelligence collection, pulling government and military insight out of people who already hold access.

The North Korean program that hit us and so many others in this industry is funded differently, since much of its purpose is revenue for a sanctioned regime, with intrusion and theft riding alongside the paycheck. The objectives diverge, yet the tradecraft has converged on one toolkit of fabricated identities, AI-assisted documents, manufactured professional histories and the patient relationship-building that lets an operative stay quiet.

When two adversaries with separate goals reach the same playbook, that tells you the playbook works and other actors are already watching.

  • Conventional insider threat programs are built to detect employees who become compromised over time. How should organizations identify a candidate who was an adversary from the point of hire?

Our mindset must shift toward treating the moment of hire as the start of the highest-risk window rather than the end of vetting. Traditional insider programs watch for drift, the employee who gradually turns after a financial shock or a grievance, so they depend on a baseline built over months.

A candidate who was hostile from day one never produces that baseline, which forces you to scrutinize the earliest behavior most closely. In our case, the catch came from putting new accounts under enhanced monitoring and letting an AI agent correlate scattered signals that no single alert would have justified escalating.

The working principle is to give hiring workflows and new-hire activity the same suspicion you already apply to production access.

  • Where should accountability for this threat reside within an organization? Is it a security function, an HR function, or a gap that persists because ownership is unclear?

Accountability most often lives in the gap right now, and that gap is exactly why the threat works. Hiring sits with HR and talent acquisition, who are measured on filling roles quickly and are not equipped to run identity verification at an intelligence-grade level.

Detection sits with security, which usually gains no visibility into a candidate until that person already holds a badge and a laptop, and the adversary exploits the seam between the two.

The workable answer is shared ownership with a clean handoff, where security sets the identity and behavioral standards hiring must meet and stays involved through the first weeks of employment rather than inheriting the problem once onboarding closes.

  • Many mid-sized companies lack dedicated threat intelligence resources. What practical measures can such organizations implement to reduce their exposure?

Useful defense does not require a dedicated threat intelligence team. The interview itself is the cheapest control available, and small changes make it far more revealing.

Underspecifying a problem on purpose shows whether a candidate asks clarifying questions like a real engineer or simply produces a confident answer and switching the problem partway through tests whether they adapt or whether something is feeding them responses.

Asking for an external webcam that shows the workspace instead of a shared screen removes one of the easiest hiding spots for an interview copilot. Beyond hiring, the highest-leverage move is placing every new employee on a watchlist for closer monitoring through their first weeks, which costs configuration time rather than budget.

Even a basic, low-cost threat intelligence feed would have surfaced the username match that broke our case open.

  • What is the most contested prediction on this issue, one that many security leaders would currently dispute?

My contested prediction is that within a couple of years the verified human interview, run live and in person for any role with meaningful access, returns as a security requirement. Many security leaders will fight that because it breaks the remote-first hiring model they spent years optimizing.

The objection I expect is that it does not scale and shrinks the talent pool, and those concerns are legitimate. My counter is that the economics have already flipped for high-access roles, since the cost of onboarding a single fabricated adversary now dwarfs the friction of one in-person verification step.

The deeper claim underneath it is that remote identity verification as we practice it today is no longer reliable for sensitive positions, and AI is what made it unreliable. Most security leaders are not ready to say that out loud yet.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

VPN deal of the week: After a year of testing it, this is the VPN I'll be using to stream England vs Argentina

In the past year I've spent tens of hours streaming with VPNs, and one thing is consistently problematic for even the best VPNs — live events.

So, if you're traveling and keen to catch BBC's coverage of England vs Argentina later this evening instead, you might think you're stuck. Thankfully, NordVPN proved to be the one streaming VPN I tested that consistently performed well in these scenarios.

Over the past year, I've used NordVPN with Peacock, BBC iPlayer, TNT Sports, ITVX, and 7Plus. And compared to any other VPN, it's proved the most effective.

I experienced the least delayed streams, the least buffering, and, most importantly, the fewest complete connection dropouts when using NordVPN. So, while cheaper alternatives such as Norton VPN and Surfshark exist, if you want the most reliable performance, this is where I'd put my money.

If you don't want a long term commitment, you could always choose to pick a monthly plan. For $15, you can watch the rest of the tournament and gain all the additional security benefits that come with a VPN.

NordVPN: from $3.49/month or $15 for one month
It might not be the cheapest but NordVPN's price is more than worth it considering its performance. It's the most reliable VPN I've streamed with and it's packed with added security features to keep you secure once you've watched the big game. Unsure? Either pick up a monthly plan for only $15 or make use of NordVPN's 30-day money-back guarantee.View Deal

You don't need NordVPN's most advanced features to watch England with a VPN. That's a good thing, as right now its premium plans are considerably more expensive than many other providers.

With long term plans, Surfshark plans start at $2.49/month, a full dollar cheaper per month; the same goes for Norton VPN. If you're really budget-focused, both PIA and Cyberghost are less than $1.60 per month right now, too.

But, should you choose a NordVPN Plus plan or above, you do get some great perks. NordPass, the best password manager we've tested, cloud storage, dark web monitoring, and more are on offer.

It's worth mentioning that buying the more premium plans monthly will set you back at least $20, so I'd recommend signing up for a longer duration if you prefer these extra features.

Experts flag new scam targeting fans seeking tickets for Celine Dion concerts

  • Group‑IB warns of scams exploiting Celine Dion’s concert comeback, with fraudsters selling duplicate Ticketmaster tickets and spoofing sites like AXS and Paris La Défense Arena
  • Scammers embed themselves in Facebook fan groups and marketplaces, even using voice messages to build trust and make fake offers seem legitimate
  • Fans are advised to only buy from official distributors, verify tickets in person if using resellers, and contact banks to dispute charges if scammed

Celine Dion is back, and hackers are already trying to exploit the fact for their own financial gain, experts have warned.

A report from security researchers Group-IB has claimed there are numerous scam campaigns all across the internet and social media, looking to exploit gullible fans and steal their money.

Its aptly named “The Scam Will Go On” report said it saw scammers lurking in Facebook Groups, Facebook Marketplace, and other fan-centric spaces, offering concert tickets for sale. The tickets themselves, hosted on Ticketmaster, are valid. However, the scammers only have a few tickets which can be redeemed by the first person who reaches the venue. Everyone else will be denied entry, since their tickets will already have been used.

How to avoid getting scammed

But that’s not the only scam. Some people don’t want to pay an unknown third person via wire, and would prefer to purchase the tickets directly from a service.

For those people, the scammers created entire websites, spoofing ticketing distributors such as AXS and Ticketmaster. Group-IB also saw fake websites spoofing Celine Dion and Paris La Défense Arena, the stadium where the concert will take place.

“We see that such an event generates excitement and provides scammers with another opportunity to make a fortune at the expense of unsuspecting fans,” Group-IB warned.

“Scammers are using increasingly sophisticated techniques, such as embedding themselves into social networking fan groups and speaking directly to their victims via voice messages to make the interaction more personal and gain their victims’ trust more easily. Furthermore, official ticketing platforms are being misused to make scams seem legitimate.”

The researchers recommend fans only visit official websites and those of official distributors, and if they absolutely must buy from a reseller, to make sure they’re purchasing a physical ticket, in person. Those that fell for the scam should call their bank and lodge an objection on their credit card.

I spent 10 hours comparing two fantastic premium compact cameras, the Lumix L10 and Fujifilm X100VI — here’s which one I’d buy with my own money

Panasonic
Lumix L10

Fujifilm
X100VI

Panasonic made quite a splash when it announced the Lumix L10 at its Lumix 25th anniversary event in May this year. I called it 'Panasonic's prettiest Lumix in years', and many tech journalists, myself included, have compared it to the viral Fujifilm X100VI.

These are two premium compact cameras with retro design and high-end features, but both take a different swing at the format. For example, the Lumix L10 packs a 20MP Micro Four Thirds sensor and 24-75mm f/1.7-2.8 lens, while the X100VI shoots 40MP stills with an APS-C sensor and fixed 35mm f/2 lens.

I've already compared the two based on specs and my extensive experience with each camera separately in my Lumix L10 vs X100 VI article. But I was keen to see which one I personally prefer based on using the cameras side by side — it had been a while since I last used the X100 VI.

So, with my loan samples in hand, I headed out, taking the same photos with each camera in a variety of scenarios, including travelling, commuting and weekends exploring. Objectively, each camera has its practical advantages over the other, but there was one camera that truly gave me the feels...

The head

Fujifilm X100VI premium compact camera alongside the Panasonic Lumix L10 on a lock in a UK canal
Tim Coleman
Man holding the Panasonic Lumix L10 compact camera up to his eye, he's looking through the viewfinder, in an urban setting of Japan
The Lumix L10 is a stunning camera, but what's it actually like to use?Tim Coleman
Man holding the Panasonic Lumix L10 compact camera in an urban setting of Japan
Tim Coleman
Man holding the Panasonic Lumix L10 compact camera in an urban setting of Japan
Tim Coleman
The Gold Titanium Special Edition of the Panasonic Lumix L10 compact camera, sat on gray and rust-colored rocks
Tim Coleman
Man holding the Panasonic Lumix L10 compact camera in an urban setting of Japan
Tim Coleman
Man holding the Panasonic Lumix L10 compact camera in an urban setting of Japan
Tim Coleman

If I'm to make a list of pros and cons based on features and specifications, then each model has distinct advantages over the other.

In favor of the X100VI: its 35mm f/2 prime lens quality, 40MP resolution (which is twice that of the Lumix L10), in-body image stabilization, quicker start-up time, fancier viewfinder, and its next-level retro aesthetics.

There's plenty going for the Lumix L10, mind you: its versatile 3.1x optical zoom lens, superior battery life, Real Time LUTs profiles (which for me outdo Fujifilm's film simulations), superior burst shooting speeds, snappier autofocus, vari-angle screen, plus its video performance has the edge. Oh, and it costs less — depending on which region you live in, the price difference can be pretty sizable.

Speaking objectively, I believe I'd get more use from the Lumix L10, especially the telephoto end of its 24-75mm f1.7 to f/2.8 lens. It is overall a more versatile camera. However, objectivity goes out the window when considering creative tools such as cameras for personal use.

We can talk features all day, but you really need to get a feel for a camera, and the only way to do that is to get properly hands-on, which is exactly what I did with the L10 and X100VI side by side. And in doing this direct comparison, a favorite quickly emerged.

The heart

Fujifilm X100VI premium compact camera alongside the Panasonic Lumix L10 in tech journalist Tim Coleman's hands
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI in the hand with top plate in view
Future
Top plate of theFujifilm X100VI in the hand
Future
Person holding the Fujifilm X100VI camera up to their eye with a bustling Tokyo city background
Future

Rather than getting bogged down in features and specifications, I'm going to articulate what it felt like to use each camera, because honestly that's more important in the long run, especially for this kind of premium compact camera designed for personal, daily use. (My workhorse mirrorless camera is another matter — it's there to do a job efficiently and reliably.)

I'm going to come right out and say it — I enjoyed the X100 VI more. Aesthetically, it has the edge: both cameras are retro, but the X100 VI is next-level with its manual exposure dials and hybrid viewfinder. With the two slung over my shoulder, it was the X100VI that I wanted to reach for first.

When I did, the X100 VI required more effort to master; there's more involvement in operating the exposure controls and such, which I actually preferred as a serious photographer. I liked how much more premium it felt in the hand too: the weightiness, the dampened shutter button...the X100VI just felt... better.

I also appreciated its quicker start-up time, and liked how much more compact its prime lens is. The hybrid viewfinder was more enjoyable too, especially since I'm in the small camp of photographers who genuinely enjoy the optical viewfinder.

Sure, I'd rather that autofocus was as good as the Lumix L10's. And for a variety of scenarios, wished that I could zoom the lens. And it's not like I didn't get any feeling with the Lumix L10 — how its lens handles in particular is a delight. But for feeling alone, and that sense of pursuing a craft, the X100VI captured my heart all over again.

Lumix L10 vs Fujfilm X100VI: the images

A collection of Panasonic Lumix L10 pictures. I have matched the Fujifilm X100VI's 35mm focal length in most of these samples, but I have also included some at different focal lengths to show how versatile it can be.

Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a blue vespa in an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a blue vespa in an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: ornate blue door and pink wall flowers in an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a bright red door down an an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: man besides his horse and cart in an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a sidewalk in London with an old house front and windows
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a sidewalk in London with a parked classic car in front of old house front and windows
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a sidewalk in London with a parked classic car in front of old houses
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a sidewalk in London with a parked classic car in front of old house front and windows
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: person walking down a sidewalk in London, low light sun
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: portrait of a man, leaning against a brick wall in London
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: portrait of a man, leaning against a brick wall in London
Here and for the following portrait, I've increased the zoom to the maximum 75mm focal lengthTim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: portrait of a man, leaning against a brick wall in London
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a UK pub frontage, there a hanging flowers above old windows
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a canal boat moored in front of a boat house
Tim Coleman
Panasonic Lumix L10 image gallery: a boardwalk in a nature reserve, lined with tree silhouetted by the low lying sun
Tim Coleman

And the comparisons with the Fujifilm X100VI. For both cameras, I set the color profile to the standard setting, but in reality I would be playing around with various looks and making selective exposure adjustments.

Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: blue vespa down an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: blur vespa down an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: ornate blue door alongside pink hanging flowers down an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: ornate red door down an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: man with his horse and cart in an old alleyway in Valetta, Malta
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: London sidewalk, with old house frontage and tall windows, with passerby
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: London sidewalk, with old house frontage and tall windows, with passerby
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: London sidewalk, a classic car is parked, there's an old house frontage with tall windows behind
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: London sidewalk, a classic car is parked, there are old house frontages behind it
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: London sidewalk, a classic car is parked, there's an old house frontage with tall windows behind
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: person walking on urban London sidewalk with low lying sun
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: portrait of a man, leaning against a brick wall of old street in central London
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: portrait of a man, leaning against a brick wall of old street in central London
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: UK pub frontage, there are hanging flowers
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: canal boat moored by a boat house
Tim Coleman
Fujifilm X100VI image gallery: boardwalk in a nature reserve, there are tress silhouetted by the low lying sun
Tim Coleman

How a camera handles is a major part of the equation — but the resulting images need to be easy on the eye too.

With wildly different sensor sizes, number of pixels, and types of lens, it's tough to pick one camera over the other, plus some assumptions about image quality need to go out the window.

For one, despite having the smaller sensor, the Lumix L10 actually has bigger pixels and light-gathering potential, so don't assume that the X100VI is better in low light. Also, beyond sensor size and pixels, the Lumix L10's autofocus is overall more reliable, so you're more likely to get a sharp image in the first place, depending on the scenario and camera settings.

But for direct comparisons, as in matching the X100VI's 35mm f/2 lens with the Lumix L10 as close as possible (35mm f/2.3), I think what pleased me the most overall is the X100VI's superior control over depth of field.

When I took street portraits at 35mm, the X100VI's images were easier on the eye. I also liked having 40MP to play with and the greater level of detail in the pictures. The X100VI was also less susceptible to lens flare.

That said, the Lumix L10 has that zoom lens versatility, and when set to 75mm and f/2.8, it is very capable of shallow depth of field portraiture too, with a greater compression effect that I prefer.

As for color, I didn't have a strong enough feeling scouring my images to recommend one camera over the other, though the Lumix L10 Real Time LUTs profiles are more versatile.

Fujifilm X100VI premium compact camera alongside the Panasonic Lumix L10 in tech journalist Tim Coleman's hands

(Image credit: Tim Coleman)

Conclusion

If you're considering the Lumix L10 or the Fujifilm X100VI, then the choice is tough, and, in truth, you'll be happy with either model! They are two of the best premium compact cameras, with a string of unique advantages over the other.

For me, however, the decision goes beyond specifications and features, and to an underlying feeling that I would get more joy in using the X100VI regularly than I would with the Lumix L10, even though the L10 is more practical. My head says Panasonic Lumix L10, my heart says Fujifilm X100VI.

England vs Argentina RECAP: Free Streams, TV Guide & How to watch from anywhere

It's England vs Argentina in the World Cup semi-finals as Harry Kane and Jude Bellingham look to end Lionel Messi's dream of retaining the trophy.

Both sides have had to work hard to reach this stage, but it's winner takes all now, with a place in Sunday's final against Spain at stake.

Keep up to date with all the action from England vs Argentina here, with live updates, free streams, and information on how you can watch the semi-final from anywhere.

England vs Argentina: The Essentials

Sign up to Norton VPN and watch the World Cup with our exclusive offer

Norton VPN is fast, reliable and packed with useful features, with server locations worldwide.

60-day money-back guarantee
Unlocks England vs Argentina streams

Its Ultimate plan is especially great value, protecting up to 20 devices under one subscription.

England vs Argentina: World Cup semi-final

It doesn't get much bigger than this!

Here we go!

Welcome to Atlanta! It’s here in Georgia that we’ll see England’s biggest challenge so far (no offence, Panama): Argentina...

There’s history, big names and even bigger stakes. The winner will play Spain, who showed up for their semi final in a way that France definitely didn’t, in what promises to be an epic final.

So, who will emerge victorious? Keep tuned here to find out as we cover the game in the build up and every minute of action…

3/5 wins...to England?!

One of the other stats emerging to fill England fans with hope is that on the five occasions that England and Argentina have met the Three Lions have waked away victorious three times.

Albeit a few 1-0 victories aren’t the most thrilling wins but in knockout tournaments - as England have discovered - it doesn’t matter how you get there as long as you’re victorious at the end.

So will Argentina manage to chalk up a win to equalise the overall tally or will England lead 4-2?

How to watch the match

Leaving it a bit last minute when it comes to watching the game? No stress, we’ve got you sorted…

Free Stream: BBC One (UK) / SBS (AUS)

US Stream: Fox via Fubo / YouTube TV

UK Stream: BBC One

Watch Anywhere: Norton VPN (60-day money back guarantee)

So, get yourself a Norton VPN subscription to enjoy the game wherever you are!

One hour to go!

We’re nearly there!

Get comfy, grab yourself some refreshments and stick with us here - to keep tuned for more updates as they come in - as it’s not too long to the game...

Rogers starting, Henderson not

Morgan Rogers is starting in the big changeup to the normal Starting XI.

Quansah with his red card is missing his second game today and Henderson with his injury is also missing out on the action.

Otherwise everyone is able to come on, but who will?

45 minutes to go...

In 45 minutes time we’ll see the kickoff of the decisive game which will determine the final!

Most pundits have it as a 50/50 tossup but with England’s track record - the only World Cup final they’ve been in is 1966 - you’d have to put Argentina in front.

Let’s hope this World Cup semi final will be less like 1990 and 2018 and more like 1966.

A semifinal like no other...hopefully for the right reasons

Local police have been told to watch this game in particular - with the highest danger warning issued of any World Cup game - due to the perceived temperature (in both senses) of the game.

With no major stories of fans letting themselves down this tournament, you really hope this won’t be the main story from the game but with the chequered history of both countries playing each other (we’ll get on to that later), that’s not a guarantee.

Let’s keep the drama on the pitch, eh lads?

30 mins to the game!

Settle down, everyone...it's nearly time!

A colourful history

The Falklands War. Hand of God. Beckham Red Card.

These three phrases are synonymous with England and Argentina when it comes to World Cups, and for good reason. However at the end of the game it’s football and the best team will win regardless of how important or unimportant this colourful history is.

Will we see another iconic moment that will rival Maradona’s two goals - one a blatant act of cheating and the other considered one of the greatest goals of all time? Will we see another player get sent off in shame like Beckham?

We’ll find out soon…

10 mins to the game!

Nearly time!

Still time to get yourself a front row seat with a Norton VPN subscription...help yourself below!

Norton VPN (60-day money back guarantee)

Messi v Kane/Bellingham

The one fact everyone is reeling out for this match is that Messi has never played England before. I guess we’ve also brought it up now.

The prospect of facing our squad will hardly be living in his head rent free but a few players may give him pause for thought. Kane and Bellingham.

Also in contention for the Golden Boot, although a few behind him, these England players are a threat in the box when it comes to trying to keep a clean sheet and see Argentina through to the second World Cup final in a row.

Who will come out on top?

Kick off!

Kick off!

(Image credit: Getty Images)

Here we go!

Argentina kick off, strap in everyone...

Bellingham and Anderson pushed early doors

Argentina give Bellingham a friendly push just to let him know they're there.

And then Anderson taken down more brutally. Both sides square up in a tense start already.

Could be a scrappy one...

England take a corner

Rice, Arsenal's corner taker extraordinaire, takes one which misses the mark.

It's a high octane match already in terms of scrappiness and opportunities but let's see how it plays out.

Anderson is seemingly getting fouled left, right and centre in other news.

Anderson can't catch a break

Anderson attacked again!

Anderson attacked again! (Image credit: Getty Images)

Anderson has spent more time lying on the pitch than running around it at this point.

How long has the ball actually been in play?

20 mins in...

For a change, England are on the front foot. In a way that they haven't really since their opening Croatia 4-2 victory.

Will this last or will Messi have something to say about it.

Hydration break = boos aplenty

As reliable as showing Infantino on the screen in the first 10 minutes of every game (he must have it in his vain contract), are the boos that follow the start of the hydration break. And to be fair Infantino gets the boos too.

You sense Tuchel will be giving England a big talking to.

30 mins of play...and still 0-0

It's been a tense game and a lot of heated moments, but no goals to show either side.

A few chances but no goals on target yet. Will that change as Bellingham goes down for a free kick outside Argentina's box?

No bookings at all!

The ref has set the tone by issuing no yellows at all yet and you sense that the challenges from Argentina are only going to get worse.

This will do nothing to quell the narrative of Argentina favouritism.

Soon we'll see a big injury if this doesn't change.

The first yellow goes to Anderson

Anderson gets a yellow!

Anderson gets a yellow! (Image credit: Getty Images)

Some beautiful weaving and feet from Messi but he goes down after a challenge from Anderson.

And England get the first yellow!

Messi certainly has the favour of the referees although admittedly it was a bad challenge from Anderson but incredible England pick up the first booking.

Let's see how this develops.

(Belated) Argentina yellow card

And finally Argentina pick up a booking after Rogers receives some rough shirt pulling.

Hopefully this will calm the game down after a yellow on each side...time will tell.

Halftime whistle blows

How can that only be three minutes stoppage time? The ball's only been in play for three minutes.

It's been an end to end game with England looking stronger before the hydration break and Argentina looking better after the hydration break.

Both sides will be getting a pep talk from their manager and we'll see if that makes a difference in the second half.

It's a game of two halves

It's a cliche but it really is a game of two halves.

Both teams so far have given it 110% but will one team triumph in the second half or will it be extra time?

Goals win games but will it be England or Argentina?

England kick off the second half

The pitch at halftime

The pitch at halftime (Image credit: Getty Images)

England kick off the proceedings...before it gets retaken for going too quickly.

Back to the start.

Some testy moments early doors

England are on the back foot early doors here.

Pickford makes a save as an on target shot comes his way and then a scramble in the box but England defend.

Less of that please.

Romero gets booked...cos it's Romero

It's a worthy yellow card but Romero - the baby faced Tottenham assassin - does seem to rack up the bookings with his reputation proceeding him.

Argentina on the attack now.

Gordon's alive...and scores!!!

Anthony Gordon scores!

A beautiful assist from Rogers and finished by Gordon.

Eng 1-0 Arg

Spence makes an incredible tackle!

Just as important as Gordon's goal is Spence clearing the ball thanks to a beautiful tackle from Spence.

He's been electric this game.

Gordon's long awaited goal

Gordon's alive!

(Image credit: Getty Images)

There were questions about Gordon's Barcelona signing but he's silenced the critics after that.

Surprisingly he's only the fourth England player to score a goal this tournament after Kane and Bellingham dominating and one goal by Rashford.

Partially a mistake from Argentina's defence but also an incredible opportunity from England, seized upon and beautifully delivered.

England are purring now.

Pickford's razor sharp reactions!

For England, Jordan Pickford rarely puts a foot wrong. Or dare I say a hand?

Argentina's best shot so far and thanks to England's number one they are forced to regroup this hydration break.

Could this be England in a World Cup final for the first time since '66...let's not get ahead of ourselves.

Pickford makes another incredible save

Ice in his veins! Pickford fears no one as he makes another beautiful save.

Will he be able to stop the inevitable Argentina tide? Time will tell.

Kane gets a free kick!

A very tense affair as the England box is swamped this half of the hydration break but Kane gets the Three Lions a much needed free kicks.

England's defence hasn't been tested this much since Mexico and it's holding...so far.

Pickford makes a great save but can't save the second one

After a hand to the ball which may well have gone over the England goal resulting in a corner, Pickford isn't quick enough to save a sucker punch of a goal from Argentina.

Fernandez scores and saves Argentina from an early exit tonight.

2-1 Argentina

The goal Pickford couldn't save

The goal Pickford couldn't save (Image credit: Getty Images)

Argentina were on a high after their first goal and looking dangerous.

And that's when they scored their second goal. After the goalpost stops the first shot, nothing can stop a great header from Martinez.

Two goals in quick succession, can England do anything to stop the inevitable?

So close but yet so far

Argentina win and go against Spain for the World Cup final.

85 minutes until full time, and then Argentina strike.

Too defensive? Too complacent? Too many memories of '66?

Full time. Arg 2-1 Eng.

Too defensive in the last 30 minutes?

Rice taken off, Burn sent on. Were England just too defensive?

Pickford made some incredible saves but you can't stop the tide forever.

Argentina seem to have a knack for being down and then triumphing. Cape Verde equalised with them twice and they overcame it, Egypt looked like they were going to take it home and they came back.

England fell into a self confidence trap. They played a blinder but maybe England should have put on Saka instead of Burn.

In the end, the better team won

Once England have woken up, probably slightly hungover tomorrow, they will admit that Argentina were the better team.

To come back after 1-0 down so close to the end is remarkable and they looked threatening for most of the game.

It's back to square one as to whether we can win a final, bear in mind that the Euros 2028 will see 10 years since Kane has been captain and a few of the OGs still in the squad: Pickford, Stones, Henderson, Rashford. Will England refresh? Will Tuchel honour his contract to stay till 2028?

Hopefully yes to all of the above. So close, but yet so far - seemingly the England mantra at this point. Always the bridesmaid, never the bride.

Messi celebrates reaching his third Argentina World Cup final

Messi celebrates

(Image credit: Getty Images)

Third Argentina final. Won one, lost one...where will Messi lead his next one?

2014 saw Argentina lose to Germany, 2022 saw Argentina win an incredible game against France. Where will 2026 take them?

England are sore but spotlight is now on Argentina. Stay tuned here for the World Cup final.

Spain v Argentina, it'll be a belter. Both teams are playing on top form so everything is to play for.

We'll see you then.

That's all, folks :(

Bellingham and Kane, England's best goalscorers of the World Cup 2026

Bellingham and Kane, England's best goalscorers of the World Cup 2026 (Image credit: Getty Images)

A rather somber note to bid farewell on but thanks for staying with us through the pain we've become accustomed to as England fans.

Not the result we wanted, but very much the result we expected.

Gordon did us proud, as did Pickford who had the weight of the country on his shoulders for the last half hour of the game and made some incredible saves until it was too much for him.

Maybe we didn't come together as a team as we quite hoped but it looked for a second like we could make a second World Cup final. Anyway, onwards and upwards.

Thanks for joining us, make sure you stay tuned here where we'll be reporting on the action from the third place play off on Saturday at 10pm BST as England take on France in a rematch of the World Cup 2022 quarterfinals (that we lost).

And then the big one: Spain v Argentina on Sunday at 8pm BST. I've been Dan, thanks for joining us (commiserations or congratulations) and until next time...

It's (not quite) coming home etc

Viltrox unveils a miraculously small 'pancake' lens with bright f/2.8 aperture for Sony and Nikon cameras — and it has an innovative feature I love

  • Viltrox has announced its new AF 26mm F2.8 EVO lens
  • It's available in Sony E and Nikon Z-mount versions, and costs $299 / £279
  • It measures 23.8mm thick and weighs 4.6oz / 130g

Chinese lens manufacturer Viltrox is having a prolific year, and it's now followed up a recent pair of medium-telephoto primes for APS-C cameras with a completely new 26mm f/2.8 pancake lens.

The AF 26mm F2.8 EVO is part of the same mid-range series as my recently tested AF 90mm F2.2 EVO, and is available for Sony E and Nikon Z-mount cameras at launch. It costs $299 / £279.

Compact size and light weight are the aim here — the 26mm F2.8 is just 23.8mm thick and tips the scales at 4.6oz / 130g. I can see it pairing nicely with a Sony A7C / A7C II or Nikon Zf as a casual, everyday lens offering surprisingly sharp image quality.

It's not the smallest autofocus full-frame lens in Viltrox's range, mind you — that accolade goes to the AF 28mm F4.5. However, given the bright f/2.8 aperture and the features on board, the new 26mm lens seems impossibly small.

Those features include a dust- and splash-resistant machined metal construction, dedicated aperture and focus rings, a metal rear mount with a USB-C port for firmware updates, and a STM focus motor for snappy autofocus.

Viltrox AF 26mm F2.8 EVO lens attached to a Sony camera in user's hands
Viltrox
Viltrox AF 26mm F2.8 EVO lens attached to a Nikon camera, in user's hands
Viltrox
Viltrox AF 26mm F2.8 EVO lens attached to a Sony camera, top down, resting on a tree stump
Viltrox
Viltrox AF 26mm F2.8 EVO lens attached to a Nikon camera in user's hands
Viltrox
Viltrox AF 26mm F2.8 EVO lens attached to a Sony camera, woman is pulling it out of her handbag
Viltrox
Viltrox AF 26mm F2.8 EVO lens attached to a Nikon camera on mahogany table with bookshelf in background
Viltrox

And there's more: the AF 26mm F2.8 EVO ships with a magnetic lens cap that snaps into place, eliminating the fiddling that comes with traditional pinch-release lens caps.

It's part of a lens cap system which includes a magnetic lens hood, which also works with magnetic lens filters. Alternatively, traditional screw-on filters work too, via the 43mm thread.

I hope other lens manufacturers follow Viltrox's lead — lens caps can be a real pain to remove and re-attach, but a magnetic type simplifies the process.

Optically, we have a simple construction of eight elements in six groups, with a minimum focus distance of 0.2m which results in a 0.2x maximum magnification, for reasonable close-up photography.

The Viltrox AF 26mm F2.8 EVO is available immediately in Sony E and Nikon Z versions from Amazon US and Viltrox's official store. There's no word yet on whether L-mount or Fujifilm X-mount versions are on the way.

Yes, Fujifilm X is APS-C format, but I can see the full-frame Viltrox lens working well with these crop-sensor cameras, even for Sony and Nikon, on which it would offer an equivalent 39mm focal length.

It's yet another new Viltrox lens available for Nikon Z cameras, which suggests that the Nikon vs Viltrox lawsuit from earlier this year has quietly been resolved. I hope that's the case, because Viltrox has consistently produced excellent optics, and the AF 26mm F2.8 EVO looks like an impressive addition. Look out for my in-depth review, coming soon.

The GMKtec G10 mini PC is 'a terrific little system' — and now our top budget machine gets a big discount

If you're looking for a reliable and cheap mini PC, the GMKtec G10 is our top choice. For general day-to-day work, with the scope to upgrade, there's plenty to like about the machine we called "a terrific little system" for the price.

Right now, the GMKtek G10 mini PC is $288 (was $400) at Amazon — a $112 saving on a genuinely capable budget mini PC. Meanwhile, in the UK, the G10 is now £260 (was £319) at Amazon.

Today's top mini PC deal

AMD Ryzen 5 3500U (4-core/8-thread, up to 3.7GHz) with Radeon Vega 8 graphics, 16GB dual-channel DDR4 RAM, and a 512GB PCIe 3.0 NVMe SSD. Dual M.2 2280 slots support up to 16TB of total storage, and RAM is upgradeable to 64GB. Includes 2.5GbE Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and triple 4K display output via HDMI 2.1, DisplayPort, and USB-C. Windows 11 Pro pre-installed.

In the UK: now £260 (was £319)View Deal

In our review, we found it well-balanced for light office tasks, web browsing, and streaming. If that's the goal for your setup, it's ideal. For more powerful machines designed for demanding graphical workloads, we've selected the top mini PC deals for video editing and gaming.

So, what's on offer here? The Ryzen 5 3500U isn't new silicon — it's a 2019-era Zen+ chip on a 12nm process that still holds up very well against the sluggish Intel N-series chips (N100, N150) that populate most budget mini PCs at this price. The four cores and eight threads, courtesy of AMD's multithreading implementation, give it a genuine edge in multitasking and anything that touches video decoding or light image processing.

Where the G10 stands out is memory and storage. 16GB of dual-channel DDR4 and a 512GB NVMe SSD is a generous starting configuration at this price, and GMKtec gives you real room to grow: two SO-DIMM slots support up to 64GB of RAM, and two M.2 2280 slots support up to 16TB of combined storage. Having two drive bays also makes cloning an existing installation onto a bigger drive simple if you outgrow the included SSD.

2.5GbE Ethernet is the other feature worth calling out, since most rivals in this price bracket still ship with a single Gigabit port. If you're setting this up as a home server, NAS front-end, or Proxmox node, that faster wired connection is a genuine practical upgrade over the competition, and the Ryzen 5 3500U's AMD-Vi support means virtualization software runs without issue.

The Radeon Vega 8 graphics are dated by 2026 standards and won't handle demanding modern games, but they're meaningfully more capable than Intel's UHD graphics for everyday tasks like 4K video playback, light photo editing, or older and indie titles at lower settings.

Good to know: this machine needs a bit of patience out of the box. We found the G10 performs noticeably better after a trip into the BIOS to switch from Balanced to Performance mode, and the fan does get audible under sustained load in that mode. It's not a plug-and-play polished experience — with around 30 minutes of setup, you'll get this chip at its best.

For a cheap mini PC with genuinely generous memory, storage headroom, and fast networking, the G10 is a solid budget pick that features in our guide to the best mini PCs.

Whatnot acquires Shaped to power real-time live shopping recommendations

15 July 2026 at 21:00
Livestream shopping platform Whatnot has acquired AI startup Shaped, a machine learning company focused on real-time recommendations and search. The deal will bolster Whatnot’s personalization and discovery features as it expands into new product categories.

Google tests Performance Max network controls with new Partners (Alpha) setting

15 July 2026 at 19:58
6 mistakes that hurt ecommerce campaigns on Google Ads

Google is testing a new Partners (Alpha) setting in Performance Max that gives advertisers the ability to opt in or out of Search Partners and the Google Display Network—a level of control that hasn’t previously existed in the automated campaign type.

What’s happening. Some advertisers are seeing a new Partners (Alpha) setting within Performance Max campaigns that lets them choose whether to include:

  • Search Partners
  • Google Display Network (GDN)

Until now, both networks were automatically included in Performance Max with no option to exclude them.

Why we care. The update gives advertisers greater control over where Performance Max ads appear, making it easier to align inventory with campaign objectives. Those focused on efficiency metrics such as ROAS or CPA can now test whether excluding certain networks improves performance.

What we’re watching. The feature is currently labelled Alpha, indicating it is only available to a limited number of advertisers. Google has not announced when—or if—it plans to roll the setting out more broadly.

The bottom line. Google’s new Partners (Alpha) setting could give Performance Max advertisers one of their most requested controls: the ability to decide whether campaigns run across Search Partners and the Display Network, rather than relying entirely on Google’s automation.

Spotted. This update was spotted by PPC Growth Strategist Saquib Syed, who shared spotting it on LinkedIn.

Google is AI Mode’s No. 2 most-cited domain: Report

15 July 2026 at 19:30
Google AI Mode cites Google

Google’s AI Mode increased citations to google.com by 8.4x in about two months, making it the No. 2 cited domain in Profound’s tracking.

The increase came almost entirely from Google Business Profiles and Product Knowledge Panels, according to Profound. Those Google-hosted cards now appear within AI Mode answers for many local and product searches.

Google cards moved up. AI Mode now surfaces Google Business Profiles as inline panels for local-intent queries.

These panels can display a business’s hours, photos, location, and reviews before users reach the company’s website. Profound said the shift makes the Google-hosted profile the first page many users see.

Local categories led. The change was strongest in industries where local intent drives revenue, including:

  • Hospitality and travel
  • Home services
  • Restaurants and dining
  • Real estate
  • Healthcare

Product panels gained ground. Product searches also shifted toward Google-hosted results. Queries about comparisons, compatibility, or specifications increasingly surfaced Product Knowledge Panels instead of direct links to ecommerce or brand websites, Profound said.

Why we care. Your Google-hosted profile may shape a user’s first impression before they ever reach your website. Missing hours, outdated photos, incomplete information, or poor reviews can cost you the click before users visit your site.

About the data. Profound tracked AI Mode citation share from April 15 through June 30, analyzing more than 32 million google.com/searchviewer instances.

The report. Google AI Mode’s shift to citing itself

Where AI agents get stuck on your site

15 July 2026 at 19:00
Where AI agents get stuck on your site

The next mass frontier of AI is agentic:

To figure out how ready B2B sites are for agentic visitors, I teamed up with David Kaufman, founder of Siteline, and I analyzed how agents scan websites and where they get stuck. The answer: most sites are agent-ready, but there is one critical breaking point.

Agents don’t read websites like humans. They receive a task, search the web, fetch pages, extract facts, and cite the sources they used. A page can persuade a human and still fail an agent if the facts are hard to find (opacity), hard to fetch (machine-readability), or hard to cite (access friction). 

AI agents turn websites from showrooms into barcodes.

How we looked at agent behavior:

  • The agent had to find the official site itself. We did not provide starting links, eg to homepages.
  • We gave agents three buyer-related tasks for 100 B2B products: find pricing/features, integrations, and security/compliance. We ran each task five times to measure the impact of the probabilistic nature of LLMs.
  • We weren’t comparing whether or not the information existed somewhere on the web; instead, we measured whether the agent could reliably answer from the vendor’s own site. 

View embedded content

1. Pricing breaks first-party sites

The moment a prospect looks at pricing, they stop browsing and start comparing. High buyer intent, bottom of the funnel. That makes pricing the hardest and most important test of whether a vendor site can serve agents directly.

Pricing also sits in a triangle of 3 “wants” that good pricing pages need to satisfy:

  • Companies want to control pricing disclosure.
  • Buyers want fast comparison.
  • Agents need clear, fetchable, citable facts.
Pricing breaks first-party sites

When AI agents try to retrieve pricing, they get stuck much more than for security or integrations.

  • Pricing/features: 79% first-party answer rate, 84% first-party citation share.
  • Integrations: 93% and 99%.
  • Security: 92% and 99%.
  • Pricing/features produced 77% of all third-party citations.

If you wonder whether that’s because some B2B companies don’t publicly show pricing, you’re only half right.

2. Hidden pricing is only part of it

Hiding prices forces agents to look elsewhere, but published prices do not fully solve the problem. Among pricing prompt runs where the vendor did not disclose a real price, 45% cited at least one third-party source. The other 55% stayed on first-party citations, usually by saying the vendor required contact sales or did not publish a concrete price.

Hidden pricing is only part of it

Even when the vendor showed a numeric public price, agents still cited at least one third-party source in 18% of runs, suggesting price can be on the page but still be hard for the agent to extract, trust, or cite cleanly.

You can try to hide your pricing, but you better make sure no one else knows and writes about it. Once it’s “out there”, it’s too late. If you have complex pricing methodology, the best way is to explain it clearly and make it accessible to agents.

Some pricing pages are visible to humans but not reliable enough for agents to parse and cite. You can’t always trust your eyes.

3. Agents fail for three reasons

Agents fail to retrieve pricing from a brand for 3 reasons: opacity, machine-readability, and access friction.

Example of an agent struggling to retrieve Zendesk’s pricing and pivoting to third-party sources.

  • Pricing opacity simply means the brand doesn’t publicly disclose the price, or it’s vaguely packaged. Opacity explains elevated fallback, meaning agents have to rely on third parties for information.
  • Machine-readability describes the situation when prices exist, but agents still do not confidently extract them. Machine-readability explains fallback despite disclosed pricing. Machine-readability fails when the price is hard to extract because of page structure, JavaScript, calculators, toggles, screenshots, PDFs, or ambiguous tables.
  • Access friction is what most people expect to be the problem with agents. The agent hits fetch failures, rate limits, blocking, or unreachable pages, making agent runs more costly.
Agents miss pricing at three gates

Access errors were not the main reason agents left first-party sources, but when they happened, they were severe. They appeared in only 7% of all runs. In pricing runs, access errors pushed third-party fallback to 77%, compared to 17% without access errors.

The impact of errors on agent run cost (tokens, web searches, fetches, retrieves, time) is significant when comparing the 90th with the 10th percentile in our study:

  • Cost: 4.4x
  • Token: 4.7x
  • Time: 2.0x

Brands don’t pay that bill directly, but it is a useful proxy for friction. The harder your site is to retrieve, the more work an agent has to do before it can answer from your page. If your pricing page is blocked, slow, hard to fetch, or hard to parse, the agent has two choices: spend more work on your site… or get the answer somewhere else.

4. The fallback web is messy

Fallback occurs when agents have to rely on third-party sources rather than first-party sources as a result of the three failure modes. This is the biggest risk because third-party information is spotty and beyond your control.

Agents do not fall back to one clean source category. They reconstruct pricing from a mixed web of explainers, directories, app stores, partner pages, and low-trust aggregators.

Pricing fallback is not one source

Key stats from the 580 pricing third-party citations:

  • 52% were editorial (blogs, media articles, comparison guides, explainers, and other article-style pages).
  • 46% fell into the directory category (review, procurement, and software-listing sites such as G2, Capterra, Vendr, Tekpon, and similar domains).
  • 2% from broader ecosystem pages (app stores, marketplaces, partner pages, and integration directories tied to another platform).

The examples show the risk of missing pricing transparency and agent stumbling blocks on your site.

Example journey:

Example journey

Here, failure mode indicates the reason the agent failed to obtain on-site / first-party pricing information.

5. How to make your site agent-proof

An agent-proof pricing page is how you keep the agent quoting you instead of a directory like Vendr. The fixes map to the three failure modes.

Disclose the fact (opacity)

  • Publish real prices in text for every self-serve tier. If a tier is genuinely custom, say what drives the number instead of “contact sales.”
  • Keep plan names, prices, limits, and features on one canonical pricing URL, and point every other mention back to it.
  • Mark legacy plans clearly so third-party content can’t keep stale tiers alive.

Make the fact extractable (machine-readability)

  • Put prices in crawlable HTML. Many agent fetches never run JavaScript, so a price rendered client-side is invisible. In testing, prices in server HTML got read in under a second; a JavaScript-only price got missed.
  • Add schema.org Product and Offer markup with price and priceCurrency. This single lever moved a page from 73 to 93 in the readiness test.
  • Explain usage-based pricing in text, not a calculator-only widget.

Let the agent in (access friction)

  • Allow AI crawlers in robots.txt (GPTBot, ClaudeBot, PerplexityBot, Google-Extended). Check you aren’t allowing Googlebot while blocking them.
  • Don’t block server-side AI fetches on pricing pages. Access errors hit only 7% of runs, but they push fallback from 17% to 77% when they do.
  • Keep the price early in the DOM and the page light. A 1 MB pricing page taxes every agent and pushes cheap runs to route around you.

Fix opacity and machine-readability first; they drive most of the fallback. Then run the query yourself, “Find all pricing and features for [product],” and measure it with the skill below.

This post first appeared on the author’s website and is republished here with permission.

Why CPC inflation starts before the auction

15 July 2026 at 18:00
Why CPC inflation starts before the auction

Rising CPCs aren’t just the result of more competition inside search auctions. They’re increasingly the result of what happens before anyone places a bid.

AI Overviews, shrinking organic click volume, and stronger brands competing for a smaller pool of commercial traffic have changed the economics of paid search. Improving bids and ad copy still matter, but the biggest opportunities now sit outside the auction itself.

Why paid search keeps getting more expensive

Paid search costs are climbing across almost every category. The cross-industry average CPC is $5.42, per the latest WordStream benchmarks, more than double what it was a decade ago. 

Stackmatix has Google Search up 14-18% year over year. LinkedIn is up 18 to 22%. Some accounts are seeing 25% inflation in their primary commercial keywords.

For most of the last decade, organic search helped offset PPC costs. Today, AI Overviews absorb the clicks that used to keep your paid search efficient. 

The latest zero-click study from Sparktoro shows an 8% reduction in clicks through from search engines vs. 2025, further impacting brands whose users now get information from AI summaries. 

Digiday’s research with brand and agency professionals shows 37% of respondents have already seen informational search traffic decline, which mirrors what we’re seeing across our client base, putting more pressure on navigational and transactional traffic to hold steady.

The number of advertisers participating in search auctions has risen 35% year over year because AI creative tools have lowered the barrier to entry for new bidders. In its first year, AI Max for Search has expanded query space for advertisers willing to use it, but also concentrated competition into a narrower set of commercial queries.

Fewer organic clicks reaching your site means more pressure to make up the gap in paid auctions. More advertisers fighting for those auctions means higher CPCs. And the auctions that still resolve to a click are increasingly the only ones where a user has exited the AI summary and chosen to scroll past it.

Dig deeper: The authority era: How AI is reshaping what ranks in search

3 levers that matter more than the auction

Paid search performance in 2026 is decided across three layers. The auction itself now offers the least opportunity to improve results.

1. Brand: Upstream of the click

This layer determines whether a click is generated or absorbed before any auction begins. It’s influenced by authority signals, brand mentions, AI Overview inclusion, LLM citations, and visibility in the publications and communities AI systems use to build their answers.

Most CPC inflation starts here. When AI Overviews answer more queries directly, the pool of clicks available to advertisers shrinks. The auction doesn’t get cheaper as a result. It gets more expensive because the same number of advertisers compete for fewer clicks.

As CPCs continue to rise, the brands protecting their margins are building visibility across multiple platforms. A stronger organic presence lets them rely less on paid search while remaining visible throughout the buying journey.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


2. Reach: At the click

The auction itself is influenced by ID strategy, match types, ad copy, automation, Smart Bidding configurations, and Performance Max guardrails.

This is where most paid teams still focus their efforts. It’s also the layer with the least leverage left because the size and quality of the click pool are determined upstream. The work still matters, but the opportunity to improve performance here is smaller than it used to be.

Red ocean vs. blue ocean media

The paid channels where most performance teams compete are becoming red oceans: saturated auctions where advertisers bid against one another for the same shrinking pool of commercial clicks.

Blue oceans are channels where buyer intent already exists, but advertiser competition hasn’t yet caught up.

Red ocean (where competition is fiercest)Blue ocean (where intent exists but competition is lower)Why the shift works
Google Search non-brand commercial keywordsMicrosoft Advertising (Bing), including its growing share of AI Search ad surfacesCPCs typically 20 to 40% lower, audience skews older and higher value, much less crowded
Standard LinkedIn Sponsored ContentLinkedIn Thought Leader Ads (peer-to-peer format from a real profile)Around 1.7x higher CTR than company-page ads, lower effective CPC, better fit for considered purchases
Meta feed ads (broad demographic targeting)Reddit Ads, community sponsorships, niche newsletter and Substack advertisingHigh-intent attention in environments LLMs cite, less saturated auction dynamics, more first-party engagement
Performance Max and Google displayConnected TV, BVOD, podcast advertisingPremium attention at the top of the funnel, fewer competing bidders, channel measurement is maturing fast
Branded search defense at any costAI Search and early ChatGPT ad inventoryFirst-movers are buying tomorrow’s primary discovery surface at today’s clearance prices

This isn’t an argument for abandoning Google Search. It’s a reminder not to overinvest your paid budget in the most competitive auctions. Instead, start shifting some of your existing budget into testing emerging channels and compare their performance with traditional search.

3. Experience: After the click

The post-click experience is an essential part of media economics, but most paid teams still treat it as something to hand off to another function.

Every other lever in this article governs what you pay to enter the auction. Experience determines what each click is worth after you’ve paid for it, and it’s the only one of the three layers you fully control.

In an inflating market, post-click conversion stops being a quarterly optimization exercise and becomes your primary defense against rising acquisition costs.

Google’s Ad Rank is calculated using your bid, your Quality Score, and the expected impact of assets. Landing page experience is one of the three components of Quality Score.

A higher Quality Score directly offsets the need to bid more aggressively. A stronger landing page can help you outrank a better-funded competitor while paying less per click.

That said, most expensive clicks don’t convert on the first visit, especially in B2B, where buying cycles are longer and purchases are more considered. The job of the experience layer is to convert and capture. Think first-party data, a reason to return, and an entry point into nurture and CRM.

The advertisers protecting their margins through this transition will stop treating media and landing pages as separate disciplines. They’ll manage them as a single P&L shared across paid media, CRO, UX, content, and lead nurture.

Dig deeper: The new SEO imperative: Building your brand

What winning paid search looks like now

Paid search accounts for a smaller share of where performance is earned, and it’s becoming a more expensive channel to operate if you haven’t built brand strength around it. Much of the work that makes paid search efficient now sits in disciplines paid search teams have historically considered someone else’s job.

The teams that protect their margins through this transition won’t be the ones with better targeting or bidding strategies. They’ll be the ones who’ve built enough visibility and authority outside the auction to win it when it matters.

Why the SEO vs. PPC debate is finally over

15 July 2026 at 17:00
Why the SEO vs. PPC debate is finally over

SEO vs. PPC? SEO vs. PPC vs. AI? SEO vs. PPC vs. AI vs. (everything else)? I’ve been covering this question and its ever-changing answer for nearly 20 years.

The answer? It’s the classic SEO and marketing response: it depends.

It depends on the situation, goals, marketplace, keywords, year, location, SERP features, and myriad other variables, all working together to create utterly unique little marketing snowflakes.

When paid search is the better answer

I’ve run into this question with several clients over the last few months, and each had a different answer.

The first, an architect, ranked first for several seemingly important keywords. Their SEO agency celebrated the rankings, but they weren’t generating leads.

A quick look at the data explained why. They often ranked first organically, but only after four ads (many with sitelinks), a Find Results on Page feature, and four local listings, one of them paid. By the time users reached the organic results, they were about 20 links down the page.

Search Console told the rest of the story. These keywords generated roughly 300 searches a month with a click-through rate of about 1%. Three hundred searches. Three clicks. No wonder they weren’t seeing results.

With the data in front of us, the lack of leads wasn’t surprising. We shifted some budget from SEO to paid search, and performance improved quickly.

Be the brand AI recommends.

See where your brand appears in AI search, where competitors are winning, and what it takes to become the answer AI recommends.

See your AI visibility

When SEO is enough

The second client couldn’t have been more different. She’s a clinical psychologist specializing in childhood bereavement and trauma. She left an NHS post to build a private practice.

She works a few days a week, her clients come weekly for months at a time, and she needs only two or three quality inquiries each week to stay busy. Quality matters more than volume here.

We rebuilt the website, dug into customer needs, refined the content, and finished with straightforward on-page and local SEO.

The budget left no room for ads. Instead, we focused on a well-optimized Google Business Profile, a website that clearly and warmly explained what she does and who she helps, a handful of local citations, and relevant vertical citations.

It worked. She gained visibility in Maps, localized organic search, and AI results. Leads now come from both prospective clients and private referrals, enough to keep the practice full.

What made this interesting wasn’t the lack of competition. It was the type of competition. The ads were dominated by large, impersonal therapy directories. Positioning her as a local, experienced psychologist who could genuinely help made her stand out. A relatively small amount of traffic generated more than enough business.

The wrong question

Two clients. Same year. Opposite answers.

Ask me, “SEO or PPC?” and those two examples show why the question doesn’t work.

I’ve revisited this debate several times over the years, and the answer always landed in the same place: a blended approach works best, with a big, fat “it depends” attached. It depends on your market, your margins, your competition, and your goals.

That answer is still technically correct. It’s just no longer sufficient.

In 2026, the question isn’t merely difficult to answer. It’s the wrong question, asked about a search results page that no longer exists, in a market where the click is no longer the thing you’re actually buying.

4 assumptions that no longer hold up

This debate has historically rested on a series of assumptions that I no longer think hold true.

1. The results page is a stable list of slots 

It isn’t. It’s a synthesis engine that assembles a different answer depending on the query, the device, and the model driving it. AI Overviews now appear on a large and growing share of queries, and Google swapped Gemini 3 in as the default model behind them in January.

2. The click is the unit of value

In the first four months of 2026, 68.01% of U.S. Google searches ended without a click anywhere. Not without a click to your site. Without a click anywhere. 

That’s up from 60.45% in 2024 and around 45% a decade ago. Clicks are still one measure of success, but influence matters more.

3. SEO and PPC are substitutes competing for the same visitor

That was the entire premise of the debate — one visitor, one click, two ways to win it. Pick your fighter.

The data now shows both channels being squeezed by the same force on the same page, while organic visibility measurably lifts paid performance. They’re not substitutes. They’re two parts of the same system.

4. Search happens on a search engine

SparkToro and Datos looked at 41 major platforms where search behavior actually occurs. Google accounted for 73.7% of desktop searches. Traditional search engines together made up around 80%. Commerce sites accounted for roughly 10%, social platforms 5.5%, and AI tools 3.2%. Amazon, Bing, and YouTube each handled more search activity than ChatGPT.

Search is a behavior, not a channel, and it’s happening everywhere (hence the increasingly popular shift toward “search everywhere optimization”).

The assumptions behind the debate

Assumptions are another problem with the whole SEO vs. PPC debate.

Often, a client comes to us asking for SEO (and now AEO, or whatever you want to call it). They have a hunch it’s the right answer, that SEO can plug the holes Google Ads is punching in their marketing budget, and that the magic SEO/GEO wand can fix everything.

Those assumptions are dangerous. They send people down the wrong path, often for a long time, throwing good money after bad. Many agencies and consultants don’t help. Instead of embracing the shift, they cling to old approaches, massage the data, and eke every last drop of budget from the very people they’re supposed to help.

Remove those assumptions and any channel bias, and it becomes clear there is no better channel. The whole model has, to some extent, imploded. 

AI: The new kid on the block

Historically, if traffic went to SEO or PPC, we could at least see how it was split between the two.

AI is different. It’s not chasing clicks. It’s shaping attention and influence.

Fortunately, correlation studies give us some visibility into what’s happening. Seer Interactive found that, across queries with AI Overviews, the average organic click-through rate for organic listings fell from 1.76% to 0.61%, a 61% decline.

That’s a grim number. Fewer than one in 100 impressions resulted in an organic click.

PPC, the big dog of search traffic, took an even bigger hit, falling about 68%, from 19.7% to 6.34%. Ouch.

It’s worth pausing to let that sink in.

AI Overviews did more damage to ads than organic results. They reduced clicks overall rather than redistributing them in the long-running battle between SEO and PPC.

For decades, the SEO vs. PPC debate has been a slow war of attrition, with PPC taking an ever-larger share while organic CTR declined year after year. AI changes that. Both paid and organic are now being squeezed as AI rapidly accelerates the rise of zero-click searches.

AI goes further still. It’s fundamentally changing the customer journey. SERP features like featured snippets chipped away at CTR, but AI means people often don’t need websites at all to get answers. 

A single prompt can produce a refined response without users piecing together information from multiple sources.

The point is that AI isn’t just a third player in the SEO vs. PPC debate. It’s fundamentally changing how we access and consume information, reshaping both channels in the process.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


Why AI citations matter

The Seer study also found that brands cited inside an AI Overview earned 35% more organic clicks than uncited brands and 91% more paid clicks.

That can be a little difficult to unpack, so it helps to think of it as a funnel.

The AI Overview dramatically reduces the total number of organic and paid clicks.

However, if you’re cited in the AI Overview and also have a paid or organic listing below it, you’re much more likely to earn the click. Typically, that click isn’t on the AI Overview itself, if it’s even linked. It goes to the paid or organic listing below.

The user reads, trusts, skims, and clicks.

The process looks something like this: The user reads the summary, sees your brand cited as a source, then scans the page. When they decide to click, they choose the name AI has already presented as credible. The AI citation isn’t functioning as a link. It’s functioning as an endorsement that primes the click elsewhere on the page, whether paid or organic.

The AI citation primes the click on your paid or organic listing and sends you a warm visitor, much like a personal referral arriving through a branded search.

SEO, PPC, and AI

In previous attempts to unpack the SEO vs. PPC debate, the best general answer I could give was that they worked well together. Some laser-targeted PPC paired with complementary SEO efforts, whether local, upper-funnel, or lower-funnel. In some cases, SEO alone worked.

In others, PPC alone was enough. But if search was important to the business, a blended approach usually delivered the best results.

That was always general advice and always needed to be tailored to the situation. Today, though, I think we can make a much stronger case that the SEO vs. PPC debate is over. The conversation now is SEO, PPC, and AI.

To understand why, we have to look at how these channels intersect. A good example is Google’s new AI Max ad format. Think of it as an AI-powered evolution of Dynamic Search Ads. AI Max reads your website content and landing pages, expands your final URLs, and matches queries.

The targeting inputs for your paid campaigns are now, quite literally, your SEO assets. Ads in AI Mode are already in testing in the U.S. AI-powered Shopping ads read your Merchant Center feed and use Gemini to generate a tailored explainer for each shopper.

Work that once belonged to SEO (and perhaps CRO) now directly supports AI and PPC. Clear pages, structured content, and a value proposition machines can understand now feed your organic rankings, Quality Score, AI Max query matching, AI Overview citations, and LLM visibility. One well-executed asset now supports multiple marketing surfaces.

Meanwhile, the paid search picture is more interesting than the doom-posting suggests. WordStream’s 2026 benchmarks put average search CPC at $5.42, more than double the 2016 figure.

At the same time, conversion rates improved across 87% of industries, and cost per lead fell for the first time in five years. Paid search is becoming more expensive per click but more effective per outcome. That’s exactly what you’d expect when the click pool shrinks, and the remaining clicks carry higher intent.

Finally, I’m no conspiracy theorist, but if the book Supremacy is to be believed, Google developed an AI chatbot before OpenAI and ChatGPT brought the technology into the mainstream. The company reportedly held it back because of internal concerns about the impact on ad revenue, and perhaps accuracy.

That also makes a business case for why Google must integrate AI into its ecosystem to protect its core revenue. I also think it’s more useful to align with where Google is headed than spend your time chasing algorithms.

The trend was already underway

While this may feel like a revolution, I think it’s really the next step in an evolution that’s been unfolding for years.

We were talking about zero-click searches long before AI. The trend has been remarkably consistent: roughly 45% in 2016, 49% in 2019, 60% in 2024, and 68% today. Google has spent a decade building features that keep people on Google, and AI Overviews simply accelerated a trend that was already underway.

AI Mode accounted for about one-third of 1% of searches from January through April. It’s growing fast, with more than a billion monthly users and queries reportedly more than doubling each quarter. But it isn’t what got us here. 

Google got us here, one SERP feature at a time, gradually transforming search from a list of signposts into a platform that provides answers. AI didn’t start that trend. It accelerated it.

Simply put, if you’re not on that list, you’re probably no longer in the running.

Why SEO still matters

The good news is that none of this makes SEO less important. It changes why it matters. SEO still matters because AI Overviews are grounded in Google’s index. Your search visibility still drives your AI visibility.

It’s not quite that simple, though. AI uses a process known as query fan-out to break a complex prompt into multiple smaller searches. It then combines those results, with the highest-ranking pages often receiving the most visibility in the AI summary. Rankings still matter across a broad range of topical subqueries in your space.

YouTube is a particularly strong opportunity because videos often rank for many of the subqueries that support those broader AI-generated answers. If your competitors haven’t invested there yet, they may be leaving visibility on the table.

Keywords aren’t what they once were. Topical visibility across search, both on your own site and across third-party platforms, remains highly important.

There is one caveat. This is still the Wild West. Studies from Ahrefs and BrightEdge reached slightly different conclusions, and measuring AI visibility remains challenging.

Just like the early days of SEO, success comes from thinking, tinkering, and experimenting to maximize your visibility across a topic, whether on your own site or on third-party platforms like YouTube and Reddit.

Dig deeper: Why AI still runs on search – and SEO still runs the show

SEO vs. GEO vs. PPC

The “SEO is dead” crowd is trying to sell you GEO. The GEO crowd says it sends no traffic and tries to steer you back to SEO. The anti-PPC crowd points out that click prices have doubled while total clicks have fallen.

The traffic data is fairly clear. Google still drives nearly 90% of referral traffic, according to Cloudflare Radar. All AI chatbots combined account for less than 1%.

But that’s only part of the story. Google still drives most referral traffic, but AI increasingly shapes the decisions behind those clicks. That means SEO, GEO, and PPC aren’t competing strategies. They’re different parts of the same decision journey.

By the time someone reaches your website or clicks your ad, they’re often a warm prospect, and the business is yours to lose. That’s why AI-referred traffic converts several times better than traditional organic traffic, even when it lands on the homepage, something PPC practitioners have historically avoided. There’s no magic here. People arrive already familiar with your brand and closer to making a decision than asking a question.

SEO and PPC are no longer just acquisition channels. They’re the mechanisms that help you become the answer.

That reframes what SEO and PPC are for. They stop being two ways to do the same job and become two parts of the same sequence. Your organic footprint, including content, coverage, videos, reviews, and what others say about you, helps you become the answer across search and AI. Your ads help you get chosen once you are. One earns the recommendation. The other converts it.

That’s why you can no longer trade them off against each other. You can’t choose between the thing that gets you onto the shortlist and the thing that converts you once you’re there.

This isn’t a budget decision or an either-or choice. These are two parts of a single system that work together in sequence to maximize results. Integrate them, or you’ll lose ground to competitors that do.

If AI can’t find you, customers won’t either.

Track your visibility across AI search, uncover missed opportunities, and grow your presence where customers are asking questions.

See your AI visibility

SEO vs. PPC: The debate is dead

Maybe this question had some merit in the past. Every time I tried to answer it, though, I ended up in the same place: for most businesses, an integrated approach worked best.

The real problem is that it was always the wrong question. It just happened to be a popular one because a simple question is easier to live with than a complicated one. “SEO or PPC?” is easy to answer in a meeting. “Where do my customers decide, and what would make them choose me?” takes real work.

Underneath it all, though, the fundamentals haven’t changed. Your customers still have problems to solve. They still build a shortlist. They still choose someone. The only thing that’s changed is who’s holding the pen when that shortlist gets written. Increasingly, it’s a machine reading everything the world has said about you.

I always come back to the restaurant example. Bob’s Burgers serves 100 customers a week. Ninety-nine leave happy. Every week, one customer, and there’s always one, leaves a bad review. Your job is to make sure the digital record reflects the experience of the other 99.

So get your own house in order first. Fix the offer. Fix the website. Fix the tracking. Then map the territory, choose your ground, and become genuinely, specifically, unsummarizably good at what you do. Then tell the world.

The SEO vs. PPC debate is dead. Long live integrated SEO, PPC, and AI.

OkoBot Malware Framework Injects Seed Phrase Phishing Into Ledger and Trezor Apps

A malware framework called OkoBot has been running on Windows machines since April 2025, and one of its modules is built to con hardware wallet owners out of their recovery phrase. On an infected PC, the request comes from inside the wallet's own desktop software. Sometimes it waits until you plug the device in first. The page is malicious. The app around it is the real one you installed, and

Newegg offers some of our favorite gaming CPUs bundled with motherboards and precious RAM in a limited summer sale

15 July 2026 at 21:09

AI continues to wreak havoc on the tech industry, driving up the prices of processors, RAM, motherboards, and more PC hardware so companies can keep up with its hunger for more power (and RAM).

Fortunately, Newegg is offering a limited sale on several discounted bundles containing AMD processors we've tested and rated highly for their solid performance, alongside compatible motherboards and 16GB RAM modules to help these CPUs reach their full potential.

So, if you're looking to upgrade your PC with some of the best CPUs for gaming or productivity content creation, along with the best motherboards and precious RAM to maintain their stability, this round-up could be your next best solution.


"True to its word, AMD has specifically targeted gamers with this affordable powerhouse, and I expect my upcoming tests only to cement its place in your next rig." — Ben Wilson, Senior Editor

Windows Central review: ⭐⭐⭐⭐½View Deal


"For gamers with a passion for livestreaming, it offers almost max specs for a reasonable price and power draw." — Ben Wilson, Senior Editor

Windows Central review: ⭐⭐⭐⭐½View Deal


"In a masterclass of performance-per-watt efficiency, AMD offers incredible single-core performance scores that beat its intended 14600K rival and even challenge the 14700K." — Ben Wilson, Senior Editor

Windows Central review: ⭐⭐⭐⭐½View Deal


This bundle contains an AMD Ryzen 5 9600X processor along with a compatible MSI B850 GAMING PLUS WIFI6E motherboard with fast WiFi 7 wireless connectivity and two 8GB RAM sticks.View Deal


This gaming-focused bundle contains an AMD Ryzen 7 7800X3D processor, a GIGABYTE B650E EAGLE WF6E motherboard that offers PCIe 5.0 and Wi-Fi 6E, and two 8GB RAM sticksView Deal


This bundle contains an AMD Ryzen 9 9900X processor with an ASUS TUF GAMING X870E-PLUS WIFI7 motherboard that features two onboard PCIe 5.0 M.2 slots with fast Wi-Fi 7 and two 8GB DDR5 RAM sticks.View Deal

FAQ

How long will these discounts last?

These discount deals will last from July 14, 2026 to July 31, 2026.

Are these AMD processors good for gaming?

Indeed, they are. AMD's Ryzen 9 9900X, Ryzen 7 7800X3D, and Ryzen 5 9600X processors all offer good to exceptional performance for boosting frame rates and smoothness, particularly the -X3D chips.

Which of these processors is good for productivity?

The Ryzen 7 7800X3D productivity performance is somewhat underwhelming, while the Ryzen 9600X fares much better with creative apps and solid single-core performance.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Alienware made an "entry-level" gaming laptop with RTX 5050 graphics — but this 15-inch PC needs more than NVIDIA's clever upscaling tech to offset its downsides.

An entry-level Alienware PC almost sounds like a contradiction; it's long been the all-out brand you could choose when money isn't a concern, and you'd rather have a guarantee your games will run. So, does the Alienware 15 need to exist, or is it just competing with the tantalizingly new category of high-end gaming handhelds?

Including NVIDIA's RTX 5050 graphics certainly piqued my interest, because until now, I've never seen what this low-end laptop GPU can actually do. Is it worth picking the 50 Series chip for the benefit of cutting-edge DLSS upscaling, or is it too weak to be worth your time? I had so many questions, and these are the conclusions I reached from my testing for this review.

How much does the Alienware 15 cost?

A partially open Alienware 15 laptop rests on fabric, showing its metallic lid with the Alienware logo and rear cooling vents, set against a glowing blue sci‑fi background.

Alienware's modern design language still peeks through in parts of this entry-level laptop. (Image credit: Ben Wilson | Windows Central)

The Alienware 15 starts at $1,399.99 on Dell.com, featuring the same AMD Ryzen 7 260 processor as my sample but with a previous-generation NVIDIA GeForce RTX 4050 discrete graphics card. Memory and storage remain at 16GB of RAM and a 512GB SSD, but upgrading to an RTX 5050 GPU increases the price to $1,459.99.

A third and final variant of the AMD model increases storage to 1TB with an RTX 5060 GPU for $1,849.99, but the CPU remains the Ryzen 7 260. Alternatively, an Intel-based Alienware 15 starts at $1,499.99 on Dell.com with a Core 7-240H CPU, RTX 5050 GPU, and 16GB/512GB of memory and storage, though you can upgrade to RTX 5060 graphics and a 32GB/1TB RAM and SSD combo.

In the United Kingdom, the AMD-based Alienware 15 starts at £829.00 with a less powerful Ryzen 5 220 processor, RTX 3050 graphics, and 8GB of RAM and 512GB of storage. At the time of writing, an Intel-based Alienware 15 starts at £849.01 with a Core 5-210H CPU, RTX 3050 GPU, and the same 8GB/512GB RAM/SSD.

Alienware 15 sample specifications

Component

Spec

CPU

AMD Ryzen 7 260

RAM

1x 16GB SO-DIMM DDR5-5600 MT/s

GPU

AMD Radeon 780M (Integrated)
NVIDIA GeForce RTX 5050 (8 GB)

Display

15.3" 16:10 WUXGA (1920 x 1200) non-touch
165Hz

Storage

512 GB M.2 NVMe PCIe 4.0 SSD

Battery / Charger

68WHrs / 180W barrel jack

Weight

4.89 lbs (2.22 kg)

Tested spec

This gets you exactly what I tested, or an upgrade to a more powerful RTX 5060 GPU and 1TB SSD will cost you $1,849.99. If you aren't confident in self-installed upgrades, you should strongly consider it.View Deal

Is the Alienware 15 well made?

The left side of an Alienware 15 laptop shows multiple ports, including power, Ethernet, HDMI, two USB‑A ports, and a USB‑C port, with a blue-toned landscape wallpaper visible on the screen.
180W AC power requires an outdated barrel jack, but Ethernet, HDMI, and USB-A/C are all welcome.Ben Wilson | Windows Central
A close-up of an Alienware 15 laptop’s right side shows a 3.5mm headphone jack and a USB‑C port, with part of the keyboard and faint Alienware branding visible on the bezel.
Wired headphones and another USB-C port on the right side will likely be well used.Ben Wilson | Windows Central
The underside of an Alienware laptop rests on a fabric surface, showing ventilation grilles, rubber feet, and a central label with certification markings and a QR code.
An elevated portion of the underside holds the cooling fans, and they work hard.Ben Wilson | Windows Central
A laptop keyboard with a full numeric keypad sits above a centered touchpad, and an AMD Ryzen 7 sticker is visible on the lower right of the palm rest.
The touchpad feels small, but it's good enough to navigate Windows 11.Ben Wilson | Windows Central

The Alienware 15 is a bit of a mixed bag, starting with a relatively plain exterior design featuring an iridescent alien head logo and thick air vent panels underneath, synonymous with the capable cooling you'll see in this category. And while its most striking first impression is how heavy it is — at 4.89 lbs (2.22 kg) — it still isn't much different from its rivals. Gaming laptops are just heavy.

Its 15.3-inch screen sits on a gapped hinge, which looks strange at first glance, but I can feel airflow around the gap while it's in use, so it makes sense. The backlit keyboard is unremarkable, sticking to a single color and including a number pad that I'm sure most gamers will never use, and, as usual, I wish the space had been saved for larger speakers.

The 180W AC adapter uses an outdated barrel jack, but you can charge up to 100W with USB-C.

Admittedly, despite my gripes with the lack of any significant bass response, the sheer volume of the fans during games likely nullifies the appeal of its speakers anyway. As with all gaming laptops, I'm recommending you use headphones here. A small 5.5-inch mechanical touchpad only clicks properly in the bottom half, but you'll probably use a dedicated mouse for most games.

A 3.5mm audio jack pairs with a USB-C 3.2 Gen 1 port on the right side, while a single USB-C 3.2 Gen 2 is available on the left side, along with two traditional USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 ports for dongles, HDMI-out 2.1 for external monitors, and gigabit Ethernet for wired networking. The 180W AC adapter uses an outdated barrel jack, but you can charge up to 100W with USB-C.

How fast is the Alienware 15?

Counter-Strike 2 gameplay screenshot showing gunfights and UI elements running on an Alienware 15 laptop
Counter-Strike 2 demands a smooth frame rate, and 165 FPS is attainable with the RTX 5050.Ben Wilson | Windows Central
Counter-Strike 2 gameplay screenshot showing gunfights and UI elements running on an Alienware 15 laptop
You barely have to tweak the settings in CS2 to keep the FPS high enough.Ben Wilson | Windows Central

Starting with Counter-Strike 2, the game recommends 'High' settings with AMD FidelityFX Super Resolution and vsync disabled for native, uncapped rendering at 1920 x 1200. While spectating a few rounds on Dust II, I saw the frame rate remain around the 165 FPS target when I was connected to AC power and Alienware's 'Performance' mode was active.

However, the laptop's fans were extremely loud throughout, keeping the CPU and GPU temperatures at around 68 °C and 60 °C, respectively. Switching to 'Stealth' mode reduced the fan speed, but no amount of graphical tweaks brought them down to a comfortable, more inconspicuous level. This is a loud laptop, and you'll have to get used to wearing headphones when you're gaming.

Cyberpunk 2077 gameplay screenshot showing car driving mechanics and UI elements running on an Alienware 15 laptop
Cyberpunk 2077 is quickly becoming the poster child for DLSS because it works so well.Ben Wilson | Windows Central
Cyberpunk 2077 gameplay screenshot showing the male protagonist and UI elements running on an Alienware 15 laptop
Certain visuals will look better than others, but upscaling certainly helps the game run smoothly.Ben Wilson | Windows Central

In Cyberpunk 2077, I found that the 'High' preset with ray tracing and upscaling disabled most consistently achieved a native 60 FPS baseline in the game's built-in benchmark. Of course, the game supports DLSS 4.5, so setting Super Resolution to 'Balanced' and Multi Frame Generation (MFG) to 4X in the 'Ray Tracing: Low' preset has the Alienware 15 scaling to 171 FPS, up from ~42 FPS.

I have to assume you're considering a gaming laptop with NVIDIA's RTX 50 Series graphics to take advantage of realistic, ray-traced lighting. Luckily, that is quite possible with the RTX 5050 in the Alienware 15, depending on your feelings around MFG and "fake frames". If, on the other hand, you don't care so much about those visual luxuries, then it runs quite smoothly without ray tracing.

PUBG gameplay screenshot showing third person prone position and UI elements running on an Alienware 15 laptop
PUBG: BATTLEGROUNDS dips in busy areas, but I was able to stay above 100 FPS.Ben Wilson | Windows Central
Apex Legends gameplay screenshot showing gun sights and UI elements running on an Alienware 15 laptop
Apex Legends fared better with frame pacing, though it needed more fine-tuning in the settings.Ben Wilson | Windows Central

For other popular multiplayer titles, PUBG: BATTLEGROUNDS generally runs above 60 FPS with the 'High' preset at render scale 100, but you can push it to 165 FPS or higher by switching to the 'Medium' preset and further lowering some settings. Similarly, Apex Legends can reach 165 FPS and beyond with a little time spent in the settings, but the laptop's fans will be loud.

Performance benchmarks

Geekbench 6 CPU benchmark test results in a bar graph highlighting the Alienware 15 laptop
Geekbench 6 CPU benchmarking shows the Ryzen 7 260 being beaten by years-old handheld chips.Ben Wilson | Windows Central
Storage benchmark results from CrystalDiskMark in a bar chart highlighting the Alienware 15
While the 512GB SSD is limited in capacity, it reads just as fast as the SSDs in Alienware's high-end laptops.Ben Wilson | Windows Central
3DMark Time Spy GPU benchmark test results in a bar graph highlighting the Alienware 15 laptop
You'll see the RTX 5050 suitably appearing in plenty of entry-level gaming laptops like this.Ben Wilson | Windows Central

To put the specs of Alienware's cheapest laptop into perspective, the Ryzen 7 260 is a "Hawk Point" processor built on AMD's previous-generation Zen 4 architecture and ranks as the second-fastest CPU in the Ryzen 200 Series mobile range. That 8-core, 16-thread chip pairs with NVIDIA's entry-level RTX 50 Series mobile GPU, the GeForce RTX 5050.

However, benchmarking the Alienware 15's CPU in Geekbench 6 burst performance tests placed the Ryzen 7 260 even lower than I perhaps expected, even falling below the original ASUS ROG Ally gaming handheld from 2024. Cinebench 2024 failed to run any extended CPU stress tests after complaints of insufficient memory, so there's sadly no reprieve for this processor.

(The RTX 5050 is) faster than the last-gen RTX 4050, but of course, it still falls behind the 4060.

Testing the RTX 5050 across 3DMark's full gamut of GPU-centric tests yields a reasonably consistent and unsurprising conclusion: it's faster than the last-gen RTX 4050, but of course, it still falls behind the 4060. If you were choosing between a gaming laptop with an older GPU, such as an RTX 3060, and the 5050 in this Alienware 15, you'd choose the Alienware.

Finally, the PCIe Gen 4 SSD hits around 7,023 MB/s read speeds in CrystalDiskMark, while write speeds drop closer to 5,962 MB/s. It's a fast drive, and one that sees the Alienware 15 running neck-and-neck with the high-end Alienware m18 R2 from 2024. The 512 GB SSD has limited storage capacity, but it performs as expected.

Does the Alienware 15 have any issues?

Windows 11 desktop screenshot showing almost full storage on an Alienware 15 gaming laptop with games installed on Steam

After installing only four PC games, I started seeing warnings about low storage space. (Image credit: Ben Wilson | Windows Central)

Above all, the most significant issue I had during my time with the Alienware 15 was its limited 512 GB SSD, reporting a usable 477 GB with only 332 GB of free space on its first boot into Windows 11. It simply isn't enough, and no amount of optimizations offered by the pre-installed 'SupportAssist' app can help that. After installing only four games, I was out of space.

Alienware advertises "user-upgradeable options" for "up to 1TB PCIe SSD (Gen4) storage", promoting "the flexibility to adapt for whatever comes next", but the ongoing memory crisis stunts that notion. It isn't Alienware's (or Dell's) fault, but I quickly learned that 512 GB isn't good enough in a gaming laptop, and upgrades are extremely expensive in 2026.

A handheld orange sound level meter with a foam‑covered microphone displays a reading of 58.8 dBA while being held above an Alienware 15 laptop keyboard.
Holding up a decibel meter during gameplay demonstrates how loud the fans really are.Ben Wilson | Windows Central
A FLIR thermal camera view of an Alienware 15 keyboard shows warmer areas in yellow and orange and cooler regions in purple and red, peaking at 46.4°C near the A key.
The keyboard gets warm during gameplay, which eventually made my fingers uncomfortable.Ben Wilson | Windows Central

Otherwise, the loud fans (~58 dBA) are difficult to ignore and will likely annoy anyone around you. Booting into a game switches the Alienware 15 into 'Performance' mode via the Alienware Command Center companion app, which quickly ramps up the fan speed. Profiles like 'Stealth' mode advertise the laptop as "ideal for any environment", but it's only true if you aren't gaming.

Despite the fans working as hard as they can, the keyboard still gets quite warm during gaming, and it felt a little uncomfortable after a while. I could solve it by plugging in my Steam Controller or by using an external keyboard and mouse, but at that point it feels like I'm hardly using the laptop. Using a thermal camera, I detected a temperature of 46°C around the WASD keys — not abnormal for a gaming laptop, but not exactly ideal either.

Should you buy the Alienware 15?

A close-up of an Alienware laptop shows the “ALIENWARE” branding above the keyboard, with visible function keys, number keys, and part of the Windows taskbar on the screen.

Switching power modes with F6 and F7 wrangles the fans a little, but it doesn't stop the overall roar. (Image credit: Ben Wilson | Windows Central)

You should buy this if ...

✅ You want a modern, entry-level NVIDIA gaming laptop

✅ You don't have space for a full-sized desktop PC

You should not buy this if ...

❌ You're looking for quiet, portable AAA gaming

The biggest problem with entry-level gaming laptops is that they immediately compete with high-end gaming handhelds, like the Xbox Ally X, which will be more tempting for its versatility alone. However, if you're looking for a stay-at-home gaming machine that occasionally travels with you — with an 180W AC adapter included — the Alienware 15 keeps up with modern gaming by leaning heavily on NVIDIA's RTX 5050 GPU.

Its 512 GB of storage will fill up fast, so you'll either have to be happy with regularly switching between installed games from your library, or rely on an external hard drive to transfer backups. This laptop is loud, restrained, and heavy, but it will play your games, particularly so if they support NVIDIA's latest DLSS upscaling technology. If you're pondering the Alienware 15 on a budget because it's on sale, then I say go for it.

Dell Alienware 15 gaming laptop render

Alienware
15 (Ryzen 7 260, RTX 5050)

NVIDIA's GPU does all the heavy lifting, with DLSS upscaling helping this entry-level gaming laptop to keep up.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

The innovative "Kill Block" map for Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 is my most anticipated new feature for the game's multiplayer — and we finally get to see more of it

Xbox and Activision have broken with tradition and partnered with Fanatics Fest to show off one of the most innovative new maps heading to Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 when it launches this October.

Multiplayer map reveals are typically reserved for the annual Call of Duty NEXT event, but a date for the celebration of all things Call of Duty has yet to be confirmed for 2026. Rather than waiting until closer to launch, Infinity Ward will give the public their first look at the new map, "Kill Block", during Fanatics Fest in New York City from January 16-19.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 will be playable for those who have purchased tickets to Fanatics Fest at the Javits Center in NYC, and a panel featuring Kevin Durant, Inde Navarrette, Infinity Ward Studio Co-Head Mark Grigsby, and Tyler Bahl will take the stage for an exclusive panel on Call of Duty in Culture on Saturday, July 18.

Players have barely got a taste of what Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 has to offer and the game is already breaking records. Preorder now to experience a brand-new thrilling campaign, reworked multiplayer, and a new DMZ experience this October. Digital preorders unlock early access to the MW4 Campaign starting on October 16.View Deal

Get your first shot at Kill Block, the adaptive Multiplayer battleground, live at @FanaticsFest July 16-19 in NYC.Stay tapped in as we'll share more gameplay and details from the field. pic.twitter.com/d9daYaEAJlJuly 3, 2026

The original concept behind Kill Block was dreamed up by Multiplayer Creative Director Geoff Smith, who was inspired by the Santiago Bernabéu in Madrid. The stadium is designed to have multiple arena floorings set on a rotating slab, allowing it to shift from a football stadium to a concert venue and back again while maintaining the various fields.

From concept to production, Kill Block eventually evolved into an adaptive training facility with a modular battleground that pieces together different slabs to create hundreds of unique map combinations. Designed to resemble a live-fire training environment, Kill Block is assembled from two end slabs with a central slab that pieces together map sections, both new and from iconic locations seen throughout Modern Warfare's rich history.

Infinity Ward shared an overview of how the engineering behind Kill Block works in a new blog post.

Engineering a dynamic map for Modern Warfare 4

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 introduces the new dynamic map, Kill Block, with rotating slabs that change the scenery of the arena every round.

An overhead view of the Killhouse slab for Kill Block. (Image credit: Activision)

While Call of Duty is a video game, the team at Infinity Ward takes great pride in the real-world inspiration beyond the pixels. It would be easy enough for the development team to shrug off the hows and whys of the mechanics powering Kill Block as "It's just a game" and hope that the players could suspend disbelief enough to enjoy themselves. But Infinity Ward doesn't work that way, and the team has taken the engineering behind Kill Block very seriously.

Kill Block, which is set within the West Bridge Advanced Military Training Facility, is flanked along the perimeter by eight concrete towers that house the electronics, motors, and pulley systems that make the dynamic arena function. The map is functionally the size of the popular Shoot House map from Modern Warfare past, though its continuously evolving layout keeps things fresh with each new round.

The map's three slabs sit upon a network of rail-mounted wheel assemblies, known as 'bogies', that travel along tracks embedded above and below the training area. The map changes at the end of each round of Gunfight. When the active slab decouples from the others, it is lowered to a storage chamber beneath the arena for safekeeping. The motor then selects the new Slab and winches it into position before raising it to the surface. How's that for combat evolved, Halo?

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 introduces the new dynamic map, Kill Block, with rotating slabs that change the scenery of the arena every round.

A look at the Station slab for Kill Block. (Image credit: Activision)

Each slab effectively takes up one third of Kill Block's play space, and each one is completely self-contained while maintaining all the necessary openings to flow seamlessly into each other. While each team spawns on their respective endpoint, movement across all three slabs in the combo is unrestrained (and encouraged.)

Some slabs add more than just new buildings, trees, or other obstacles. Some are also fitted with military-grade weather simulation systems — introducing snow flurries, fog, and other conditions that affect not just the look of the map but also weapons.

Kill Block's slabs are a new way to experience old favorites

Infinity Ward's Geoff Smith showcases the slabs for the new dynamic map, Kill Block, coming to Modern Warfare 4 in October 2026.

Infinity Ward's multiplayer team claims they have enough assets for 900 map combos in the upcoming dynamic Kill Block. However, only 500 are expected to be live when Modern Warfare 4 launches in October. (Image credit: Activision)

Call of Duty as a franchise struggles to walk a tight line between feeding into the nostalgia of its long-time player base while allowing the developers the creative freedom to create fresh and new experiences that might lure new players in. One way the development teams have sought to bridge that gap is with remastered variants of once-popular multiplayer maps.

But leaning into an influx of remasters leaves players looking for something new out in the cold. After 5 different variants of Shipment and Shoothouse, both the fans and the players can find themselves struggling with the threat of Call of Duty fatigue. Kill Block is an interesting solution to that problem, introducing both the chaotic gunplay of a small map without leaning exclusively into the tried-and-true favorites.

Infinity Ward's multiplayer team has claimed that there are enough assets readily available for Kill Block to support up to 900 combos total, though at launch, players can expect roughly 500 to be live. The following slabs can be expected in the Kill Block rotation at launch, though some names may be changed:

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 introduces the new dynamic map, Kill Block, with rotating slabs that change the scenery of the arena every round.

The Station, Highrise, and Cabin prefab buildings on Kill Block. (Image credit: Activision)
  • Ambush (Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare): A central slab featuring a convoy-clogged main road with blown-out pre-fab buildings on either side, with plenty of sniping opportunities.
  • Blacksite (Call of Duty: Modern Warfare II and III): An end slab featuring three prefabricated structures with open access between each of them. Players will find a mud and grass thoroughfare, a rusted van, an open cargo container, and stacked military gabions.
  • Killhouse (Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare): Gabions corner prefab walls with some small gaps for mantling, while a central kill box dots the middle of the map, and small scenic cover opportunities cover the edge of the end slab.
  • ME-Town: A central slab featuring a kill box dirt courtyard surrounded by prefabricated structures in each corner. Lots of interior and roof space for sniper nests. The main building is turquoise and features plenty of opportunities for close-quarter combat in its tight rooms and scramble points.
  • Snow Block: The fortifications of open cargo containers and concrete blocks offer unique overwatch opportunities to would-be snipers, but there's a limit to how much cover you can find on this end slab.
  • Trench: This central slab is a literal no-man's land of sunken mud walls and pill boxes with sandbags, tires, and wooden trusses that feel like they're going to collapse in on your squad without a moment's notice. This is a fraught middle ground with minimal cover, but good sight lines.

In addition to the confirmed Kill Block slabs, Infinity Ward also teased imagery showing off combos for the dynamic map featuring parts of Station, Shoot House, Woods, and Killhouse. Additional maps and supported modes for Kill Block are expected to be added to the game during Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4's seasonal content drops post-launch.

Hands-on impressions of Kill Block

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 introduces the new dynamic map, Kill Block, with rotating slabs that change the scenery of the arena every round.

A group of three players move through a Kill Block slab. (Image credit: Activision)

Members of the press and content creators alike were invited to Infinity Ward's studio for an early hands-on preview of Kill Block in action. During the preview, we were able to play matches of 10v10 Gunfight on Kill Block. The match would begin with the player teams each infilling on their respective end slabs with a loadout that had been randomly assembled by the game.

Gunfight is a round-based, one-life per player core mode, and the first interactions with Kill Block were surprisingly intimidating. There's an urge to explore the undeniably creative design of Kill Block and to understand all the machinations behind it. But doing so certainly puts you at risk of other players who aren't so interested in the aesthetics willing to pick you off as an easy target.

When you do get over the desire to ooh-and-aww over what Infinity Ward has managed to create out of Kill Block and decide to focus on the game, you'll find yourself quickly flung into intense combat against enemy players. As a long-time fan of small map playlists that throw you immediately into the line of danger, I was excited to feel that rush of instant action from Kill Block.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 introduces the new dynamic map, Kill Block, with rotating slabs that change the scenery of the arena every round.

Operators engage in combat on the Woods slab of Kill Block. (Image credit: Activision)

Infinity Ward's willingness to give fans of small maps something to sink their teeth into had interesting effects on the player base in Modern Warfare 2 (2022). There were considerable complaints on social media by players who felt the time between matches was too long in standard map playlists as players flocked to small map rotations in order to complete grindy camo challenges.

And yet, at the same time, there was a subset of players who love small maps so much they were even requesting Treyarch to introduce IW's beloved tiny map, Shipment, to the Black Ops series. (They didn't, but they did take a risk and go even smaller with the chaotic GRWM limited map during April Fools.)

Kill Block feels fresh and exciting and new, but it's serving multiple purposes for the split fan base that pines for nostalgic gameplay and laments continuous remasters simultaneously. Personally, Kill Block is one of my most anticipated new additions for Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare launches on Xbox Series X|S, Xbox on PC, Battle.net, Steam, PlayStation 5, and the Nintendo Switch 2 on October 23, 2026. Players who preorder the game will unlock early access to the Open Beta and up to one week of early access to the Modern Warfare 4 campaign starting on October 16. Modern Warfare 4 is the first Call of Duty title to skip last-gen consoles, and the game will also not be included in Xbox Game Pass subscriptions until Holiday 2027.

The Vault Edition for Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 includes the base game — complete with the campaign, multiplayer, and access to DMZ — as well as additional content that includes the Hostile Alliance Operator Pack, Special Forces Operator Pack, Signature Weapon Collection, 1 Season of BlackCell, and a DMZ Deployment Bonus. Preordering also unlocks early access to the Open Beta ahead of the game's launch, and 1 week of early access to the Campaign.View Deal

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

CXMT's DDR5 RAM isn't as performant or as consistent as SK hynix dies, early testing shows — reveals resistance to voltage scaling and inferior manual overclocking capabilities

Homegrown DDR5 memory from China, manufactured by ChangXing Memory Technologies, has been making the rounds lately as more and more vendors start legitimizing it. However, new testing from overclocker Safedisk, shared by Uniko's Hardware, purportedly shows that it actually carries inferior performance compared to similar options from SK Hynix, alongside significant variance in the silicon between different batches.

kingbank 2x24 6000c36 1.25 kit (cxmt 3gb dies) on asus c10amanual oc to 8600c44 mt 100%key characteristics of cxmt dies- dont scale with voltage- cant tighten timings- silicon variance appears to be massive between batches- not as strong as hynix when it comes to manual… pic.twitter.com/WNPRiHj233July 15, 2026

CXMT began producing DDR5 in late 2025 despite lacking any cutting-edge EUV lithography tools. Fast forward to today, and reports of the company matching Micron's memory capacity by this year are now floating around. If true, China would become the second-largest memory maker in the world. At such scale, it's no wonder that many companies in China have already started sourcing CXMT-made RAM to fill the gap in the consumer market.

Throughout 2026, we've seen motherboard manufacturers verify CXMT's DDR5 with official BIOS optimizations that allow it to run beyond 8,000 MT/s at this point. OEMs such as Dell and HP are using CXMT RAM in their region-bound systems, and even proper PC hardware companies like Corsair are using CXMT modules. Lexar, Kingbank, Netac, Asgard, Gloaway and more are also producing retail DDR5 kits with CXMT chips.

As such, the testing features a Kingbank 48GB (2x24) DDR5-6000 kit running at CL36 and found several weaknesses despite successfully achieving an 8,600 MT/s overclock at CL44. The first revelation is that CXMT modules don't scale with voltage, meaning you can't just increase voltage in hopes of achieving higher clocks. CXMT's DDR5 apparently doesn't respond well to tuning sub-timings either, forcing you to remain stuck with baseline CAS latency (or higher, like in this case).

Different batches of CXMT-equipped memory perform differently, too, so silicon lottery plays a much bigger role than it would with other vendors. Speaking of which, SK Hynix-made DDR5 modules allegedly performed better at identical clock speeds, while CXMT's modules were less susceptible to overclocking in general. We didn't get any comparative benchmarks for any metric, so take these claims with a grain of salt.

Overall, if Asus' testing is to be believed, it serves as counterprogramming against the popular narrative forming around China as the savior of consumer interests. CXMT's strength lies in the fact that it doesn't have to cater to opulent AI clients as much as the Big Three, which reduces opportunity cost, allowing CXMT to produce more DDR5 memory. That doesn't mean it would be cheaper, though, or at least no evidence has suggested that so far.

CXMT has remained limited to the Chinese region for now, and breaking through to the Western market would mean impressing a lot of skeptics. Not only would pricing play a big factor, but the reliability of a new DRAM manufacturer would raise serious concerns. Stories like these certainly don't help, but with CXMT's IPO on the way, it's only a matter of time before it becomes a serious mainstream contender.

ASRock Phantom Gaming and Steel Legend 360 LCD review: An impressive cooling debut

15 July 2026 at 20:11

ASRock is well known among PC enthusiasts for its graphics cards, motherboards, power supplies, and gaming monitors. Now, it has entered the market for liquid cooling solutions.

We’re looking at two of the company’s first AIOs here, the Phantom Gaming 360 LCD and Steel Legend 360 LCD. Both of these liquid coolers feature 3.4-inch 480 x 480 displays for showing off animations and monitoring performance metrics. Aside from aesthetics, the main differences between the two are the included fans and radiator size. The Steel Legend 360 incorporates a standard 27 mm thick radiator, whereas the Phantom Gaming 360 uses a thicker-than-normal 32 mm radiator.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

Let's take a look at the specifications and features of the coolers, then we’ll go over thermal and noise benchmarks and decide whether ASRock’s Phantom Gaming and Steel Legend AIOs deserve to make our list of the best CPU coolers.

Cooler specifications

Cooler

ASRock Phantom Gaming 360

LCD/Steel Legend 360 LCD

Colors

Black

White

MSRP

$189.99

$159.99

Lighting

CPU block, radiator, and fans

CPU block

Warranty

6 years

2 years

Socket Compatibility

AMD AM5/AM4

Intel 1700/1851

Radiator dimensions

397mm (L) x 120mm (W) x 32mm (H)

397mm (L) x 120mm (W) x 27mm (H)

Maximum TDP (Our Testing)

>260W with AMD’s Ryzen 9 9950X3D

>260W with AMD’s Ryzen 9 9950X3D

Features of ASRock Phantom Gaming & Steel Legend 360 LCD

▶️ 60hz 3.4-inch LCD display

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

Both the Phantom Gaming 360 LCD and the Steel Legend 360 LCD include a 3.4-inch square IPS screen with a 480 x 480 resolution and 60 Hz refresh rate, with brightness rated at 250 nits.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

To control and customize the screen, you’ll need to download ASRock’s Polychrome Display software. You have the option of selecting six preset themes, or you can build your own theme, and/or customize the individual elements shown on the display.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

While I certainly wish there were more presets available, my biggest complaint using this software is the extreme file compatibility limits. If you’d like to upload a custom background, the image or video file needs to be less than 20 megabytes and 1080p or lower in resolution.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

▶️ RAM Clearance

As with most liquid coolers, the design of both the Steel Legend and Phantom Gaming 360 has the CPU block set so it doesn’t overhang or interfere with the DIMM slots – ensuring that all sizes of RAM, no matter how tall, are compatible.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

▶️ VRM fan

Included on top of the CPU block is a 70 mm, 3,000 RPM fan designed to help keep your RAM and motherboard’s VRM modules cool. As you’ll see in our Karhu benchmarks, it does an excellent job of cooling these parts of your computer.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

▶️ Thick CPU cold plate

The copper contact plate is unusually thick, like you’d more typically see in an AIO supporting AMD Threadripper or Intel Xeon server CPUs.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

Differences between the ASRock Phantom Gaming 360 LCD and Steel Legend 360 LCD

▶️ Color schemes and aesthetic

While they are similar in many ways, each of these AIOs has a different aesthetic, similar to what you’d see in the company’s motherboard lines. The Steel Legend might appeal to those who prefer simpler designs, with a white body and gray fan blades.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

If you want flashy lighting, the Phantom Gaming 360 might be your thing. In addition to ARGB lighting on the fan blades, it also includes a lighting strip across the side of the radiator.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

▶️ Radiator sizes: 32 mm and 27 mm

There are two primary technical differences between the Phantom Gaming 360 LCD and the Steel Legend 360 LCD; one of those is the radiator size. The Steel Legend 360 LCD has a standard 27 mm radiator, whereas the Phantom Gaming 360 features a thicker 32 mm radiator.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

▶️ 120 mm fans

There’s more to a liquid cooler than just the radiator and liquid pump. The included fans directly impact noise levels and cooling performance. This constitutes the second primary technical difference between the AIOs we’re reviewing today.

Both units include fans that are 28 mm thick and pre-installed for user convenience. The Steel Legend 360 features three individual 120 mm fans, with a white shell and gray blades.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

The Phantom Gaming includes a fancier fan block instead of individual fans, and features ARGB lighting on the fan blades and a strip across the radiator. These fans aren’t as powerful – or as noisy – as the fans included with the Steel Legend, but this is balanced by the thicker 32 mm radiator included on the Phantom Gaming 360 LCD.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

Steel Legend

Phantom Gaming

Fan Speed

0 - 2500 ± 10% RPM

0 - 2400 ± 10% RPM

Airflow

76.7 CFM

61.28 CFM

Air Pressure

4.16 mmH20

3.11mmH20

Packaging

The outer packaging is a bit flashy – at least, in comparison to your normal AIO box. It features a rendering of the cooler against a black background with streaks of purple hues.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

The inner packaging is just as fresh as the outside, with each component of the cooling system well protected from the chaos that shipping can bring by using a combination of soft covers and individual cardboard walls for each component.

ASRock AIO's
Tom's Hardware
ASRock AIO's
Tom's Hardware

Included with the package are:

  • Mounting hardware for AMD and Intel platforms
  • Tubing clips
  • A small tube of thermal paste
  • 360 mm radiator and 120 mm fans
  • 3.4-inch LCD display

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

AM5 Installation

This section assumes you’ve already mounted the 360 mm radiator. Installation of AIOs is typically much easier when you have already secured the radiator to your computer case.

To begin putting things together, you’ll first need to remove the default AM4/5 retention from the motherboard.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

The next step is to place the mounting bars on top of the studs, securing them with the included screws. The middle of the mounting bars includes a helpful image indicating the direction the bars should be installed, with an arrow pointing towards where the CPU should be.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

Now you’ll want to apply the included thermal paste. If you’re not sure how to do that, we have a handy thermal paste application guide that covers the different methods you can use.

Afterwards, place the pump block against the CPU and mounting bars, and use a screwdriver to secure it. You should have the liquid tubing in the south position for best thermal performance.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

The next step is to slide the LCD display on top of the VRM fan. To complete the AIO’s installation, you’ll want to connect the USB, PWM, and ARGB headers as appropriate – then you can power on your system.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

Real-world testing configuration – AMD AM5 platform

We’ve tested coolers with both the Ryzen 9950X3D and its non-V-Cache sibling, the 9950X. There are some differences in how the 9950X and 9950X3D CPUs are impacted by thermal events. While the heat output of the CCDs of AMD’s 9950X3D is relatively balanced, the 9950X I used has one CCD that runs much hotter than the other, with a difference of over 10 degrees Celsius in some scenarios, shown below.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

We’ve since returned to using a 9950X3D for cooler testing, as it has a more balanced heat profile, and is almost certainly a more widely adopted CPU. The benchmark results shared in these reviews may differ from others because I emphasize results that are comparable to real-world use. This means I generally test CPU coolers inside of a closed desktop case, which increases cooling difficulty compared to other testing methods.

Many reviewers test coolers on open test benches, which have a combination of lesser airflow needs and lowered ambient temperatures. This results in making weak coolers appear stronger than they really are. Some also use generic thermal plates to test cooling solutions. I reject both of these methods because they don’t accurately reflect real-world cooler conditions.

Our latest testing setup uses the Flova F50 computer case from Tryx.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

This case features a unique “crossflow” fan that pulls air from the side, which the company claims is more effective than traditional intake fans. For air cooling tests, we’ve added a single Noctua NF-A12 G2 intake fan.

We’re going to start this review’s benchmark section by focusing on a traditional maximum performance test, with the CPU cooler’s fans allowed to reach their fastest speeds for the best cooling possible.

Turning on PBO allows AMD’s Ryzen 9 9950X3D to stretch its legs to an extent, and all air coolers I have tested with PBO enabled using MSI’s X870E Carbon Wifi motherboard reach the maximum CPU temperature of 95 degrees C (203 F) and thermally throttle to some extent.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

The thermals of both ASRock AIOs are excellent, able to keep AMD’s Ryzen 9 9950X3D under its peak temperature (TJ Max) in Cinebench R23 with PBO enabled – allowing for the best possible benchmark performance. Of particular note is the performance of ASRock’s Steel Legend 360; it maintained an average of 61.5C over ambient (83.5C), the best result we’ve seen on this test bench.

Some coolers perform well in maximum strength tests, but require running loudly to maintain said performance. The ASRock AIOs we tested reach 46.9 and 47.8 dBA, which is about average for most liquid coolers on the market.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

200W thermal benchmarks

For the next thermal test, I leave the motherboard settings at their defaults, which results in a power limit of 200W when running Cinebench R23.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

When a standard power limit is imposed, the thermal differences between the two ASRock coolers close, with both coolers performing about the same. I measured 47.3 and 47.9 degrees over ambient, giving them the third- and fourth-best performing results from this test bench.

150W + GPU thermal results, noise levels

Our next test runs Cinebench on the CPU with a 150W power limit, while also running Furmark on MSI’s RTX 4070 Ti Super Ventus 3x OC. This causes the GPU to consume ~295W of power. This test is designed to emulate the thermals of games, which primarily stress the CPU and GPU.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

ASRock’s Steel Legend stood out in this test, outperforming all other competitors, with an average temperature of 57.4 C (35.4 C above ambient). The Phantom Gaming AIO also performed well, taking the fourth-place spot.

But thermals are only part of the story. Noise levels, especially when you’re gaming, are far more important here. When tied to my motherboard’s default fan curve, ASRock’s Steel Legend 360 had a noise level measured at 39.2 dBA. The Phantom Gaming 360 LCD was just a hair louder, measuring 39.6 dBA.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

Noise-normalized testing

Most testing is performed with the cooler tied to the default fan curve of our MSI X870E Carbon motherboard, but some prefer to see tests when the noise levels of coolers are equalized. This is especially important to those of you who prefer silent computers. This next test has the CPU cooler noise-normalized to 38.9 dBA, with PBO enabled for the Ryzen 9 9950X3D CPU.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

With recordings of 258.8 and 258.2W average CPU power consumption, ASRock’s AIOs perform essentially on par with each other while noise-normalized.

Karhu DDR5 RAM thermals testing

Your CPU cooler does not operate in isolation. It has an impact on not just your CPU’s temperatures, but also the other components in your build, like your RAM and GPU. To that end, I’ve run the Karhu RAM stress test. This places a load of ~153W on the CPU and ensures system RAM (DDR5 in my case) is fully stable. In this type of scenario, most AIOs tend to produce worse results than air coolers.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

DDR5 temperatures were excellent in this test, with averages of 20.9 C (Steel Legend) and 21.5 C (Phantom Gaming) recorded. Of the AIOs I’ve tested on this configuration, only Silverstone’s IceMyst Pro with its unique stackable fans performs better.

We’ve also included a chart showing the CPU temperatures in this test, and thermal performance was strong – outperforming air coolers by ~5 degrees C. But I haven’t recorded this data for other AIOs yet.

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

Conclusion

ASRock AIO's

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

ASRock’s Steel Legend 360 LCD and Phantom Gaming 360 LCD are both strong coolers, well suited to heat-intensive CPUs like AMD’s Ryzen 9950X3D or Intel’s Core i9-14900K.

Of the two ASRock AIOs, I would recommend the Steel Legend 360 LCD for users who want the best thermal performance possible (and a lower price tag). It might lack the thicker 32 mm radiator included with the Phantom Gaming 360 LCD, but its included fans are stronger, and as a result provide lower CPU temperatures and quieter noise levels in common scenarios. Still, at around $160, the Steel Legend is far from the most affordable AIO with a display, and it’s only available in white.

Intel becomes the first company to ship high-volume logic chips made with ASML's High NA EUV — select Panther Lake layers on 18A are now dual-qualified for 0.55 NA scanners

15 July 2026 at 19:33

Intel has entered high-volume manufacturing using ASML's High NA extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography technology for a subset of its Intel Core Ultra Series 3 "Panther Lake" processors, becoming the first company to ship high-volume logic products manufactured with the technology. ASML announced the milestone in an official press release on Wednesday, July 15, confirming that Intel Foundry is running the qualified High NA layers on its Intel 18A process node in Oregon.

According to ASML, Intel is using High NA EUV to pattern selected Intel 18A layers, with products already shipping to customers at yields matched to those achieved on ASML's existing NXE EUV platform. These layers are dual-qualified, meaning the same layer can be exposed on either an existing 0.33 NA NXE scanner or a 0.55 NA EXE scanner, with the resulting wafers being interchangeable.

High NA EUV has long been viewed as the successor to today's EUV lithography, promising to extend semiconductor scaling by enabling manufacturers to print smaller, denser circuit patterns that are becoming difficult to achieve with existing tools. Until now, the platform had been confined to R&D work. ASML’s announcement marks the first time High NA EUV has been used to produce and ship a high-volume commercial logic product.

Panther Lake, built on the Intel 18A manufacturing process, is spearheading this transition. Rather than replacing the company's entire lithography flow, Intel is applying High NA EUV to specific layers while the remainder of the chip continues to be manufactured using conventional lithography.

High NA EUV builds on the same 13.5-nanometer extreme ultraviolet light used by today's scanners but increases the optical system's numerical aperture (NA) — how much light a lens system can collect and focus onto a silicon wafer — from 0.33 to 0.55. The higher value resolves finer features in a single exposure, allowing chipmakers to print smaller patterns with greater precision and process control.

This increased resolution is expected to reduce reliance on complex multi-patterning techniques for some of the industry's most demanding layers, thereby simplifying manufacturing and improving feature fidelity. In the long term, these capabilities are expected to support higher transistor densities and improved performance in future processors, particularly as AI workloads continue driving demand for increasingly advanced semiconductor technologies.

"With increased resolution and better process control, the introduction of High NA EUV marks a substantial development in semiconductor lithography," said ASML President and CEO Christophe Fouquet. "We are proud to play a role in enabling the smaller, denser patterning that will accelerate advancements in AI and other emerging technologies."

Intel and ASML have been working towards this milestone for several years. In 2024, Intel completed installation of one of the industry's first commercial High NA EUV lithography systems, the TWINSCAN EXE:5000, at its Hillsboro, Oregon, research and development facility. The company later became the first to qualify ASML's second-generation TWINSCAN EXE:5200B, which increases wafer throughput and overlay accuracy while incorporating an improved EUV light source over its predecessor.

While the announcement represents High NA EUV's commercial debut, it does not mean Panther Lake is manufactured entirely using the new lithography platform. Instead, Intel has qualified High NA for selected layers, an approach that mirrors how new lithography generations are typically introduced into advanced semiconductor production before broader adoption across future nodes.

Intel Foundry Executive Vice President and General Manager Naga Chandrasekaran said that qualifying the High NA process option on selected Intel 18A product layers enables the company's existing tool fleet to deliver higher manufacturing output while providing flexibility for future process technologies.

Panther Lake itself is not a future product. Intel launched Core Ultra Series 3 at CES on January 5, 2026, opened preorders the following day, and put systems on shelves globally from January 27. The Core Ultra X9 378H followed in April alongside the value-tier Core Series 3, code-named Wildcat Lake, and the handheld-focused Arc G3 parts arrived on May 28.

The announcement’s statement that the product is shipping to customers refers to wafer flow from the fab into the supply chain, rather than to a product launch. ASML says the two companies will continue working on High NA readiness, with the flexibility to incorporate the technology into future nodes based on customer needs — most immediately, Intel 14A, which Intel has designed to use High NA on a set of its tightest-pitch layers.

Kollavo – Get cited in AI answers with done-for-you outreach and placements


Kollavo gets your company cited in AI answers. It tracks the sources large language models rely on for your high-intent prompts, shows where competitors appear but you don’t, and handles the outreach, negotiation, and copy to secure citations on trusted publishers. You approve the plan and watch placements go live, starting with ChatGPT and expanding to Perplexity, Google AI, Claude, and Gemini. It offers a simple monthly plan and a dashboard to monitor rising citations.

View startup

(PR) Apricorn Introduces Massive 4 TB Aegis Secure Key 3

15 July 2026 at 19:01
Apricorn, the leading global provider of quantum-resistant hardware-encrypted external storage solutions, today announced the availability of the 4TB Aegis Secure Key 3 (ASK3), the highest-capacity hardware-encrypted USB drive of its kind. Built on a mini solid-state drive architecture housed in a USB flash drive form factor, the new ASK3 delivers eight times the storage capacity of comparable hardware-encrypted USB flash drives, giving organizations an unprecedented combination of portability, speed and security.

The new 4 TB model incorporates the same hardware enhancements introduced in the latest generation of the ASK3, including a new bridge controller chip for faster performance, improved data transfer speeds and an environmental protection design that helps safeguard both the device and the data it contains in demanding operating conditions.

Xbox’s 3,200 Layoffs Are Actually Even Bigger Due to “Hidden Cuts” to Contractors and the Like, Schreier Argues

15 July 2026 at 19:30

Xbox CEO Asha Sharma smiling against a green background with the Xbox logo visible.

Xbox's planned 3,200 layoffs by July 2027 are already easily the biggest round of layoffs the industry has ever seen if taken at mere face value, but Bloomberg's Jason Schreier argues that's just the proverbial tip of the iceberg. In a new YouTube video, the journalist highlights the "hidden cuts" of the many contractors that were linked to a canceled project. Nowadays, triple-A game development involves several studios working together, some of which are external. For example, he reveals that the Perfect Dark reboot wasn't developed solely by The Initiative and Crystal Dynamics: sister studio Eidos Montréal was also involved, […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/xbox-3200-layoffs-hidden-cuts-contractors-schreier/

Apple Intelligence Turns To Alibaba’s Qwen In China Even As Apple Is Likely To Reserve Its Private Compute ‘Secret Sauce’ For Itself

15 July 2026 at 19:18

The Apple logo with a design of the Chinese flag is superimposed over a building's glass facade.

In a development that comes on the proverbial heels of China's formal approval of Apple Intelligence features for the country's consumers, Alibaba has notified that its Qwen family of AI models will be integrated into Apple Intelligence, bringing AI-powered experiences for iOS, iPadOS, macOS, and visionOS users. Users in China will now be able to access Qwen’s entire range of AI capabilities, including text, image, and content generation, directly on Apple devices Alibaba has now officially confirmed that users in China will be able to access its Qwen AI models via Apple devices, going on to note in a statement: […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/apple-intelligence-turns-to-alibabas-qwen-in-china-even-as-apple-is-likely-to-reserve-its-private-compute-secret-sauce-for-itself/

FromSoftware Finally Lifts The Veil Off The Duskbloods On August 21, As Network Test Registrations Open Soon

15 July 2026 at 19:09

A massive creature holds a person aloft amidst a fiery forest setting in the game The Duskbloods

Although FromSoftware is known for keeping a very tight lid on its projects, the silence surrounding the Nintendo Switch 2 exclusive The Duskbloods is getting deafening. After resurfacing during last month's Nintendo Direct, we have learned that a closed network test is scheduled for this Summer, and today we have finally learned when the Japanese development studio, will lift the veil from the game it reportedly spent the most time on to date. "We will be hosting a network test for The Duskbloods on Nintendo Switch 2 from Aug. 21 (Fri.) - Aug. 24 (Mon.). Participant registration will begin on […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/fromsoftware-lifts-veil-the-duskbloods-august-21-network-test/

Steam fan finds 'cheap SSDs' to make retro 'game cartridges' system — the only problem is 2026 is the worst year in history to do it

  • A Steam user has found a way to store games on SSDs with an auto-navigation and auto-start script
  • These are effectively physical 'game cartridges' complete with key art
  • However, costly SSDs means this is a pricey endeavor (the Steam gamer was lucky enough to pick up used drives on the cheap)

Physical copies of PlayStation games are coming to an end from January 2028, and as the backlash around that continues, a restoration of physical media on PC has been discovered — and it's novel to say the least.

A Steam user on Reddit has managed to store games on 'cheap 2.5-inch' SATA SSDs, effectively acting as old-school 'game cartridges' with key art, and a script that auto-navigates Steam to each game's page. The user also notes that automatically starting games from each drive is possible.

This comes amid a significant uproar from gamers following the revelation of Sony's plan to eradicate physical game discs, supposedly by the time its next PlayStation console arrives. It's a very controversial move that has united gamers across all platforms to fight to retain discs and to ensure game ownership remains intact.

With that said, physical media for PC has been dead for a long while, since a modern desktop PC doesn't come with a disc drive, and there are hardly any publishers selling physical copies for the platform.

With most games only accessible digitally on PC, in theory those titles can be taken away from buyers at any time. The trouble is that consumer-friendly figures like Gabe Newell, who leads Valve, the owner of Steam, won't be in charge forever.

So in the future, under new leadership, it's possible more anti-consumer measures might be introduced, or other aspects of PC gaming that consumers dislike, such as DRM (like Denuvo).

Leon S Kennedy, Evelyn Parker, and Isaac Clarke

(Image credit: Capcom / CD Projekt Red / EA)
Steam Game Cartridges from r/pcmasterrace

Imagine if this 'game cartridge' system was adopted by PC game publishers? It's a smart idea, and a nice thought, but clearly not a realistic one. For starters, it'd be a prohibitively expensive method of reintroducing physical PC game copies.

Of course, platforms like Epic Games and Steam require users to be logged in and have their app installed to play games, so it's still a long way off true game copy ownership, anyway.

However, this concept would be paired perfectly with GOG, a platform that is DRM-free and doesn't require the launcher to play purchased games — in other words, you fully own purchased games on GOG.

Admittedly, publishers releasing PC game cartridges in the form of SSDs is a pipe dream, especially with the current state of the hardware market, and the RAM crisis, complete with skyrocketing SSD prices.

The idea comes at the wrong time, then, but if the RAM crisis ever settles down, then maybe this is something we'll see more PC hobbyists doing — and perhaps even the odd publisher.

The Batman Part II's release date has been pushed back to early 2028 — and its latest delay is going to have a major impact on James Gunn's DC Universe

  • The Batman Part II has been delayed until February 2028
  • Its director has shared new footage of Robert Pattinson as the Caped Crusader
  • James Gunn's DC Universe could be severely impacted by this development

It's going to be another 18 months before we finally get to see The Batman Part II.

The long in development comic book movie, whose release date had already been pushed back twice, is now not set to land in theaters until February 18, 2028. Anyone who had hoped to see The Batman Part II on its previously revised release date on October 1, 2027, then, is going to be seriously disappointed.

News of The Batman sequel's latest launch date came by way of a new video that director Matt Reeves shared on his social media channels. The footage, which gives us our first look at the returning Robert Pattinson as the titular vigilante in Reeves' next Batman film, ends with the revelation of the adjusted release date.

By the time this DC comic book project lands on the big screen, then, almost six years will have passed since its predecessor made its own theatrical debut. That's a long time to make fans wait for the hotly-anticipated follow-up.

Why The Batman Part II's delayed release is bad news for James Gunn's DC Universe

Robert Pattinson's mud-covered Caped Crusader looking up in The Batman

Batman fans across the world when they hear about this latest launch date delay... (Image credit: Warner Bros. Pictures)

It would be remiss of me not to say that movie delays happen all of the time, so word of The Batman Part II's latest launch setback is, especially for a film that's taken a long time to get off the ground for myriad reasons, to be expected.

Nevertheless, it's going to have a huge impact on James Gunn and Peter Safran's nascent DC Universe (DCU), which is already reeling from its first major dud in Supergirl.

Indeed, Gunn has said time and again that the DCU's Batman — and, by proxy, his DCU Chapter One solo film in The Brave and the Bold — won't see the light of day until The Batman Part II has premiered.

The reason? While Gunn says audiences are intelligent enough to understand that Reeves' Bat-Verse and the DCU are separate entities, he doesn't want two Batmans running amok in cinemas at the same time. Now that The Batman 2 won't come out until early 2028, though, we aren't likely to see the DCU's Dark Knight until 2029 at the very earliest.

That doesn't mean Gunn, Safran, and company won't be working on The Brave and The Bold in the meantime. What it does mean, though, is that the wait for one of DC Comics' so-called Holy Trinity will not only drag on for ever longer, but DC Studios' co-heads will have to continue fielding questions about the timeline for the Caped Crusader's unveiling in their cinematic franchise. In that regard, can't say I envy them.

Anyway, feel free to find out everything we know so far about The Batman Part II while you're here. Alternatively, vote in the poll above to let me know what you think of the movie's latest delay.

You'll soon be able to play the biggest football game on your iPhone thanks to an upcoming Apple Arcade release with zero microtransactions

  • EA Sports Madden NFL 27 is coming to Apple Arcade
  • The exclusive Arcade Edition launches on August 6, 2026
  • It offers full controller support and does not feature microtransactions

EA Sports Madden NFL 27, the next entry in the blockbuster football franchise, is just around the corner — but you won't need a pricey console to play it. That's because an exclusive version is coming to Apple Arcade that you'll be able to dive into right from your iPhone when it arrives on August 6.

Madden NFL 27 Arcade Edition is an exclusive version of the game designed specifically for Apple Arcade with zero ads or microtransactions. It features a range of teams and the latest NFL player rosters, with 11-on-11 gameplay on the field that's intended to be as authentic as possible while offering streamlined controls for mobile play. There's also plenty of franchise management, putting you in charge of trades, free agents, and more.

As you play through each season, a newly introduced 'Narrative Messaging System' will challenge you with new events with decisions that can impact player performance and force you to adapt to the consequences.

Aside from the flagship Franchise mode, you'll also be able to dive into Quick Play or try a selection of custom-themed franchises with their own handcrafted narratives that are changed on a monthly basis.

Regarding the announcement, EA vice president of franchise strategy and marketing Evan Dexter argued that "Apple Arcade is the perfect home for Madden" and "matches the complete, no-compromise experience we’ve built." He added: "the future of football is now in your hands.”

In addition to iPhone, the game will also be available on iPad, Mac, and Apple TV if you prefer to slump on your couch while you play. This is the first mobile Madden NFL game to offer full mobile controller support as well, giving you a truly console-quality experience if you have the compatible hardware.

The title joins a number of other sports games that are already available on the service, including NBA 2K26 Arcade Edition and Football Manager 26 Touch — a selection that senior director of Apple Arcade Alex Rofman said means "Apple Arcade delivers an unmatched lineup of sports games for every kind of fan".

The service is available for $6.99 / £6.99 / AU$9.99 or $49.99 / £49.99 / AU$9.99 a year or as part of all tiers of the pricier Apple One bundle.

Anker's compact Solix S2000 home backup battery is 50% off and can run your fridge for 35 hours

If you want home backup power without a bulky, heavy unit taking up a corner of the garage, this is a genuinely good price for it. Right now, the Anker Solix S2000 is $600 (was $1199) at Amazon — a massive 50% off on a 2kWh power station built specifically for keeping essentials running through an outage.

The headline feature here is the size-to-capacity ratio. At 35.7lbs and roughly the footprint of a large kitchen bin, the S2000 packs in 2,010Wh of LiFePO4 capacity in a chassis around 30% smaller and 25% lighter than typical 2kWh power stations. That matters if you're planning to keep this somewhere specific in the house rather than store it in a garage.

Today's top portable power station deal

2010Wh | 1500W

Anker's portable power station comes with a well-sized 2010Wh battery capacity rated for 10,000 charge cycles, 1,500W continuous AC output (3,000W peak), and a 10-millisecond UPS switchover. For me, the stand-out here is that the unit is rated for up to 35 hours of fridge backup. Recharges via wall outlet, solar (up to 400W), car outlet, generator, or alternator charger. Measures 8.2 x 11.1 x 12.7in and weighs 35.7lbs.View Deal

Anker's OptiSave system is the other notable piece of engineering. It drops the unit's active idle power draw down to around 6W with the AC outlets enabled, and roughly 2W with everything switched off — well below the 14-20W idle draw typical of competing 2kWh stations. Since a backup power station mostly sits idle waiting for an outage, or cycles a fridge compressor on and off, that lower standby drain translates into meaningfully more real-world runtime rather than just a better spec sheet number.

Port placement is a small but genuinely useful design choice: two AC outlets sit on the back for always-on gear like a fridge or router, while three more AC outlets plus USB-C and USB-A ports sit on the front for everyday devices. That split keeps cables from getting tangled if you're running multiple things at once, and the 10ms UPS switchover means a connected computer or router won't even blink when the grid drops.

The 10,000-cycle LiFePO4 battery is rated for roughly 15 years of typical use, which is close to double the cycle rating most mainstream power stations in this capacity class advertise — a genuine long-term value argument if you're planning to keep this around rather than replace it after a few years.

Important notes: the S2000 caps out at 1,500W continuous output, so it's not the right choice if you need to run power tools, space heaters, or other high-draw appliances — Anker's own larger Solix units handle that heavier lifting. Solar input is also capped at 400W, lower than some rivals that accept 600-1,000W, so it's better suited to topping up with a single panel than building out a larger solar array. And with only two USB-C ports and one USB-A port, it's clearly built around AC backup duty first, device charging second.

For anyone who wants dependable home backup without the bulk of a typical 2kWh unit, the SOLIX S2000 at $599.99 is a strong buy.

Also consider: More portable power station deals

1070Wh | 1500W

We recommend this one for camping this summer - it's practically built for the job. In our review, it also earned top marks, making it one of the best of its class. View Deal

1024Wh | 1800W

Earning top marks in our tests, we awarded this portable power station an Editor's Choice badge thanks to its compact design, versatile charging options, and robust performance. View Deal

1024Wh | 2000W

A complete portable power setup in one purchase. The C1000X Gen 2 packs 1024Wh capacity with a 2000W continuous output (3000W peak with SurgePad). And it charges from flat to full in 49 minutes via wall outlet — the fastest recharge in its class, certified by Guinness World Records. The included 100W bifacial solar panel captures sunlight from both sides, giving you roughly 15–20% more power output than a standard single-sided panel. View Deal

HP's Smart Tank 5101 all-in-one cartridge-free printer includes up to two years of free ink and it's nearly 30% off right now

If you're anything like me, one of the biggest frustrations with printing is the cost of ink. Over time, it can easily cost more than the printer itself, making refillable ink tank models an increasingly popular choice. They're built to keep running costs down while reducing the hassle of replacing ink cartridges on a regular basis.

So this deal immediately stood out to me. The HP Smart Tank 5101 all-in-one printer is down to $190 (was $260) at Amazon, saving you $70.10. In the UK, it's known as the HP Smart Tank 5107, and it's discounted to £150 (was £210) at Amazon.

Instead of relying on traditional cartridges, this model uses ink tanks that hold enough ink to print thousands of pages before needing a refill. Best of all, it comes with up to two years of ink in the box, so it will be ages before you need to spend out.

Today's top HP Smart Tank printer deal

Refillable ink tanks and up to two years of included ink help keep printing costs low, while wireless printing, scanning, copying, AI-assisted page formatting, and mess-free refills make everyday printing simple and reliable at home.

In the UK: now £150 (was £210)View Deal

Refilling the ink is easy because the bottles slot directly into the tanks and empty automatically without needing a squeeze or creating a mess, removing one of the biggest frustrations people have with refillable printers.

Printing speeds reach up to 12ppm in black and 5ppm in color, while the built-in scanner and copier mean it can handle far more than simple printing tasks. Wireless connectivity over 2.4GHz Wi-Fi lets everyone in the house or small office send jobs without plugging into a computer.

HP also says the Smart Tank 5101 continues producing sharp text and rich colors without the complicated maintenance routines often associated with ink tank printers.

Auto Power On helps reduce waiting around by waking the printer the moment a job is received, while borderless printing adds extra flexibility for photos, invitations, and creative projects.

Another useful addition is HP AI formatting, which automatically cleans up web pages and emails before printing, removing unnecessary content and awkward page breaks, stopping you wasting paper on unwanted content.

For the price, the Smart Tank 5101 is not only much cheaper than normal, it also comes with enough ink to keep many households printing for a very long time.

If your current printer burns through ink far too quickly, or you're thinking of buying your first all-in-one model, this is a terrific choice to get you started.

For more options, check out our round up of the best ink tank printers you can buy, as well as the best home printers.

Also consider

This all-in-one inkjet printer prints, scans and copies while offering Wi-Fi and USB connectivity for flexible setup. Its refillable ink tank system replaces traditional cartridges, and the compact design includes a 100-sheet rear paper tray, flatbed scanner and support for everyday home and small office printing.

In the UK: now £150 (was £240)View Deal

Squarespace's new limited-release tools aim to help sellers tap into FOMO

  • Squarerspace launches new limited-release tool
  • Features include a limited-time cart, purchase quantity limits, and low inventory badges
  • Available globally now, although limited to some subscription plans

From game consoles to toilet roll, there are countless examples of how scarcity can make a product more desirable. Whether a smart marketing tactic or a simple issue with supply, limited availability drives FOMO. Now, Squarespace, one of the biggest website builders on the market, has launched new tools to help users with limited releases and product "drops."

So, whether you want to drive anticipation behind a one-off t-shirt design or want to cap spaces in an exclusive yoga class, Squarespace aims to equip sellers with everything they need to turn a limited availability product or service into the hottest buy on the internet.

Driving urgency

Key features of Squarespace’s new tool include:

  • A reserved cart feature that holds items during checkout for a limited time, with a countdown timer, helping drive urgency and replenishing stock if the user fails to check out
  • Inventory management tools that allow merchants to set quantity limits, preventing individuals from sweeping inventory, whilst also driving a sense of exclusivity
  • Seamless checkout, offering a shortcut to purchase, so customers don’t have to navigate away from the store page to view their cart and check out
  • Hype generation tools, including low inventory badges and email campaigns, to help merchants build anticipation and signal scarcity.

"We're seeing entrepreneurs shifting away from always-on discount models and toward highly curated, exclusive releases that celebrate the value of their work," said Kevin Doerr, President of Squarespace. "With our new limited release selling tools, we are putting entrepreneurs in control of when and how they sell – reducing the operational burden and giving them everything they need to build hype, handle surges in demand, and deliver a seamless checkout experience.

According to a press release shared with TechRadar earlier this week, limited release tools are available globally, although availability does vary depending on your subscription plan.

New phishing campaign hits LastPass, Bitwarden users - password manager customers warned not to fall for this scam

  • Attackers are spoofing LastPass and Bitwarden with phishing emails from fake newsletter domains, tricking users into signing bogus DocuSign documents
  • Victims are redirected to malicious “compliance” domains flagged by Microsoft Defender and Cloudflare, already taken offline
  • Neither password manager was breached; this is domain spoofing, and users are urged to verify sender addresses and domains before clicking links

Criminals have been found impersonating popular password managers LastPass and Bitwarden online in an attempt to trick users into sharing their login credentials, and thus access to a treasure trove of passwords and other secrets.

LastPass recently issued a warning to its customers, raising awareness of the ongoing phishing campaign.

However the scam also now seems to have spread to other password managers, with Bitwarden customers also apparently being targeted.

Passwords are safe

In the campaign, LastPass users received emails from the address “hello@lastpassnewsletter.com”.

This address does not belong to LastPass, and is in no way affiliated with the password manager. In the message, the victims are told that the company’s security policies have been updated, and that they should navigate to a specific landing page and sign a DocuSign document.

The email comes with a ‘Review & Access Terms’ button which, if clicked, redirects the victims to lastpasscompliance[dot]com, yet another domain unaffiliated with the password management platform.

BleepingComputer claims this domain has already been flagged as malicious by both Microsoft Defender for Office 365, and Cloudflare and is currently offline.

Digging deeper, the journalists uncovered another campaign, almost identical, but now targeting Bitwarden users. In this case, the victims were being mailed from the “hello@bitwardennewsletter.com” addresses and were being redirected to bitwardencompliance[dot]com. Identical methodology, just slightly personalized.

It is important to note that neither LastPass nor Bitwarden were compromised as part of this attack.

The companies’ infrastructure is intact, and the passwords are safe. This is a typical domain spoofing attack in which the crooks purchase a domain similar to the legitimate one, in hopes that the victims won’t spot the difference.

As usual, the best course of action is to always be skeptical of incoming emails, and to double-check the domains and email addresses from which they are sent. It is also good to cross-reference these emails with any older messages that are proven to be authentic, to see if the domains and addresses match.

Privado VPN unveils an MCP server on Windows and macOS to let your AI agent manage your connection

  • PrivadoVPN has added a built-in MCP server to its Windows, macOS apps
  • It lets MCP-compatible AI tools manage your VPN connection
  • The server is opt-in, runs entirely on the device, and is restricted to localhost

The latest update from PrivadoVPN hands the keys to your VPN over to your AI assistant.

The provider has built a Model Context Protocol (MCP) server into its Windows and macOS apps, letting compatible AI development tools connect to and control your connection directly from your coding environment.

MCP is the open standard Anthropic introduced in late 2024 to link AI systems with external tools and data. By adopting it, PrivadoVPN joins a growing list of providers wiring their apps into the agentic era, allowing the best VPN services to be driven by natural language rather than menus and toggles.

What PrivadoVPN's MCP server does

PrivadoVPN's server plugs into MCP-compatible tools including Claude Code, Codex, Cursor, LM Studio, and Visual Studio Code.

Once it's running, an assistant can connect or disconnect the VPN, switch server locations, and check your current connection, IP address, and status. It can also list available locations, swap between WireGuard, IKEv2, and OpenVPN protocols, toggle the Kill Switch, and run basic network diagnostics.

Under the hood, the server is a local HTTP component embedded in the client. It listens on a fixed port (5801 by default) and is restricted to localhost, so it cannot be reached remotely. Commands run through the official PrivadoVPN app, and any change shows up instantly in the interface.

Security sits at the centre of the design. The server is off by default and has to be switched on by the user; it never leaves the device, and every action is executed by the PrivadoVPN client itself rather than handed to the AI.

The company pitches the feature to developers, QA teams, and power users who routinely run tests across different regions and VPN configurations.

You can see all the technical details on PrivadoVPN's support page.

How to use PrivadoVPN's MCP server

PrivadoVPN's MCP server Settings on app

(Image credit: PrivadoVPN)

To turn it on, users need to open the PrivadoVPN app, head to Settings, then Application, and turn on the MCP Server option. Once saved, it runs quietly in the background.

From there, you point your AI tool at the endpoint, http://127.0.0.1:5801/mcp.

In Claude Code, for example, a single terminal command registers it, while Codex, Cursor, LM Studio, and VS Code each take a short JSON snippet in their MCP configuration.

The VPN and AI agents race

PrivadoVPN is only the first of a growing but still small list of VPN providers joining the AI agents race.

ExpressVPN, for example, claimed an industry first in March when it launched an MCP server in beta for its desktop apps. Siilarly to Privado, also ExpressVPN's tool is opt-in, local, and covered by its strict no-logs policy.

Norton VPN went further with its "VPN for Agents", an AI-native tool that spins up temporary, Docker-based tunnels so each agent and task gets its own separate connection.

Windscribe took a different route, releasing a skill that lets agents such as OpenClaw drive its command line interface (CLI) on a dedicated machine, while PureVPN turned ChatGPT into a conversational assistant that recommends servers and connects through deep links.

I've been hunting for the perfect festival blackout tent — here are 9 easy-pitch options I'd happily stumble back to

Festival season is well and truly upon us, and it's also turned into the summer of the heatwave. If you haven't got a tent sorted yet, or if you were planning on digging out that old, slightly musty bag of fabric that's been festering in your loft, might I suggest that now is a good time to invest in a blackout tent?

Over the years, I've camped in all kinds of conditions and in all kinds of tents — both for fun and in a previous role as an Outdoors editor — and the one thing I prioritize above all others is blackout fabric in the sleeping area. It makes such a difference, not just to the amount of light that gets in, but to the temperature inside too.

A few years ago some friends and I volunteered at Glastonbury, and part of the deal was that we'd work a night shift. Afterwards, those of us in blackout tents slept happily (okay, semi-happily) past midday; the one friend who came in a non-blackout teepee did not sleep at all. His tent was bright as the sun, and just as hot, from about 8am. Even if you're not required to stay up all night, good sleep is hard to come by at a festival, so don't make things even more difficult for yourself.

I've scouted around for the best blackout tents you can find right now, and you'll find my top picks below. I've focused on easy-to-pitch and not-too-pricey options, from brands I've personally tested and would happily buy from. Happy camping!

Snooze time

Quechua tent

Quechua
Instant 2-person camping tent, 2 Seconds Easy Fresh & Black

Quechua tent

Quechua
Instant 2 Fresh & Black pop-up tent

Quechua tent

Quechua
Instant 2 XL Fresh & Black pop-up tent

Coleman Kobuk Valley 3 Plus Blackout Bedroom Tent | 3 Person Dome-Tent With Special Darkened Bedroom| 3 Man Igloo-Tent for Festivals and Camping | 100% Waterproof With Hh 4.500mm & Sewn-In Groundsheet

Coleman
Kobuk Valley 3+ Blackout Bedroom Tent

Coleman Tent Darwin 3 Plus Blackout | Compact 3 Man Dome Tent | Special Darkened Bedroom | Lightweight Camping, Festival and Hiking Tent | 4500mm Waterproof | 3 Person | With Sewn-In Groundsheet

Coleman
Darwin 3 Plus Blackout tent

Quechua tent

Quechua
Instant 2 Fresh & Black pop-up tent

Quechua tent

Quechua
Instant 3 XL Fresh & Black pop-up tent

Quechua tent

Quechua
Air Seconds 4.1 Fresh & Black inflatable tent

Quechua tent

Quechua
Arpenaz Fresh & Black 4.1 tent

WD Red Plus 8TB deal: Our pick for 'the best value' NAS drive is nearly $100 off

Mechanical hard drives (HDDs) still make the most sense when you need huge amounts of dependable storage, especially in a NAS that runs around the clock. If you're looking to expand your setup without overspending, I've found a terrific deal for you at Amazon.

The 8TB WD Red Plus NAS is currently down to $259 (was $355) at Amazon - a solid $96 off the usual asking price. Considering the 4TB version we tested is a little under $200 right now, that's a very welcome discount.

That's a great price, then, for a drive built specifically for always-on network storage, making it a great opportunity to add capacity to an existing NAS or form the basis of a brand new one.

Today's best WD NAS deal

Built for NAS systems, this 8TB hard drive uses CMR technology, a 256MB cache, and SATA 6Gb/s connectivity to deliver dependable storage, reliable performance, and smooth operation for always-on workloads.View Deal

Reviewing the 4TB WD Red Plus, our drive expert Mark even noted that the 8TB and 10TB models "offer the best value."

8TB of storage is plenty of room for family photos, videos, backups, documents, and media libraries.

Unlike desktop hard drives, this model is built for RAID-optimized NAS systems and uses NASware firmware to improve compatibility with supported enclosures.

It's intended for small and medium business environments, although it's just as useful for home users.

The drive spins at 5640RPM and combines SATA 6Gb/s connectivity with a generous 256MB cache to deliver dependable performance for file transfers, backups, and media streaming.

It also uses CMR recording technology, which many NAS owners prefer because it delivers more consistent write performance than SMR drives during heavier workloads.

Western Digital rates the drive for workloads of up to 180TB per year, making it suitable for systems that see regular activity not just occasional backups.

Support for NAS systems with up to eight drive bays also gives you flexibility if your storage needs is likely to grow over time.

Although SSDs dominate for operating systems and applications, traditional hard drives offer far better capacity for the money and saving almost $96 makes this one of the better prices I've seen recently.

For more picks, take a look at guides to the best NAS devices, best NAS hard drives (including the WD Red Pro) and best NAS and media server distros.

How to watch England vs Argentina: Free Streams, TV Channels & Kick-Off time as Lionel Messi meets Three Lions in FIFA World Cup 2026 semi-final, team news

Lionel Messi takes on England for the first time in his career as Argentina face their old rivals in a FIFA World Cup 2026 semi-final laced with history in Atlanta — and you can live stream the game around the world for free.

From a feisty encounter in 1966, to the 'Hand of God' 20 years later and David Beckham's kick out at Diego Simeone at France '98, this fixture has provided some unforgettable World Cup moments — but this is the first time England have faced Argentina in the semi-finals or later. In fact, they have not met at all since a friendly in November 2005, three months after Messi's international debut. The Albiceleste captain was not involved that day but he will look to produce another match-winning performance in Atlanta, having seen his team-mates make the difference in the 3-1 extra-time victory over Switzerland in the quarter-finals. With eight goals to his name, Messi has shown at this World Cup that he remains top-class, even aged 39. Manager Lionel Scaloni makes one change, as Giuliano Simeone replaces Rodrigo De Paul.

England have their own superstars capable of hauling their team to victory, which is exactly what Jude Bellingham did in the quarter-final against Norway. The Real Madrid midfielder scored twice in a 2-1 extra-time win, but manager Thomas Tuchel was far from happy with the Three Lions' performance. England are yet to play to their potential at this tournament but they find themselves in just their fourth World Cup semi-final as they look to reach the final for the first time since winning the trophy in 1966. Tuchel makes three changes as full-backs Reece James and Djed Spence replace Ezri Konsa and Nico O'Reilly, and Morgan Rogers comes in for Noni Madueke on the right wing. Jarell Quansah remains sidelined as he serves the second game of his two-match suspension.

So, read on as we show you exactly how to watch England vs Argentina for free from anywhere in the FIFA World Cup 2026.

England vs Argentina: Team News

England XI: Pickford; James, Stones, Guehi, Spence; Rice, Anderson; Rogers, Bellingham, Gordon; Kane.

Argentina XI: Emi Martinez; Molina, Romero, Lisandro Martinez, Tagliafico; Paredes; Simeone, Fernandez, Mac Allister; Messi, Alvarez.

How to watch England vs Argentina for free

England vs Argentina is available to watch for free in multiple countries, including the UK, Australia, Brazil, Belgium, Ireland, Netherlands, Switzerland and Turkey.

Abroad? Can't access your free stream? Unblock your free World Cup stream with Norton VPN — more on that below.

Use a VPN to watch England vs Argentina live streams

It’s the World Cup, and if you’re traveling, you might discover your usual England vs Argentina stream is suddenly unavailable due to geo-restrictions.

Don’t worry, that’s exactly where a VPN can help. A virtual private network lets you connect to servers around the world so you can securely access your usual World Cup coverage as if you were back home.

We recommend Norton VPN. Here's why:

▶︎ Norton VPN MEGA Deal — 60-day money back guarantee

Watch your free World Cup stream without limits. Norton VPN delivers fast, secure connections with global servers, so you can stream from anywhere with ease.

💰 60-day money-back guarantee
🔓 Unlocks World Cup streams

Don’t miss a second. Stream the World Cup from anywhere with total confidence.View Deal

How to watch England vs Argentina in the US

US flag banner

US viewers can watch England vs Argentina on Fox (English commentary) or Telemundo (Spanish commentary).

Fox is available on cord-cutters like YouTube TV (free trial), Hulu+Live TV, Sling (select markets), Fubo or DirecTV.

We would recommend Sling TV:

Watch Fox's World Cup coverage on Sling

Get Sling's Blue Plan today and stream England vs Argentina. Your first month comes in at only $23 with prices rising to $45.99 thereafter.View Deal

Those looking for a streaming service instead can watch England vs Argentina on Fox One (3-day free trial). Telemundo is also available via Peacock ($10.99/month).

Visiting the US from the UK? You can still watch your World Cup stream for free thanks to Norton VPN (try for 60 days).

How to watch England vs Argentina in the UK

UK flag

UK customers are in luck as they can stream England vs Argentina for free on BBC One. Live coverage is also available via BBC iPlayer.

You require a TV license and a valid UK postcode for an account (e.g. SE1 7PB).

Norton VPN can unlock your stream if you're abroad today.

How to watch England vs Argentina in Australia

Australian flag

(Image credit: free)

England vs Argentina will be shown for free in Australia on SBS On Demand.

The streaming platform has every game of the tournament for free, making it the perfect place for your World Cup viewing.

Traveling for work or on holiday? A VPN like Norton VPN can help unlock your free stream.

How to watch England vs Argentina in Canada

Canada

(Image credit: Other)

In Canada, TSN and free-to-air channel CTV will be broadcasting England vs Argentina.

You can live stream via the TSN+ streaming platform, which costs CA$8 per month or CA$80 per year.

CTV will require TV provider login details for you to watch for free online.

Outside of Canada? Use Norton VPN whilst you're traveling away from home to unlock your stream.

How to watch England vs Argentina in New Zealand

New Zealand

(Image credit: Other)

In New Zealand, England vs Argentina will be broadcast for free on TVNZ+.

While some games require the tournament pass (NZ$44.95) this isn't one of them and New Zealand residents can stream at no cost.

England vs Argentina: Match Information

What time does England vs Argentina start?

England vs Argentina kicks off at 8pm BST / 3pm ET on Wednesday, July 15. That's 5am AEST on Thursday, July 16 in Australia.

What are the squads for England vs Argentina?

England

Goalkeepers: Dean Henderson (Crystal Palace), Jordan Pickford (Everton), James Trafford (Manchester City).

Defenders: Dan Burn (Newcastle United), Marc Guehi (Manchester City), Reece James (Chelsea), Ezri Konsa (Aston Villa), Nico O'Reilly (Manchester City), Djed Spence (Tottenham Hotspur), John Stones (Manchester City).

Midfielders: Elliot Anderson (Nottingham Forest), Jude Bellingham (Real Madrid), Eberechi Eze (Arsenal), Jordan Henderson (Brentford), Kobbie Mainoo (Manchester United), Declan Rice (Arsenal), Morgan Rogers (Aston Villa).

Forwards: Anthony Gordon (Barcelona), Harry Kane (Bayern Munich), Noni Madueke (Arsenal), Marcus Rashford (Manchester United), Bukayo Saka (Arsenal), Ivan Toney (Al-Ahli), Ollie Watkins (Aston Villa).

Argentina

Goalkeepers: Juan Musso (Atletico Madrid), Geronimo Rulli (Marseille), Emiliano Martinez (Aston Villa).

Defenders: Marcos Senesi (Bournemouth), Nicolas Tagliafico (Lyon), Gonzalo Montiel (River Plate), Lisandro Martinez (Manchester United), Cristian Romero (Tottenham), Nicolas Otamendi (Benfica), Facundo Medina (Marseille), Nahuel Molina (Atletico Madrid).

Midfielders: Leandro Paredes (River Plate), Rodrigo de Paul (Inter Miami), Valentin Barco (Strasbourg), Giovani lo Celso (Real Betis), Ezequiel Palacios (Bayer Leverkusen), Alexis Mac Allister (Liverpool), Enzo Fernandez (Chelsea).

Forwards: Julian Alvarez (Atletico Madrid), Lionel Messi (Inter Miami), Nicolas Gonzalez (Atletico Madrid), Thiago Almada (Atletico Madrid), Giuliano Simeone (Atletico Madrid), Nico Paz (Como), Jose Manuel Lopez (Palmeiras), Lautaro Martinez (Inter Milan).

England vs Argentina: Road to the semi-finals

Stage

England

Argentina

Group stage

Group L: 1st, 7 points

Group J: 1st, 9 points

Last 32

Beat DR Congo (2-1)

Beat Cape Verde (3-2 AET)

Last 16

Beat Mexico (3-2)

Beat Egypt (3-2)

Quarter-finals

Beat Norway (2-1 AET)

Beat Switzerland (3-1 AET)

What is the weather for England vs Argentina?

The temperature in Atlanta on Tuesday is forecast to be around 82F (28C) at kick-off.

The good news is that the stadium is fully air-conditioned and has a retractable roof, which will make the conditions much more comfortable for players and fans.

Can I watch England vs Argentina on my mobile?

Of course, most broadcasters have streaming services that you can access through mobile apps or via your phone's browser.

You can also stay up-to-date with all of the key World Cup moments on the official social media channels on X/Twitter (@FIFAWorldCup), Instagram (@FIFAWorldCup), TikTok (@FIFAWorldCup) and YouTube (@FIFA).

We test and review VPN services in the context of legal recreational uses. For example:1. Accessing a service from another country (subject to the terms and conditions of that service).2. Protecting your online security and strengthening your online privacy when abroad.We do not support or condone the illegal or malicious use of VPN services. Consuming pirated content that is paid-for is neither endorsed nor approved by Future Publishing.

Sonos boosts its upgrade program with savings of up to 30% on speakers, soundbars, and more

I'm quite happy with my current Sonos speaker. Still, I've just seen that the manufacturer has once again launched its double upgrade credit campaign, meaning it could be a good time for some new tech, as you can save 30% on your next speaker or soundbar when you buy direct from the manufacturer.

Claim your 30% Sonos discount

The whole process is very straightforward. Start by logging in to the upgrade page and checking that you own a product that's eligible for the program. If you do, you should see a button to activate your upgrade credit. After that, simply add the new product you want to buy to your basket, and then activate the discount at the checkout.

There's a good selection of products in the promotion, including the excellent Sonos Arc soundbar for $629 / £629, which we awarded four and a half stars out of five in our Sonos Arc review. Or there's the latest Sonos Roam 2 for $125 / £125 that we said was even better than the original version in our Sonos Roam 2 review.

Just a heads up that time is running out on the double credit promotion, as it's scheduled to end on July 17. After that, it reverts to the original 15% off.

Save 30% on Sonos speakers and soundbars

Sonos: 30% off when you upgrade at Sonos
If you already own an eligible Sonos speaker or soundbar, you can activate a discount in your account that lets you save 30% on a brand-new product. Options include the majority of top Sonos speakers, soundbars and subwoofers, such as the Arc, Beam, Five, Move, and Roam. This offer is only available until July 17, when the discount will drop to 15%.View Deal

Is the Sonos upgrade program worth it?

Sonos Move

(Image credit: Sonos)

The Sonos upgrade program is a no-brainer if you've got an eye on a new speaker or soundbar from the manufacturer.

The list of qualifying products nearly covers the entire catalogue, so chances are that, if you bought one in the last decade, you will have the discount available. Just make sure the product is registered in your account and then head to the upgrade program page to claim your discount.

You will also see that there's an option to print a shipping label to send your current item back. However, you don't actually need to do a trade-in to get the discount. That's only if you want to send it back so it's recycled or if you no longer need it.

Me? I would just hold onto any existing items, as they will continue working as normal, so you can use them in another room or give them away to someone else who will make use of them if you want.

Work and study laptop deals: I found the HP OmniBook 3, Asus Vivobook 14, and Dell 15 under $600 right now

Whether you're an office worker or a student, I always find now is a great time to pick up a laptop for work and study that's actually worth the money.

MacBooks might be expensive, Chromebooks can be underpowered, but there are plenty of big-brand Windows 11 machines under $600 right now that can handle productivity tasks, schoolwork, creative projects, and everyday use without issue, and will stay useful well beyond the next school year.

These are the three deals that stood out to me right now.

Today's best laptop deals

Powered by Qualcomm's Snapdragon X processor, this Copilot+ PC combines 16GB of memory, a 512GB SSD, a 14-inch touchscreen, Wi-Fi 6E, and up to 32.25 hours of battery life for students and everyday productivity.View Deal

My top pick overall here is HP's OmniBook 3, which is currently $599.99 (was $949.99) at Best Buy. It runs on Qualcomm's Snapdragon X processor with up to 32.25 hours of battery life, making it an excellent choice for office professionals and students planning to spend many hours away from a power outlet.

It comes with 16GB of memory alongside a 512GB SSD, making it far better equipped for multitasking and running Microsoft's growing collection of AI features. The laptop also features a 14-inch 1920 x 1200 touchscreen, Wi-Fi 6E, and HDMI 2.1 for hooking up an external monitor.

Powered by Qualcomm's Snapdragon X processor, this Copilot+ PC pairs 16GB of memory with a 512GB SSD, a 14-inch WUXGA display, USB4, Wi-Fi 6E, and up to 29 hours of battery life.View Deal

Another great choice is Asus' Vivobook 14. Also on sale at Best Buy, the model is priced at an even more affordable $548.

It combines the same Snapdragon X processor as the OmniBook 3 with 16GB of memory, a 512GB PCIe 4.0 SSD, and a 14-inch 1920 x 1200 IPS display.

Although it skips the touchscreen, it does keep the Copilot+ PC AI features, 45 TOPS NPU, WiFi 6E, HDMI 2.1, USB4, and impressive 29-hour battery life.

At 3.28lb, it's also the lightest laptop here, making it a great fit for students carrying it between classes. If you don't need touch support, I'd say this is the best all-round buy of the three.

Powered by Intel's Core i7-1355U processor, this laptop combines a 15.6-inch 120Hz Full HD display, 512GB SSD, WiFi 6, and plenty of ports, making it a dependable choice for schoolwork and everyday computing. It only has 8GB of RAM though.View Deal

Finally, there's the Dell 15 Laptop for $550 (was $750) at Dell. Powered by a 13th Generation Intel Core i7-1355U processor, it comes with a 512GB PCIe NVMe SSD, and 15.6-inch Full HD 120Hz IPS display which will make it useful for recording notes, writing essays, multitasking, and so on.

The laptop includes Wi-Fi 6, USB-A, USB-C and HDMI ports, as well as an SD card reader, and a headphone jack. My biggest reservation is that it only comes with 8GB of DDR5 memory, which really isn't enough in 2026. You can upgrade the laptop to 16GB of RAM if you want, but that will cause the price to skyrocket to $949.99.

For more top choices, we've also tested the best student laptops, best business laptops and the best laptops for engineering students.

'We decided not to limit VPNs': UK government U-turns on age-gating privacy tools

  • The UK government confirmed it will not limit VPNs
  • Data reveals only 7-10% of teenagers use a VPN to bypass age checks
  • Social media curfews, autoplay restrictions were also announced

The UK government has officially scrapped the idea of restricting virtual private networks (VPNs) to enforce its impending social media bans, delivering a massive victory for digital privacy advocates.

Speaking on BBC Breakfast today, the government confirmed a major U-turn on the subject, with Online Safety Minister Kanishka Narayan stating: "We decided not to limit VPNs."

This was further cemented in a written parliamentary statement by Technology Secretary Liz Kendall, who clarified that the government will not age-gate or ban the best VPN software because "VPNs have legitimate privacy and security uses."

The announcement ends fears that sweeping age verification laws could inadvertently break online privacy for millions of adults.

Cybersecurity experts and privacy groups previously warned that restricting these tools would be a disaster waiting to happen, prompting an open letter from the industry urging lawmakers to leave everyday privacy tools alone.

Privacy wins, but platforms face new rules

'We have decided not to limit VPNs'Online Saftey minister Kanishka Narayan told #BBCBreakfast the Government has decided not to restrict access to Virtual Private Networks (VPN) as part of a social media ban for under 16s, despite initially suggesting it would take action… pic.twitter.com/pP94b81aeRJuly 15, 2026

While VPNs are safe from a blanket government ban, the social media ban loophole hasn't been completely ignored.

Kendall confirmed the onus will now fall on social media platforms "to take robust steps to detect and prevent attempts by underage users to circumvent age assurance measures."

To achieve this, the government has tasked Ofcom and the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) to report by October on how platforms can better detect and prevent VPN use for age-check circumvention. The government also plans to engage directly with VPN providers regarding voluntary actions.

This shift in responsibility aligns with newly released government research.

A Department for Science, Innovation and Technology (DSIT) report revealed that while 26% of 11- to 17-year-olds use a VPN, findings show they do so primarily for privacy.

Only 7-10% use them to bypass age checks, whereas 45% simply enter a false date of birth.

Midnight curfews and AI limits

While everyday privacy tools have been spared, the government is pressing forward with strict new rules to combat digital addiction — that online commentators already deemed "ineffective and useless" — with the first regulations coming into effect in early 2027.

Following the upcoming blanket ban on social media for under-16s, new measures will ensure 16- and 17-year-olds don't face a sudden "cliff edge" of addictive features. Government consultation revealed that nearly one in three children actively want help managing their screen time.

Under the new rules, older teens will face default social media curfews from midnight to 6 am. Additionally, persuasive features like autoplaying videos and personalized infinite feeds will be switched off by default to make logging off easier.

"This is about giving these older children more choice and control over the feeds and reducing that sense that they can never switch off being online," Kendall stated.

The protections also extend to artificial intelligence.

The government will require mandatory breaks for under-18s using AI chatbots to prevent emotional dependency. Furthermore, lawmakers are working with health regulators, including the MHRA and DHSC, to consider banning therapy chatbots entirely if they provide dangerous or unverified mental health advice to minors.

Hundreds of GitHub repos found posing as real software to push malware

  • ArcticWolf uncovered 292 malicious GitHub repositories spoofing legitimate tools and products, delivering a new BoryptGrab infostealer variant
  • Malware steals from 19 browsers, 32 crypto wallets, messaging apps, Steam, and Windows Credential Manager, and uniquely bypasses Chrome’s App‑Bound Encryption via code injection
  • Most repos have been removed, but some remain active; GitHub’s popularity makes it a prime target, underscoring the need to vet code before use

Russian actors have reportedly created hundreds of malicious GitHub repositories masquerading as legitimate software but acting as a dangerous infostealer.

Cybersecurity researchers ArcticWolf discovered the campaign after finding their own products spoofed as part of the attack.

In total, the researchers found 292 fake repositories, spoofing things like security products, developer tools, macOS utilities, games, and more. Each repository contained a README file with the download URL.

Obviously malicious

Victims who download the program get a variant of the BoryptGrab infostealer family that grabs data from 19 browsers (passwords, cookies, payment information), 32 cryptocurrency wallets, Telegram, Discord, and Steam sessions, credentials for Meta’s Max, data from Windows Credential Manager, and more. It can also exfiltrate files from Desktop and Documents, and grab screenshots.

While most of the features can be found in other BoryptGrab variants, this one is unique in a sense that it can bypass Chrome’s App-Bound Encryption through direct code injection into the browser process.

While it hasn’t been specifically said that the threat actors are Russian, the compressed data is later sent to a Russia-based command-and-control (C2) infrastructure.

What’s also worth mentioning is that the malware is not designed to last. It has no anti-analysis layer, and doesn’t even try to hide itself in any specific manner. It does not establish persistence and simply tries to grab as much sensitive data as it can on the first attempt.

The attack, which seems to have started in the final days of June, is almost thwarted now, since most of the malicious repositories have been removed from GitHub. Citing “researchers”, BleepingComputer reported that several dozen still remain active, though.

Because of its importance and popularity in the open-source community, GitHub is currently one of the most targeted platforms on the internet, which is why it’s important to double-check and vet every piece of code before it’s applied to a project.

Denshattack! is a hybrid of all the best fast-paced platformers I've ever played, and I'm convinced it's a stand out indie game this year

Denshattack! is undoubtedly one of 2026's best indie games, providing endless amounts of fun. It takes clear inspiration from several fast-paced platformer classics, from its splashy and colorful art style, bombastic and intense OST, to its high-speed and intense levels.

Instead of the conventional control of a character, developer Undercoders has you taking control of a train. You focus on style mixing skills and speed across multiple theme park-like levels, and aim for the highest scores possible throughout to beat rival gangs, and fight to wreck a 'shady megacorp', known as Miraidō, in a 'Japanese dystopia'.

Frankly, the story wasn't my focus going in, but rather how the developers could keep the experience feeling exciting as you progress — and fortunately, it managed to do just that with each stage feeling like it was ripped straight out of an action-packed comic book.

This is a game that I can certainly see others coming back to over and over again for challenges to obtain higher scores, and most importantly, enjoy the intense atmosphere each level provides.

Denshattack! borrows from three huge platformer classics

GIF of gameplay in Denshattack!

(Image credit: Undercoders / Fireshine Games)

From the off, the inspiration behind Denshattack! was clear as day. The incredibly fast-paced and intense train adventure sequences reminded me very much of my experiences with Sonic games, notably Sonic Unleashed and its first Windmill Isle level.

In Denshattack!, you'll be overwhelmed with how many combinations you may have to remember at such high speeds, and you'll need fast hand-eye coordination to pull off tricks and dodge obstacles. You'll have several objectives to hit in each level, some being main objectives, but others standing as optional, with the latter contributing to the final score.

One example is what I call the brake-to-boost mechanic; Denshattack! allows players to break at any given moment during a level, but will give you a heads-up when turning a corner on a track for a drift. If you hold down the left trigger and let go at the right time (when the meter is centered in the middle and fully green), you'll get a big boost to speed, which is often one of the optional objectives in levels.

The intensity of Denshattack!'s gameplay is incredibly high; avoiding crashes into walls, jumping to change railway tracks, and even timing perfect landings to increase your score add to the game's difficulty. It even encourages you to avoid obstacles at the very last second, with one aspect of each level's final score labelled 'dares', effectively testing your daredevil skills.

Many of these mechanics play a significant role in boss battles, which require faster reaction speeds. That might sound straightforward, as most boss battles in games are more difficult and require better timing, but with how rapid Denshattack!'s gameplay flow is, leaving you very little time to settle, it's absolutely worth noting.

Sometimes, it can even feel like the game is moving just a tad bit too fast when you're attempting to keep track of objectives — arguably an issue with modern-day Sonic games too — but getting the hang of controls and timing doesn't take very long, and once you do, there's plenty of fun to be had.

In-game screenshot of Denshattack!

Main character, Emi, with a background of rivals (Image credit: Undercoders / Fireshine Games)

Jet Set Radio is another Sega classic, and a simialrly big inspiration. The art style in Denshattack! is very similar, with its cartoonish and colorful nature, even down to the very font across the game's UI in-game and within menus.

The soundtrack is phenomenal, and also much like Jet Set Radio's, which shouldn't come as a huge surprise, since some of Jet Set Radio's composers, like Richard Jacques, have collaborated on Denshattack!'s funky, disco-like, bass-centric, and synthwave-infused OST.

Those inspirations are combined to make an intense adventure come to life, but what gives Denshattack! its own identity is the vast amount of unique maneuvers, tricks, and even attacks (during boss battles), giving players a push for higher scores.

Many of the tricks reminded me of the Tony Hawk's Pro Skater series, like grinding across rails at high speeds and air spins, but not on a skateboard. Instead, you're quite literally using a train to provide a great spectacle, in what I originally thought was an odd move, but perfectly highlights the chaotic nature of riding in Denshattack!.

There's also a fair amount of customization available for the train car itself, and plenty of levels and collectable items to look out for throughout the game's runtime — and seeing a significant portion of what you can do in Denshattack!, I have no doubts this will be a 2026 sleeper hit.

Microsoft patches record number of security vulnerabilities, citing its use of AI

15 July 2026 at 20:20
Microsoft's monthly release of security fixes, dubbed Patch Tuesday, resolved a record 570 security vulnerabilities across the company's product line, thanks to discoveries with AI.

Cracks are starting to show in Xbox Game Pass after Microsoft removed a previously promised first‑party game it literally owns [UPDATE]

15 July 2026 at 19:10

Xbox recently revealed a pretty impressive lineup of games coming to Xbox Game Pass, with Palworld 1.0 and Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 1+2 among the biggest announcements. However, while Palworld 1.0 is still on the way, Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 1+2 has since been removed, with Xbox updating its original announcement to include the following note:

"We've removed Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 1+2 from the list of titles coming soon to Game Pass."

As for why it was removed, your guess is as good as mine, but Tony Hawks is actually an IP Xbox owns, making its removal even more head-scratching, though some have speculated it could be due to music licensing. Rumors surrounding the long-term viability of Xbox Game Pass have been circulating online for a while now, with some reports claiming Xbox leadership views the service as unsustainable. Xbox is also in the middle of a major restructuring, with studios becoming independent and around 1,600 layoffs taking place so far.

It's impossible to say whether pulling a single game from the lineup means anything on its own, but it doesn't exactly inspire confidence either. At the very least, it leaves me feeling a little more cautious about what the future of Game Pass might look like.

Blank Pixel

I'm actually a big fan of Game Pass. It's given me the opportunity to play games I probably never would've tried otherwise, and I'm much more willing to take a chance on something new if it launches on the service.

That said, I feel like I'm in the minority. I think the average gamer is more likely to stick with the games they already know, whether that's Fortnite, Call of Duty, Roblox, Minecraft, or the latest sports title, and that’s all without mentioning the attention war with the likes of short-form content. Now, there’s nothing wrong with sticking to the games you know, but with Game Pass growth slowing, it doesn't exactly paint the most encouraging picture for the service's future. For context, reports suggest the subscriber count has fallen from around 34 million to 30 million active users.

Let me know how you feel about Tony Hawk's Pro Skater 1+2 being removed from the upcoming Game Pass lineup. Do you care, are you worried, or do you think it was simply a mistake?

As always, let me know your thoughts in the comments, and be sure to take part in our poll!

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Xbox adds 52 more titles to 'Stream Your Own Games,' including Black Ops 6 and indie classics

Dozens of games were just made available to stream through Xbox Cloud Gaming. Those titles are now supported by the "Stream Your Own Games" part of Xbox Game Pass that lets you stream supported titles through the cloud.

As popular as playing titles that come with Xbox Game Pass is, many of the best Xbox games do not come with the subscription. Stream Your Own Games allows you to play many of your favorite titles to your phone, tablet, PC, or other supported devices.

This month's collection of newly supported games includes several popular titles such as Call of Duty: Black Ops 6 and Assassin's Creed Black Flag Resynced.

The folks over at True Achievements gathered together the complete list:

Game Title

#Blud

A Hat in Time

Absolver

Ascend to Zero

Assassin's Creed Black Flag Resynced

Beat Cop

Blightbound

Bō: Path of the Teal Lotus

Bravely Default Flying Fairy HD Remaster

Buckshot Roulette

Call of Duty: Black Ops 6

Carto

Disc Room

D-topia

Exit the Gungeon

Fade to Silence

Forager

Gato Roboto

Hotline Miami 2: Wrong Number

I Hate Running Backwards

Ikenfell

Lock's Quest

Metal Wolf Chaos XD

Minit

Monaco 2

Monaco: What's Yours is Mine

Monster Jam Steel Titans

My Friend Pedro

Olija

Pepper Grinder

Phantom Abyss

Pikuniku

Protodroid DeLTA

Shadow Warrior

Shadow Warrior 2

Shadow Warrior 3: Definitive Edition

South of the Circle

Stories Untold

Supraland

Tamashika

Temtem

The Messenger

The Mound: Omen of Cthulhu

The Occupation

The Talos Principle: Reawakened

Void Bastards

Wandersong

Wildfire

Winds of Arcana: Ruination

Wizard with a Gun

World of Tanks Modern Armor

Wuthering Waves

To use the Stream Your Own Games feature, you need to purchase a copy of the game and be subscribed to Xbox Game Pass. You can be subscribed to Game Pass Essential, Premium, or Ultimate to stream your games.

Originally, the Stream Your Own Games library only had 50 games. It's steadily grown since then and supported games now number in the hundreds. Over 70 new titles were added this May.

You can check out the complete gallery of supported games on Xbox's website.

Xbox Game Pass Ultimate

Subscribe to Xbox Game Pass Ultimate and play day one Xbox games whichever way you'd like, on Xbox consoles, PC, or even through the Cloud on a wide range of devices. Going with this tier means you never miss out on anything coming to the service.

See at: Amazon | Best Buy | CDKeysView Deal

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Windows 11 has more recovery options than ever, and here’s exactly when I would use each one to fix a broken PC

If you've been using Windows as long as I have, you probably remember when a serious problem often meant backing up your files and reinstalling the operating system from scratch. Whether it was a bad driver, a failed update, or corrupted system files, a clean install was frequently the fastest way to rescue your computer.

I don't think that's the case anymore. Over the past several years, Microsoft has quietly transformed Windows 11 into a much more resilient operating system. Instead of relying on a single recovery option, the operating system now bundles a collection of tools designed to solve different types of problems. Some can repair Windows 11 while minimizing changes to your data. Others can roll back a problematic update, recover a computer that won't boot, or completely rebuild the system from the cloud.

The downside is that all these options can be confusing. Microsoft doesn't always make it clear which recovery feature you should use first, and many of them sound similar even though they solve different problems.

A lot of the recovery features discussed in this guide are available through the Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE). This separate recovery workspace runs outside the normal installation and provides access to tools that can repair, reset, or troubleshoot the operating system when the computer cannot start normally.

In this guide, I'll outline the recovery features available on Windows 11 and when I would actually use them.

Important: The right recovery option depends mostly on what went wrong. A broken update, a damaged driver, and a corrupted installation all require different approaches.

Fix problems using Windows Update

If the computer still starts normally but something doesn't feel right, I'd try the "Fix problems using Windows Update" recovery option first.

Windows 11 Settings on the Recovery page, highlighting the Fix problems using Windows Update option.

(Image credit: Mauro Huculak)

This feature repairs the operating system by downloading the same version of Windows 11 installed on your computer through Windows Update and reinstalling it over your existing installation. Unlike resetting your computer, it preserves your personal files, installed apps, user accounts, and settings.

If system files have become corrupted, built-in features have stopped working, or you're seeing unusual behavior after an update, this repair process can often restore the operating system without forcing you to reinstall your apps afterward.

I like this approach because it's the least disruptive recovery option Microsoft offers. If it solves the problem, you save yourself the time of reinstalling software and reconfiguring the system.

Best for:

  • Corrupted system files.
  • Missing or broken features.
  • General system instability.
  • Repairing Windows 11 while keeping apps, files, and settings.

Reset This PC

When repairing Windows 11 isn't enough, "Reset This PC" is usually the next step.

This feature reinstalls the operating system and lets you choose between two options.

Windows 11 Settings on the Recovery section, highlighting the Reset this PC settings.

(Image credit: Mauro Huculak)

Keep my files reinstalls Windows 11 while preserving your personal files, pictures, and videos, but it removes installed applications and resets system settings.

Remove everything wipes the computer completely before installing a fresh copy of Windows 11, making it a good choice if you're selling the device or want to start over.

You'll also choose between "Local reinstall," which uses recovery files already stored on the computer, or "Cloud download," which downloads a fresh copy of Windows directly from Microsoft's servers.

Personally, I almost always recommend Cloud Download. It takes longer because it downloads several gigabytes of data, but it also avoids problems caused by damaged local recovery files.

Best for:

  • Severe software problems.
  • Persistent performance issues.
  • Malware cleanup after backing up your data.
  • Preparing to sell or give away the computer.

Cloud rebuild

Cloud rebuild is one of Microsoft's newest recovery tools, and I think it fills an important gap in Windows recovery.

Windows Recovery Environment in the Troubleshoot page highlighting Cloud rebuild option.

(Image credit: Mauro Huculak)

Available through the Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE), Cloud rebuild reformats the operating system partition, downloads a fresh Windows 11 image and compatible drivers from Windows Update, and restores the computer to the out-of-box setup experience.

Unlike Reset This PC, it doesn't depend on the recovery image already stored on your computer, and more importantly, it also includes the device drivers.

To me, this feature sits somewhere between Reset This PC and creating a bootable USB installer. It gives you a completely fresh installation without requiring installation media or another computer to download the setup files.

Best for:

  • Severely corrupted installations.
  • Failed Reset This PC attempts.
  • Damaged recovery files.
  • Rebuilding Windows 11 from scratch.

Go Back (rollback)

The upgrade process to a new version doesn't always go smoothly, and that's exactly why "Go Back" exists.

Windows 11 Settings on the Recovery section highlighting the rollback option.

(Image credit: Mauro Huculak)

After upgrading to a new version of the operating system on top of an existing setup, Windows 11 temporarily stores your previous installation in the "Windows.old" folder. If the new version introduces compatibility problems, driver issues, or poor performance, you can roll back to the earlier version with just a few clicks.

The only catch is that this option is temporary. The system typically removes the previous installation files after about 10 days to free up storage.

If you notice problems immediately after installing a feature update, don't wait too long before deciding whether to roll back.

Best for:

  • Performance problems after upgrading.
  • Driver incompatibilities.
  • Software compatibility issues.
  • Bugs introduced by a feature update.

Uninstall Updates

Not every system update improves the experience. Sometimes a cumulative update can introduce startup problems, driver conflicts, or unexpected bugs.

When that happens, Windows 11 includes an option in the Windows Recovery Environment that lets you remove the latest update without resetting the entire computer.

WinRe Uninstall Updates option

(Image credit: Mauro Huculak)

Using this experience, you can uninstall the latest quality updates (monthly cumulative updates) and feature updates (major version upgrades).

The first option is usually the one you'll use after Patch Tuesday problems.

Best for:

  • Device problems after installing an update.
  • Boot issues caused by a recent update.
  • Update-related stability problems.

System Restore

Some people think System Restore is outdated, but I still think it's one of the most underrated recovery features in the operating system.

Windows 11 desktop showing the System Restore settings.

(Image credit: Mauro Huculak)

System Restore creates restore points that save system files, drivers, registry settings, and installed applications. If something goes wrong after installing a driver or application, you can return Windows to an earlier working state without affecting your personal files.

It's often much faster than resetting the computer and can solve problems in just a few minutes.

Best for:

  • Bad driver installations.
  • Faulty software.
  • Registry changes.
  • Recent system configuration problems.

Startup Repair

If Windows 11 won't boot, Startup Repair remains one of the built-in recovery tools designed to fix common startup problems.

WinRE in Advanced options highlighting the Startup Repair setting.

(Image credit: Mauro Huculak)

Available through the Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE), the tool scans the system for damaged startup files, corrupted Boot Configuration Data (BCD), missing system files, and other issues preventing the operating system from loading correctly. If it finds a problem it knows how to fix, it attempts the repair automatically.

Depending on your recovery configuration, Windows 11 may first attempt newer recovery mechanisms, such as Quick Machine Recovery, before Startup Repair becomes available.

It won't solve every startup issue, but when it works, it can save you from more drastic recovery options like resetting or reinstalling the operating system.

Best for:

  • Windows 11 stuck during boot.
  • Endless restart loops.
  • Missing or damaged boot files.
  • Startup-related errors.

Safe Mode

Sometimes Windows 11 itself isn't the problem. Safe Mode starts the system with only the essential drivers and services needed for the operating system to run. That makes it much easier to remove a problematic graphics driver, uninstall recently installed apps, or troubleshoot malware that's preventing Windows 11 from working normally.

Windows 11 desktop in Safe Mode.

(Image credit: Mauro Huculak)

If Windows 11 works as expected in Safe Mode but crashes at startup, it's usually a sign that a third-party app or driver is causing conflicts.

Best for:

  • Troubleshooting driver problems.
  • Removing incompatible software.
  • Malware cleanup.
  • Diagnosing startup crashes.

Quick Machine Recovery

Quick Machine Recovery is one of the newest additions to Windows 11, and I think it's a direct response to lessons Microsoft learned from major outages like the CrowdStrike incident.

Windows 11 Settings in the Recovery section showing the Quick machine recovery settings.

(Image credit: Mauro Huculak)

If a bad update or driver prevents Windows 11 from starting, the feature can automatically enter the Windows Recovery Environment, connect to Microsoft's recovery service, download a remediation package, and attempt to repair the problem before you ever reach the desktop.

Ideally, you'll never have to think about this feature because it works automatically behind the scenes. If the automated recovery isn't successful, you can continue troubleshooting using the other recovery options available through the Windows Recovery Environment.

Best for:

  • Startup failures caused by updates.
  • Driver-related boot issues.
  • Automatic recovery without user intervention.

Point-in-time Restore

Point-in-time Restore is another piece of Microsoft's evolving recovery strategy.

Rather than asking users to troubleshoot a failed Windows Update manually, Point-in-time Restore is part of Microsoft's effort to make Windows Update failures easier to recover from automatically.

A lot of people may never notice it working, but that's exactly the goal. The more the system can recover automatically, the less often users need to search for recovery guides or perform clean installations.

Best for:

  • Failed system updates.
  • Rolling back to a previous working update state.
  • Automatic update recovery.

Other details

This guide focuses on Windows 11 features that can restore the operating system to a known working state or help troubleshoot problems preventing the system from working correctly. However, the operating system also includes other recovery-related tools that serve a different purpose.

The Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE) is the workspace where many of these options are available, including Startup Repair, Reset This PC, System Restore, Cloud rebuild, and other troubleshooting tools. It does not repair Windows 11 by itself. Instead, it provides access to the features that can recover the operating system.

The Recovery Drive works in a similar way. It does not fix the setup directly. Instead, it creates a bootable USB drive that lets you access WinRE if the built-in recovery options are unavailable.

Other tools, such as Command Prompt, Startup Settings, and UEFI settings, are designed for advanced troubleshooting. They can help diagnose and manually repair problems, but they do not automatically restore the operating system.

Also, the Windows Backup app is part of the recovery experience, but it serves a different purpose. Instead of repairing a broken installation, it helps restore settings, credentials, Microsoft Store apps, and files stored in OneDrive after reinstalling Windows 11 or moving to a new computer.

The legacy Backup and Restore (Windows 7) tool is still available on Windows 11 and can create file backups and full system images. Unlike newer recovery features such as Reset This PC or Cloud rebuild, it relies on a backup created ahead of time. If you have a system image available, you can use it to restore the computer to a previous state, including the operating system, apps, settings, and drivers.

However, Microsoft has shifted toward newer recovery experiences that rely more on Windows Update, cloud services, and automatic repairs.

Windows Central's Take

After covering the operating system for more than two decades, I think Microsoft has finally addressed one of the biggest weaknesses: recovery.

The company has built a much more complete safety net into Windows 11. However, these tools only matter if they work when users need them most. A failed update, broken driver, or corrupted system file can still leave people searching for answers because the recovery experience isn't always predictable.

What I find interesting is that Microsoft didn't replace older tools like System Restore or Safe Mode. Instead, it kept building on top of them with newer experiences such as Cloud rebuild and automatic recovery features. The result is a layered recovery system that makes Windows 11 far more resilient than previous versions.

The next challenge isn't creating another recovery feature. It's making the existing ones easier to understand. If the operating system can better recognize what's wrong and automatically recommend the right recovery path, most people may never have to wonder whether to use System Restore, Reset This PC, or Cloud rebuild.

That's the direction recovery should continue moving toward, with less troubleshooting, fewer reinstalls, and more automatic repairs that keep people productive.

Have you ever had to use one of these Windows recovery features? Which one helped you get your device back up and running? Let me know in the comments.

More resources

Explore more in-depth how-to guides, troubleshooting advice, and essential tips to get the most out of Windows 11 and 10. Start browsing here:

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Grab a DJI Osmo camera at some of lowest US prices ever

15 July 2026 at 19:18

If you are an aspiring vlogger or simply just enjoy capturing your adventures, DJI’s Osmo Pocket series are among the most popular options on the market right now. And for a limited time, you can elevate your vlogs with some of the best Osmo Pocket handheld cameras that are available at special prices on AliExpress.

AliExpress already sells DJI’s Osmo 360, Pocket 3, Pocket 4, Pocket 4P, and their respective Creator Combos at very competitive prices compared to other U.S. retailers. However, the retailer's July A+ event brings even more attractive deals on the Osmo Pocket series. You can now save up to an additional 14% on top of the already low prices. The discounts range from $2 up to $70.

We have a few coupon codes that will help slash AliExpress's prices even further. They are exclusive for U.S. consumers and are case-sensitive. Therefore, you need to copy and paste them exactly as provided. Each account can only use a coupon once, so plan your shopping cart accordingly.

As usual, AliExpress utilizes a tiered format, so apply the highest coupon that matches your purchase amount to get the best deal. That does not mean you have to buy the more expensive model, as there are some nice discounts on the more affordable options, as well.

  • VSFUTURE2 — $18 –> $2
  • VSFUTURE5 — $39 –> $5
  • VSFUTURE10 — $69 –> $10
  • VSFUTURE20 — $139 –> $20
  • VSFUTURE23 — $169 –> $23
  • VSFUTURE35 — $249 –> $35
  • VSFUTURE55 — $379 –> $55
  • VSFUTURE70 — $499 –> $70

The Osmo 360 is a high-end 360-degree action camera with impressive specifications. It records in native 8K, up to 50 FPS, and takes stills up to 120 megapixels, with 360-degree support. Use the VSFUTURE35 coupon code at checkout.View Deal

The Osmo Pocket 3 is a pocket-sized camera that is designed for vlogging. It shoots 4K videos up to 60 FPS or, alternatively, 4K slow-motion videos up to 120 FPS. Use coupon code VSFUTURE55 at checkout.View Deal

The Osmo Pocket 4 brings significant upgrades over the previous version, such as upping the slow-motion capability to 4K at 240 FPS, a brighter screen, and longer battery life. Use the VSFUTURE70 coupon code at checkout.View Deal

The Creator Combo comes with some useful accessories, including a DJI Mic 4 wireless transmitter, an Osmo mini tripod, a dedicated carrying bag, and other goodies. Use the VSFUTURE70 coupon code at checkout.View Deal

The Osmo Pocket 4P is the ultimate compact camera from DJI, which brings substantial upgrades for vlogging enthusiasts. It flaunts a dual-lens setup, 4K slow motion up to 240 FPS, a 37-megapixel snapper, and up to 210 minutes of shooting. Use the VSFUTURE70 coupon code at checkout.View Deal

The Creator Combo arrives with a plethora of audio and stabilizing accessories, like a handle extension, DJI wrist strap, DJI Mic 3 wireless transmitter, among others. Use the VSFUTURE70 coupon code at checkout.View Deal

The July A+ event started on July 13 and will last through July 19, so there is still ample time to look over the Osmo Pocket series products that are on sale. If you have been eyeing something, now is your opportunity to secure one at a bargain price. At these unbeatable prices, the Osmo Pocket series will likely sell out quickly, so don't wait too long.

Every order ships directly from AliExpress local U.S. warehouses, so shipping is free and comes with full buyer protection. There are no hidden fees, such as cross-border duties, either. Once your order is locked in, AliExpress will ship it in 2-5 business days. Take advantage of this limited-time event to get the best deals on DJI Osmo Pocket products before they sell out.

If you're looking for more savings, check out our Best PC Hardware deals for a range of products, or dive deeper into our specialized SSD and Storage Deals, Hard Drive Deals, Gaming Monitor Deals, Graphics Card Deals, Gaming Chair, Best Wi-Fi Routers, Best Motherboard, or CPU Deals pages.

Intel's EMIB packaging gains traction as chip designers look to skirt TSMC's CoWoS constraints — Google's reported decision for 9th-gen TPUs highlights Intel's attractive alternative

Google plans to use Intel's EMIB-T packaging for its next-generation TPU codenamed Humufish, according to SemiAnalysis. TSMC's portfolio of chip-on-wafer-on-substrate (CoWoS) technologies has become the de facto standard advanced packaging option for nearly all AI and HPC processors made in the industry. Competing offerings are usually considered as secondary solutions if CoWoS is in tight supply, but things are beginning to change.

Google is a long-standing CoWoS customer for TPUs, starting from the Third-Generation TPU, all the way to Google's latest Eighth-Generation TPUs. Assuming that SemiAnalysis's report about Google's decision to move to EMIB-T with its Ninth-Generation TPUs is accurate, it's a big decision for Google, as switching from one advanced packaging technology to another is a complicated endeavor, which involves plenty of changes and unknowns. Understanding Google's reasons for the switch could shed some light on the prospects of Intel's and TSMC's advanced packaging technologies, which will be used by leading chip designers and hyperscalers in the coming years.

Advanced packaging technologies at glance

For years, Google used TSMC's CoWoS-S, and later, CoWoS-L packaging. Initially, the company used CoWoS-S packaging, which relies on a silicon interposer up to 3.3X the reticle size, but with its 7th- and 8th-Generation TPUs, the company moved to CoWoS-L. CoWoS-L relies on a redistribution layer (RDL) interposer with embedded local silicon interconnect (LSI) bridges that enable high-performance die-to-die links, which can scale packages to 5.5X the reticle size today. TSMC promises to improve CoWoS-L's capabilities to scale over 14X the reticle size by the end of the decade.

Intel

(Image credit: Intel)

Unlike CoWoS, Intel's embedded multi-die interconnect bridge (EMIB) technology does not use any interposers. The technology instead relies on tiny embedded silicon bridges within the substrate to enable high-density die-to-die interconnections, whereas everything else is routed through an inexpensive organic substrate.

EMIB-T adds through-silicon vias (TSVs) to the bridge, which enables power to flow vertically instead of going through the organic substrate. In addition, Intel's EMIB-T also integrates sophisticated metal-insulator-metal (MIM) capacitors and a dedicated ground plane into the bridge to improve power integrity. The latter is a particularly important feature of complex next-generation AI accelerators, which demand more, cleaner power, and for which power delivery is becoming as challenging as signal routing.

The main selling point of EMIB (and EMIB-T) is that it is not constrained by interposer reticle limits as it places small silicon bridges only where high-density die-to-die links are needed. Strictly speaking, CoWoS-L is not either, as it uses LSIs locally as well. The difference is that those bridges are embedded into a package-wide RDL interposer that connects everything and enables dense interconnections across the package.

Since both CoWoS-L and EMIB-T are designed to address the same applications and have many similarities in the way they do this, the choice between them is likely driven by a combination of factors rather than one single advantage or disadvantage. On the technology side of matters, these factors include interconnect performance and density, power delivery, scaling beyond very large package sizes, and mechanical rigidity. On the business side of things, costs, capacity availability, and supply chain diversification are also a significant factor.

Crucial differences

Packaging

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

SemiAnalysis claims that the main advantage of EMIB/EMIB-T over CoWoS is the lack of reticle limit, but this argument does not fully hold against CoWoS-L, as it was invented specifically to escape the reticle limitation by replacing the monolithic silicon interposer with localized LSI bridges.

When it comes to dense, package-wide routing, CoWoS-L's RDL interposer is fundamentally superior to an ordinary organic substrate offered by EMIB-T. Organic substrate wiring has coarser line/space dimensions and larger vias, so it cannot provide the same routing density as CoWoS-L's fine-pitch RDL. Where an EMIB bridge connects adjacent dies, Intel can achieve very high interconnect density. But anything that needs to travel beyond those bridges must use the package substrate or cross a topology involving additional bridges.

By contrast, CoWoS-L gives the designer two levels of connectivity: LSIs provide extremely dense local die-to-die connections, while the global RDL interposer provides relatively dense and flexible routing across the entire package. This means the RDL can carry longer, lower-density connections without consuming valuable LSI resources, while still offering much finer routing than the underlying package substrate.

One scenario for Google's choice is that it potentially wanted better power delivery than what CoWoS-L could offer. EMIB-T integrates TSVs for vertical power delivery, sophisticated MIM capacitors for local decoupling, and a dedicated ground plane into its silicon bridges. The combination of these features substantially reduces power-delivery impedance and improves transient response and power integrity, which gives EMIB-T a major advantage over conventional EMIB for power-hungry AI accelerators. However, we have no idea how EMIB-T stacks up against CoWoS-L in the case of Google’s Humufish.

Of course, the larger the RDL interposer becomes, the greater its parasitics can become, potentially limiting scaling unless TSMC finds ways to mitigate them. However, EMIB does not eliminate long-distance wiring: If two distant dies must communicate, those signals still have to travel somewhere, and routing them through an organic substrate is not inherently electrically superior to routing them through a purpose-built RDL interposer. Therefore, it is difficult to claim that Google chose EMIB-T over CoWoS-L, simply because EMIB-T offers superior package-wide electrical characteristics.

After Nvidia suffered yield loss with its Blackwell data center GPUs due to an alleged mismatch in the coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) among the GPU chiplets, LSI bridges, RDL interposer, and motherboard substrate, which led to warping and system failure, it is reasonable to question the mechanical rigidity of CoWoS-L packages. Nvidia has found a solution for its dual compute chiplet Blackwell packages, and so have other developers of AI accelerators. However, as package dimensions increase, they may behave differently, therefore causing yield losses.

By contrast, EMIB/EMIB-T eliminates the large RDL interposer and embeds small silicon bridges in the organic substrate, so most of the package consists of the substrate itself. This does not make EMIB/EMIB-T packages immune to mechanical failures, as large packages can warp and bend, causing various problems. However, as such packages lack the very source of global thermomechanical stress, they can potentially be more robust mechanically. However, EMIB-T can potentially complicate things because TSVs, additional metal structures, MIM capacitors, and their ground plane make the bridge more complex. Thus, Intel must manage both global package warpage and local stresses around each embedded bridge to ensure the mechanical rigidity of these packages.

Ironically, while CoWoS-L can offer denser package-wide routing, which is better for ultra-large processors, EMIB-T may potentially provide better mechanical rigidity required for such devices. Nonetheless, EMIB-T and its organic substrate do not eliminate package bending or cracking risks entirely.

Economics

If Google's Humufish TPU really moves to EMIB-T, the decision could well be both technical and strategic. Google has the engineering resources to opt for an all-new packaging technology in an effort to lower costs and eliminate dependence on TSMC's constrained CoWoS capacity. Nvidia tends to procure advanced packaging allocations years in advance, so it is possible that Google could simply not get enough CoWoS-L wafers for its 9th-generation TPU.

As a bonus, Google can also build relationships with Intel Foundry without using the company's fabrication technologies. In fact, keeping in mind that Intel and Google already have a strategic agreement covering Intel Xeon CPUs, it wouldn't be too surprising to learn that the cloud giant is courting Intel Foundry as well.

Both Intel's EMIB-T and TSMC's CoWoS-L have their own technological and economic advantages and disadvantages. Perhaps the biggest advantage of CoWoS-L is its predictability, as the company has experience with that tech. However, if Google has decided to drop that predictability in favor of an all-new packaging method, it may well have a combination of technological and strategic reasons to do so.

'PCIe Gen7 development has already started,' says Silicon Motion's Alex Chou — Nvidia's Storage Next initiative is becoming a focal point

Nowadays, storage devices for consumer and data center applications differ rather dramatically, as do approaches to product design as well as go-to-market strategies. Therefore, to get a more or less comprehensive overview of the storage market in general, you must observe both ends of the spectrum. To complement our interview with Nelson Duann at Computex, we also sat down with his colleague Alex Chou, who is in charge of Silicon Motion’s enterprise storage business.

Alex Chou is an interesting person to talk to. Before joining Silicon Motion, he spent some 18 years at Broadcom, where he led the wireless connectivity business, also initiating the Enterprise Switch, PoE, and 10-G Base-T PHY business with a product marketing focus. Before that, he worked at UMC Capital, ARK Logic, and Western Digital, where he developed graphics accelerators. He deeply understands the industry and uses his knowledge to expand SMI's business into the data center segment. As he is the first general manager of Silicon Motion's enterprise business unit, it is safe to say that all the success that the company has faced in the new segment so far can be attributed to Alex Chou.

Anton Shilov: Can you introduce yourself to our readers, please?

Alex Chou: My name is Alex Chou. As you know, Silicon Motion has two business units: the client business and the enterprise business. I am responsible for the enterprise business unit. My responsibilities include defining new products, leading development teams, bringing products to market, and working with OEMs, cloud service providers, and other customers to promote our technology and differentiation.

Getting into enterprise SSD business

Historically, Silicon Motion was focused on NAND controllers for client applications as well as embedded graphics processors and USB display controllers. Following the restructuring in the early 2020s, SMI formed a separate business unit to offer enterprise-grade SSD controllers, though it took the company some time to land its first tangible orders. By now, the company has yet to grab a 10% market share, yet it has clients among cloud service providers (CSPs), hyperscalers, and OEMs, significant achievements given Silicon Motion is a relatively new market entrant.

Anton Shilov: It has been a challenging year for much of the industry, particularly for memory-related segments. Yet Silicon Motion reported first-quarter revenue of $342.1 million, up 23% sequentially and 105% year-over-year, while SSD controller sales increased by roughly 40% to 45%. Can you explain what drove those results, particularly on the enterprise side?

Alex Chou: It depends on how you define a difficult year. If you look at the results, I would argue that this has actually been one of the best years the storage industry has seen.

Silicon Motion is fundamentally a controller company. We build controllers that work with NAND from all major memory suppliers. On the enterprise side, we are still relatively new compared to some established competitors, but we have secured a number of new projects and have started delivering products to customers.

We have invested heavily in PCIe Gen5, Gen6, and Gen7 enterprise SSD controllers. Today, our Gen5 products are beginning to ramp into volume production with multiple OEM customers. That ramp is contributing to our growth.

Anton Shilov: Do you have an estimate of your market share in the enterprise SSD controller market?

Alex Chou: That depends on how you define the market. Some people measure market share by unit shipments, while others look at exabytes shipped because SSD capacities continue to increase.

We have only recently begun shipping enterprise products in volume. If you listened to our CEO's comments during the earnings call, we expect enterprise shipments to increase significantly in the second half of the year. We are still in the early stages of our ramp, but we are making good progress with several key customers.

If you look beyond the initial ramp and think about the full-year run rate, I believe we can build from there and target a much stronger position next year. Longer term, our goal is to exceed 10% market share in the $4B enterprise SSD controller market, but this year is really about getting through qualification, customer testing, and the early production ramp in 2 half of this year.

Our goal is to continue expanding our share. We are only beginning the ramp [of our data center-grade SSD controllers] today, but we expect our share to increase meaningfully as deployments grow.

Anton Shilov: Who are your primary customers? SSD manufacturers, OEMs, or hyperscalers?

Alex Chou: We primarily work with OEMs. We sell controllers and firmware solutions to SSD manufacturers and OEMs. Some customers use our complete controller-and-firmware solution, while others develop their own firmware.

At the same time, we work directly with hyperscalers and cloud service providers to explain the advantages of our products and ensure they understand our technology roadmap.

Enterprise SSDs are used in several different segments. Traditional compute servers represent one market. High-density storage systems used for AI and large-scale data storage are another. We also see growing interest in storage systems located near GPUs, where latency becomes particularly important.

One area where we differentiate ourselves is quality of service. We have developed a patented traffic-shaping engine that helps maintain latency consistency under heavy workloads and multi-tenant environments. That capability is particularly attractive to hyperscalers and cloud service providers.

Anton Shilov: Do you see the enterprise SSD market splitting into different categories depending on workload?

Alex Chou: Yes. We see at least three major categories emerging.

The first is traditional compute-attached enterprise SSDs, which are used in conventional servers and storage systems. The second is very high-density storage for AI and hyperscale environments, where capacity, throughput, and cost efficiency are critical. The third is storage located closer to GPUs, where the requirements are very different because latency and quality of service become much more important.

That third category is particularly interesting. In AI systems, the storage subsystem is no longer just feeding CPUs. It increasingly has to support GPUs directly, especially for workloads involving very large datasets or KV-cache offload. In those environments, low latency and predictable performance matter much more than they did in traditional storage deployments.

Storage Next, PCIe 6 and PCIe 7 SSD controllers

Anton Shilov: Is that where Nvidia's Storage Next vision comes in?

Alex Chou: Yes. Storage Next is one of the major industry developments we are watching very closely.

The idea is that storage will move closer to the GPU and become part of a much more tightly integrated data path. In some cases, the goal is not just to maximize bandwidth, but to ensure that latency remains low and deterministic enough for AI workloads that continuously move data between accelerators, system memory, and storage.

This is one of the reasons we have invested heavily in QoS and latency control. Through our traffic-shaping technology, we can manage access patterns and reduce latency spikes when multiple tenants or applications share the same SSD. In a cloud environment or an AI storage environment, that becomes very important.

Silicon Motion

(Image credit: Silicon Motion)

Anton Shilov: So, the challenge is no longer just raw throughput, but how predictably the SSD behaves under load?

Alex Chou: Exactly. Bandwidth still matters, but in many enterprise and AI environments, consistency matters just as much.

When multiple applications, multiple VMs, or multiple users share the same storage device, you need to control latency and quality of service carefully. If performance becomes unpredictable, it can affect the entire system.

That is why we have focused on a traffic-shaping mechanism that can prioritize and isolate workloads more effectively. We believe that kind of latency management will become a key differentiator for enterprise SSD controllers going forward.

Anton Shilov: How does that affect your roadmap for future controllers?

Alex Chou: It affects it quite a bit. Our upcoming controllers are not designed only for higher sequential bandwidth. They are also being designed for newer enterprise requirements such as OCP 2.7 compliance, stronger security, better QoS, and support for more advanced deployment models.

Anton Shilov: Are you already sampling your PCIe 6.x controllers?

Alex Chou: On the Gen6 side, our controller design is essentially complete; we have an FPGA [emulating algorithms], and we expect tape-out very soon. If everything goes according to plan, we expect first silicon back in the second half of 2026.

That controller not only supports a faster host interface, but also supports new features and requirements we see from AI infrastructure and hyperscale customers.

Anton Shilov: So, the PCIe Gen6 SSD platform is not just a speed upgrade for Silicon Motion?

Alex Chou: Correct. PCIe Gen6 obviously provides more bandwidth, but for us the more important part is that the surrounding system requirements are changing as well. Security, QoS, cloud deployment models, and AI storage architectures are all evolving at the same time, so the controller has to evolve with them.

Anton Shilov: Let us talk about the roadmap in more detail. You said the PCIe Gen6 enterprise controller is close to tape-out. What comes after that?

Alex Chou: PCIe Gen6 is the next major step for us, and the design is essentially complete. We expect to tape out very soon and, assuming [everything works correctly], receive first silicon in the second half of 2026.

But internally, we are already working beyond PCIe Gen6. PCIe Gen7 development has already started. In fact, the overall architecture for our Gen7 enterprise controller platform has already been defined. That means we are not just planning the interface speed increase; we are also defining the surrounding architecture, feature set, and deployment model that will be needed in the next generation of enterprise and AI systems.

Anton Shilov: So, SMI's PCIe Gen7 controller is no longer just a concept?

Alex Chou: Correct. PCIe Gen7 is already in active development. The current plan is to have internal samples in 2H, 2027 and to move toward production in that same general timeframe.

As controller development becomes more complex, you cannot wait until the market is ready before starting work. By the time a new interface reaches the market, the controller has to be nearly finished already. So, we are always working at least one generation ahead, and in practice often two.

Anton Shilov: As NAND becomes denser and more complex, error correction also becomes a bigger issue?

Alex Chou: That is a major part of controller development now. As NAND moves to higher layer counts and denser cell structures, the controller has to do more work to maintain reliability, endurance, and data integrity.

One of the areas we are working on is stronger LDPC. On the enterprise side, LDPC with a 16KB collaborative codeword is already used with SM8466, SMI’s first Enterprise PCIe Gen6 controller, and it is part of the roadmap because future NAND will require more robust error correction. That is one of the reasons enterprise controller architecture keeps becoming more complex generation after generation. You are no longer designing only for interface speed. You are also designing for signal integrity, power, security, QoS, error correction, and support for future NAND generations that may behave very differently from today's devices.

Anton Shilov: Will LDPC with 16KB collaborative codeword be enough for next generations of 3D NAND with hundreds of active layers?

Alex Chou: A 16KB LDPC engine already consumes a significant amount of silicon area and is quite sophisticated. For PCIe Gen7 controllers, our goal is to optimize and improve that engine from multiple angles rather than simply keep expanding it. We still need our architects to make the final call on exactly which improvements we will implement, but at this point we are more likely to refine and enhance the current design than to move beyond 16KB LDPC.

SSD controller development strategy

Anton Shilov: Speaking more generally, SSD controllers are increasingly becoming full platforms rather than just controllers, because integration matters so much. Do you expect close collaboration between controller vendors, NAND makers, and SSD manufacturers to become even more important as the industry moves to next-generation storage devices?

Alex Chou: I may not fully understand your question, but let me explain how we approach it.

At Silicon Motion, we design the controller architecture and build the firmware stack with a rich feature set. For example, we have developed our own [PerformaShape] traffic-shaping engine to improve QoS. That is the foundation of the platform.

From there, we have to look at how NAND evolves from one generation to the next. As we move from PCIe Gen5 to Gen6 to Gen7, controller performance has to scale accordingly. If you want to saturate the PCIe interface and deliver, say, 7 million IOPS today and much higher performance in future generations, you have to understand exactly where NAND is going.

That is why my team meets regularly with Samsung, SK hynix, SanDisk, Kioxia, and all other NAND vendors to review their roadmaps. Silicon Motion is part of that ecosystem, and because of those relationships, we usually get early visibility into future NAND generations and often receive early samples so we can bring up our controllers and make sure they take advantage of new NAND as quickly as possible.

That matters even more in the current supply environment. Because we work with all NAND suppliers, hyperscalers and cloud service providers can come to us and ask for a solution that is not tied to a single memory vendor. A company like Samsung naturally builds around its own NAND, but we have the advantage of being able to support multiple suppliers. That gives customers much more flexibility when supply is tight.

So yes, we have a core controller architecture and a common firmware base, but one of our strengths is that we work very closely with NAND vendors on future generations and make sure our platform can take advantage of faster interfaces, higher die counts, and new NAND capabilities as they arrive.

XL-Flash and storage-class memory

Anton Shilov: What about storage-class memory? Are there any developments there? As far as I can tell, adoption of Kioxia’s XL-Flash has been limited.

Alex Chou: That’s a very good question. I am actually going to visit Kioxia, so I should have a better sense of their plans after that. At the moment, Kioxia is essentially the only company still pushing XL-Flash, so they are trying to build something around it.

The challenge is that it is not just about the technology itself. You need a broader ecosystem to support it, and that is what makes the situation more complicated. We are watching it closely and trying to understand whether it is something we really need to support, but at this point I do not have a definitive answer. We are still evaluating it.

Anton Shilov: Have you heard anything similar from other suppliers? Quite a few memory makers used to talk about storage-class memory or similar technologies in their roadmaps.

Alex Chou: Based on what we know, not really. If you look back at last year’s Flash Memory Summit, several NAND makers were talking about higher-performance flash and storage-class-memory-like concepts. That created a lot of buzz at the time, and we looked into it, just as we have looked into XL-Flash, to understand whether there was a real ecosystem forming around it.

But there is much less discussion around those ideas now. One reason is simple: memory vendors do not really need those products at the moment because they can sell conventional NAND at very high prices and still generate strong returns.

Anton Shilov: In other words, they can just sell QLC 3D NAND and be perfectly happy.

Alex Chou: Exactly.

Anton Shilov: On the other hand, Nvidia wants storage devices capable of 100 million IOPS.

Alex Chou: Yes, that is where Storage Next comes in.

Anton Shilov: Has anyone actually come close to 100 million IOPS yet?

Alex Chou: I would say Storage Next gains many attentions. XL-Flash could be one possible approach to address that kind of requirement. But these are other options aiming to address high-performance and low latency needs.

What matters more is that Storage Next has a much stronger ecosystem behind it because Nvidia is actively driving it. There are regular meetings around it, and our architect has been involved from the very beginning. We have been tracking it closely and trying to make sure our future controller architecture can support it if and when the market materializes.

At the same time, Nvidia itself appears to recognize that 100 million or 200 million IOPS may not be realistic in the near term. The target seems to be moving closer to something like 50 million IOPS, which is more achievable. So yes, we are watching it very closely, and we are building in the flexibility to support it if needed.

In storage, having a technically interesting idea is not enough. The industry has to agree on how to use it, how to deploy it, and how to integrate it into systems. Storage Next currently has more momentum because the ecosystem behind it is much stronger.

Anton Shilov: So, you see Storage Next as more commercially relevant than storage-class memory, at least for now?

Alex Chou: Yes. At least today, Storage Next looks more immediate and more actionable.

We are already participating in those discussions and thinking about what future controller requirements will look like in that environment. That includes not only bandwidth, but also latency behavior, QoS, and the role storage plays in systems where GPUs are increasingly central to the data path.

That does not mean other technologies disappear. It just means that if you ask where the market is actively moving right now, the answer is much more on the Storage Next side than on the storage-class-memory side.

Anton Shilov: So, in practice, you make sure your controller works with all relevant NAND types, while the memory vendor mainly has to make sure the media itself complies with the interface requirements?

Alex Chou: When we design a controller, we already cooperate closely with NAND suppliers. Our architects look at all of the major vendors to understand whether there are any special requirements we need to account for. Then we handle another layer of optimization in firmware to make sure we can support all of those devices properly.

If you look deeper into enterprise NAND, most products also use interface chips internally to connect large numbers of dies. Those interface chips can differ from vendor to vendor, so we need to understand their configurations as well, including die counts, planes, and other architectural details. The goal is to make sure the controller and firmware together can support all of those different combinations.

So far, our architecture has been able to support NAND from SanDisk, Kioxia, SK hynix, and the other major vendors. Even if the interface chips differ, we try to keep the overall hardware design as flexible as possible.

There are really three elements involved: the controller itself, the hardware board, and the firmware. Ideally, you do not want a completely different board design for every NAND supplier. Fortunately, the industry has standardized a lot of the pinouts and module interfaces, which makes it possible to use a common hardware design and swap in NAND from different suppliers with the right firmware support.

We spend a lot of time making sure we can support all of those different combinations.

Anton Shilov: So you are effectively building controllers with a fairly clear view of what future NAND generations will look like.

Alex Chou: Exactly. We want to make sure that when the next generation of NAND arrives, we are ready to support it as broadly as possible.

Lenovo to Power Esports World Cup 2026 as a Founding Partner

15 July 2026 at 18:20
Lenovo announced today that it will be the official power behind the 2026 edition of the Esports World Cup (EWC) in Paris, France. Recognized as the largest esports event globally, the Esports Foundation (EF) has partnered with Lenovo to provide Lenovo Legion gaming desktop PCs, gaming monitors, and everything else players need. All esports athletes will be using their Legion Tower 7i and Tower 5i desktop PCs. This event will take place from July 6 to August 23, featuring around 200 teams and approximately 2,000 esports players competing for the top spot across 24 games and 25 tournaments, with a record-breaking prize pool of over $75 million. New this year, athletes will also be using Legion monitors, not just competing on Legion desktops.

This isn't Lenovo's first involvement with the EWC. In 2025, the company's debut at the event saw over 2,000 Legion machines in use on the tournament floor, in broadcast booths, at creator activations, and throughout the festival grounds. The Legion logo was prominently displayed across all 24 games that year, with the broadcast reaching an estimated 750 million viewers worldwide. Beyond the competition hardware, this partnership has inspired Lenovo to innovate. At CES 2026 earlier this year, the company unveiled the Legion Pro Rollable Concept—a gaming laptop featuring a 16-inch rollable PureSight OLED screen that can expand to 21.5 inches or even a full 24 inches, depending on how much space esports athletes need for training on the go. EWC attendees in Paris will have the opportunity to try it out themselves at the Legion booth.

Lomography just created a super affordable, idiot-proof film camera that doubles your number of photos — and it comes pre-loaded with a roll and the instructions are literally printed on the body

  • Lomography has released a new version of its ‘Simple Use’ disposable-style film camera
  • It’s half-frame, meaning it exposes half a frame of 35mm film at a time to effectively double the shot count
  • It comes pre-loaded with a roll of film, in a choice of color or black & white

Many people are put off trying out film photography because they perceive it to be too complicated. Lomography tries to take some of that mystique out with its disposable-style ‘Simple Use’ cameras — and today, the analog specialists have announced the new Half-frame Simple Use Reloadable Film Camera, which doubles your shot count from a standard roll of 35mm film.

The name ‘half-frame’ refers to the fact that the camera only exposes half a frame of 35mm film at a time, cutting the standard horizontal 36mm x 24mm frame into two shots with rough dimensions of 18 x 24mm. This means that while your shots are smaller, you get a heck of lot more of them — a standard 36-shot roll of film could produce around 72 discrete images when run through the Half-frame Simple Use Reloadable Film Camera.

Half-frame cameras aren’t new. In fact, they’ve been around since the 1960s, with Japanese manufacturers first offering them as a cost-saving alternative to standard 35mm film cameras. We’ve also seen more recent entries in the genre, such as the Kodak Ektar H35N. They tend to be small, cheap and straightforward.

Animation of the Lomography Half-frame Simple Use Reloadable Film Camera with back open and different rolls of film being loaded

Unlike a standard disposable, once the first roll is done, you can reload as you please. (Image credit: Lomography)

However, the Lomography Half-frame Simple Use Reloadable Film Camera sets itself apart by taking all steps possible to be incredibly, mind-bogglingly easy to use. This is the definition of an idiot-proof camera, one that basically anyone could pick up and use, and for this reason it might just be the ideal gateway drug for anyone who’s been tempted to try film photography.

Photograph of a hand holding the Lomography Half-frame Simple Use Reloadable Film Camera, showing the rear of the camera with written instructions, diagrams and a QR code

It's so beginner-friendly it literally has instructions printed on it. (Image credit: Lomography)

Couldn’t be simpler

The Simple Use cameras are often described as ‘disposable-style’. This means they operate just like the kinds of disposable cameras that everybody used to bring on trips and then drop off to get developed. There’s no means of setting shutter speed or aperture — both are fixed — and the lens is completely fixed focus. The only control other than the shutter release is the flash, which is activated via the unmistakable lightning-bolt button on the front.

The Half-frame Simple Use camera also comes pre-loaded, meaning it’s completely ready to go out of the box. You have a choice of two options — getting one pre-loaded with LomoChrome Classicolor, or with Lomography Lady Grey monochrome film. Both of these stocks have an ISO rating of 400, meaning they’re good all-rounders for most lighting situations. They do only come in rolls of 20 however, which is quite small for a roll of 35mm. But remember, on half-frame, that works out to about 40 shots.

Sample images from the Lomography Half-frame Simple Use Reloadable Film Camera, side by side vertical frames showing a man wearing glasses and a field of sunflowers
Half-frame images can be separated or left as diptychs if they feel complementary.Lomography
Sample images from the Lomography Half-frame Simple Use Reloadable Film Camera, side by side vertical frames showing a young woman lit with differently colored flash
Colored gels can be placed over the flash for special effectsLomography
Sample images from the Lomography Half-frame Simple Use Reloadable Film Camera, side by side vertical frames
The lens is a fairly wide 21mm.Lomography

Once you’ve rattled through your shots, you can rewind using the dial on top to extract your film. In another quite sweet bit of idiot-proofing, the camera body is covered in stickers and labels to remind you to rewind before opening the rear door — indeed, you have to physically remove two of these stickers before opening the door is even possible.

Sample image from Lomography Half-frame Simple Use Reloadable Film Camera showing a woman holding a black cat, lit with flash

Cheap cameras like this will likely find use for quick grab-shots. (Image credit: Lomography)

With a plastic lens and fixed settings, this isn’t a camera that’s going to create images of stunning quality — even before you factor in that your shots will be half the size of normal 35mm frames. However, I think its simplicity means it could be a fantastic choice for anyone who has always wanted to shoot film but has found the process intimidating. And with a low asking price of $29.90 / £21.90 / AU$37.90 for the B&W version, or $34.90 / £24.90 / AU$44.90 for the color, you don’t have a lot to lose by giving it a try.

You might also like

The Odyssey IMAX 70mm screening demand is so high that IMAX CEO confirms he'd 'like to see more' theaters — but actually getting them is more complicated than it looks

As Christopher Nolan's The Odyssey arrives in theaters worldwide on July 17, the demand for screenings in IMAX 70mm has never been higher.

According to Variety, demand is so high that "fans are taking cross-country trips, buying tickets in bulk and more to see the film, with one fan even delaying her pregnancy."

The new movie is the first feature film ever shot entirely on 1570 IMAX cameras, and you only have to look at the TikTok below to see how much of each shot standard cinemagoers will be missing out on.

Globally, there are only 30-40 theaters that can play Nolan's original 70mm film, with around 26 in the US and just three in the UK.

We know what cultural and economic impact The Odyssey is set to have in the industry this summer, with estimates predicting that the movie will gross $200 million at the international box office in its opening weekend alone.

So does this mean that we could see an increase in new IMAX theaters being built? IMAX CEO Richard Gelfond confirms that it's a definite company goal... but the reality isn't quite so straightforward.

'We haven't made new IMAX projectors in about 50 years'

"There's certainly more demand; the problem is they haven't made new IMAX film projectors in about 50 years," Gelfond told Variety.

"So we retrofit them, rebuild them, and part of our strategy is to see how far we can take it. But certainly, demand-driven, I'd like to see more."

Obviously, this would be a huge investment for the company. Commercial IMAX projectors range from $300,000 to over $1.2 million USD, depending on whether it is digital, laser, or traditional 70mm film. The latter is going to be at the top end of this range, given its complexity.

Then there's the risk involved with investing. Just because The Odyssey has such high demand doesn't mean that other movies that opt to film in the same format in the future will have the same retention level.

Cinemas are struggling enough as it is, which isn't helped by the fact that streaming services like Netflix are frequently pushing back on giving original movies a theatrical release.

“There is a group of filmmakers who still want theatrical,” Dan Lin, chairman of Netflix Film, told The Hollywood Reporter. “Those are filmmakers that we’ve accepted; we just won’t work with.”

In short, it's a leap of faith back to a new cinema, despite how much fans are desperate for them. However, if any film can set a new precedent — and bring back the forgotten ways of making projectors — it's The Odyssey.

I'm quietly keeping my fingers crossed that such passionate interest in returning to cinema in its biggest and best form will mark a turning point. Perhaps just because I can't get tickets for Nolan's latest at the BFI IMAX... but while I'm jealous, the fact that screenings are sold out until mid-August is nothing short of astonishing.

Could now finally be a good time to buy an AI PC? This report says so

  • AI PCs are emerging as a viable option to run local AI without unpredictable costs
  • One-time PC cost alleviates the need to fork out for cloud token fees
  • Broader research reaffirms rising popularity of smaller models

New Gartner data has claimed now could actually be a good time to buy AI PCs, as cloud computing faces numerous challenges in a rapidly-changing business world.

Data center construction is slipping behind demand as supple chains strain and local communities oppose new projects, meaning that metered compute could end up costing some companies more than they'd bargained for.

By shifting some of their AI processing locally, companies could be able to avoid some of those extra monthly costs with a one-time purchase of a more powerful PC as part of their regular refresh cycles.

AI PCs present an ideal hybrid compute model

While AI PC adoption started pretty slow with companies struggling to understand the benefits, they're now being seen as a cloud fallback option rather than a primary benefit in their own right.

With AI usage increasingly sharply and unpredictable token consumption hitting companies hard, forecasting monthly costs is a new major challenge that many face.

Small language and reasoning models, including specially trained models for individual business use cases, ultimately need fewer resources than leading frontier models, allowing them to be run locally as part of a broader hybrid approach.

Gartner predicts that speech and chat, text generation, image and audio generation and more could soon shift to workers' PCs, with only the most intensive tasks routed via hyperscaler data centers.

By as soon as 2029, the company's researchers anticipate that around one-third (30%) of enterprises could use AI PCs to reduce cloud AI token costs. By 2030, 70% of corporate PCs could be able to run some GenAI tasks locally.

Omdia researchers also noticed a shift in AI model usage, with smaller and medium models proving popular, with domain-specific tasks not needing the full breadth of compute.

"Older GPUs are retaining value and remaining in service, as they continue to offer a cost-effective option for small and midsized model inference and disaggregation," Senior Principal Analyst for Advanced Computing Alexander Harrowell said.

Via The Register

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

"Players using CryoTherm Palm felt 60% cooler, held 2.45% higher speeds and preserved sprint velocity 4.7% better" — I asked Therabody's Chief Science Officer how England's World Cup squad is using a new cooling device to combat heat and boost performance

One of the biggest talking points around this year's World Cup has been the heat. Players from countries with very temperate, cool climates, like Norway and England, have had to play back-to-back games in hot and humid conditions, placing enormous stress on their bodies as they struggle to keep their core temperature down.

When core temperatures rise, fatigue isn't far behind. Research has shown that elevated internal body temperatures cause fatigue during prolonged exercise in hot environments, even for trained athletes. Staving off exhaustion by staying cool is therefore crucial.

Enter Therabody, maker of some of the best massage guns, which has supplied Thomas Tuchel's England squad with a novel new device: the Therabody CryoTherm Palm. It looks a little like a dumbbell, but it's not for lifting; instead, you simply place your hands on the nodes, and the CryoTherm Palm, Therabody says, uses these contact points to cool down your whole body using the company's 'Cryothermal technology'.

It sounds too good to be true — but the England players are reportedly making the most of it. We asked Therabody's Chief Science Officer, Tim Roberts, exactly how the technology works.

Harry Kane of England celebrates after scoring his team's third goal during the FIFA World Cup 2026 Round Of 16 match against Mexico at Mexico City Stadium on July 5, 2026 in Mexico City, Mexico

England captain Harry Kane (Image credit: Getty Images)

"Your palms are natural radiators — hairless skin packed with special vessels that bring a lot of blood right to the surface," says Roberts. "It’s why gloves keep your whole body warm in winter.

"CryoTherm Palm cools that surface, pulls heat out of the blood passing through, and that cooled blood circulates back to lower your core temperature faster than cooling almost anywhere else."

So, in theory, the cold blood passing through your hands works to regulate the rest of your body's internal temperature. Clever. According to Roberts, there's a psychological effect too, as "it also dampens the thermal signals your brain uses to judge effort", so exercising feels easier.

Therabody CryoTherm Palm in use

(Image credit: Therabody)

Roberts points to a study conducted at the IMG Academy in Florida, in which footballers using the device between sprints saw positive results.

"In our IMG Academy soccer study, players using CryoTherm Palm between sprints felt 60% cooler, held 2.45% higher top speed and preserved sprint velocity 4.7% better across repeated efforts," says Roberts. While he does concede that "none of this replaces basic heat sense — hydrate, respect genuinely dangerous conditions, and back off when you need to," those numbers suggest it can make a difference.

I wouldn't be doing my due diligence if I didn't point out that in a Therabody press release, the IMG Academy was referred to as a Therabody partner. However, the science seems sound, and the CryoTherm Palm might just be your secret weapon to keep cool during your next workout, especially in very hot weather.

The device is available now, priced at $399.99 / £349 / around AU$600. I'm looking forward to testing, especially if the heatwaves we're experiencing here in the UK continue.

Inkjet-printed OLED screens are reportedly in mass production at long last — here's why that's great news for monitor, laptop and even TV pricing

  • TCL CSOT is reportedly now mass producing the first inkjet-printed OLEDs for consumers
  • MSI just revealed a new 27-inch monitor which seemingly uses this 4K panel
  • Inkjet printing is a more affordable way of making OLEDs and it will usher in cheaper monitors and laptops, and eventually TVs further down the line

TCL CSOT has seemingly taken a big step towards putting inkjet-printed OLED panels in the homes of consumers, and mass production of these screens is now reportedly underway.

OLED-Info reports that the Chinese manufacturer has kicked off production with an initial 27-inch 4K panel with a refresh rate of 120Hz. It offers a brightness of up to 300 nits and 99% coverage of the DCI-P3 color gamut (meaning lifelike and accurate color representation).

This inkjet-printed screen is destined for monitors, but bigger panels for the likes of TVs are expected to be in the cards for the future. For starters, though, we're looking at production for monitors and also laptop OLEDs.

This is still the very early stages for TCL, and OLED-Info clarifies that we are only talking about 'low volume' production on the firm's Gen 5.5 inkjet line for now. Still, it's an important step to take, but producing the panels is one thing, and it'll take some time for these to be incorporated into monitors which are then shipped to retailers where consumers can buy them.

Note that the Gen 5.5 inkjet line has produced OLED panels before, just not displays destined for consumer products (they were screens for commercial use in the medical field).

It seems that the freshly announced MSI Pro Max OLED 271UPJW12 uses this TCL 4K panel, although that isn't explicitly stated in the press release for the new model published by TechPowerup. All the specs match up, though, and it couldn't really be any other screen anyway – and this revelation is another sign to back up OLED-Info's contention that mass production is now up and running.

MSI boasts of the monitor: "With a 164 PPI density and an optimized RGB Stripe sub-pixel layout that closely resembles the uniform RGB structure of traditional LCDs, this advanced design effectively eliminates color fringing, optimizing text and image clarity."

We don't get a price from MSI, but that's not surprising at this stage, because as noted, the release is likely still some way off yet.

Analysis: what's the big deal with inkjet-printed OLEDs anyway?

MSI Pro Max OLED 271UPJW12 monitor promotional image

(Image credit: TechPowerUp / MSI)

As we've covered in the past, there are some distinct advantages with using an OLED printed by an inkjet compared to traditional (Fine Metal Mask) OLED panels. They are more power-efficient, and the inkjet-printed (IJP) OLEDs will also have a longer lifespan, but most crucially, they're cheaper.

TCL has previously told us that these IJP panels are 20% cheaper than existing OLEDs (and they can be made 30% faster, too). Analyst firms believe that these printed panels could be up to 35% cheaper in the future, when production is higher volume and more refined (with less waste).

The upshot should be OLED monitors which are a good deal more affordable, not to mention laptops with OLED screens that hit cheaper price points – and as noted, TVs eventually, too. The lower power usage will also be a major benefit for notebooks in terms of extending battery life, given that the display is one of the biggest drains on the battery.

The overall affordability of OLED will also be helped by TCL's inkjet-based creations, because the dominant panel makers – LG Display and Samsung – will be forced to be more competitive with their pricing. Add to that the emergence of BOE's Generation 8.6 panels, which went into mass production last month – again offering a more economical way to produce OLEDs thanks to much larger substrates – and this poses yet more competition, meaning there'll be some distinct downward pressures on OLED pricing.

The catch is that it will take some time for this to happen, especially in the world of bigger screens for the likes of OLED TVs – but make no mistake, it is happening.

How brands can preserve customer ‘digital patience’

As the common phrase goes – ‘patience is a virtue’. The ability to endure, wait and yield to time without complaint is widely seen as a positive personality trait. Yet patience is situational, and everyone has a limit.

In a customer service context, people will wait longer when the stakes are high, or when they trust that delays will lead to better security, accuracy or care. If they’re dealing with another human, they also tend to be far more forgiving.

Alongside that limited patience, customers are also increasingly distracted. The average Brit now sits on over 1,000 unread emails in their inbox, according to recent research, alongside juggling around 25 non-work notifications a day.

People are not short of communication, but saturated. Attention is at a premium, and anything irrelevant is quickly deprioritized or disappears entirely.

This is particularly acute for the 36-55-year-old cohort, which boast the highest unread email counts, and the greatest pressure to stay online for work. Two-fifths of 36-50-year-olds say they feel more disconnected than ever, despite increased digital interactions.

Balancing careers, caregiving, mortgages and performance metrics, the attention and mental load on this group is significant. If brands are adding irrelevant noise and difficulty into these environments, tolerance is low.

This simultaneous feeling of burnout and impatience is heightened by the fact that the instant nature of the attention economy, and the incentives of digital platforms, has rewired expectations.

If there is no sense of progress or urgency conveyed with a digital service, then reassurance falls away and the chances someone will give up on the process rapidly increases. Clear, proactive explanations, combined with customer experience design that maintains continuity across every channel and interaction are vital.

Setting clear expectations

Digital saturation and the attention economy have also meant that first impressions are decisive. If in those initial moments of engagement there is any sense of delay or stalling, people will reconsider if they need the product or service in the first place.

These early moments are therefore a critical opportunity to build seamless customer journeys, closing these ‘patience deficits’ by finding and fixing areas that cause frustration. When there are unavoidable moments where waiting is required, brands must turn these into opportunities to strengthen loyalty and trust.

Customers want assurance that every click, confirmation or verification step serves a purpose. Uncertainty is the true enemy of patience, so give customers better visibility and control to help build trust.

Other industry research found that 25% of consumers there think ‘transparency about what’s happening and why’ is one of the most important things to them in a digital customer experience, with 45% valuing clear instructions and easy-to-follow steps. If there’s an action they don’t need to take or unnecessary duplication, remove it.

Poor design can lead to digital impatience, and exacerbate the overload of digital admin. Ensure that digital and automated channels are fast, reliable and transparent when it comes to waiting times. Competitive advantage will come from being the most considered, not the loudest.

Turning impatience into opportunity

At the same time, when customers know brands are protecting their data, there is an opportunity to earn patience through careful application of friction. Digital speed bumps like two-factor authentication, framed in the right way, can become symbols of care, not inconvenience – so in designing the customer journey, brands should take advantage.

The reality of digital patience is made more complex by the fact that more people are interacting with machines for customer service than ever before. AI agents, designed and used effectively, have raised expectations – but when AI gets stuck, misunderstands intent or is otherwise poorly designed, it backfires and becomes counterproductive. In those moments, many of us prefer to just talk to a human.

The purpose and context of interactions matter, so organizations must take care to match automation to the complexity and stakes of each task. Examine which tasks are best for AI agents to take on, and be clear about when AI is in use, explaining its role in plain language.

For those tasks which require more reassurance, empathy and accountability, human alternatives may be preferable. In these situations, we tend to be slightly more patient – 84% will stay patient on the phone with a real person, perhaps because we know we’re more likely to be able to connect on a human level, and get some understanding and reassurance in response to our enquiry.

If a service is too slow, however, then more than half of consumers say that delays lead them to think less of a brand, leave negative reviews, or warn others to steer clear.

Brands should provide the choice of human support and digital self-service tools in a way that reflects these dynamics. When switching between the two, brands should also carry context over, so that customers never need to repeat themselves.

Digital patience is a precious resource. Poor design which frustrates and builds impatience can see it easily lost, but with care, it is equally easy to earn. When brands anticipate frustration and design for reassurance, they convert fleeting attention into enduring trust, and find opportunities to strengthen relationships and loyalty.

We've featured the best ecommerce platform.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

I tried Android's underrated desktop app, and it's transformed the way I work

For the longest time, I thought that, despite their annoyances, iPhones had something big over the best Android phones: PC connectivity. I'd always seen iPhone and Mac-owning friends quickly send files between the two, and assumed it was an Apple-exclusive feature.

As it turns out, this isn't true. Android users can use a Windows app that brings loads of really useful features — and it's really underutilized, which is why a tech journalist like me hadn't heard of it.

This software is called Phone Link, and we've got a guide on how to connect your Android phone to a Windows PC using Phone Link elsewhere on TechRadar. I downloaded it about a year ago, largely out of duty to test every tool, appliance, and gadget I could get my hands on. I was expecting it to last a weekend.

A year on, though, and Phone Link has become such a useful part of my workflow that I'd forgotten it's something not everyone's heard about. It's such a natural part of the way I use my phone and computer that I'd totally forgotten it was something I initially downloaded to test!

Well, no longer: TechRadar has let me wax lyrical about Phone Link, and I'm going to give the tool its time in the sun.

Sending photos from phone to PC

A screenshot of Phone Link on Windows, showing a photo of some headphones.

(Image credit: Future)

For the most part, whenever I want to connect my phone to my PC, it's to move pictures between the two devices.

As a smartphone journalist, you can understand that I'm sending snaps from my phone to my computer a lot. Sometimes it's camera samples from a mobile I'm testing that I want to upload for a review. Occasionally, I want to back up pictures I really like before I wipe a phone and send it back to the company.

The most frequent use case, though, is to transfer to my PC pictures I've taken on one phone, of another. I use smartphones to do review photography, and it's a great way to test out a phone I'm reviewing.

Before Phone Link, I'd have to use a USB cable to connect my phone to my computer — approving the connection on my Android's end, because they're always annoyingly suspicious — and drag and drop all the relevant pictures into a folder on my computer. It's not an especially onerous process — it's a lot quicker than when I used to use Google Drive to transfer pictures, for instance — but it takes a little while of fiddling with my phone and digging out a cable to work.

Not so with Phone Link. Its Photos tab shows a big old list of all the pictures you've taken recently, giving you options to save them to your PC, open them in an editing app, and share them with others.

These pictures appear as soon as you take them, as long as your phone is on the same Wi-Fi as your computer. I've become used to taking photos in one room of my home, and entering my office, to see them linked up on Phone Link, ready for an edit. When I've got PC notifications turned on, I can even hear the 'bong' of my computer telling me they've arrived.

Phone Link also lets you browse the contents of your mobile in the Files tab, where it appears in the Devices and drives list alongside any cloud or local drives you have. I don't use my phone to handle non-photo files, but it's a nice touch that'd be really useful if I were in another line of work.

Apps on my PC

The Windows Phone Link Apps menu on the right, and on the left the window for Too Good To Go.

(Image credit: Future)

Ostensibly, one of the main uses for Phone Link is that it lets you open your smartphone apps on your computer. Its Apps page shows you a massive list of every one you have installed on your mobile, and clicking on it opens it in a window.

This doesn't override anything you have going on on your phone; if you're using it as a second screen to watch a YouTube video or act as a music player (one of many ways you can repurpose an old Android phone), the app will open in your PC window alone.

When I first started Phone Link, I tried using it for everything, but often bounced straight off. In many circumstances, using a smartphone is simply more intuitive than using a mouse and keyboard, given that phone apps are designed for thumbs. But over time, I've found a few uses of Phone Link's app windows that are genuinely handy.

As mentioned, one of those uses is as a music player. I can let Spotify hang around as a spare window, ready to skip tracks or change playlists when I want. It's also useful as a way to check apps that don't have PC equivalents, like Too Good To Go or Mubi Go, or ones that do have web functions but are easier on the phone, like my national health service's app.

There's one way that Phone Link saved me hours, though. When I used to work for a company that didn't let you use your work Gmail account on personal computers, Phone Link was my workaround to still see emails on my PC. This saved me ages each day; time that'd otherwise be taken up checking and replying to emails on my phone, or trying to get my decrepit work laptop to turn on.

Naturally, you can manage your calls and texts via Phone Link too. Personally, I don't think I've sent an SMS or made a non-WhatsApp voice call since the 2010s, but I'm sure there are some people who'd find this handy.

I also appreciate a notification list down the left side of Phone Link. This transforms it from being software solely for controlling your mobile to a veritable hub of information from your handset. I'll often keep it up on my second monitor; it makes good use of its space.

Controlling my phone from my computer

A snippet from the Windows Phone Link app, showing phone controls.

(Image credit: Future)

As mentioned, you can use your computer to control your mobile's apps via Phone Link, but you can also use it to change the actual settings of the device itself, which proves itself useful in an entirely different way.

Phone Link lets you monitor your phone status; I can see how it's connected to other devices, what battery it's on, and whether it's currently paired with Phone Link or not. I can even see a little representation of what my wallpaper currently is. All useful to a small degree, but the charge is the only one of those that's seriously useful.

What's more important are the status controls. You can toggle between vibrate, sound, and silent, turn Do Not Disturb on and off, and turn on the media player.

From a cursory mention of the tools, these might not sound that important, but I've found them really useful in a pinch. I'm constantly forgetting to mute my phone before I go on a video meeting, and a quick click of the Do Not Disturb button means I'm not going to have unexpected calls.

As a lazy person, I also love the fact that you can use Phone Link to play a sound from your phone; I'm always doing this instead of spending five seconds actually looking.

My one gripe with Phone Link is that I still need my phone with me to use it. When you start using it each session, you're required to unlock your device and approve the connection. But this is a small price to pay for the transformational effect it's had on my workflow — and I hope that you, too, consider giving it a try.

How parked domains became a cybercrime goldmine

Every day, millions of people type a web address into their browser, usually in a flurry of rapid keystrokes, and arrive exactly where they intended.

However, a small but significant number of people don’t.

They might miss a letter, type an extra letter in their haste, or get some letters mixed up. Instead of hitting linkedin[.]com, they hit linkdein[.]com. Those mistakes gave way to one of the internet’s least glamorous destinations – the parked domain.

Most internet users have encountered them at some point, even if they didn't know what they were looking at. Typically, a parked domain would just be a sparse, messy page filled with adverts and a search bar with very little else.

They existed because someone, somewhere, recognized that in the early days of the internet a percentage of users would inevitably mistype a popular website – so they registered the most similar-looking domain names for themselves in a move known as “typosquatting” and earned advertising revenue from the resulting traffic.

If just 0.1% of the millions of people accessing amazon[.]com accidentally went to the amazn[.]com domain they’d bought, that’s still a worthwhile payday. It was a mundane corner of the digital economy, built on convenience, coincidence, and the occasional typo.

History can be a harsh teacher, but it can also sow complacency. In 2026, a lot of security teams still regard parked domains as little more than lazy digital billboards – inconvenient and annoying, but not a meaningful security concern.

However, the infrastructure surrounding parked domains has evolved considerably from the amateurish, pop-up-ridden advertising pages of the early internet. What was once a simple case of opportunistic domain monetization now sits inside a far more complex ecosystem of advertisers, brokers, and traffic distribution networks.

In many cases, a user's accidental visit no longer ends on a parked page at all. Instead, it triggers a journey through a chain of intermediaries operating largely out of sight. Somewhere along that journey, legitimate advertising can give way to fraud, scams, and malware distribution.

In other words, one of the web's most familiar and overlooked mechanisms has become one of the most lucrative and insidious vehicles for cybercrime.

From Mistype to Malware

The transformation of parked domains from digital curiosities into cybersecurity risks has been subtle, and that’s one of the reasons it’s so dangerous. For decades, the model followed the same patterns – a user would land on a parked domain, see a collection of banners, click on something accidental or otherwise, and generate a small amount of revenue for the domain owner.

It was cynical, but at least it was transparent because users could at least see where they had ended up and decide for themselves what to do next – usually just close the tab and go where they meant to. The only real danger here came from the occasional misleading or malicious ad rather than the mechanics of the domain itself.

Today things are different. Changes within the online advertising industry, including tighter policies around traditional domain monetization, have encouraged cybercriminals and fraudsters to try new approaches to keep the train of monetization moving.

Increasingly, users who arrive at a parked domain don't encounter a parked page at all. Instead, they’re immediately redirected elsewhere through a process known as “zero-click advertising”, sometimes referred to as direct search.

What appears to be a simple typo can trigger a rapid auction in which a user's visit is bought, sold, and passed between multiple advertising partners before they ever see a destination website. Most of this activity unfolds in fractions of a second and entirely beyond the user's view, and while many of those transactions remain legitimate, the sheer complexity of the ecosystem creates opportunities for abuse.

Somewhere within that chain, traffic can be acquired by actors whose interests extend far beyond advertising revenue, opening the door to scams, malware, fraudulent software, and a host of other malicious outcomes.

The Malvertising Economy

One of the reasons parked domain abuse is still underestimated and difficult to pin down is that the attack path rarely follows a straight line. When most people imagine a cyberattack, they picture a malicious website waiting at the end of a link, ready to ensnare an unsuspecting user.

But in this case, by the time a user reaches the content they're ultimately shown, their traffic may have already passed through a maze of advertising exchanges, brokers, redirectors, and cloaking services.

Each participant sees only a fragment of the overall journey, making it remarkably difficult for the “good guys” to determine which “bad guys” are responsible for what. It’s a little like trying to investigate a crime scene where the evidence constantly rearranges itself.

The cowardly threat actors involved in this type of cybercrime exploit this ambiguity. They use sophisticated cloaking techniques which allow them to examine visitors before deciding which content to serve up – where are they based? What kind of browser are they using? What operating system is their device running?

A security researcher in California might see a harmless landing page, while a finance broker in London might be served up a credential harvesting scam. This selective delivery makes malicious activity harder to detect and even harder to reproduce.

What’s worse, parked domain abuse is rarely aimed at a specific industry or organization. The actors deploying parked domains are usually financially motivated, and their primary interest is in acquiring traffic, so they’re not going to discriminate.

Once they’ve ensnared a victim, they become a commodity moving through an invisible marketplace where every click has value and every redirection creates another opportunity for exploitation.

The blind spot in traditional security

So where does all of this leave defenders? Parked domain abuse doesn’t behave like a conventional cyber threat. While security teams are used to investigating suspicious websites, malicious files, or compromised accounts that leave a relatively obvious trail, parked domain campaigns are different because the underlying traffic distribution is constantly changing.

The same typo domain can send one user down an entirely different path than the next. By the time an analyst attempts to recreate what a victim experienced, the route may no longer exist and any “evidence” has effectively evaporated. How do they defend against something they can't see or recreate?

One thing is guaranteed – regardless of how many redirects, intermediaries, cloaking systems, or advertising platforms sit between the initial typo and the final destination, every step in the journey depends on the domain name system (DNS). Often described as the internet's address book, DNS is responsible for translating domain names into the destinations users ultimately reach.

Put simply, each lookup leaves behind a breadcrumb that helps reveal relationships that would otherwise remain hidden, and that visibility has allowed researchers investigating typosquatted versions of well-known domains to follow the trail beyond the initial deception. Patterns start to emerge between seemingly unrelated cases of malware, involving the same parking providers, cloaking services, and traffic distribution infrastructure.

By examining historical DNS records and mapping the relationships between domains over time, it has become possible to connect incidents that appear to be unrelated and expose the networks operating behind them. Instead of playing “whack a mole” and chasing surface level domains, DNS mapping has allowed defenders to target the entire machine.

The greatest danger posed by parked domains isn't the typo itself, but the assumption that the infrastructure behind that typo is benign. For years, parked domains occupied a strange corner of the internet, largely ignored by security teams and rarely considered worthy of serious scrutiny.

But today, they offer cybercriminals something far more valuable than advertising revenue – access to legitimate systems, trusted business models, and vast streams of user traffic that can be manipulated and monetized at scale.

As threat actors continue to refine their use of cloaking, traffic distribution, and advertising networks, the distinction between legitimate online activity and malicious activity will become increasingly difficult to spot from the outside.

Protect yourself against malware with the best antivirus software.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Team Group T-Force GA PRO Gen5 2 TB NVMe SSD Review – Tuned Specs For Entry-Level Gen5 Builders

15 July 2026 at 18:50

A TeamGroup GA PRO PCIe NVMe M.2 solid-state drive with 2TB capacity is placed on a wooden surface, shown against its packaging box.

Back in 2023, T-Force by TeamGroup introduced its first Gen5 SSD solution, the CARDEA Z540. Based on the Phison E26 controller, this SSD offered up to 12.4 GB/s speeds, making it a solid option back then. At the moment, there are plenty of Gen5 SSD controllers in the market, Phison has its new E28 and E31T, the SMI SM2508 is doing great, and InnoGrit, along with Samsung, has its own solutions offering really fast storage capabilities on NVMe products. TeamGroup has also streamlined its product family over the years, now leveraging the G-series branding in "GE", "GC", and "GA". The […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/review/team-group-t-force-ga-pro-gen5-2-tb-nvme-ssd-review-tuned-specs-for-entry-level-gen5-builders/

Taiwan Erases TSMC Executive From ITRI Website After He Joined Intel Amid Trade-Secret Allegations

15 July 2026 at 18:18

A former TSMC executive, suspected of taking the firm's trade secrets to Intel, has had his records on Taiwan's research institute's body removed, according to reports in the local media. The executive, Wei-Jen Lo, was TSMC's senior vice president for corporate strategy and development and he played a role in helping the firm mass produce its 5-nanometer, 3-nanometer and 2-nanometer chip manufacturing process technologies. Authorities began investigating Lo last year in November after he left TSMC following allegations that the former executive took proprietary company data to Intel. Taiwan's Industrial Technology Research Institute (ITRI) Removes Former TSMC Executive's Page Amidst […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/taiwan-erases-tsmc-executive-from-itri-website-after-he-joined-intel-amid-trade-secret-allegations/

Jensen Huang Lands In Japan, The Birthplace Of Humanoid Robots, As NVIDIA Kickstarts The Physical AI Era

15 July 2026 at 17:30

Two people shaking hands in front of a green wall with 'Build-a-Cluster,' as one holds a signed item inscribed 'To Keoni'.

NVIDIA CEO, Jensen Huang, has arrived in Japan and will be holding key meetings with robotics partners to advance the Physical AI era ahead. Jensen Huang Arrives In The Birthplace of Humanoid Robots To Kickstart The Physical AI Era AI is a multi-domain market, and while Agentic AI is all the buzz these days, there's one other key market that is growing at a rapid pace with the evolution of AI: Physical AI. Robots are to Physical AI what humans are to Agentic AI. And NVIDIA has a vast robotics platform ready for the future. It is mainly powered by […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/jensen-huang-lands-in-japan-the-birthplace-of-humanoid-robots-as-nvidia-kickstarts-physical-ai-era/

ZeniMax Designer Morgan Goin Says Elder Scrolls Online Can’t Match Its Content Pace After Xbox Layoffs Gutted the Studio

15 July 2026 at 17:30

Two female characters in leather outfits from 'The Elder Scrolls Online' stand outdoors beside a wooden structure, and Xbox CEO Asha Sharma in an olive jacket smiles in front of a green Xbox logo.

ZeniMax Online Studios was among the first-party studios most affected by the Xbox layoffs in both July 2025 and 2026. Last year, the team saw its sci-fi online game Project Blackbird (with related layoffs of a few hundred employees who had been working on it for years) canceled despite then-Xbox CEO Phil Spencer reportedly loving it. The end of Project Blackbird also directly led to the resignation of ZeniMax Online Studios founder Matt Firor, who would later label it as a missed opportunity for Xbox. Following the cancellation of Blackbird, ZOS refocused on its prize jewel, the popular MMORPG The […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/zenimax-eso-xbox-layoffs-content-pace/

Firefox, Chrome, Adobe, and VMware Updates Fix Multiple Critical Security Flaws

Mozilla has released updates to address two critical flaws in Firefox for which it warned that exploit code has been published. The vulnerabilities are listed below - CVE-2026-15718, an invalid pointer in the JavaScript: WebAssembly component CVE-2026-15719, a site isolation in the DOM: Navigation component "We are aware that exploit code for this is public, however we are not aware of

Gears of War: E-Day will be RTX-On at launch

Gears of War: E-Day receives a PC-focused RTX trailer Nvidia and The Coalition have released a short PC trailer for Gears of War: E-Day, confirming that the game will have official “RTX” support on day-1. On PC, the game will support Nvidia DLSS 4.5 and make extensive use of ray tracing. On compatible GeForce RTX […]

The post Gears of War: E-Day will be RTX-On at launch appeared first on OC3D.

This viral Steam PC horror game is coming exclusive to Xbox on consoles next week, with Game Pass and Play Anywhere

15 July 2026 at 17:29

Over the past year, a new upcoming indie horror game has been making waves on the internet by the name of Shift At Midnight. It's an asymmetric co-op horror game that was originally planned to release only on PC via Steam.

However, on July 10, 2026, the game's developer, Bun Muen, announced on Steam that it will also be making its way to Xbox consoles, Xbox Game Pass, and Xbox Play Anywhere alongside the PC version on July 22, 2026.

But what exactly is Shift at Midnight, you may ask? It's a detective horror game where you take up the job of managing a gas station at midnight in the middle of nowhere. You can do this job alone or bring your friends along in three-player online co-op with crossplay support between Xbox and PC platforms.

Your task will involve checking the store's inventory, cleaning it of messes, serving customers, etc. However, as the shift progresses, things take a dark turn as you quickly discover that some of the customers are actually demonic monsters in disguise, planning to murder you and consume your stock of food.

Digital profile of Bonnie McCree, a bald nurse born on September 30, 1967, displayed on a computer screen.

Always check your customer's background to see if they're human or a monster in disguise. (Image credit: Kwalee)

To combat this, you will need to check a customer's credentials and behavior to see if they're genuinely human or a demon that's snatched someone's ID. If they're legit, they can walk free, but if they're not, you must exterminate them with your store's stockpile of explosive firearms.

However, this tactic won't carry you forever, as the monsters will gradually forgo subterfuge and just invade the gas station directly. When these raids happen, you and your friends must prepare by barricading the station, laying down traps, and equipping yourself with firearms that hopefully will put them down for good.

A large, red, spider-like creature with glowing body and web strands stands on a dark street at night, wrapping a person in its web.

Your boss better be giving you a raise for dealing these nightmarish shifts. (Image credit: Kwalee)

Though sometimes hiding in closets or vents is a valid option if you encounter monsters that conventional weapons and traps won't put down or if you run out of resources to defend yourself with.

To top it off, each night shift is randomly generated so you can't rely on the same tactics twice to win, and your team will need to adapt to the chaos to survive.

Windows Central's take

A red spider illustration with the text 'PRAISE THE ENTITY' on a brick wall, surrounded by mist.

Can you and your friends survive the demonic forces coming to prey upon you and your gas station? (Image credit: Kwalee)

The game will launch with a Story Mode with thirteen nights, multiple endings, and an Endless Mode that will be unlocked after completing Story Mode for those looking to see how long they can last the night shift.

The game has become a viral hit amongst the gaming community during its development, with famous YouTubers like Markiplier and MoistCr1TiKaL of Dispatch fame playing early versions of the game and drawing in millions of people to play it themselves.

My friends and I even played the multiplayer demo on Steam for a bit and found it to be a hilarious and refreshing take on the co-op horror genre. It's like a mixture of Papers, Please and Five Nights at Freddy's, except you are free to defend yourself by running, hiding, or shooting instead of being forced to sit at your desk, waiting for the monster to show up and eat you.

While it's a few months early for Halloween, that won't stop my friends and me from playing this fun horror game when Shift At Midnight launches on July 22, 2026, for Xbox and PC.


Take up the job of managing a gas station at night, and prepare to defend it from looters and horrifying monsters pretending to be human in Shift At Midnight.

Xbox Store Page
Steam Store PageView Deal

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Microsoft's Snapdragon X2 Surface Laptop 8 and Pro 12 for Business are now available

The most exciting new Surface features in years are now available on a PC with a Snapdragon X processor. The Surface Laptop 8 for Business can now be purchased with a Snapdragon X2 Plus or Snapdragon X2 Elite.

For those who prefer a 2-in-1 over a traditional laptop, the Surface Pro 12 for Business (13-inch) is also available with a Snapdragon X2 chip. Like its clamshell sibling, the Surface Pro for Business also had an Intel model launch earlier this year.

The official names of the new PCs are "Surface Pro for Business 12th Edition" and "Surface Laptop for Business 8th Edition" but I've referred to them as the Surface Pro 12 for Business and Surface Laptop 8 for Business in this piece for ease of reading.

The standout feature of this year's Surface lineup is the privacy screen seen in the Surface Laptop 8 for Business. That display can be set to obscure content on your screen when people try to view it at an angle. It's similar to Samsung's screen on the Galaxy S26 Ultra.

The built-in privacy screen of the Surface Laptop 8 for Business combats creeping eyes from all angles, as opposed to third-party privacy screen protectors that only work from the sides.

The Intel version of the Surface Laptop 8 for Business launched earlier this year and received high marks from our Editor-in-Chief. The vast majority of what makes that laptop great extends to the Surface Laptop 8 for Business with Snapdragon X2, which are now available to order.

Demonstration of Surface Laptop for Business 8th Edition's privacy screen engaged, making the slightly tilted laptop's display difficult to read due to being so dim.

The Surface Laptop 8 for Business is the only version with the built-in privacy screen. (Image credit: Daniel Rubino)

The haptic trackpad of the Surface Laptop 8 for Business is also a key addition. Thanks to a recent update to Windows 11, you can now feel the operating system and supported apps as you interact with them. Haptic buzzes occur when you drag files in File Explorer or perform certain actions.

The Surface Laptop 8 for Business is one of few devices to support the new haptic experience.

The new Surface Pro 12 for Business is largely a spec bump when compared to its predecessor. The Snapdragon X2 chip inside delivers better graphics performance than the first-gen Snapdragon X.

The Surface Pro has matured over more than a decade of refinement, so it's hard to complain about Microsoft sticking with what works.

What's special about Surface for Business PCs?

When Microsoft first introduced Snapdragon X chips to its Surface hardware, a split was formed that saw Intel on business PCs and Snapdragon X on consumer hardware. That's no longer the case, since you can order Snapdragon X processors in consumer or business PCs.

Notably, there are no new Intel-powered Surface PCs for consumers in 2026.

There are several differences between the consumer and business models of the latest Surface devices. Here are the features seen only on the business side:

  • Pre-installed Windows 11 Pro or Enterprise
  • Integrated Privacy Screen option
  • Advanced Exchange Warranty service
  • Device Firmware Configuration Interface (DFCI) cloud management
  • Windows Autopilot tenant pre-registration
  • Access to the cloud-based Surface Management Portal
  • Native corporate domain onboarding pathways during initial setup
  • Intel models available

Most of the features seen in the Surface for Business PCs are options general consumers would never use. The exception being the privacy screen that I wish was available on consumer versions of the Surface Laptop.

One key difference between the Snapdragon X2-powered Surface Pro 12 for Business and its Intel counterpart is that you can only get 5G connectivity with the Intel model.

Anyone can purchase a Surface for Business device. You don't need to own a business or have some sort of special account. But again, you're likely paying for unneeded features compared to the consumer Surface PCs unless you really need a privacy screen.

Blank Pixel

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Save $400 on a 27-inch LG Ultragear OLED Monitor — limited-time discount nets you an awesome OLED monitor with fast 240Hz refresh rate for your gaming PC

15 July 2026 at 17:40

If you’re in the market to upgrade your gaming monitor, LG’s 27GS93QE, a 27-inch gaming monitor, is on sale now for only $499.99, a whopping $400 off the $899.99 MSRP. For the money, you get an awesome OLED panel with colors that pop off the screen and true blacks, delivering better image quality than VA or IPS panels, QHD (2560x1440) resolution, and a fast 240 Hz refresh rate that supports variable refresh rate technologies to ensure you won’t see any screen tearing. In all, it’s a significant upgrade over any 1080p VA/IPS panel or many 1440p monitors, and at 44% off the retail price (matching its all-time low), it’s a deal you should jump on sooner rather than later.

Matches All-time low price

Snag a great deal on this 27-inch, 240 Hz LG UltraGear 27GS93QE monitor. The fast refresh rate and awesome colors on the OLED make upgrading worth it for your eyes while the price is easy on your wallet.View Deal

The 27GS93QE’s OLED panel supports a wide color gamut covering 98.5% DCI-P3 (~139% sRGB and 95-98^+% Adobe RGB), so not only is the panel fast, but it also covers quite a bit of colors. It’s also VESA DisplayHDR True Black 400 and sports a 1.5M:1 contrast ratio. So not only would this be good for gaming, but it also works well for photo editing, digital cinema production, and more. The 240 Hz (0.03ms GtG response time) minimizes ghosting and supports AMD FreeSync Premium Pro and Nvidia G-SYNC, so whether you have an AMD or Nvidia graphics card, you’ll get the best possible experience, as the monitor’s refresh rate will match the frame output of the graphics card. It also uses an anti-glare, low-reflection coating to minimize ambient light reflections.

As far as connectivity goes, the 27-inch UltraGear offers two HDMI (v2.1) and a single DisplayPort (v2.3) for video, and a single 3.5mm headphone jack. You will not find USB ports, however. The panel comes with a stand that lets you adjust the tilt (-5-15 degrees), height (110mm), and pivot (-10-10 degrees) to set it just as you want it. It’s also 100 × 100 mm VESA-mount-capable if you want to hang it on the wall. LG stands behind this panel with a 2-year warranty.

At $499.99, the LG 27GS93QE matches its all-time low price and is one of the best deals going on a 27-inch OLED gaming monitor. At 44% off MSRP, it’s hard to find another 1440p OLED from a trusted brand with these specs. If you've been waiting to upgrade your gaming or work setup, don't wait too long and grab this deal before the sale ends.

If you're looking for more savings, check out our Best PC Hardware deals for a range of products, or dive deeper into our specialized SSD and Storage Deals, Hard Drive Deals, Gaming Monitor Deals, Graphics Card Deals, gaming chair, or CPU Deals pages.

'No new vulnerability is needed to bypass UEFI Secure Boot': Experts find attackers can exploit decades-old flaws to gain access to key systems

  • ESET discovers 11 vulnerable UEFI shim bootloaders signed by Microsoft, allowing attackers to bypass Secure Boot and deploy malicious bootkits
  • Any UEFI system trusting Microsoft’s 2011 third‑party certificate could be exposed, potentially billions of devices; attackers can bring old trusted shims to new systems
  • Microsoft has revoked the vulnerable shims, and users should apply the latest UEFI revocations (Windows auto‑updates, Linux via LVFS) to block exploitation

Cybersecurity experts from ESET have discovered 11 vulnerable UEFI shim bootloaders, all signed by Microsoft, which could allow threat actors to exploit ancient vulnerabilities and bypass UEFI Secure Boot, deploying all sorts of malicious bootkits.

A shim is a small, intermediary bootloader that works as a bridge between a computer's firmware (UEFI) and the operating system's bootloader. Its primary purpose is to allow operating systems to work with UEFI Secure Boot without having Microsoft sign every Linux bootloader individually.

Any UEFI-based machine that trusts the Microsoft Corporation UEFI CA 2011 third-party UEFI certificate authority (CE) certificate, regardless of the operating system, was said to be vulnerable to the shims (versions 0.9 and older). That would put the number of potentially vulnerable devices in the billions, since almost all modern x86 PCs use UEFI firmware, and most of them trust the Microsoft Corporation UEFI CA 2011 certificate out of the box.

Revoking the shims

However, ESET reported its findings to CERT/CC and the vulnerable UEFI applications were all revoked.

The shims come from different tools such as PC diagnostic software, Linux distribution, and other UEFI-based utilities, the researchers explained. They also added that, since the attackers can bring their own vulnerable shims to any UEFI system with the Microsoft third-party UEFI certificate enrolled, they can exploit systems that are, at first, not affected.

To block the vulnerable shims, users should apply the latest UEFI revocations from Microsoft, it was said. While Windows systems will most likely do it automatically, Linux systems users should do it through the Linux Vendor Firmware Service.

“What makes these old shims dangerous is not a novel vulnerability; it’s that no new vulnerability is needed to bypass UEFI Secure Boot,” says ESET researcher Martin Smolár, who discovered the vulnerable shims.

“An attacker needs no complicated exploitation primitives — only a copy of an old, still-trusted but unrevoked shim binary and a basic understanding of how UEFI shims work. That is enough to bypass such an essential security feature as UEFI Secure Boot."

Spotify parents rejoice! KPop Demon Hunters need never cloud your Wrapped results again, thanks to Managed accounts launching on Spotify Free

  • 'Managed' accounts let parents create a Spotify experience for their child
  • Once reserved for Premium Family accounts, it is now rolling out to all
  • Managed accounts are music-only with no messages, but do get Wrapped

Fed up with waiting for your Wrapped roundup only to find KPop Demon Hunters is claiming the top spot again — and it most certainly would not be down to you?

Great news: Spotify is expanding its Managed account service (which the big green streaming machine launched around two years ago, within its paid-for Family subscriptions) to the Free, ad-supported service.

This gives young listeners a chance to have their own personalized Spotify experience (including their own Wrapped summary), but within what Spotify calls a "focused, music-only experience".

With Managed accounts (which must be set up by an adult 'Account manager', usually a parent or guardian), young listeners can create their own playlists and receive tailored recommendations for new music. Yes, our favorite Daylist feature, plus a Wrapped summary at the end of each year, are both onboard.

The company tells me that while 90% of parents using Spotify agree that listening to music on the platform is a good use of their children's time (versus only a third of parents when asked the same question about gaming), parents don't really want their Wrapped playlists influenced by their nine-year-old.

Spotify also reports that more than 70% of kids now listen to music every week, but that children asking their parents to play a favorite track (often a lot) can cause family friction — especially when children might be fighting for airtime with a sibling, or just completely ignoring what mom might want to listen to in the car.

Managed accounts on Spotify: what you need to know (and why they're Golden)

Spotify managed accounts screengrabs on blue background

(Image credit: Spotify)

As the image above shows, the process for creating a Managed account is straightforward using the 'Add account' tab. As any parent in the UK knows, plans are well underway for a social media ban for under-16s, so this can only be seen as a wise and welcome move from Spotify.

The basics are this: as well as Spotify's filters for explicit lyrics or content, parents and guardians can manually filter out content, and manage playback for specific artists or tracks.

Video and Canvas looping visuals are also always off by default for managed accounts. During its initial rollout, Spotify says 60% of parents chose to keep video content switched off, which is why in this wider rollout — it is coming to 17 markets globally today — it's off by default.

Additionally, the default features of Managed accounts mean that they are automatically set to private and are unsearchable, with no profile photos (just avatars), and young listeners will not have access to messages.

Spotify tells me that Managed accounts are typically for children aged 7-12, who are not yet ready for a full account but who want to establish their identity and explore a love of music themselves, via their own managed account.

Again, Managed accounts are music only right now, i.e., no podcasts, video or audiobooks. But Spotify says the experience will evolve as the company continues to work closely with parents as well as Spotify's team of six external partners, including the Spotify Safety Advisory Council.

Does your child need their own phone? No, there’s a device switching option, which locks the account holder’s content with a PIN, so the holder of the Managed account can start to stream away with both the default and added controls and filters deployed.

And when your children grow up (it happens so fast!), what then? Once a child reaches the minimum age for their respective market, they can put in a 'request’ to the main account holder to be upgraded to a full account. Once the owner of a Managed account turns 18, that young person can change their own account to a regular one — so no playlist gets left behind.

I test 4K Blu-rays for a living and these are my 6 picks from Amazon's big sale, including reference-level discs from Disney, Marvel, and 20th Century Studios that I use for AV testing

If you're looking to add more 4K Blu-rays to your collection, then Disney's Summer Days, Movie Nights 4K Blu-ray sale has arrived at the perfect time, where it's 2 for £30 on discs including titles from Disney, Marvel, Star Wars and 20th Century Studios. The same 2 for £30 sale is also live at HMV.

I regularly test 4K Blu-ray as part of our monthly Blu-ray Bounty feature, where we test the best new 4K releases. I've picked six discs from the sale that all featured as part of the Blu-ray Bounty, so I know just how good they look and sound.

First up is Alien: Romulus, one of my reference discs for testing contrast and black tones on the best TVs. Its also excellent Dolby Atmos soundtrack is immersive and spine-chilling too.

The Sound of Music is one of the best restorations I've seen, with spectacular colours and detail. Edward Scissorhands is another disc that delivers superb colour reproduction, surpassing my expectations completely.

If you want action-packed titles with brilliant Dolby Atmos soundtracks, Master and Commander delivers pinpoint-accurate sound, while Fantastic Four: First Steps delivers the power you'd want from a superhero flick. Finally, Tombstone looks crisp and offers a fantastic DTS-HD 5.1 MA soundtrack that will show off your surround setup.

For my thoughts on each disc, scroll further down the page.

My picks from Amazon's 2 for £30 4K Blu-ray sale

Alien Romulus Uhd Bd [blu-Ray] [region Free]

20th Century Studios
Alien Romulus 4K Ultra HD & Blu-ray

The Sound of Music 60th Anniv Uhd Bd [blu-Ray] [region Free]

Walt Disney
The Sound of Music 4K Blu-ray

Edward Scissorhands Uhd Bd [blu-Ray] [region Free]

20th Century Studios
Edward Scissorhands 4K Blu-ray

Master & Commander Uhd Bd [blu-Ray] [region Free]

Walt Disney
Master & Commander: The Far Side of the World 4K Blu-ray

Fantastic Four First Steps Uhd Bd [blu-Ray] [region Free]

Walt Disney
The Fantastic Four: First Steps 4K Blu-ray

Tombstone Uhd Bd

Walt Disney
Tombstone 4K Blu-ray

Alien: Romulus

Alien: Romulus image of Andy on Panasonic MZ1500 OLED with HW-Q990C soundbar in front of TV

(Image credit: Future)

Set between the events of Alien and Aliens, Alien: Romulus follows a crew of scavengers who come across a derelict space station called Renaissance, where they encounter hostile aliens.

Alien: Romulus delivers a truly stunning picture in 4K. Its inky black levels and high-contrast scenes look superb on the best OLED TVs, and it's a real showcase for 4K detail. Textures are crisp, with impressive intricate detail in objects and environments that show just how good modern movies can look in 4K. When I want to test a TV's backlight and contrast, this is one of the first discs I reach for.

The Dolby Atmos soundtrack featured is incredible. While the more powerful moments, such as gunfire or the sound of engines igniting, have real impact, it's the detail that impresses. The sound of face-hugger feet is so precisely mapped, it had me looking around our testing lab when I first tested it, as their path came from the rear channels with astonishing accuracy. The movie's more visceral moments, as characters meet their demise, can be particularly realistic.

The Sound of Music

A shot of Maria and the Von Trapp children on a hillside in front of a mountain from The Sound of Music 4K Blu-ray on LG G5

(Image credit: 20th Century Studios / Future )

One of cinema's most iconic musicals, The Sound of Music follows Maria (Julie Andrews), a nun who is sent to take over as the nanny of the Von Trapp family children, set in pre-WWII Austria.

The Sound of Music is one of the best examples of a 4K restoration I've seen. Textures have been cleaned up beautifully, and the breathtaking cinematography of the Austrian landscape has never looked more detailed. Really though, it's the colours that stand out the most here. Green fields and blue skies have serious pop, and other colours such as red, yellow and orange are delivered with real vibrancy. One of my reference discs, the market scene, in particular, is brilliant.

Never has the movie's legendary soundtrack sounded better than here. The Dolby Atmos mixes are all perfectly balanced between the score and vocals, and speech is crystal clear throughout. Songs like 'Do Re Mi' and 'My Favourite Things' sound clean, with superb depth and clarity.

Edward Scissorhands

Edward Scissorhands 4K Blu-ray showing a yellow car and colorful houses on LG G5

(Image credit: 20th Century Studios / Future)

Edward Scissorhands follows the story of Edward (Johnny Depp), an artificial humanoid with scissors for hands, who is taken in by a suburban family, where he falls for the family's daughter, Kim (Winona Ryder).

When I first tested Edward Scissorhands on 4K, I didn't expect to be wowed by the disc's colours as much as I was. The gothic nature of the movie is juxtaposed with the vibrant, often garish, colour scheme of the neighbourhood, and these colours are superb in 4K. The bright, multi-coloured houses are vivid, and if your TV has good colour reproduction, you'll be rewarded. Textures have also been refined here to give everything a lifelike look.

The disc's Dolby Atmos soundtrack is excellent. It shows real depth by accurately capturing subtle effects like the clicking of Edward's scissors. Danny Elfman's unmistakable score, with big horns balanced with delicate bells, is delivered with plenty of gusto and detail.

Master and Commander: The Far Side of the World

Master & Commander 4K Blu-ray on LG G5 showing ship during daytime

(Image credit: 20th Century Studios / Future)

Master and Commander: The Far Side of the World is the tale of the HMS Surprise, a British ship during the Napoleonic Wars in 1805, as they pursue the French ship Acheron. It stars Russel Crowe as Surprise's Captain Aubrey and Paul Bettany as Maturin, the ship's surgeon.

Where Master and Commander's 4K disc shines is with its Dolby Atmos soundtrack. Naval battles deliver room-shaking power as cannons fire, with intricate details such as splintering wood coming through clear in the mix. In several scenes, as cannonballs flew through the ship, I found myself looking around the room, following its trajectory as it was mapped with incredible accuracy.

The 4K presentation looks amazing, too. Night scenes deliver deep black tones with some strong contrast, as lamps balance with said dark tones. The crew looks lifelike, and the vast ocean looks stunning in 4K. Colour, while sparing, has some nice pop, whether it's the red of blood or the gold details on ships.

The Fantastic Four: First Steps

Shot of The Thing, Mr Fantastic and Human Torch by a car from the The Fantastic Four: First Steps 4K Blu-ray on LG G5 screen

(Image credit: Disney / Future )

Set in a 1960's, futuristic world and based on the Marvel superhero family, The Fantastic Four: First Steps follows the Fantastic Four as they must protect Earth from Galactus and the Silver Surfer. Starring Pedro Pascal (Mr Fantastic), Vanessa Kirby (The Invisible Woman), Joseph Quinn (Human Torch), and Ebon Moss-Bachrach (The Thing).

The 4K disc of The Fantastic Four: First Steps has brilliant picture quality, accurately delivering the alt-1960s aesthetic. The bright blues and whites of the team's uniforms pop on screen, but the oranges and yellows of decor and civilian clothing look great too. A big-budget Marvel movie, textures are refined and 3D-like and look top-notch on 4K.

As you'd expect from a Marvel movie with a Dolby Atmos soundtrack, this disc sounds fantastic. There are plenty of room-rattling explosions that deliver punchy bass and impact. Anytime the Human Torch flies overhead, height channels are utilised perfectly and will sound great through an Atmos system.

Tombstone

Tombstone 4K Blu-ray with Wyatt Earp gang on Panasonic MZ1500 OLED TV

(Image credit: Disney / Future )

Tombstone follows Wyatt Earp (Kurt Russel), a retired lawman who moves to the town of Tombstone and ends up as its de facto sheriff after a gang of outlaws wreaks havoc. The movie also stars Val Kilmer, Sam Elliot, and Bill Paxton.

Tombstone looks stunning in 4K. A fantastic restoration means textures are clean and crisp, demonstrating almost 3D-like levels of depth and detail. Colours are bold and punchy throughout, and black tones are rich, whether it's the night sky or the Earp group's clothes.

The disc's DTS-HD 5.1 MA soundtrack is excellent too. Gunfights deliver precise sound mapping, as bullets fly around and ricochet off buildings. Galloping horses offer plenty of rumble that will let your subwoofer flex its muscles, and even subtle sound effects like spurs on boots as people walk have nice detail.

Microsoft just released its biggest Patch Tuesday ever, with a mammoth 622 fixes including three dangerous zero-days

  • Microsoft’s July 2026 Patch Tuesday fixed a record 622 vulnerabilities, including 58 critical, two exploited in the wild, and one publicly disclosed, plus 428 Chromium bugs
  • Actively abused flaws include CVE‑2026‑56155 (AD FS privilege escalation) and CVE‑2026‑56164 (SharePoint privilege escalation), alongside notable issues in BitLocker and Copilot
  • Surge in fixes is linked to Microsoft’s use of Anthropic’s Mythos AI, with patch volumes rising sharply since its adoption

Microsoft has released its July 2026 Patch Tuesday download, marking another record-breaking update, addressing hundreds of flaws across the ecosystem.

The release, which is currently rolling out to Microsoft users, fixes a staggering 622 vulnerabilities, including 58 critical-severity ones, two that were observed as being abused in the wild, and one which has already been publicly disclosed.

On top of that, Microsoft shipped fixes for another 428 Chromium bugs, as well.

A jump in numbers

There are simply too many vulnerabilities to mention all of them, however two that are being exploited in the wild are CVE-2026-56155 and CVE-2026-56164. The former is described as an “Insufficient granularity of access control in Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS)” bug, which allows an authorized attacker to elevate privileges locally. It carries a severity score of 7.8/10 (high).

The latter is a “Missing authentication for critical function in Microsoft Office SharePoint” bug that allows an unauthorized attacker to elevate privileges over a network. Microsoft assigned it a medium severity score (5.3/10), but the National Vulnerability Database gave it a 9.8/10 (critical).

Other notable mentions include CVE-2026-50661, a protection mechanism failure in Windows BitLocker that allows unauthorized attackers to bypass a security feature with a physical attack, and CVE-2026-48561, an improper neutralization of special elements used in a command in Microsoft Copilot, that allows an unauthorized attacker to execute code over a network.

If you think fixing 622 vulnerabilities in a month is a lot, you’re absolutely right. It’s well above what Microsoft is used to do, and this is most likely due to the company now using the fabled Mythos - Anthropic’s cybersecurity-oriented AI.

In June 2026, roughly a month and a half after the release of Mythos, Microsoft fixed 206 flaws, which raised eyebrows because it was significantly above the company’s usual amount of bugs fixed.

In May it fixed 120 flaws, in April 167, and in March - 79.

(PR) Cervoz Introduces the T445 and T455 Industrial M.2 2230 A+E Key NVMe SSDs

15 July 2026 at 16:06
Compact embedded systems are becoming smaller, while storage requirements continue to grow. Applications such as embedded computing, medical computers, self-service kiosks, and service robots need reliable local storage for operating systems, data, logs, updates, and system files.

However, when system space is limited, adding storage is often not as simple as installing another SSD. Designers may face limited PCB space, low-profile enclosures, and a lack of available M-Key storage slots.

The US just sanctioned a VPN for the first time, accusing it of helping ransomware gangs

15 July 2026 at 16:33

The Office of Foreign Assets Control designated First VPN Service, also known as 1VPNS, and its Ukrainian administrator, Dmytro Rashevskyi. Belarusian national Yegeniy Vladimirovich Silayev was sanctioned separately for selling "cryptors," tools designed to disguise ransomware and other malware as harmless software so security systems do not detect it.

Read Entire Article

A18 Pro Supply Constraints Have Become An Impenetrable Obstacle, As Analyst Says MacBook Neo Shipments Will Drop By 40%, AI Testing TSMC’s Fortitude

15 July 2026 at 16:30

A18 Pro chip supply is hammering MacBook Neo shipments

The MacBook Neo has turned into an instant hit, and even with the price bumps that Apple introduced that made the company’s most affordable notebook $100 more expensive for both configurations, the bigger figure isn’t what’s derailing the portable Mac’s momentum. It’s the lack of chip supply for the A18 Pro, and according to an analyst, Apple’s MacBook Neo shipments are expected to suffer considerably, with up to a whopping 40 percent drop. It appears that AI firms gobbling up the entire supply have made the situation quite uncomfortable for both TSMC and Apple. Updated shipment forecast states the MacBook Neo will […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/a18-pro-supply-constraints-can-lead-to-a-40-percent-drop-in-macbook-neo-shipments/

CXMT DDR5 Memory Trails Hynix In Performance At Identical Speeds, With Batch-To-Batch Silicon Variance That Makes Overclocking A Gamble, As Per ASUS

15 July 2026 at 16:00

Two RGB-lit KingBank RAM modules are displayed in front of a neon-lit background featuring the 'CXMT ChangXin Memory Technologies' logo.

CXMT's DDR5 memory has some major drawbacks versus DRAM modules from the big three, as ASUS highlights poor overclocking and worse performance. Motherboard Vendors Have Unlocked Over 8000 MT/s Speeds On CXMT-Based DDR5 Memory Modules, But The DRAM Is Inferior In Performance & Overclocking With the ongoing DRAM shortages, China's DIY PC market has started relying heavily on domestic memory solutions. We have seen brands such as Kingbank, Gloway, Lexar, and many more utilize CXMT DDR5 memory. As such, motherboard vendors have started offering optimized support for these modules. With strengthened BIOS support, these memory modules can now surpass 8000 […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/cxmt-ddr5-memory-trails-hynix-in-performance-batch-to-batch-silicon-variance-poor-oc/

Your next customer may discover your brand on TikTok before Google

15 July 2026 at 16:00
Your next customer may discover your brand on TikTok before Google

You pick up your phone to reply to a message. A few taps later, you’re watching a TikTok about a restaurant in Sicily, a boutique hotel in Copenhagen, or a local business you hadn’t heard of before.

Maybe you Google it right away. Maybe you don’t. But days or weeks later, someone mentions it, and you search for it. Just like that, discovery becomes search.

That’s happening more often than many businesses realize. People increasingly discover brands before they actively look for them, making Google less of a starting point and more of a place to validate decisions. That shift has important implications for SEO, local visibility, and content strategy.

Recommendation engines change the rules

TikTok’s recommendation engine is one of the most sophisticated consumer recommendation systems available today. Rather than waiting for users to type a query, it continuously learns from subtle behavioral signals, such as watch time, rewatches, pauses while scrolling, shares, and saves.

According to TikTok, recommendations are driven by a combination of user interactions, video information, and viewing behavior, not a single ranking signal.

If discovery increasingly happens before search, visibility strategies need to evolve.

The content that earns attention tends to share a few characteristics:

  • A strong hook.
  • Storytelling that keeps people watching.
  • Fast-paced editing, visuals, and sound that feel native to the platform.

The shift is significant enough that even Google has acknowledged it. Google’s SVP Prabhakar Raghavan revealed that almost 40% of young people looking for somewhere to eat turn to TikTok or Instagram instead of Google Search or Google Maps.

Recommendation engines don’t wait for users to express intent through a search. They predict what people may find interesting before they even think to look for it.

Dig deeper: The SEO shift you can’t ignore: Video is becoming source material

Google understands intent. TikTok understands curiosity.

TikTok analyzes spoken language, captions, and on-screen text to understand what a video is about before deciding who should see it. It also reads text that appears within the video, considers location signals, and rewards content that generates meaningful conversations in the comments.

Experienced creators deliberately craft seamless loops in which the final seconds of a video naturally connect back to the beginning. Viewers often replay the video without realizing it, increasing completion rates and sending stronger retention signals that encourage wider distribution. Videos that continue generating saves and engagement over time are also more likely to keep being recommended.

Comments can be used to create conversations. Instead of ending the interaction with a simple answer, encourage the original commenter, or someone else, to reply again, even if the question has already been asked. For businesses, it’s also an opportunity to naturally reinforce important keywords by mentioning your hotel, restaurant, location, or services in your replies.

Every conversation adds another layer of semantic relevance, helping both users and TikTok better understand what your content is about.

Dig deeper: Why TikTok deserves a place in your SEO strategy

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


TikTok as a local discovery engine

This behavioral shift is especially important for businesses where visual trust shapes purchasing decisions, including:

  • Restaurants.
  • Hotels.
  • Beauty.
  • Fitness.
  • Retail.

Before visiting somewhere new, people increasingly want to experience it from their sofa. Short-form video makes that possible by instantly communicating atmosphere, context, and emotion.

More importantly, it dramatically reduces the cognitive effort required to make a decision. Instead of reading reviews, comparing ratings, opening photo galleries, and jumping between websites, people can evaluate an experience in seconds.

When planning your content strategy, ask yourself:

  • What does the restaurant actually look like?
  • What’s the atmosphere like?
  • Does the food look as good as it tastes?

Within the first few seconds, viewers have often answered many of those questions.

The first decision is emotional. The research comes afterward.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


Discovery first, verification second

Google continues to dominate high-intent searches, Maps, local business information, and transactional queries.

What’s changing is where the customer journey begins.

In travel, hospitality, and lifestyle, discovery increasingly happens on platforms like TikTok, while Google becomes the place to validate those decisions.

Today’s customer journey is an interconnected discovery ecosystem. Every platform plays a different role, and brands that understand how they work together will earn both attention and conversions.

TikTok as a market research tool

Recommendation platforms aren’t just changing how people discover brands. They’re also changing how brands discover customer demand.

One of the biggest mistakes brands still make is creating content around what they want to communicate instead of what their audience actually wants to know.

TikTok’s Creator Search Insights is becoming one of the most valuable market research tools available because it reveals rising searches, unanswered questions, and content gaps directly from user behavior.

These insights help identify:

  • Rising search topics.
  • Unanswered questions.
  • Seasonal demand.
  • Content gaps.
  • Emerging customer interests.

The findings should shape your SEO strategy, local landing pages, editorial planning, FAQs, and even product positioning. The most valuable keyword research may no longer begin inside a keyword tool. It may begin inside TikTok.

Dig deeper: Why social search visibility is the next evolution of discoverability

The search starts before Google

As search becomes increasingly AI-driven, earning attention before someone types a query may become one of the strongest competitive advantages a business can have.

The brands that succeed won’t start with channels. They’ll start with customer behavior.

The same person may search Google for a marketing course, browse TikTok for vacation inspiration, and turn to Instagram before buying a skincare product. Discovery doesn’t happen in the same place for every customer or every decision. It depends on the intent behind the search.

As AI-powered search increasingly answers questions without requiring a click, visibility will depend on far more than rankings alone. Brands will need to earn attention before the search, build trust throughout the journey, and be present wherever their audience chooses to discover, validate, and decide.

The brands that win won’t create content for algorithms. They’ll create content people genuinely choose to watch.

Ultimately, the future of SEO isn’t just about ranking when someone searches. It’s about becoming visible before they ever think to search.

SASE Has An AI Blind Spot. Inspecting Packets Is No Longer Enough.

For years, routing traffic through cloud proxies was good enough. Then work moved to the browser, AI entered the workflow, and the inspection model stopped keeping up. Enterprise workflows now live across SaaS applications, browsers, and an expanding ecosystem of generative AI tools, unsanctioned browser extensions, and autonomous agents. Employees routinely paste intellectual property into

Researcher Drops New Windows Zero-Day PoC Hours After Microsoft Patch Tuesday

Security researcher Chaotic Eclipse (aka Nightmare-Eclipse) has released a new proof-of-concept (PoC) exploit called LegacyHive. It has been described as a Windows User Profile Service arbitrary hive load elevation of privileges vulnerability. The Windows User Profile Service, also referred to as ProfSvc, is a core system component that manages user accounts and environments. "The PoC requires

New Webinar: Closing the Approval Gap in AI-Era Ad Tech

A single approved marketing tag can quietly load fourth-party code your security team has never seen, granting full access to your forms, customer data, and checkout pages. This on-demand webinar reveals how this Approval Gap forms, and gives your team the blueprint to close it before an auditor, regulator, or attacker finds it first. The Reality of the Approval Gap It's a pattern every

CXMT could match Micron’s memory manufacturing capacity this year, research claims

China’s CXMT could soon rival Micron in DRAM wafer production ChangXin Memory Technologies (CXMT), China’s top DRAM producer, is rapidly expanding. A new report claims that CXMT will come exceptionally close to Micron’s DRAM wafer production capacity by the end of this year. In the coming years, China could become the world’s second-largest producer of […]

The post CXMT could match Micron’s memory manufacturing capacity this year, research claims appeared first on OC3D.

I tested Windows 11's overhauled search experience, and I think Microsoft has finally fixed it: Windows Search is now more accurate and easier to use

This week, Microsoft unveiled a major overhaul coming soon to Windows 11's search experience that's designed to fix its biggest flaws and criticisms. For a long time, many have agreed that search on Windows is pretty much broken, but the new changes that are now in testing may finally be fixing that problem.

I've been testing the new Windows Search out over the last two days, and I'm very impressed with the new experience. Right off the bat, the search pane is no longer a noisy mess of Bing ads and sponsored content. It's a clean list of recent searches, exactly what you'd expect from a search pane.

Search items that appear in this list are categorized so that you know whether an item is an app, document, setting, or web search. Hovering over items in this menu will display options depending on the type of item it is, such as apps which present the option to pin it to the Taskbar or run as an administrator.

Windows Search UX

Quick options appear when you hover over recent search items. (Image credit: Zac Bowden / Windows Central)

You can also right-click on any of the items in the search pane for more info, which displays additional options such as uninstall or app settings, open file location, as well as the ability to remove the item from the recents list.

Getting onto the actual searching experience, it's a major step up. The UI is nice and clean, and web results now pretty much never show up at the top unless you are actively searching for a website or query that makes sense for a search engine. In the old Window Search, searing for "windows central" would always bring the Bing result to the top, but now it prioritizes my local files and folders.

When a web result does appear at the top, you'll no longer see any ads or sponsored content in that result. The Bing results are now ad-free, showing only results that relate to your search query, which is amazing. You no longer have to worry about accidentally clicking on a link or app that has paid to be there.

New Windows Search UX
Web results are now more deliberate and ad-free.Zac Bowden / Windows Central
New Windows Search UX
Previously, searching "windows central" would show a web result. Now, it shows my local files that relate to that term. Zac Bowden / Windows Central

I also find that search results are now more accurate based on how you use your system. For example, on a PC where I have both the Photos and Photoshop app installed, typing "photos" actually surfaces Photoshop, which is what I want. I believe this is happening because I've never opened the Photos app on my PC before, and so Windows assumes that I'd want to use the app I use more often or most recently.

To test this theory, I ran Photos a few times and then typed "photos" again, and sure enough the Photos app was now appearing above Photoshop. To triple confirm, I started opening Photoshop a few times, and Photoshop became the top result for "photos" after.

This is great for those who have a system set in place where all the apps they ever use are already in full circulation on their PC. Windows knows which apps you use most, and will now do its best to position them as a best match when it thinks you're searching for it, listing follow up results below it that you can manually select if that's what you need instead.

New Windows Search UX

Windows will surface a best match based on how you use your PC. As I frequently use Photoshop, searching for "photos" places it at the top. (Image credit: Zac Bowden / Windows Central)

I also find that search is now a little smarter and more dynamic. If you don't know the name of an app, you can search for a category and Windows will do its best to surface an app that it thinks can do that job. For example, if I type "video editor" into the search box, Windows surfaces Clipchamp as a result, as that's the only video editor I have installed.

Windows Search now also does a much better job at surfacing settings that you might want to configure. If I type "temp" it'll show delete temporary files, or if i type "wifi" the wi-fi settings page is at the top. Even things like "insider" now correctly surface the Insider settings page. You can now pretty much search for any Windows Setting and have it accurately appear in the search pane, without needing to open Settings first.

Some settings even have configurable options within the search pane. For example, typing restart PC will show a setting to do so right from search, which then lets you select whether you want to restart or shut down. It's pretty neat, though most people will probably find it faster to just do that from Start.

New Windows Search UX

Settings are now better represtedn in search (Image credit: Zac Bowden / Windows Central)

Overall, these new search improvements are a real strong step in the right direction. In my brief testing, I've not really been able to fault it, and understand why the best match results are what they are. Being able to turn off things like Microsoft Store and web results are also a great addition, letting you craft your experience into whatever you need it to be. If you only ever want local search results, you can make it so.

It's clear that even in its default state now, local results are the number one priority. Unless your search query is clearly one intended for a search engine, Windows will more than likely place a local result as a best match, which is going to address the biggest complaint most people have with Windows Search.

These improvements are rolling out now in preview for Windows Insiders, with general availability expected later this year.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

GOG gently reminds us that it's the leading PC gaming platform to offer full DRM-free games — yes, you can keep them forever

15 July 2026 at 15:25

These past couple of weeks have been beyond depressing for gamers.

From Sony killing off physical game discs and delisting 500 movies from people with no refunds, to Microsoft culling 3,200 Xbox game devs and repeatedly suspending gamers' accounts for no fault of their own, it's hard to feel optimistic when it feels like the biggest game companies are constantly stabbing their fans in the back while seemingly not giving a single care about preserving digital media.

However, not all hope is lost for legal digital preservation, thanks to GOG.com.

Download the offline installer of any of your games on GOG, save it to a disc and it's yours forever.You don't need a storefront's permission to play what you bought.July 14, 2026

GOG is an unsung hero among digital storefronts, as it sells digital games without Digital Rights Management (DRM). By buying games from GOG.com, you will be able to download a standalone, offline installer for each title, granting you permanent ownership of them.

With this, you can play games offline, back up files, and install them on your hard drive without needing to log in to a store's launcher. Not to mention, you won't have to worry about a game becoming unplayable due to its publisher's dedicated launcher not working (e.g., Assassin's Creed Black Flag Resynced) or being permanently blocked if it's tied to a compromised Microsoft account.

Not to mention that, in some cases, having DRM restrictions lifted from a game will actually increase its performance so it can achieve higher frame rates for smoother gameplay.

On top of that, GOG states that you can even save the games you buy on their storefront to discs and trade them with your friends, should you wish.

You can download a game's offline installer from a GOG account, create a disc image, and then burn it onto a blank CD-R, DVD-R, or BD-R disc.

Windows Central's take

I was already a fan of GOG as it helped preserve some of my favorite childhood games on PC like Breath of Fire 4 and Dino Crisis 2, but it's now becoming my main go-to storefront for digital PC games in light of recent events.

I'm concerned that the thousands of pounds' worth of games could be taken by corporations who don't care for preserving games or respecting people's digital property. So being able to buy and back them up permanently on my computer or discs via GOG is beyond reassuring and gives me hope that we can still own the games we worked so hard to earn.

Blank Pixel

So, GOG, you've got yourself a new superfan in me, and I will happily support your "Preservation Program" so we can keep more classic and modern games free of DRM forever because I, for one, do NOT want a gaming future where we own nothing.

What do you think of GOG.com as a digital storefront? Do you think you will be using it more often from now on to permanently preserve your digital game collection, or do you still use other digital storefronts like the Xbox Store?

If you have any thoughts, please let us know through the poll, the comments section, or our Reddit page.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

PC gamer turns Steam games into cartridges with ingenious 2.5-inch SSD system — games are stored on 128GB drives alongside a script to auto-start the title once plugged in

15 July 2026 at 16:16

A PC gamer has created and demonstrated a handy Steam Game Cartridge system. Over on PCMR, Jibril-sama introduced the system, which blends the old-school console convenience of cartridges with Steam’s awesome and agreeably flexible games library. Ingeniously, it upcycles a bundle of old SATA SSDs into Steam-ready game cartridges using a disk mount detect and execute script on the software side and a SATA dock on the hardware side. Icing on this already tasty cake is provided by Jibril-sama’s colorfully encased and custom-labeled Steam Game Cartridges. Nice.

Steam Game Cartridges from r/pcmasterrace

“Got a couple of used 2.5" SSDs for cheap so I decided to make a Game Cartridge system,” the Redditor casually informs the PCMR masses in the post embedded above. “Games are actually on those SSDs with a script to auto-navigate Steam to the game's page. Auto-starting the game right away is also possible.”

Further comments by the OP explain that all the drives bought for this project were 128GB in capacity, and €7 a piece ($8). That’s not bad in the current RAM and NAND crunch, and keeps these files off your built-in primary storage. As many readers will know, PC game libraries can easily grow to hog a lot of storage.

We reached out to Jibril-sama for some more background info about how the Steam Game Cartridge system is designed to work with as little user friction as possible. They informed us that the system in the video runs Linux and Valve’s Steam URL Protocol is leveraged to navigate to the game's page or launch the game.

“All it needs is a systemd template to check for a script on the SSD and launch it. And a udev rule to trigger the system,” Jibril-sama told Tom’s Hardware. “So basically: Plug in SSD -> udev rule sees the event -> triggers the systemd daemon -> systemd daemon looks into the SSD and finds the script -> execute the script.”

Steam Cartridge Games system
cakehonolulu
Steam Cartridge Games system
cakehonolulu
Steam Cartridge Games system
cakehonolulu
Steam Cartridge Games system
cakehonolulu

Commenters on PCMR have overwhelmingly welcomed the Steam Game Cartridge future teased by this system. Some want to see the system extended to include GOG game libraries. Others query how the system handles the inevitable hefty multi-gigabyte updates that are pushed (even to older games) from time to time. Jibril-sama told Tom’s Hardware that they didn’t plan to deal with updates often, as they didn’t use cartridges for ‘live service’ titles, and they are mostly used for the “games that I want to replay once in a while.” If and when updates have been flagged, “I just let Steam handle the updates and wait a bit before I can play,” they added.

I’ve had repeated firsthand experience with Steam Games libraries being fussy when moving across different PCs, so stretching the library system this way could reveal cracks and wrinkles as more games are tested. We shall see.

Hopefully, fuller implementation guides, scripts, and resources to help others purchase or 3D print their own Steam Game Cartridge shells will be shared in due course.

Palit officially announces RTX 3060 return with 'new' Infinity 2 OC launch — 2021 GPU with 12GB of VRAM is an AI crisis stopgap

Nvidia has just relaunched its five-year-old graphics card, the GeForce RTX 3060, in order to combat the component scarcity driven by AI. This resurrection has seen a staggered release, with companies like Gigabyte and Manli silently listing their renewed variants in different parts of the world. Today, Palit joined the list with an official announcement for its RTX 3060 Infinity 2 OC, the first official indication of Ampere's return.

If we take a look at the specs, the card is identical to the original RTX 3060 we saw in 2021 — it has 3,584 CUDA cores paired with 12GB of GDDR6 VRAM saturated across a 192-bit-wide bus. Since this is an overclocked variant, it can boost up to 1,792 MHz, which is less than 1% higher than the base 1,777 MHz boost that Nvidia already mandates. Palit will also release a non-OC variant of the Infinity 2 RTX 3060.

The card features a relatively simple design characterized by the typical black aesthetic we see on budget GPUs. There's no zero-RPM tech here, but Palit claims 0dB noise levels and says there's a "protective backplate" on the card that prevents PCB flex. When you're buying a GPU like this, its looks are probably the least of your concern; the main selling point is, of course, that 12GB memory pool.

Palit GeForce RTX 3060 Infinity 2 OC
Palit
Palit GeForce RTX 3060 Infinity 2 OC
Palit
Palit GeForce RTX 3060 Infinity 2 OC
Palit

Late last year, the PC hardware industry entered one of its most turbulent eras, characterized by production inadequacies created by the AI boom. Artificial intelligence demands a lot of memory and storage, and thus, commodity silicon has skyrocketed in price overnight with no signs of slowing down. After evading the crisis initially, GPUs eventually got wrapped up in the price hikes as well.

Nvidia's latest Blackwell family uses cutting-edge GDDR7 memory, which is even more expensive, and since vendors are busy producing HBM for fatter margins instead, the "solution" to this dilemma had to be creative. The idea for reviving older generation cards was actually floated by our very own Paul Alcorn at a Q&A at CES 2026, where Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang replied, saying he'd "go back and take a look at this."

Palit hasn't provided a price for the Infinity 2 OC yet, and we didn't see it listed on retailers yet, but we can infer it'll cost around $329 given similar variants have also been popping up for that price. To be clear, the RTX 3060 is a great value GPU that we praised even back when it launched. But in the face of the RTX 50-series, it's not exactly something you should consider first, especially when buying new.

You can get an RTX 5060 Ti for just $369 right now on Newegg, which is a significantly faster card with support for DLSS 4.5 and multi-frame gen, not to mention the better efficiency. It only has 8GB of VRAM, unfortunately, which hurts performance at high resolutions and if you like to play with ray tracing enabled. Still, unless you're going up to 4K, the 5060 Ti (and the regular 5060) will perform much better than a 3060 no matter what, as you can see in our GPU benchmark hierarchy.

Ultimately, rebooting the RTX 3060 makes sense from a manufacturer's point of view given the better yields of Samsung's older 8nm process compared to TSMC's more expensive N5 node used by Ada and Blackwell. But as a consumer, you should definitely stick with the RTX 50-series or try to find a used RTX 40-series GPU instead.

Elon Musk's Starlink releases smaller and lighter V5 residential kit — offers speeds of up to 375 Mbps and almost half the power consumption of V4

The SpaceX satellite internet service Starlink has just introduced its latest residential kit, letting users connect to the satellite network using a smaller and lighter terminal. The company announced the Starlink V5 on X, saying that it could hit up to 375+ Mbps for “streaming, video calling, gaming, and more.” It’s currently available in select areas only, though, with wider availability expected later as the company ramps up production.

Download speeds

Antenna

Field of View

Dish Weight

Environmental Rating

Operational Temperature

Mounted Wind Speed

Snow Melt Capability

Average Power Consumption

Power Indicator

Starlink V5

Up 375+ Mbps

Electronic Phased Array

110 degrees

2.4 lbs. (1.1kg)

IP67 Type 4

-22 deg F to 122 deg F (-30 deg C to 50 deg C)

165 mph (265 kph)

Up to 1.6 in. per hour (40mm per hour)

35 to 50 watts

LED / Starlink Top Face

Standard 4

Up to 400+ Mbps

Electronic Phased Array

110 degrees

6.4 lbs. (2.9kg)

IP67 Type 4

-22 deg F to 122 deg F (-30 deg C to 50 deg C)

60 mph (96 kph)

Up to 1.6 in. per hour (40mm per hour)

75 to 100 watts

LED / Router Face Plate

Mini

Up to 300+ Mbps

Electronic Phased Array

110 degrees

2.43 lbs. (1.1kg)

IP67 Type 4

-22 deg F to 122 deg F (-30 deg C to 50 deg C)

60 mph (96 kph)

Up to 1 in. per hour (25mm per hour)

25 to 40 watts

LED / Starlink Rear Face Plate

The new unit is significantly smaller and lighter than the Standard 4 used in most home deployments, and brings it close to the Starlink Mini, which is designed for both fixed and portable use. However, the Starlink V5 still requires a router (included), whereas the Mini can work without one, providing a wireless connection using its built-in Wi-Fi antenna. Still, the former is faster, offering speeds of up to 375+ Mbps. Although this is 25 Mbps slower than the 400+ Mbps that the Standard 4 is rated for, it’s still higher than the up to 300+ Mbps that SpaceX has set for the Mini.

The changes that SpaceX made to the Starlink V5 would make it much easier to set up, which is especially helpful for users who prefer to DIY their Starlink setup. Another interesting update to the new terminal is that it can handle faster wind speeds while mounted despite being lighter than the Standard 4. This should help it withstand tougher meteorological conditions, especially in areas frequently battered by storms and tornadoes.

Starlink V5 contents

(Image credit: Starlink)

The much lower average power consumption, which is just about half of what the previous-generation Starlink terminals consumed, would also help power stations last longer, making it ideal for keeping communications alive, especially during emergencies. This is exactly what Japan is experimenting with, as Tokyo has started putting up Starlink antennas on fire hydrant signs to provide emergency Wi-Fi.

Although SpaceX and its owner, Elon Musk, are no strangers to controversy, Starlink has proven useful in various situations. Aside from being useful for first responders in disaster zones, it also helped Ukraine stay connected during the height of Russia’s invasion of the country in 2024. It has even gotten to the point that China simulated a Starlink blockade over Taiwan because of how useful the service is in keeping a government online and communicating with its allies during times of distress.

Score 16GB of DDR5 RAM for just $61.99 in this Newegg parts bundle with the 7800X3D — epic kit deal for a gaming PC build nets you $189 in savings and ships with a Gigabyte motherboard and free MSI MAG cooler

15 July 2026 at 15:30

With hardware costs zooming up into the stratosphere, gaming PC builders need to look for deals where they can. If a budget-friendly build is your mission, then this Newegg bundle is a formidable option, shipping with an AMD Ryzen 7 7800X3D, Gigabyte B650E motherboard, and 16GB of TeamGroup T-Force DDR5 RAM for $636.99, saving you $188.99 in total, and comes with a free MSI cooler, too.

Grab this deal at Newegg

Overall, this combined deal on PC parts means that you're paying the equivalent of just $61.99 for the RAM, and that's before we even consider the free $69.99 MSI MAG cooler that this deal includes. Yes, it isn't 32GB, but the lowest available (standalone) 16GB DDR5 RAM kit with comparable specs would cost you $202.97. You won't find RAM cheaper than this, but while the memory is a serious reason to buy this bundle, the other components can't be ignored, too.

This Newegg combo for an AMD AM5 gaming PC build features the AMD Ryzen 7 7800X3D, Gigabyte B650E motherboard, and 32GB of TeamGroup DDR5 RAM. You also get a free MSI MAG AIO cooler, worth $69.99, for a limited-time only.View Deal

Our AMD Ryzen 7 7800X3D review makes clear how transformative this processor was when it launched: it's a powerhouse. While it isn't the fastest gaming CPU you can buy these days, our CPU benchmarks below show that it continues to rank highly for gaming and continues to be a popular option for gamers looking to build on a budget.

270K Plus benchmarks
Future
270K Plus benchmarks
Future
270K Plus benchmarks
Future

The 7800X3D ships with eight cores, all of which have access to the full 96 MB L3 cache capacity that helps give these chips their ultimate performance, along with a 4.2 GHz clock speed, which can boost up to 5 GHz. The L3 cache is the most important element, however, as the improved memory here reduces latency significantly. This means that the CPU doesn't have to fall back on using the slower system RAM as often while you're playing games, giving you higher and more stable frame rates while you play. You're also getting a free MSI MAG Coreliquid 240mm cooler, worth $69.99, to help keep your new CPU cool.

Alongside this powerhouse processor is a Gigabyte B650E Eagle motherboard. This is a budget-friendly mainstream board with plenty of I/O, including 2.5Gb Ethernet and several USB Type-A and Type-C ports. It has WiFi 6E and Bluetooth 5.3 connectivity, and has four M.2 slots for SSDs, including two with Gen 5 speeds.

The RAM, meanwhile, is from TeamGroup. This T-Force Delta RGB DDR5 kit comes with two 8GB modules, delivering 16GB memory in total, with speeds of 6,000 MT/s, and CAS latency and memory timings of 38-38-38-78. It has customizable RGB lighting, too, and supports both Intel XMP and AMD EXPO overclocking profiles, which are both supported by the motherboard, too.

16GB of DDR5 RAM for $61.99 (or free, if you count the value of the cooler) is a deal worth considering, especially when it's coupled with one of AMD's best and most popular CPUs from recent years. The $636.96 sale price for this 7800X3D bundle at Newegg hides some significant value, with $188.99 in savings overall up for grabs.

If you're looking for more savings, check out our Best PC Hardware deals for a range of products, or dive deeper into our specialized SSD and Storage Deals, Hard Drive Deals, Gaming Monitor Deals, Graphics Card Deals, Gaming Chair, Best Wi-Fi Routers, Best Motherboard, or CPU Deals pages.

You can also join the Tom's Hardware deals Discord for up-to-the-minute hardware deals.

Best Buy has slashed $900 off this Asus 64GB 2-in-1 touchscreen gaming laptop — $2,099 RoG Flow Z13 is great for both gaming and AI use

15 July 2026 at 15:24

Fancy a gaming laptop that's a little different? Something that can be used to play games, run small local LLMs, and even transform into a tablet for on-the-go use, then check out this hefty $900 saving on the Asus RoG Flow Z13 from Best Buy, now only $2099.99. The original $2,999.99 price tag is a lot to ask for, even with this laptop's exceptional amount of speedy RAM, but at the reduced price, it's a very attractive proposition.

Check out this deal on Best Buy

The Asus RoG Flow Z13 sports a 13.4-inch display with a 16:10 WQXGA 180Hz IPS ROG Nebula display and Gorilla Glass protection, with a 2560 x 1600 pixel resolution. The display is also touchscreen-enabled, and one of the quirks of this particular gaming laptop is that it can switch from an ordinary laptop setup to a tablet orientation with a built-in kickstand.

The hardware inside consists of AMD's 16-core Ryzen AI Max+ 395 processor with integrated Radeon 8060S graphics, a hefty 64GB of 8000 MT/s LPDDR5X unified memory, and a 1TB SSD for storage. You will be able to happily game on high settings at 1080p, but may need to make some compromises at 1440p to keep the frame rate high.

An AMD Ryzen AI Max+ 395 gaming laptop with a 16-core processor and integrated Radeon 8060S graphics, plus a hefty 64GB of 8000MT/s LPDDR5X unified memory. There's also a 1TB SSD for storage and the 2 in ability to transform from a laptop to a touchscreen tablet. View Deal

The chassis of the Asus RoG Flow Z13 is constructed from a CNC'd aluminum block for a solid structure, with a lightweight stainless steel vapor chamber that efficiently dissipates heat while adding extra strength to the laptop. Liquid metal thermal material is used to keep the CPU cool under load and helps to keep the noise levels of the laptop to a minimum while playing the most demanding games or using AI applications and software.

Perfect for taking on the go, this convertible 2-in-1 Asus RoG Flow Z13 laptop is a good deal at $2099.99, especially considering the extortionate price of RAM in the current climate. 64GB is considered large for a laptop, although there is a 128GB version of this laptop; the price is a lot higher, and not good value for money.

If you're looking for more savings, check out our Best PC Hardware deals for a range of products, or dive deeper into our specialized SSD and Storage Deals, Hard Drive Deals, Gaming Monitor Deals, Graphics Card Deals, Gaming Chair, Best Wi-Fi Routers, Best Motherboard, or CPU Deals pages.

You can also join the Tom's Hardware deals Discord for up-to-the-minute hardware deals.

Nvidia and Sega team up to deliver RTX Spark support for future games — partnership kicks off next year with upcoming Virtua Fighter Crossroads

15 July 2026 at 15:20

Nvidia's RTX Spark platform arrives later this year, and the company is hard at work building the partner ecosystem around the GB10 Superchip to ensure that Windows and applications are ready for its agentic AI PC vision. As part of that groundwork, the two companies announced today that Sega will support the RTX Spark platform with its upcoming Virtua Fighter Crossroads, coming in 2027.

The two companies also committed to RTX Spark support for "future Sega titles,” meaning that we might see official support for other evergreen franchises like the Yakuza series, the Persona games, and the upcoming Alien: Isolation 2 and Total War: Warhammer.

Although the companies didn’t go into detail about exactly what full support for the RTX Spark means for Sega games, one would expect that the developer’s titles will be natively compiled for Windows on Arm instead of relying on the Prism x86 emulator for compatibility.

It also seems safe to expect that future Sega titles will incorporate DLSS technologies like upscaling and Multi Frame Generation in order to deliver the best possible experience on RTX Spark systems. Despite having GPU compute capabilities similar to those of a desktop RTX 5070 on paper, the unified memory architecture and relatively limited memory bandwidth of the GB10 Superchip behind the RTX Spark platform present challenges for gaming performance that are likely to make the incorporation of DLSS tech important for the best experience.

The relationship between Nvidia and Sega spans over 30 years, tracing its roots to the ultimately abandoned development of the GPU for the Dreamcast console. Despite its eventual decision to use an NEC-produced PowerVR GPU for that system, Sega offered Nvidia a $5 million lifeline that gave the company the runway that it needed to develop and deliver the Riva 128, its first DirectX-compatible GPU.

That investment proved to be historic, as Nvidia now has a market cap of over $5 trillion and is in the process of shifting the very foundations of computing through its Grace Blackwell and upcoming Vera Rubin AI platforms for the data center.

Whether the RTX Spark platform reshapes the PC when it arrives in the fall of this year remains to be seen. But if you’re a fan of Sega’s IP, this partnership means that you can at least look forward to a first-class experience with its games on RTX Spark systems.

Intel's big $5 billion bet on Ireland aims to right the wrongs of the cancelled Magdeburg, Germany complex — Fab 34's proven pipeline and Intel 3 node should help the company meet insatiable HPC demand

15 July 2026 at 15:20

Intel announced a €5 billion ($5.7 billion) investment on Monday to expand chip production at its Leixlip campus in County Kildare, Ireland, upgrading existing fabs to increase output of Intel 3 wafers for Xeon 6 and next-gen server processors. The program accounts for roughly 30% of Intel's planned 2026 capital expenditure of about $17 billion, adds several hundred permanent roles to a 4,900-strong Irish workforce, and is scheduled to be substantially deployed by the end of 2027. Naga Chandrasekaran, Intel's chief technology and operations officer and general manager of Intel Foundry, told Reuters that "the demand for servers, the demand for AI is driving a significant increase in the need for Intel 3 wafers."

The announcement comes just shy of a year after CEO Lip-Bu Tan cancelled Intel's planned €30 billion fab complex in Magdeburg, Germany, and a €4.6 billion assembly and test plant in Wrocław, Poland. Those cancellations came with a memo in which Tan wrote that Intel had "invested too much, too soon – without adequate demand."

The Ireland program, however, passes the test Magdeburg failed on every measure that Intel boss Lip-bu Tan set: It uses cleanrooms that already exist; it's funded from Intel's own capex with no announced state aid; and it expands an already shipping revenue product into a demand pipeline Intel says currently exceeds its supply.

What €5 billion buys

Intel

(Image credit: Intel)

It’s understood that no new manufacturing plants are part of the program, with the money instead going to upgrades of existing fab facilities, installation of leading-edge production equipment, and an expansion of the automated track system that links the campus's manufacturing modules into a single production flow. Intel said the work began earlier this year and will employ around 2,000 specialized tradespeople during the build-out, on top of the permanent hires.

Fab 34 is the focal point of the spending, with Chandrasekaran telling the Irish Times that "Ireland is our centre of excellence for Intel 3; we are not running Intel 3 in any other Intel manufacturing facilities." The fab began high-volume production on Intel 4 in September 2023, as the first EUV facility in Europe, and it now runs both Intel 4 and Intel 3, producing compute tiles for Core Ultra parts and Xeon 6 server processors. Intel has spent more than €30 billion in Ireland since 1989, over half of it between 2019 and 2023, doubling the campus's manufacturing footprint.

The spending follows directly from a transaction Intel closed in April, when it bought back the 49% stake in the Fab 34 joint venture it had sold to Apollo-managed funds for $11.2 billion in 2024, paying $14.2 billion to reclaim it. Apollo walked away with a roughly 27% gain in under two years. Intel now owns 100% of every wafer Leixlip produces, so each additional Intel 3 wafer the €5 billion generates flows entirely to Intel's own margin, rather than being shared with an outside capital partner.

The projects Intel cancelled

Magdeburg had roughly €9.9 billion in pledged German subsidies attached when Tan killed it, and Wroclaw had €1.9 billion in approved EU state aid. Fab 38 in Kiryat Gat, Israel, remains paused, and the Ohio site has slipped to around 2030. Every leading-edge wafer Intel produces for the foreseeable future comes from three U.S. states and one Irish campus, a concentration that made Leixlip the only European site left to expand and the cheapest place anywhere in Intel's network to add advanced capacity quickly, since the shells, EUV tools, and workforce are already in place.

Intel's Data Center and AI revenue rose 22% year over year to $5.1 billion in Q1 2026, and CFO David Zinsner told analysts on the April earnings call that Intel faces "unprecedented demand for silicon," with demand exceeding supply across the company's server lines. Intel Foundry revenue grew 16% to $5.4 billion in the same quarter, but external foundry revenue was just $174 million against a $2.4 billion operating loss, so the wafers that pay for Leixlip's tools are overwhelmingly Intel's own Xeon chips, rather than customer designs. A single campus running the entirety of a revenue-critical node also concentrates risk: Any disruption at Leixlip has no second source, because Intel 3 exists nowhere else.

Europe's most advanced node, without European money

An aerial view of Intel's Leixlip campus.

(Image credit: Intel)

Intel 3 is now the most advanced process technology manufactured anywhere in Europe, and Chandrasekaran told the Irish Times the expansion provides "a technology sovereignty within the EU that the EU is targeting." Interestingly, no EU or Irish state aid accompanied the announcement, which distinguishes it from TSMC's €10 billion ESMC fab in Dresden, where the European Commission approved a €5 billion funding package for a plant producing 28/22nm and 16/12nm chips for automotive and industrial customers, scheduled to be operational from late 2027. Europe's only leading-edge logic production is self-funded by an American company for its own products, while its subsidized flagship project makes trailing-edge silicon.

Commercial electricity in Ireland runs up to twice the rates Intel pays in Arizona or Taiwan. Intel warned Irish ministers in August 2025 that its competitiveness was under threat from energy costs, and the company flagged up to 195 mandatory redundancies at Leixlip in mid-2025 as part of its global workforce reduction. IDA Ireland paid Intel €30 million in 2023 to offset elevated EU power bills, so that "self-funded" framing has at least one recent caveat.

Meanwhile, Intel's 14A node is being developed in Oregon; no Irish role in it has been announced, and two prospective 14A customers will decide the node's fate in commitments expected between late 2026 and early 2027. Ultimately, the €5 billion makes Leixlip the fully-loaded workhorse of a node Intel will eventually move past, not a contender for the leading edge. Whether Europe gets anything newer than Intel 3 remains to be seen.

Lyzer.ai – Write winning RFP proposals 70% faster with intelligent automation


Lyzer.ai is an AI-powered proposal platform that streamlines RFP, RFQ, and RFI responses from analysis to submission. It extracts requirements, builds a compliance matrix, and generates tailored, on-brand content using your knowledge base and past proposals. You can create reusable content blocks, manage a content library, and refine drafts with an advanced editor, then export polished PDFs or Word files. Enterprise features include private OpenAI-powered AI, multi-tenant security, and AWS-backed storage.

View startup

Are the Philips Hue Essential bulbs actually any good? Here's what you need to know about the smart light brand's budget range

Philips Hue is widely known as the best smart bulb brand, but if you're looking to get yourself kitted out with a full Hue setup from the main range, it'll cost you. You might have spotted the brand's Essential range — which looks very similar to the main lineup but comes in at a much more affordable price — and wondered where the compromise is. You can see an Essential bulb on the left of the image above, next to a main range bulb on the right.

This article is here to help you figure out whether the Philips Hue Essential range is right for you, or whether it's better to splurge on the original lineup. We've tested both, and you can get the full low-down on what we thought of the budget-friendly bulbs in our Philips Hue Essential series review. For a quick summary, though — plus links to buy — read on.

Philips Hue Essential bulbs: reasons to buy

Let's start with the good bits about the Philips Hue Essentials range. Here are the main benefits to know about:

The performance is excellent: In her side-by-side tests with the main range, our Homes Editor Cat Ellis found "both were equally responsive, and produced colors that were identical to my naked eye when [she] switched between scenes". The Essential bulbs are based on a different color-matching technology to regular Hue lights, but Cat "had a hard time telling the difference".

They're compatible with the full Hue ecosystem: The Essential bulbs will play nicely with any Hue gadgets you already have, making them a great way to extend your existing smart light setup.

They're much cheaper than the main range: While prices vary depending on exactly which bulb you're buying, generally the Essential models come in around half the price of the main range.

Philips Hue Essential bulbs: reasons to avoid

So what about the downsides? These are the main compromises you'll be making if you opt for an Essential bulb:

The white shades don't match the main range: Essential bulbs have a narrower white light range, which is an issue if you were hoping to add them into a room that already has bulbs from the main lineup.

They can't dim as low: Essential bulbs can only dim to 2%, whereas the main range can go right down to 0.2%. If you want seriously muted lighting, you'll need to shell out a bit more and stick to the main range.

They can't get as bright: Essential bulbs have a lower maximum brightness capacity — they can reach 803 lumens, whereas some of the standard White & Color Ambiance bulbs can hit 1,600 lumens. It's worth nothing that this spec varies by bulb; not all standard bulbs have a higher max brightness than their Essential counterpart.

Philips Hue Essential Starter kits

Most people getting started with a Philips Hue lighting setup will begin by purchasing a 'Starter kit', which bundles some bulbs, a Philips Hue Bridge, and occasionally a bonus Philips Hue accessory. A Bridge isn't essential, but it is a good idea if you want to maximize the potential of your bulbs. There are a few variations available, with different numbers and kinds of bulbs included; I've listed a selection here.

US starter kits

Philips Hue Essential Starter Kit: Bridge + 4 Essential E26 Smart Bulbs,white & Color Ambiance,2200k-6500k,dimmable,compatible With Alexa,google,samsung Smartthings,apple Home

Philips Hue
Essential starter kit (4 E26 bulbs), White and color ambiance

Philips Hue Essential White & Color Ambiance 2-Pack Starter Kit - 2x 60-Watt Equivalent (800lm) A19 General Purpose Light Buls (medium Base) + Hue Bridge

Philips Hue
Essential starter kit (2 bulbs), White and color ambiance

UK starter kits

Philips Hue Bridge + 2 Essential B22 Smart Bulbs Starter Kit, White and Colour Ambience, 2200k-6500k, Dimmable Led Bulbs, Works With Alexa, Google Assistant, Samsung Smartthings, Apple Home

Philips Hue
Essential starter kit: 2 B22 smart bulbs, White and color ambiance

Essential Starter Kit: 2 E27 Smart Bulbs (806 Lm)

Philips Hue
Essential Starter Kit: 2 E27 Smart Bulbs

Essential Starter Kit: 3 E27 Smart Bulbs (806 Lm)

Philips Hue
Essential Starter Kit: 3 E27 Smart Bulbs (806 Lm)

Essential Starter Kit: 3 Gu10 Smart Bulbs (345 Lm) + Smart Button

Philips Hue
Essential Starter Kit: 3 Gu10 Smart Bulbs (345 Lm) + Smart Button

Essential Starter Kit: 3 Gu10 Smart Bulbs (345 Lm)

Philips Hue
Essential Starter Kit: 3 Gu10 Smart Bulbs (345 Lm)

Starter Kit: 2 E27 Smart Bulbs (1100)

Philips Hue
Starter Kit: 2 E27 Smart Bulbs (1100)

Philips Hue Essential bulbs

If you already have a Bridge and are looking to extend your setup, or are planning on going without (basic bulb functions can be controlled via Bluetooth), you can buy individual or multipack bulbs. There's a massive range — I've just included a selection here.

Whichever bulb lineup you choose, you'll have to decide between Hue's three light types. White and color ambiance bulbs can emit any one of millions of RGB colors, including a wide range of different white tones. White bulbs emit a warm light at a set color temperature, and White ambiance bulbs can be set to any one of a massive range of cool to warm white lights.

US bulbs

Essential A19 - E26 Smart Bulb - 800 Lm - 8.8w - 4 Pack

Philips Hue
Essential A19 - E26 Smart Bulb - 800 Lm - 8.8w - 4 Pack

Essential Br30 - E26 Smart Bulb - 650 Lm - 7.2w

Philips Hue
Essential Br30 - E26 Smart Bulb - 650 Lm - 7.2w

Essential A19 - E26 Smart Bulb - 800 Lm - 8.8w

Philips Hue
Essential A19 - E26 Smart Bulb - 800 Lm - 8.8w

Bundle: Essential A19 - E26 (2 Pack)

Philips Hue
Bundle: Essential A19 - E26 (2 Pack)

Bundle: Essential Br30 - E26 (2 Pack)

Philips Hue
Bundle: Essential Br30 - E26 (2 Pack)

UK bulbs

Philips Hue Essential Led A60 Smart Bulb, White and Color Ambiance, E27 Base, 8w, 2200k-6500k, 806 Lumens, Dimmable B22 Led Bulb, Smart Lighting Works With Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple Home, 4 Pack

Philips Hue
Essential A60 LED Smart Bulb (4 pack), White and Color Ambiance

Philips Hue Essential Led A60 Smart Bulbs, White and Colour Ambiance, B22 Base, 8w, 2200k-6500k, 806 Lm, Dimmable Hue Led Bulbs, Smart Lighting Works With Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple Home, 2 Pack

Philips Hue
Essential smart bulb (2 pack), White and color ambiance

Philips Hue Essential Smart Led Gu10 Spotlight Bulb, White and Color Ambiance, 4.7w, 2200k-6500k, 345 Lumens, Dimmable, Works With Alexa, Google Assistant, and Apple Home, 4 Pack

Philips Hue
Essential Smart LED GU10 Spotlight Bulb, White and Color Ambiance

Hue Essential 10-Meter Led Strip Light, Rgbic, Vibrant Color and Ambiance, Flexible Indoor Lighting, Easy Installation, App and Voice Control, Works With Alexa, Google Assistant, and Apple Home

Philips Hue
Essential 10-Meter LED Strip Light, Color and Ambiance

Microsoft deletes man’s hacked OneDrive with 25 years of photos and games — as 'irreversible' action prompts him to bemoan ‘I relied on Microsoft to keep that safe’

  • Microsoft deleted a user’s OneDrive account after it was compromised
  • This resulted in the loss of 25 years’ worth of photos and games
  • The incident is a reminder to use multiple backup solutions

How much do you have stored in your Microsoft account? Consider all the photos and documents backed up to OneDrive, the games and apps linked to your username, and all the rest. Many of us have a lot stored there, but as one Microsoft user recently found out, it can all be taken away in an instant — with Microsoft itself doing the deleting.

Posting on X, Joshua Khane related how a recent hack of their account led to Microsoft taking the nuclear option and removing 25 years’ worth of data, including photos of their infant son and “thousands of Euros spent on games.”

Khane shared an email from Microsoft explaining that, since “unauthorized access occurred” on their account — meaning a likely compromise by hackers — “we have permanently suspended the account.” Microsoft confirmed that “this action is irreversible … Additionally, if you had files stored in OneDrive, those files are no longer accessible. Due to encryption and privacy safeguards, even our engineers cannot retrieve them.”

The move left Khane incensed, with the disbelieving user condemning Microsoft’s decision not to restore their account: “One of the biggest companies ever couldn’t do that so they just deleted that sh*t like it was nothing??”

“Even though the security could be tighter from my side (lessons are learned),” they added, “it bothers me the most that Microsoft says that they cannot recover my account and suspended it … Thousands of Euros are gone down the drain as I’ve lost all my games also! Couldn’t back those up and I relied on Microsoft to keep that safe, even if I got compromised!”

How to keep your data safe

Businessman using a computer to backup storage data

(Image credit: Deemerwha studio / Shutterstock)

After the saga was posted on Reddit, other users chimed in with similar stories of their own. “Happened to me also,” said one user. “I had payment proof and everything going back 20 years. They said sorry, best we can do is lock your account for good.”

Another had a piece of advice for Khane: “When this happened to me, I created the new account and sent an email to them (on the same thread) with the new account info. They basically cloned the old account into the new one and I got everything back.” Elsewhere, many users recommended Khane take legal action against Microsoft.

If you want to avoid a similar fate, it’s important that you don’t just back up your important documents to one source — be that cloud storage like OneDrive or an external storage drive. If something goes wrong, your only copy has vanished into the ether.

Instead, build redundancy into your backups. Use a cloud backup service like Backblaze and a local NAS or offline archive drive. If possible, ensure your backups are in different physical locations, including one off the premises.

As Redditor Linesey rightly suggested, “Get a NAS, get an off-site location like a safe deposit box for cold storage, and then use the cloud if you really want to, as another layer.” That way, you’ve got at least one fallback option if a firm like Microsoft decides to delete your data without warning.

It’s also worth setting up passkeys and multi-factor authentication on your accounts and using one of the best password managers to strengthen and store all your logins. That way, you make it harder for bad actors to gain access to your account — and less tempting for Microsoft to hit the big red button, with irreversible consequences.

New Windows 11 update is a big one — these are my top 4 features, including the ability to pause updates indefinitely

  • Windows 11's July update has arrived
  • It packs some smart features, including pausing updates at length and a new recovery option
  • This patch also cures a nasty bug that slowly eats more and more drive space, but there's an issue to be aware of for Dell laptop owners

Microsoft has released its monthly patch for Windows 11 and the July update is a biggie, packing a feature that I've been awaiting for quite some time.

That would be the ability to pause updates on Windows 11 Home – beyond just a short period of time, which has been the only choice to date – and there are some other impressive additions from Microsoft here.

I'm going to pick out my top four features introduced by the July update, as well as rounding up some of the other more notable changes here. I'll also highlight an important bug fix that has been deployed for a nasty flaw that eats your drive space – along with a warning for some of those with a Dell laptop (who may not get this update for a good reason, as you'll see).

As ever, these changes were seen in the last optional update (June preview), and most of these features are being rolled out gradually, so you may not see them right away after installing this update (indeed, you may have to wait a while based on how the update winds blow regarding your exact PC configuration).

1. Pausing updates

Checking windows update on laptop screen close up view

(Image credit: Shutterstock)

Sometimes you want to hold off installing an update because of a bug that you're nervous about potentially affecting your system, and up until now, Windows 11 users have only been able to avoid any given update for five weeks.

Okay, so that's a fairly long time, but what if the bug is one of those persistent and niggly affairs that Microsoft takes an age to fix? You may want to delay the update beyond five weeks, and now you can. The catch is that you'll need to continually renew the delay for every 35-day period, but nonetheless, you can now keep an update at bay for as long as you want. (Well – until you're forced to update to a new version of Windows 11, that is, when support runs out for your current version).

2. Point-in-time restore

A young woman is working on a laptop in a relaxed office space.

(Image credit: Getty Images)

Another neat addition is point-in-time restore, a new recovery option that you can employ when something bad happens to your PC and you can no longer reach the desktop. Point-in-time restore lets you roll back a non-functioning system to a previous working state. It reverts to the "full system state" meaning that all your apps, files, and settings are recovered as captured at that previous time.

Hopefully this is a feature that you'll never need, but if you do, you'll be very glad of it. Note that the system backups obviously take up drive space, with older backups automatically deleted after 72 hours by default. Also, if you have a system drive that's smaller than 200GB, you'll have to enable this feature yourself (as it won't be turned on automatically due to potential space issues – note that you can specify a maximum amount of storage space used).

3. Fewer annoyances with widgets

Windows 11 on a laptop

(Image credit: Windows/Unsplash)

The July update is making the widgets panel 'quieter' by which Microsoft means that it has cut out a lot of clutter. The main change is that by default the panel just displays your widgets and Microsoft has got rid of the promotional nonsense in terms of ads and the MSN feed. Notifications and taskbar badges are also minimized by default, and widgets no longer open when you hover over them.

There are some other streamlining moves here, and even if you don't use widgets, I think this is a noteworthy change as it shows the direction Microsoft is now heading in with Windows 11 – chilling out on the upselling as was previously promised (if not entirely banishing it).

4. Screen tint

A laptop with the Windows 11 desktop on screen, glowing, while on a work desk

(Image credit: Shutterstock/Ham patipak)

Windows 11 has been graced with a number of accessibility improvements in the July update, first of which is a new screen tint ability. This does what it says on the tin, allowing you to tint the screen with a choice of colors to help reduce eye strain, or to make text more easily readable. You can adjust the tint intensity, and this is a very useful addition that'll save people from downloading a third-party app to get these kinds of color overlays.

Other features in the July update

Windows 11 Linux app

(Image credit: TechRadar)

There's quite a lot going on here aside from the above major moves, and that includes Microsoft boosting the speed at which File Explorer launches (helping Windows 11 to feel more performant overall).

There's a whole lot of work on the Bluetooth front, too, as Microsoft notes: "This update improves reliability and performance when connecting to and using Bluetooth devices." That includes better driver stability, improved audio routing for calls via Phone Link, and more.

File Explorer has also been honed to be more reliable, and Microsoft has implemented a performance tweak to the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) that means PCs will shut down more promptly. If you've ever sat staring at your computer while it takes 20 seconds to shut down, wondering what on earth it's doing, that kind of behavior will hopefully be a rarer occurrence going forward.

A major bug fix – and Dell laptop problems

There's some good news for those of you who have been suffering at the hands of a mysterious bug that eats storage space (due to an out-of-control database file). This is fixed with the July update (the cure was in the June preview before it), so you can grab this to resolve the issue (hopefully).

There's some bad news on the bug front, though, namely that you won't get this update on some Dell devices with Intel CPUs, as Microsoft has blocked it due to the July patch causing all sorts of weird issues. I say it's bad news, but at least Microsoft caught the problem and has prevented the update from being piped to those machines.

Microsoft informs us: "This update might not be available for a limited number of Dell devices with Intel processors due to an incompatibility reported by Dell that can potentially cause unexpected shutdowns, poor performance, increased heat, and battery drain. We are working together with Dell to prevent the affected models from experiencing the issue and plan to release a resolution for affected devices in the coming days."

So, if you were wondering why you couldn't get this patch on your Dell laptop, now you know. You'll just have to sit tight for now until Microsoft and Dell get this ironed out.

'Ineffective and useless': the UK government is proposing a midnight social media curfew for 16 and 17-year-olds, but there's an easy loophole

  • The UK is proposing a social media curfew for ages 16 and 17
  • Access would be blocked from midnight to 6am by default
  • However, teens will be able to change these settings if they wish

Having already announced plans to ban under-16s from social media apps early next year, the UK government is now proposing a midnight social media curfew for young people aged 16 and 17 — though parents seem less impressed with this latest idea.

As reported by the BBC, the suggested curfew would run between midnight and 6am, and would be combined by certain "addictive" features being disabled in apps like Instagram and TikTok at any time of day. Those features would include infinite scroll, for example, and videos auto–playing when loaded.

The measures will be "crucial in helping young people get the sleep they need, focus on school and college, and spend more quality time with family and friends," according to Technology Secretary Liz Kendall. They're also intended to provide a gentler 'on ramp' to these apps for kids turning 16, having previously not had any access.

Changes are also going to be enforced for AI chatbots, which will be required to encourage regular breaks for under-18s, and to have safeguards in place to prevent "dangerous, misleading, or unverified mental health advice" from appearing. The moves are being made after a pilot scheme involving more than 300 teenagers and their families.

Teens can opt out

Keir Starmer to announce midnight social media curfew for teenagers from r/ukpolitics

There's not much detail in the government's announcement, so questions around mechanisms and timing have yet to be answered. It's possible the target date for this is the same as the under-16s social media ban – springtime (March, April, May) in the UK.

What's different to the social media ban is that the curfew timings and the removal of addictive features are going to be optional. While app developers will be told by the government to have these restrictions in place by default, teenagers will have the option to disable them if they wish.

Reactions on Reddit suggest the measures will end up being "ineffective and useless", with one poster comparing it to speed limit warnings for cars — very easy to ignore. Commenters also point out that this may require more age verification, and that existing parental control tools already exist to block social media access for kids at certain times.

"How is it any of the government's business what time anyone uses social media?" reads one post, while another calls into question allowing 16-year-olds to join the army but not letting them on social media past midnight.

Hold up, Mint Mobile is currently selling the Google Pixel 10 for just $150 — and you don't even need to trade in

The prepaid carrier Mint Mobile has been making headlines recently with its huge discounts on the latest Android flagships. Last week, I was shouting out the carrier's $500 discount on the Samsung Galaxy S26 series, but I've just spotted another great option.

It's a record-breaking $650 upfront discount on the latest Google Pixel 10, which is just $150 at the carrier today without the need for trading in. While you'll still need a plan, Mint Mobile is also offering a full year of unlimited data for just $180. That means a device and plan for just $329 upfront.

Getting such a decent phone for so cheap isn't to be ignored, and these types of deals have been incredibly popular at Mint Mobile over the past few months. Just a few weeks ago, the Galaxy S26 series sold out at the carrier, so I wouldn't be surprised if this Pixel 10 series deal did too.

This particular deal is listed as exclusive to new customers, though, so you may be excluded if you already have a line with Mint Mobile. As always, these deals are very much aimed at people looking to bundle up one of the latest phones with a super-cheap plan that really undercuts the traditional big carriers.

Record-breaking Google Pixel 10 deal at Mint Mobile

Google Pixel 10: was $799 now $149, plus one year of unlimited data for $180 at Mint Mobile
Mint Mobile's offered plenty of deals on the excellent Google Pixel 10 series recently, but none have come close to this week's record-beating discount. Right now, you can get a massive $650 off the device if you buy it upfront with a new plan. No trade-ins are needed at all here, and the carrier is also offering a full year of unlimited data for just $180 — that's just $15/mo on average.View Deal

While you can technically get the Pixel 10 alongside any plan at Mint Mobile, the carrier has every plan listed at $180, so it makes sense to go for the option that's usually the priciest. And, it's a good plan, too. You get unlimited talk, text, and 50GB of high-speed 5G data per month for one of the most competitive prices on the market.

Note, if you're just interested in the plan and not the phone, then Mint Mobile also has some great 'bring your own device' summer specials currently. I've listed those out, alongside today's deal on the Galaxy S26 series, just below.

Also available at Mint Mobile this week...

Samsung Galaxy S26 series: $500 off, plus up to $400 off with a trade-in at Mint Mobile
Mint Mobile's latest deal on the Galaxy S26 series is one of the best I've ever seen from the well-known prepaid carrier. Not only can you get a record-breaking $500 upfront discount on a brand new device, but you'll also get a full year of unlimited data for just $180 — that's half price. On top of that, you can also trade in for an additional discount of up to $400 off, which is enough to cover the entire cost of the standard Galaxy S26.

Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra: was $1,300 now $1,100
Samsung Galaxy S26 Plus: was $1,100 now $600View Deal

Mint Mobile unlimited data plan: was $360 now $180
If you've been curious about trying Mint Mobile, then now's a great time to jump on board. The carrier has just brought back its best-ever deal on its already good-value unlimited plan. Right now, you can get a full year of service for just $180 upfront, which equates to half price and just $15/mo on average.View Deal

"The difference between launching now and launching never": How vibe coding is turning small business ideas into functional apps in record time

A new customer booking system, a bespoke CRM, or an app that can be sold as a new revenue stream. Small businesses are rarely short of great ideas, but often lack the time, funding, or technical expertise to go from idea to functional app.

This is the gap that vibe coding aims to fill, helping small businesses launch apps by combining plain English prompts with AI.

I caught up with Yoav Orlev, Head of Product at Base44, to get some insight into how small businesses can get the most out of vibe coding platforms. We also discuss some of the common pitfalls and risks associated with vibe coding and how to overcome them.

Vibe Coding has a lot of buzz around it, but what does it actually mean for the small businesses that can benefit from it?

The same quality output without the same budget

Instead of needing to know how to build an application, small business owners can just describe what they want and it gets built. They’re essentially having a conversation with AI instead of wrestling with tools, templates, or code. There are significant advantages to vibe-coding, including:

Removing the “gatekeepers"

Previously, a small business owner who wanted a professional website had two options: pay a developer (expensive) or spend hours learning code (time-consuming). Vibe coding collapses both into a single conversation. A florist, a personal trainer, a local accountant, anyone can now describe their business and get a professional application without any technical knowledge.

Speed to market changes everything

A small business can go from idea to functional application in minutes, not weeks. For a new business owner, that's the difference between launching now and launching never.

Iteration becomes effortless

Want to change your text? Swap your color scheme? Add an agent? Instead of digging through menus or calling a developer, you just type what you want changed via natural conversion. Small businesses can now move and adapt as fast as their ideas do.

The playing field levels out

Enterprise businesses have had dev teams, agencies, and big wallets for years. Vibe coding gives small businesses access to the same quality output without the same budget. This is a significant shift, letting smaller businesses compete with larger ones.

Vibe coding means that for the first time, the barrier to having a custom application is no longer technical skill or budget. That's a meaningful unlock for millions of small business owners who previously felt locked out of the growing digital economy.

For years, small businesses have benefited from drag-and-drop tools. How has vibe coding changed this approach? What new benefits does it bring to the table?

Users are now not operating a tool but collaborating with one.

Drag-and-drop was a genuine breakthrough. It opened up web creation to anyone, regardless of technical skill or budget constraints. Users needed to know what they wanted, where to put it, and how to make it look right, but they had more access and guidance than ever before.

Vibe coding starts the create-and-build process with a conversation. Users describe their business and goals, and the platform builds around that. It's a fundamentally different kind of interaction than drag-and-drop. Users are now not operating a tool but collaborating with one.

Vibe coding isn't here to replace drag-and-drop, and that's an important distinction. Both have real advantages. Vibe coding wins on speed and ease of use. Drag-and-drop gives users precision and hands-on creative control. The real breakthrough for small businesses is having both working together seamlessly by describing what they need, letting AI get there fast, then fine-tuning the details manually without ever switching platforms or starting over.

That combination is what gives small businesses a truly holistic way to build and grow an online presence. Less time building and more time focusing on their business.

If an entrepreneur wanted to build a tool for their business today, where should they start? What does a good prompt look like?

A first prompt doesn't need to be perfect. Get something on the screen, react to it, and refine from there.

The best place to start is with the problem, not the solution.

Before opening any tool or writing a single prompt, an entrepreneur should get specific about what's actually slowing their business down. Is it taking bookings manually over the phone? Chasing invoices? Answering the same customer questions over and over? The clearest prompts come from the clearest problems.

When it comes to writing a good prompt, specificity is everything.

A weak prompt sounds like "build me a website for my business." A strong prompt sounds like "I run a mobile dog grooming service in Chicago with three employees. I need a way for customers to book appointments online, see my pricing by dog size, and get automatic confirmation texts."

The more context users give, such as industry, customer, specific workflow, and the outcome that’s trying to be achieved, the more useful the result. Think of it less like a search query and more like briefing a new hire on their first day. The AI works best when it understands not just what you want, but why you need it.

From there, iteration is your best friend. A first prompt doesn't need to be perfect. Get something on the screen, react to it, and refine from there. The most effective builders treat it as a back-and-forth conversation rather than a one-shot request.

What are some common examples of small businesses using vibe coding to build internal tools? Which do you believe are the most valuable and why?

The range of tools small businesses are building with vibe coding is remarkable. We're seeing everything from custom booking and scheduling systems, to lightweight CRM and lead tracking tools, client-facing portals, invoice generators, staff onboarding wikis, loyalty program trackers, and more.

The most valuable apps tend to be the ones replacing a manual process that was quietly costing the business time or customers. Custom booking systems are one standout. For service-based businesses, time is the product, and a system built around their exact workflow has a direct and immediate impact on revenue. Lightweight CRM tools are another reason because most small businesses aren't losing customers due to bad service; they're losing them because follow-up falls through the cracks. A tool built around how they actually sell, rather than how generic software thinks they should, makes all the difference.

The common thread is fit. What makes vibe coding genuinely powerful for small businesses is that they can build exactly what they need and tailored for them, rather than settling for something “close enough.” That's a shift that levels the playing field in a very real way.

Can entrepreneurs also use vibe coding to build customer-facing tools and new revenue streams? What are some good examples of this?

Absolutely! This where vibe coding starts to look less like a productivity tool and more like a genuine business accelerator. The same technology that helps a small business automate internal processes can also help them build entirely new products, services, and revenue streams that simply weren't accessible before without a development budget.

The examples are wide-ranging. A personal trainer can go beyond selling sessions and build a branded fitness app where clients track workouts and access custom programs, turning a one-to-one service into a scalable product. A marketing consultant can build a self-serve audit tool that generates leads while they sleep. A local chef can launch a meal planning subscription with a custom interface rather than relying on a third-party platform that takes a cut of every transaction. A retailer can build a personalized product recommendation quiz that increases average order value without touching their core website.

What all of these have in common is that they were previously only realistic for businesses with developer resources and big pockets. Vibe coding changes that entirely. The barrier to launching a new revenue stream is no longer technical and costly. It's just having the idea and the ambition to act on it.

Some business owners (myself included) have found ourselves stuck in a loop where AI fixes one issue, but breaks several others. What are some golden rules users can apply to get back on track when the ‘vibe’ goes wrong?

  1. If possible, try to break down your request into smaller pieces. Sometimes, when trying to add too many features at once, the agent makes a mistake.
  2. If something doesn't work at first, be very specific and clear. In many cases, it can also be helpful to state what the AI shouldn't do. For example, tell AI to change the layout, but make sure not to change any colors in the app.
  3. Almost all vibe coding platforms allow users to revert. So if you are failing to add something 3 or 4 times in a row, then revert to the last successful version and try in a slightly different way.
  4. Search the tool documentation. There are usually many examples and “how tos” that can carry you over a certain hurdle.

What are some of the pitfalls and risks that entrepreneurs should be aware of when vibe coding internal tools and potential products? 

There are 2 main pitfalls we see.

  1. Not giving your product to users. We talk to a lot of users who keep building more and more features, since it's so easy, yet they hold off releasing the product, fearing it's too early. Don't. AI is all about moving as fast as possible. If you have a working product that will help someone, put it in the hands of users and get feedback as quickly as possible. Worry less about the perfect product and more about usage.
  2. Security is huge. Most tools nowadays offer security scans, but as a builder, make sure you take the time to really understand how the scan works, what it covers, and what issues you might face. Most tools will cover you, but only if you know how to leverage them. Take the time to learn it or consult someone who can walk you through it.

Why AI recommendations are becoming ecommerce’s most valuable source of traffic

When a trusted friend recommends a product or service to you, it can alter the way you think about the potential purchase. You tend to lower your guard, with the knowledge that some of the filtering work has already been done on your behalf.

This is particularly true when that friend understands your tastes and priorities, and how much you’re looking to spend; the recommendation carries weight before you even visit the website or look at the product page. By the time you click, a large part of the decision has already been made.

Now there is evidence that AI recommendations can have a similar effect on consumers.

We recently analyzed web traffic and conversion data from more than 35,000 ecommerce brands using Shopify and it revealed something significant: referrals from AI tools such as ChatGPT are converting at an average rate of 3.6%, compared with 1.23% for traditional Google search traffic. AI referrals are also generating around 30% higher revenue per session.

For ecommerce businesses, these findings point to an important change in consumer behavior that presents both an opportunity and a challenge.

The buying journey is changing

For years, digital marketing strategies have been built around search engines. A user enters keywords, compares links, visits multiple sites and eventually makes a decision. Brands compete to win the click, then persuade the customer after they arrive.

AI is changing the sequence.

Consumers are no longer simply typing broad phrases like “best running shoes” or “cheap Bluetooth speaker”. Instead, they are asking the likes of ChatGPT highly detailed questions tailored to their exact needs.

Where previously the user might have received a list of product websites to explore, now they are being given a specific tailor-made recommendation.

In effect, AI platforms are compressing the consideration stage of the buying journey. Much of the evaluation happens before the consumer reaches the brand’s website. By the time they click through, they already have a degree of confidence in the recommendation they have been given – much like the case of the recommendation from a friend.

This creates a different type of visitor altogether.

Traditional search traffic can often be broad and exploratory. AI-referred visitors, however, increasingly resemble ‘pre-qualified’ leads. They arrive with clearer expectations and stronger buying intent, which helps explain the higher conversion rates.

Why visibility now means something different

For brands, the opportunity is clear: higher intent traffic generally means stronger revenue per visitor and more efficient acquisition.

The challenge, however, is that many ecommerce businesses are still measuring success using frameworks built for the ‘traditional’ approach.

A large proportion of marketing strategies remain heavily focused on traffic volumes, click-through rates and keyword rankings. Yet AI recommendation systems rely on different signals. Visibility inside AI-generated answers depends less on traditional advertising tactics and more on credibility, authority and contextual relevance across the wider web.

Brands are no longer only competing for search rankings. They are competing to become trusted sources within the information ecosystem AI tools rely upon.

That has major implications for how companies think about content and discoverability.

Reviews become more influential because AI systems frequently incorporate them into recommendations. Third-party editorial coverage matters more because it contributes to authority and trustworthiness. Community discussions on forums and social media also gain importance because they help establish credibility and context.

The businesses that perform well in AI-driven discovery are likely to be those with strong reputations spread consistently across multiple trusted sources, rather than those relying purely on aggressive performance marketing.

Rethinking marketing measurement

There is another important lesson in this data. Many businesses may currently have an incomplete understanding of which channels are genuinely driving growth.

One of the perennial challenges with digital advertising is ‘attribution distortion’. In simple terms, platforms optimize for conversions, often retargeting existing customers or users who were already close to purchasing. This can create inflated perceptions of acquisition performance.

At the same time, AI-referred traffic may still be under-measured inside many organizations because it remains a comparatively new source of inbound visitors.

The danger is that businesses continue over-investing in channels that appear successful according to legacy metrics while underestimating emerging forms of high-intent traffic.

This matters because AI-driven discovery is likely to become more important over time.

Consumer expectations are evolving rapidly. People increasingly want answers tailored to their exact circumstances rather than broad lists of generic options. AI interfaces are naturally suited to that type of interaction because they can process nuance and context in ways traditional search engines struggle to replicate.

What brands should do next

Brands therefore need to rethink not only where they advertise, but how they present their offer online altogether.

That starts with understanding how the business appears across the wider digital landscape. Are reviews consistent and trustworthy? Is the brand being referenced by credible publications and communities? Is product information clear, accurate and useful?

It also means creating content that answers real consumer questions in detailed and genuinely helpful ways, rather than simply targeting high-volume keywords.

None of this means traditional search is disappearing overnight. Search engines remain hugely important, and publishers continue to play a central role in shaping the information AI systems consume and reference.

What is changing is the path consumers take before making decisions.

The era of winning attention purely through visibility is gradually giving way to an era of winning trust before the click ever happens.

We've tested the best email marketing platforms on the market.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Why transaction data may be the missing link to AI ROI

AI took enterprises by storm, with many opting for integration as fast as possible in fear of falling behind the more ambitious tech adopters. But speed alone isn’t always an advantage and as a result, 95% of enterprise pilot programs still failed to deliver measurable financial returns just last year.

Now that we’re a few years past the initial AI explosion, the pressure is on to prove true ROI from these projects.

Businesses have most frequently poured resources into AI tools aimed at boosting productivity and automating workflow in hopes to target the most universal, longest standing business goal: doing more with less. But what leaders should be doing is identifying where the technology can solve the biggest issues specific to today’s business climate. One of those issues is cash flow forecasting.

This year, 52% of American CFOs named cost management as their most worrisome internal concern. While a well-oiled cost management strategy remains critical for creating a strong financial cushion and remaining resilient, balancing fixed operations with constantly shifting real world variables is never easy.

As companies increasingly look for ways to remain nimble and improve decision-making, those that can leverage AI to forecast trends in cash flow demand, churn risk, and spending pattern shifts will find themselves on a quicker path to ROI. Doing so requires harnessing the right data, and these financial signals are hidden in the transaction layer.

While businesses have long mined transaction data for traditional analytics and reporting, it’s far under-utilized in AI strategies. There needs to be a shift from viewing these insights as archival records of past performance to real time indicators of what’s to come.

Making revenue forecasting more adaptive

There are several revenue indicators that lie within bottom funnel operations that AI has the ability of turning into actionable insights. From frequently adjusted terms within contract renewals to the average time it’s taking customers to finalize transactions, purchase signals like these can help AI systems make smarter predictions about demand or accounts receivable.

To provide a more granular view into the value of this data layer, let’s look at upgrade or renewal activity for example. Customer retention is a key element to maintaining predictable cash flow and is among the first to go during an economic shakeup.

Tracking accounts that consistently upgrade a product or service on time to see that they suddenly miss a milestone could immediately flag eventual churn risk. These deviations should also be compared across similar accounts to segment risk based on geography, product lines, or size and industry.

From there, leaders can act proactively with strategies like targeted discounts or incentive measures to encourage retention. Alternatively, accounts that are expanding faster than expected could provide predictions into other customers who might be ready for higher value offerings.

Identifying cues like those that often precede cancellations, along with delayed payments, reduced usage, or smaller order size for instance, can equip finance or leadership teams with rolling forecasts. Whereas on the other hand, monthly or quarterly forecasts typically only rely on historical averages and don’t provide the real time guidance needed for a quickly shifting marketplace.

This can manifest into a powerful decision-making engine. One that is dynamic enough to support flexible cost management strategies. Seeing where cash-flow is moving allows leaders to make more informed decisions.

For example, if it’s consistently being found that these customers are upgrading at slower rates then it may be a good indicator to preemptively reduce inventory or relax timelines for product development teams. In turn, leaders can avoid allocating too many resources to demand that may not end up materializing.

This also gives teams more flexibility to adjust spending and production before any cash flow pressure sets in.

An important element to keep in mind is that these purchasing behavior insights often sit across separate systems. While sales teams may have insights into average order values, only legal or finance may know how payment terms are changing across clients.

First mapping where all of these metrics currently live is critical to then unify them into one place for predictive models to cross-analyze everything against each other and make stronger recommendations.

Connecting to ROI directly

Many businesses have revolved their AI projects around generative AI for efficiency gains in producing content or developing software for instance. But not only are these task-level initiatives harder to prove a measurable impact from, in some cases they end up hurting productivity in the long run with added time spent reviewing and editing AI outputs.

When it comes to analyzing data for forecasting and predictions, AI has shown immense value and is tied to more tangible business outcomes. Now, forecasting real time insights tied directly to revenue can help leaders remain adaptable in an increasingly unpredictable economy, offering a fast track to ROI on these projects.

We've featured the best AI website builders.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

What is the release date for Rick and Morty season 9 episode 9 on Adult Swim, HBO Max, and Hulu?

You know what Rick and Morty season 9 has been missing so far? Something marginally normal. Thankfully, Morty and Summer are off to summer camp (the season, that is — they didn't name the camp after her) in this week's episode.

Obviously, I'm being hopelessly naive in thinking that this is going to resemble anything like a routine summer-camp adventure, especially seeing as Beth and Rick are being left home alone in the meantime; I mean, what could go wrong — at either venue?

It's exhausting even trying to guess at what's coming, so I might as well stop trying, and answer the question you're here to have answered: when does Rick and Morty season 9 episode 9 arrive on Adult Swim, Hulu, and HBO Max?

What time can I watch Rick and Morty season 9 episode 9 on Adult Swim, Hulu, and HBO Max?

In the US, Rick and Morty season 9 episode 9 will debut on Adult Swim on Sunday, July 19 at 8pm PT / 11pm ET.

Viewers elsewhere, as well as in the US, have two streaming options: Hulu and HBO Max. Episodes should appear on these platforms 24 hours after they've aired on Adult Swim, meaning you can expect episode 9 to land on Monday, July 20.

These are the timings you need to take note of:

  • US – 12am PT / 3am ET
  • Canada – 12am PT / 3am ET
  • UK – 8am BST
  • India – 12:30pm IST
  • Singapore – 3pm SGT
  • Australia – 6pm AEST
  • New Zealand – 8pm NZDT

When do new episodes of Rick and Morty season 9 come out?

Rick flies a spaceship

(Image credit: Adult Swim)

Rick and Morty season 9 is set to have 10 episodes. As long as there are no unexpected delays, we can expect it to follow the following release schedule:

  • Episode 1: out now
  • Episode 2: out now
  • Episode 3: out now
  • Episode 4: out now
  • Episode 5: out now
  • Episode 6: out now
  • Episode 7: out now
  • Episode 8: out now
  • Episode 9: July 19
  • Episode 10: July 26

(PR) System76 Debuts Adder Pro Laptop: Features 2K OLED Display, Core Ultra 7, and RTX 50 Series

15 July 2026 at 15:37
If you're a serious gamer or content creator and were ordering up your ideal laptop, what would it have?
  • A 2K OLED, 500-nit display
  • Workstation-caliber processing power
  • Up to 96 GB of RAM
  • NVIDIA GPU and graphics card
  • Light weight (3.37 pounds)
  • Exceptional pixel response times and motion rendering
  • Sharp text, high contrasts, and 1 billion colors
  • A flawless Linux experience - it's from System76, why ask?
You just ordered the new Adder Pro laptop, System76's most advanced, visually stunning, and powerful machine ever for gamers, developers, creators, and makers.

(PR) ASML Reports €9.3 Billion Total Net Sales and €2.9 Billion Net Income in Q2 2026

15 July 2026 at 14:32
Today, ASML Holding NV (ASML) has published its 2026 second-quarter results.
  • Q2 total net sales of €9.3 billion, gross margin of 54.0%, net income of €2.9 billion
  • ASML expects Q3 2026 total net sales between €11.0 billion and €12.0 billion, and a gross margin between 55% and 57%
  • ASML now expects 2026 total net sales to be between €43 billion and €45 billion, with a gross margin between 54% and 56%
CEO statement and outlook
"Our second-quarter total net sales were €9.3 billion and gross margin came in at 54.0%, both above guidance, driven primarily by higher than expected Installed Base Management sales."

(PR) IBM Unveils New Power Systems and Software Built for Enterprises

15 July 2026 at 14:18
IBM (NYSE: IBM) today announced IBM Power Autonomous Operations, an AI agent that can help continuously monitor Power systems and autonomously resolve issues to keep operations running smoothly. It complements the recently launched IBM Bob Premium Package for i, which brings agentic-driven software designed to accelerate application development on IBM i. These capabilities can accelerate building modern applications so enterprises can innovate at the pace required by their business. Additionally, the entry-level Power S1112 server provides a new compact, efficient option powerful enough to run AI inference locally.

IBM Power has long been IBM's platform for mission-critical enterprise workloads. As AI becomes part of that critical infrastructure, Power is built to support it. IBM introduced Power11 last year as autonomous IT for the AI era, built for availability, resiliency, and scale across on-premises and IBM Cloud environments. IBM Power Virtual Server is a fully managed cloud service on which enterprises can run AIX, IBM i and Linux workloads while offloading much of the routine management for system operations. Now, IBM is embedding autonomous IT across the Power platform, from code to runtime, with new capabilities and systems.

MSI Charged A Customer For A Bent-Pin Repair, Then Returned The Motherboard With Another Pin Still Bent; Apologizes Later

15 July 2026 at 15:34

A close-up of a CPU socket with bent pins is overlaid with the text 'MSI apologizes for bent pins!' and the MSI logo in the corner.

In a rare incident, a user found himself with the same problem as before, even though MSI was supposed to get the motherboard repaired properly. User Sends His Motherboard With Bent Pin for Repair; MSI's Service Partner, ASK, Sent It Back With Another Pin Bent Not everyone has the same luck when it comes to repairs, especially RMA under warranty. We have seen multiple times how vendors fail to provide proper repairs and replacement for products that are sent for the RMA service under their warranty periods. Similarly, a user expected MSI to repair his damaged motherboard, which was under […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/msi-charged-a-customer-for-a-bent-pin-repair-then-returned-the-motherboard-with-another-pin-still-bent/

GTA 6 Skips PC at Launch Not Out of Spite, As Console Limits Drive the Choice, Ex-Rockstar Producer Says

15 July 2026 at 15:32

Two characters from 'GTA 6' stand side by side against a sunset with palm trees in the background.

GTA 6 is without a doubt the most anticipated game of 2026 for many, but only PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X|S owners will be able to experience Rockstar Games' open-world title this November, as the game will not hit PC at the same time. Although many have long suspected this staggered release strategy is meant to get players to purchase multiple versions of the game, veteran GTA 5 producer John Ricchio (who worked at the studio from 2003 to 2014) confirmed there are other reasons behind this strategy, mostly technical. Speaking in an interview with Kiwi Talks, Ricchio emphasized […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/gta-6-skips-pc-spite-console-limits/

Apple Intelligence Scales The Regulatory Hurdle In China, Giving A Modicum Of Consumers, Who Care About AI, Encouragement To Upgrade To The iPhone 18 Pro

15 July 2026 at 15:24

Apple Intelligence receives regulatory filing in China

The rollout of Siri AI wouldn’t have mattered in China or the EU since strong regulatory checkups would mean Apple needed to expose itself to another headache that could take months, if not years, to complete. Fortunately, one tipster reveals that the Cupertino giant has crossed that bridge because Apple Intelligence has received its regulatory filing in the region. New progress with Apple Intelligence in China means talks over potential localized partnerships with the likes of Alibaba and Baidu were fruitful The image below, shared by prolific tipster Ice Universe, is an official Cyberspace Administration of China (CAC) registration list […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/apple-intelligence-clears-regulatory-filing-in-china/

China Develops Its First 3.5D “Infinity Chiplet” & 3D DRAM Tech As It Tackles External HBM Constraints Through Domestic AI Supply Chain

15 July 2026 at 15:20

China Develops Its First 3.5D "Infinity Chiplet" & 3D DRAM Tech As It Tackles External HBM Constraints Through Domestic AI Supply Chain

China's DFSX is working on fueling its domestic AI supply chain with next-gen 3.5D "Infinity Chiplet" architectures & 3D DRAM technologies. DFSX Is Working on China's First DF1000 AI Accelerator With 3D DRAM Technology, Also Unveils 3.5D+ Packaging DFSX recently hosted a presentation where they announced China's first 3D AI chip that is built entirely using China's domestic supply chain. There is a lot to unpack here, but the key product is the DF1000, which is a software-defined near-in-memory computing AI accelerator that will be used by domestic AI and tech firms. DF1000 - China's First 3D DRAM-Powered AI Accelerator […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/china-develops-first-3-5d-infinity-chiplet-3d-dram-tech-as-it-tackles-external-constraints/

Sony’s All-Digital PlayStation Plan Hits Political Resistance in Mexico as Legislators Cite Antitrust Threat to Retailers and Resale

15 July 2026 at 15:00

Luis Donaldo Colosio speaking at a podium next to a stack of blue discs with the 'PlayStation' logo in the background.

The games industry is still reeling from Sony's switch to a digital-only PlayStation future starting in January 2028, but after fierce backlash from fans and developers, Sony may now face opposition from politicians, too. In Mexico, two Movimiento Ciudadano legislators stated that the Japanese corporation may be crossing into monopoly territory with its planned move, following a broader wave of criticism around Sony's abandonment of physical media and its growing control over PlayStation's storefront economy. According to Mexican website Ovaciones, Movimiento Ciudadano senator Luis Donaldo Colosio and federal deputy Iraís Reyes plan to file a complaint with Mexico's antitrust authority […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/sony-all-digital-playstation-plan-hits-political-resistance-in-mexico/

id Software Claims It Can Still Build Games After Xbox’s 3,200 Jobs Purge, But Dev Says That Statement “Stretches Reality”

15 July 2026 at 14:34

A massive demon in 'DOOM Eternal' is being attacked with a chainsaw while shooting flames from its weapon in a fiery landscape.

There's no other way to describe the latest Microsoft Xbox layoffs under parent company Microsoft Gaming than tragic. With 3,200 jobs getting cut by July 2027, it's no surprise that studios from Bethesda Softworks to Obsidian Entertainment have been significantly impacted, but it feels like few have been hit as hard as id Software, the legendary development studio behind the DOOM and Quake series. An official statement released a few days ago downplayed the brutal reset, but it seems like the situation is as dire as it looked like when the first reports came in, as the cuts may have […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/id-software-claims-xbox-layoffs-stretches-reality/

Tandem OLED-Based ASUS ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM And PG32UCWM 4K Monitors Are Now Available

15 July 2026 at 14:29

An ASUS ROG gaming setup featuring a monitor displaying the ROG logo and a gaming desktop tower with ROG branding on a wooden desk.

The newest and flagship ASUS Tandem OLED monitors have been officially released, including full specifications. ASUS Officially Launches ROG Swift OLED PG32UCWM and PG27UCWM Tandem OLED Monitors, Featuring Tandem OLED Coupled With TrueBlack Glossy Surface Popular hardware and peripheral manufacturer, ASUS, has officially released two of its best 4K OLED gaming monitors for retail, alongside revealing their full specifications. These are the ROG Swift OLED PG32UCWM and ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM, which were introduced several months ago along with more OLED models. Both gaming monitors boast 4K resolution and offer dual mode configuration for enthusiasts, including 4K@240Hz and FHD@480Hz. The […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/tandem-oled-based-asus-rog-swift-oled-pg27ucwm-and-pg32ucwm-4k-monitors-are-now-available/

Cursor Flaw Lets Malicious Cloned Repositories Trigger Windows Code Execution

Open a repository in Cursor on Windows and, if a file named git.exe is sitting in the project root, Cursor runs it. No click, no approval dialog, no warning that anything in the folder is about to execute. Whatever that binary does, it does as you, with your source, your SSH keys and your cloud tokens. Cursor keeps re-running it for as long as the project stays open. No prompt

Compromised AsyncAPI npm Packages Deliver Multi-Stage Botnet Malware

Four compromised npm packages in the @asyncapi namespace have been observed distributing a multi-stage botnet loader, according to findings from OX Security, SafeDep, Socket, and StepSecurity. The affected packages are listed below - @asyncapi/generator-helpers@1.1.1 @asyncapi/generator-components@0.7.1 @asyncapi/generator@3.3.1 @asyncapi/specs(v6.11.2, v6.11.2-alpha.1) "The

AMD’s Ryzen 7 5800X3D returns to UK retailers

AMD’s Ryzen 7 5800X3D is now available through UK retailers It’s official, AMD’s Ryzen 7 5800X3D 10th Anniversary Edition CPU is now available in the UK. AMD’s top gaming CPU for socket AM4 has returned to UK retailers. PC gamers on AM4 now have a solid CPU upgrade option, and PC builders can avoid high […]

The post AMD’s Ryzen 7 5800X3D returns to UK retailers appeared first on OC3D.

ASML’s High NA EUV tech enters volume production with Intel 18A

ASML confirms that Intel has brought High NA EUV into high-volume production ASML has reported that Intel Foundry is now using its High NA EUV technology on its Intel 18A process node to produce a “subset of its Intel Core Ultra 3 processors”. This is the first time that High NA EUV machines have been […]

The post ASML’s High NA EUV tech enters volume production with Intel 18A appeared first on OC3D.

Developer successfully ports Linux to 1994 Sega 32X — Genesis and MegaDrive expansion runs open-source OS on paltry 23MHz processors and 256KB of RAM

15 July 2026 at 14:04

The adventurous developer who recently released Linux for the Atari Jaguar (1993) has brewed up a version of the open-source OS for the Sega 32X (1994). If you can’t remember the 32X, it was Sega’s mid-gen answer to early fifth-generation challengers like the Jaguar, 3DO, and Amiga CD32. Sega’s solution added some potent processing power to a mushroom-like slot in an expansion to its popular Mega Drive/Genesis. Now cakehonolulu has got it running Linux, despite facing several major hurdles.

Compared to its Genesis host, the Sega 32X was incredibly muscular. The Genesis had relied on the capable but long-in-the-tooth Motorola 68000 (7 MHz) for years, but the 32X add-on boosted that with a pair of Hitachi SuperH SH2s (SH7604) CPUs (23 MHz). It also ramped up system RAM from the base 64KB by adding 256KB of its own. Sega’s expansion offered more than just speed; the console’s color palette was ramped up from 64 to 32,000 simultaneous colors on screen, and it was powerful enough to introduce hitherto unachievable 3D graphics elements to mainstream console gaming.

As with cakehonolulu’s tale of Linux wrangling on the old Jag, the above-linked blog talks through a long list of hurdles that needed to be leapt to get the Linux kernel booted and running BusyBox. This time around, particularly steely roadblocks included: the even more constrained RAM situation, the lack of hardware synchronization primitives, the desire to get SMP working across the pair of SH2 CPUs, no direct UART access from the 32X, and scheduler bugs, among other things.

On the positive side, smoothing the development process along were access to Chilly Willy’s 32X devkit, the linuxmd project, the Krikzz FPGA-based flash cart with ROM – RAM mapping tools, and existing SH2 documentation and sample projects. Please check through the linked blog for far more technical details from cakehonolulu.

Linux now available for the Sega 32X

Linux booted with BusyBox prompt on the Sega 32X (Image credit: cakehonolulu)

As you can see, cakehonolulu was successful again. So, what’s the next stop for this adventurous dev – the Sega Saturn? Whatever the project may be, it was interesting to read that works like this are basically forming a portfolio for the Spanish dev, which they hope will help them with job hunting.

Legendary Gravis Ultrasound sound card gets new open-source clone — Beavis Ultrasound remake includes complete KiCad schematics, PCB layout, sample ROM, and more

15 July 2026 at 14:00

There’s a new remake of the legendary Gravis Ultrasound ISA soundcard on the block with the arrival of the open-source Beavis Ultrasound project. Developer schlae shared details of this amusingly named mid-90s-cultural phenomenon portmanteau, Beavis Ultrasound PnP ISA Sound Card Replica, on GitHub on Monday. The repository includes complete KiCad schematics, PCB layout, sample ROM, reverse‑engineered GAL logic (for an operational IDE CD-ROM interface), assembly notes, and more. You’ll still need to source an old AMD AM78C201 InterWave chip to complete this DIY project, though.

Beavis Ultrasound PnP ISA Sound Card Replica

(Image credit: schlae on GitHub)

The appeal of the new Beavis Ultrasound is nicely summed up by schlae, as they explain that “unlike other clones, this design includes the entire schematic as well as the reverse-engineered source code of the GAL.” This GAL provides transparent and reproducible logic and is key to this project being able to handle IDE connectivity, like original Gravis Ultrasound (GUS) PnP cards. And, yes, this is not a GUS Classic or MAX clone, but caters to enthusiasts wanting a clone of the more complex and advanced GUS PnP.

A particular strength of the Beavis Ultrasound is its authenticity. It could be described as a faithful hardware‑level reproduction rather than a functional approximation. No microcontrollers take the place of real hardware here; there’s no emulation software, and features like the aforementioned GAL logic and IDE interface aren’t swerved by the developer.

However, this authenticity could also be an Achilles heel, as you’ll need to source an old AMD AM78C201 InterWave chip to complete a Beavis Ultrasound build and enjoy once again its marvelous sound. Actually, there’s another point to note before following schlae’s plans. There are no tried and tested footsteps to follow at the time of writing, as the dev admits they “have not actually fabricated the board and tested it for functionality,” so interested parties are instructed to “build this board at your own risk.”

If you aren't an open-source or hardware-only purist

In recent weeks, we also reported on the return of the Orpheus II ISA soundcard due to “popular demand.” This device includes some GUS functionality but is a commercial, non-open-source proprietary product. Probably the most popular DIY-able solution around would be the PicoGUS, built around a Raspberry Pi Pico (RP2040) microcontroller, which handles all its GUS‑compatible audio playback in software – eschewing the need for rare vintage components like the AMD Interwave.

CXMT close to matching Micron's memory capacity in 2026, research claims — would put China on track to become world's second-largest DRAM producer

ChangXin Memory Technologies (CXMT), China's largest DRAM maker, is on track to match Micron's production capacity in 2026, if Citrini Research's forecasting models are correct. If this happens, China will become the world's second-largest DRAM production base in the coming years.

The bottom-up model estimates that CXMT will finish 2026 with approximately 350,000 wafer starts per month (WSPM) of DRAM capacity, which is just 25,000 WPM less than Micron. According to the analysis, the federal government is pushing CXMT to share its DRAM technology with JHICC, Swaysure, and YMTC's subsidiary XMC to ease domestic shortages. All three companies have either built DRAM capacity already, or will do so in the short-term future, the report claims.

Swaysure has completed construction of a 140,000-WSPM fab in Shenzhen, while JHICC's Jinjiang complex contains enough cleanroom space for 120,000 WSPM, and the initial 60,000-WSPM phase is expected to receive equipment by the end of 2026. YMTC is also projected to operate about 50,000 WSPM of DRAM production at Wuhan Fab 3. If all these facilities initiate operations in the coming years, then China will have a total DRAM capacity of 600,000 WSPM (not counting Samsung's and SK hynix's fabs in China), which is dramatically lower compared to South Korea, but ahead of Japan, Taiwan, and the U.S. combined.

But China is not going to stop developing its DRAM industry, and by 2030, its total capacity will increase to around 1.41 million WSPM, according to Citrini. CXMT alone is projected to build new production capacities in Beijing, Hefei, and Shanghai, to expand its production capability to 950,000 WSPM in 2030, assuming everything goes as planned.

The supply model assumes that about 400,000 WSPM of CXMT output will remain on D1a, another 400,000 WSPM will migrate to D1b, and roughly 150,000 WPM will produce D1c devices.

Forecasted DRAM manufacturing capacities (in thousands WSPM)

2026E

2027E - 2029E

2030E

CXMT

350

?

950

JHICC

-

60

120

Micron

375

?

?

Samsung

720

?

1,140 - 1,450

SK hynix

590

?

1,180

Swaysure

-

?

140

YMTC/XMC

50

50

200

Enough fab tools?

Citrini admits that producing China's outlook is considerably more difficult than predicting the development of established DRAM makers. On the one hand, there is rapidly expanding fabrication infrastructure in China, abundant state-backed financing, and government-directed technology transfers. On the other hand, among the key near-term limitations remains lithography equipment availability, particularly if the proposed MATCH Act restricts sales of advanced immersion DUV tools to select Chinese companies.

However, the author expects SMEE's domestic immersion DUV scanners to enter volume production around late 2026 or early 2027 following beta testing, as well as SiCarrier/Yuliangsheng introduce its own production-ready DUV platform in 2028. Perhaps a bit optimistically, the analysts predict that availability of lithography tools is not expected to constrain Chinese production beyond 2028, at least for mature logic and DRAM nodes. Yet, for obvious reasons, if the MATCH Act works as planned and disrupts supply of advanced immersion DUV tools to DRAM makers, production capacity expansions will not occur in the next couple of years, the report suggests.

Still, both SMEE and SiCarrier will need time to ramp up production of their lithography systems, whereas DRAM makers must learn how to use them efficiently, so we would not be as optimistic as the authors and would not expect Chinese tools to produce meaningful DRAM volumes before the early 2030s. Still, the key takeaway here is that China is on track to become a major DRAM maker rather sooner than later.

Unprecedented demand

Citrini Research projects total DRAM demand to reach 157.5 exabytes (EB) per year by 2030, including 75 EB of commodity DRAM for agentic AI CPUs, 25 EB of commodity DRAM for conventional cloud servers, 20 EB of commodity DRAM for client devices, and 37.5 EB of HBM4E as well as HBM5 for AI accelerators (15 EB and 22.5 EB, respectively).

Meanwhile, Citrini expects the whole industry to only produce around 37.5 EB of HBM4E/HBM4 memory (mostly by Micron, Samsung, and SK hynix) as well as 91.3 EB of commodity DRAM (including output in China) in 2030, leaving a deficit of 28.7 EB, or roughly 25%.

That said, the rapid expansion of DRAM production in China could be the industry's best hope to maintain relatively low prices of memory, something that will be particularly beneficial for the market of consumer devices that are sensitive to memory prices, analysts from Citrini believe. Yet, the author argues that most of this new capacity would satisfy China's own demand rather than eliminate the global shortage. Furthermore, even if companies like CXMT can expand their fabs faster, that additional capacity will mostly be consumed by domestic needs, according to Citrini.

It should be noted that to make more memory, DRAM makers need more fab tools, primarily 193nm immersion scanners. Yet, companies like ASML, Canon, and Nikon cannot increase output of immersion DUV systems quickly as these are extremely complex machines containing tens of thousands of parts. While Chinese memory companies certainly pin their hopes on local producers like SMEE and SiCarrier, neither has delivered a single commercial immersion system, and after they do, it will take them years to ramp up production of such tools.

Ukraine conducts record drone strike of 2,500km after 12-hour flight — $55,000 unit made of plywood halts operations at Russia's largest gasoline producer

15 July 2026 at 13:29

Ukrainian FP-1 drones struck the Gazprom Neft oil refinery in Omsk, Siberia, on July 6 after flying roughly 2,500 km over more than 12 hours, halting operations at Russia's largest gasoline producer, according to a report from UK pub The Telegraph. It was the longest-range Ukrainian drone strike of the war, carried out by an aircraft built around a plywood load-bearing structure, foam wings, and a two-cylinder piston engine, at an estimated cost of $55,000 per unit.

Despite its lightweight structure, the drone managed to cause some pretty severe damage, setting fire to the CDU-10 crude distillation unit per Reuters, which handles 24,580 metric tons of crude per day and accounts for around 38% of the plant's processing capacity. A second unit, CDU-11, responsible for a further 37%, was shut down after network links vital to its operation were damaged. The refinery, which processed 22 million metric tons of crude (about 440,000 barrels per day) in 2024, stopped selling gasoline and diesel on the St. Petersburg International Mercantile Exchange the following day.

The FP-1, built by Kyiv-based Fire Point, is engineered not for sophistication or as cutting-edge drone tech, but for mass production. The airframe uses plywood structural elements and foam wings skinned in fiberglass or carbon fiber, with a twin-boom layout, a roughly five-meter wingspan, and no landing gear. A solid rocket booster launches it from a fixed platform or a truck, and a two-cylinder engine driving a propeller carries it the rest of the way.

The drone's original design range was 1,600 km with a warhead of up to 60 kg. At the Eurosatory defense exhibition in Paris last month, Fire Point showed an upgraded FP-1 with an additional fuel tank integrated into the wing, extending its range to 2,700 km. That variant put Omsk, and most of Russia's refining capacity, within reach. The Telegraph reported that the drones used in the strike were lightened, with lengthened wingspans and enlarged fuel tanks, and that Fire Point co-founder Denys Shtilerman said Ukrainian planners spent more than a week plotting a route around Russian air defenses. Navigation relies on a purpose-built algorithm designed to resist GPS spoofing, with inertial and satellite guidance layered together.

Fire Point produces around 100 FP-1s per day, and the aircraft now accounts for roughly 60% of Ukraine's deep strikes inside Russia, according to company CEO Iryna Terekh. Each drone costs less than a single interceptor missile fired by the multimillion-dollar S-400 and Pantsir batteries tasked with stopping it, and Russia simply can't field enough of those systems to cover a country spanning 11 time zones.

This design takes advantage of Russia's air defense network, which was designed to detect fast, high-flying jets and ballistic missiles, not slow, low-altitude aircraft with small radar signatures. Moscow scrambled Su-57 stealth fighters against the Omsk raid, but several drones still got through. Kyle Glen, an open-source investigator, told The Telegraph that Russia appears to concentrate its defenses around Moscow and St. Petersburg, leaving "almost nothing behind it to stop them" once drones penetrate the outer layer.

Ukraine's General Staff recorded 172 deep strikes last month, up from 85 in February, and Omsk was the sixth major Russian refinery forced to fully or partially shut down since the start of June. Last month, President Volodymyr Zelensky said that a new Fire Point drone can reach targets at 3,000 km, and the company's FP-5 Flamingo cruise missile, carrying a 1,150 kg warhead over the same distance, has begun striking Russian weapons facilities as air defenses thin out.

Barakah Tasks – Plan your tasks, family, and ibadah around salah


Barakah Tasks schedules your work, family, and ibadah around daily prayers. You can anchor any task to Fajr, Dhuhr, Asr, Maghrib, or Isha with minute offsets, and times and reminders shift automatically as prayer times change. It supports Hijri and Gregorian dates, natural-language quick add that runs offline, categories, tags, subtasks, files, and widgets. Premium adds encrypted sync, sharing, Google Calendar projection, and agent connections to ChatGPT or Claude. Premium + AI proposes prayer-aware plans for you to approve. Launching on Android and iOS soon.

View startup

New York becomes the first US state to ban hyperscaler data centers, says it will 'lead the way in creating the strongest standards in the nation for data center development'

  • New York State has temporarily banned new, large-scale data centers
  • One-year moratorium affects new 50MW+ campuses
  • NY wants to assess community, environmental and grid impacts

New York State has banned the construction of new hyperscaler data centers, marking the latest step as mounting local opposition against AI and cloud facilities builds, with communities citing concerns over rising electricity costs, water consumption and other environmental factors,

State Governor Kathy Hochul is responsible for introducing the first statewide moratorium on new campuses, which imposes a one-year pause while the state looks into the environment, energy supply and communities.

Projects that have already been permitted will still continue as expected, but new buildouts will face restrictions and delays until the moratorium is lifted.

Data centers banned in NY - for one year

The one-year ban buys the state time to evolve regulations to address some of the challenges presented by large hyperscaler data centers, including strained grid supplies, emissions and other environmental impacts, and stresses on local communities.

Under the new ban, campuses that require at least 50MW of electricity will be affected, which for an AI data center isn't all that much. Some of the largest measure power consumption in the hundreds of megawatts, or even gigawatts in the case of high-profile, flagship campuses like OpenAI's Stargate Project.

"[The moratorium] comes as the direct result of immense public pressure from people across the state demanding their elected leaders protect them from Big Tech's assault, which threatens the state's clean air and water and New Yorkers' financial security," New York State's Food & Water Watch Director Laura Shindell said.

"New York has always been at the forefront of innovation and change but we’ve also always guaranteed that New Yorkers benefit," Hochul noted.

Although New York represents the first statewide temporary ban, other regions have also been looking to pause buildouts as they assess the damages. Just last month, Seattle also voted to ban new projects for a year.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

The gap between AI potential and AI reality Is a leadership problem

For years, the central question around AI was whether it really works the way much of the market’s hype says it does.

That debate is settled, and we’ve seen what AI can do. The more important question now – and one most organizations still aren’t asking – is whether we’re working alongside it the right way.

That shift in framing matters. Budgets have been allocated, tools deployed, and pilot programs have graduated into full-scale production.

And yet, something is still missing.

IBM’s Institute for Business Value found that only 25% of AI initiatives have delivered their expected ROI, and just 16% have successfully scaled across the business despite years of investment and genuine enthusiasm for what the technology can do.

The problem isn’t AI itself; the bottleneck stems from what organizations have or have not built around it.

That’s a leadership problem, and fixing it will require more than buying better tools or scheduling more trainings.

Stop Investing in the Wrong Places

The instinct for most organizations has been to buy the latest platforms, stand up a few pilot programs, and bring in a vendor to train their workers. That approach addresses the surface-level challenge, but misses the greater underlying issue. The truth is the greatest barrier to AI maturity is the lack of investment in the human infrastructure needed to support it.

The companies seeing the strongest AI outcomes are rarely those with the most sophisticated or expensive models. They’re the ones that have fundamentally rethought how their people work. Among organizations that Boston Consulting Group designated as AI leaders, roughly 70% of resources went towards people and process changes, 20% to IT infrastructure, and only 10% to the AI models themselves. Most organizations have that ratio backwards.

When leaders become hyper-focused on deploying the right tools and launching the right uses cases, they neglect the organizational muscles that are essential to using AI responsibly and consistently. All the tools in the world won’t close that gap without the right training, guardrails, and policies to back them up. And building that support structure must be a leadership priority, not an afterthought.

The Productivity Gains Are Real, But Fragile

None of this is to say AI isn’t creating real value. It absolutely is – at least, for the companies using it well. But those gains are more fragile that many leaders realize. They evaporate when companies lack support for their employees across their interactions with the technology, or when they fail to clearly communicate where human judgement and critical thinking are still essential.

The data here is hard to ignore. Among employees who use AI on the job, less than 8% report receiving extensive training with their tools. And that number has barely budged despite a sharp increase in daily usage. Moreover, 60% say it often takes them longer to figure out how to accomplish a task with an AI tool than it does to simply do it themselves.

Companies are deploying AI faster than they are enabling people to use it, and in doing so, may be creating exactly the friction and confusion they were trying to eliminate.

What Leaders Owe Their People

This is where leadership has to show up differently. The gap between AI potential and AI reality isn’t going to close through procurement decisions or new rollout announcements. It closes with deliberate, ongoing investment in people. That means three things:

Focus trainings on people, not just tools: AI is evolving faster than training curriculums can keep up. Invest in training role-specific judgements, helping people understand where AI makes them faster and where it introduces challenges or risks.

Move beyond adoption rate metrics: If 80% of your organization is using AI and productivity is still flat or declining, adoption is the wrong metric. Measure time-to-completion on real work tasks and be honest about what you find. Some use cases that are slowing people down simply shouldn’t be using AI.

Stop treating AI policy as a compliance checkbox: Companies getting this right have built AI governance into how they plan and execute work daily, not appended into and acceptable use document. That means leaders who model where they use AI and where they don’t, and who are willing to explain why.

Making AI Potential a Reality

The technology is ready. But leaders need to be able to do more than allocate budget and monitor usage.

They need to decide when AI should and should not be used, what to rebuild rather than automate, and how to support their teams throughout all of it.

Those are the questions most organizations are still failing to ask, and until they do, the ROI gap isn’t going anywhere.

We've ranked the best HR software.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis seems like the glow-up the gaming icon needed — but I’ve not seen enough yet

Reflecting on my time with Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis at Summer Game Fest 2026, I really can’t wait to fight more dinosaurs and solve more puzzles as Lara Croft once more — but I’m yearning to see more to get a better idea of the reimagining at work.

Playing one area complete with lush rainforest setting, puzzles, waterfalls, and dinosaurs, I, first and foremost, was instantly having a great time, and the experience scratched both my Tomb Raider and my Uncharted itch.

However, it was quite a self-contained preview, and my overwhelming emotion after finishing it — after basking in its beauty, at least — is that I really need to see more to get a better handle on the reimagining and the specifics of how that differs from a remake. I got a glimpse into Lara’s Peruvian adventure, but not much more.

Welcome to the jungle

A screenshot of Lara Croft engaging with a water and gear puzzle in Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis

(Image credit: Crystal Dynamics)

What I can categorically say, however, is that this is a reimagination for the modern day, well and truly. The visuals are stunningly beautiful, and the rendition of the jungle that this iteration of Lara Croft finds herself in is exquisite.

The lush and verdant vegetation, beautifully detailed ruins, and fabulous water effects all combine to make for a really beautiful setting, and this may be the best-looking Lara Croft game ever once it comes out — which is saying something after the Survivor trilogy. Full of secret tunnels and routes, as well as overgrown passages to cut down and spectacular jumps to make across ruins and walkways, the game’s environments are set to be spectacular playgrounds.

The core of the segment I previewed involved Lara solving an ancient water and gear puzzle to progress past a giant gate, and presumably open a route to find treasure. The challenge itself was well done and featured a good mix of what I would call the b*****d-hard puzzles of older games, with some parts that were more intuitive. It felt well-balanced between giving you hints and giving you nothing.

Such was the attraction of the area and to explore all it had to offer, the inner looter in me took great glee in searching every nook and cranny for shiny ornaments, trinkets, and secrets, but I was left wondering whether these are just things to be found and stuffed away in a menu, or whether these, hopefully, are secrets that lead to something greater or play into side quests, or similar. One can only hope.

It’s got the moves

Lara Croft approaching a huge statue in some ruins in Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis

(Image credit: Crystal Dynamics)

Lara herself is a joy to play again, and this version did not disappoint. Wonderfully voiced and acted by Alix Wilton Regan, I really felt like this version of the icon felt more ‘human’ than ever before.

Away from some gravity-defying jumps, this mainly came from a weightier, more realistic move set that felt more grounded. Even the flair moves and acrobatics felt believably human through my controller. She also feels more vulnerable, less of a video game behemoth with overpowered guns, and much more breakable, which adds a bit of peril too.

The modernization of Lara’s tools feels well done; gadgets are intuitive to use and helpful without spoon-feeding you too much, while they are also well implemented in terms of how they look on screen, with a scan’s net wrapping around ruins, for example.

Lara also has a new focus ability to add to her modern skillset that works a lot like bullet time from Max Payne and is satisfying to use — and to build up, by deploying well-timed dodges and acrobatic moves.

A screenshot from Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis showing Lara Croft taking on dinosaurs

(Image credit: Crystal Dynamics)

This all came to the fore toward the end of my preview when I encountered some iconic enemies: dinosaurs! Taking on three velociraptors with only Lara’s trusty handguns shone a light on how much skill you need to dodge and acrobatically move out of the way of attacks, but also how valuable it is to use the focus ability to gain an edge.

Finishing the preview with the famous Tyrannosaurus Rex chase scene was a thrill too, and in this new beautiful guise, the game managed to brilliantly capture the adrenaline-fueled, panic-ridden affair spectacularly. If this is a microcosm of the spectacle and adventure that’ll fill the entire game, then it’ll be a special ride; and as a result, it really does feel like the time is right to jump back into Lara's boots.

Having said all that, I really would like to see more to get a proper, meatier look at what this reimagining is going to look like on a grander scale. The mix of modern takes on gameplay, action, and combat mixed with some old-school approaches that hark back to the origins of one of gaming’s finest icons has got me incredibly keen and excited to see how more of it comes together.

Until we hear more, though, I’ll just have to wait until the game releases on February 12, 2026, for PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X and Series S, and PC.

First VPN administrators sanctioned by US Treasury over ransomware attacks

  • The US Treasury has sanctioned First VPN's administrator for aiding ransomware attacks on American infrastructure
  • Another suspect was targeted for selling "cryptors" that cloak malware from security systems
  • The move follows a May 2026 takedown by European law enforcement and the FBI that seized the VPN's infrastructure

The United States government has officially issued sanctions against the operators of a notorious free virtual private network, escalating a global crackdown on digital infrastructure used to facilitate ransomware attacks.

On Monday (July 13), the US Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) designated First VPN Service (also known as 1VPNS) and its Ukrainian administrator, Dmytro Rashevskyi, for abetting cybercriminals. The service, which has operated since 2014, was heavily favored by ransomware gangs targeting American hospitals, municipalities, and businesses.

While the best VPN services are designed to protect everyday consumer privacy, rogue networks like First VPN provided malicious actors with the tools to "hide the origins of their attacks, deploy malware, and manage exfiltrated data," according to a Treasury Department press release.

As part of the same action, the Treasury also sanctioned Yegeniy Vladimirovich Silayev, a Belarusian national accused of selling "cryptors" to ransomware operators.

While Silayev is not directly affiliated with First VPN, his inclusion in the sanctions package highlights a broader strategy of targeting the entire cybercriminal supply chain. Cryptors are tools specifically built to disguise ransomware as harmless files, preventing security systems from detecting or deactivating the malware.

A haven for cybercriminals

Code Skull

(Image credit: Shutterstock)

The US Treasury's latest move is an update to an ongoing international operation against First VPN.

In a massive May 2026 takedown, a coordinated effort led by European law enforcement agencies and the FBI successfully seized the service's website and server infrastructure.

Prior to the takedown, Rashevskyi aggressively marketed First VPN on dark web forums. To lure cybercriminals, he promised total anonymity and boasted that the network "does not keep logs of users' identities or activities, and that it refuses to cooperate with law enforcement investigations into illegal activity originating from the servers it rents to customers".

According to the US Treasury, Rashevskyi went to great lengths to keep the operation running. He utilized false identities, such as "Maksim Sorin" and "Roman Chabanenko," to "buy infrastructure from companies that might otherwise refuse to do business with him because of complaints of abuse from internet service providers about illegal activity originating from 1VPNS servers".

Disrupting the cybercriminal ecosystem

This latest wave of sanctions was coordinated alongside the United Kingdom's Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office (FCDO) and carries severe consequences for the designated individuals.

Under the new sanctions, all property and interests belonging to Rashevskyi and Silayev within the US are blocked, and US citizens are strictly prohibited from engaging in any transactions with them. Beyond the immediate financial freeze, OFAC sanctions serve as a massive reputational blow designed to choke off future revenue streams.

By focusing on the service providers and tool suppliers who facilitate these attacks, rather than just the ransomware operators themselves, authorities are aiming to maximize their impact and disrupt multiple gangs at once.

"Under President Trump's leadership, Treasury is using every available tool to disrupt the cybercriminal ecosystem and protect the American people," said Gene Lange, who is performing the duties of the Under Secretary for Terrorism and Financial Intelligence. "We will continue targeting the actors who enable ransomware attacks against Americans and our critical infrastructure".

The Mandalorian and Grogu's digital release date has been revealed — but I won't be able to see the new Star Wars movie on Disney+ just yet

  • The Mandalorian and Grogu's digital release date has been announced
  • It'll be available to rent or buy in late July
  • The new Star Wars movie won't come to Disney+ anytime soon

The Mandalorian and Grogu is heading to a TV screen near you very soon — but not via Disney+.

Yesterday (July 15), Lucasfilm and parent company Disney announced the latest Star Wars movie will be available to watch at home from Tuesday, July 21 onwards. If you didn't catch it in theaters or have been waiting to re-watch it from the comfort of your couch, then you'll be able to do so via numerous premium video on demand (PVOD) platforms in less than a week.

Be the first to watch at home.Buy Star Wars: The Mandalorian and Grogu on digital July 21 and own it on 4K Ultra HD August 25. pic.twitter.com/QT6oR0HOS9July 14, 2026

As for the services it'll land on, the usual suspects, such as Amazon Prime Video, Apple TV, and Fandango, should be your first ports of call. Right now, there's no indication that The Mandalorian and Grogu will be available to rent and/or buy, but I'd be shocked if viewers were only given the option to temporarily or permanently add one of 2026's many new movies to their digital film collection.

Want to know if the first Star Wars flick in over six years is worth seeing? Read my review of The Mandalorian and Grogu for more details.

Why han't The Mandalorian and Grogu arrived on Disney+ yet?

Baby Yoda and the Ancellans looking up at something in The Mandalorian and Grogu

You won't be able to stream The Mandalorian and Grogu on Disney+ for a while (Image credit: Lucasfilm)

If you're wondering why The Mandalorian and Grogu isn't coming to Disney+, aka one of the world's best streaming services, yet, you're not alone. After all, it's been over two months since the Pedro Pascal-fronted sci-fi adventure not only landed in theaters, but subsequently failed to meet expectations from critical and commercial standpoints.

Wouldn't it make sense to just drop the movie on Disney's primary streamer, then? Simply put: no.

For one, releasing it on digital platforms first is a sure-fire way for Lucasfilm and Disney to continue making money from The Mandalorian's big-screen sequel.

Sure, adding it to Disney+'s movie library might persuade some to sign up for the streamer to watch it. However, Disney is far more likely to bring in extra cash through rentals or permanent purchases than new Disney+ subscriptions, especially if the cost of renting or buying The Mandalorian and Grogu is greater than the most expensive tier on Disney+ in your world region. For instance, US fans have to pay $18.99 every 30 days for an ad-free experience, so if Disney sets The Mandalorian and Grogu's digital price at $20, it's obviously going to earn more from the latter.

Regardless, the Jon Favreau-directed film will eventually come to Disney+, so you'll just have to be patient if you're waiting for it to its official streaming debut. While you wait, see if you agree with my Disney+ release date prediction for The Mandalorian and Grogu.

'SMBs need to move from disconnected pilots to true alignment': Study finds European firms are getting more out of AI than other markets

  • SAS finds EU SMBs are seeing better results from real-world AI deployments
  • Compliance is still a major headache for one in four leaders
  • Preparing for the EU AI Act could have helped

A new AI readiness report from SAS has claimed European small businesses are among the most ready to achieve the most ROI from artificial intelligence compared with other global regions.

While North American SMBs perform better in planning, building and enabling, they fall short on actual deployment, indicating that European SMBs have progressed beyond pilots to actual implementation.

However, the number of businesses globally that are still in the earlier stages of AI readiness is much greater, with 37% considered 'experimental' and 33% considered 'opportunistic'. Nine in 10 of the stage-one (experimental) companies haven't even got a formal AI strategy in place, the report reveals.

AI deployment is higher in Europe, but overall deployment is still low

Compared with the number of businesses in the early stages of AI readiness, only 9% have fully embedded AI into strategy, operations and decision-making.

For many, it's the fundamental building blocks that are still holding them back. Nearly half say data is still scattered across systems (45%) and that AI tools operate independently from one another (46%). Compliance, security and risk management is still the biggest barrier for 24% of the survey's respondents.

"Organisations treating governance as a foundation rather than an obstacle are often the ones best positioned to execute," SAS Global Channels SVP John Carey wrote.

The report also implies that preparing for regulation like the EU AI Act could have positioned companies better to maximize their AI ROI, while other regions are seemingly lacking in this area.

IDC Research VP Daniel-Zoe Jimenez urged businesses to focus on aligning data, people and resources to avoid disconnected pilots. "Experimenting with the technology is one thing. Deploying it strategically and sustainably is quite another."

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

White House launches 'Gold Eagle' cybersecurity clearinghouse to share and patch AI-discovered software flaws

  • White House, Treasury, DHS and DoW come together to launch Gold Eagle scheme
  • The initiative will prevent duplicated work and prioritize vulnerability remediation
  • Gold Eagle will also help to identify which systems could be at risk

The US Government has launched Gold Eagle, a new clearinghouse which looks to centralize vulnerability discovery and remediation against a backdrop of evolving AI-powered security threats.

Gold Eagle will serve as a central hub between federal agencies, AI developers, open-source software developers and critical infrastructure companies, in a bid to increase the speed of vulnerability discovery and prevent major incidents from occurring in the first place.

The scheme came about under President Trump's June 2 2026 executive order 'Promoting Advanced Artificial Intelligence Innovation and Security' and represents collaboration between the Treasury, the DHS' Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) and the Department of War.

US Gold Eagle scheme addresses growing vulnerability exploitations

Under the scheme, vulnerabilities scanning will happen centrally to ensure multiple organizations aren't independently repeating the same work. Gold Eagle will also identify which software, networks and critical infrastructure could be at risk, before coordinating fixes. The White House described the scheme as a "force multiplier."

Although AI is largely to blame for the increase in attacks, Gold Eagle is set to fight fire with fire by employing AI to identify bugs too, using models like Anthropic's Mythos.

"Through this strategic partnership, we will expand existing security measures to safeguard software and networks in the 21st century and continue to promote advancements in artificial intelligence," DHS Secretary Markwayne Mullin wrote.

The concept of a dedicated clearinghouse centralizes vulnerability management to ensure the right bugs are being prioritized and to cut through the noise of lower-quality reports. Its assistance will most likely be felt by the open-source community, which has limited resources and financial backing to identify and fix issues as effectively as enterprise software vendors.

"Under the leadership of President Trump, we are bringing a wartime footing to the cyber domain to relentlessly patch vulnerabilities," Secretary of War Pete Hegseth added.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

The network perimeter is dead. Now what?

The National Cyber Security Centre (NCSC)’s recent advisory detailing how the Russian cyber actor APT28’s exploited vulnerable routers to enable DNS hijacking highlights a dangerous blind spot in enterprise security today.

Traditional perimeter-based security models are increasingly failing at the edge, and this should be uncomfortable reading for any security leader still anchoring their strategy to perimeter defense.

This is the same story we saw play out in 2024, when Chinese state sponsored bad actors linked to Volt Typhoon exploited an unpatched, end-of-life FortiGate 300D firewall to compromise a domain admin account, escalate privileges, create a new user, and establish persistence deep enough to survive a device restart.

One unpatched edge device. One breach vector. Total access. The perimeter didn’t just fail; it handed attackers the keys. According to the FBI, this breach remained undetected for over 300 days, and the same exploit was used to gain access to over 100 separate utility companies across the US.

These two incidents aren’t outliers. They’re a pattern. And the pattern is telling us that the old model is finished. Add to this the recent news about the power and sophistication of the latest generation of agentic AI tools such as Anthropic’s Claude Mythos, and it really is time to act quickly.

The problem with perimeter thinking

Legacy security was built on a simple assumption: draw a line between trusted internal systems and untrusted external ones, defend the line, and you’re protected. It made sense when company data lived in on-premises data centers and employees showed up to the office. The boundary was real and defensible.

That world is gone. Edge nodes are now everywhere; in factories, retail stores, utility substations, and customer premises, and the clean network borders of the past have either blurred or disappeared entirely. Edge devices themselves rarely have dedicated security capabilities. IoT and OT systems in particular frequently lack the robust features needed to detect and resist advanced threats.

Worse, software-based management tends to fail precisely when it matters most. When the software layer is compromised or unresponsive, organizations lose visibility and control at the exact moment they can least afford to.

Then there’s credential theft. According to Verizon’s 2025 Data Breach Investigations Report, the human element is a factor in 60% of breaches and attackers have become highly effective at exploiting it. They don’t need to break in, they walk in, using legitimate credentials, through the front door.

Once inside, now often augmented by AI capabilities, they move laterally from a single-entry point across operational systems, compromising entire environments in minutes. A security architecture built around password authentication offers almost nothing against this type of attack.

What resilience actually looks like

The security conversation has shifted. For years the focus was on keeping attackers out. That is still necessary, but it’s no longer sufficient. What organizations are increasingly recognizing is that resilience depends just as much on what happens after a compromise; specifically, whether security teams retain visibility and control when it counts.

Lost visibility during an incident, even a contained breach, can quickly spiral and escalate. This is driving a serious rethink of how distributed infrastructure is managed, particularly as edge environments extend further across factories, retail locations, utilities and a myriad of remote sites.

Out-of-band management (OOBM) is one approach gaining real traction here. Rather than relying on the production network for management traffic, OOBM operates on an entirely separate, highly secure parallel path. That means that even when the main network is compromised or down, edge devices remain manageable, visible and controllable.

Crashed devices can be remotely rebooted, or even re-configured. Powered-off devices can still be reached. And critically, administrative access is separated from the primary production network targeted by attackers, thereby reducing exposure to the credential-based attacks that are now the most dominant breach vector.

The operational benefits are real too: fewer costly emergency site visits, faster data recovery times, and preserved control during high-pressure incidents when software management tools have gone dark.

The reckoning

What’s becoming clear is that perimeter security, on its own, is no longer a viable strategy. The edge has expanded too far, credentials are too easily stolen, and attackers are too fast once they’re in.

The organizations that will weather the next wave of incidents aren’t necessarily those with the most sophisticated perimeter defenses. They’re the ones that have accepted the compromise will happen and built the visibility, control and recovery capability to deal with it when it does.

Everyone else is building blind spots. And attackers, increasingly, know exactly where to look.

We've reviewed and ranked the best password managers.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

(PR) ASUS Republic of Gamers Announces Availability of ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM and PG32UCWM Tandem RGB OLED Gaming Monitors

15 July 2026 at 13:45
ASUS Republic of Gamers (ROG) today announced availability of the ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM and PG32UCWM gaming monitors that feature 4K true Tandem RGB OLED technology. Bringing flagship-tier panel technology to enthusiast setups, the 26.5-inch PG27UCWM and the 31.5-inch PG32UCWM combine true RGB Stripe OLED technology with a TrueBlack Glossy coating and a versatile Dual Mode (4K@240 Hz / FHD@480 Hz) that delivers the ultimate balance of fidelity and speed. Innovative GaNFET power efficiency solution and enhanced OLED Care Pro work together to prolong panel longevity, while Dolby Vision support, VESA DisplayHDR 400 True Black compliance, and DisplayPort 2.1a UHBR20 connectivity make these monitors ready for the most demanding HDR games.

True Tandem RGB OLED
Both monitors feature a 4K true Tandem RGB OLED panel with a proprietary TrueBlack Glossy coating to deliver supersharp imagery and incredibly accurate colors. True RGB Stripe OLED technology omits the white subpixel found in conventional WOLED panels, ensuring razor-sharp text edges and precise color reproduction while delivering up to 27% larger color volume—even at peak luminance levels. The versatile Dual Mode feature lets players effortlessly switch between stunning 4K@240 Hz visuals and ultra-responsive FHD@480 Hz action. Plus, a superfast 0.03 ms response time eliminates ghosting and motion blur in fast-paced games.

NVIDIA Launches GeForce NOW in India

15 July 2026 at 12:41
NVIDIA on Tuesday, formally launched its GeForce NOW cloud-gaming service in India. The service comes with attractive introductory prices specific to the Indian market under an Early Access Pass scheme that's sure to draw attention, particularly in India's tier-2 and tier-3 cities that see rapid advances in availability of high-speed, low-latency, fiber-based Internet services, and 5G. As with all markets, the "Free" tier offers 1-hour gaming sessions, and access to a library of 2,000+ games, with 1080p resolution at up to 60 FPS, and a waiting queue that can take over 2 minutes; and there are ads.

The Performance tier is the most affordable paid tier, priced at Indian Rupees 999 a month. This gives you an ad-free experience, access to a wider library of over 4,500 game titles, the ability to install-to-play, not just ready to play; longer, 6-hour gaming sessions, a higher resolution 1440p @ 60 FPS gaming experience, and priority access in the queue of under 1 minute. Then there's the Ultimate tier, which offers a gaming experience resembling a desktop with a GeForce RTX 5080 GPU. This gives you up to 5K @ 360 FPS resolution or whatever an RTX 5080 is capable of in the real world; longer 8-hour gaming sessions, and the highest priority in the waiting queue, with typically no waiting time. This is priced at Indian Rupees 1,999 a month.

SEGA’s “Legendary” Games Are Coming To NVIDIA RTX Spark 30 Years After NV1 Powered The First Virtua Fighter on PC

15 July 2026 at 14:00

A split image shows a 1996 setup with SEGA Virtua Fighter Remix on NVIDIA NV1 next to a modern laptop displaying SEGA Virtua Fighter Crossroads on NVIDIA RTX Spark, highlighting evolutions in gaming technology.

NVIDIA & SEGA are celebrating 30 years of collaboration, as SEGA's "Legendary" gaming titles are announced for RTX Spark PCs. There Would've Been No NVIDIA Without SEGA, & Both Brands Celebrate Their 30 Long Years of Collaboration, Starting With NV1 To RTX Spark PCs NVIDIA's first graphics accelerator, before the term GPU existed, was the NV1. The 3D/2D chip was released back in 1995 and enabled the porting of classic SEGA games such as Virtua Fighter over to PC. From Troubled Beginnings to a 3-Decade-Long Collab The NV1 was the first and only chip to feature quadratic texture mapping, a […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/sega-games-coming-to-nvidia-rtx-spark-30-years-after-nv1-powered-first-virtua-fighter-on-pc/

PlayStation 6 Patent Scraps Liquid Metal Cooling After PS5 Leaks Fried APUs And Motherboards For Years

15 July 2026 at 13:38

A concept image showing a black PlayStation 6 console with blue lighting next to the logo and text 'PS6 PlayStation 6.'

The PlayStation 5 liquid metal cooling system has rapidly become infamous following the system's launch in 2020. Not only did the system prove to be somewhat unreliable in launch units, often leading to overheating issues, but the liquid metal itself would leak onto the system's APU and motherboard components, leading to widespread malfunctions that are still getting reported in droves. For the next-generation PlayStation 6, however, Sony Interactive Entertainment plans to handle cooling differently, judging from a new patent that recently surfaced online. As reported by Tech4Gamers, the PlayStation 6 may not use liquid metal cooling as its predecessor, but […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/playstation-6-patent-scraps-liquid-metal-cooling/

AMD Ryzen 7 5800X3D Outsells Ryzen 7 7800X3D For The Same Price On Amazon Despite Being Weaker

15 July 2026 at 13:14

AMD Ryzen 7 5800X3D 10th Anniversary Edition packaging on display with specifications including 8 cores, 16 threads, and 4.5 GHz max boost.

It's crazy how a six-year-old CPU can sell incredibly well, given it's based on an older platform. AMD Ryzen 7 5800X3D Grabs Fourth Spot In Best Selling CPUs List On Amazon Despite Selling For $349 It's hardly been a month since the launch of AMD's Ryzen 7 5800X3D 10th anniversary edition, and we are already seeing the CPU in the best-selling CPUs list at major retailers. It was obvious since the Ryzen 5000 series witnessed a good demand due to a large section of PC builders transitioning to the previous-gen AM4 platform due to the current RAMpocalypse. However, we didn't […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/amd-ryzen-7-5800x3d-outsells-ryzen-7-7800x3d-for-the-same-price-on-amazon-despite-being-weaker/

Intel Leverages ASML’s High NA EUV Technology To Produce 18A Panther Lake Chips

15 July 2026 at 12:45

Technicians in a clean room work on an advanced ASML lithography machine with multiple screens and intricate machinery components.

ASML has confirmed that Intel is leveraging its High NA EUV technology to produce its Panther Lake chips on its most advanced 18A process node. ASML's High NA EUV Enters High-Volume Logic Production With Intel's "18A" Panther Lake Chips Today, ASML announced that its first High NA EUV "EXE" equipment has been installed at Intel Foundry and is being used to make the first Panther Lake 18A products. The first of these High NA EUV lithography machines was installed at Hillsboro, Oregon, R&D site back in 2024, making Intel the first company to install and pass acceptance testing of the […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/intel-leverages-asml-high-na-euv-technology-to-produce-18a-panther-lake-chips/

PS5 emulation ramps up in response to Sony killing physical games — PS5 titles now booting across different emulators with rapid community development for both 2D and 3D games

For years, the PS5 emulation scene has remained dormant, with updates few and far between as most projects become abandonware. However, Sony's recent decision to stop physical disc production and the impending release of GTA VI later this year have created an unprecedented demand in the market. All of a sudden, an influx of PS5 emulators has popped up online, and they're swiftly hitting development milestones, including actually being able to boot recent PS5 titles.

The most prominent name in the news cycle is SharpEmu, which serves as a PS5 emulator for Windows. It's written entirely in C# and works more like a translation layer since modern consoles and PC share the same x86 underlying architecture. SharpEmu allows the PC to execute CPU instructions natively while translating OS-specific API calls and graphics.

Since it's aiming for accuracy, only some 2D titles such as Dreaming Sarah are running on SharpEmu with solid performance and no hiccups. As far as 3D titles go, that's a different story since it's significantly harder to emulate those. At first, the PS5 remake of Demon's Souls successfully booted, but it didn't go past the startup screen. Then, in a major development, Discord user RShantila was able to boot Astro Bot, which is a PlayStation exclusive from 2024, on SharpEmu.

الأمور تحدث ⚠️ محاكي PS5 emu على PC !يشغل من الآن لعبة Dreaming Sarahومن الحصريات يشغل شاشة بدء Demons Souls Remakeوجاري تطويره وتحسينه لتشغيل الالعاب مثل ShadPS4بداية سريعة pic.twitter.com/XRerLF9oak pic.twitter.com/NvdLZVCYoQJuly 9, 2026

Getting such a recent game to run is extremely promising and shows that PS5 emulation is currently outpacing PS4 emulation at the same point in its life cycle. And SharpEmu is just one project among what's starting to seem like a sea of hopes and dreams.

The other emulator gaining traction is KytyPS5, which started as a cross-platform PS4 and PS5 emulator in 2021 but was abandoned in 2022. Fast forward four years and developer Nmzik has revived the project, creating their own fork that focuses only on PlayStation 5. According to reports online, within just a few weeks, KytyPS5 can boot commercial PS5 games running in Unreal Engine 4/5, Unity, and other custom engines.

KytyPS5 was able to boot and run Silent Hill: The Short Message till the menu screen. Remember, 3D games were previously limited to just their boot screens, so this is yet another major accomplishment. However, earlier today, the project's GitHub page was updated to show two new 3D games actually running with their graphics being properly rendered, shattering all expectations set thus far.

يب هذا محاكي ثاني للـPS5 اسمه KytyPS5 و بدأ يشغل لعبة SILENT HILL: The Short Message و يوصل للوقو و الرسائل التنبيهية مثل ما تشوفون، يلا عقبال نشوفه يتطور اكثر https://t.co/DjDda8tatw pic.twitter.com/Yn7ilNsHCrJuly 10, 2026

These two games are PowerWash Simulator and Pac-Man World, both of which are playable with functional gameplay, though we don't have any idea about performance or stability. Even more impressively, and perhaps more on-topic, the KytyPS5 version 0.0.3 successfully booted the commercial PS5 version of Grand Theft Auto V far enough to display the loading screens, main splash art, and actually navigate the in-game display settings.

محاكي KytyPS5 قدر يشغل GTA V و يوصل للقوائم، و Quake 2 ingame 😵😵توفر تحديث جديد قبل ساعة https://t.co/xK0Y4LTIwR pic.twitter.com/awVY3VpGUDJuly 11, 2026

KytyPS5 has also recently received updates to its shader compiler for better graphics, better memory management that leads to faster load times, and better audio support as well. The emulator works on Windows for now, but a Linux version is also planned for the future.

Finally, we need to mention RPCSX, which isn't exactly an emulator but rather just a research project dedicated to better understanding both PS4 and PS5 software. The devs are still working on being able to boot games from the user interface, but in a race like this, you need every hand on deck, and the team behind RPCS3 is one of the most experienced in the field.

The PS5 emulation scene has suddenly exploded, and the pace of these developments is astonishing. At this trajectory, it won't be unreasonable to expect GTA V to actually run on SharpEmu or KytyPS5 by next month. That being said, emulation is a marathon that takes a long time to perfect, so it's almost guaranteed that the official PC version of GTA VI will be out long before the emulated version becomes playable.

A PS5 emulator doesn't need to exist, because there'd be no games to emulate.July 8, 2026

Erion – Get a clear project scope, timeline, and estimate in 10 minutes


Erion streamlines project intake for software teams. Describe what you're building in a short, AI-guided interview and receive a structured proposal with goals, scope, milestones, timeline, and an estimate you can share with your team. Skip discovery calls and get answers fast. Your conversation stays private, and the team can follow up to refine details or start the project.

View startup

The Disney settlement is a story about two layers of infrastructure that no longer line up

In February 2026, the California Attorney General announced a $2.75 million settlement with Disney DTC and ABC Enterprises, the largest in the history of the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA).

Most of the noise has focused on the legal and interpretive dimensions: how the settlement reads against the statute, what it signals about enforcement posture, and what it adds to an enforcement record that has been building for more than three years.

Since the first major CCPA action against Sephora, in 2022, for failing to honor opt-out requests, settlements with DoorDash, Tilting Point, Healthline, Sling TV and Jam City have progressively expanded the technical specificity of what compliance has to look like in practice.

For privacy leaders trying to decide what to do on Monday morning, the most useful lessons from the Disney settlement are technical. In many enterprises, there is a gap between two initiatives that operate in parallel: a privacy tech layer focused on cookies, cookie banners, and webforms, and a data layer that runs on identity graphs, pseudonymous profiles and cross-system data flows.

The four technical claims leveled by the California Attorney General: gaps in how opt-outs reach logged-out users, disconnected opt-out tooling, missing cross-brand propagation, and absent opt-out functionality on apps and connected TV, are four symptoms of this misalignment

These challenges and claims are not unique to Disney, nor do they reflect negligence. They are consequences of timing. The privacy layer in most enterprises is built to satisfy a regulatory model that took shape between 2018 and 2022, when "consent management" largely meant deciding which cookies fired on a webpage.

The data layer it was bolted onto had been evolving for a decade by then, towards exactly the kind of cross-device, partner-dependent identity resolution that makes modern advertising and personalization possible. The two were never properly integrated in most enterprise environments because, for several years no one seemed to mind.

What the recent enforcement record establishes is that they do now.

One principle, four symptoms

The settlement's central principle is unusually direct: "If a business can associate a consumer's devices with the consumer for advertising purposes, it can and must associate those devices with the consumer for purposes of honoring the consumer's opt-out rights."

In other words, the scope of your opt-out obligation is defined by the scope of your data monetization, not by the scope of your consent management platform. If your advertising stack resolves an anonymous device signal to a known profile to target a consumer, you have, for the purposes of the law, identified that consumer.

The obligation follows the use of identity capabilities, not who built them. If identity is being used to target a consumer with ads, the same identity must be used to exclude them once they opt out.

That single principle unifies the four technical points of the settlement.

The first: identity parity concerns whether opt-outs cover consumers who aren't currently logged in. Many enterprise programs apply opt-outs only to authenticated users, on the reasoning that the business doesn't know who a logged-out user is. The settlement reframes that. If your advertising infrastructure uses pseudonymous profiles—the device-level identifiers that ad-tech systems use to recognize the same person across visits without a login - to target that user, then for the purposes of the law, you have identified them. The opt-out has to reach the same identity.

The second: architectural fragmentation concerns how opt-out requests travel through the systems meant to enforce them. Most enterprise privacy programs run two separate products: a consent management platform (CMP) that governs which trackers and tags fire on the website, and a data subject rights (DSR) tool that handles webform submissions like Do Not Sell or Share requests. When those products aren't integrated, a consumer who submits a webform may stop appearing in certain backend records, but the CMP keeps firing the same tags on every page they visit, and data sharing continues. The webform captured the request. The collection infrastructure never received it.

The third: cross-brand propagation concerns whether an opt-out submitted on one property reaches the others that share its data infrastructure. If a media company runs three streaming services on a single advertising stack, and a customer opts out on one, the law treats that as an opt-out across all three because the data is monetized across all three. The technical capability to propagate the signal usually exists; the compliance logic that ties opt-outs to it rarely does. The same point extends downstream: if ad-tech partners already hold a consumer's data, blocking tags on your own site doesn't reach what they have. They need to be actively notified, through a workflow that runs every time an opt-out is processed.

The fourth: non-browser surfaces concerns the consumer-facing channels that aren't a website. Cookie-based consent tools were built for browsers. They do not, by default, extend to mobile apps, connected TV environments, or any other surface where data is collected outside the browser. In Disney's case, consumers on a connected TV app could only opt out by going to a webform on a different device - a webform that had no effect on the code transmitting data from the TV app to its ad-tech partners. The mechanism existed; the obligation it was meant to satisfy went unmet.

The difficulty is structural

The four technical gaps above share a common root, and fixing them points to something more fundamental than patching individual systems. None of this is straightforward to operationalize.

Modern data infrastructure is genuinely complex and rebuilding how the privacy and data layers of an enterprise stack actually communicate is not the kind of project that gets completed in a quarter. But the structural difficulty points to something deeper than implementation effort: a flaw in how most organizations have framed the problem from the start.

Privacy as a data infrastructure question, not a regulatory one

Privacy programs built around regulations are, by design, reactive. A new law passes, a settlement lands, an enforcement sweep reveals an unexpected gap, and the program scrambles to respond. That cycle is the predictable outcome of treating privacy as a compliance checklist rather than a capability embedded in how data actually moves through the organization. Regulations will keep coming, and they will keep changing. No program designed around any single regulatory framework will stay current for long.

The more durable approach starts in the data infrastructure itself. When privacy controls are built into the data layer, tied to identity resolution and data flows rather than bolted onto individual regulatory requirements, they adapt. A new regulation adds a specific obligation, but the underlying framework for honoring consumer choices across identifiers and systems is already in place to absorb it. The work becomes configuration, not reconstruction.

The path forward is not another tool layered on top of existing infrastructure to satisfy the next regulation. It starts by embedding privacy controls into the data layer itself, tied to how data actually flows through the organization. That foundation does not need to be rebuilt every time the regulatory landscape shifts. It absorbs change. For privacy leaders looking to get off the reactive cycle for good, that is where the work begins.

The best business VPN helps you connect safely and securely online to your business.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

'Could blow Sony's Pro IEMs out the water': Sivga's new wired earbuds look beautiful and are packed full of drivers to turn buyers' heads

  • Affordable audiophile brand Sivga just unveiled new in-ear monitors
  • Lyrebird use four drivers for versatile sound
  • Sony's recently-released Pro rivals now have tough competition

Sivga, a Chinese head-fi brand which has wowed us in the past with wood-design headphones, including the Sivga Robin and Sivga Oriole, has a new pair of wired earbuds it wants you to hear.

The Sivga Lyrebird are its new in-ear monitors (IEMs), and they've just been released for $149 / £149 (about AU$300). This isn't the cheapest price we've ever seen on this kind wired offering (Sivga itself has also released cheaper, more EarPods-style earbuds called the M260), but since audiophile-adjacent IEMs can sometimes costs thousands, it's still fairly affordable.

Not sure what IEMs are? They're wired earbuds, but aimed at professionals or audiophiles focused on detailed and natural sound. They often house an intricate array of drivers within their headshells — so they're often more expensive than your average wired buds as a result.

With the continued resurgence of wired earbuds, IEMs are seeing a boost in profile. Just last week, Sony unveiled its own IER-M500 Pro option, for a little less than the Lyrebird. When you look at the specs, though, Sivga's new option could blow Sony's Pro IEMs out of the water, on paper at least, with larger and more plentiful drivers.

And this lyrebird you cannot change

The buds of the Sivga Lyrebird.

(Image credit: Sivga)

Sivga has packed its Lyrebirds with four drivers (the Sonys have a single 5mm one). This is to offer a wide soundstage, while also allowing each driver to focus on a certain part of the frequency spectrum.

For the low-end there's a 10mm polymer composite dynamic driver, and it's joined by a balanced armature driver for vocals, micro planar for treble and 9.2mm piezoelectric ceramic driver for the higher frequencies.

The earbuds connect using a 120cm cable, which has silver- and gold-plated copper connectors and ends in a 4.4mm jack.

Sivga has continued its wooden design aesthetic with the Lyrebird, as you can see from the pictures. The earpieces are handcrafted, and coated in resin to ensure they're durable.

The announcement of the Sivga Lyrebirds coincides with CanJam London, which is bringing plenty of other audio announcements. So before the day is through, we may see many other IEMs to enjoy.

How automation is easing IT’s patching pressure

The disclosure-to-exploit window used to be measured in weeks; for weaponized vulnerabilities, it now runs in hours. Out-of-cycle patches that used to be exceptional have become routine across enterprise environments of meaningful size.

This pattern now has a name. You might have heard it already: the Patch Apocalypse. Sounds a bit dramatic, but the impact warrants the drama.

It describes something measurable — software flaws are being discovered, disclosed and weaponized faster than most patch management programs were built to handle.

Several factors are converging at once. Frontier AI models are accelerating vulnerability research — Anthropic's Project Glasswing and comparable initiatives have produced thousands of high-severity findings in compressed timeframes.

Attackers are using the same class of tooling to reverse-engineer patches far faster than previously thought possible. Public disclosures are arriving on shorter cycles.

For any team responsible for keeping production systems patched, this all translates to a backlog that grows faster than the available maintenance management windows can drain it. And “drain” is the right word here, because that’s also the impact on the team: it’s very, very draining.

This is far from an anecdotal observation. The workforce cost is already visible.

Recent UK data shows what’s happening at the personnel level: 42% of UK IT professionals report high levels of stress from their jobs, and 76% say that stress is affecting their physical and mental health. 30% report difficulty concentrating, 35% report trouble sleeping and 30% report increased anxiety and depression.

Why traditional patching is breaking down

Patch management was built around predictability. Vendor releases on a known schedule. A defined maintenance window. Manual testing in a staging environment. Communication, approval, deployment, verification.

The model worked when most enterprise software was released on predictable monthly or quarterly schedules, when threat actors needed weeks to weaponize a disclosed CVE, and when out-of-cycle patches were rare enough that a program could absorb them without restructuring. When those scenarios change, the model’s validity changes.

Two structural changes have done most of the work:

Volume is the first. When a single AI model can autonomously surface thousands of high-severity vulnerabilities across major operating systems and browsers — as Project Glasswing did within weeks of its April launch — the downstream effect is more CVEs arriving sooner, with public patches available, all flowing into the same backlog the IT team was already trying to clear.

Velocity has compounded that. Attackers have access to the same class of capability. Patches can be reverse-engineered in as little as 72 hours, sometimes far less. Any system unpatched in that window is exposed to working exploits.

Combine the two, and a patch program that was already running near capacity has to absorb a step change in volume, with shorter deadlines and less predictability about when the next critical disclosure will land. That’s a lot of pressure, and it’s what’s driving the stress data up.

Automation is taking center stage

As an operating model, automation is far better-equipped to survive a Patch Apocalypse than previous iterations. Three important principles underscore the model’s efficacy:

1. Continuous, risk-based triage. The CISA Known Exploited Vulnerabilities list is the non-negotiable top tier. An Exploit Prediction Scoring System threshold appropriate to the environment can drive priority for everything else. Below that threshold, work waits for the maintenance ring.

2. Automated test and deployment rings. The test cycle has to compress to fit the exploit window. Even with top-tier skills and best intentions, a human checklist cannot move at that speed. The familiar sequence — test ring, early-adopter ring, broad production, mission-critical — has to be instrumented and capable of running without manual coordination at every stage.

3. Closed-loop verification. A patch isn’t deployed until the install is confirmed on every endpoint, and a CVE isn’t closed until a rescan confirms it. Compliance evidence is produced as a byproduct of the workflow, not assembled from a spreadsheet the week before an audit.

Industry data points in the same direction. 67% of IT professionals say AI tools and automation will free up their time for more interesting, fulfilling work. 66% say the same tools will help them provide better service to end users. Less than one in three organizations report having fully embedded automation in their IT workflows.

Who’s paying the cost

Any cost considerations regarding patch programs need to take the human cost into account. A patch program running on legacy assumptions will absorb the Patch Apocalypse by burning out the team running it. The stress figures are showing the early signs. The downstream cost includes attrition, error rates, lost productivity and the slow erosion of the institutional knowledge that holds a program together.

On the other hand, programs where automation runs the workflow have the potential to absorb the same volume without requiring the team to absorb it personally. Continuous prioritization, instrumented rings and verification embedded in the workflow take variable, manual work out of the critical path.

Two-thirds of IT professionals see AI and automation as a route to better work — fewer frantic escalations and more time on the problems that need human judgement.

The Patch Apocalypse is very much here, and is poised to reach every program. Is the workflow underneath built to absorb the impact? If not, consider the whole scope of what — and who — is at stake.

We've reviewed and ranked the best endpoint protection software.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Samsung Launches 990 QLC DRAMless SSD, $270 for 1TB, $530 for 2TB

15 July 2026 at 12:14
Samsung on July 14 formally launched the 990, its value-segment M.2 NVMe SSD. Not to be confused with the 990 EVO, another DRAMless SSD from the company that uses TLC NAND flash, the new 990 implements QLC NAND flash, and relies on controller-level optimization to shore up performance. Built in the M.2-2280 form-factor, the Samsung 990 features an M.2 NVMe Gen 4 (PCI-Express 4.0 x4) host interface, and is driven by a Samsung Piccolo-Q DRAMless controller. It uses the company's in-house V9 series 280-layer 3D QLC NAND flash memory.

The Samsung 990 comes in two capacity variants, 1 TB and 2 TB, priced at $270 and $530, respectively. The 1 TB variant offers sequential reads of up to 7150 MB/s with up to 6450 MB/s sequential writes, with up to 700,000 IOPS 4K random reads and up to 1.1 million IOPS 4K random writes; while the 2 TB variant offers slightly higher performance, with up to 7250 MB/s sequential reads, up to 6450 MB/s sequential writes, up to 850,000 IOPS 4K random reads, and up to 1.2 million IOPS 4K random writes. Where the 990 differs significantly from the TLC-based 990 EVO Plus, is write-endurance. The 2 TB variant offers 800 TBW, while the 1 TB variant offers a paltry 400 TBW. For reference, the 2 TB 990 EVO Plus offers 1200 TBW, and 1 TB 990 EVO Plus offers 600 TBW. Both variants are backed by 3-year warranties.

(PR) Samsung Introduces Flex Titanium Technology To Advance Foldable Displays

15 July 2026 at 11:28
Samsung Electronics today unveiled new Flex Titanium technology for the next generation of Galaxy foldable devices. Built on seven generations of foldable innovation and engineering expertise, the redesigned display structure utilizes structural and material advancements to deliver a more refined viewing experience with enhanced durability and reduced crease visibility. Made possible thanks to Samsung's accumulated display know-how, Flex Titanium technology integrates two titanium-based components - a titanium-alloy film and a titanium plate - working together to balance slimness, flexibility and strength within the foldable display structure.

"Samsung's strength in the foldable category comes from connecting user needs with our technologies that deliver tangible benefits in everyday life," said Sunghoon Moon, EVP and Senior Executive, Mobile R&D Office - H/W, Samsung Electronics. "For the next generation of Galaxy foldables, Samsung is building on years of expertise to bring display innovations into devices that enhance user experiences, anchored by exceptional viewing experiences."

(PR) Palit Unveils the Return of the Classic GeForce RTX 3060 Infinity 2 OC Graphics Card

15 July 2026 at 11:22
PALIT Microsystems, a leading manufacturer of graphics cards, today announces the new GeForce RTX 3060 Infinity 2 OC. Combining a massive 12 GB GDDR6 memory capacity with a clean, all-black dual-fan shroud, the Infinity 2 delivers honest, dependable performance without the premium price tag.
  • The Reigning Legend - Trusted 1080p Gaming Performance The GeForce RTX 3060 GPU continues to stand as a reigning champion on the Steam Hardware Survey, trusted by millions of gamers worldwide. For mainstream esports titles, the GeForce RTX 3060 Infinity 2 OC provides smooth and ultra-stable framerates at 1080p resolution.
  • Zero Memory Bottlenecks - 12 GB VRAM Asset for Productivity Packed with a full 12 GB of GDDR6 VRAM, this model acts as an affordable "productivity ticket" for students, video editors, and creators stepping into high resolution video editing, 3D modeling, and entry-level local AI processing without hitting hardware limits.
  • The Practical Essentials - Silence & Protection To enhance structural reliability, the model includes a protective backplate that prevents PCB flex. The backplate features specialized ventilation cutouts, allowing air to pass directly through the heatsink for optimized thermal distribution. Additionally, integrated 0dB Technology ensures the fans stay completely silent during light workloads like watching YouTube, studying, or office work, delivering a quiet daily environment.

(PR) ADATA XPG Unveils the New NIMBUS and NIMBUS PLUS Gaming Chairs

15 July 2026 at 11:14
XPG, the gaming brand of ADATA Technology, today announced the launch of its latest ergonomic gaming chairs, the NIMBUS and NIMBUS PLUS. As remote work continues to shape modern lifestyles and dedicated gamers increasingly require robust support for extended sitting sessions, having a chair that perfectly balances sleek aesthetics and exceptional comfort has become more essential than ever. Combining modern minimalist design with top-tier ergonomic engineering, XPG introduces two distinct seating solutions tailored to different user preferences, making pure comfort second nature.

Designed for hardcore gamers and professionals who sit for over 8 hours a day, XPG presents the NIMBUS PLUS, a flagship high-back mesh chair centered on the concept of being "Beyond Breathable." Offering extensive adjustability, it accommodates a wide range of body types and seating preferences while maintaining exceptional airflow. Its high-elasticity breathable mesh covers the entire chair, promoting continuous ventilation to minimize heat buildup and keep users cool during intense gaming sessions or long workdays.

(PR) ASML High NA EUV Technology Enters High-Volume Manufacturing With Intel 18A

15 July 2026 at 11:09
ASML Holding N.V. (ASML) today reported that Intel Foundry is using ASML's High NA EUV technology on the Intel 18A process node to produce a subset of its Intel Core Ultra Series 3 processors. This milestone marks an important step in demonstrating High NA EUV readiness in a production environment. ASML and Intel have worked closely for decades to advance lithography technology and support the continued scaling of semiconductors. The high numerical aperture extreme ultraviolet (High NA EUV) lithography process is an important next step in EUV lithography, developed by ASML to enable more precise patterning for advanced chip manufacturing.

The Intel Core Ultra Series 3 processors, code-named Panther Lake, are built on Intel 18A. The use of High NA EUV to pattern specific layers of these products provides ASML and Intel Foundry with helpful data to further refine system setup, up time and manufacturing implementation. This paves the way towards broader adoption, utilizing the full capabilities of the technology.

(PR) Dynabook Unveils Portege Z40L-P Copilot+ Mobile Workstation

15 July 2026 at 11:02
Dynabook Americas, Inc., a Sharp Company, today announced the Portégé Z40L-P, a premium Copilot+ PC, the second generation of Dynabook's advanced Portégé Z40L platform. Built for the demands of today's AI-enabled workplace, the 14-inch Portégé Z40L-P combines next-generation Intel Core Ultra Series 3 processor options, enhanced on-device AI capabilities, enterprise-grade security, Intel Wi-Fi 7 and user replaceable 56Wh Li-Polymer battery. Pricing for the Portégé Z40L-P starts at $2,170 MSRP.

Expanding the platform beyond premium business productivity, select Portégé Z40L-P configurations feature Intel Core Ultra X9 and X7 processors with Intel Arc Pro B390 graphics. With up to 12 Xe graphics cores, these models deliver discrete-class performance for technical and engineering workflows in a slim mobile workstation built for AI. Purpose-built to accelerate technical drafting, engineering design and computer-aided design applications, the Portégé Z40L-P provides smooth visuals, responsive performance and professional-grade capability in a thin-and-light form factor.

NVIDIA Announces Gears Of War-Inspired RTX 5080 Founders Edition Giveaway

15 July 2026 at 12:03

A custom NVIDIA GeForce RTX graphics card with a Gears of War themed design featuring red and black artwork and the words 'E-Day' on its surface.

NVIDIA hosts a giveaway for Gears of War fans, offering custom wrap on the GeForce RTX 5080 Founders Edition. NVIDIA to Giveaway an RTX 5080 Founders Edition Inspired by Gears of War: E-Day Instalment Another Gears of War game is about to be released in a few months, which will be based on the origin story of the franchise. While the Gears of War: E-Day is scheduled to launch on October 6, 2026, we have NVIDIA is already preparing for its launch by offering a free GPU to the lucky winner in the latest giveaway. The giveaway is a part […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/nvidia-announces-gears-of-war-inspired-rtx-5080-founders-edition-giveaway/

Latest Assassin’s Creed Hexe Leak Pegs June 2027 Launch, but Ubisoft Insider Warns the Date Could Slip

15 July 2026 at 11:30

A mysterious emblem made of twigs forms the Assassin's Creed logo, set against a dark, rune-inscribed circle, with the text ASSASSIN'S CREED HEXE below.

On the heels of the early success of Black Flag Resynced, which sold 2 million units on launch day and pushed the total franchise sales to over 250 million, Ubisoft is now focused on delivering the next big entry in the IP: the mysterious Assassin's Creed Hexe. First teased nearly four years ago, Hexe will be a classic Assassin's Creed-style installment that follows the RPG-style game Shadows, according to Ubisoft's formula, which alternates between the two experiences to satisfy two fairly diverse audiences. Now, Ubisoft leaker Rogue has shared a lot of details about Hexe in a lengthy X thread. […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/assassins-creed-hexe-june-2027-launch-could-slip/

Two SonicWall SMA 1000 Zero-Days Exploited, One Could Enable Admin Commands

SonicWall has warned of active exploitation of two zero-day vulnerabilities impacting Secure Mobile Access (SMA) 1000 series appliances, one of which could be exploited to achieve arbitrary command execution. The vulnerabilities are listed below - CVE-2026-15409 (CVSS score: 10.0) - A Server-side request forgery (SSRF) vulnerability that a remote unauthenticated attacker could exploit to

Zalous – We help teams turn network operations intent into local-first workflows


AiONA is a local-first network operations workspace for teams running internal networks, homelabs, edge devices, cameras, or business-specific infrastructure. Users describe what they want to inspect, scan, monitor, diagnose, or review in natural language. AiONA helps turn that intent into structured workflows like network inspection, port scanning, performance monitoring, service monitoring, network diagnosis, traceroute checks, alert follow-up, and asset records. The plan is to keep cloud usage limited to authentication and authorization, while operational data and workflow history stay in the user's local environment.

View startup

I love my Marantz CD player, and its new upgraded version was just unveiled — and the matching amp with aptX Bluetooth, HDMI and MM phono looks irresistible too

  • Marantz unveils replacements for the acclaimed PM6007 and CD6007 amp and CD player
  • Amp has HDMI ARC and high-quality Bluetooth streaming, plus phono MM input
  • From $750 / £499 / AU$1,000

One of the things I love about quality hi-fi is that it's often made to be a treat for your eyes as well as your ears. The new Marantz Model 70 integrated amp and CD 70 CD player definitely come into that category: I think they look stunning.

I'm probably a little bit biased because my CD player is a Marantz (the CD6007 that this one makes obsolete, no less) and I love it dearly. But both new models promise serious substance to match their style.

The Model 70 and CD 70 are the successors to the acclaimed PM6007 and the aforementioned CD6007, and Marantz promises that both deliver what the brand calls its signature "warm, detailed and deeply musical" sound.

But there are significant upgrades that should make this new generation an even more luxurious listen.

Marantz Model 70 and CD 70: key features and pricing

The Marantz Model 70 is an integrated amp with HDMI ARC and Bluetooth, with the latter offering transmission and reception via aptX Adaptive, aptX HD, AAC and SBC. In addition to the usual audio connections there are preamplifier and subwoofer outputs.

Marantz Model 70 amp and CD 70 CD player on a wooden surface

(Image credit: Future)

The 50-watt Class A/B amplifier features an upgraded topology with an enhanced power supply and larger toroidal transformer, which Marantz says delivers greater dynamic expression, improved speaker control and increased authority across all kinds of speakers. It includes a high-quality MM phono stage for your turntable and a high-performance ES Sabre DAC for digital audio sources.

The Marantz CD 70 features the same DAC as the Model 70 plus additional proprietary HDAM (High Definition Amplifier Module) circuitry to deliver "detailed, expressive and emotionally engaging reproduction of compact discs, extracting every nuance from treasured music collections," Marantz says. There's a USB-A port on the front for your digital files, and support for hi-res formats including FLAC HD, ALAC, AIFF and DSD.

Marantz Model 70 amp and CD 70 CD player on a wooden surface

(Image credit: Future)

As with the Model 70 amp, the circuitry has been optimized to reduce noise and preserve detail; there's an upgraded power supply, "strategically deployed" copper hardware and a double-layered chassis base with rigid isolation feet.

As with their predecessors, the Model 70 and CD 70 aren't terrifyingly expensive. The official price of the CD 70 compact disc player is $750 / £499 / AU$1,000, while the Model 70 integrated amp is £749 / AU$1,455. Sadly, the latter isn't available in North America.

Both models will be available on August 15th, 2026.

Tipped Off – See hidden fees and real costs at restaurants before you dine


Tipped Off is a receipt-backed platform that reveals the real cost of dining. Diners upload receipts to detect service charges, auto-gratuities, and surcharges, then see what to expect before they go. You can build a private dining journal, track prices over time, and explore verified trends like average tips and wait times. Businesses gain transparent, receipt-derived insights to highlight great service and improve operations while consumers find places worth their loyalty.

View startup

Redbrix – Browse, query, and edit MySQL in a secure browser UI without installation


Redbrix is an instant, browser-based interface for your existing MySQL database. It lets you browse tables, run queries, and edit data with a clean, modern UI, no SQL expertise required.

It is not another admin tool but an intuitive, elegant web app that any user, technical or non-technical, can use comfortably. Connect with your host, username, and database to start immediately. Nothing to install or configure, and security is a priority: passwords stay only in your session, and your data never leaves your server nor is copied or harvested.

View startup

UN Secretary General says 'Killer Robots' must be stopped, calls autonomous weapons "morally repugnant"

  • UN Secretary General calls for a global ban on autonomous "killer robots”
  • Guterres argues that delegating life-or-death decisions to machines is “morally repugnant”
  • Governments should take a stance now – not wait for something catastrophic to happen

UN Secretary General António Guterres has called for lethal autonomous weapons, which he describes as ‘killer robots’ to be prohibited under international law following recent discussions at the first Global Dialogue on Artificial Intelligence Governance in Geneva.

Guterres’ demand to ban these weapons focuses on those capable of identifying, selecting and attacking targets without human oversight, which leaves artificial intelligence and other computer systems in charge of a life-or-death decision.

He ultimately argued that certain decisions must remain exclusively human, and the decision to take a life is well into the boundary of requiring human oversight. Transferring the decision-making to killer robots would be “morally repugnant” and “politically unacceptable,” he argued.

AI requires global regulation as military AI poses major threats

Key to the Secretary General’s argument is that he urges governments to take action and ban such robots now, rather than waiting for an autonomous weapon to cause a major incident before rethinking their strategies.

“Let us not wait for atrocity to act,” Guterres said. “Some decisions must remain forever human – none more than taking a human life.”

The issue is becoming more urgent now that AI models and advanced chips are already being used within military intelligence, targeting and other battlefield systems.

More broadly, Guterres’ thoughts align with those of Anthropic, which recently had a dispute with the Pentagon after seeking guarantees that its models would not be used for autonomous weapons or surveillance.

While the Pentagon had rejected those limitations, arguing that it should be able to use Anthropic’s models for any lawful purpose, the case highlights how private companies are becoming increasingly intertwined with digital warfare.

Reporting by the Wall Street Journal cited a similar view by Pope Leo XIV, who warns that AI-controlled weapons could promote an “anti-human” view of warfare. He warned that the autonomy could reduce some dangers and distance political leaders from the human consequences of conflict.

There’s a need to balance the pros and cons of AI

However, artificial intelligence does promise several benefits to modern warfare, particularly in its ability to process huge amounts of information extremely quickly. With modern compute, militaries can respond to threats at lightning speed, improve their accuracy and precision, reduce soldier risk and potentially reduce civilian casualties, too.

Critics also question whether human oversight of AI systems is at all meaningful if the person in charge only has seconds to act on AI-generated information in the first place.

It’s also yet to be determined which party or group of parties should be held accountable for any incidents or mishaps – human operators, commanders, hardware manufacturers and software developers are just some of the parties up for judgment.

“We may be the last generation able to set the terms on which humanity and machines coexist,” Guterres warned separately in an X post, warning that AI must be governed, trusted and fair.

“It sounds like science fiction, but it's a real possibility, and it could change the world in ways that we don't understand yet, and it could change the power dynamics of our planet in ways that require our attention,” Independent International Scientific Panel on AI Co-Chair Yoshua Bengio added.

Google logo on a black background next to text reading 'Click to follow TechRadar'

How to watch Alone Australia season 4 for *FREE* from anywhere

Ten Aussie survivalists are being taken well out of their comfort zone for Alone Australia 2026, which – in a series first – is set in the northern hemisphere. They'll be entirely self-reliant in the near-inhospitable region of Sápmi (known by some as Lapland) in the Arctic Circle, where even the indigenous Sámi people have only formed a small handful of settlements.

You can watch Alone Australia season 4 online from anywhere with a VPN and potentially for free.

Premiere: Wednesday, July 15 at 7.30pm AEST

Watch free: SBS on Demand (AUS)

Unlock your stream with NordVPN (save up to 75%)

Former Navy chef Trent is eyeing 101 days, which is ambitious considering the all-time franchise record is 100 days, and nobody in Alone Australia history has made it beyond 76 days in warm climes. Hunting is also forbidden this season.

On paper, wrecking yard manager Arash, permaculture practitioner Jasper, outdoor guide Lillian and ultramarathon runner Sia look as if they have potential. Arash, Jasper and Sia are accomplished at foraging and fishing, while Lillian – who grew up in nearby Sweden – has led remote wilderness tours in temperatures as extreme as -60 degrees Celsius.

Arash and Sia have especially fascinating backstories. Arash lost everything when war destroyed his hometown in Afghanistan, after which every minute of every day became about survival. Sia grew up in extreme poverty in Thailand, which taught her more than most about resilience and scratching out a living.

Read on as we explain how to watch Alone Australia S4 from anywhere.

Can you watch Alone Australia season 4 for free?

Yes. Viewers in Australia can watch Alone Australia season 4 FREE of charge on SBS and the SBS on Demand streaming service.

Traveling outside Australia? You can use a VPN to watch your usual streaming services from anywhere.

How to watch Alone Australia season 4 from anywhere

If you're keen to watch Alone Australia but you're away from home and access to the show is geo-blocked, you can always use a VPN to access it (assuming you're not breaching any broadcaster T&Cs, of course). You may be surprised by how simple it is to do.

Use one of the best VPNs to watch Alone Australia 2026 from anywhere:

🟩 NordVPN – get the world's best VPN

Not having a VPN is like leaving your front door wide open in a busy city – anyone can walk right in and take a peek.

TechRadar regularly reviews all the biggest and best VPN providers and NordVPN is our #1 choice.

✅ 75% Off Today
✅ Try risk-free for 30 days
✅ Unlocks SBS on Demand

Get NordVPN now and watch Alone Australia season 4 from anywhere.View Deal

How to watch Alone Australia season 4 in the US

History is home to Alone Australia in the US, but at the time of publication the broadcaster's plans for season 4 are still under wraps.

The channel is included from many cable providers, but what if you've cut the cord? Philo has a 7-day free trial. With no-hassle setup, no hidden fees, and a 7-day free trial, it's perfect for Alone fans. You'll get access to History and ton of premium channels.

Alternatively, the History channel is also carried by Sling – specifically the Orange plan, which costs $4.99/day, $9.99 for three days, $14.99/week, $45.99/month or $115/quarter. It also includes ESPN, ESPN2, TNT and TBS. It's also on Hulu+Live TV.

For now, a VPN will help you tune in if you're spending time in the US from Australia. We recommend NordVPN above all others.

How to watch Alone Australia season 4 in Canada

In Canada, Alone Australia airs on Paramount Plus, but at the time of publication it isn't clear when season 4 will hit the streamer.

A Paramount Plus subscription costs CA$7.99/month.

Visiting Canada from Australia? Use NordVPN to watch Alone Australia S4 for free.

Can I watch Alone Australia season 4 in the UK?

Although free-to-air Channel 4 is home to the short-lived Alone UK, and the American version of the show airs on Sky History, the Australian iteration doesn't appear to have a broadcasting partner in the UK.

For now, a VPN will help you tune in if you're spending time in the UK from Australia. NordVPN is our recommended provider, and you can find out why with our in-depth NordVPN review.

How to watch Alone Australia season 4 in Australia

Viewers in Australia can watch Alone Australia season 4 for FREE on SBS and via the SBS on Demand streaming service.

Episodes air at 7.30pm AEST each Wednesday, starting with a double-header on July 15.

Traveling outside Australia? As detailed above, if you’re overseas you’ll struggle to connect to any of the streaming services you usually use. The solution? Try using a VPN.

Alone Australia season 4 – Need to Know

Alone Australia S4 trailer

Who is in the Alone Australia S4 cast?

Alyce, 36, Aboriginal community engagement senior advisor, WA

Arash, 32, wrecking yard manager, QLD

Clint, 57, sheep and cattle farmer, NZ

Dougy, 43, electrician, WA

Dylan, 35, DFV high-risk team specialist, QLD

Jasper, 24, permaculture practitioner & educator, WA

Lillian, 25, international outdoor guide, NT

Misty, 29, adventure tour guide, VIC

Sia, 44, design project consultant & ultramarathon runner, VIC

Trent, 39, former Navy chef, TAS

How many episodes of Alone Australia S4 are there?

SBS hasn't revealed when the Alone Australia 2026 finale will air at the time of publication, but the previous seasons of Alone Australia comprised 12, 11 and 13 episodes respectively.

We test and review VPN services in the context of legal recreational uses. For example:1. Accessing a service from another country (subject to the terms and conditions of that service).2. Protecting your online security and strengthening your online privacy when abroad.We do not support or condone the illegal or malicious use of VPN services. Consuming pirated content that is paid-for is neither endorsed nor approved by Future Publishing.

Volkswagen unveils its innovative eBike with the world's first integrated rear-view camera and smart glasses

  • Volkswagen and n+ have unveiled a premium new eBike range
  • It features a rear-view camera and radar-based blind-spot warnings
  • Smart glasses and a connected helmet complete the safety ecosystem

Volkswagen has taken some of the most advanced safety features from its passenger cars and squeezed them onto an electric bicycle, unveiling what is claimed to be the world's first eBike with an integrated rear-view camera and dashboard display.

Developed in partnership with premium eBike manufacturer n+, the new Volkswagen-licensed electric bicycles are designed around the same "safety-first" philosophy that has informed the German automaker's road cars for decades.

Rather than focusing solely on bigger batteries and more powerful motors, Volkswagen says the new range is engineered to make cyclists more visible to motorists and more aware of their surroundings.

At the heart of the system is Smart View, which combines an integrated high-definition rear-view camera with radar-assisted traffic monitoring.

Neatly integrated into the handlebars, the display takes a real-time feed from a high-definition camera mounted on the rear mudguard that allows riders to see what is happening behind them without having to turn their heads. At the same time, radar sensors, similar to those offered by Garmin, can also warn of approaching vehicles in a cyclist's blind spot.

The technology resembles the camera mirror systems increasingly found in modern passenger vehicles, and the company says it could represent one of the most significant safety advances to hit the eBike market in recent years.

Volkswagen and n+ have also developed a full-length illuminated LED strip that runs through the bike's top tube. The system acts like an automotive daytime running light but can also illuminate red when braking and amber when turning, signaling a rider's intentions to other road users.

Volkswagen Smart eBike

(Image credit: Volkswagen/n+)

An optional Smart Helmet can synchronize with the eBike via Bluetooth, mirroring the bicycle's lighting signals and incorporating a built-in accelerometer that can detect crashes and automatically send text messages to loved ones in the event of an emergency.

Then there are the Smart Glasses, which are perhaps the most futuristic of all. Inspired by automotive head-up displays and developed by engineers who previously worked on fighter pilot helmet displays, the glasses can project navigation instructions, blind-spot warnings and ride information directly into a rider's field of vision.

Peter Jost, CEO of Volkswagen Accessories, Lifestyle and Licensing Business, said that technologies like these are "most commonly known from the automotive world" and that seeing them arrive on an eBike demonstrates how safety systems can "evolve and be adapted in meaningful ways".

Despite the plethora of new technologies onboard, the innovative eBikes are priced to rival premium competitors, with Sport models starting at £3,999 in the UK (around $5,300/AU$7,700), which includes the Smart View rear-view monitor. The Smart Helmet and Smart Glasses cost an additional £499 (around $670AU$960) each.

Analysis: are automotive safety systems the next big thing in eBikes?

Volkswagen Smart eBike

(Image credit: Volkswagen/n+)

As cities become increasingly congested and more people turn to electric bicycles as an alternative to driving, safety is rapidly becoming one of the biggest battlegrounds in micromobility.

While innovations in recent years have largely centered on extending range and increasing power, there has been comparatively little focus on helping cyclists avoid accidents in the first place.

Many companies that specialize in cycling accessories have come up with safety solutions that help increase visibility and awareness of other vehicles, but this often requires cyclists to bolt on awkward pieces of technology.

Having it neatly integrated into the bicycle itself feels like a logical solution, and with commuters looking for ever-cheaper ways to get from A to B, these could very well be the sort of innovations that persuade motorists to ditch their cars in favor of something leaner and greener.

'The future is now' — PS5 user locked out of Ghost of Yotei due to license verification, and this is why Sony's all-digital future plans must end

  • PS5 user reports being locked out of Ghost of Yotei digital copy for 'half an hour' due to license verification
  • License verification isn't new, but this case is important amid Sony's plans to axe physical game copies
  • Once physical game copies are gone, access to games on PlayStation will be at Sony's disposal

Sony's plans to push for an all-digital future for games on PlayStation have come under major scrutiny since the announcement, and one case highlights just how dangerous those plans are to game access and ownership.

A Reddit user (in a now-removed post) reported being locked out of the digital copy of Ghost of Yotei on PS5 for half an hour, even after refreshing licenses. When attempting to open the game, the message reads: "Can't use this content. Your licenses are being verified. Try again later."

It's important to note that this type of scenario isn't exactly new; license refresh prompts can occur after a long period, especially when sharing a game with another user. However, this Ghost of Yotei license check example comes amid Sony's ongoing, controversial decision to end the production of physical game discs from January 2028.

Once the supposed digital-only PS6 arrives, this very example of a consumer being locked out of a game can happen at any time. Unlike physical game discs, access to digital PlayStation game copies is at Sony's discretion, and the same will soon apply to all game copies, which essentially means game ownership will be non-existent.

In-game screenshot of Atsu in Ghost of Yotei

(Image credit: Sucker Punch)
Comment from r/gaming
Comment from r/gaming

Since there has been no follow-up statement since the disc axe announcement, it seems Sony is waiting for the storm to subside so it can ultimately commit to its digital-only plans, despite pressure from consumers online.

Unlike Microsoft's decision to walk back on its 'always-online' Xbox One plans after backlash in 2013, it may take a tumultuous effort from consumers, game studios, and video game retail stores to make an impact.

It's also quite ironic that Sony, which previously mocked Microsoft for the ability to share physical game copies, is now responsible for eliminating physical game copies. In the same vein as the subscription-based PlayStation Plus, which is a requirement to play games online, if consumers don't continue to push back against digital-only plans, there will be no going back once the PS6 arrives.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 review: full-power RTX 5090 performance in a slim 16-inch chassis

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2: Two-minute review

The Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 is built for fast 2560 x 1600 gaming, and it squeezes flagship-class hardware into a slimmer chassis than typical desktop-replacement machines.

The review unit tested here combines AMD’s Ryzen 9 9955HX3D CPU with a 175W Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090 laptop GPU, 32GB of RAM and a 1TB SSD, so it’s aimed at buyers who want top-tier performance without stepping up to a much larger 18-inch machine.

The 16-inch OLED display is one of the main reasons to consider it. It has a 2560 x 1600 resolution, 240Hz refresh rate, 100% DCI-P3 colour coverage, a 1,000,000:1 contrast ratio and HDR 1000 support.

Text looks sharp, colour and contrast are excellent, and the finish isn’t so glossy that reflections become a major issue. It’s a very good fit for fast games, high-quality video and creative work, and the laptop itself is fast enough to make proper use of the panel’s resolution and refresh rate.

The Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 is also more portable than its spec suggests. It measures 35.7 x 25.5 x 1.9 to 2.4cm (14.1 x 10.0 x 0.7 to 0.9in) and weighs 2.39kg (5.27lb), so it’s heavy enough to notice in a bag, but still manageable if you need to carry it between home, work, university or when travelling.

The adapter adds another 750g (1.65lb), which matters if you’re trying to pack light, but the 330W charger is still fairly compact for its output.

Build quality is reasonable, but not as premium as the price suggests. The thin metal-backed screen is rigid, while the plastic shell on the main body has a little flex and feels less expensive.

The keyboard has decent travel and plenty of room, though it’s a little bouncy in vigorous use, while the touchpad is large, responsive and easy to use when you don’t have a mouse connected.

The Full HD infrared camera works well for Windows Hello facial recognition, though image quality is nothing special. The speakers are better than typical laptop audio, with excellent volume and little distortion at higher levels, though bass is still limited.

The port selection covers the basics well, with USB-C, USB4, USB-A, HDMI 2.1, Ethernet, microSD and 3.5mm audio. The issue is the layout.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop

(Image credit: Future)

Because the cooling system takes up the rear section of the laptop, most cables need to plug in further forward on the sides, where they can crowd desk space and get in the way of a mouse.

It’s not a deal-breaker, but it makes the Aorus slightly less pleasant to use with a monitor, dock and other desk accessories connected.

Gigabyte’s GiMate software gives useful control over performance modes, fan behaviour and lighting. The laptop also has plenty of lighting to adjust, including the keyboard, rear light bar and desk glow from the underside.

The software itself can be laggy, though, and that makes quick customisation tweaks more frustrating than they should be on an expensive gaming laptop.

Performance is very good, and the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 has no issue running the RTX 5090 at up to 175W for extended periods. Compared with an RTX 5080 laptop, the Aorus is up to 35% faster for gaming, with the biggest gains in heavier ray-tracing scenarios where the extra GPU headroom and 24GB of VRAM help it sustain higher frame rates.

That makes it a very capable choice for demanding 1600p gaming, especially if you want high texture settings, ray tracing or very fast OLED refresh rates.

Raw CPU performance is also very good. The Ryzen 9 9955HX3D is a powerful processor, and the cooling system lets it work hard in multicore workloads without obvious throttling.

That matters outside games too, as the Aorus Master 16 is well suited to creator work, video editing and heavier productivity tasks.

The laptop can also charge and run from USB-C, and documents, browsing and calls remain snappy, but it’s limited to Balanced mode or lower and gaming performance drops to about 10% of maximum. So the 330W adapter is still needed for proper gaming performance.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop

placeholder image (Image credit: Future)

The main trade-off is fan noise. While the cooling system works well, it also makes the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 one of the loudest laptops I’ve tested at full load. The sound also has a high-pitched note that’s somewhat unpleasant at both low and high speeds, and the fans ramp up quickly even with lighter workloads.

Even the power-saving quiet mode isn’t as quiet as I’d like, so this is not the right laptop if you need near-silent performance when not gaming.

Battery life is the other downside. Despite the large 99Wh battery, web browsing lasted under 2.5 hours, and video playback ran for 3 hours and 46 minutes using power-saving settings. That’s with the RTX 5090 completely off and only using the Radeon iGPU too, and it’s much more power hungry than comparable Intel based gaming laptops.

Gaming on battery is much shorter again, but that is normal and expected. Still, overall the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 is better treated as a desktop replacement you can move around than a laptop that you can use on the couch without a charger nearby. Hopefully a future driver update can reduce the idle and low load power use, but as tested, battery life is disappointing.

Overall the Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 delivers the speed its high-end hardware promises, and the OLED display is more than capable of showing off the higher frame rates that performance enables.

It’s a good fit if you want a powerful 16-inch gaming laptop that can also handle demanding creative work, and you don’t want to deal with a bulkier machine.

But that does come at a price, so while performance is excellent, the fan noise and battery life stop the Master 16 from feeling as premium as the price tag.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16: Price & availability

  • How much does it cost? The tested RTX 5090 model is priced at $4,299 / AU$6,599
  • When is it available? It's available now
  • Where can you get it? You can get it in the US and Australia

While it is just hitting shelves in the US and Australia, at the time of writing, we haven't yet seen the Gen 2 Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 for sale in the UK.

Now, the Master 16 Gen 2 is an expensive gaming laptop, and the tested RTX 5090 model sits near the top of the price range. Still, it needs to be judged against other slim but high-power RTX 50 series laptops, rather than chunkier desktop-replacement options.

The price is easier to justify if you want the specific mix of a 175W RTX 5090, Ryzen 9 9955HX3D CPU, 240Hz OLED display and a chassis that is still portable enough to carry around easily.

There are cheaper Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 configurations available, including RTX 5080 and RTX 5070 Ti variants, but the exact CPU and GPU power limits vary by model.

  • Value score: 3.5 / 5

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2: Specs

The Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 range is available in a few configurations, so it's worth double checking the exact model before buying. The RTX 5090 version tested here sits at the top of the range with 24GB of VRAM and a 175W GPU power limit, while the RTX 5080 version keeps the same 175W limit but drops to 16GB of VRAM.

There's also an RTX 5070 Ti version, but the CPU and GPU power limits can vary by SKU and region.

The specs are very good overall, with Wi-Fi 7, USB4, a 99Wh battery and upgradeable DDR5 RAM. The main limitation for the models we have seen for sale so far is that they are limited to 32GB of RAM and a 1TB SSD, which is fair enough considering recent memory and storage price rises.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 specs

RTX 5070 Ti variant

RTX 5080 variant

US Price

$1,899

$2,199

UK Price

£1,799

£2,099

AU Price

AU$3,299

AU$4,299

CPU

AMD Ryzen 9 8940HX

AMD Ryzen 9 9955HX3D

GPU

RTX 5070 Ti

RTX 5080

RAM

32GB LPDDR5x 5600 MHz

32GB LPDDR5x 5600 MHz

Storage

1TB

1TB

Display

2560 x 1600 IPS, 100% sRGB, 400 nits, 165 Hz

2560 x 1600 IPS, 100% sRGB, 400 nits, 165 Hz

Ports

1x USB-C 5 Gbps, DisplayPort 1.4, PD charging, 2x USB-A 5 Gbps, HDMI 2.1, 1 Gb Ethernet, 3.5mm headset jack.

1x USB-C 5 Gbps, DisplayPort 1.4, PD charging, 2x USB-A 5 Gbps, HDMI 2.1, 1 Gb Ethernet, 3.5mm headset jack.

Connectivity

Wi-Fi 6E, 802.11ax 2x2 + BT5.2

Wi-Fi 6E, 802.11ax 2x2 + BT5.2

Battery

76Wh

76Wh

Dimensions

358.3 x 262.5 x 19.45 - 22.99 mm (14.11 x 10.33 x 0.77 - 0.91 inches)

358.3 x 262.5 x 19.45 - 22.99 mm (14.11 x 10.33 x 0.77 - 0.91 inches)

Weight

2.3 kg (5.1 lbs)

2.3 kg (5.1 lbs)

  • Specs score: 4.5 / 5
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16: Design

  • Slim for a high-power RTX 5090 laptop
  • Customizable RGB lighting
  • Useful ports but awkward placement

The Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 is slim for a laptop built around a 175W RTX 5090 and high-end AMD CPU, but it's still a large gaming machine. It measures 35.7 x 25.5 x 1.9 to 2.5cm (14.1 x 10.1 x 0.7 to 1.0in), and the 19mm thinnest point includes the rubber feet.

When picked up, that’s perfectly manageable for a 16-inch gaming laptop, and at 2.39kg (5.27lb), it's portable enough to carry on the go every day if needed.

Of course, the 330W adapter is also part of the portability equation. It weighs 750g (1.65lb) and measures 16.0 x 7.5 x 2.7cm (6.3 x 3.0 x 1.1in), which is compact for a charger with such a high output, but it still takes the total carry weight over 3kg.

USB-C charging is useful if you only need documents, browsing or calls away from your main desk, but the main adapter is still the practical choice for gaming.

Build quality is functional rather than feeling truly premium. The top of the lid is metal and is thin but rigid, while the main chassis is plastic and has a little flex. The laptop didn’t show wear during my testing, including when carried in a bag, but the dark finish picks up fingerprints, though they also cleans off relatively easily.

The rear of the chassis is mostly given over to cooling, with large vents across the back edge and exhausts on the sides. That cooling system is a key part of the design, as it helps the Aorus Master 16 run high-power hardware in a slimmer body. It also leads to some of the compromises, such as fan noise and port placement.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future

The port selection is useful, with USB4, a second USB-C port, two USB-A ports, HDMI 2.1, 1Gb Ethernet, microSD and 3.5mm audio. The problem is where those ports sit. Because the rear of the laptop is reserved for cooling, cables plug in further forward on the sides, where they can crowd your desk and mouse space.

For those who value their desk space, the chunky side-mounted power connector can be especially bulky and annoying, so I found a powered USB-C dock is a good option if you use the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 with a monitor, Ethernet and other accessories. That way you can have just one cable plugged in, and only add the bigger power plug when gaming.

The keyboard has a reasonable 1.7mm of travel and plenty of room, so it works well for both typing and normal WASD gaming. It's a little bouncy in vigorous use, and overall doesn't feel as firm as I'd like for a flagship laptop, but the layout is pretty good overall.

The touchpad is large, responsive and pleasant enough to use when you don’t have a mouse connected.

The RGB lighting includes the keyboard and is pretty extensive overall. The Aorus logo on the rear of the screen is backlit by colour-changing LEDs, and there is front and rear underside lighting that creates a nice nonglare desk glow effect in a darker room.

There's also a small light that projects the Aorus symbol onto the desk behind the laptop. It's a fun idea, but the focus seemed a touch soft.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future

Gigabyte’s GiMate software controls lighting, performance modes and fan behaviour, but I find it can be slow to load and respond at times. That’s a mild frustration for anyone who may want to change modes often, especially if you are trying to reduce fan noise during lighter work.

There are also automatic ‘AI’ modes, but I found they left the laptop running hotter and noisier than I’d like when not gaming. Like the laptop itself, the software doesn't feel as slick as you’d hope for the price.

The Full HD infrared webcam works well for Windows Hello facial recognition, though image quality is nothing special and gets softer in darker rooms.

The speakers are better than what I’ve experienced on most other laptops I’ve tested, with great volume and very little distortion at high levels, but as expected, bass is still pretty limited. The speakers can overpower the fan noise when cranked right up, but I'd still recommend a headset for gaming.

  • Design score: 4.5 / 5
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future
Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop
Future

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16: Performance

  • High 1600p gaming frame rates
  • Excellent CPU performance
  • Loud fans under load

The Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gives the cooling and power headroom needed to make a high end GPU worth paying extra for. The variant I tested uses a 175W Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090 laptop GPU (and the AMD Ryzen 9 9955HX3D CPU), so it's not one of those slim gaming laptops with a premium GPU bottlenecked by a low wattage limit.

And just as importantly, the cooling system lets the hardware work hard for sustained loads, and that makes the Aorus a proper match for its 240Hz, 2560 x 1600 OLED display.

Compared with an RTX 5080 laptop, the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 is up to 35% faster for gaming. The biggest gains are in heavier ray-tracing scenarios, where the extra GPU headroom and 24GB of VRAM help sustain higher frame rates. That extra memory also helps if you want high-resolution textures, or play a lot of newer games that push beyond what lower-tier laptop GPUs can comfortably handle.

If you mostly play lighter esports titles, the hardware is overkill, but the 240Hz OLED display still gives it a clear use case for very fast gaming.

The RTX 5090 is also a powerful accelerator for creator work. GPU-heavy video effects, rendering workloads and AI-assisted tools can all use the extra graphics grunt, so the Aorus Master 16 makes more sense if you want one machine for both gaming and demanding creative work.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop

placeholder image (Image credit: Future)

CPU performance is also very good. The Ryzen 9 9955HX3D is a powerful processor, especially in multicore workloads, and the Aorus cooling system lets it run full tilt without obvious throttling. That is important for gaming, but also for video editing, rendering, compiling code and other higher loads.

The cooling system also lets the CPU and GPU run hard at the same time. During demanding gaming sessions, the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 generates a lot of heat, but it doesn't make the keyboard or WASD area uncomfortable to use. Hot air exits from the rear and sides, so your exact desk setup will change the impact, but the thermal comfort is better than the fan noise might suggest.

The trade-off is that the cooling system is not subtle. At all. I love that the Aorus Master 16 can give high performance in a relatively slim 16-inch chassis, but it’s important to highlight that it does that by moving a lot of air, loudly.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop

placeholder image (Image credit: Future)

The benchmark table below compares the Aorus Master 16 with the Alienware 16 Area-51 configuration I tested with an RTX 5080. The Alienware is another premium machine, so it makes a useful comparison for showing what the Aorus gains from the RTX 5090 and 24GB of VRAM.

If you are comparing the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 with other gaming laptops, pay close attention to GPU wattage as well as the GPU name. A lower-wattage RTX 5090 laptop can perform much closer to an RTX 5080 machine, while the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 has the cooling and wattage budget needed to make the 5090 worth the extra cost.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 benchmark results

Aorus Master 16 Gen 2

Alienware 16X Aurora

Alienware 16 Area-51

CPU

AMD Ryzen 9 9955HX3D

Intel Ultra 9 275HX

Intel Ultra 9 275HX

GPU

RTX 5090 24GB

RTX 5070

RTX 5080

RAM

32GB

32GB

32GB

Battery

99 Wh

96 Wh

96 Wh

General performance

PCMark 10 - Overall (score)

10,905

8,437

8,639

Geekbench 6 - Multi-core

19,954

19,615

20,244

Geekbench 6 - Single-core

3,209

3,068

3,149

Geekbench 6 - GPU

232,231

136,686

213,178

Cinebench R24 - CPU Single Core

130

133

133

Cinebench R24 - CPU Multi Core

2,148

1,964

2,106

Battery

PCMark 10 - Battery Work (HH:MM)

1:56

6:01

3:09

TechRadar video test (HH:MM)

2:11

6:16

4:27

Graphics performance

3DMark SpeedWay

6,185

3,664

5,610

3DMark Port Royal

16,132

9,031

11,999

Steel Nomad

5,972

2,846

5,109

Cyberpunk 2077 - 1600p RT Low (DLSS)

133

76

114

Cyberpunk 2077 - 1600p RT Low (DLSS off)

99

50

79

Cyberpunk 2077 - 1600p RT Ultra (DLSS)

84

54

72

Cyberpunk 2077 - 1600p RT Ultra (DLSS off)

50

16

37

Black Myth: Wukong - 1600p Cinematic (DLSS)

121

76

104

Shadow of the Tomb Raider - 1600p (DLSS off)

214

131

175

Storage

CrystalDiskMark Read/Write (MB/s)

6,902 / 5,618

6,939 / 6,740

6,575 / 5,890

In real use, the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 is very capable at its native 2560 x 1600 resolution. Demanding games still need sensible settings if you want to push closer to the OLED screen's 240Hz limit, but this is a laptop where high detail, ray tracing and upscaling can all be used without dropping frame rates too low.

The 24GB of VRAM is a key long-term advantage over lower-tier GPUs. It gives the laptop more scope in the future for high-resolution textures and demanding ray-traced scenes, and it should also help the Aorus Master 16 age better as game requirements keep rising.

Fan noise is the major performance downside. At full load, the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 is one of the loudest laptops I’ve tested, and the sound has a high-pitched note that makes it more annoying than a lower rush of air.

A headset is already a typical choice for gaming, but the bigger problem is that even when not gaming, the fans ramp up quickly and can get loud even under light loads.

The quiet and power-saving modes help, but they don't make the laptop consistently quiet. Even in lighter use, the fans tend to spin up much more than seems necessary given the internal temperatures, and it becomes loud enough to notice.

Arguably this is the real-world cost of getting this much performance from a slimmer 16-inch design, but it still feels much less refined than it could be. Hopefully Gigabyte works on the fan control and smooths it out somewhat in future software updates.

Stability was good during testing. External display use worked well, including through a dock, and both Ethernet and Wi-Fi behaved reliably. I also didn't run into sleep, wake or lid-behaviour glitches that often plague Windows based machines. I did find Gigabyte's GiMate software slow at times, but on the plus side it gives good access to performance modes, fan settings and lighting controls.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop

placeholder image (Image credit: Future)

USB-C charging on the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 is useful, but only if you understand and respect a few limits. The laptop does charge and run happily from USB-C, and in fact tends to be much quieter, which makes it a good option for a docked desk setup, travel or basic work without the big 330W adapter. Light single-core tasks were only 2% slower than full-adapter use in my testing, so web browsing and typical office tasks still feel snappy.

CPU-heavy loads show the limits, though, and were about 60% slower on USB-C than with the power brick, and gaming performance was about 92% lower. That doesn't make USB-C useless, but it does mean you should treat it as a convenience for productivity and top-ups rather than factor it in for gaming.

Still, overall the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 delivers the high-end performance its hardware promises. It's fast enough for demanding 1600p gaming and creative work, for those who don’t mind the fan noise.

If you want a powerful laptop that stays quiet when not gaming, it’s a harder machine to recommend.

  • Performance score: 4.5 / 5

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2: Battery life and Charging

  • Under 2.5 hours of web browsing
  • 3 hours and 46 minutes of video playback
  • USB-C charging suits light work, not gaming

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 gaming laptop

placeholder image (Image credit: Future)

Battery life is not great, especially considering the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 has a larger 99Wh battery. The slim 16-inch chassis makes it easier to carry than a typical desktop-replacement laptop, but the short runtime unplugged means you'll still want the charger nearby for anything more than brief use.

In my web-browsing battery test, the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 lasted under 2.5 hours. Video playback ran for 3 hours and 46 minutes using power-saving settings.

Those results are disappointing and they do limit the usefulness of the Aorus when you want to work away from a desk for more than a short session.

The 330W adapter is needed for full gaming performance, and it's compact for a charger with that output. It still weighs 750g (1.65lb), though, so carrying the Aorus Master 16 with its charger pushes the total travel weight well over 3kg.

That’s manageable for a high-performance gaming laptop, but it's enough extra weight that I'd only pack the charger when I expected to game or run heavier workloads.

USB-C charging is useful when you want to work on documents, browse or take calls without carrying the 330W adapter. It also works well for a docked desk setup, and the laptop is much quieter when running from a smaller USB-C charger. The limit is performance: the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 drops to Balanced mode or lower on USB-C, and gaming performance falls far enough that the 330W adapter is still required for serious play.

That means USB-C is useful for light productivity and top-ups, not as a proper replacement for the main charger. A future driver update may improve battery life, but as tested, the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 may be easy enough to transport, but it’s not a laptop that can be relied on away from a charger.

  • Battery life and charging score: 2.5 / 5

Should you buy the Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2?

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 scorecard

Attributes

Notes

Rating

Value

Expensive, and the fan noise and low battery life make the price harder to justify

3.5 / 5

Specs

High-end CPU and GPU, excellent OLED display, useful ports and a 99Wh battery

4.5 / 5

Design

Slim for the hardware inside, but little details like the port layout feel unpolished

4 / 5

Performance

High end 1600p gaming and creator performance

4.5 / 5

Battery

Poor runtime despite the 99Wh battery, though USB-C charging helps for documents, browsing and calls

2.5 / 5

Overall

A powerful 16-inch OLED gaming laptop, but fan noise and battery life limit its appeal

4 / 5

Buy it if…

You want fast 1600p gaming in a 16-inch laptop
The 175W RTX 5090 has the graphics performance to make good use of the 2560 x 1600 OLED display, especially if you want detailed settings, ray tracing or very fast frame rates.

You want one laptop for gaming and demanding work
The Ryzen 9 9955HX3D and RTX 5090 give the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 the CPU and graphics performance for video editing, rendering and other heavy workloads.

You want flagship performance without an 18-inch chassis
The Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 is still heavy, especially with the charger, but it's slimmer and easier to move around than larger desktop-replacement gaming laptops.

Don’t buy it if...

You need quiet operation
The fans are loud, ramp up quickly and have a high-pitched note, so it’s not great for use in quiet spaces or gaming without a headset.

You need long battery life
The 99Wh battery doesn't translate into good unplugged runtime, so look elsewhere if you need to operate away from a charger.

You want a more premium physical design
While the Aorus 16 Gen 2 is functional enough, the design downsides are hard to ignore given the price.

Gigabyte Aorus Master 16: Also consider

If my Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 review has you considering other high-end gaming laptops, these are some other options that are worth a look:

Alienware 16 Area-51
A larger and more polished 16-inch gaming laptop with high end performance, a premium-feeling design and better port placement. It's worth considering if you like the Aorus Master 16 Gen 2's gaming grunt but don't need the slimmer chassis.

Take a look at the full Alienware 16 Area-51 review

Razer Blade 16 (2025)
A premium RTX 5090 gaming laptop with a 16-inch OLED display, a thin aluminium chassis and decent battery life. It's a good choice if build quality and portability matter more than raw performance for the money.

Check out the full Razer Blade 16 (2025) review

How I tested

  • I tested the Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 for two weeks
  • I used it on a desk, with an external display and while travelling
  • I used it for 2560 x 1600 gaming, productivity work, video editing and battery testing

I ran the Gigabyte Aorus Master 16 Gen 2 through the usual TechRadar benchmark suite, as well as using it for day-to-day work at a desk and on the go.

I tested gaming performance at the native 2560 x 1600 resolution, checked performance across the laptop's main power profiles and used it for office work, video editing, external display use and general media playback.

I used the TechRadar movie test for assessing battery life during video playback, plus web-browsing and productivity battery tests to see how long the Aorus lasted away from the charger.

I also tested USB-C charging with a dock and USB-C chargers, and checked how performance changed compared with the 330W adapter. Fan noise, thermal comfort, Wi-Fi, Ethernet, sleep behaviour and Gigabyte's GiMate software were also assessed during normal use.

Read more about how we test.

  • First reviewed in July 2026

Steam Deck Scores High in Early Onimusha: Way of the Sword Benchmark

15 July 2026 at 07:02
Capcom's Onimusha: Way of the Sword is one of the more anticipated games of 2026, with an early 2025 gameplay preview showing off some high fidelity graphics and fast-paced melee combat. Despite this, the action game has surprisingly forgiving minimum hardware requirements, calling for just an NVIDIA GeForce GTX 1660 6 GB or AMD Radeon RX 5500 XT 8 GB (for 1080p, 30 FPS gameplay on low settings). Ahead of the September 25 launch, Capcom has published a demo and a benchmark tool for Onimusha, which has subsequently been put through its paces on the Valve Steam Deck by Steam Deck HQ, once again showing off what Capcom's surprisingly well optimized RE Engine is capable of.

In Steam Deck HQ's testing, the default "Lowest" settings preset at the Steam Deck's native 1200×800 resolution and with FSR 3.1.4 in the default mode, the benchmark averaged 46.16 FPS with 20.53 FPS for the 1% Lows. Moving up to the "Low" settings preset saw the average frame rate drop to 36.28 in the benchmark, with 15.6 FPS 1% Lows. The tester noted that during demanding combat scenes with more on-screen effects, the frame rate did dip below 30 FPS, even in the "Lowest" preset, but it recovered soon after. There are also likely performance gains to be had from game and GPU driver updates further down the line, and playing with FSR and graphics quality settings may also net some performance gains, since Steam Deck HQ didn't really delve into those settings. Regardless, Onimusha delivers frame rates similar to the performance we saw in our testing of Resident Evil Requiem on the Steam Deck, suggesting that Onimusha: Way of the Sword should get the same Steam Deck "Playable" rating as Requiem.

Apple Will Now Carrier-Lock iPhones That You Purchase From T-Mobile Or Verizon On Installments

15 July 2026 at 06:02

A composite logo featuring Apple's logo in black and overlaid with T-Mobile's 'T' logo against a bright pink background.

In a move that is likely aimed at curbing the rampant abuse of what was until now a fairly generous policy, Apple will no longer sell you unlocked iPhones that have been financed either by T-Mobile or Verizon. Apple has just updated its FAQ related to carrier-financed iPhone 17 Pro purchase, disclosing that your "iPhone will be locked to the carrier until paid in full" As first spotted by a Reddit user and delineated in a dedicated post, Apple has just updated its FAQ for buying a carrier-financed iPhone 17 Pro, disclosing the following policy change: "If you choose to […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/apple-will-now-carrier-lock-iphones-that-you-purchase-from-t-mobile-or-verizon-on-installments/

Stat Sniper – Get AI sports picks, track props, and analyze bets in one place


Stat Sniper is a predictive sports betting, analytics, and social platform for web and mobile that helps you find edges, track props, and improve results. It combines real-time stats, schedules, and trend analysis with Chad, an AI assistant that explains picks, compares players and teams, and cites live odds data. Use the prop tracker, performance dashboards, and searchable history to spot patterns, then join chats, follow creators, and buy or sell picks in a built-in marketplace.

View startup

'We just figured having an AI day would be appropriate': how the National Day Calendar founder bypassed his own 30,000-application queue to make it happen

It all started with an email. Someone was reminding me about the fast-approaching National AI Day. I never finished the email but quickly wondered, "National AI Day, is that really a thing?" It is, and I found the man responsible for it.

"We have about 30,000 applications a year for new national days. From that, we have a committee of people look at them," said National Day Calendar.com founder Marlo Anderson when I reached him by phone just two days before the big July 16th event.

National AI Day, though, did not follow that traditional route when it was designated a day on their calendar in 2025. Anderson told me he does a lot of AI work with the business and has been using AI for 20 years, so he did something slightly unusual.

"We just figured having an AI day would be appropriate," he said and admitted he did the designating.

It is not the normal process, though Anderson believes, but could not specifically recall, that people had suggested the day in the past.

You made this list

It is a big deal to get added. After all, National Day Calendar only adds a handful each year and, as Anderson admitted, some already believe they have too many "National Days" (he noted that he might be among that cohort, too).

Still, Anderson, who founded National Calendar Day in 2013, believes AI warranted it. He explained that it's already responsible for much of the "mundane process" work they do, including uploading the National Day Calendar's daily videos to a platform called Video Elephant. They were uploading 100 clips as he spoke to me. Doing it by hand would take two weeks. With AI, "just one day or two."

If we have an agentic AI that can handle that workload for us, we should probably do it.

National Day Calendar Founder Marlo Anderson

As for which AI platforms Anderson uses, he seems to spread it around, telling me that Claude is used for app development and website maintenance, ChatGPT Voice for brainstorming projects, and Gemini in National Day Calendar offices in North Dakota.

Anderson is a firm believer in the power and potential of AI for both his own work and as an agent for good in the world. Locally, he told me, "If we have an agentic AI that can handle that workload for us, we should probably do it."

National Anti-AI Day

National Day Calendar Founder Marlo Anderson

National Day Calendar Founder Marlo Anderson (Image credit: National Day Calendar / Marlo Anderson)

When I asked abotu the AI backlash — a recent study found 40% of surveyed peopel are limiting use of AI — Anderson told me, "We talk about it all the time," but added, "We get backlash on National Cheese Sandwich Day and French Fry Day," which is to say, he's not sure if the backlash is any greater than for other oddball National Days.

More seriously, Anderson is well aware of the debate about AI's impact on the environment but is also convinced the positives far outweigh the negatives.

"I also understand there’s a lot of benefit," like the ability to find medical cures. They're making, he told me, "remarkable progress right now" in medicine.

He then spun out an analogy about horses and cars. A million hours ago (in 1912), most people were still riding horses and, it turns out, they were pretty dangerous, too. Early cars, with the lack of traffic infrastructure, weren't much better, but "most people would agree a car is a better way to travel," he said, adding that we're currently "at the same crossroads with Artificial Intelligence."

Ultimately, Anderson's decision to create National AI Day was rooted in its current impact.

20 years from now, no one will know or talk about goat yoga, but 20 years from now, they will be talking about AI.

Marlo Anderson

In 2025, "the conversation had heightened to a point where probably everyone knows about AI, at least in the US. Everyone is probably using it, whether they know it or not," he told me.

It's also about AI's long-term prospects.

When goat yoga was a big thing, Anderson explained, they had a lot of requests to make it a day. "There's no day because we assumed it would be a fad [he was quick to add he’s sure it’s wonderful]. 20 years from now, no one will know or talk about goat yoga, but 20 years from now, they will be talking about AI."

So happy National AI Day. Feel free to celebrate on July 16 by using it, deriding it, or ignoring it altogether.

Samsung’s Titanium Flex Involves A Structure Just 30% The Width Of A Human Hair, And Is The Secret Sauce Behind The Galaxy Z Fold 8’s Creaseless Display

15 July 2026 at 04:20

Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 8 showcasing its unfolded screen with app icons and on-screen text '10:30 Thu, 12 September 2024' alongside its rear 200MP camera setup.

With just around a week left till Samsung formally unveils its latest lineup of foldables, the South Korean tech giant has now removed the wraps from one of the biggest mysteries of the upcoming launch galore: how the Galaxy Z Fold 8 and Fold 8 Ultra will keep the dreaded display crease at bay. Samsung's Titanium Flex involves an extremely thin titanium-alloy film that sits just beneath the OLED panel, and bolstered by an underlying titanium plate Samsung's Titanium Flex is an inventive solution to the display crease problem that has plagued nearly every foldable till now, and involves 2 […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/samsungs-titanium-flex-involves-a-structure-just-30-the-width-of-a-human-hair-and-is-the-secret-sauce-behind-the-galaxy-z-fold-8s-creaseless-display/

LeaseBase – Self-manage rentals and track compliance, rent, leases, and maintenance


LeaseBase is a property management platform for self-managing landlords. It unifies rent collection, maintenance workflows, compliant lease generation with e-sign, and document storage in one dashboard. The system tracks city and state rules such as rent caps, deposit limits, notice periods, and required disclosures, alerting you before deadlines so nothing slips. Tenants pay online, vendors get dispatched, and you approve every action. Mobile apps and white-glove migration simplify switching across CA, WA, NY, OR, and IL.

View startup

This sleek Japanese power strip finally fixes your office desk's ugliest pain point

  • Kokuyo Energy Line replaces discrete sockets with one continuous slot that takes up to five two-prong plugs anywhere along its length
  • It won a 2025 Good Design Award thanks to its accessibility, style, and attention to detail
  • The Kokuyo Energy Line also offers an inclusive design that allows users with upper limb disabilities to easily use the product with just 1 hand

Kokuyo is a well-known Japanese furniture giant that focuses on both functionality and aesthetics across its furniture and interior design lines.

It regularly collects Good Design Awards even as it runs a public "live office" where users can test out hardware in a workplace setting, in addition to HOWS DESIGN, an inclusive-design program that has birthed multiple successes.

The Kokuyo Energy Line power strip is one such offering: it comes with a Good Design Award (2025) and is influenced by the HOWS DESIGN program.

A power strip that blends focus on design, functionality

Modern work desks are a far cry from their older, mundane alternatives at the workplace or at home, offering a degree of customizability that few could have foreseen.

Amid all the upgrades one sees in monitor arms, cable management, electric desks, and even headphone stands, one thing often remains an aesthetic (and often functional) outlier: the modern power strip.

The Kokuyo Energy Line aims to fix this by offering a single continuous power socket that can house up to 5 appliances, with a plug-anywhere design and wiring concealed under the table via a minimalist clamp.

The Kokuyo Energy Line clamped to a table

The Kokuyo Energy Line clamped to a table (Image credit: Kokuyo)

It also leverages an inclusive design that allows users with limb disabilities to use it easily with one hand, as demonstrated during the company's inclusive design workshop at its "HOWS PARK" diversity office.

The Kokuyo Energy Line clocks in at about 7,000 Yen (~$50) and comes in both black and white colors to suit different themes. It aims to eliminate cable clutter on one's desk with a one-size-fits-all approach.

Despite the advances made, the Kokuyo Energy Line also comes with its limitations: the design means it does not accommodate heavy-duty appliances, with a 5-device limit and a 1500W power ceiling, which may leave users who use high-end computers or multi-monitor setups looking for something different.

Unlike competing power strips, it also lacks a surge protector or grounding support, which limits its use to electronics that use a 2-prong cable.

With no support for 230V power cables or sockets and no plans currently to incorporate them, the Kokuyo Energy Line is an impressive but geographically limited power strip offering that suits the company's target audience looking for an aesthetic upgrade, albeit with serious limitations that could see it not be in play for more demanding consumers in terms of sockets and/or power.

Quordle hints and answers for Wednesday, July 15 (game #1633)

Looking for a different day?

A new Quordle puzzle appears at midnight each day for your time zone – which means that some people are always playing 'today's game' while others are playing 'yesterday's'. If you're looking for Tuesday's puzzle instead then click here: Quordle hints and answers for Tuesday, July 14 (game #1632).

Quordle was one of the original Wordle alternatives and is still going strong now more than 1,500 games later. It offers a genuine challenge, though, so read on if you need some Quordle hints today — or scroll down further for the answers.

Enjoy playing word games? You can also check out my NYT Connections today and NYT Strands today pages for hints and answers for those puzzles, while Marc's Wordle today column covers the original viral word game.

SPOILER WARNING: Information about Quordle today is below, so don't read on if you don't want to know the answers.

Quordle today (game #1633) — hint #1 — Vowels

How many different vowels are in Quordle today?

The number of different vowels in Quordle today is 4*.

* Note that by vowel we mean the five standard vowels (A, E, I, O, U), not Y (which is sometimes counted as a vowel too).

Quordle today (game #1633) — hint #2 — repeated letters

Do any of today's Quordle answers contain repeated letters?

The number of Quordle answers containing a repeated letter today is 0.

Quordle today (game #1633) — hint #3 — uncommon letters

Do the letters Q, Z, X or J appear in Quordle today?

• Yes. One of Q, Z, X or J appears among today's Quordle answers.

Quordle today (game #1633) — hint #4 — starting letters (1)

Do any of today's Quordle puzzles start with the same letter?

The number of today's Quordle answers starting with the same letter is 2.

If you just want to know the answers at this stage, simply scroll down. If you're not ready yet then here's one more clue to make things a lot easier:

Quordle today (game #1633) — hint #5 — starting letters (2)

What letters do today's Quordle answers start with?

• P

• B

• B

• S

Right, the answers are below, so DO NOT SCROLL ANY FURTHER IF YOU DON'T WANT TO SEE THEM.

Quordle today (game #1633) — the answers

Quordle answers for game 1633 on a yellow background

(Image credit: Merriam-Webster)

The answers to today's Quordle, game #1633, are…

  • PROXY
  • BRICK
  • BROTH
  • SURGE

As befits the appearance of a rare letter it took me a while to find the word PROXY.

Instead, I was trying every letter combination left to me, which is how I ended up with “grovy”.

Daily Sequence today (game #1633) — the answers

Quordle Daily Sequence answers for game 1633 on a yellow background

(Image credit: Merriam-Webster)

The answers to today's Quordle Daily Sequence, game #1633, are…

  • FUZZY
  • THERE
  • TEMPO
  • CAUSE

Quordle answers: The past 20

  • Quordle #1632, Tuesday, 14 July: EBONY, AVOID, RODEO, CUTIE
  • Quordle #1631, Monday, 13 July: VOICE, BISON, BURNT, BUILT
  • Quordle #1630, Sunday, 12 July: STAIN, BINGO, LARVA, DICEY
  • Quordle #1629, Saturday, 11 July: WORTH, PRONG, DINGO, DRUID
  • Quordle #1628, Friday, 10 July: GREET, STEAK, DUSKY, HAUTE
  • Quordle #1627, Thursday, 9 July: CRUMP, PHONE, SHINY, STONY
  • Quordle #1626, Wednesday, 8 July: GHOST, TREND, EXALT, ALONG
  • Quordle #1625, Tuesday, 7 July: ARRAY, SUITE, KIOSK, BOULE
  • Quordle #1624, Monday, 6 July: TRAWL, SPICE, PIANO, SHARK
  • Quordle #1623, Sunday, 5 July: PINEY, SWOON, TITLE, PINTO
  • Quordle #1622, Saturday, 4 July: ARGUE, MOTEL, OPERA, TRUCE
  • Quordle #1621, Friday, 3 July: AVERT, MOTOR, MANIC, WORDY
  • Quordle #1620, Thursday, 2 July: BULKY, PARSE, BELOW, MOVIE
  • Quordle #1619, Wednesday, 1 July: EASEL, OTTER, LYRIC, SHACK
  • Quordle #1618, Tuesday, 30 June: HALVE, DRYER, THERE, MINTY
  • Quordle #1617, Monday, 29 June: SLURP, CRACK, CRANK, PHONY
  • Quordle #1616, Sunday, 28 June: RUPEE, TOPAZ, FULLY, BEING
  • Quordle #1615, Saturday, 27 June: PRINT, MARRY, SADLY, BICEP
  • Quordle #1614, Friday, 26 June: JUICE, ARRAY, BONEY, SKIFF
  • Quordle #1613, Thursday, 25 June: SHELF, TAWNY, HYPER, SOLVE

NYT Connections hints and answers for Wednesday, July 15 (game #1130)

Looking for a different day?

A new NYT Connections puzzle appears at midnight each day for your time zone – which means that some people are always playing 'today's game' while others are playing 'yesterday's'. If you're looking for Tuesday's puzzle instead then click here: NYT Connections hints and answers for Tuesday, July 14 (game #1129).

Good morning! Let's play Connections, the NYT's clever word game that challenges you to group answers in various categories. It can be tough, so read on if you need Connections hints.

What should you do once you've finished? Why, play some more word games of course. I've also got daily Strands hints and answers and Quordle hints and answers articles if you need help for those too, while Marc's Wordle today page covers the original viral word game.

SPOILER WARNING: Information about NYT Connections today is below, so don't read on if you don't want to know the answers.

NYT Connections today (game #1130) - today's words

NYT Connections hints for game 1130 on a purple background

(Image credit: New York Times)

Today's NYT Connections words are…

  • RACKET
  • FOOTBALL
  • WIGGLE
  • BAR
  • HEAD
  • BENCH
  • ELBOW
  • SHOE
  • EXTREME
  • BREATHING
  • MOTOR
  • COURT
  • CORSET
  • WATER
  • TRIBUNAL
  • BASEBALL
  • GLOVE

NYT Connections today (game #1130) - hint #1 - group hints

What are some clues for today's NYT Connections groups?

  • YELLOW: Tell it to the judge
  • GREEN: All need to be tied
  • BLUE: Types of competitive activity
  • PURPLE: Add a word that rhymes with “boom”

Need more clues?

We're firmly in spoiler territory now, but read on if you want to know what the four theme answers are for today's NYT Connections puzzles…

NYT Connections today (game #1130) - hint #2 - group answers

What are the answers for today's NYT Connections groups?

  • YELLOW: TERMS FOR THE LEGAL SYSTEM
  • GREEN: THINGS WITH LACES
  • BLUE: KINDS OF SPORTS
  • PURPLE: WORDS BEFORE "ROOM" TO INDICATE EXTRA SPACE

Right, the answers are below, so DO NOT SCROLL ANY FURTHER IF YOU DON'T WANT TO SEE THEM.

NYT Connections today (game #1130) - the answers

NYT Connections answers for game 1130 on a purple background

(Image credit: New York Times)

The answers to today's Connections, game #1130, are…

  • YELLOW: TERMS FOR THE LEGAL SYSTEM: BAR, BENCH, COURT, TRIBUNAL
  • GREEN: THINGS WITH LACES: BASEBALL GLOVE, CORSET, FOOTBALL, SHOE
  • BLUE: KINDS OF SPORTS: EXTREME, MOTOR, RACKET, WATER
  • PURPLE: WORDS BEFORE "ROOM" TO INDICATE EXTRA SPACE: BREATHING, ELBOW, HEAD, WIGGLE
  • My rating: Hard
  • My score: Perfect

Despite not making any mistakes I am classifying this game as tricky, because I came close to an error in collecting four unrelated sporting things.

THINGS WITH LACES also favors anyone familiar with FOOTBALL, as my mind went to soccer balls — which haven’t had laces since the 1960s.

I also got lucky in spotting the purple group after thinking all of the things that WIGGLE could be connected to and saying “wiggle room” to myself. I hate the idea of being in tight, crowded spots, so wiggle room is always on my mind.

Yesterday's NYT Connections answers (Tuesday, July 14, 2026, game #1129)

  • YELLOW: CONTRACT: AGREEMENT, BARGAIN, DEAL, UNDERSTANDING
  • GREEN: EDIT MENU OPTIONS: COPY, CUT, DELETE, PASTE
  • BLUE: KINDS OF BASKETS: EASTER, GROCERY, LAUNDRY, PICNIC
  • PURPLE: SYMBOLIZED WITH ARROWS: RECYCLING, SHUFFLE, THIS SIDE UP, U-TURN

What is NYT Connections?

NYT Connections is one of several increasingly popular word games made by the New York Times. It challenges you to find groups of four items that share something in common, and each group has a different difficulty level: green is easy, yellow a little harder, blue often quite tough and purple usually very difficult.

On the plus side, you don't technically need to solve the final one, as you'll be able to answer that one by a process of elimination. What's more, you can make up to four mistakes, which gives you a little bit of breathing room.

It's a little more involved than something like Wordle, however, and there are plenty of opportunities for the game to trip you up with tricks. For instance, watch out for homophones and other word games that could disguise the answers.

It's playable for free via the NYT Games site on desktop or mobile.

NYT Strands hints and answers for Wednesday, July 15 (game #864)

Looking for a different day?

A new NYT Strands puzzle appears at midnight each day for your time zone – which means that some people are always playing 'today's game' while others are playing 'yesterday's'. If you're looking for Tuesday's puzzle instead then click here: NYT Strands hints and answers for Tuesday, July 14 (game #863).

Strands is the NYT's latest word game after the likes of Wordle, Spelling Bee and Connections – and it's great fun. It can be difficult, though, so read on for my Strands hints.

Want more word-based fun? Then check out my NYT Connections today and Quordle today pages for hints and answers for those games, and Marc's Wordle today page for the original viral word game.

SPOILER WARNING: Information about NYT Strands today is below, so don't read on if you don't want to know the answers.

NYT Strands today (game #864) - hint #1 - today's theme

What is the theme of today's NYT Strands?

Today's NYT Strands theme is… Rose-colored glasses

NYT Strands today (game #864) - hint #2 - clue words

Play any of these words to unlock the in-game hints system.

  • QUIT
  • MARKET
  • MAIN
  • PLACE
  • PLINTH
  • RELICS

NYT Strands today (game #864) - hint #3 - spangram letters

How many letters are in today's spangram?

Spangram has 11 letters

NYT Strands today (game #864) - hint #4 - spangram position

What are two sides of the board that today's spangram touches?

First side: bottom, 3rd column

Last side: top, 4th column

Right, the answers are below, so DO NOT SCROLL ANY FURTHER IF YOU DON'T WANT TO SEE THEM.

NYT Strands today (game #864) - the answers

NYT Strands answers for game 864 on a blue background

(Image credit: New York Times)

The answers to today's Strands, game #864, are…

  • QUIXOTIC
  • IDEALISTIC
  • ROMANTIC
  • IMPRACTICAL
  • SPANGRAM: PIEINTHESKY
  • My rating: Hard
  • My score: 1 hint

Just four long words made up today’s game, but that didn’t make the search any easier.

I am more familiar with a slight variation on today’s theme — rose-tinted spectacles — which I had viewed as meaning to look favorably on something you are biased towards (such as the fortunes of your team). But the words here leaned more towards fanaticism.

Regardless of interpretation I needed a hint to get going and was rewarded with QUIXOTIC, a word I would have failed to see otherwise. From here I found the other two words with a T-I-C ending, before the spangram helped me to locate IMPRACTICAL.

Yesterday's NYT Strands answers (Tuesday, July 14, game #863)

  • CHAIR
  • ROCKER
  • BEANBAG
  • OTTOMAN
  • RECLINER
  • THRONE
  • SPANGRAM: HAVEASEAT

What is NYT Strands?

Strands is the NYT's not-so-new-any-more word game, following Wordle and Connections. It's now a fully fledged member of the NYT's games stable that has been running for a year and which can be played on the NYT Games site on desktop or mobile.

I've got a full guide to how to play NYT Strands, complete with tips for solving it, so check that out if you're struggling to beat it each day.

Inside Samsung Display's secret labs, where it builds and stress-tests next-gen displays — and says it's ready for Apple to launch a foldable: 'We mean it, we love other companies to join this market'

The metal ball dropped 40 centimeters onto a hair-thin flexible Samsung display with a resounding, cringeworthy clunk, but it did not break, and yet that wasn’t the most remarkable thing. It was that I was the one dropping the ball, using one of Samsung Display’s own pieces of testing equipment, and I was doing so inside Samsung Display headquarters, a place where no media has gone before.

I’d come to South Korea for a wide-ranging Samsung Electronics product briefing and tours of its massive Gumi Digital City Factory and this first-ever look inside Samsung Display. With Samsung Unpacked now just days away (July 22) and new foldables anticipated, the visit would prove more than illuminating.

Samsung Display Factory Tour
They let me set and drop a steel ball onto a flexible display.Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future

While obviously connected and working closely to deliver products like the Galaxy S26 Ultra and Galaxy Z Fold 7 and Z Flip 7 (and whatever comes next), they’re also separate, working in a partnership that also allows Samsung Display to supply displays to, for instance, Apple (more on those Apple folding phone rumors later).

Samsung Display is a display specialist operating in a vast and in some ways nondescript (and in other ways beautiful) factory that is just a stone’s throw away from its nearest competitor, LG Display, which works in South Korea with its partner LG Electronics in a similar fashion.

Most of Samsung Display's buildings are unattractive, brutalist monoliths, but the interiors feature some eye-popping examples of their work. Ironically, we were initially greeted by a conference-hall-sized display featuring our names, which Samsung Display did not build. But on an adjacent wall was an animated edifice of phones, tablets, TVs, and other screens that all tell the story of Samsung Display technology, one that has taken it from tiny feature-phone displays and tube TVs to the vast OLED panels and flexible displays featured in the latest foldables.

Samsung Display Factory Tour
This massive display offered some cool 3D effects but was not built by Samsung Display.Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Displays on this wall shifted in and out for a truly mesmerizing visual experience.Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Screen sizes ranged from phones to TVsFuture
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Yes, Samsung Display made all these screens.Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
A little bit of screen history.Future

The ball-drop demo was part of a whistle-stop tour of Samsung Display's latest innovations and stress tests. I only dropped the 21.7-gram ball on the panel after watching a Samsung Display tech do it multiple times from a height of 30 centimeters on a 220lb machine that Samsung Display had moved into this small room just for this one demonstration.

However, Samsung seemed in the mood to open up, and we were soon visiting multiple rooms where Samsung Display puts panels through the wringer.

Samsung Display Factory Tour
Ever wonder how Sasmung Display makes all those screens?Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
It's all about layersFuture
Samsung Display Factory Tour
And building big OLED panels...Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
That you can slice into many, many smaller screens.Future

Following our guides, we hopped on a special elevator and soon were standing outside a 24-hour lab that’s running tests even when Samsung employees are asleep. “Only authorized technicians get in,” our guide warned us before unlocking the door with her ID and ushering us inside.

Many of these tests Samsung Display runs are designed to test “how long can I use it?” So, there are the folding and unfolding tests to the tune of thousands of times a day, and stress tests that heat the panels up to 60 degrees Celsius or cool them to minus 20 degrees Celsius. Many of the large gray or beige metal boxes where the tests are performed are sealed, so technicians must track the tests via video feeds from internal cameras.

Samsung Display Factory Tour
We got a close look at the display test labs, a place where no media has tread before.Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future

But as I learned while touring other Samsung facilities, the company likes to automate these processes, so it’s often an unemotional computer that will recognize and report a failure.

Our next stop was another few levels down (B5, to be precise) where we saw image quality and reflection testing. The latter was interesting because, as is often the case, Samsung Display built a special rig, this one a barium sulfate-coated contraption to shine ultra-bright light on the panel and then use a spectrometer to read the light refracted back. For foldable displays, they even check how light bounces off the crease, which will, of course, affect visibility of the crease.

Samsung Display is also where they’re unsurprisingly pushing the boundaries of display technology. Company execs showed us a series of displays that, I think, speak to the future of many of our display-worthy electronics.

Samsung Display Factory Tour
And we got an up-close look at some cool display concepts.Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future

The first display, a visual trick of sorts, may have been my favorite. It looked like a small, bezel-less OLED screen showing off the inside of an ornate cathedral. However, when I got close and shifted my view to the left or right, I realized it was two displays sandwiched on top of each other; a small portion of the image was on the smaller display, and behind it was the complete image. Head-on, they seamlessly blend together.

Samsung Display Factory Tour
How do you make two screens look like one? Essentially, remove the bezels.Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future

This optical illusion only works because Samsung Display has figured out how to reduce its tolerances so much that the small gap necessary for electrodes and encapsulation is almost zero, meaning that the top display has no visible black border around it.

Samsung Display Factory Tour
Samsung Display is bending, curving, stretching, shaping, and rolling OLEDS in all kinds of remarkable ways,Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Many of these concepts could make it to future devices.Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
A speaker with a flexible display? Why not?Future
Samsung Display Factory Tour
Oddly shaped OLEDS are alreayd appearing out in the wild.Future

The other 7.2-inch displays were of the flexible variety. We saw screens flex, we saw them roll away, but the most interesting was the hybrid: a foldable and rollable screen, something that’s never been tried before.

As for when these displays might come to consumer devices, that’s hard to say, but it does seem inevitable. After all, I first saw Samsung flexible displays more than a decade ago, and now they’re part of a growing legion of consumer-grade foldable phones.

Display executive perspective

Later, we moved to another part of the vast facility for a sit-down with Samsung Display executives

Byung Duk Yang, EVP at Core Component Technology Team, Samsung Electronics and Kyung-jin Yoo EVP & Head of Mobile Display Product Development Team, Samsung Display.

Unquestionably, the bleeding edge of the work they do continues to be the foldable phone partnership with Samsung Electronics, where these innovations presented a series of unusual challenges, many of which the firm has overcome over seven generations of foldable devices (and whatever we expect to come next week at Samsung Unpacked).

“The two companies are always thinking about how we can continue to improve the usability of the foldable,” said Byung Duk Yang.

Samsung Display Factory Tour

Byung Duk Yang, Samsung Display EVP & Core Component Technology Team (Image credit: Future)

Yang talked about how these flexible devices and their folding screens introduced diverse user paradigms. Some of the work they do is figuring out how to handle challenges like drops, pressure, and collisions with heavy objects.

But it sounds like it’s been rewarding work and the company is undoubtedly committed to the foldable space. “The future of the foldable device is very promising,” said Byung Duk Yang. But when we asked about how soon some of those fold and slide screens might be in our hands, Samsung Display execs cautioned us, “We have to consider the real-world usage pattern. The display might be ready, but we should consider many aspects of the usage.

Samsung Display Factory Tour

The screen that welcomed us (Image credit: Future)

When we have confidence that we can deliver meaningful innovation to the user, then every other aspect of technology are ready, then we are going to list the product,” said Byung Duk Yang, who added that as an engineer, he knows they’re not ready.

We are exploring and we are thinking, when and how to implement the privacy display into foldable display.

Byung Duk Yang, Samsung Display EVP & Core Component Technology Team

When I asked, though, if there were any intrinsic barriers in folding displays to the introduction of the privacy display — a breakout feature for the Samsung Galaxy S26 Ultra — the answer surprised me.

Samsung Display Factory Tour

Kyung-jin Yoo EVP & Head of Mobile Display Product Development Team, Samsung Display (Image credit: Future)

“We are exploring and we are thinking, when and how to implement the privacy display into foldable display. Because we know many people love the feature. We are thinking, considering,” smiled Yang.

Speaking of innovation, the Samsung Display execs revealed that, with the upcoming new line of foldables, it's introducing a new material, or rather, doubling the use of a material generally associated with strength and not flexibility: Titanium.

Samsung Display Flex Titanium Technology

All the layers in Samsung Display's Flex Titanium Technology for its folding devices. (Image credit: Samsung Display)

Samsung Displays described it as "Flex Titanium Technology," and what it means is that upcoming foldable Galaxy phones, which the company will reveal next week, will feature not one but two titanium layers.

One is an update to the relatively rigid one that's existed in previous Galaxy Fold models, with a new, special structure at the fold or crease to give flexibility and reduce crease visibility. The second, new, almost paper-like titanium alloy film replaces the polymer layer below the OLED in previous foldable devices and sits on top of the more rigid titanium plate. It's both thinner than that old polymer layer and, Samsung claims, more resilient.

"Polymer layers are good for flexibility but [we] want to minimize permanent deformation; titanium alloy has a much better quality to reduce permanent deformation,” they explained.

To help us visualize the new flexible display construction, Samsung Display brought out a bread-box-sized diorama, with each display layer hanging inside like a curtain. The new titanium polymer layer felt smooth, thin, light, and quite strong.

Samsung Display Factory Tour

Byung Duk Yang, Samsung Display EVP & Core Component Technology Team (Image credit: Future)

Naturally, we had to ask about Apple’s rumored foldable phone, which may be called the iPhone Ultra, and how Samsung Display might supply the screen. They wouldn’t comment on the rumors but did share, “I think it’s more than welcome because when the other competitors and other companies join the market, this market will be standard and the owners will increase….We really welcome the big competitor joining this market…

We mean it, we love other companies to join this market.”

Samsung Display Factory Tour

If you look closely, you can see we are all making heart signs with our fingers. (Image credit: Future)

Slay the Spire 2 Dev Explains Why It Used "A Bunch Of Garbage" Art Instead of AI Placeholders

15 July 2026 at 03:54
There's an ever-growing list of games that have received notable backlash for the use of AI-generated placeholder art in games, from Pearl Abyss's Crimson Desert to The Alters, and even the award-winning Clair Obscur: Expedition 33. When the wildly popular Slay the Spire 2 launched to Early Access earlier in 2026, it was littered with roughly scrawled placeholder art. Mega Crit co-founder, Casey Yano recently explained the decision to shirk AI art in favor of the scribbles in a recent interview with GameSpot, and it mostly seems to come down to both communicating to the players that the game is in an early access state and making it obvious what the cards in the deck-builder do. He argues that generative AI also removes authorial intent, so some of the intended communication would be lost if the studio used generative AI art instead of the hastily scrawled concept sketches.

Yano explains that "If we use art that looks nearly complete, then people would think that that's going to be the final art. It has to look like shit. It's important that it looks like shit." He notes that part of that communication of the game's incomplete state is self-preservation, because "otherwise people would judge the game as if it's a 1.0, fully developed video game." He also notes that the art helps avoid confusion among both players and other artists: "Prioritization was mostly about making sure that our players have an emotional connection to the content and also recognize what content is what," he continues to say "when you draw placeholder art, there's a very high chance that when we pass it on to our artists...so I do want the [placeholder] art to be kind of like a framework, especially-especially-the art that's used in the timeline. They're the narrative beats, and I want to make sure that those kinds of compositions and colors and details [are] communicated through those drawings."

Over 75% of all PS3 games are now “Playable” on RPCS3

Most PS3 games are now playable on PC through RPCS3 The RPCS3 team has confirmed that over 7% of all PlayStation 3 (PS3) games are now playable using their emulator. This update confirms massive progress on the PS3 emulator, which had only reached 70% playability this January. Playable games in RPCS3 can be “completed with […]

The post Over 75% of all PS3 games are now “Playable” on RPCS3 appeared first on OC3D.

HWMonitor enables Nvidia RTX 50 series “GPU HotSpot” temperature support

HWMonitor has gained RTX 50 series GPU HotSpot monitoring support, and more apps will soon follow CPUID’s HWMonitor 1.65 has been released and adds support for Nvidia GeForce RTX 50 series GPU HotSpot temperature monitoring. This is a first for a standard Windows PC application. Until now, this temperature was not accessible via publicly available […]

The post HWMonitor enables Nvidia RTX 50 series “GPU HotSpot” temperature support appeared first on OC3D.

Samsung has a 16TB PCIe 6.0 SSD coming soon with read/write speeds of 28.4GBps and 21.9GBps respectively — but you won't be able to use it anyway

  • Samsung's PM1763 entered mass production as the fastest SSD on paper, focusing solely on AI data centers as its key market
  • The PM1763 offers read and write speeds of 28.4GB/s and 21.9GB/s respectively, essentially twice that of its predecessor, the PM1753
  • The drive can't physically be used in consumer-grade PCs, adhering to an EDSFF-only form factor while also requiring PCI-E 6.0 channels, something that has yet to be available to end-users

Samsung has announced it is now mass-producing the PM1763 SSD, which aims to replace the PM1753 as its highest-end enterprise-class SSD for AI customers.

The PM1763 offers read speeds of 28,400 MB/s and write speeds of 21,900 MB/s, leveraging PCIe 6.0 connections.

It uses the company's 9th-generation V-NAND, along with a 4nm controller, to deliver these speeds even as PCI-E 6.0 offers double the per-lane bandwidth available to users.

A very fast SSD that narrowly beats the competition where it matters

Samsung's offering is, at the time of writing, without doubt, the fastest SSD available to enterprise clients on paper, but it does have a few caveats.

The company claims the PM1763 offers "industry-leading performance", and that is definitely true in both the read and write departments, especially the latter, but it barely ekes out a win in the former over the Micron 9650.

The Micron 9650 offers read speeds of 28,000 MB/s and much slower write speeds of 14,000 MB/s sequentially, also leveraging PCI-E 6.0 to deliver such performance.

Samsung's SSD is decisively faster on another metric that is key for AI customers, however: it offers 6.92 MIOPS in sequential read speed versus Micron's 5.5 MIOPS.

Micron's offering, however, has already been in mass production since February 2026 and is expected to enjoy greater availability for the rest of the year than Samsung's enterprise flagship.

Samsung's offering also incorporates other gains: it delivers power efficiency that the semiconductor giant says is 1.8x better than the PM1753 and supports both post-quantum cryptography (PQC) algorithms and the TEE Device Interface Security Protocol (TDISP).

It must be noted that both Micron and Samsung's offerings are only part of the puzzle, as enterprise consumers are currently gearing up for the next generation of server hardware. Both Nvidia's Vera platform and AMD's EPYC "Venice" offer PCI-E 6.0 connectivity that these drives need to run at maximum speeds.

One would expect similar gains soon in the consumer market, where Samsung's Gen 5-based 9100 Pro is one of the few that currently rule the roost with advertised read and write speeds of 14,800 MB/s and 13,400 MB/s, respectively, but that might be wishful thinking at best.

The gains from the PM1763 are not expected to trickle down to consumers for a multitude of reasons. Primarily, PCI-E 6.0-supporting hardware does not currently exist at the consumer end, even as datacenters begin to adopt it.

The bleeding-edge storage on offer is also expected to be prohibitively expensive, pitting consumers against datacenter clients with seemingly limitless pockets for now, and industry figures such as Phison's CEO are already warning that AI demand will keep NAND and DRAM in shortage through 2026; consumer storage is increasingly built from what the data centers do not take.

The PM1763, therefore, at least from an end-user's perspective, might as well be a proof-of-concept SSD; it is unlikely to make its way onto their desktop anytime soon, and they are unlikely to be able to afford it unless they want to host a data-center-class server at home.

The Gen 6 storage era has arrived, attached to hardware you cannot buy, in a shape you cannot mount, on an interface you do not have, built from NAND that was never going to reach you anyway. Sadly for enthusiasts looking for a faster SSD: The speeds are real. So is the velvet rope.

Quote of the day by Linux creator Linus Torvalds: 'Nvidia has been the single worst company we've ever dealt with' — airing frustrations at walled gardens

For as long as there's been software there has been tension between open source and closed source. The creator of the Linux kernel, software engineer Linus Torvalds, has long been an outspoken advocate for open source environments – while putting the boot into closed source corporate entities who have tried to exploit the ecosystem.

Open for business

During a Q&A at Aalto University, an attendee complained that the Nvidia Optimus chip – a processor that switches between integrated graphics and dedicated graphics – was no longer being supported on Linux.

Quote of the day

This article is part of TechRadar Pro's QOTD project to provide an insight into the minds of the brightest and most recognized figures in the technology industry today and in years gone by. Read the full series here.

That meant that this expensive chip fitted into her Linux laptop was basically useless unless developers worked on a fix by reverse-engineering the process. Torvalds answered by giving Nvidia both barrels – complaining that the company was profiting from the Linux Foundation ecosystem through products like the Tegra chips for Android devices.

At the time, he complained that competitors like Intel and AMD were happy to co-operate with Linux to build native drivers whereas Nvidia would treat its proprietary code as classified material. This exchange culminated with an angry Torvalds flipping Nvidia off to camera.

Turning the tables

The situation today is almost entirely different from that we found nearly 15 years ago. Nvidia has embraced open source with open arms, and has also fully transitioned to open source Linux GPU kernel modules as being the default options as of 2022, pushed under a dual GPL/MIT licence.

With the AI buildout also fully underway, Nvidia has crafted the Linux-based DGX OS for its personal mini supercomputing DGX Spark products. This Ubuntu-based system is designed to work with the entire Nvidia software stack – with this AI layer (including software like CUDA, cuDNN and NCCL) being closed.

Although the battle between open and closed source remains active, Nvidia's reversal signalled that the future of enterprise and AI-centric computing was to be found in open source environments.

Don't forget, you can save 50% on Criterion 4K Blu-rays at Amazon and Barnes & Noble right now — the sale is for a limited time, so don't miss it if you're looking to add to your collection

If you'd missed that the big half-price Criterion Collection 4K Blu-ray sale is back on, then don't worry — you still have a bit of time left to catch it! The official sale runs until July 26. As always, the complete Criterion range is discounted at Barnes & Noble, while a more limited set of discounts is available at Amazon.

View the full Criterion sale at Amazon
View the full Criterion sale at Barnes & Noble

The Amazon sale also has some options that are on sale, but not at the full half price. I'm mainly included Amazon links because some people just lean towards it for convenience, but the B&N sale is where you can fully indulge in building your collection, and to a dangerous degree — my biggest problem with a Criterion sale is always deciding what to limit myself to if I don't want to hit bankruptcy.

I've highlighted 12 discs below that I think are worth checking out from the sale options, but I imagine most collectors will just want to browse everything, which you can do via the links above.

Criterion 4K Blu-ray sale — quick links

Criterion 4K Blu-ray sale: 12 titles I'd recommend

Eyes Wide Shut (the Criterion Collection) [4k Uhd]Save 50%

The Criterion Collection
Eyes Wide Shut

Wall•e (the Criterion Collection) [4k Uhd]Save 50%

The Criterion Collection
Wall•E

The Princess Bride (the Criterion Collection) [4k Uhd]Save 50%

The Criterion Collection
The Princess Bride

No Country for Old Men (the Criterion Collection) [4k Uhd]Save 50%

The Criterion Collection
No Country for Old Men

The Before Trilogy (before Sunrise/before Sunset/before Midnight) (the Criterion Collection)Save 50%

The Criterion Collection
The Before Trilogy (Before Sunrise / Before Sunset / Before Midnight)

Bruce Lee: His Greatest Hits (the Big Boss / Fist of Fury / the Way of the Dragon / Enter the Dragon / Game of Death) (the Criterion Collection)Save 50%

The Criterion Collection
Bruce Lee: His Greatest Hits (The Big Boss / Fist of Fury / the Way of the Dragon / Enter the Dragon / Game of Death)

Sentimental ValueSave 50%

The Criterion Collection
Sentimental Value

Seven SamuraiSave 50%

The Criterion Collection
Seven Samurai

Dazed and ConfusedSave 50%

The Criterion Collection

ThiefSave 50%

The Criterion Collection
Thief

After HoursSave 50%

The Criterion Collection
After Hours

The Silence of the LambsSave 50%

The Criterion Collection
The Silence of the Lambs

OpenAI Bets On An AI Speaker That Physically Moves Around Your House, Chasing A Gap Apple Left Wide Open

15 July 2026 at 01:55

A group of people seated at desks, one person writing on a piece of paper, another holding a pen thoughtfully; the setting resembles a classroom or seminar.

Apple's damning lawsuit against OpenAI appears to have had a profound impact on the latter's product launch cadence, with the latest report indicating that the maker of ChatGPT is now prioritizing a screen-free, mobile smart speaker, which is something that Apple currently does not have. OpenAI's planned smart speaker will have "mechanical elements" to help it move, and it will be able to connect with users on a human-like level As we detailed recently, Apple filed a damning lawsuit against OpenAI last week, accusing it of stealing its proprietary technology, circuit designs, and component architecture for a slew of upcoming consumer-geared AI […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/openai-bets-on-an-ai-speaker-that-physically-moves-around-your-house-chasing-a-gap-apple-left-wide-open/

Microsoft Patches Record 622 Flaws, Including Two Zero-Days Under Active Attack

Microsoft shipped its largest Patch Tuesday on record today, and two of the fixes close holes that attackers are already exploiting. The release covers 622 of Microsoft's own CVEs by its Security Update Guide count, more than triple June's previous high of around 200. Those two live bugs are the ones to grab first. Microsoft credits incident responders for both. Both are

Germany confirms drone-destroying laser weapon for German Navy by 2029 — 100Kw version will zap 1000+ mph supersonic missiles for $1 a shot

  • Germany advances a Naval laser weapon toward operational deployment by 2029
  • Future 100kW laser aims to counter faster and larger aerial threats
  • More than 1,000 laser shots validated performance during extended naval trials

Germany has confirmed plans to field a high-energy laser weapon aboard naval vessels by 2029, aimed primarily at intercepting drones.

Defense contractors Rheinmetall and MBDA signed a contract in June 2026 worth several hundred million euros to build the complete system.

The program follows years of testing a demonstrator aboard the frigate Sachsen, which fired more than 1,000 shots during trials.

From demonstrator to deployable weapon

The demonstrator currently operates at roughly 20 kilowatts, sufficient for neutralizing small drones and light surface targets near naval vessels.

Future versions are expected to exceed 100 kilowatts, a substantial increase intended to counter larger and considerably faster aerial threats.

During trials, the demonstrator covered roughly 28,000 nautical miles between the Baltic Sea and the Mediterranean over more than a year.

Another testing phase included over 100 live firing events under maritime conditions, examining tracking accuracy, reaction speed and engagement performance against fast-moving drones.

“The laser weapon system will provide our personnel deployed on naval vessels with a significantly higher level of protection, particularly when it comes to countering drones,” said Roman Koehne, head of Rheinmetall’s weapons and ammunition division.

Beyond countering drones, engineers hope the technology can eventually intercept guided missiles, rockets, and even artillery shells fired from considerable range.

Company officials say the system also demonstrated the ability to strike targets set against open sky rather than solid terrain.

The British, French and Belgian forces are pursuing similar systems — a broader push toward directed-energy weapons across European navies more generally.

The United Kingdom's Royal Navy, for instance, already plans to install its DragonFire laser weapon aboard a destroyer by 2027.

Similarly, Belgium committed €3.1 billion toward layered air defenses including Skyranger 30 systems, GM200 radars and 10 NASAMS batteries.

Costs, sovereignty, and unresolved questions

The German program places strong emphasis on domestic supply chains, with serial production expected largely to occur within Germany.

MBDA Deutschland's managing director, Thomas Gottschild, described the containerized system as an affordable option for guarding ports and other secure facilities.

Neither company has disclosed a final per-unit price, leaving open how affordable the weapon will prove across a full production run.

Scaling the laser from 20 kilowatts to more than 100 kilowatts introduces significant thermal and power-generation challenges aboard confined naval platforms.

However, officials believe naval vessels offer sufficient electrical power, cooling capacity, sensors and space needed for the demanding laser weapon systems.

Both companies describe the system's technology readiness as very high, citing more than a year of continuous shipboard testing under real conditions.

Procurement officials have not specified interim milestones, making it still difficult to assess whether the 2029 goal remains realistic at this point.

Further trials remain necessary before procurement, but recent milestones suggest European navies now view directed-energy weapons as practical complements to existing missiles and guns.

Via Defense News

245.76TB Micron 6600 Ion SSD has a staggering 16GB RAM with a $100,000+ price tag, and is 'the one to beat in its class', reviewer says

  • Micron's 6600 ION SSD boosts random write performance with an unusually large onboard memory design
  • Benchmark testing exceeded several official performance specifications during enterprise evaluation
  • Massive 64GB DRAM gives Micron a clear performance advantage over rivals

Micron's new 6600 ION enterprise SSD packs 245.76 TB of QLC flash storage into a single E3.L form-factor drive, and has garnered some high praise in initial reviews.

TweakTown reviewer Jon Coulter awarded the drive a rare 99% score, calling it "the one to beat in its class."

The drive stands out mainly because of its unusually large 64GB of onboard DRAM, an uncommon amount for this capacity class.

Why more onboard memory changes everything

Most ultra-high-capacity SSDs near 256TB, like the DapuStor 245.76TB PCIe Gen5 SSD, use a 16:1 ratio of NAND to DRAM, resulting in only 16GB onboard at this capacity point.

Micron instead uses a 4:1 ratio, giving the 6600 ION a full 64GB of onboard DRAM for indexing random write operations. This larger memory pool lets the drive sustain around 50,000 random write IOPS at queue depth 256, exceeding its 42,000 IOPS spec.

By comparison, competing 245.76TB drives with a 64K IU reportedly manage only about 15,000 IOPS for random writes under similar test conditions.

That performance is reportedly more than three times faster than rival 245.76TB drives built with a smaller 64K indirection unit.

Sequential performance also reaches up to 13,900 MB/s read, and 3,159 MB/s write, both slightly above Micron's factory specification claims.

Random read performance hits roughly 1.78 million IOPS, matching Micron's published specification for the drive exactly under identical test conditions.

These results were measured using an Intel Xeon w7-2495X processor on a PCIe Gen5 platform running Ubuntu Linux, confirming the figures under real enterprise conditions.

Pricing and practical limitations remain unclear

Despite the strong benchmark results, Micron has not published an official price for the 6600 ION at the time of writing.

Reports suggesting a price beyond $100,000 have circulated online, though no listing confirms that specific figure at the time of writing.

Enterprise SSDs at this capacity typically sell through direct vendor contracts rather than public retail listings, making pricing hard to verify.

The drive carries a 5-year limited warranty and supports major operating systems including Linux, Windows Server, and VMware ESXi across enterprise deployments.

It offers a 1-drive-write-per-day endurance rating, a modest figure that still fits typical enterprise storage workloads at this scale.

The drive also includes power-failure protection and full data-path protection, standard features expected in enterprise-grade storage designed for continuous operation.

The benchmark numbers alone do not confirm real-world value, since pricing and support costs remain unknown.

Whether the 6600 ION genuinely leads its category depends heavily on how competitors price similar high-capacity QLC drives over the coming months.

Until official pricing becomes available, claims about its market position should be treated as preliminary rather than fully confirmed.

How to watch MLB All-Star Game 2026 — watch baseball online from anywhere

The National League will aim to claim back-to-back wins over the American League for the first time since 2012 in the 2026 MLB All-Star Game at Citizens Bank Park, Philadelphia. Below we have all the start times and how to watch the 2026 MLB All-Star Game live streams online, on TV and from anywhere.

After the American League won nine successive All-Star Games between 2013 and 2022, the National League has turned the tables in recent years with victories in 2023 and 2025. Their triumph 12 months ago in Atlanta came in dramatic circumstances as they won the first tiebreaker in the history of the All-Star Game, with the Philadelphia Phillies' Kyle Schwarber hitting three home runs and being named MVP.

Schwarber is one of six Phillies players ready to shine on home turf at Citizens Bank Park, including National League starting pitcher Cristopher Sánchez, but there are many more who are playing in their first Midsummer Classic. In total, 29 players will make their All-Star Game debuts in Philadelphia, including Toronto Blue Jays starting pitcher Dylan Cease and New York Yankees pitcher Cam Schlittler, both representing the American League.

There will also be emotional appearances from more experienced stars, including the American League's Mike Trout of the Los Angeles Angels, who will appear in his 12th All-Star Game less than 50 miles from his hometown of Millville, New Jersey. Several of his teammates and opponents are from much further afield, with 22 internationally born players set to be involved.

Read on below for how to watch 2026 MLB All-Star Game live streams online and from anywhere.

Use a VPN to watch any MLB All-Star Game stream

If you're away from home while the MLB All-Star Game is on, you may find yourself unable to access your usual streaming services due to geo-restrictions. Luckily, there’s an easy solution.

Downloading a VPN allows you to stream geo-blocked services online, no matter where you are. It's a simple bit of software that changes your IP address, meaning that you can access content just as if you were at home.

🟩 NordVPN – get the world's best VPN

Not having a VPN is like leaving your front door wide open in a busy city – anyone can walk right in and take a peek.

TechRadar regularly reviews all the biggest and best VPN providers and NordVPN is our #1 choice.

Up to 75% off today
3 extra months free
Unlocks all necessary streaming services

Get NordVPN and live stream the MLB All-Star game from anywhere.View Deal

How to watch MLB All-Star Game live streams in the US

US flag banner

The 2026 MLB All-Star Game is being televised nationally in the US on FOX and FOX Deportes (Spanish commentary).

Cut the cord and don't have a cable package? You can FOX through an OTT cable TV alternative.

Fox is available on cord-cutters like YouTube TV (free trial), Hulu+Live TV, Sling (select markets), Fubo or DirecTV.

Those looking for a streaming service instead can watch MLB on Fox One (3-day free trial).

Abroad? Use NordVPN to access your FOX stream from anywhere in the world.

How to watch MLB All-Star Game live streams in the UK

UK flag

(Image credit: Other)

In the UK, the 2026 MLB All-Star Game is being shown on TNT Sports. It is scheduled to start at 1am BST on Wednesday, July 15 with coverage on TNT Sports 1.

You can subscribe to TNT Sports and its streaming platform HBO Max for £30.99/month.

NordVPN can unlock your stream if you're abroad today.

How to watch MLB All-Star Game live streams in Canada

Canada

(Image credit: Other)

Sportsnet will be showing the MLB All-Star Game on their platform.

Sportsnet Plus, which costs from CA$29.99/month ($249.99/year), will show all the action.

Those travelling outside the Great White North can use Norton VPN to unlock Sportsnet.

How to watch MLB All-Star Game live streams in Australia

Australian flag

(Image credit: free)

Australian baseball fans will find MLB All-Star Game live streams on ESPN via Foxtel.

MLB fans who don't have access to Foxtel can use Kayo Sports to watch the All-Star Game. Prices start from $35.99/month (7-day free trial for new customers).

Not in Australia right now? You can simply use a VPN like Norton VPN to watch all the action on your Kayo account as if you were back home.

Can I watch MLB All-Star Game baseball on my mobile?

Of course, most broadcasters have streaming services that you can access through mobile apps or via your phone's browser.

You can also stay up-to-date with all things MLB on the official social media channels on YouTube (@MLB) and Instagram (@MLB)

Which players will be in action in the MLB All-Star Game?

American League

Starters
C: Shea Langeliers (ATH)
1B: TBC
2B: Ernie Clement (TOR)
3B: Junior Caminero (TB)
SS: Bobby Witt Jr. (KC)
OF: Mike Trout (LAA)
OF: Riley Greene (DET)
OF: Cody Bellinger (NYY)
DH: Yordan Alvarez (HOU)

Starting Pitcher: Dylan Cease, Blue Jays

National League

C: Drake Baldwin (ATL)
1B: Freddie Freeman (LAD)
2B: Ozzie Albies (ATL)
3B: Max Muncy (LAD)
SS: CJ Abrams (WSH)
OF: Brandon Marsh (PHI)
OF: Juan Soto (NYM)
OF: Andy Pages (LAD)
DH: Shohei Ohtani (LAD)

Starting Pitcher: Cristopher Sanchez, Phillies

We test and review VPN services in the context of legal recreational uses. For example:1. Accessing a service from another country (subject to the terms and conditions of that service).2. Protecting your online security and strengthening your online privacy when abroad.We do not support or condone the illegal or malicious use of VPN services. Consuming pirated content that is paid-for is neither endorsed nor approved by Future Publishing.

Warframe Tau Update: New Solar System, Enemies, and Warframes Coming in 2026

15 July 2026 at 00:46
In the Warframe universe, Tau is a topic that has come up a number of times throughout the game's lore, but, as announced by Digital Extremes at TennoCon 2026, players will finally be able to experience some of the Tau solar system in 2026 when the Warframe Tau update launches. The Tau update will see players chart a course to the new solar system originally created as a utopia by the Sentient race, where players will be met with the slums of Fornax, a ring city fallen to vice and suffering, and the rest of the planets of the war-torn Tau system. Digital Extremes hasn't shared an exact date for the launch of the Tau update, but the giant humanoid vessels that will be used to transit to the new system have already been introduced, so it will seemingly be a slow addition of content leading up to the launch later in 2026. The Tau system will start with two planets at launch, but Digital Extremes has hinted that more is on the way further down the line.

The update also introduces Brysko, a new detective-themed, voiced Warframe with an internal monologue, which will be introduced in a noir-inspired quest that sees players infiltrate the criminal underworld of Tau, where Bloom—a drug of sorts—has taken hold of the citizens. Brysko also seems to be the introduction of a new type of warframe, called a chimera frame, which is distinct from the existing protoframes and original Warframes. The Tau update will also introduce a new minigame called Portau, an original card game built for Warframe. In addition to the new warframe, there will be new melee, primary, and secondary weapons for players to farm and build. The Warframe Tau trailer and announcement continue.

(PR) XPG Unveils NIMBUS and NIMBUS PLUS Gaming Chairs

15 July 2026 at 00:19
XPG, the gaming brand of ADATA Technology, today announced the launch of its latest ergonomic gaming chairs, the NIMBUS and NIMBUS PLUS. As remote work continues to shape modern lifestyles and dedicated gamers increasingly require robust support for extended sitting sessions, having a chair that perfectly balances sleek aesthetics and exceptional comfort has become more essential than ever. Combining modern minimalist design with top-tier ergonomic engineering, XPG introduces two distinct seating solutions tailored to different user preferences, making pure comfort second nature.

NIMBUS PLUS: Beyond Breathable - Crafting a Luxurious, Form-Fitting Seating Experience
Designed for hardcore gamers and professionals who sit for over 8 hours a day, XPG presents the NIMBUS PLUS, a flagship high-back mesh chair centered on the concept of being "Beyond Breathable." Offering extensive adjustability, it accommodates a wide range of body types and seating preferences while maintaining exceptional airflow.

The Blood of Dawnwalker director says delayed next-gen consoles could benefit smaller studios

15 July 2026 at 00:01

Speaking to Eurogamer, Tomaszkiewicz said he believes the reported delays could be a blessing in disguise for small studios like Rebel Wolves, which he co-founded with other industry veterans in 2022. According to him, smaller teams and indie developers have an easier time optimizing their games for existing consoles than...

Read Entire Article

Hochul’s Data Center Moratorium Lands as $130 Billion in Projects Stalled Nationwide in a Single Quarter

15 July 2026 at 01:01

In a first-of-its-kind move, New York State Governor Kathy Hochul has declared a state-level moratorium on data center construction. Hochul's decision follows growing concerns about the resource-intensive computing centers that are necessary to power what is being dubbed the next industrial revolution. Most AI data centers are powered by NVIDIA Corporation's GPUs, with the average data center requiring millions of gallons of water daily to perform efficiently. New York State Data Center Construction To Be Paused In Moratorium Being Signed Tomorrow In her statement, Governor Hochul outlined that the resource-intensive nature of data centers was at the center of her […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/hochuls-data-center-moratorium-lands-as-130-billion-in-projects-stalled-nationwide-in-a-single-quarter/

ChatGPT’s Mac App Update Made The AI Agent Provide An Entire List Of Local Files And Directory Path Without Permission, Causing Panic For One User Over Lack Of Privacy

15 July 2026 at 00:50

Mac owner claims that the ChatGPT app bypassed security and began indexing files without permission

OpenAI rolled out an update for its ChatGPT app for Apple’s macOS, and while one user claims that the previous chat layout and project history were “completely messed up,” the update introduced what appears to be a terrifying shift in the AI agent’s behavior that could discourage other users who value their privacy. Apparently, when asked where the missing projects were, ChatGPT showed an exact local directory path, which, according to the user, shouldn’t be possible without proper authorization. Based on this incident, it appears that the app is accessing and indexing local files on its own, which is a […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/chatgpt-mac-update-made-ai-agent-show-complete-list-of-files-without-permission/

SAP Patches CVSS 9.9 NetWeaver ABAP Flaw That Could Expose or Modify Data

SAP has rolled out updates to address multiple vulnerabilities as part of its July 2026 security updates, including a critical flaw in SAP NetWeaver Application Server ABAP. The vulnerability in question is CVE-2026-44747 (CVSS score: 9.9), an out-of-bounds write flaw that allows an authenticated attacker to leverage logical errors in memory management to cause a memory corruption that could

Researchers Say Claude for Chrome Flaw Lets Rogue Extensions Trigger Gmail Reads

Any other browser extension that can run a script on claude.ai can still trigger Claude for Chrome tasks aimed at your Gmail, your latest Google Doc and its comments, and your Calendar. Both this and ClaudeBleed need a rogue extension that can already run a script on claude.ai; the difference is scope. Anthropic restricted the arbitrary-prompt path in May as part of its response to the 

OpenAI’s ChatGPT ads could miss $100 billion revenue target: Report

14 July 2026 at 20:44
ChatGPT Ads revenue target

OpenAI’s ad revenue forecast is on pace to miss its 2030 target by 90%, according to Emarketer.

OpenAI projected $2.5 billion in ad revenue this year and $100 billion by 2030. Emarketer estimates the entire U.S. market for standalone chatbot ads will generate less than $1 billion this year and $5.41 billion by 2030.

OpenAI’s target. OpenAI began testing ChatGPT ads in February. By April, the company projected that ad revenue would grow to $100 billion within five years. But that forecast is larger than Emarketer’s 2030 estimate for the full U.S. chatbot ad market.

What Emarketer measured. Emarketer’s estimate covers standalone chatbots in the U.S., including ChatGPT, Microsoft Copilot, Google AI Mode and Amazon Alexa for Shopping, formerly Rufus. The research firm’s forecast puts the 2030 market ceiling at $5.41 billion, far below OpenAI’s target for its ad business alone.

Why we care. Chatbot ads are still a small market, despite growing interest in AI search and shopping. The gap between OpenAI’s target and Emarketer’s forecast shows ChatGPT Ads have a long way to go.

Assumptions vs. reality? OpenAI’s forecast assumes the company will capture search ad budgets at scale, dominate a mature chatbot ad market, and outperform every ad format in history, Adweek reported. Emarketer’s data points to a much smaller market.

If AI can’t find you, customers won’t either.

Track your visibility across AI search, uncover missed opportunities, and grow your presence where customers are asking questions.

See your AI visibility

The Xbox action RPG that proved to me Game Freak is capable of more than just Pokémon just released a new trailer

15 July 2026 at 00:09

It's been a long while since we last heard of Beast of Reincarnation, the upcoming action RPG by Game Freak of Pokémon-fame, but it's back in the media spotlight with a brand-new trailer.

Unlike the January Xbox Games Showcase trailer, which was a general overview of the game's systems, setting, and characters, this trailer is all about the Beast of Reincarnation's combat system, which combines real-time swordplay with command menu-based tactics.

In this game, you play as the cursed warrior Emma and her lighted dog Koo as they strive to save the world while fighting ravenous beasts and berserk machines.

For the most part, combat is a hack-and-slash where you slice, dodge, and parry your way through hordes of enemies and giant bosses. As you deal damage to enemies, you can build their stun gauge to leave them open for devastating finishers and generate a resource for yourself called FP.

Once you've gathered enough FP, you can slow down time and command Koo to unleash special Bloom Art attacks that will leave enemies debilitated with status effects that will leave them wide open for killing blows.

Blank Pixel

This mixture of real-time combat and command menuing with Koo will be essential in taking down the game's bosses, which are gigantic monstrosities that will no doubt kill you in no time if you don't time your sword parry deflections or Koo's FP skills correctly.

If you manage to master the combat system, though, the bosses will fall quickly before you and bestow upon you new Bloom Arts for Koo and skill points for you to spend on a skill tree that will let you unlock new skills for Emma in battle.

Windows Central's take

A lone samurai wields a sword, facing a giant, mystical deer with glowing antlers in a sunlit forest. The scene conveys tension and awe.

Emma squaring off with a giant blighted monster. (Image credit: Fictions)

When I first saw this game, I was shocked and pleasantly surprised that Game Freak was capable of making a game that was such a radical departure from their usual Pokémon titles.

With every new trailer that comes out, my interest in Beast of Reincarnation is increasing more and more, to the point where I just want to get my hands on it to see how it feels in hand because the combat looks really fun, especially the parts where we turn into a half-plant, half-human samurai during some attacks.

Hopefully, this game will encourage Game Freak to branch into more unique IP if it's successful because, when it's off Nintendo's leash, this studio's creativity can truly live up to its name of making 'freaky' games, and I'm all for it.

Beast of Reincarnation is set to launch on August 4, 2026, for Xbox Series X|S, PlayStation 5, and PC via Windows and Steam. It will also be available on Xbox Game Pass (Day One), PC Game Pass, and Xbox Cloud Gaming, with Xbox Play Anywhere support.


Join the outcast Emma and her blighted dog companion, Koo, as they journey across a post-apocalyptic Japan to save humanity from blighted monsters and killer robots in Beast of Reincarnation.

Xbox Store Page
GreenManGaming Store Page (Steam)View Deal

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Windows 11's latest update will let you pause updates indefinitely

Windows 11's monthly Patch Tuesday update is here, and it's one of the biggest of the year. In addition to the usual group of bug fixes and security updates, the July Patch Tuesday update includes some major new features.

Our Mauro Huculak broke down the 13 features that matter most from Windows 11's July 2026 update. The update is substantial and includes new ways to recover your PC, improve accessibility, and update Windows.

As is normally the case for Windows 11 Patch Tuesday updates, we've known what was on the way for weeks. Microsoft rolled out the latest features and changes to Windows 11 through a preview update toward the end of last month.

Ironically, the biggest change in this update is that it will allow you to pause updates indefinitely. Starting with this build you can stop your PC from getting updates for up to 35 days and then re-pause updates.

The downside is that you have to manually pause updates again if you want to stop them for more than 35 days.

Point-in-time Restore is another big addition. The feature lets you roll back a system to a previous working state. Windows 11 automatically creates restore points that include settings, files, and apps.

Widgets are better following the update as well. You now have greater control over notifications and personalization settings. Opening the widgets panel will open the dashboard on first use.

The full release notes for the update are shared in a Microsoft support document and listed below.

Windows 11 July 2026 Update (gradual rollout)

  • [Point-in-time restore for Windows] New! This flexible recovery feature helps you quickly roll back your PC, including apps, settings, and personal files, to a recent automatic restore point. It helps reduce downtime and simplifies troubleshooting when issues occur. To learn more, see Point-in-time restore for Windows.
  • [Windows Update] New! A calendar experience in Windows Update Settings (Settings > Windows Update) lets you pause updates by choosing an end date, for up to 35 days. You can extend the pause by selecting a different end date and re‑pause updates as needed. For more information, see Pause updates in Windows.
  • [Widgets] New! A quieter, more focused Widgets experience helps reduce interruptions and improves default settings and notification controls:
    • Reduce distractions: Widgets no longer open on hover. Notifications and taskbar badges are minimized by default.
    • Simpler: Open to the Widgets dashboard by default on first use.
    • Customize: Configure Widgets how you want by selecting Settings in the navigation bar, then changing any of the default settings.
    • Stay informed: Dashboard icons show the number of alerts, and badges clear automatically when you leave a dashboard.
    • Adjusted defaults: Some default settings are preserved based on usage, while others adjust to reduce interruptions.
    • Performance improvements: This update provides improved reliability, responsiveness, and visual quality across the Widget experience.
  • [Accessibility] New! This update makes your screen easier to see and customizes your zoom experience:
    • Screen tint: Apply a full-screen color overlay to help reduce eye strain and improve readability. Choose from preset tint options, adjust the intensity, or turn it on automatically. Find this feature in Settings > Accessibility.
    • Magnifier: Enter a zoom percentage directly and change it in increments in the Magnifier window for more precise, flexible control.
    • Magnifier settings menu: You can now also modify zoom increments directly from the magnifier bar instead of navigating to Windows Settings each time.
  • [File Explorer]
    • New! When you hover over a file in File Explorer Home, commands such as Open file location and Ask Copilot appear as quick actions. This experience is now supported for work and school accounts (Entra ID).1
    • Improves the speed and performance of File Explorer launch.2
    • This update improves File Explorer responsiveness when mounting disk images.
    • The address bar now supports paths containing double backslashes and quotation marks (for example, C:\\Users\\user or "C:\Users\user"), improving compatibility with a wider range of inputs.
    • The address bar suggestion dropdown is more reliable and now consistently closes after an item is selected.
    • This update addresses an issue on File Explorer Home where OneDrive files could appear duplicated in the Favorites section.
    • This update includes several refinements to the Rename experience:
      • Addresses an issue where text was repeatedly selected when renaming items in folder views.
      • Addresses an issue where case-only name changes were not immediately reflected in folder views for items stored locally or in the cloud.
  • [Bluetooth] This update improves reliability and performance when connecting to and using Bluetooth devices:
    • New! Windows now keeps the microphone mute state in sync between the audio mixer and the Hands-Free Profile (HFP) for a more consistent experience with Bluetooth headphones with mute buttons or indicators.
    • Accessory compatibility workarounds: Improves compatibility with specific Bluetooth audio devices, helping AirPods appear faster in pairing mode and improving microphone reliability on Beats Studio Pro headphones.
    • Bluetooth audio stability:
      • Improves overall Windows stability with certain PC manufacturer drivers (error code 0x9F).
      • Improves Bluetooth reliability for voice calls when using Classic Audio devices with the Hands-Free Profile (HFP).
      • Reduces time for LE Audio accessories to start playing audio while using the microphone.
    • Device management: Windows will no longer show a “Remove failed” message when attempting to remove Bluetooth devices if the Bluetooth radio is unavailable or has changed since pairing.
    • Settings experience: Improves stability when using the Bluetooth & devices settings page for a smoother, more consistent experience.
    • Connection reliability and responsiveness:
      • Reduces the time it takes for classic Bluetooth audio devices to reconnect after Windows resumes from hibernation.
      • Improves reliability when LE Audio accessories disconnect, such as when another device (for example, a phone) connects.
      • Improves reliability of LE Audio streaming after a connection is lost and restored.
  • [Bluetooth and Phone Link] This update improves audio routing for calls made through a connected phone:
    • When an outgoing call is dialed from a paired phone, audio remains on the phone while ringing and transfers to the PC only when the call is answered from the PC.
    • When Do Not Disturb is enabled on Windows, incoming call audio from a paired phone no longer rings on the PC.
  • [Voice access and voice typing] **New!**⁠ You can now use voice access and voice typing in French, German, and Spanish. As you speak, your PC improves your text in real time. It corrects grammar, punctuation, and recognition errors, and helps improve clarity—even in the presence of background noise. This makes dictation smoother and reduces the need for manual edits.3
  • [Audio] This update improves the reliability of the inbox HD Audio driver.
  • [Taskbar] This update improves the reliability of opening the Start menu when selecting the left edge of the taskbar when the icons in the taskbar are left-aligned.
  • [Networking]
    • This update includes networking improvements for virtualized environments. Confidential Virtual Machines (CVMs) now use SR-IOV hardware acceleration by default for improved network throughput, and a configuration issue in nested Hyper-V virtualization network setup has been corrected to ensure reliable VM network provisioning.
    • This update improves the reliability of the Windows networking stack. It reduces bug checks (blue screen errors) related to Wi-Fi power and improves cellular (WWAN) connectivity, including support for IPv6 VPNs. Compatibility with third-party VPN software and SR-IOV configurations on server hardware is also improved. Network adapter settings and bindings are now preserved across OS upgrades.
  • [Printing] New! New printer installations use Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) by default when supported, simplifying setup and improving reliability. For details about third-party driver deprecation, see End of Servicing Plan for Third-Party Printer Drivers on Windows. To control this behavior, use the toggle in Settings > Bluetooth & devices > Printers & scanners > Default install printers using Windows Ready Print. For more information, see Introducing Windows Ready Print and modernized driver selection. For more information, see Introducing Windows Ready Print and Modernized Driver Selection.
  • [Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL)] The update improves usage of WSL in mirrored networking mode with VPNs.
  • [Display and graphics]
    • Improves the reliability of rendering content while scrolling for certain apps spanning across multiple monitors.
    • Improves the reliability and persistence of applying color profiles.
  • [Location services] This update changes how some location settings are displayed in Settings > Privacy & Security > Location to help with clarity. When location services are turned off, settings like Default location and Allow location override don't immediately apply, since location information is not given to apps or services. These settings will now be greyed out when location services are off to reduce confusion over when they take effect.
  • [Search] This update improves the reliability of setting Search related group policies.
  • [Input]
    • New! You can now customize the size of the right-click zone in Settings > Bluetooth & devices > Touchpad. Choose from default, small, medium, or large to control how much of the bottom-right corner responds to a single-finger right-click. This setting is only available on touchpads with a pressable surface. If your device manufacturer provides customization through their own app, a Custom option will appear to reflect those settings.
    • This update improves recognition of English characters when using Japanese handwriting.
  • [General performance] Improves the time to shut down Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) when you turn off your PC.
  • [General Reliability] This update improves the reliability of explorer.exe. It addresses issues on the login and lock screens related to third-party credential providers, reduces the probability of taskbar icons appearing as blank gray placeholders, and improves navigation to Home in File Explorer during OneDrive sync. It also improves explorer.exe reliability when switching between desktops, enhances app launch with shell extensions, and using acrylic blur effects in the Start menu, Settings, and the lock screen.
  • [Apps] Resolves an issue where some installers and applications could show unexpected elevation (UAC) prompts after installing KB5089549.
  • [Remote Desktop] This update refreshes the dialog design when you enable Remote Desktop in Settings > System > Remote Desktop.
  • [Graphics Kernel] Improves memory-management policy that allows PCs with more than 32GB of installed memory to run larger local AI models.

Windows 11 July 2026 Update (gradual rollout)

  • [Secure Boot] With this update, Windows quality updates include additional high confidence device targeting data, increasing coverage of devices eligible to automatically receive new Secure Boot certificates. Devices receive the new certificates only after demonstrating sufficient successful update signals, maintaining a controlled and phased rollout.
  • [Authentication] This update improves Netlogon secure channel connections between domain controllers, enabling successful connections from member servers to domain controllers set up before 2025.
  • [Emoji Panel Update] The emoji panel (Windows key + period (⁠.⁠)) now uses GIPHY for GIF content following the deprecation of Google’s Tenor API. Starting June 30, 2026, install the latest Windows update to continue using GIFs in the Emoji panel. If you don’t update, you will see a "GIF service is not available" error in the panel. Installing the latest Windows update will restore access to GIFs.
  • [Networking] This update improves how your device connects to shared network resources. Connections used by apps and system features, such as the NetUseAdd function, now work more reliably, including unauthenticated (null session) connections.
  • [Recycle Bin (known issue)] Fixed: This update addresses an issue where the confirmation dialog might display an internal Recycle Bin file name instead of the original file name when permanently deleting a file. This issue might occur after installing the June 2026 security update (KB5094126).
  • [Storage] This update improves disk space usage for the CapabilityAccessManager.db-wal file.
  • [Taskbar] This update improves notification badge display across your apps. Notification counts and badge visuals now update correctly, helping you stay up to date with new activity.
  • [File Explorer] This update fixes an issue where the OneDrive shortcut in File Explorer stops working when File Explorer is run with administrative mode.
  • [Notification badges (known issue)] Fixed: This update addresses an issue where notification badge counts for some applications such as Microsoft Teams and WhatsApp, might not refresh correctly. As a result, badge indicators might continue to display outdated notification counts until the application is restarted or badge count is refreshed.

You can download this month's Patch Tuesday update through the Windows Settings app. Clicking the "Check for updates" button within the "Windows Update" section should start the process.

Alternatively, you can download the update through the Microsoft Update Catalog.

Blank Pixel

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

US gov't allows Chinese telecom giant ZTE to purchase Nvidia H200 AI chips — firm joins Alibaba, Tencent, and ByteDance in access to Hopper tech

The Sino-American chip wars have resulted in many back-and-forth salvos and negotiations as the countries try and strike a balance between technology access and trade. Currently, both sides have set respective import and export controls, letting specific companies on a case-by-case basis. Today, Reuters reports that Chinese telecoms giant ZTE and server firm Maginfra have received U.S. approval to buy Nvidia's last-gen H200 "Hopper" chips.

ZTE joins a club that counts Alibaba, Tencent, ByteDance, and JD.com among the roughly 10-strong group of Chinese companies with U.S. clearance for those purchases. Additionally, an apparent subsidiary of Kingsoft Cloud got approval to buy AMD accelerators equivalent to Nvidia's H200, presumably Instinct MI300X-class chips.

Over on the Chinese side of the table, Reuters remarks that there's no word on whether the respective authorities will give ZTE the go-ahead for import, as the country has taken on a protectionist stance as it tries to grow its own chip industry. The country has discouraged firms from purchasing foreign tech and has instead pushed companies to acquire homegrown accelerators. Huawei in particular has made great strides both technologically and financially.

But even with those domestic production initiatives, the Chinese hunger for AI silicon is so deep that six months ago, Reuters said the nation's tech firms had more than two million H200 chips on order, far more than what Nvidia had on hand at the time. We'd venture that hunger has barely subsided.

ZTE might not be a familiar name Stateside, but the corporation is one of China's largest telecommunication conglomerates, and among many other ventures, it sells all sorts of carrier network gear that's installed worldwide, along with corresponding client-facing equipment, including phones and IoT equipment. Like most any sizable technological venture, ZTE has joined in on the cloud computing and AI push, so it needs accelerators to make those ambitions reality.

The current status of the AI chip trade situation is roughly that the U.S. allows Chinese firms to buy AI chips up to and including the Hopper family (meaning no Blackwell chips), with a 25% export tariff, though final decisions are made on a case-by-case basis. Over on Chinese shores, Beijing's authorities play their cards close to their chest and dole out approvals as they see fit, with no clear rules seemingly set. But China is, of course, a global power with trade connections to most everyone, so interested firms were able to get their hands on Blackwell chips through various creative (and potentially illicit) means.

Whether this change will actually clear the way for any great volumes of H200 accelerators to make their way into ZTE's data centers remains to be seen. CNBC cites a U.S. trade official who today stated that "very few shipments against licenses for H200s and equivalents have taken place. It’s a very small quantity of chips" during a congressional hearing. If H200 shipments become material to Nvidia's bottom line, we'll almost certainly hear about it in future comments or earnings reports.

wellsent – Upload PDFs, let AI fill them, notarize online, and send certified mail


wellsent fills out your PDF forms with AI, lets you review and correct every field, then handles online notarization and USPS Certified Mail with tracking. It saves your details in a secure vault to prefill future forms and archives delivery proof for easy retrieval. Individuals, businesses, and developers can send official documents from a catalog or any PDF, and use an API to trigger form filling, notary sessions, and mailed delivery from their own systems.

View startup

szum – Turn one JSON definition into charts for apps, Figma, and AI


szum is a chart design system that keeps charts consistent between design and production. Define a chart using a small, LLM-friendly JSON grammar, then render it as PNG or SVG through the API, edit and publish it from Figma, embed it live, or generate it through an MCP-compatible agent.

Every output uses the same rendering system and one of six curated themes, so the chart designed in Figma matches exactly what appears in your product or other channels. You can try szum without signing up, with 250 free keyless renders per month.

View startup

RayNeo X3 Pro review: These AI+AR Smart Glasses are technically impressive, but far from easy to use

RayNeo X3 Pro: 30-second review

RayNeo, the AR glasses arm of TCL, launched the X3 Pro globally in December 2025, following a well-received debut in the Chinese market. It represents the company's most ambitious product to date: a standalone pair of AI-powered augmented reality smart glasses that aims to put a useful, persistent digital layer over your view of the world, without requiring you to carry a tethered compute unit.

The headline hardware is the dual-eye full-colour MicroLED display, powered by RayNeo's own 'Firefly Optical Engine' and delivered through waveguides co-developed with Applied Materials. With 6,000 nits of peak brightness and 16.77 million colours, it is probably the best display currently available in any smart glass product, eclipsing even the Meta Ray-Ban Display's 5,000-nit panel. The simulated image is equivalent to a 43-inch screen viewed from two metres, within a 30-degree field of view.

Under the frame sits a Qualcomm Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1 processor — the purpose-built platform for this class of device — paired with 4GB of RAM and 32GB of onboard storage. The X3 Pro runs RayNeo's AIOS, an Android-based operating system, and is integrated with Google Gemini 2.5 (Beta) for multimodal AI assistance. A 12MP Sony IMX681 sensor handles photography and 4K video, accompanied by a secondary monochrome camera for spatial positioning and depth tracking with 6DoF + SLAM support.

At 76 grams, the X3 Pro is lighter than the Inmo Air 3 (119g), and only a few grams heavier than the Meta Ray-Ban Display (69g). The frame is built from an aerospace-grade magnesium-aluminium alloy, and control is handled via a five-way touch panel on the right temple, with support for Apple Watch gesture control promised in a future OTA update.

The device's single greatest limitation is its 245mAh battery. Under light use, you may approach three to five hours. Under active use that might be navigation, AI queries, camera recording, or app usage, the running time plummets to as little as one or two hours, and it can be as little as 45 minutes. The only saving grace is a recharge of around 45 minutes via USB-C.

At $1,169, the X3 Pro is a premium early-adopter product with genuine technological credibility, but a hefty price tag. The display alone makes a compelling case for the future of AR glasses. Whether that future is worth over a thousand pounds to experience today is a question each buyer must answer for themselves.

RayNeo X3 Pro: Price & availability

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)

The RayNeo X3 Pro launched globally in December 2025, initially priced at $1,099 on an early-bird basis, rising to $1,299 at standard retail.

At the time of writing, RayNeo sells direct from its website here, with delivery to the United States, the United Kingdom, France, Italy, Germany, and other markets.

In the UK, the full retail price is £1,169, and in the USA it’s $1,169. Considering that the exchange rate on the day of writing is $1.34 to the pound, UK customers pay roughly 25% more for the same products for no obvious good reason.

Prescription lens inserts are available separately from around $49 / £49, supplied through RayNeo's partner Lensology.

What’s a little odd is that these glasses aren’t available on Amazon.com, when almost everything else RayNeo makes is.

By way of comparison, the Meta Ray-Ban Display starts at $799, the Even Realities G2 at $599, and the Halliday Smart Glasses at $500. Traditional smart glasses without a display, such as the Ray-Ban Meta, are available for considerably less.

The X3 Pro commands a significant premium, but the technical specification that includes the dual-eye MicroLED display and the Snapdragon AR1 platform is a major step up from those alternatives.

RayNeo also offers existing X-series customers a 'RayNeo Explorer' lifetime benefit, providing a $200 discount towards future X Series purchases.

What colours my perspective on the price is that these aren’t dual-purpose glasses that can also be used to watch movies. They’re only for AR, which makes the high price even harder to justify.

  • Score: 3/5

RayNeo X3 Pro: Specifications

Chipset

Qualcomm Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1 (4nm)

RAM

4GB LPDDR5

Storage

32GB

Display type

Dual full-colour MicroLED, waveguide optics (both eyes)

Resolution

640 × 480 per eye

Peak brightness

6,000 nits (typical: ~3,500 nits)

Field of view

30 degrees

Virtual screen

43-inch equivalent at 2m distance

Refresh rate

60Hz

OS

RayNeo AIOS (Android-based)

AI engine

Google Gemini 2.5 (Beta)

Cameras

12MP Sony IMX681 (front, colour) + monochrome OV (positioning/depth)

Video

4K / 3K recording

Tracking

6DoF + SLAM; Falcon Image spatial positioning

Audio

Open-ear directional speakers (both temples)

Connectivity

Bluetooth 5.3, Wi-Fi 6

Controls

5-way touch panel (right temple); voice ('Hey RayNeo'); Apple Watch (future OTA)

Weight

76g

Battery

245mAh; ~1–5 hours depending on use; full charge in ~38–45 min via USB-C

Translation

Real-time audio + on-screen text; 14 languages; ~2.1-second response

Prescription

Supported (lens inserts via Lensology, from ~$49/£49)

Colours

Black (single style)

RayNeo X3 Pro: Design & build

  • Divisive aesthetics
  • Wearability issues

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)

There is an obvious problem with products like the X3 Pro, which is that the design telegraphs that these aren’t just glasses, drawing attention to the wearer.

This tension between engineering achievement and social wearability is perhaps the defining characteristic of this first generation of capable AR glasses, and the X3 Pro didn’t dodge that bullet.

The frame takes broadly Wayfarer-style cues, i.e. being thick, squarish and dark. In short, these look like John-Paul Belmondo wore them at the end of the 1960s, before Michael Cain borrowed them to play the classic British spy, Harry Palmer.

That might be delightfully retro, but two cameras sit in the bridge between the lenses, a small indicator light sits on the front frame (active when recording), and distinctive protrusions near the temple hinges house the MicroLED projectors, giving the game away.

The temples are noticeably thicker than conventional eyewear, accommodating the speakers, electronics, and battery. The USB-C charging port sits at the tip of the right temple.

Structurally, the X3 Pro is more refined than its predecessor, the X2 Pro. RayNeo cites eleven structural optimisations and the use of aerospace-grade magnesium-aluminium alloy to achieve a 36% weight reduction over that earlier model. The result is a frame that, at 76g, sits comfortably on most faces without the ear pressure or nose strain that plagued heavier competitors. Multiple reviewers noted that they occasionally forgot they were wearing them during prolonged use.

The lenses themselves have good optical transparency when the display is off, meaning the world doesn't take on the tinted quality of sunglasses during non-display use. Interchangeable nose pads in different sizes are included, and prescription lens inserts are available through Lensology.

For older people, me included, these lens inserts are a necessity, since the glasses require abnormal eye-muscle acrobatics that those without perfect vision are unlikely to achieve without some help.

Fit adjustment is largely limited to nose pad selection, which does tend to put more pressure on the bridge of the nose. Previously, with the Air 3s Pro, RayNeo offered adjustable temple angles, but these aren’t available on the X3 Pro.

And, because of this, depending on your face shape, you can find that the display is dramatically offset from the ideal line of sight. As I’ll talk about later, I had big issues with this, and it made using them extremely difficult.

In short, if social discretion is a priority, this is not the device for you. If you are the sort of person who wears technology proudly, or who has a professional or specialist use case, the design is functional as long as your face and eye geometry fall within a specific envelope.

  • Design & build: 3.5/5

RayNeo X3 Pro: Features

  • Impressive display technology
  • Sony IMX681 camera sensor
  • Tiny battery

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)

The X3 Pro's MicroLED dual-eye display is, by wide consensus, the standout feature of this device. Unlike single-eye displays used by some competitors, the X3 Pro projects identical imagery to both eyes, producing a more natural and immersive AR experience that doesn’t assume binocular compensation on the viewer's part. The 640 × 480 resolution per eye is modest by smartphone standards, but it is appropriate for a heads-up overlay and is rendered with genuine clarity at the 30-degree field of view.

Peak brightness of 6,000 nits is a notch above the Meta Ray-Ban’s 5,000 nits, making the display legible in direct sunlight and suitable for navigation or outdoor use. These aren’t meant for media consumption, and therefore don’t include shields to reduce external views, so the graphics need to be bright.

The display sits centrally in the wearer's field of view, rather than in the lower-right corner (as on the Meta Ray-Ban Display). This means AR content is more prominent and easier to read, but also more obtrusive. You cannot easily consume AR content passively while doing something else. It is a deliberate design choice that suits dedicated, task-focused use over an ambient, always-on overlay.

The primary camera uses a Sony IMX681 sensor capable of 12MP stills and 4K/3K video. A secondary monochrome camera assists with spatial positioning, depth tracking, and dual recording. In daylight conditions, camera output is described as decent, with the wide-angle field of view well-suited to point-of-view recording.

But in low light, there is a tendency to visible noise and graininess, and the lack of digital zoom or manual camera controls reduces flexibility. A recording indicator light on the front frame activates when the camera is in use, serving both as a privacy indicator and a practical reminder.

These don’t take pictures that would worry any mid-tier phone, and most entry-level Android phones have better sensors.

The X3 Pro's battery life is probably its greatest limitation, since a 245mAh cell is simply not large enough to support extended active use of the device's headline features.

RayNeo's claim of up to five hours applies to very light use, and by that, they probably mean music playback and limited screen time. In practice, active use scenarios significantly reduce this figure. In a few of my sessions, the time was a fraction of that amount, and the worst offenders for eating battery capacity were translation, video capture and navigation.

In theory, you could have a hip-mounted power pack attached to the USB port of the X3 Pro, but when I tried this, it pulled them out of square and made reading the display even harder.

Thankfully, the glasses do feature wear detection, automatically powering down when removed. This helps conserve battery during breaks, but carrying a power pack around is practically a necessity if you intend to use them for any extended time.

Contextually, the limited battery is an inevitable consequence of the 76g weight target. A larger cell would mean a heavier device. RayNeo engineers have made a considered trade-off here, and future hardware iterations will presumably seek to improve energy density. It may be that the makers can engineer better power management through firmware adjustments, but with only 245mAh of battery to work with, there is only so much that can be done.

Without a doubt, the primary reason to hesitate before purchase is battery life.

  • Features: 3.5/5

RayNeo X3 Pro: Software

RayNeo AR Android Application

(Image credit: RayNeo)
  • Google Gemini 2.5 (Beta)
  • Live translation
  • Side-loading apps

RayNeo AIOS, the operating system built on Android and structured around four primary screens: a home screen showing time and status indicators, a quick-actions panel, an app launcher, and a notifications screen. Navigation is via the five-way touch panel on the right temple, with voice commands available via 'Hey RayNeo'. The interface is responsive and, for the constrained form factor, relatively intuitive.

According to RayNeo, it's Google Gemini that’s the flavour of AI baked into AIOS, and I suspect it’s Google Gemini 2.5 (Beta), which is a long way behind the current models that Google is promoting.

Compared to some other talking AI’s I’ve used, this one is pretty average. For starters, even though I’m in the UK, it insisted on using a chirpy American accent. And, if I asked what the temperature was, the answer arrived in Fahrenheit, times in a 12-hour clock and distances in feet and inches. Yes, Gemini, the world is America.

But aside from being fixated on a region that’s more than 3,000 miles away, the other issue was that it got simple questions wrong from the outset. As it loves America, I asked it to name the last ten U.S. leaders. It got the name and the order correct and then fumbled the answer by saying that all these people had been President in the past ten years.

I tried to subtly nudge it in the right direction by asking which ones were the President in the past ten years, but it failed to notice the discrepancy between what it was saying now and what it said previously.

Thankfully, it didn’t fall for the classic "walk or drive" question for the car wash, but I think all AI platforms are hardwired to answer that way, since it’s an obvious pitfall.

Compared to the latest versions of the major AI providers, the AI on this platform isn’t going to write Skynet anytime soon.

Real-time translation is a more advanced feature, supporting 14 languages and delivering approximately 2.1-second response times. Translation can be delivered as on-screen text or synchronised audio. In testing by other reviewers, accuracy was broadly good, though the system waits for the speaker to finish before translating. That’s necessary in some languages, like German, but it does come across as a less-than-natural conversation and can feel stilted.

Navigation is powered by HERE WeGo Maps (used by BMW and Audi), projecting turn-by-turn directions and nearby landmarks directly into your field of view. This is one of the most practically compelling use cases for the device, eliminating the need to look down at a phone while on foot. Unfortunately, the app never loaded on my glasses. Every time I tried to download and install it, it failed. Other apps were installed, so I’m unsure why this one refused to.

I know that some software for this device requires side-loading, which isn’t something many users will be happy to perform.

  • Software: 3.5/5

RayNeo X3 Pro: Performance

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)

The Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1 is purpose-designed for augmented reality applications, and the X3 Pro benefits accordingly. Day-to-day navigation, AI queries, notification handling, and app use are smooth under normal conditions. The combination of 4GB LPDDR5 RAM and 32GB storage is appropriate for the use cases the device targets.

That said, compared with a modern smartphone, this isn’t the most powerful platform, and with some more resource-intensive tasks, the cracks start to show.

The glasses do support 6DoF + SLAM with Falcon Image spatial positioning, and the AR overlay alignment is typically accurate and stable under testing. But the issue here is more about how close this platform is to being overrun, and there are hints it's not ever too far from the edge.

But this reviewer had many more issues with this device, which is partly why I waited more than six months before completing my review.

When I first got these in 2025, they did almost nothing. Since then, the firmware updates and enhancements that come via the mobile app have transformed the functionality provided, but they haven’t addressed some of the issues I’ve had from the outset.

The first big problem I had was seeing the projected images, not because the glasses didn’t work, but because they were almost out of my field of view. Some of this was my long-sightedness that made the images seem soft, but I couldn’t see the entirety of the display without balancing the glasses on the very tip of my nose. If I didn’t do that, the image would have been presented as below me and barely in sight. Lifting the glasses to make the image central causes it to disappear.

I’m not confident that spending another £50 on the proper lenses would fix that issue.

That made just seeing things a challenge, but the other issue I had was using the touch panels on the sides of the glasses for directing the interface, because half the time they just ignored my instructions or did something I didn’t ask for. In one instance, I deleted the To-do application from the glasses, not because I wanted to, but because the glasses took one swipe as my instruction to do that, and then refused to cancel that erroneous request.

I did consider getting a small hand controller to make it easier to use or even using the phone as a touchpad, but frankly, at this price, it should be easier than it was.

My final complaint about this device is how some aspects aren’t thought through. One of the apps is a translation app, and you can stand in front of a person from another country and get real-time translation of what they are saying. And, it works. You can even run a YouTube video of someone speaking another language and see it translated.

However, my problem is how you might use this in the context of being a tourist in a foreign country. Let’s imagine I’m in Japan, where they speak a language I don’t, and I walk into a shop where a sales assistant asks, ‘What are you looking for?’ I understand this, because the glasses translate for me, but it can’t reply in Japanese.

At which point, phone translation, where you can show the person your reply in their language, or it speaks for you, works much better. Obviously, if you like to sit on a train and listen to people gossiping about you in their language, thinking you can’t understand them, it's great, but it seems an expensive device to do just that.

RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
RayNeo X3 Pro photo capture
Mark Pickavance
  • Performance: 3.5/5

Should you buy the RayNeo X3 Pro?

The RayNeo X3 Pro is, technically, the most impressive pair of smart glasses currently available for purchase. The dual-eye MicroLED display is genuinely impressive, with bright enough images for outdoor use, colourful, and binocular in a way that no other glasses at this price point can match.

The integration of Gemini AI would make it genuinely useful beyond being a novelty if the model were newer and didn’t assume that all English speakers are Americans.

The camera produces capable results in good light, and the 76g weight is a remarkable achievement for the hardware it contains.

But the £1,000+ price tag demands honest scrutiny of what you're buying, and the answer is: a first-generation product. The battery will frustrate most users who intend to use its headline features for more than an hour or two at a time. The app ecosystem requires technical workarounds.

The aesthetic is also overly conspicuous, and considering how people are quite rightly objecting to unwanted image capture and AI in general, expect some push-back from others if you wear these in public.

For early adopters, AR developers, and professionals with specific use cases, such as live translation, heads-up navigation, and meeting transcription, the X3 Pro is credible but far from perfect. For mainstream buyers hoping for an all-day, all-purpose wearable, the technology is not quite there yet, but this is the clearest indication yet of where it is heading.

Value

An expensive option even with these features

3/5

Design

Lightweight design, but obviously AR

3.5/5

Features

Great displays but tiny battery

3.5/5

Soware

AI and navigation, but side-loading is a thing

3.5/5

Performance

Wearability issues and patchy performance

3.5/5

Total

Expensive and the ecosystem is a work in progress

3.5/5

RayNeo X3 Pro

(Image credit: RayNeo)

Buy it if...

You want the best AR display available today
The dual-eye MicroLED is a genuine leap forward. If seeing what AR glasses can look like is important to you, nothing else currently matches it.

You have a specific professional use case
Live translation, navigation, meeting transcription, and developer access make the X3 Pro a serious productivity tool for the right scenarios.

Don't buy it if...

Social discretion matters to you
Multiple experienced smart glasses reviewers noted that the X3 Pro draws looks and comments in public. If you are not prepared to stand out, this is not the device for you yet.

You need all-day battery life
Under active use, the 245mAh cell simply cannot deliver a full day of use. If you need more than an hour or two from a single charge, look elsewhere or accept that a power bank becomes a permanent companion.

Bosgame’s P6 Ryzen 9 mini PC deal undercuts 8-core rivals as a powerful $520 desktop replacement

If you want genuine 8-core desktop power in a footprint you can tuck behind a monitor, this Bosgame P6 mini PC for $520 (was $640) at Amazon is worth checking out, with the machine built around AMD's high-performance Ryzen 9 6900HX.

The Ryzen 9 6900HX is the real draw here. It's an 8-core, 16-thread chip built on a 6nm Zen 3+ process, with a boost clock up to 4.9GHz. That puts it well ahead of the Ryzen 5 and Ryzen 7 mobile chips that populate most mini PCs in this price range.

The Bosgame P6 is genuinely capable of sustained multi-threaded work like video encoding, compiling, or running several lightweight VMs at once without slowing down.

Today's top mini PC deal

AMD Ryzen 9 6900HX (8-core/16-thread, up to 4.9GHz), Radeon 680M graphics, 24GB LPDDR5X-4800 RAM, 1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD (expandable to 4TB), dual Gigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, and triple 4K display output via HDMI, DisplayPort, and USB-C. Windows 11 Pro pre-installed.View Deal

The Radeon 680M integrated GPU pairs with that CPU well. It's an RDNA 2 part with 12 compute units, and while it's not a substitute for a discrete card, it comfortably handles 4K media playback and esports titles like CS2 at high settings — useful if this doubles as a casual gaming box alongside office duties.

24GB of LPDDR5X-4800 memory is a healthy amount for multitasking, though it's worth noting this RAM is soldered to the board and not user-upgradeable — what you buy is what you're stuck with. The 1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD fares better: BOSGAME includes a second M.2 slot, so storage can be expanded up to 4TB down the line.

Connectivity is a genuine strength at this price. Dual Gigabit Ethernet ports let you keep two networks separated or add load balancing — handy for home labs or NAS setups — while Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth 5.3 cover the wireless side. Triple 4K display output via HDMI, DisplayPort, and a full-function USB-C port (with data, Power Delivery, and DisplayPort Alt Mode) rounds out a well-connected little machine.

A couple of honest caveats: the soldered RAM means there's no upgrade path if 24GB becomes tight later, and Bosgame's mini PCs typically ship with an external wall-socket power brick rather than a laptop-style supply, so factor that into your desk setup. If you need discrete-GPU-level graphics performance for gaming or GPU-accelerated creative work, this integrated setup won't get you there either.

For an 8-core desktop replacement with strong connectivity, the BOSGAME P6 is a solid pick in this category.

Want to do more with your machine? We tested the best mini PCs and selected the top mini PC deals for video editing and gaming that you can get right now.

More mini PC deals

For general home and office tasks, the GMKtec M6 Ultra is our top pick for most people. This Windows 11 Pro mini PC comes equipped with an AMD Ryzen 5 7640HS processor, 32GB DDR5 RAM, a 1TB SSD, with triple 4K display support, USB4, dual 2.5G Ethernet, and Wi-Fi 6E. View Deal

One of my favorite mini PCs for those that want a little more power - particularly for content creation, Geekom's A8 Max features a Ryzen 9 8945HS chip, 32GB DDR5 RAM, and a 1TB SSD. It also boasts USB4, dual 2.5GbE LAN, and 8K output. View Deal

Apple opens its new Siri AI to everyone with the iOS 27 public beta

14 July 2026 at 23:42
If you’ve been waiting to try Apple’s revamped Siri without installing a developer beta, you now can. The company on Tuesday released the iOS 27 public beta, giving iPhone owners early access to its AI-powered assistant and other new features before the software’s official launch this fall.

Valve Silently Discontinues Steam Deck LCD Spares at iFixit

14 July 2026 at 22:24
When Valve launched the Steam Deck back in 2022, it generated a lot of positive publicity by partnering with iFixit to sell OEM replacement parts, but it seems as though that may be coming to an end, at least for the Steam Deck LCD. A recent Reddit post in r/SteamDeck showed a support email from iFixit explaining that the company would no longer stock the OEM replacement batteries for Valve's gaming handheld. The email states that the Steam Deck LCD batteries are out of stock and that "it is looking less likely that we will continue receiving OEM Steam Deck LCD batteries."

An iFixit representative later explained in a comment in the Reddit thread that "it's not that we're choosing to not stock these anymore. Unfortunately, Valve is just starting to sunset these parts." iFixit has, in both the original email and in the Reddit comment, confirmed that it is looking for alternatives to the OEM Steam Deck LCD battery. It seems as though the OLED Steam Deck model has not been impacted by Valve's decision, and the decision follows the recent discontinuation of the Steam Deck LCD in favor the OLED versions. Currently, there are alternatives on sites like Amazon, so it's likely a matter of time before iFixit is able to find an alternative.

Meta’s AI Layoff Algorithm Reportedly Ranked Workers With Medical Conditions For Termination, And 26 Employees Are Now Suing To Block It

14 July 2026 at 22:30

The Meta logo with an infinity symbol is displayed above a digital landscape of colorful grid lines under a starry sky.

In what is likely to be the first of many such lawsuits that target Silicon Valley bigwigs, a number of Meta employees who were recently laid off are now accusing an AI-powered algorithm of disproportionately targeting workers with pre-existing medical conditions. Around 26 Meta employees are now alleging that the tech giant relied on factors such as productivity and AI use in deciding which workers get axed, disadvantaging those who missed work due to medical complications As many as 26 Meta employees have now anonymously filed a lawsuit in a federal court in Oakland, California, accusing the company of disproportionately […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/metas-ai-layoff-algorithm-reportedly-ranked-workers-with-medical-conditions-for-termination-and-26-employees-are-now-suing-to-block-it/

Xbox Can’t Be Both Platform and World’s Biggest Publisher, Warn Ex-Sony and Microsoft Execs After 3,200 Layoffs

14 July 2026 at 22:00

CEO Asha Sharma smiling beside an Xbox Series X against a large green Xbox logo backdrop.

Amid all the problems that besiege Microsoft's Xbox division, the studio divestitures, the layoffs, the declining business, and even the loss of a few million Game Pass subscribers, lies one lingering question: what actually is Xbox? A platform or the biggest third-party publisher? Microsoft certainly tried its damnedest to confuse consumers with its constantly shifting strategy regarding first-party content, as well as the delirious "This Is an Xbox" campaign. Xbox CEO Asha Sharma quickly tossed it in the trash after taking over from Phil Spencer, seeking a return to the brand's core values. But even she admitted that there's a fundamental […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/xbox-cant-be-both-platform-and-worlds-biggest-publisher/

Intel Foundry Snags AMD, NVIDIA, and OpenAI as Design Wins on 18A & 14A Nodes While EMIB Achieves 98% Yields

14 July 2026 at 21:55

Two people in cleanroom suits holding a semiconductor wafer in a fabrication facility.

Intel has reportedly secured some big wins with its 18A, 14A, and EMIB process / advanced packaging technologies, signaling massive interest in its Foundry business. Tech Heavyweights Are Lining Up To See What Intel Foundry Has To Offer As 18A, 14A & EMIB Technologies See Heightened Interest TSMC has so far been the only semiconductor manufacturer to offer bleeding-edge processes and packaging technology, but Intel has quickly emerged as a fierce competitor. Intel has only launched its 18A node, which is already achieving volume ramp, and is working towards its more advanced 18A-P (In Risk Production) and 14A nodes (Risk […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/intel-foundry-snags-amd-nvidia-openai-as-design-wins-on-18a-14a-nodes/

Microsoft keeps proving you own NOTHING with them — it blocks another user's entire Xbox game library, including his OneDrive [UPDATE]

14 July 2026 at 21:01

Original Article (07/14/2026):

Recently, we've reported that Microsoft got sued by Xbox gamer Ordo_Liberal for blocking their entire digital Xbox games library after a 3-month court case.

You'd think Xbox would've learned its lesson after such a blunder and paying Ordo_Liberal $400 in damages in court, but sadly, it has not, because today, a gamer by the name of Joshua Khane has announced on social media that Microsoft has done the exact thing to him. Sadly, this kind of thing keeps happening, and it's nothing new.

Microsoft DELETED my account AND OneDrive!!?? After ACKNOWLEDGING that I’m the owner of the account and that it was compromised??? 25 fucking years of data, thousands of euros spended on games?? My son’s baby pictures? GONE!All because MICROSOFT couldn’t bring back a… pic.twitter.com/sItv5eQFAQJuly 14, 2026

According to Joshua, his Microsoft account had recently been hacked, and Microsoft's IT team responded by concluding that the account was unrecoverable, so they promptly suspended it permanently along with his entire Xbox games library and OneDrive account.

As a result, Joshua Khane lost over 25 years and thousands of dollars worth of data, Xbox games, and even his son's baby photos. As you can imagine, Joshua was furious, cursing Microsoft for such callous disregard for a person's property without finding a proper solution to the problem.

Microsoft: This is UNACCEPTABLE

I've got the same problem @JezCorden with my Son's account. I got the same email. The difference is my son is in my family group, so I was able to make the account unusable. I can tell Xbox/Microsoft everything about that account, yet because the security info was changed they… pic.twitter.com/D1d4LUIAeOJuly 14, 2026

Now, my faith in digital media has already taken a huge nose-dive recently after Sony delisted over 500 movies from people's accounts without recompense, killed off physical PlayStation discs, and announced the closure of the PlayStation 3 and PSVita's digital stores.

But after Microsoft's recent mistreatment of not only its employees and customers, it's hit rock bottom. What happened to Joshua was completely unjust and I hope stories like this eventually catch the eye of regulators, because it's utterly unacceptable. Microsoft should be paying out big fines for what they've done not only to Joshua, but likely hundreds, maybe thousands of others who weren't lucky enough to have their posts go viral.

As for me, I'm increasingly going DRM-free or full physical media from now on, while backing my work and personal files on external SSDs because I'm not letting Microsoft pull the same stunt on me if my account gets hacked.

Blank Pixel

These companies really need to start getting their act together to find legal and consumer-friendly means to preserve media; otherwise, it simply encourages users to resort to piracy, as it's looking more and more likely that it's "the only extant form of media preservation".

I can only hope that if Sony and Microsoft's blatant disregard for digital property and media continues, it may cause the European Union and other regulatory bodies of the world to get personally involved and force them to start taking digital preservation seriously.

But I guess only time will tell; right now, the future of gaming and digital cloud storage in general is looking like a dystopian nightmare none of us want to be a part of.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Meta says it will spend an extra $40 billion on its nearly 4,000-acre data center campus in Louisiana in its quest for more compute power

  • Meta's 4,000 acre Hyperion data center will receive an additional $40 billion investment
  • Meta says the project has been a huge benefit for the local community of Richland Parish
  • Multiple groups and local residents have criticized the massive campus and its energy sourcing

Meta has announced that an additional $40 billion will be used to fund the construction of its enormous 4,000 acre data center campus in Richland Parish, Louisiana.

This additional funding brings the total Meta investment for the ‘Hyperion’ site to over $250 billion when combined with Bloomberg reporting of $200 billion allocated for the project in May, plus a previously announced $10 billion investment for the data center and surrounding community.

The data center itself is expected to consume 5 gigawatts of computing power, with an additional 2 gigawatts for wider campus needs, placing the predicted total usage upon completion at more than three times the power consumed by the city of New Orleans.

A boon or bane for the local community?

In a Meta blog post, the company boasted about the benefits of the enormous data center campus for the local community.

It cites $50,000 bonuses for local teachers thanks to increased tax revenues on the Hyperion campus, alongside $1.6 billion in contracts for local businesses and other funding from Meta for public schools and youth programs via the Data Center Community Action Grants project.

“It’s life-altering for our teachers and their families, and it’s transforming our schools. Meta’s investment has made Richland Parish a destination for education as well as industry,” Richland Parish’s School District Superintendent, Sheldon Jones, told Meta.

Meta also said that once the project was completed, it would support 1,000 jobs. There is also a further $1 billion earmarked for investment in local infrastructure improvements, including roads, water and wastewater systems.

A promotional video accompanying Meta’s local funding news shows the story of a backwater town faced by a lack of business and opportunities, with local residents, teachers, and business owners speaking of the positives of having the Hyperion campus being constructed, accompanied by upbeat orchestral music.

While the select individuals featured in the Meta PR video preach of the benefits, there has also been local opposition to the project, which has been steeped in controversy.

The other side of the coin

Multiple environmental and consumer groups have pushed back against the project since its announcement, particularly around how the power for the data center will be generated. Entergy Louisiana is spending billions to construct 10 new gas-fired power plants to provide the necessary electricity. But many communities across the US who live in the vicinity of such power plants have reported a wave of symptoms, such as dizziness, nausea, vertigo, and sleep disruption.

A Floodlight investigation, published by the Guardian, found that the success of Hyperion’s approval rested largely on the shoulders of a single Louisiana state senator, John “Jay” Morris.

Many of the land purchases and sales required for Entergy to construct the planned gas turbine plant were undertaken by Morris and his partners, Floodlight claims. Louisiana law requires government officials to recuse themselves from voting when a conflict exists, and prohibits the use of public office for private gain.

Morris has denied any wrongdoing. “It makes a nice story if you can try to show that I have some sort of conflict. But under Louisiana’s ethics laws, I don’t,” Morris told the Guardian.

The Union of Concerned Scientists (UCS) and the Alliance for Affordable Energy (AAE) have both criticized the Hyperion site, especially the amount of power it is planned to consume, warning that the site will unfairly shift the cost of electricity and infrastructure upgrades on to the site.

Additionally, the approval for the Entergy gas turbine power plant was fast-tracked through the Louisiana Public Service Commission, with the UCS warning that Entergy ratepayers would have to cover the costs of a $550 million transmission line that is only necessary because of the Hyperion site, alongside the fuel costs for the new gas turbine plant.

CEO of big memory chip maker says 2027 could be the 'worst year in the industry's history' — and other RAM crisis rumblings back up that dire prediction

  • The boss of SK Hynix believes that the RAM crisis is going to get much worse
  • The CEO said 2027 will be the 'worst year' in the RAM industry's history, and that the crisis will likely roll on to 2030 and beyond
  • Analysis from the Bank of America also claims that SK Hynix's expansion of memory production capacity is going to fall well short of its target for 2028

We keep getting told that the RAM crisis is dug in as a fixture for the foreseeable future, and, whether you want them or not, here are a couple more unwelcome reminders.

First, Android Headline flagged a Reuters interview with Kwak Noh-jung, the CEO of SK Hynix, one of the big memory chip makers. The chief executive didn't have comforting words about the prospect of RAM pricing in 2027, observing, "We forecast that ‌next year will be the worst year in the [memory] industry's history from the supply perspective."

So, seemingly next year will see RAM hit peak pricing, with no relief likely until 2030 (as previously forecast by the chairman of parent company SK Group) according to the CEO — and even then, he suggested that demand will continue to outweigh supply as the next decade rolls on beyond 2030.

The second RAM-related blow comes from analysis by the Bank of America highlighted by the Commercial Times in Taiwan (via Wccftech), which pours doubt on the South Korean president's recent boasts about the major expansion of the country's overall memory chip production by 2030.

Part of this analysis is a claim from a memory industry insider over in Taiwan that SK Hynix might only add just a sixth of its originally planned production capacity increase by 2028. Obviously that assertion needs to be liberally seasoned, but it's such a large potential shortfall that it's bound to raise some eyebrows.

The Commercial Times notes that while huge new chip manufacturing plants are being built by SK Hynix and Samsung in South Korea, they will take a lot longer than 2030 to come fully online — and this process is more likely to take a full decade. The report contends that a realistic level of memory wafer capacity expansion for South Korea is around 10% (or slightly less) per year, which will leave the country falling well short of the president's claims for production in 2030.

Analysis: diverging RAM timelines

Intense close-up of RAM against a black background

(Image credit: Unsplash / Liam Briese)

It's grim news from the CEO of SK Hynix, then, although of course, the skeptics will quickly point out that it's the chief exec's job to talk up the company's value — in terms of a booming market and the struggle to meet demand — coming off the back of its debut on the Nasdaq. Stock prices around the big memory chip makers have been turbulent of late, it should be noted, as investors start to worry about whether these companies are currently overvalued — and indeed whether the AI boom might start to run out of momentum.

So, that's a consideration, but there's no denying that SK Hynix's boss isn't the only person making gloomy predictions along these lines. Nvidia's CEO Jensen Huang said that he expects the RAM crisis to last "quite a few years", indicating that we'll be stuck in pricing hell until 2030 or thereabouts, although others don't see it that way. In the opposing camp we notably have the likes of an AMD exec, the ex-chief of Samsung's semiconductor division, and Jefferies, an investment banking firm, who all believe RAM pricing will start to ease in 2028.

However, the sting in the tail there is that Jefferies is also predicting big memory price hikes over the rest of this year, and in 2027 too, backing up the CEO of SK Hynix in that respect. When you consider the estimated massive shortfall of SK Hynix's production capacity boost based on the rumor mill, everything feels distinctly shakier in the nearer-term for RAM pricing.

I also can't help but recall the blow Microsoft recently delivered when talking about Xbox price rises, when the company informed us that it expects another doubling in the cost of RAM in just over a year (by the fall of 2027).

While there's a mixed bag in terms of longer-term predictions, then, the outlook for this year and next remains worryingly negative on the RAM front.

'I've been waiting for this for ages!': The Sonos app's new navigation, volume controls and speaker ordering are finally rolling out — though you might not get them right away

  • App update delivers tab navigation, speaker/room sorting, and Dynamic Volume slider for iOS
  • Phased rollout so it won't reach everyone simultaneously
  • May take up to two weeks to arrive

Sonos users may not need to keep creating alternative apps for their systems: the official app is getting a significant update that's rolling out now. It's a phased rollout, so not everyone will get it at once, but it should reach everyone's devices within the next fortnight — though it's also optional, so you need to manually turn the changes on (for now).

Posting on Reddit, Sonos said: "We have a new Sonos App update and it's a big one." In addition to the usual bug fixes, there are significant interface improvements and, on iOS, a new volume interface too.

According to ShaunFromSonos, you shouldn't have to wait more than two weeks for the update on iOS or Android, and the timescale is "likely sooner". Provided you have Automatic Updates enabled, you'll get it as soon as it's rolled out to your device — however, once you have version 87 of the app, you need to turn on "Enable Improved Navigation" in Settings.

Sonos says that it's not making it the default until it's been tested en masse, outside of a limited beta environment. If people use it, love it and don't encounter major technical issues, then it could become the default later in the year.

Sonos app update in July 2026: what's new?

The update is coming to the Sonos app and Player and delivers clear tabbed navigation that follows the standard design conventions of Android and iOS respectively, with buttons to clearly show what's been selected and more prominent Home, System, and Search options.

The app will also now let you reorder speakers and rooms directly. You can sort alphabetically, by frequency of use, and by which speakers are currently playing audio. You can also pin your favorite speakers for fast access. As with the interface changes, this is opt-in and requires you to enable the improved navigation.

On iOS, there's a new volume slider that gets bigger when you interact with it, and it displays the number within the slider so you can see exactly what volume level you've selected.

Initial responses seem pretty positive so far, with one poster noting that the search function seems much faster on Android. Sonos are actively seeking feedback here, so if you've got the update already they'd like to know what you think on the app update Reddit thread.

Sonos also says that Lock Screen playback controls are coming to iOS soon, a long-awaited feature that's already available on Android.

Thinking of buying a new TV?

Try our TV size and model finder! You tell it how far you sit from your TV, we'll tell you what size to buy based on viewing angle advice from image quality experts, and we'll recommend our three top TVs at that size for different prices.

Bambu Lab A2L review: This 3D printer makes large-format printing look easy

The Bambu Lab A2 L is a printer I’ve been expecting for some time. Essentially, it’s a larger A1, just with technology tweaks and, of course, scale. The big feature here is a 330 x 320 x 325 build area, making it one of the largest in its class of large open 3D printers.

While the A1 is a superb printer for beginners, there’s often a feeling that the print bed size can be a little bit restrictive, especially for some enthusiasts as well as businesses looking to model, create costume items or larger-scale prototypes, and this is what the A2 L’s larger print bed essentially facilitates.

What I like here is that Bambu has essentially created a large-frame design that keeps costs down compared with the more expensive, professional-level H2, P2, and X2 designs. This is more of the entry-level, but still it offers all of that technology and refinement that Bambu Lab always offers, and whilst many people will look at the open-frame design as a little bit of a negative point because you won’t be able to use engineering filaments, if the bulk of what you do is basic print farm work or you’re just printing PLA or basic TPU, then this machine is going to be a perfect option.

During the test, another point that came up was that the Wi-Fi is limited to 2.4 GHz. Since I was testing other kit at the time and didn’t have that 2.4GHz bandwidth, I couldn’t quite figure out what was happening. Only when I went for the dual 2.4 and 5GHz did it connect okay, but really, this is a minor thing for most businesses, and that would be absolutely fine.

The build area is obviously the major difference between this and the A1: the A1 has a nice square 256 x 256 x 256 build area, whereas this one upgrades to 330 x 320 x 325. I do kind of wish that Bambu Lab had kept an absolute cube build, as it just makes things easy when you’re orienting; however, it’s nice to have such a large space to work with.

Along with a larger build volume comes a new extrusion system, fully upgraded from the A1 standard direct-drive setup. On the A2, it adds a PMSM closed-loop servo extrusion system, designed to deliver smoother extrusion and monitor for issues during the print process. Another good upgrade is the motion stability system, which is far more advanced, as you’d expect given the couple of years between releases. Part of the reason for this is not just the passing of time, but also the fact that, because this is a much larger machine, it’s more prone to errors, so this part is finely tuned.

Further aiding error-free printing is a new package: physical blob and clogging detection, PMSM extrusion monitoring, and all live alongside all the safeguards the A1 featured when it was released.

One of the other features I have been really keen to see is the creative tool expansion, which essentially means, like the H2D, you can pop on an optional blade-cutting or pen-plotting module, so you can also work with stickers, card, leather, fabrics and a whole range of drawing and plotting projects alongside the 3D printing.

Really, this is a machine designed to sit there and get on with the work out of the box, and for less than £500/$500, you have a machine that can print multi-filament easily. If you do want to print engineering materials, you'll just have to spend a little bit more on one of the enclosed machines, but for most people, given the price, this is actually a fair option.

Bambu Lab A2L: Price and availability

The Bambu Lab A2L is available in the US for $469 direct from Bambu Lab - with a Combo version priced at $569.

It's also available in the UK for £319 at Bambu Lab, with the Combo version costing £429.

Bambu Lab A2L: Design

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)
Bambu Lab A2L specifications

Print Technology: FDM / FFF, single direct-drive servo extruder
Build Area: 330 × 320 × 325mm
Minimum Layer Resolution: 0.08mm
Maximum Layer Resolution: 0.28mm
Dimensions: 544 × 529 × 505mm
Weight: 12.8kg
Bed: Heated bed, max 80°C
Print Surface: Flexible steel build plate with Textured PEI Plate
Software: Bambu Studio; Bambu Handy app; cloud or LAN-only control
Materials: PLA, PETG, TPU, PVA; PLA-CF and PETG-CF with hardened nozzle.
Print Speed: Up to 500mm/s

It’s obvious that the A2L is in the same family as the A1. Essentially, it looks similar, just on a larger desktop-style frame, that measures 544 x 529 x 505mm, quite a substantial footprint, and it’s no lightweight at 12.8kg.

That scale of machine offers the current build area of 330 x 320 x 325mm, which is substantial, and in order to ensure proper rigidity for this large-format printer, the construction is made from aluminium with steel for the chassis, and a plastic outer frame to make it look nice rather than the look of printers past. To be honest, with Bambu Lab's usual design flair, this really does look like a great machine.

One thing to note is that this is an open-frame construction, and there is not, and probably will never be, an enclosure for it. There are higher-level machines like the Super P2S if you do need to utilise more engineering materials, and they don't cost a lot more.

What really appeals to me about this design is the optional cutting-and-drawing module that can be attached. This essentially boosts the machine's usability, and if you’re into crafting or modelling, as well as working in a small design business, having all these optional extras in one machine makes a lot of sense. One point to note here is that, unlike the H2D, which offers both of these modules to expand its functionality, it is slightly stripped down here, and for safety reasons, there’s obviously no laser module.

While it’s pitched to a wide range of users, it's primarily for a home enthusiast, although I’ve already spoken to several people who run print farms and are excited about this machine because of the sheer volume of prints they’d be able to produce on each print platform. Having run successive tests over a one-month period, I can confirm that the reliability for this type of use makes this a really great option, even in the commercial business sector, as long as you don’t want to print with engineering materials that require an enclosure.

Like all Bambu printers, it's designed for multi-filament printing and is fully compatible with both AMS and AMS Lite units. If you do purchase the combo unit, then you’ll get the AMS Lite, as you did with the A1. With this machine, you can link up four AMS units to get up to 19 colours.

Bambu Lab A2L: Features

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

The first thing that should really be said about the A2L is that it’s not a huge leap in technology, although there are improvements across the board, mainly to facilitate its larger build area, more than material support or additional new features. So, firstly, the headline is the scale of this machine, and as stated before, the 330 x 320 x 325mm build volume is ideal for large-format printing. If you’re thinking about cosplay or prototyping larger objects, then, to be honest, for the price, there is really very little at the moment that can match this.

That larger size usually means it’s much more prone to errors, and whilst the larger H2 machines are in line with the print volume this machine offers, the one big difference here is that it is open-frame. That not only makes it much cheaper but also restricts the types of materials you can utilise. Essentially, day-to-day prototyping in PLA or one of the other more common materials is absolutely fine, and you can pop in a hardened nozzle if you do want to print with something like PLA-CF or PETG-CF. However, if you want to print with engineering materials, such as nylon, then you are going to have to look at an enclosed machine.

There are several features that really stand out that will help make the printer as reliable as possible. The first is the aluminium-and-steel construction of the frame and chassis, which results in an ultra-rigid unit. During the test, I was surprised to see that, even when printing flat out, it appeared just how stable it was. It is, of course, always a good idea to have a really good, solid table.

Built into the extruder is one of the major upgrades over the A1: a PMSM closed-loop servo extrusion system that offers smoother filament extrusion than the direct drive we saw on the A1. There’s also adaptive vibration compensation with multiple calibration and load-adaptation options, again helping with filament flow. Another surprising thing is that they’ve added granular dampers to the frame. This is essentially to cope with the high speed that this printer is capable of, and it’s worth noting that, at full pelt, this machine is quite ferocious in the corner of the workshop.

As with the A1, blob detection, run-out detection, clog detection and tangled-spool detection are all pretty much standard features.

Some of the standout features are the optional blade-cutting and pen-plotting modules, which expand the machine's capabilities and are ideal for crafters and enthusiasts, especially at this price point.

Once again, there’s full support for the AMS Lite system, and if you buy four AMS units, then you can print up to 19 colours, which is an impressive amount for a base machine at this price.

Bambu Lab A2L: Performance

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

Getting started with the Bambu Lab A2 L is relatively quick and straightforward. Unlike the fully enclosed machines that we’re starting to get used to from the company, this does require a little bit of construction, but ultimately it’s just the vertical frame with the print head pre-installed, and once you’ve bolted it down and connected a couple of cables, you can then run through the initial calibration process.

This used to be the faffy part, and construction took some time. Now, the construction takes only 5 to 10 minutes; however, once you switch the machine on, you need to connect to your Wi-Fi before it can download and install any updates. You then have to run through the calibration process, which is fully automatic, so just let it run its course; it can take almost an hour on the first run. After that, it should be pretty much self-sufficient, with an automatic reminder alerting you as to when it needs recalibration or when the rails need a little oil.

As I ran through the first prints, all stored on the small MicroSD card, I was impressed by the machine's speed and robustness. Whilst it’s just an enlarged A1 with refinement, the rigidity feels just as good as that of the smaller machine, and Bambu Lab has really made quite a lot of adjustments to the base design in order to facilitate ultra-strong joints that don’t create any wobble or movement through the print process, which is definitely needed at maximum speed.

As the first few prints rolled off the print bed, they had that unique Bambu Lab look, with very fine layering and superb overall surface and inner print quality. Single-filament prints were exceptionally quick, and I checked the models as they were produced. I could see that the fine flow control was exceptionally good, with fine detail printed well.

The point I was going to see, especially with the test models, was that the overhangs and bridges seemed well handled, demonstrating that the new head is capable of producing enough cooling air to set the filament quickly throughout the print.

After checking a series of prints, from those just for fun to more functional parts, in both PLA and PETG, I was really impressed with the quality. Realistically, if you put the prints from this machine up against those from the H2D, which is obviously far more expensive, it’s actually extremely difficult to tell the difference. Whilst this machine is cheaper, the print quality on a purely visual side-by-side basis is identical. Realistically, at the base level, you are just paying for that enclosed space, but then it is obviously a lot more than that. However, for most people, that’s really all they need: a good, large machine for printing in these base materials, which, to be honest, is what most of us use.

If you’re working in design and you need to print out a large prototype, as I have with an air cooler this summer, then this is a really great option. For the models I was printing, it printed at full height, so I could quickly prototype an entire product without breaking it down into too many parts. If you do need to break it down into parts, there’s enough out there to support plenty of different models at the same time.

During the print process and testing, I printed solely for quality purposes, then looked at printing on sale to see how many models I could reliably print, and moved on to more functional models, including an air-cooling system and the associated parts. I am also using the printers to create many props and costume parts for various projects, and, again, the additional size offered by the Bambu Lab A2 L is extremely useful.

What I like about this printer is that, it’s large, and it printed large reliably. I have three or four large-format printers, all of the open design from various manufacturers. However, most regularly fail, whereas the A2 L was consistent with those larger prints, time after time. It’s also large enough for a fully wearable helmet, which is now my go-to test when testing print volume.

A quick check of the 3D test model, and to be honest, it’s as good as any. This test, which used to challenge so many printers, really now just highlights one or two printers that aren’t quite so good, and we just see a little bit of surface imperfection, which means that you need to have a little bit more oil on one of the rails, or give the machine a good clean or calibration, rather than anything more fundamental. Re-printing a 3D Benchy, it came out absolutely perfect.

Moving on to the more in-depth Kickstarter Autodesk 3D printer check, the model produced again looked good. I was a little surprised that there was only a bit of stringing on one of the overhangs, but otherwise the model itself looked exceptionally good, with fine flow control and dimensional accuracy that really highlighted what it was capable of. Whilst this is the larger of the two relatively entry-level models from Bambu, it’s still very, very capable.

Further, to put this to the test, I ran it for two weeks nonstop, producing multiple parts of the same model to check reliability. What I was interested in seeing was that after a certain number of hours, the interface asked me to maintain the rails. This is just a good reminder that Bambu Lab is really looking after the machines and notifying users when maintenance is required. I was also pleased to see that printing just pure PLA from four reels was consistent. I am not a huge fan of the AMS Lite four-reel design; however, there’s no doubting that it works. Here again in the workshop, it produced prints without issue.

The Bambu Lab A2 L is a natural progression as a 3D printer. It’s not one to get overly excited about; it is what it is and will enable you to print large. It’s relatively inexpensive. Budget-wise, what impressed me was just how reliable it proved to be, and with that large build area, you can not only print more but also print at a higher volume, at one of the lowest prices for this level of reliability and quality on the market.

If you run a print farm or you prototype goods, or you’re just looking for your next larger-format printer for producing cosplay costumes, then I can see the A2L being a popular choice that gives you far greater flexibility than its smaller and now slightly older sibling.

Bambu Lab A2L: Print quality

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

Dimensional accuracy - score of 4/5

Target 25 = X: 4.88mm / 0.12mm Error | Y: 4.82mm / 0.18mm Error
Target 20 = X: 9.55mm / 0.45mm Error | Y: 9.89mm / 0.11mm Error
Target 15 = X: 14.86mm / 0.14mm Error | Y: 14.83mm / 0.17mm Error
Target 10 = X: 18.84mm / 0.16mm Error | Y: 19.81mm / 0.19mm Error
Target 5 = X: 24.81mm / 0.19mm Error | Y: 24.71mm / 0.29mm Error

X Error Average = 0.212
Y Error Average = 0.188
X&Y Error Average = 0.2

Fine Flow Control - score of 5
Fine Negative Features - score of 5
Overhangs - score of 5
Bridging - score of 4
XY resonance - score of 2.5
Z-axis alignment - score of 2.5

Adding up the totals gives a final score of 28 out of 30

BambuLab A2L: Final verdict

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

When you are looking at the A2L, you have to think about the build quality, given its size, and what I’m really pleased to see is, firstly, that Bambu Lab has continued with its design principles. This is a large-format printer that looks great. It has all the features from Bambu that many have come to expect.

Set-up and maintenance are exceptionally easy. As long as you follow the prompts, you’re going to have trouble-free printing. The only thing I would say, like with Bambu Lab’s other printers, is that it can be a little overprotective of the print: at any sign of string or debris on the build plate, it will stop, and you will have to check it. It won’t just plough through, which in itself is actually a good thing, but I can’t help but feel it’s just a little bit oversensitive.

This is still an open-frame design, so whilst the size will definitely appeal to professionals and high-end enthusiasts, you do need to consider that it will only print materials such as PLA, PETG and specialist TPU. Anything you would probably choose to make functional parts does require an enclosure, so from that point of view, it’s a little limited. However, that’s not what the A2 series is about, and actually, as a large-format printer for printing PLA prototypes, costumes and all manner of other objects in that fashion, it’s a great choice.

The other point about this 3D printer is that it has printing and cutting ability with the pen and cutter, which lends it to even greater use. Whilst this is a good option and a space-saver for many, I definitely prefer a cutter that draws the material through rather than one that pushes it down, as this machine does. Still, for my stuff, as long as the blade is exceptionally sharp, it works very well for both cutting and plotting.

If you own a company and want to create large-scale models or PLA, it’s a brilliant 3D printer. In my tests, I found it to be good and reliable, except that it stops on almost anything. But a quick check, either physically or through the Bambu Handy app, and get it set going. If you’re a keen model crafter or enthusiast of any type, this is a superb option, as long as you’ve got that slightly larger space to keep it. If you’re working in product design and you just need a large-scale printer for prototyping, this is again a superb choice.

Bambu Lab A2L

(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)

Should I buy the Bambu Lab A2L?

Buy it if...

You need to print big.
There are a few other machines that can print at this size and quality, but with the open-frame design and Bambu Lab’s leading technology, it comes together in a combination that ultimately produces superb prints reliably.

You need mass printing.
Many print farms now utilise enclosed printers due to space and reliability. If you’re regularly printing multiple objects, the large print platform and reliability make this a superb option.

Don't buy it if...

Limited on table space
The A2 L does come in a size, so you will require quite some space in order for it to sit. It’s also a bed-slinger design, so whilst you might put it on your desktop, you do need to make sure that the print platform has enough room to move forward and back.

You need engineering materials.
The downside of the design is that you are limited to standard materials, so if you need engineering-grade materials for functional parts, you’ll have to use an enclosed printer.

For more models, I've tested the best 3D printers you can get right now.

NymVPN has released a huge iOS update adding Mixnet Tuning, Server Families, and app icon disguises — but some questions remain around the scale of some improvements

Nym Technologies has released a major update to the NymVPN iOS app, adding several new connectivity and convenience features.

At the core of the update are new features designed to give users control over the balance between privacy and performance.

NymVPN is one of the more technical VPNs on the market. Central to its operation is the titular Nym mix network, or mixnet, which hides user metadata by routing traffic through a mixture of servers, scrambling IP addresses on both sides of the connection.

At the same time, a blend of other users’ traffic and decoy traffic is sent through the same mixnet, making it effectively impossible to trace any actions back to you.

NymVPN has seen several notable improvements of late, adding post-quantum encryption as standard in June this year, split tunneling for Windows users in April, and an ad-blocker earlier in 2026.

It now resembles a typical VPN a little more closely, though the new features and fixes included in the 2026.11.0 iOS update are a bit more complex than your typical VPN update. Read on for a breakdown of the new features (based on the information NymVPN has given us, anyway).

Key features

A composite image of the NymVPN Server Families page

(Image credit: Nym Technologies)

The update introduces Server Families, a new alert system that lets users know when their chosen mixnet servers may belong to the same operator or subnet. This allows users to maintain decentralization by choosing servers from different operators for each node in the mixnet.

All Nym servers are community-run and decentralized using blockchain technology, but using different operators for each node maximises the possible obfuscation of network traffic.

Additionally, the update adds a new Mixnet Tuning feature in beta, allowing users to adjust the balance between anonymity and privacy.

Mixnets operate through a number of ‘hops’, referring to individual nodes between the origin and destination of network traffic. Nym uses a five-hop mixnet as standard, with an entry, exit, and three connection points in between.

This creates latency – according to Nym, its mixnet adds 15ms of delay per hop by default, totalling 75ms across five hops.

This is an intentional measure designed to hide the timing of your network traffic, as well as its origin and destination, but could be annoying for streaming video or playing online games, where latency should be as low as possible to maximise performance.

Mixnet Tuning adds two settings that allow users to adjust the NymVPN’s default instructions while maintaining connection. These are the ‘Send traffic continuously’ setting, which offers a range of 0.7Mbps to 2Mbps for decoy traffic, and ‘Packet mixing profile’, which changes how long each mix node holds onto your traffic, from 0ms to 200ms.

Keeping it convenient

A composite image of the NymVPN app icon disguise menu

(Image credit: Nym Technologies)

NymVPN’s latest iOS update also brings some quality-of-life improvements to the app, and while it’s still a fair way from our list of the best VPNs, it’s good to see that the app will now be easier to use on the best iPhones and best iPads.

These improvements include the ability to change the app icon to a calculator or notepad to avoid prying eyes, a bug fix for an issue that displayed subscription data incorrectly after a fresh install, and stronger ad blocking.

Nym’s blog says that the app’s daily data allowance has been increased, but at the time of writing the company hasn’t confirmed the total allowance or by how much it’s been increased.

Similarly, Nym has not expanded on its claim that the update makes it NymVPN easier to use in areas and territories that restrict VPN use.

TechRadar has reached out to NymVPN for more information on these areas, and we'll update this article once we know more.

Experts get Google, Microsoft to pull trusted ModHeader with 1.6 million installs after finding it could harvest all kinds of data

  • Stripe OLT found ModHeader v7.0.18 carried a hidden spyware SDK, exfiltrating visited domains daily to a Chinese‑owned server and acting as adware
  • The extension had 1.6M downloads across Chrome and Edge before being pulled but installed endpoints remain at risk
  • Researchers urge defenders to identify and remove existing installations, as removal from stores does not automatically remediate compromised devices

ModHeader, a trusted Chrome and Edge browser extension with more than 1.6 million downloads, was found to be malicious, apparently sending sensitive data to a Chinese-owned server, and has since been pulled on both repositories.

Security researchers Stripe OLT revealed the news in a new report, outlining how a ModHeader build v7.0.18 carried a hidden spyware SDK.

As per Stripe OLT, the spyware collects domains users visit, encrypts the data with AES-GCP, and then sends it - once a day - to a remote server. The collector was found inactive by default, but the required code, encryption key, and upload schedule were all already embedded in the extension.

Links to Chinese actors

Researchers found no command-and-control functionality, which means the server only receives the stolen data and cannot communicate back. The extension also worked as an adware, displaying ads and opening advertising tabs on updates, including on enterprise-managed devices.

The researchers attributed the attack, albeit with low confidence, to a Chinese-speaking threat actor. The exfiltration domain routes emails through Lark, which is a suite common with Chinese-speaking teams, it was said. They also found Chinese strings in the code, and said that the listing ships a Simplified Chinese locale.

ModHeader is a Chrome and Edge browser extension that allows users to modify HTTP request and response headers sent between their browser and websites. Developers and security researchers use it to test APIs, troubleshoot applications, and simulate different environments. It has around 900,000 users on Chrome, and another 700,000 on Edge.

According to The Hacker News, Microsoft pulled the tool from its repository on June 3 2026, followed by Google a week later, on July 10.

“Following our disclosure, Google has removed the extension from the Chrome Web Store,” Stripe OLT concluded. “We welcome this action, but removal from the store does not automatically remediate endpoints where the extension was already installed, so defenders should continue to identify and remove existing installations.”

8BitDo’s Nintendo-themed desk gear is the ultimate retro home office upgrade

Somewhere between "I need a new mouse" and "I have recreated a 1985 living room on my desk," there's a line, and 8BitDo's Retro lineup will happily walk you right over it.

The company's NES-styled mouse, keyboard, and numpad are built on the same off-white-and-red aesthetic, they pair over the same software, and stacked together, they turn a boring desk into something that looks like it should be plugged into a CRT.

While they're sitting at full price - and from what I've seen, rarely get a discount - the prices are still refreshingly reasonable for what you get. For the ultimate retro home office setup, this is an easy recommendation from me.

Go Retro

PAW 3395 optical sensor rated up to 26,000 DPI, Kailh Sword GM X micro switches on the main buttons, and a choice of Bluetooth, 2.4GHz, or wired USB-C connectivity, with polling rates up to 8,000Hz over the wire. The included charging dock doubles as a 2.4GHz receiver stand and looks like a tiny display plinth on its own.

In the UK: now £45View Deal

The full-size, 108-key version of 8BitDo's Retro keyboard, with an integrated numpad built in, Kailh Box White V2 hot-swappable switches, dye-sub PBT keycaps, and tri-mode Bluetooth/2.4GHz/USB-C connectivity. It also carries over the giant programmable Super Buttons from the smaller tenkeyless model, which double as an oversized macro pad or, if you're feeling nostalgic, a stand-in NES controller for 2D games.

In the UK: now £92View Deal

A standalone 18-key mechanical numpad in the same NES colorway, connecting over Bluetooth, 2.4GHz, or wired USB. It also has a party trick: a dedicated calculator mode, so it can moonlight as an actual desktop calculator when you're not using it to punch in spreadsheet figures.

In the UK: now £41View Deal

Why this combination works

The trick with 8BitDo's Retro line is that the nostalgia isn't hiding a corner-cut product underneath it. The keyboard uses genuinely hot-swappable Kailh switches and PBT keycaps, which is the kind of spec sheet you'd expect from a keyboard enthusiast brand, not a novelty NES tribute. The R8 mouse's PAW 3395 sensor and 8,000Hz wired polling are legitimately competitive with mice that don't have a charging dock shaped like a museum display stand. And the numpad, which could easily have been an afterthought, gets its own little identity with the calculator mode.

Buying all three together also solves the problem that usually comes with retro-themed gear: matching. A single retro-styled keyboard on an otherwise modern desk can look like a costume prop. A full matching set — same grey, same red accents, same rounded plastic — reads more like a deliberate aesthetic choice than a novelty impulse buy, and the shared 8BitDo Ultimate Software means the mouse and keyboard's macros and profiles live in the same app rather than three different pieces of bloatware.

An honest take before you commit to the full set: the keyboard's Kailh Box White V2 switches are genuinely loud — reviewers have clocked it noticeably louder than a typical mechanical board, so it's not the pick for a shared office or a thin-walled apartment unless you plan to hot-swap in quieter switches down the line. The numpad also doesn't yet support macro programming through 8BitDo's software, so for now it's a numpad and calculator first, macro pad second. And obviously, the whole appeal here is the aesthetic — if the retro look isn't your thing, the money is better spent on gear with a more neutral design.

For anyone who wants their home office to look like it moonlights as a 1985 living room, this trio is about as complete an NES-themed desk kit as you can currently assemble.

'God of War Laufey will be available on disc' — Sony Santa Monica may have hinted at the game's release window with physical announcement

  • Sony Santa Monica has confirmed God of War Laufey will be available on a physical disc
  • The studio's comment come after PlayStation's announcement to retire physical game discs from January 2028
  • This means God of War Laufey could release before the end of 2027

Following PlayStation's announcement to retire game discs, Sony Santa Monica has confirmed that God of War Laufey will be available on disc, suggesting the game could launch within the next year.

The studio's comment comes from X, where it shared its schedule for the God of War Laufey panel at San Diego Comic-Con.

In the thread, Sony Santa Monica added, seemingly in response to fans who have been asking for the past few weeks following PlayStation's announcement, that "We can confirm God of War Laufey will be available on disc."

Sony confirmed earlier this month that it would end the production of game discs starting from January 2028. Now that we know Laufey will get a physical disc, it suggests that the game will launch before 2028.

The new God of War entry was announced last month at Summer Game Fest 2026 and is set to star Kratos' wife, Faye. It would be great if the game launched in 2026; however, there are five months left in the year.

The latter half of the year is stacked with upcoming game releases, including GTA 6 in November and Marvel's Wolverine in September, so I find it unlikely that the new Laufey will release any time soon.

Given the studio's comment, it's more likely it will launch before the end of 2027, or, if we stretch it to the last possible moment, January 2028, before physical discs are retired.

Sony has faced overwhelming backlash since sharing its plan, with many fans hoping it will reverse its decision if there's enough support.

A petition has also been created, which now has over 310,000 signatures, urging Sony to back down, but for now, the PlayStation company has remained silent.

(PR) MSI Unveils the PRO MAX OLED 271UPJW12: The World's First 27-Inch 4K IJP OLED Monitor

14 July 2026 at 20:46
MSI, a global leader in high-performance computing, has officially announced the PRO MAX OLED 271UPJW12, marking a new era in visual technology as the world's first 27-inch Inkjet-printed (IJP) OLED display. Designed as the ultimate display, it seamlessly bridges high-efficiency productivity and premium entertainment.

Unmatched Clarity and Infinite Contrast
The PRO MAX OLED 271UPJW12 features a breathtaking 27-inch 4K display with a fluid 120 Hz refresh rate. With a 164 PPI density and an optimized RGB Stripe sub-pixel layout that closely resembles the uniform RGB structure of traditional LCDs, this advanced design effectively eliminates color fringing, optimizing text and image clarity. Delivering pure color precision, the PRO MAX OLED 271UPJW12 covers 99% of the DCI-P3 wide color gamut with an exceptional Delta E ≤ 2 accuracy. Furthermore, it carries the prestigious VESA DisplayHDR True Black 500 certification and achieves a striking HDR peak brightness of up to 1,000 nits, ensuring deep, inky blacks and infinite contrast for a truly lifelike viewing experience.

Gears of War: E-Day Gets DLSS 4.5 at Launch

14 July 2026 at 20:21
With the October 6 launch of Gears of War: E-Day fast approaching, more and more details about the game are starting to appear online, whether via official channels or leaks. The latest news is that, in addition to the previously announced Ray Traced lighting, reflections, and shadows, Gears of War: E-Day will feature NVIDIA's DLSS 4.5, as confirmed by an NVIDIA blog post. DLSS 4.5 promises better quality upscaling, temporal stability, and antialiasing.

The addition of DLSS 4.5 means that Gears of War: E-Day will also feature Dynamic Multi Frame Generation, up to 6x, and NVIDIA has also confirmed that the game will feature Reflex for latency reduction in PvP modes. The game will also feature Nanite and the latest Unreal Engine 5.8 versions of Lumen and MegaLights, which should help optimization as well as lighting accuracy. All of this means that Gears of War: E-Day should deliver on a technical and immersive level, thanks to more realistic lighting and shadows as well as more detailed objects and real-time destruction.

U.S. Officials Reportedly Confirm First NVIDIA H200 AI GPU Shipments To China Two Months After Trump-Xi Meeting

14 July 2026 at 20:50

U.S. Officials Reportedly Confirm First NVIDIA H200 AI GPU Shipments To China Two Months After Trump-Xi Meeting

NVIDIA's H200 AI GPUs are finally shipping to China, as reported by U.S. officials, marking the return of the banned chip. China Softens Its Position on NVIDIA GPUs As First H200 Shipments Now Headed To Chinese AI Firms The NVIDIA Hopper story in China has been a roller coaster ride so far. When Hopper was launched, US export restrictions for the Chinese market were in full swing. These pushed NVIDIA to release an export-compliant variant called the H20 for China, which ended up being severely cut down, but still a viable option against what China's domestic chipmakers had to offer. […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/u-s-officials-confirm-first-nvidia-h200-ai-gpu-shipments-to-china/

LabubaRAT Masquerades as NVIDIA Software to Control Windows Hosts

Cybersecurity researchers have flagged a previously undocumented Rust-based remote access trojan (RAT) codenamed LabubaRAT that masquerades as NVIDIA software to blend into target environments. "LabubaRAT creates a reusable foothold for hands-on activity," Blackpoint Cyber researchers Sam Decker and Nevan Beal said in an analysis published today. "Once deployed, it can profile the host,

Google Image Search drops clean search box and adds gallery of images

14 July 2026 at 20:00

Google Image Search has turned 25 years old and with that, Google has decided to completely revamp the Google Image Search home page at images.google.com from a clean search box, to a gallery of image collections.

“Today, we’re introducing a brand new browseable home for Google Images, featuring a dynamic, immersive gallery of images from across the web — updated in real time and intelligently tailored to your unique interests,” Brad Kellet, Senior Engineering Director, Search announced.

What it looks like. Here is a screenshot of the new Google Image Search homepage:

This is what the old Google Image Search home page looked like:

Features as well. Google is not only showing a gallery of images on its new image search home page but there are search features as well. The search box is at the top, where you can search by text, voice, by image and so forth.

You can also browse and save ideas to your collections on Google Image Search. Those images will appear as tabs above the main gallery, making it easy to jump back in and continue exploring based on what inspires you, Google explained.

Here are screenshots of how that works:

Availability. Google said this new Google Images home page will roll out over the coming weeks on desktop in the U.S. in English. You will need to sign in to your Google Account to try it out.

Be the brand customers find first.

Track, grow, and measure your visibility across Google, AI search, social, local, and every channel that influences buying decisions.

Start your free trial

Google AI Overviews will let you create image

14 July 2026 at 20:00

Google will let you create images directly within AI Overviews in Google Search. “To help bring those unique ideas to life, we’re bringing image generation directly into AI Overviews in Search,” Google announced.

This uses Google’s latest Nano Banana AI model within AI Overviews to create these images.

Google said, “This update transforms a simple text prompt into a high-quality, custom visual made completely from scratch, seamlessly bridging the gap between imagination and reality.”

What it looks like. Here is a video of this in action:

Availability. Google will roll out this image generation feature within AI Overviews over the coming weeks in English, for all regions that currently support image creation in AI Mode.

Google also announced a redesign for Google Image Search, on its 25th anniversary of Google Image Search.

Why we care. This may have an impact on traffic to publishers, as it will add more AI-generated content (the images) to the AI Overview, potentially discouraging clicks from Google Search. Plus, if people get the image they want in the AI Overview, it might even discourage some use of Google Image Search – maybe?

In any event, it is wild to know that Google Image Search is now 25 years old.

If AI can’t find you, customers won’t either.

Track your visibility across AI search, uncover missed opportunities, and grow your presence where customers are asking questions.

See your AI visibility

💾

Google uses the latest Nano Banana model to create images directly in Google Search's AI Overviews.

Visual semantics: The missing piece of topical authority

Visual semantics- The missing piece of topical authority

SEO has long focused on what a page says. Increasingly, it also needs to account for how that information is presented.

As Google gets better at understanding page layout, structure, and functionality, visual semantics is becoming an important part of how search engines interpret webpages.

What is visual semantics?

Visual semantics is a meaning model for segmenting, classifying, and understanding documents by working alongside textual semantics.

Google is changing how it interprets web documents, shifting from “web text” to “web layout” to better identify real expertise, uniqueness, and originality by giving more weight to the functional components of a webpage.

Google’s Quality Rater Guidelines cite “human effort and involvement” as one of the most important quality principles, with “design effort” identified as one aspect of that evaluation.

Webpage layout has always been an important part of SEO, dating back to Google’s Page Layout algorithms. Those early algorithms focused primarily on ad placement and simple document-ranking signals, unlike today’s more sophisticated approaches to understanding webpages.

Be the brand customers find first.

Track, grow, and measure your visibility across Google, AI search, social, local, and every channel that influences buying decisions.

Start your free trial

Why Google is paying more attention to page layout

Google has introduced newer inventions and patents that highlight the importance of understanding webpage layout. Most webpages are no longer built with only prose or simple text-over-text layouts. Instead, they contain much denser information. 

Every 10 to 20 pixels can introduce a new interaction point, engagement element, clickable module, comparison unit, or dynamic component designed to help users.

That’s why some of Google’s leading engineers, including those who have worked on Gemini and AI Mode, are also associated with newer inventions such as Structured Information Cards and layout-aware multimodal document understanding.

Below is a direct citation from Google’s work on structured information cards and layout-aware multimodal document understanding. Google often finds important information within interactive card structures rather than ordinary paragraphs. 

As a result, it needs systems that can understand how different card types are structured, including product cards, hotel cards, real estate cards, trip cards, credit card cards, and other information cards.

In other words, modern search engines must understand not only the text on a page but also the layout, hierarchy, visual relationships, annotations, and functional meaning of each structured information block.

A citation from Google’s “Layout-aware Multimodal Document Understanding” patent
A citation from Google’s “Layout-aware Multimodal Document Understanding” patent

Why layout matters for search engines

Understanding structured information cards and layout-aware document interpretation requires neural networks, and possibly a new type of LLM, that can “verbalize” web documents with annotations and high-confidence citations.

Google can’t reliably rank a flight booking website, a credit card application aggregator, or similar platforms without understanding the data embedded in these documents. 

Much of that data is presented through uniquely designed card structures, comparison modules, tables, and interactive layouts rather than plain text.

Below is an early example of document layout understanding from Microsoft called ViPS, which Google has also cited.

Later, Google patented an alternative approach based on HTML-heavy segmentation.

Both approaches are closely related and rely heavily on HTML to determine which text belongs to each section, component, entity, or visual block on a page.

With the rise of embedding-based algorithms, concepts such as “chunking” have become widely discussed in the SEO industry. 

However, many discussions about text or document chunking miss a critical point: Chunking isn’t only a linguistic process. It’s also a layout-aware and structure-aware process.

If a document isn’t visually segmented and structurally understandable to search engines, the content itself becomes harder to interpret. In that case, it doesn’t matter how many entities, predicates, triples, or entity relationships you include, or how accurate they are. 

Search engines still need to understand where each piece of information belongs, how it relates to the surrounding elements, and which visual or functional component gives it meaning.

Dig deeper: Image SEO for multimodal AI

How centerpiece annotation affects rankings

In modern search, information quality alone isn’t enough. Information also needs to be presented within a layout that helps machines understand its boundaries, hierarchy, context, and purpose.

Google explained this concept through “centerpiece annotation,” describing visual annotations that help its systems better understand a document.

Martin Splitt from Google said the “centerpiece annotation” represents the “primary content” of a webpage. 

Later, documents disclosed during Google’s antitrust case showed that centerpiece annotation was also used to classify and rank news documents. 

The centerpiece annotation was primarily limited to about 400 characters, though those documents also reveal several other noteworthy details.

For example, below you can see how Google extracts the centerpiece annotation from HTML. The sentence is interrupted by unnecessary HTML elements, such as Facebook, email, Twitter (X), and Google+ share buttons.

HTML elements

In the next example from Google’s DOJ documents, proper HTML structure prevents share-button boilerplate from interrupting the centerpiece annotation, allowing Google to extract the content correctly.

What visual semantics looks like in practice

Below is a simple SEO case study. Although it involved 19 changes, the biggest ranking improvement came from one simple adjustment: moving a calculator component from the bottom of the page to the top, making it the centerpiece annotation.

The results of that change are shown below.

MetricPreviousCurrentIncrease / ChangeSuccess %
Total clicks3.47 million4.53 million+1.06 million clicks+30.5%
Total impressions84.1 million167 million+82.9M impressions+98.6%
Average CTR4.1%2.7%-1.4 percentage points-34.1%
Average position8.98.5Improved by 0.4 positions+4.5% improvement

This project closely connects visual semantics and textual semantics because it’s a programmatic SEO case study involving more than 100,000 pages.

At that scale, even a small sentence edit, component update, or layout adjustment is multiplied across every URL. That’s why Google re-crawled the entire website after the layout changes and why impressions and clicks increased afterward.

The project is a converter website that ranks for queries such as “2m to cm” and millions of similar numeric and metric variations. In this type of search environment, more than 10,000 competing websites provide essentially the same data and the same answer.

These websites have the same topical coverage and factual accuracy. The competitive advantage doesn’t come from providing a better answer because “1 meter to cm” has the same value everywhere.

It comes from retrieval cost, document understanding efficiency, internal PageRank distribution, and how clearly the answer is presented for Google’s initial ranking systems.

Google's Content Warehouse API leak includes similar semantic labels and annotations for webpages and PDF documents 
Google’s Content Warehouse API leak includes similar semantic labels and annotations for webpages and PDF documents 

In these types of queries, you can’t differentiate yourself by changing the answer. You differentiate yourself by changing how the answer is structured, annotated, prioritized, and visually presented.

That’s why changing the centerpiece annotation caused Google to reprocess the layout, rerank the pages, and further improve the site’s rankings.

Dig deeper: How to make products machine-readable for multimodal AI search

What is the cost of retrieval, and how does it relate to visual semantics?

“The cost of ranking a document” can’t be higher than the “cost of not ranking a document.” I introduced this concept years ago in one of my conference presentations. Google cares about search quality, but its systems also weigh quality against cost. If a website costs more to process than its quality justifies, Google will look for an alternative.

Google reduced the HTML file size limit to 2 MB and carried out large-scale deindexing following the December 2025 core update.

At the same time, it sent a clear signal to websites that scale AI-generated content without meaningful human effort. Google appears less tolerant of practices it accepted for years, and its indexing decisions are likely to become even more selective.

Retrieval costs increase when a webpage doesn’t clearly explain itself or fails to demonstrate sufficient relevance and responsiveness, especially around the “centerpiece annotation.” Google’s Content Warehouse API leak suggests the company truncates documents and predicts quality based on initial signals. If a document doesn’t meet relevance and responsiveness thresholds during those early evaluations, it won’t be considered a candidate.

During Google’s antitrust trial, Pandu Nayak, then Google’s vice president of Search, explained that Google doesn’t run its most computationally expensive algorithms on every webpage because it lacks sufficient click data. Instead, it first evaluates core topicality signals to determine whether a page is worth indexing and keeping as a candidate.

Nayak also explained that RankBrain-like algorithms are expensive to run, so Google reserves them for results that have at least one click, demonstrate strong topicality, and include annotations that justify the investment in crawling, rendering, evaluation, and further processing.

In other words, classifying documents by their layout, components, and structured information cards is a more efficient way to reduce retrieval costs while improving search quality.

Today, most large-scale content publishers rely on AI to generate more text. Far fewer invest in front-end and back-end systems that improve user engagement, interaction, and document understanding.

That distinction increasingly separates low-quality and high-quality sources. Low-quality sources primarily scale text. High-quality sources scale systems, layouts, components, structured information cards, and user interactions that help both users and search engines understand content more efficiently.

Below is Google’s concept of website representation vectors.

Google classifies websites using visual and layout-related embeddings and features to determine whether they resemble expert, apprentice, or amateur sources.

  • “For instance, the website classifications may include a first category of websites authored by experts in the knowledge domain (for example, doctors), a second category authored by apprentices (for example, medical students), and a third category authored by laypersons…”

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


How does Google’s helpful content system relate to visual semantics?

The helpful content system is a classifier that identifies which websites genuinely provide helpful information or meaningful engagement and which only imitate usefulness without fulfilling the searcher’s underlying intent.

Much of the SEO industry’s analysis of the helpful content system has focused on textual features. Early discussions centered on keyword stuffing, gibberish content, or adding “unique information” to improve information gain. However, many of the system’s algorithms appear to focus on the function and type of a source.

Google first classifies websites by their type rather than their content quality. That means the same content can rank differently on an affiliate website than it does on an ecommerce website. 

So how does Google distinguish among affiliate sites, aggregators, service providers, ecommerce sites, and SaaS platforms? The answer is visual semantics. What a page can do, or can’t do, is largely determined by its layout and page components.

The biggest distinction between relevance and responsiveness comes from engagement, not understanding.

Classifying search results by their page elements helps Google understand what type of document it's evaluating
Classifying search results by their page elements helps Google understand what type of document it’s evaluating

Google created systems such as neural matching to align the entity type and entity ID in a query with the most relevant documents. In simple terms, if the entity in the query doesn’t match the entity in the document, that page becomes less likely to rank. This is primarily about relevance.

Relevance alone isn’t enough. A document may rank because it’s relevant, but if it doesn’t support meaningful user actions, such as purchasing, comparing, ordering, reviewing, filtering, or watching, it isn’t responsive to the user’s actual task.

That’s why the helpful content system shouldn’t be viewed only as a system that evaluates page text. It also evaluates page function. A helpful page isn’t simply one that contains relevant words. It’s one that helps users complete the action, decision, or information-seeking task behind the query.

Google reinforced this idea by adding “misleading functionality” to its spam policies after the Helpful Content updates. A page can appear helpful by imitating a function without actually providing it.

For example, a page may suggest users can compare, filter, calculate, book, review, or purchase something even though those functions don’t genuinely exist. In those cases, the page may appear functional to both users and algorithms, but it isn’t truly responsive to the user’s task.

Google doesn’t classify websites only by page layout and design. It also appears to apply result-type constraints within the SERP. For example, a query such as “best women’s glasses” may return listicles, ecommerce category pages, product grids, videos, and commercial guides in the same results page.

To satisfy multiple search intents, Google can apply diversity constraints that limit how many ecommerce pages, listicles, videos, or other result types appear together.

Google’s DOJ documents include functions such as “max_total” and “BlogCategorizer,” which show how Twiddlers can classify results and limit the number of pages from the same cluster, category, or source type.

A similar annotation appears in the Google Content Warehouse API leak through the “WebrefFatcatCategory” module, which assigns categorical weight to a result.

In other words, Google doesn’t simply rank documents individually. It also classifies, clusters, and constrains results based on page type, source category, and categorical diversity. As a result, a page may be relevant enough to rank but still be limited by the overall composition of the SERP.

Even when a generated ranked entity list, such as a “best products” page, ranks successfully, it doesn’t rank simply because it’s a blog article. It ranks because it functions as a commercial resource. It helps users compare, evaluate, filter, review, and move closer to a decision. In that sense, Google can rank nonfunctional content when it effectively serves a functional category.

Viewed through this lens, “helpful” in the context of the helpful content system is closely aligned with “functional.”

The following case study demonstrates this principle. We moved identical content from an affiliate website to an ecommerce website, supported it with an integrated topical map, and saw rankings improve almost immediately.

The content itself didn't change. What changed was the function, context, and source type surrounding it. By placing the same information within a more functional, commercial, and task-oriented environment, Google interpreted the document as more useful for the user's search activity.
The content itself didn’t change. What changed was the function, context, and source type surrounding it. By placing the same information within a more functional, commercial, and task-oriented environment, Google interpreted the document as more useful for the user’s search activity.

How is click data used to rerank search results through visual semantics?

Google increasingly understands the purpose of a webpage through its layout, not just its text. As a result, click data is aggregated according to the type of source. Many SEOs assume that long clicks, or longer dwell times, signal quality. 

However, that’s not always true, according to Google’s research. Depending on the category, shorter dwell times can indicate a successful experience, while longer sessions may signal an “engagement trap.”

Below is Google’s reranking model, which applies different ranking and rank-modification models based on user behavior captured by its tracking components.

Another example comes from Google’s “Merging Search Engine Results” patent, alongside the “Twiddler’s anatomy” diagram revealed in the DOJ documents.

“Merging search engine results” is the name of the patent, which aligns with the “Twiddler” functionality above
Merging search engine results” is the name of the patent, which aligns with the “Twiddler” functionality above

Google also uses the concept of the “Life of a Click” to help engineers understand how search ranking algorithms interpret user behavior.

Taken together, these systems suggest that click data becomes a more meaningful classification signal when interpreted alongside a webpage’s design rather than through text alone.

Classifying documents by their visual structure can be more efficient than analyzing millions of documents, billions of word tokens, co-occurrences, named entity resolutions, attribute extractions, and value corrections.

If certain document layouts consistently generate stronger user satisfaction, Google can classify those pages as more helpful or functional. It can then use those signals to identify other documents with similar layout patterns, component structures, and interaction models.

This means topical authority doesn’t come only from a topical map that defines which topics to cover. It also comes from understanding which page layouts, component structures, information cards, comparison modules, and functional designs best match each topic, query, and search activity.

A proper topical map shouldn’t define only entities, attributes, predicates, and contextual relationships. It should also define the page type and functional layout needed to satisfy both relevance and responsiveness.

This leads to the concepts of coverage and domain-level classification. The following three examples illustrate this approach.

The first example is AudioToText.com, a sub-brand built around a single topic.

GSC Metrics of Audiototext.com. The third-party Semrush data is shown below.

Despite covering only one topic across 12 languages, or 13 pages in total, the site continues to grow in search visibility for three reasons:

  • Its exact-match domain reinforces relevance.
  • Its visual semantics improve responsiveness.
  • It earns its first clicks quickly, allowing Google to run more computationally expensive ranking systems sooner.

Click satisfaction from the other language versions may also reinforce the English version through cross-lingual information retrieval. 

Google can use webpage layout understanding and chain-of-reasoning to classify AudioToText.com as a “no-signup transcription tool” and rank it in AI Overviews. This suggests Google isn’t only reading the text. It’s also interpreting the page’s function, visual annotations, and interaction model.

In other words, Google can use agentic retrieval based on visual signals to understand what a page does and determine whether it deserves to rank for a specific query.

The Audiototext.com’s single-page topical map representation with the fundamentals are below.

The webpage was designed with minimal text while placing its primary conversion element, the content upload component, above the fold.

If that component were moved lower on the page or made smaller, rankings would likely decline, and text changes alone wouldn’t be enough to recover them.

Another example is attorneys.lexinter.net, which ranks primarily through a subdomain because its core content was moved there together with a filtering engagement component.

The primary domain didn’t meet the required thresholds, but moving the content to a subdomain with additional functional elements produced better results.

The same subdomain testing approach also worked for Pricelisto.com. Although most of the design and content remained the same, we added functions and annotations related to purchasing, comparing, examining, and reviewing.

Those functional additions made the pages behave less like passive content and more like task-completing commercial resources. As a result, the site avoided filters associated with the Helpful Content System.

The improvement didn’t come from changing the text. It came from changing how the document functioned, how users interacted with it, and how clearly Google understood the purpose of each page component.

Search engines try to reduce retrieval costs by avoiding computationally expensive algorithms whenever possible. As a result, domains affected by historical or domain-level signals may not receive a completely fresh evaluation immediately.

Testing on a subdomain can give Google a clearer reason to reprocess documents, reevaluate their layouts, and run more advanced evaluation systems. That makes it easier to determine whether improvements come from new designs, functionality, annotations, or document structures rather than from the historical state of the primary domain.

How is visual semantics related to the future of search?

Google is experimenting with fundamental changes to search results, including replacing the traditional search bar with new interfaces.

One example is its Jan. 29 patent, “AI-generated content page tailored to a specific user.” The patent describes generating a landing page that uses visual segmentation, annotations, and generative AI to satisfy a user’s query.

The patent places significant emphasis on "landing page score," using click data and explicit user feedback signals
The patent places significant emphasis on “landing page score,” using click data and explicit user feedback signals

In other words, Google can use visual semantics not only to rank web documents but also to construct new types of search results.

Dig deeper: Google patent hints it could replace your landing pages with AI versions

Google’s patent work is often complemented by its research. For example, the paper “Neural Design Network: Graphic Layout Generation with Constraints” explores how systems can understand, classify, and even generate webpage layouts to improve search performance.

This suggests that layout isn’t only a design consideration. It can also serve as a retrieval, classification, and ranking signal.

Google’s multimodal document understanding also connects to its latest announcement, Google Embedding 2, which uses generative neural networks to understand and vectorize text, images, videos, audio, and documents.

This matters because different versions of the same web document can be compared through their vector representations. Doing so makes it possible to evaluate how well Google understands layout differences, visual structure, and document-level meaning.

In other words, layout changes aren’t merely visual. They can also produce different vector representations, which may affect how a document is understood, classified, and retrieved.

Below is Google’s example of the neural network process for understanding page layouts. The centerpiece annotation that helps classify a webpage as an ecommerce category page, product page, or SaaS page comes from these types of labeling systems.

In the future, Google could apply these same principles to construct its own landing pages from multiple search results.

The patent shown below also illustrates how Google could adjust SERP features based on an entity’s primary attributes. That suggests search results aren’t simply ranked and displayed. They can also be reorganized, redesigned, and presented as dynamic interfaces based on the entity, query intent, and available document structures.

Google’s “Search result ranking and presentation” patent explains which types of visual representations best match different attribute-value pairs when generating SERP features and ranking webpages with similar characteristics

Centerpiece annotation and query processing

Google classifies and augments queries differently from how people naturally think about them. That means one of the most important parts of creating a topical map is understanding search terms the way Google’s systems do and augmenting them accordingly. This process is called query semantics. Below is an example of query augmentation from ChatGPT.

In this example, we searched for “best search engine optimization information sources,” and GPT expanded the query as follows:

  • Best SEO information sources: search engine optimization resources Google research, patents, SEO blogs

If you perform a search in ChatGPT, open the Network tab in Chrome DevTools, filter for XHR requests, and inspect the JSON file associated with the https://chatgpt.com/backend-api/conversation/6a* path. Look for search_model_queries, which shows what the system actually searches for.

Google also has a patent called query augmentation, shown below.

The patent is attributed to engineers, including Krishna Bharat and Anand Shukla. These names are significant because they also appear on patents and systems related to AI Overviews and AI Mode.

For example, the “Search with Stateful Chat” patent includes query augmentation as one of its steps, and its terminology and inventors overlap with this system.

The centerpiece annotation is the primary visual annotation that reflects a webpage’s purpose, function, and context. The context created through the augmented query needs to align with that centerpiece annotation.

The following case study shows how I classified query variations and their contexts across different document types, each with a distinct purpose, function, and visual structure, for a local service directory.

Let’s use “air conditioner” queries as an example. Each query variation should be matched with the appropriate page type, layout, and function.

  • Experience queries require a forum-style layout. For a query such as “How do I repair my AC?” the intent is experience-based. A forum structure works best because users expect real problems, answers, troubleshooting paths, and personal experiences. This content can also live on a subdomain to separate experiential content from the main commercial website.
  • Local service queries require a directory page. For “Air conditioner installation in [City],” the intent is local and service-oriented. The best page type is a local directory or listing page with providers, service areas, ratings, contact options, and conversion elements.
  • Price queries require a hybrid layout. For “air conditioner installation prices,” the intent is both informational and commercial. The page should provide an immediate answer with average prices, cost factors, and price ranges while also presenting local providers, comparisons, and quote-related elements.
  • Instructional queries require an informational layout. For “How to install an air conditioner,” the intent is instructional. The page should minimize local service elements and instead focus on a step-by-step guide, required tools, safety considerations, visuals, and practical instructions.

In short, a topical map should define not only which topics to cover but also the appropriate layout, components, and page function for each search activity. The following example shows some of the early results from this project after classifying query augmentation models for different query variations.

Early GSC results for the same brand.
Early GSC results for the same brand.

If there’s no need for a separate page for the [Local], [Service], [Forum], or [Instructional List] intent, we simply prune it. If other pages are too similar, we merge them.

As a result, the number of pages decreases along with retrieval costs, while PageRank concentration and relevance per document increase. Below are four closely connected components:

  • Mock-up design in draw.io.
  • Production design in Figma.
  • Topical map for different query types.
  • Content brief aligned with the Figma and draw.io designs.

Early on, we defined the topical authority formula as:

  • Historical data x Topical coverage

Later, we expanded it to:

  • Historical data x Topical coverage ÷ Cost of retrieval

Today, I’d extend the formula with one additional factor:

  • ((Historical data x Topical coverage) ÷ Cost of retrieval) x Right visual annotations

Even if you have the lowest retrieval cost, the highest topical relevance, the broadest topical coverage, strong accuracy, the longest duration of satisfied click data, and positive historical performance, none of it matters if the centerpiece annotation is wrong or the page isn’t functional.

Google’s ranking system largely functions as a decision tree. If the first decision-making layer rejects a website, the later evaluations, tests, and reranking processes won’t occur.

To maximize your chances of ranking from the start, visual annotations should be optimized just as carefully as the page’s text, images, and links.

Below is a conceptual model of this system.

A website consists of “letters, pixels, and bytes.” Data2Website is the process of turning a dataset that Google’s algorithms favor into a website by combining textual and visual semantics through those letters, pixels, and bytes.

The example above shows how a local law firm benefited from a topical map, semantically optimized content briefs, specific sentence structures, and visual design decisions.

The Semrush results below show the impact on the firm’s local rankings.

We previously applied the same principles to another ecommerce website.

If you examine the screenshots closely, you’ll see that the same principles carry over from an ecommerce design to a local service provider.

For every attribute within an entity-seeking query, such as “best law firm in Houston” or “birth test kit prices,” you can classify those attributes within the query network and organize them according to their importance.

Some attributes require review components, while others require directly commercial components.

Below are two design examples from the sibling websites Morethanpanel.com and StreamingMafia.com. Their above-the-fold and below-the-fold sections are structured similarly, covering different types of user engagement and functionality.

The above-the-fold area is often referred to as the macro-context because it contains the main content. Google’s Quality Rater Guidelines use the concept of main content to emphasize the importance of relevance, accuracy, and completeness in this section.

The below-the-fold area corresponds to what Google’s Quality Rater Guidelines describe as supplementary content, which we refer to as the micro-context. This section typically contains less important attributes and most internal links.

The next example shows the mock-up design and the distribution of factual content, opinionated content, structured content, and unstructured content.

Google doesn’t always prioritize factual or opinionated content, or structured versus unstructured content. Instead, it evaluates these characteristics based on how the search query is augmented. To improve language relevance, we distribute different types and formats of content using different visualization, verbalization, commercialization, and contextualization techniques.

The following example applies the same approach to the second website in the same industry, together with its topical map, content briefs, and authorship rules.

Algorithmic authorship can be explained through the research paper “Are LLMs Reliable Rankers?” It means writing content according to predefined sentence structures and rules. For example, the research shows that the “Rank anything first” framework increased rankings by 20% to 60%.

The system evaluates which words should follow one another to determine how relevance changes. It performs retrieval within a generative retrieval system and identifies the entity-attribute-value triples that best improve relevance. In the example above, “material” is selected as the attribute and “steel” as the value because they strengthen relevance within that context.

  • Factual content: Supports expertise-focused queries.
  • Opinionated content: Supports experience-focused queries.
  • Structured content: Supports attributes such as symptoms, advantages, and benefits.
  • Unstructured content: Supports concepts such as definitions, processes, and importance.
  • Visualization: Presents content using the appropriate semantic attributes.
  • Commercialization: Adds functional components that help users complete their tasks.
  • Contextualization: Maintains relevance by aligning content with the query.
  • Verbalization: Converts visually important information into text that LLMs and search engine crawlers can understand.

Depending on the query, Google may prefer opinionated and unstructured content, factual and structured content, or other combinations supported by different visualization, commercialization, contextualization, and verbalization techniques.

The following example from the online dating industry shows how different webpage components can improve relevance and responsiveness at the same time.

The next examples illustrate different ways to visualize content.

Comparing these two sections, you’ll see that one answer is highly factual, while the other, distinguished by a different background color, is more conversational and opinion-based.

We can create a Q&A component and add opinion-based content as forum-style discussions at the bottom of the page.

We can also ask users questions and let them contribute answers through voting, allowing those responses to be verbalized into content that is continuously updated.

Below is what we call the preceding question component. It reframes the original question using a semantically similar concept and gradually shifts the content from factual to more opinion-based.

The next example shows a horizontal tab component that distributes internal links to related headings, increasing contextual coverage.

The following Semrush data shows the early and later results for the URLs we modified.

The patents and research behind visual semantics

At this point, we’ve introduced the key concepts, definitions, and website examples needed to explain visual semantics.

We could explore these examples, processes, and implementation details in much greater depth, but every conceptual discussion begins with understanding where Google is heading.

Many of Google’s advances in query semantics, visual semantics, Gemini, and AI Search are driven by two influential engineers: Dr. Marc Najork and Michael Bendersky. They are among Google’s most frequently cited researchers in recent years and have played major roles in shaping the company’s AI-related direction.

They are also listed as inventors on the Layout-Aware Document Understanding and Structured Information Cards patents.

Another important contributor is Alexander Grushetsky, who identifies himself as the founder of RankLab, Google’s internal end-to-end ranking platform.

He’s worth mentioning because he’s frequently cited alongside Bendersky and Najork in foundational patents and research papers.

Grushetsky also worked with Bendersky and other Google engineers on item-ranking models based on item types, attribute sets, and attribute values. We’ll explore what RankLab represents in more detail another time.

Today’s search engines and large language models increasingly rely on visual semantics as part of their vectorization and embedding-based ranking systems.

Even the original Transformer research described extending these ideas to web documents and their layouts.

Years later, that vision became reality through WebRef, Google’s Web Page Transformer.

WebRef vectorizes webpages using not only their text but also their visual layout, page components, HTML structure, and overall document context.

Whether your rankings depend primarily on external PageRank, branded search demand, or internal signals such as semantics, a page’s visual context still carries ranking weight alongside its textual relevance.

Why standard SEO advice fails for travel websites

14 July 2026 at 18:00
Why standard SEO advice fails for travel websites

If you apply standard SEO playbooks to a travel website, you’ll likely exhaust your budget with little to show for it.

Most SEO advice is written for sectors operating in a search ecosystem where organic text listings still dominate most user journeys.

In travel, the rules of search are entirely different because Google isn’t just a search engine. It’s a direct transactional competitor, a visual aggregator, and a gatekeeper to visibility.

Winning in this space requires accepting that what works elsewhere will fail here. To build a search strategy that actually drives bookings, travel brands must abandon standard organic best practices and instead master unique challenges: 

  • Extreme search engine results page (SERP) dominance.
  • Complex regulatory constraints.
  • Intermittent, non-linear user journeys and highly fragmented user intent.

Travel search is driven by data, not webpages

In almost every other industry, the ultimate goal of SEO is to secure a high-ranking organic text listing.

In the travel sector, particularly for high-intent queries involving hotels, flights, and activities, the traditional “blue link” is functionally dead (and becoming even less relevant as AI, AI Overviews, and other LLMs compete for user attention).

If a user searches for “flights from London to Rome” or “boutique hotels in Edinburgh,” the top of the search page is entirely occupied by Google’s own interactive search tools.

Below these tools sit local map packs, sponsored advertisements, and, in the UK and Europe, the massive “Find results on” directory boxes mandated by antitrust regulations.

Boutique hotels in Edinburgh - SERP features

Instead of just writing content, successful travel SEOs focus on feed management and entity optimization.

For accommodations and hotels, this means treating Google Hotel Center with the same priority an ecommerce specialist gives their primary website. You must ensure that your real-time pricing feeds, inventory levels, and tax calculations are integrated directly with Google’s API.

Travel entity optimization requires meticulous calibration of your Google Business Profile. Google’s local algorithms categorize hotels and attractions based on physical attributes rather than editorial text.

Whether your property appears in a filtered search for “dog-friendly hotels with free parking” depends entirely on your structured attributes, customer review sentiment analysis, and precise location coordinates.

In travel, the search engine is a database, and your primary job is to format your data so the database can display it without friction.

Dig deeper: AI referrals to travel sites surge 194% as engagement rises: Adobe

How social content bypasses your website

Traditional search campaigns operate under the assumption that organic traffic must land directly on a domain you own to have any measurable value.

In the travel sector, this insular approach ignores how modern searchers, especially younger audiences seeking visual reassurance before booking, actually behave.

Google has adapted to this shift by turning its results pages into visual aggregators that pull content directly from external social networks.

Boutique hotels in Edinburgh - SERP feature short videos

For queries driven by discovery or curation, such as “best rooftop bars in Soho” or “hidden beaches in Cornwall,” Google often serves dedicated “Short Videos” carousels and “Perspectives” feeds directly within the main search results.

These features extract short-form video content from TikTok, Instagram Reels, and YouTube Shorts, allowing users to watch authentic, crowdsourced footage without ever visiting a traditional website. With search engines actively indexing public business posts from platforms like Meta, social media updates are now ingested into search layouts and AI Overviews.

Travel SEO is no longer confined to the boundaries of your content management system. To capture this visual search real estate, digital teams must treat social media profiles as distributed landing pages.

This is further reinforced by Google’s introduction of social and video content analytics within Google Search Console.

Dig deeper: How travel brands can earn AI recommendations

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


Fragmented and intermittent intent

The standard content marketing advice for B2B or consumer services is to build comprehensive, long-form informational guides. The theory is that if you write a 4,000-word article covering every possible detail of a destination, you’ll build topical authority and guide the reader smoothly down a conversion funnel.

In travel SEO, this approach often yields high bounce rates and very few conversions. Travelers don’t plan trips in a linear fashion, nor do they want to read extensive blocks of text on mobile devices while walking down a busy street.

Travel planning is highly visual, emotional, and fragmented across different devices and moments.

The Non-Linear Travel Search Journey

A user searching for “things to do in Cornwall” is usually looking for quick inspiration, geography-based grouping, and immediate utility. If they land on a page with lengthy introductory paragraphs and dense blocks of prose, they’ll return to the search results to find a simpler resource.

Travel content must be built for rapid utility rather than high word counts. Instead of writing long essays, your content layouts should rely on interactive, modular components, such as:

  • Tabbed interfaces that allow users to toggle between “Itinerary,” “Cost,” and “Best Time to Visit.”
  • Embedded, interactive maps that show the physical proximity of recommended locations.
  • Bite-sized, structured lists that clearly state opening hours, entry prices, and booking links.

Structuring content this way also makes it much easier for Google to extract your data for its AI Overviews and visual carousels.

Instead of trying to keep users on a long page of text, the goal should be to provide structured, high-value answers that Google can easily parse.

When your site behaves like a functional tool rather than an online magazine, users are much more likely to bookmark your pages and trust your brand when they’re finally ready to book.

Dig deeper: Why Tripadvisor still matters for local SEO in 2026

A different definition of success

Winning at travel SEO requires a fundamental shift in perspective. Success can’t be measured solely by standard keyword rankings or overall organic traffic levels.

It must be evaluated by how effectively your site appears across Google’s SERP features, how reliably your data feeds communicate real-time pricing, and how quickly your landing pages answer highly specific, visual questions.

By stepping away from generic SEO advice and focusing on technical data feeds, regulatory price compliance, and modular user experiences, travel brands can secure a distinct competitive advantage in one of the most crowded landscapes on the web.

Hidden gem publishers outperform major media on audience affinity: Study

14 July 2026 at 17:00
Hidden gem publishers outperform major media on audience affinity- Study

Hidden gem publishers have 1.7x higher audience affinity than major media outlets, even though they attract 130x less traffic. If that makes you rethink your 2026 earned media strategy, it should.

Fractl’s latest SparkToro-backed research suggests most digital PR teams still build media lists using outdated SEO metrics such as domain authority and traffic. (Disclosure: I’m the co-founder of Fractl.) In AI-driven search, entity authority shapes brand visibility. A narrow media-list strategy is increasingly misaligned.

If you’re still learning about generative engine optimization (GEO), entity authority is the cumulative signal created when your brand is repeatedly associated with credible sources across influential channels in your niche.

In plain terms, your brand visibility now relies on which sites mention you, which audiences engage with those sites, and whether your brand keeps showing up across trusted nodes.

How authority has evolved in today’s AI-centric landscape

For years, digital PR teams built media lists the same way SEO teams built link targets: prioritizing domain authority, traffic, and referring domains. That made sense when backlinks were the primary goal.

But AI-driven discovery is changing what “authority” actually means.

When ChatGPT, Gemini, Perplexity, or Google’s AI experiences synthesize information about your brand, they’re not just evaluating whether your website is optimized. They’re pulling from the broader web of sources that repeatedly mention and contextualize your brand.

A placement on a smaller, highly relevant industry publication can sometimes do more to reinforce your brand’s entity authority than a broad mention on a much larger site. 

That shift reflects what we’ve seen across years of earned media campaigns spanning major publishers like The Wall Street Journal, The New York Times, and CNBC, alongside niche publications such as PCMag, Men’s Health, and Travel + Leisure. 

Today, those campaigns often extend far beyond backlinks, generating TV coverage, Reddit discussions, podcasts, YouTube commentary, and other third-party mentions that reinforce brand authority across search, social, and AI-driven discovery.

Be the brand AI recommends.

See where your brand appears in AI search, where competitors are winning, and what it takes to become the answer AI recommends.

See your AI visibility

Which non-mainstream media publishers drive the strongest influence?

We wanted to understand which publishers and platforms actually drive influence with the audiences brands want to reach. That question led to this study.

We used SparkToro’s audience affinity data as a relevance layer on top of traditional earned media and SEO metrics. Rather than starting with the largest publications in each category, we began with the audiences brands want to influence: decision-makers, buyers, and practitioners across eight industries.

We then analyzed where those audiences spend time across websites, YouTube channels, podcasts, social accounts, and community-led platforms. 

After separating mainstream publishers from vertical-specific outlets, we compared audience affinity against traditional signals such as domain rating, organic traffic, and referring domains.

The study revealed a major blind spot: “Hidden gem” publishers had 1.7x higher audience affinity than mainstream media outlets, despite attracting 130x less traffic. 

Many highly relevant publications would never surface on a traffic- or authority-sorted media list, even though they may play an important role in shaping the topical associations AI systems use to understand and describe brands.

The takeaway: Traffic and authority are incomplete proxies for the kind of relevance AI systems increasingly depend on.

How smaller publishers drive big brand influence  

When pitching brand content, we typically build a list of journalists whose beats closely align with each campaign’s key insights, which often span several verticals. We then identify the publisher best suited for an exclusive by prioritizing domain authority.

This approach creates a built-in syndication effect, with regional and niche journalists often picking up stories from larger publications. That’s how we regularly earn brand features like this, without ever pitching TV news anchors. 

While this remains an effective approach for scaling earned media that builds brand authority and awareness, SparkToro’s data revealed that more vertically focused publishers with minimal traffic (often 5,000-10,000 monthly visits) and mid-tier domain authority (typically in the 60s and 70s) often have much higher audience affinity.

This finding highlights the value of pitching low-traffic, niche publishers that old-school SEO practitioners might once have deprioritized or excluded from outreach.

Across every industry we analyzed, the same pattern emerged: Smaller, niche sites with modest traffic consistently earned the highest affinity scores among the audiences that matter most.

The placements with the greatest strategic value for building entity authority may be the very ones your digital PR team has been overlooking.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


Why niche publishers build stronger entity authority than mainstream media alone

I started in SEO in 2006, and the same guiding principle that shaped my career is now being reinforced by a growing body of research: Brand visibility in AI is built through a diverse, authoritative network of brand mentions.

Monthly organic traffic remains a weak proxy for audience alignment, and AI systems synthesizing information about your brand may weigh that distinction more heavily than traditional ranking algorithms do.

We plotted audience affinity against monthly organic traffic, and two distinct clusters immediately emerged.

“Hidden gem” publishers clustered in the upper-left quadrant: high affinity, low traffic. Major publishers occupied the lower-right: high traffic, low affinity.

The 1.7x affinity gap and 130x traffic gap tell the same story from opposite directions: Reach and relevance are inversely correlated more often than most earned media strategies account for.

What stands out in this dataset isn’t just that niche sites outperform on average. It’s how consistently they appear at the very top of the affinity range.

The highest-scoring publishers across industries, including recruitingdaily.com (93), clubindustry.com (90), and chimecentral.org (86), attract just 2,000-10,000 monthly visits.

Meanwhile, many of the largest, most recognizable publishers fall in the 50–65 affinity range, with some scoring in the teens despite attracting hundreds of thousands of monthly visits.

Ultimately, the smartest media mix isn’t mainstream or niche. It’s both. Major publishers still matter for scale, authority, and SEO value, but their broad audiences make beat-level relevance even more important.

The more precisely you place a story within the right category on a large publication while also earning coverage from niche, high-affinity outlets, the more effectively you compound brand visibility across SEO and GEO.

The best media strategies engineer both reach and relevance.

YouTube and Reddit dominate platform affinity

High-affinity authority isn’t limited to publishers.

When we expanded the analysis beyond traditional editorial outlets, YouTube, Reddit, and podcasts repeatedly emerged as influential audience hubs. That matters because AI-driven discovery is increasingly shaped by the broader web of brand mentions.

This shift should expand the definition of earned media. A founder interview on a niche YouTube channel, a data-led discussion in a relevant subreddit, or a subject-matter expert appearance on an industry podcast can all reinforce the same entity associations as a traditional article.

The format may differ, but the strategic value is the same: repeated third-party validation around the topics you want your brand to be known for.

The mistake is treating these channels as post-publication promotion. They should be part of your media strategy from the beginning.

If your campaign is built around original research, expert commentary, or proprietary data, plan how that story can be repurposed to earn brand mentions across publishers, YouTube, Reddit, podcasts, newsletters, and social communities before the first pitch goes out.

Transforming your digital PR strategy to drive brand visibility in AI

I entered SEO when authority could be manufactured through paid link networks. Today, AI systems infer authority very differently by recognizing patterns of trusted, third-party validation across the web.

That shift changes how you should think about earned media. Success isn’t measured only by the authority or traffic of the publications that mention your brand. It’s also shaped by whether those publications reach the audiences you care about and reinforce the topics you want AI systems to associate with your brand.

Traffic and domain authority still matter, but they don’t tell you whether your brand is being reinforced across the sources AI systems retrieve from. Audience affinity adds another layer, helping you identify the placements most likely to strengthen your visibility across AI search experiences.

The takeaway isn’t to stop pitching top-tier press. It’s to stop treating top-tier press as the whole plan.

If AI can’t find you, customers won’t either.

Track your visibility across AI search, uncover missed opportunities, and grow your presence where customers are asking questions.

See your AI visibility

How to build a GEO-ready media list

A GEO-ready media list isn’t bigger. It’s better balanced.

  • Start with authoritative mainstream publishers. They still matter for reach, trust, link equity, and broad brand validation.
  • Add high-affinity niche publishers. These outlets may have smaller audiences, but they often concentrate the exact buyers, practitioners, or decision-makers you want to reach.
  • Include community-driven platforms. YouTube channels, podcasts, Reddit communities, newsletters, and other trusted communities can reinforce the same entity associations as traditional editorial coverage.
  • Score opportunities by entity relevance. Ask whether each placement connects your brand with the topics, competitors, use cases, and customer problems you want AI systems to associate with you.
  • Measure more than links. Track high-affinity placements, branded co-occurrences, AI citations, AI mentions, and recommendation-style visibility across major AI platforms.

AI visibility compounds through repetition. A well-placed story on a high-affinity publisher can reinforce the same entity associations as a mainstream feature, especially when it’s republished, cited, discussed by subject matter experts, and adapted across channels.

That’s how a single earned media campaign can shape more than rankings. It can influence the broader context AI systems use to retrieve, describe, and recommend your brand.

The brands that win in AI search won’t necessarily be the ones with the most optimized websites. They’ll be the ones most consistently validated across the sources their audiences and AI systems trust.

No, it's not age verification — privacy is the top reason UK children use a VPN

  • Government report shows British kids mainly use a VPN to improve their privacy
  • Only a fifth of VPN users use the tech to bypass age verification
  • Pretending to be older is the most common way to dodge age checks

As the debate surrounding potential VPN restrictions heats up in the UK, a government report has cast doubt on whether such drastic measures are justified.

According to the study commissioned by the Department for Science, Innovation and Technology (DSIT), digital privacy is the primary driver behind VPN use among British children.

Content unblocking ranks as the second most common motivation, with children using the tools to access specific apps and media from other countries.

Crucially, the desire to bypass mandatory age checks ranks much further down the list, with only about a fifth of young VPN users actively using the software to evade age checks. This equates to just 7% of all British children using a VPN to access restricted platforms.

These findings challenge the narrative that restricting VPNs is vital to enforcing current age verification laws and the government's proposed under-16 social media ban.

The government is set to share evidence of its public consultation on children's online safety and VPNs this month.

In response to requests for comment, a spokesperson for DSIT shared a press release that confirms that "VPNs play a limited role in circumventing age check."

"As platforms implement more robust age verification to comply with the newly announced restrictions, many of the common routes used to bypass age checks today will become increasingly difficult," they continued.

Kids and VPNs: What the DSIT report found

Liz Kendall, UK science, innovation and technology secretary, during a Bloomberg Television interview at the London Tech Week exposition in London, UK, on Tuesday, June 9, 2026

(Image credit: Jose Sarmento Matos/Bloomberg via Getty Images)

Following a nationwide survey of over 2,000 young people aged 11 to 17, researchers at BMG Research discovered that familiarity with virtual private networks among British children is high.

58% of children surveyed reported that they are aware of the software, while roughly a quarter of all respondents admitted to using a VPN in their lifetime.

The underlying motivations of these young users appear to challenge the argument in favor of stricter controls.

Among active VPN users, 30% state they use the software specifically to secure their online privacy. This aligns with warnings from digital rights advocates who argue that restricting VPN access could strip vital security tools away from minors.

And while young people do use these apps to bypass content restrictions, the study shows they are primarily interested in evading regional entertainment geoblocks or school network restrictions rather than maliciously outsmarting age verification.

Bypassing age checks ranks fifth on the list of motivations. These findings mirror separate YouGov research commissioned by the VPN Trust Initiative, which revealed that a mere 1.4% of surveyed minors use a VPN specifically to access platforms meant for older demographics.

So how do children actually bypass age checks?

It seems that British children have found much simpler workarounds to evade online controls than using a VPN.

Over half of the children surveyed admitted they simply migrate to different platforms, with 37% choosing websites that completely lack age verification and 34% opting for services known to enforce weak, easily tricked checks.

Posing as an adult remains the most common tactic, with roughly 63% of those who bypass checks admitting they pretended to be someone older.

Specifically, 45% do so by giving a false date of birth during self-declaration checks, while a notable minority (11%) use their parents' or relatives' identification details.

The findings follow a stark warning to Downing Street from a coalition of more than 20 tech firms and privacy advocacy groups, which urged policymakers to protect digital rights and ensure that VPN tools remain unrestricted.

IPVanish just made OpenVPN almost three times faster on Windows — but there's a catch

  • IPVanish added OpenVPN Data Channel Offload (DCO) to its Windows app
  • Internal testing recorded download increases of up to 196%
  • The feature cannot be used at the same time as OpenVPN Scramble

IPVanish has released a new Windows client built around High-Speed Mode, the provider's implementation of OpenVPN Data Channel Offload (DCO). The company claims the feature lifts OpenVPN download speeds by up to 196%.

OpenVPN remains one of the most widely supported protocols in the industry, prized for its maturity and its ability to work almost anywhere. Its weakness has always been pace, which is why so many of the best VPN services now steer users towards WireGuard by default.

OpenVPN DCO addresses this problem. It moves the heavy lifting of encryption out of the app and into the deepest core of the operating system, cutting latency and easing CPU load without changing the protocol's security.

IPVanish has also swapped its Windows OpenVPN cipher from AES-256-CBC to AES-256-GCM, a change it says trims 32% off the time needed to connect to a server.

OpenVPN DCO remains an exclusive for Windows users. As the provider confirms to TechRadar, "OpenVPN DCO isn't possible on macOS, iOS, or Android. Those operating systems have locked-down kernels."

What IPvanish's High-Speed Mode actually changes, and how to use it

IPVanish's High-Speed Mode settings on Windows

(Image credit: IPVanish)

Standard OpenVPN shuttles data back and forth between the VPN app and the operating system. Every one of those handovers costs time. DCO keeps the data channel closer to the Windows networking layer instead, so encrypted traffic moves through the system with fewer stops.

IPVanish tested servers in New York, London, Berlin, and Tokyo, three times a day across three consecutive days. Averaged out, downloads improved by 131% on TCP and 196% on UDP, while uploads rose 34% and 101% respectively.

"IPVanish is already known for offering fast VPN speeds, and today we're raising the bar for Windows OpenVPN," said Subbu Sthanu, General Manager, Consumer Cybersecurity at IPVanish, adding that streamers, gamers, and remote workers should all feel the difference.

You can turn the feature on by updating your Windows app and going to the OpenVPN protocol in the Settings tab.

One catch is that High-Speed Mode is not compatible with OpenVPN Scramble — IPVanish's obfuscation feature that disguises your VPN traffic to slip past networks that block it. Turn one on, and you lose the other. For anyone connecting from a school, an office, or a country that filters VPNs, Scramble is probably the more important feature.

Which other VPNs offer OpenVPN DCO

ExpressVPN was among the first providers to unveil OpenVPN DCO in March 2025, claiming a 2,000% jump in UDP performance. Windscribe also added DCO on Windows at the same time, recently extending it to Linux, too.

Norton VPN followed in September 2025, citing doubled speeds and 15% lower latency.

Surfshark, NordVPN, and PrivadoVPN all ship a DCO adapter in their Windows clients, too. It's still a short list, with most providers betting on WireGuard instead.

The new De'Longhi Rivelia Start is a super-compact coffee maker with a 10-drink menu — including the cold brew we desperately need for sweltering summer days

  • The Rivelia Start is De'Longhi's smallest automatic coffee maker
  • It has a menu of 10 coffee drinks, including cold brew
  • It's on sale now in the UK for £599.99 (about $800 / AU$1,160)

De'Longhi makes some of the best espresso machines I've tested here at TechRadar, and as the owner of a small kitchen, its latest model has particularly piqued my interest. The De'Longhi Rivelia Start is the company's smallest fully automatic coffee maker.

The Rivelia Start is a successor to the 2024 De'Longhi Rivelia, which our tester Josephine Watson gave a full five stars thanks to its consistently well-extracted espresso, clever Bean Adapt technology that optimizes brew settings to suit your preferred beans, and LatteCrema Hot system, which creates thick and creamy foam for milky drinks.

The Rivelia Start offers all that in an even smaller package, and adds the ability to prepare authentic-tasting cold brew. De'Longhi promises that your cold brew will be "ready in under five minutes", which tells me that it's not just pouring a shot of hot coffee over ice, like some other machines I've tested recently. Instead, the coffee is extracted using ambient temperature water, which results in fewer bitter compounds being dissolved for a more mellow flavor.

De'Longhi Rivelia Start coffee maker dispensing coffee and milk

The Rivelia Start can prepare hot milk foam, and you can upgrade it with a LatteCrema Cool kit if you want to make cold lattes and cappuccinos (Image credit: De'Longhi)

The Rivelia Start's standard menu contains 10 drinks, but if you like the idea of an iced latte or cappuccino to help you stay cool in the summer months, you can upgrade your Rivelia Start with the optional LatteCrema Cool set, which lets you create chilled milk foam for six further drinks.

Personally, the feature I'm most excited about is the pair of swappable bean hoppers. My job sometimes involves drinking a lot of lattes, and I always prefer to switch to decaf in the afternoon so I can still sleep after a day testing drip and espresso machines. With the Rivelia Start, there's no need to purge one type of coffee from the hopper before refilling with another; just unscrew the whole thing and swap it for one filled with a different type of bean.

Person pressing button on De'Longhi Rivelia Start coffee maker

The De'Longhi Rivelia Start has a clear and simple interface with illustrated touch buttons (Image credit: De'Longhi)

It's simple to operate too, with an interface of clearly-labelled buttons rather than a touchscreen, making it extra accessible for new users.

Its small size isn't the only thing that sets it apart from other coffee makers, either — it also comes in a palette of earthy colors that fit with the current trend for natural shades and textures, which makes a refreshing change from the stark black, white, and chrome that once dominated kitchen appliances.

It's available to buy now direct from De'Longhi in the UK for £599.99 (about $800 / AU$1,160) in two colors: maple brown and jade green. More hues will be available from third-party stores from September, and we're currently waiting for details of its international launch.

'A single entry point can rapidly expand to greater enterprise impacts': Microsoft introduces changes to tackle ShinyHunters

  • ShinyHunters abused OAuth trust in Salesforce by tricking users and later compromising SaaS integrations, stealing tokens to access hundreds of customer environments
  • Reports suggested up to 700 victims; attackers exfiltrated data via legitimate APIs, making activity appear normal and persistent
  • Microsoft responded with Defender for Cloud Apps upgrades, adding richer telemetry, near‑real‑time detection, and stronger governance over OAuth‑connected applications

The ShinyHunters cybercrime group were so creative in breaking into corporate Salesforce environments that they forced Microsoft’s hand, making the company introduce new security upgrades just to address the attacks.

Microsoft has revealed it is focusing on improving visibility into OAuth-connected applications and strengthening governance over third-party integrations in Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps. The changes fall into two main categories: Improved detection and investigation, and new posture and governance capabilities.

It makes sense, given that some reports claimed as many as 700 victims of the year-long campaign.

Changes and improvements

But first, a little context: In August 2025, it was reported that ShinyHunters operatives were calling their targets on the phone, claiming to be IT support, and convincing them to authorize a seemingly legitimate Salesforce Data Loader application. This app was, in fact, controlled by the attackers and requested OAuth permissions which allowed them to access Salesforce data through official APIs.

Since everything happened through legitimate authentication and API calls, the activity looked like normal user behavior.

In the following months, the campaign evolved. Instead of tricking individual employees, ShinyHunters compromised third-party SaaS providers that integrated with Salesforce, including Salesloft's Drift integration, Gainsight, and later Klue.

By stealing OAuth tokens or integration secrets from these vendors, they accessed hundreds of downstream customer Salesforce environments without interacting with each customer individually.

At one point, Google told reporters it was aware of more than 700 potentially impacted organizations.

“Microsoft consulted with Salesforce to improve granularity in telemetry for Defender for Cloud Apps with near-real-time detection, offering connected application attribution and expanded application permission insights,” the company said in a new report. “This activity was not the result of a vulnerability inherent to Salesforce. Rather, the threat actors abused trusted OAuth relationships for unauthorized access, data exfiltration, and persistence.”

In other words, Microsoft enabled greater visibility into OAuth-connected applications and their activity, allowed for better detection of suspicious API and OAuth behavior through richer telemetry and correlation, and now provides stronger governance of connected apps through permission analysis, risk scoring, and lifecycle management.

How to watch France vs Spain: Free Streams, TV Channels & Kick-Off time for FIFA World Cup semi-final 2026, team news

Kylian Mbappe and Lamine Yamal headline a heavyweight FIFA World Cup 2026 semi-final as France take on Spain in Dallas — and you can live stream the game around the world for free.

France captain Mbappe scored his eighth goal of the tournament in the quarter-final against Morocco, breaking the deadlock on the hour mark with a sumptuous curling strike that set Les Bleus on course for a 2-0 win. The forward was withdrawn shortly after with what appeared to be an ankle issue, although he appeared confident that he would be fit to face Spain. Didier Deschamps' men have won all six games at this summer's tournament and are yet to concede a goal in the knockout stage, putting the two-time winners on the verge of a third successive final.

Yamal's impact on the World Cup has been rather more understated than Mbappe's, with the teenager scoring just once for a Spain team who have reached the last four thanks to the contribution of their less-heralded stars. Mikel Merino came off the bench to score a late winner for the second successive knockout game in the 2-1 victory over Belgium in the quarter-final and manager Luis de la Fuente must now decide whether to start the Arsenal midfielder or keep him as a supersub. La Roja have conceded just once on their way to their second World Cup semi-final, having only previously reached the last four when they lifted the trophy in 2010.

The winner faces England or Argentina in the final in New Jersey.

So, read on as we show you exactly how to watch France vs Spain for free from anywhere in the FIFA World Cup 2026.

How to watch France vs Spain for free

France vs Spain is available to watch for free in multiple countries, including the UK, Australia, Brazil, Belgium, Ireland, Netherlands, Switzerland and Turkey.

Abroad? Can't access your free stream? Unblock your free World Cup stream with Norton VPN — more on that below.

France vs Spain: Team News

France XI: Maignan; Koundé, Saliba, Upamecano, Digne; Rabiot, Tchouaméni; Olise, Barcola, Dembélé; Mbappé.

Spain XI: Unai Simon; Porro, Laporte, Cubarsi, Cucurella, Rodri, Fabian Ruiz, Olmo, Baena, Yamal; Oyarzabal.

Use a VPN to watch France vs Spain live streams

It’s the World Cup, and if you’re traveling, you might discover your usual France vs Spain stream is suddenly unavailable due to geo-restrictions.

Don’t worry, that’s exactly where a VPN can help. A virtual private network lets you connect to servers around the world so you can securely access your usual World Cup coverage as if you were back home.

We recommend Norton VPN. Here's why:

▶︎ Norton VPN MEGA Deal — 60-day money back guarantee

Watch your free World Cup stream without limits. Norton VPN delivers fast, secure connections with global servers, so you can stream from anywhere with ease.

💰 60-day money-back guarantee
🔓 Unlocks World Cup streams

Don’t miss a second. Stream the World Cup from anywhere with total confidence.View Deal

How to watch France vs Spain in the US

US flag banner

US viewers can watch France vs Spain on Fox (English commentary) or Telemundo (Spanish commentary).

Both Fox and Telemundo are available on cord-cutters like YouTube TV (free trial), Hulu+Live TV, Sling (select markets), Fubo or DirecTV.

Those looking for a streaming service instead can watch France vs Spain on Fox One (3-day free trial). Telemundo is available via Peacock ($10.99/month).

Visiting the US from the UK? You can still watch your World Cup stream for free thanks to Norton VPN (try for 60 days).

How to watch France vs Spain in the UK

UK flag

UK customers are in luck as they can stream France vs Spain for free on ITV. Live coverage is on ITV1 and ITVX and begins at 7pm BST ahead of an 8pm kick-off.

You will require a TV license and a valid UK postcode for an account (e.g. SE1 7PB).

Norton VPN can unlock your stream if you're abroad today.

How to watch France vs Spain in Australia

Australian flag

(Image credit: free)

France vs Spain will be shown for free in Australia on SBS On Demand.

The streaming platform has every game of the tournament for free, making it the perfect place for your World Cup viewing.

A new account requires an Australian postcode (e.g. 2004).

Traveling for work or on holiday? A VPN like Norton VPN can help unlock your free stream.

How to watch France vs Spain in Canada

Canada

(Image credit: Other)

In Canada, TSN and free-to-air channel CTV will be broadcasting France vs Spain.

You can live stream via the TSN+ streaming platform, which costs CA$8 per month or CA$80 per year.

CTV will require TV provider login details for you to watch for free online.

Outside of Canada? Use Norton VPN whilst you're traveling away from home to unlock your stream.

France vs Spain: Match Information

What time does France vs Spain start?

France vs Spain kicks off at 8pm BST / 3pm ET on Tuesday, July 14. That's 5am AEST on Wednesday, July 15 in Australia.

What are the squads for France vs Spain?

France

Goalkeepers: Mike Maignan (AC Milan), Robin Risser (Lens), Brice Samba (Rennes).

Defenders: Lucas Digne (Aston Villa), Malo Gusto (Chelsea), Lucas Hernandez (Paris St-Germain), Theo Hernandez (Al Hilal), Ibrahima Konate (Liverpool), Maxence Lacroix (Crystal Palace), Jules Kounde (Barcelona), William Saliba (Arsenal), Dayot Upamenaco (Bayern Munich).

Midfielders: N'Golo Kante (Fenerbache), Manu Kone (Roma), Adrien Rabiot (AC Milan), Aurelien Tchouameni (Real Madrid), Warren Zaire-Emery (Paris St-Germain).

Forwards: Maghnes Akliouche (Monaco), Bradley Barcola (Paris St-Germain), Rayan Cherki (Man City), Ousmane Dembele (Paris St-Germain), Desire Doue (Paris St-Germain), Michael Olise (Bayern Munich), Kylian Mbappe (Real Madrid), Jean-Phillipe Mateta (Crystal Palace), Marcus Thuram (Inter Milan).

Spain

Goalkeepers: Unai Simon (Athletic Bilbao), David Raya (Arsenal), Joan Garcia (Barcelona).

Defenders: Marcos Llorente (Atletico Madrid), Marc Pubill (Atletico Madrid), Pedro Porro (Tottenham), Aymeric Laporte (Athletic Bilbao), Eric Garcia (Barcelona), Pau Cubarsi (Barcelona), Marc Cucurella (Real Madrid), Alejandro Grimaldo (Bayer Leverkusen).

Midfielders: Rodri (Manchester City), Martin Zubimendi (Arsenal), Mikel Merino (Arsenal), Pedri (Barcelona), Gavi (Barcelona), Fabian Ruiz (Paris St-Germain), Alex Baena (Atletico Madrid).

Forwards: Victor Munoz (Osasuna), Mikel Oyarzabal (Real Sociedad), Ferran Torres (Barcelona), Lamine Yamal (Barcelona), Dani Olmo (Barcelona), Borja Iglesias (Celta Vigo), Nico Williams (Athletic Bilbao).

France vs Spain: Road to the semi-finals

Stage

France

Spain

Group stage

Group I: 1st, 9 points

Group H: 1st, 7 points

Last 32

Beat Sweden (3-0)

Beat Austria (3-0)

Last 16

Beat Paraguay (1-0)

Beat Portugal (1-0)

Quarter-finals

Beat Morocco (2-0)

Beat Belgium (2-1)

What is the weather for France vs Spain?

Thundery showers are forecast in Dallas on Tuesday, with temperatures at kick-off expected to be around 81F (27C).

The good news is that the stadium is fully air-conditioned and has a retractable roof, which will make the conditions much more comfortable for players and fans.

Can I watch France vs Spain on my mobile?

Of course, most broadcasters have streaming services that you can access through mobile apps or via your phone's browser.

You can also stay up-to-date with all of the key World Cup moments on the official social media channels on X/Twitter (@FIFAWorldCup), Instagram (@FIFAWorldCup), TikTok (@FIFAWorldCup) and YouTube (@FIFA).

We test and review VPN services in the context of legal recreational uses. For example:1. Accessing a service from another country (subject to the terms and conditions of that service).2. Protecting your online security and strengthening your online privacy when abroad.We do not support or condone the illegal or malicious use of VPN services. Consuming pirated content that is paid-for is neither endorsed nor approved by Future Publishing.

How to watch The Great British Sewing Bee season 12 online for FREE – stream cosy competition from anywhere

I’ve got a textile! Feeling lost over Love Island and fed up with football? Sewing Bee could be just the ticket, as 12 super seamsters gather in the hope to be crowned Britain's best sewer. Read on, as we explain how to watch The Great British Sewing Bee season 12 online from anywhere.

The biggest change this year is a new face at the helm in the form of actor and comedian Sophie Willan, who takes over from Sara Pascoe full time after making her debut in the most recent Christmas special. The ever reliable Patrick Grant and Esme Young return to judge every stitch and seam.

As ever, the contestants are a diverse bunch, with everyone from CFOs to Primary teachers, sopranos to engineers and care farm directors to chartered actuaries. Throughout the season, they’ll be tasked with the Pattern Challenge, in which they must follow a pattern as closely as possible, the Transformation Challenge, which sees the sewers reinvent existing garments and the Made-to-Measure Challenge, that gives the sewers freedom to create their own showstoppers.

The spiritual sister to The Great British Bake Off, Sewing Bee is a cosy treat, with moments that’ll leave you in stitches, and points so tense you could hear a pin drop. Read on and find out how to watch The Great British Sewing Bee season 12 online and from anywhere.

Can I watch The Great British Sewing Bee for free?

Viewers in the UK can stream all seasons and specials of The Great British Sewing Bee, including the upcoming season 12, for FREE on BBC iPlayer.

Not at home? Use a VPN to access you usual streaming services from abroad and watch the show for free.

How to watch The Great British Sewing Bee S12 from abroad

For those away from home looking to watch The Great British Sewing Bee, you’ll be unable to watch the show as normal if you're outside the UK due to regional restrictions. Luckily, there’s an easy solution.

Downloading a VPN allows you to stream geo-blocked services online, no matter where you are. It's a simple bit of software that changes your IP address, meaning that you can access on-demand content or live TV just as if you were at home. Our favorite is NordVPN – it's one of the best VPNs on the market.

Use a VPN to watch The Great British Sewing Bee from anywhere:

🟩 NordVPN – get the world's best VPN

Not having a VPN is like leaving your front door wide open in a busy city — anyone can walk right in and take a peek.

TechRadar regularly reviews all the biggest and best VPN providers and NordVPN is our #1 choice.

✅ 70% Off Today
✅ 3 Months Extra Free
✅ Unlocks BBC iPlayer

Get NordVPN and stream The Great British Sewing Bee.View Deal

How to watch The Great British Sewing Bee S12 online in the UK

UK flag

Brits can watch The Great British Sewing Bee season 12 for FREE on BBC iPlayer.

For those that prefer to watch on linear TV, the show will premiere on BBC One on Tuesday, July 14 at 8pm BST, with new episodes arriving weekly.

Away from the UK right now? Just use a VPN to alter your IP address so you can stream your favorite TV shows and films online just like you would at home. More details above.

How to watch The Great British Sewing Bee S12 online in the US

usa flag

In the US, The Great British Sewing Bee streams for free on its dedicated Roku Channel, though there's now news on when season 12 might arrive.

Brit in the US? Anyone from the UK who wants to watch their usual free streaming service from abroad can do so by using a VPN, as seen below.

Can I watch The Great British Sewing Bee S12 online in Canada?

canada flag

Canadians have been stitched up, with no streaming home for The Great British Sewing Bee in Canada.

UK viewer in Canada? Use a VPN to gain access to all the content you'd normally stream at home.

How to watch The Great British Sewing Bee S12 online in Australia

Australian flag

The Great British Sewing Bee streams on Binge in Australia, although we're still awaiting a release date for season 12.

Traveling from the UK to Oz? Try using a VPN as per our guide above.

What you need to know about The Great British Sewing Bee S12

When is The Great British Sewing Bee S12 release date?

Season 12 of The Great British Sewing Bee will premiere on Tuesday, July 14 in the UK. US and Australia release dates are TBC.

The Great British Sewing Bee S12 contestants

The Great British Sewing Bee season 12 contestants

(Image credit: BBC)
  • Adele, 36, Primary school teacher, West Yorkshire
  • Angie, 63, Retired, Warwickshire
  • Anna, 27, Barista & waitress, North Yorkshire
  • Beth, 24, Engineering Ph.D. student, Oxfordshire
  • Dawn, 64, Chief Financial Officer, London
  • Emma, 45, Classical soprano, Midlothian
  • Heather, 28, Project manager, West Midlands
  • Lewis, 29, Primary school teacher, East Sussex
  • Minnie, 30, Full-time mum, Bedfordshire
  • Rebecca, 27, Chartered actuary, London
  • Sam, 31, Heating engineer, West Yorkshire
  • Tim, 60, Care farm director, Suffolk

Who is the new presenter of The Great British Sewing Bee?

Actor and comedian Sophie Willan follows the likes of Claudia Winkleman, Joe Lycett, Sara Pascoe and Kiell Smith-Bynoe as the new host of Sewing Bee.

On her appointment, Cal Turner, Commissioning Editor, said: "We are delighted to welcome Sophie Willan to The Great British Sewing Bee. With her boundless enthusiasm and energy, Sophie will bring her own unique spark to the sewing room alongside Patrick and Esme."

We test and review VPN services in the context of legal recreational uses. For example:1. Accessing a service from another country (subject to the terms and conditions of that service).2. Protecting your online security and strengthening your online privacy when abroad.We do not support or condone the illegal or malicious use of VPN services. Consuming pirated content that is paid-for is neither endorsed nor approved by Future Publishing.

The 'absolutely superb' Bambu Lab P2S we tested in our workshop just dropped in price

We reviewed the Bambu Lab P2S and found it "about as refined as they come" for anyone upgrading from an entry-level 3D printer.

So, I was pleased to see the Bambu Lab P2S Combo with AMS 2 Pro is $699 (was $799) at Bambu Lab — a $100 saving on a fully enclosed CoreXY printer built for multi-color, engineering-grade work. In the UK, the Bambu Lab P2S Combo also got a discount down to £619 (was £699) at Bambu Lab.

In our testing, we ran the machine constantly for weeks with very little in the way of failures or misprints, and it was clear that many of the features — the touchscreen, the AI error detection, the general polish — had trickled down from Bambu's pricier X1 Carbon and H2D machines.

Today's top Bambu Lab 3D printer deal

Enclosed CoreXY 3D printer with a 256 x 256 x 256mm build volume, 600mm/s peak print speed, PMSM servo extruder (8.5kg extrusion force), AI-powered error detection, and a 5-inch touchscreen. The Combo adds the AMS 2 Pro, a four-color multi-material system with active filament drying.

In the UK: now £619 (was £699)View Deal

Scoring 4.5 stars in our review with a Highly Recommended award, we called the P2S "absolutely superb" and "about as refined as they come". It's a follow-up to the best-selling P1S, and we found the upgrades meaningful rather than just cosmetic.

The PMSM servo extruder is the standout hardware change. It delivers up to 8.5kg of maximum extrusion force — 70% more than the outgoing stepper-driven design — and samples resistance and position at 20kHz, so it can catch filament grinding or clogs in real time rather than letting a print fail silently. Combined with a high-frequency eddy current sensor for flow calibration, this printer is built to handle tricky or higher-flow materials with greater consistency than its predecessor.

The AMS 2 Pro included in this Combo bundle is worth the extra cost on its own. It's a four-spool multi-material system with active air-vent drying, sealed storage, and RFID filament sync with Bambu's own spools — useful if you print with moisture-sensitive materials like nylon or want to avoid the usual dry-box shuffle. It can double as a filament dryer even when you're not actively printing multi-color jobs.

Build quality elsewhere follows the same pattern of small, sensible refinements: hardened steel rods in place of the P1S's carbon rods, a metal build plate base, a quick-swap nozzle system that releases with a single clip, and a full enclosure with an Active Airflow system that draws in cool air for low-temp filaments like PLA, then switches to internal circulation to keep the chamber warm for higher-temp materials like ABS or ASA.

Worth considering: the P2S doesn't have an actively heated chamber, so while the enclosure holds heat reasonably well (around 50°C with a 100°C bed in our testing), it's not built for demanding high-temperature engineering filaments like PA-CF or PEEK the way Bambu's H-series machines are. Multi-color printing with the AMS still produces some filament waste from purging between color changes, and full remote-monitoring features depend on staying connected to Bambu's cloud — LAN-only mode works for printing but drops those extras.

For more top-performers, see our guide to the best 3D printers we've tested.

Also consider: More Bambu Lab 3D printer deals

The A1 Mini scored top marks in our 5-star review, earning an Editor's Choice award. We called it "nothing more than groundbreaking."

In the UK: now £239 (was £259)

Read our Bambu Lab A1 Mini reviewView Deal

This is what the P2S replaces, but it's still a solid pick at a superb price. While we haven't reviewed the Bambu Lab P1S, we gave its open enclosure counterpart the P1P 5 stars in our review.

In the UK: was £319 (now £339)View Deal

Our top-rated 3D printer overall. It's a particularly good choice for small businesses and crafters, as one of the bundles includes a laser engraver, plotter, and cutter for crafting.

In the UK: now £1399 (was £1649)

Read our Bambu Lab H2D reviewView Deal

Is the Nintendo Switch 2 a hit or a flop? Despite high sales, the console's been relatively contentious — and I have a feeling I know why

The Nintendo Switch 2 has been out for just over a year now, and it’s had a fascinating start to life.

It’s undoubtedly been a commercial success, becoming the second-fastest selling console in recorded US history, and it’s already seen its fair share of hits, whether that be the phenomenon that is Pokémon Pokopia or the 2025 Game of the Year nominee, Donkey Kong Bananza. But some are still unconvinced.

It’s not a stretch to say that, in spite of its high sales, the console has been highly contentious among gamers. While many speak with positivity about the Switch 2, there have been criticisms around the consoles battery life and performance, for instance.

Some gamers have also noted concerns around the lack of big first party hitters, such as a brand new 3D Mario, a new entry in the Legend of Zelda series (rather than a remake), and the system’s slightly patchy release schedule for 2026. Bundle that with some high-priced software and incoming console price rises, and I can see why some fans are yet to be won over.

My thoughts: a brief summary

Yoshi popcorn bucket holding Nintendo Switch 2 system

(Image credit: Future / Nintendo)

In my personal opinion, though, the Switch 2 has had a pretty strong start. Growing up, I saw the messy launch of consoles such as the PlayStation 3, and the simply woeful launch titles for its successor, the PlayStation 4 and its counterpart, the Xbox One. Meanwhile, the Switch 2 has some great multiplayer fun in titles like Mario Kart World and Kirby Air Riders, some exceptional single player experiences like the aforementioned Donkey Kong and Pokémon games, and a healthy dosage of third-party support to boot.

What’s more, I’d argue that performance is pretty strong, and with a 1080p 120fps display for handheld mode, it no longer feels like I’m sacrificing too much quality just to play without my TV. Throw in 4K visuals in docked mode, far comfier Joy Con 2 controllers, and surprisingly good virtual surround sound, and I for one am happy with the hardware upgrade brought to the table by Nintendo’s new hybrid console.

I do wish that some games were a little more affordable — $79.99 / £74.99 / AU$119.95 for a physical copy of Mario Kart World definitely feels excessive, even with modern pricing standards. And I really wish the console’s battery life was a bit better too, even if I have found a workaround of sorts.

All in all, though, I’ve had a great first year with the Switch 2, and its prolific sales are there for all to see. But I’m not just here to share my view — there’s something else I’m far more interested in.

Tell us what you think about the Switch 2

Woman playing Pokémon Pokopia on Nintendo Switch 2

(Image credit: Future / Nintendo)

That’s right: TechRadar Gaming wants to hear from you.

I’ve briefly spoken about some contentious points, but I want to gauge the thoughts and feelings of all of you out there. Do you think the Nintendo Switch 2 has been a hit or a flop?

Below, you’ll find a poll, where you can tell us what you think.

However, I’m also really keen to draw some specifics from our readers. If you’d like, you can comment below and make your voice heard — has the Switch 2 been a disappointment for you? Is it already among the console elite? We want to hear it all — and your comments may even feature in an upcoming article!

‘All the analog features you could wish for’: this is one of the most adjustable analog keyboards I’ve come across — but there’s one area where its rivals win out

MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2: One-minute review

The MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2 is a wired analog keyboard with a retro design that belies its advanced analog adjustability.

It certainly harks back to a time when the ‘gamer aesthetic’ was in full swing, with its translucent keycaps and faux-industrial body. The rear and side lighting are interesting touches, though.

It’s also a veritable slab of a keyboard. It’s very thick, although it gets thinner towards the front, which means the keys angle towards the user slightly. This is just as well, since the Made68 Ultra V2 doesn’t have any pop-out feet, as many of the best gaming keyboards do.

The materials feel premium enough and solidly put together. It’s heavy, which helps the board to stay planted, but this could be an issue if you frequently move your board around.

Although the Made68 Ultra V2 has bright RGB backlighting, it’s a misstep that it doesn’t shine through the keycap characters. In fact, it actively obscures them, so you’d best get familiar with touchtyping if you aren’t already.

Close-up of rear corner of MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2, on desk with pink wall in background

(Image credit: Future)

There are plenty of useful FN shortcuts, but unfortunately none of them is labelled on the relevant keycap, so you’ll have to refer to the manual and learn them by heart.

If you want to customize bindings, you can use MelGeek’s web app for this purpose. There are plenty of options here, but it’s the precise and copious analog adjustments that are even more impressive.This app is easily accessible via two taps of the Mode button on the rear, which is a thoughtful touch and one I wish more gaming keyboards featured. For a web app, it’s also very fast and stable.

In a word, the best way to describe the performance of the Made68 Ultra V2 is solid. The keys don’t wobble at all, and presses are firm with a satisfying thunk once they reach the end of their travel. This provides plenty of feedback, while the dampening is sufficient enough to prevent harshness. At the same time, they’re also very snappy and responsive, thanks to their quick rebound.

I also found the WASD position comfortable, and all peripheral keys were easy and comfortable to hit. I did find myself hitting its edge on occasion, but its springiness and dampening still make it better than many others I’ve encountered.

All of this performance and adjustability doesn’t come cheap, though. The Made68 Ultra V2 is more expensive than many of its rivals — even those with bigger names, which makes the Made68 Ultra V2’s price harder to swallow. But if you prize a sturdy construction and a solid feel above all else, there aren’t many that can beat it on these fronts.

MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2 review: Price & availability

Close-up of power button and USB-C port of MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2, on desk with pink wall in background

(Image credit: Future)
  • $219 (about £160 / AU$300)
  • Available now in multiple colorways
  • Top-of-the-sector pricing

The MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2 costs $219 (about £160 / AU$300) and is available now in multiple colorways from the brand’s website. International shipping is offered, with region-dependent charges.

This is expensive for any wired gaming keyboard, even analog models. It’s costlier than some offerings from the big hitters in the space, such as Razer and SteelSeries. For instance, the former’s Huntsman V3 Tenkeyless 8KHz costs $169.99, yet it has similar analog tweakability and even includes controller emulation, which the Made68 Ultra V2 misses out on.

As for SteelSeries, its Apex Pro TKL Gen 3 is also cheaper than the Made68 Ultra V2, and what’s more it’s one of the best analog gaming keyboards I’ve ever used in terms of build and performance. Its keys feel great and offer superb control. It might miss out on controller emulation, but it shines in virtually every other area.

MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2 review: Specs

Layout

TKL

Switch

KOM Lite Magnetic / Flip King Magnetic

Programmable keys

Yes

Dimensions

12.6 x 4.6 x 1.6 inches / 319 x 117 x 40mm

RGB or backlighting

Yes (customizable)

MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2 review: Design

Close-up of USB cable in MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2, on desk

(Image credit: Future)
  • Retro looks
  • Very thick and heavy
  • Advanced customization options

I think it’s fair to say that the appearance of the Made68 Ultra V2 will prove divisive. Some may view it as charmingly retro, while others will think it dated. The translucent keycaps allow the switches underneath to be seen and let the RGB shine through. The effect is nice, but it does look like something we might have seen 20 years ago.

The frame is also a throwback to a time when gaming peripherals had an industrial bent, with its metallic side plates and sharp corners. However, the large rectangular lightbar adds some interest, and I haven’t seen anything like this before on a keyboard. The same is true of the side light bars, so the Made68 Ultra V2 at least has something to distinguish it from others in the space.

Close-up of keys on MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2, on desk

(Image credit: Future)

Complementing that sharp and angular appearance is its thickness. This tapers off somewhat towards the front, which has the effect of tilting the keys towards you. This is a good thing, since the Made68 Ultra V2 has no folding feet, although I still would’ve welcomed some to create even more of an angle.

Perhaps the sheer weight of the unit is the reason for this absence. Whether this is a flaw or a feature will likely depend on personal preferences. If you want a solid, planted feel, then you may well appreciate its heft; however, if you move your board around frequently, or take it with you on your travels, you won’t.

There are numerous Fn shortcuts on the Made68 Ultra V2, although it’s a shame that none of them is marked on the keycaps themselves, which means you’ll have to commit them to memory.

But even if they were marked, you’d be hard pressed to see them, since the RGB backlighting fails to shine through the keycap characters. In fact, it actively obscures them; turning off the backlighting actually makes the keycap symbols easier to read, which defeats the point of the feature in the first place. This is perhaps the biggest design flaw of the Made68 Ultra V2.

Close-up of switch with keycap removed on MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2

(Image credit: Future)

If you want to customize these shortcuts, and rebind all the other keys, you’ll need to use MelGeek’s web app. This is easily accessed by double-tapping the Mode button on the rear of the board, which is a thoughtful touch and one I wish every keyboard featured. There are plenty of system and media commands available for mapping, but it's the analog features and adjustments that really stand out here.

Take the multi-binding features. There’s a counter-strafing mode that triggers a second input when releasing a key; so if you’re holding A to strafe left, you can set this same key to trigger a D input when released to stop you quicker. There’s also a Rappy Snappy mode that gives priority to a single input when two keys are pressed depending on which is pressed further down.

There are a pleasing amount of actuation adjustments, too. You can set the actuation point between 0.1mm and 3.3mm, and even alter the deadzone at the bottom of a key’s travel between 0mm and 0.07mm, which is something I haven’t seen before in other keyboards.

Side view of keys on MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2, on desk with pink wall in background

(Image credit: Future)

The Rapid Trigger mode also offers plenty of scope for meeting the demands of pro gamers. There’s an adaptive mode with three presets to choose from: Stable, Balanced, or Agile. But if you’re a tinkerer, there’s a manual mode with sliders for adjusting up- and downstrokes independently. These have a large range of 0.01mm to 2.4mm and increments of one hundredth of a millimeter. There’s also a Continuous Rapid Trigger mode, where a key only deactivates when you fully release the key, rather than merely releasing above your predefined actuation point.

This level of analog adjustability is very welcome. It’s a small shame, however, that there’s no controller emulation feature, as some other analog gaming keyboards have. But given the inconsistent effectiveness of such modes, I’m not too disappointed about its absence here.

I often find web apps less effective than standalone software, but I’m pleased to report that MelGeek’s is a fine example of the former. It’s fast, stable, and easy to use, thanks to its uncluttered layout and explanations of its various features. The only real drawback is the lack of visualization; I find this helps to inform all my actuation-related adjustments by letting me see their effects in real time.

MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2 review: Performance

Keycap in keycap removal tool with MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2 behind it, on a desk

(Image credit: Future)
  • Solid yet snappy keys
  • Reasonably comfortable WASD position
  • Great for typing

Perhaps the most striking aspect of the Made68 Ultra V2 is its key feel. The keys have no play to them and fire straight as an arrow. This makes them very secure, a feeling that’s bolstered by their mild but noticeable indentations. Their surface is pleasantly smooth without compromising traction.

Equally gratifying is the solid thud when the keys hit the end of their travel. There’s just enough dampening here to avoid them feeling harsh, and they still only require a light touch. They also rebound with impressive alacrity, which makes them feel snappy and responsive.

This combination of solid and springy means the Made68 Ultra V2 offers speed and control in equal parts, and makes it just as suitable for typing as it does for gaming. I made far fewer typos than I usually do with keycaps this tall and narrow, which is testament to the keyboard’s precise action.

Thanks to the forward tilt of the keys, the WASD position was comfortable, and reaching the outer keys was easy. I found myself hitting the edge of the space bar on occasion, but its lightness, feedback, and springiness made up for this. It’s a joy to use and one of the best I’ve experienced. I still wished the angle of the keys was a little steeper, though, and I would’ve welcomed a wrist rest for longer sessions to compensate for the thickness of the unit.

Should I buy the MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2?

Scorecard

Attributes

Notes

Rating

Value

Very expensive, even for an analog gaming keyboard. Equally capable boards from bigger names are sometimes cheaper.

2.5 / 5

Design and features

Very heavy and sturdy with a retro appeal. Plenty of customizations are available thanks to the web app.

3.5 / 5

Performance

The solid yet snappy keys are excellent for gaming and typing. The angle of the board is a bit too shallow, though.

4 / 5

Overall rating

The Made68 Ultra V2 is a high-performing and highly adjustable analog keyboard. But its faults are hard to excuse at this price point.

3.5 / 5

Buy it if…

You want solid keys
The thud of the keys is always satisfying, while their lightness and snappy rebound makes them easy to use.

You want plenty of customizations
Aside from controller emulation, the Made68 Ultra V2 has all the analog features you could wish for.

Don't buy it if…

You’re on a budget
Despite MelGeek being a relatively unknown brand, the Made68 Ultra V2 commands a premium price tag that would make even the big names blush.

You can’t touchtype
You’ll struggle to see the key markings when the RGB backlighting is on, which defeats the point.

MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2 review: Also consider

SteelSeries Apex Pro TKL Gen 3
In terms of sheer performance, the Apex Pro is one of the best analog gaming keyboards I’ve ever used. The feedback of the keys allows for precise control of inputs, while the myriad adjustments and customizations allow you to get the perfect setup. It’s also built very well, and is slightly cheaper than the Made68 Ultra V2. Read our full SteelSeries Apex Pro TKL Gen 3 review.

Razer Huntsman V3 Tenkeyless 8KHz
Another analog keyboard with a smorgasbord of adjustments and features, the Huntsman is a very competent performer. It perhaps doesn’t have the same satisfying feel as the Made68 Ultra V2, but it’s considerably cheaper. Read our full Razer Huntsman V3 Tenkeyless 8KHz review.

How I tested the MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2

Underside view of MelGeek Made68 Ultra V2, standing up on desk with pink wall in background

(Image credit: Future)
  • Tested for several days
  • Used for gaming and working
  • Plentiful gaming keyboard experience

I tested the Made68 Ultra V2 for several days, during which time I used it for gaming, working, and general browsing.

I played games such as Counter-Strike 2, which is a stern test for peripherals, given the demands it places on speed and precision.

I’ve been using gaming keyboards for years, and have reviewed a large number of them, across all manner of price points, switch types, and form factors.

Techland cancels PS4 and Xbox One versions of Dying Light: The Beast — 'It became clear that bringing the game to those platforms would require compromises that would prevent us from delivering the experience we set out to create'

  • The PlayStation and Xbox One versions of Dying Light: The Beast have been cancelled
  • Techland says the game "was built from the ground up to take full advantage of current-generation hardware"
  • The decision "reflected the technical realities of development and our commitment to delivering the best possible experience"

Techland has announced that Dying Light: The Beast will no longer be released for last-generation consoles.

The latest entry in the survival horror series launched in September last year for PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X and Series S, and PC, and it was Techland's plan to eventually bring the game to PlayStation 4 and Xbox One at a later date.

Now, in a statement shared on X today, the studio confirmed that it has "made the difficult decision" to cancel the ports "after careful consideration."

"Dying Light: The Beast was built from the ground up to take full advantage of current-generation hardware. Its open world, advanced visuals, and fluid combat and traversal all depend on processing power and memory that previous-generation consoles simply cannot provide," Techland said.

"As development progressed, it became clear that bringing the game to those platforms would require compromises that would prevent us from delivering the experience we set out to create."

It continued, saying the decision wasn't a "matter of choosing to leave those platforms behind" but rather one that "reflected the technical realities of development and our commitment to delivering the best possible experience."

"We know many of you were looking forward to playing on PS4 or Xbox One, and we are truly sorry for the disappointment this causes. Anyone who was expecting to play on either platform will be eligible for a refund. Thank you for your understanding and continued support."

In TechRadar Gaming's Dying Light: The Beast review, reviewer Christian Guyton said the game "went from potential expansion to a fully-fledged sequel, and although its origins are on full display in its narrative and protagonist, it never feels constrained by them."

"It’s not reinventing the wheel," Guyton wrote. "Techland has a solid formula that mixes traditional open-world action sandbox elements with a solid parkour-based movement system and high enemy density, so it’s understandable that The Beast wouldn’t be too much of a deviation from the norm. Still, the new setting is a breath of fresh air, and it still feels fantastic to dropkick a zombie off a roof."

A new edition of the game, Dying Light: The Beast Restored Land, was released earlier this year and included the base game, all post-launch content, and the 'Restored Land' survival mode.

LAPD hits pause on Flock surveillance cameras due to 'serious concerns around civil liberties and privacy' — as the backlash continues to grow

  • Three-year contract won't be renewed, police officials claim
  • Data and privacy concerns have been cited
  • Flock cameras have faced a backlash from a privacy-concerned public

Officials from the Los Angeles Police Department have told the Los Angeles Times that its contract with surveillance camera company Flock will not be renewed due to "serious concerns" around privacy and the data they gather.

The cameras, which are owned by Flock and used by more than 5,000 law enforcement agencies across the US, scan and track billions of vehicle license plates every month, with the resulting data used by police departments to help make arrests and build cases.

However, there has been widespread public backlash due to privacy concerns, with some residents taking matters into their own hands. Recently, an Air Force engineer from Virginia has been accused of cutting down 13 Flock cameras over a six-month period.

According to Military.com, privacy advocates across the country have donated more than $15,000 (about £11,220 / AU$21,660) to the accused's legal defense.

What's more, developers have created a free online mapping tool that allows US drivers to plot routes that actively avoid areas with a dense population of Flock cameras.

The LAPD's chief information officer, Dean Gialamas, told reporters that the contract was not being renewed due to "serious concerns around civil liberties and civil rights issues, particularly around privacy and the data that is being collected from these cameras."

Gialamas added that he hoped the data, privacy, security, and sharing concerns would eventually be "ironed out through a contractual relationship." There is currently no word on whether Flock's cameras will continue to record and distribute data in the meantime.

Analysis: The public fights back

A flock camera next to SignalTrace cameras on a post

(Image credit: Getty Images / Leonardo)

Flock's network of some 80,000 cameras in the US has been chastised by data privacy advocates, with the likes of 404 Media carrying out numerous investigations that highlight how easy it is for this surveillance data to fall into the wrong hands.

According to TechCrunch, researchers have also identified an increase in the number of documented cases where motorists have been pulled over, detained, and even jailed due to false positives and errors with license plate readers.

We also recently reported that an investigation by the Electronic Frontier Foundation found that more than 50 federal, state, and local agencies ran hundreds of searches through Flock's national network of surveillance data in connection with protest activity.

One motoring journalist in the US was even tracked for days and eventually 'boxed in' by police over a Flock-based mix-up with the license plates attached to the press loan vehicle he was driving.

As public distrust in Flock's safety cameras mounts, we could see more agencies follow LAPD's lead in pushing back on the technology.

WD-Black's SN8100 2TB Gen 5 SSD hits a blazing-fast 14,900MB/s read speeds — and it's down to $400

If you're building or upgrading a PCIe Gen 5 system, this is one of the fastest consumer drives you can buy. Right now, the 2TB WD_Black SN8100 is $400 (was $440) at Amazon, a $40 savings on a drive that tops out at nearly 15,000 MB/s.

That speed matters most for large sequential transfers — moving big game installs, video files, or disk images — where you'll actually see the difference over a Gen 4 drive.

For typical everyday use like booting Windows or opening applications, the gains over a good Gen 4 SSD are much smaller, since most everyday tasks don't come close to saturating even Gen 4 bandwidth. But if you're running video editing projects, AI applications, and games, the difference will be immediately noticeable.

Today's top WD-Black SSD deal

PCIe Gen 5x4 NVMe SSD in the M.2 2280 form factor, rated for up to 14,900MB/s sequential read and 14,000MB/s sequential write. Non-heatsink version, for systems with their own M.2 cooling or motherboard-integrated heatsinks.View Deal

The SN8100 is WD's flagship consumer drive, built on SanDisk's latest PCIe Gen 5 controller and 3D NAND. Its rated 14,900MB/s read speed puts it near the top of the current consumer SSD market, and it's one of the drives we recommend as a best-overall pick for anyone with a Gen 5-capable motherboard looking to actually use that bandwidth rather than leave it on the table with an older Gen 4 drive.

This is the non-heatsink version, which is the right call if your motherboard already includes an M.2 heatsink or shroud over the Gen 5 slot (increasingly common on recent boards) — stacking a drive heatsink underneath an integrated one can trap heat rather than dissipate it.

If your board doesn't have one built in, factor in the cost of a separate M.2 heatsink, since Gen 5 drives run hot under sustained load and can thermal-throttle without adequate cooling.

One honest caveat: PCIe Gen 5 drives like this only reach their rated speeds on a motherboard and CPU platform with genuine Gen 5 M.2 support — check your board's specs before buying, since plugging this into a Gen 4 slot caps performance at Gen 4 speeds and makes the premium harder to justify.

If you have a Gen 5-ready system and want genuinely top-tier storage speed, the SN8100 is a strong buy.

For more savings, see our round-up of all the current best SSD deals.

This capable mini-PC for both work and 1080p gaming with increasingly expensive RAM and storage is now on sale just for today [EXPIRED]

14 July 2026 at 20:21

This RAMpocalypse is getting worse by the day, making vital components for PCs like SSD units for storage and RAM chips for boosting performance cost hundreds of dollars by themselves.

During such a crisis, it's easier to find essential parts built into pre-made desktops. One such example is the Geekom A7 Max AI Mini-PC, a compact form-factor desktop built for crushing heavy workloads while being capable of light to mid-level gaming thanks to its 1TB SSD and 16GB of RAM.

Fortunately for workers and gamers alike, the Geekom A7 Max AI Mini-PC is now on a limited-time 29% discount for $594.00 at Best Buy (which is nearly half the price of a Steam Machine) just for today.


"The quality of Geekom’s build quality is exceptional, and right from the box the largely metal construction of the A7 Max is a delight." ~ Mark Pickavance, Writer at TechRadar

TechRadar Review: ⭐⭐⭐½View Deal

Why buy the the Geekom A7 MAX AI Mini-PC over the Steam Machine?

A sleek, compact Geekom mini PC with a silver finish sits on a green cutting mat. It features USB ports and a power button, conveying a modern tech vibe.

The Geekom A7 Max AI mini-PC on display. (Image credit: Tech Radar (Mark Pickavance) | Geekom)

The Geekom A7 MAX AI Mini-PC is a handy desktop for work and 1080p gaming on the side. It's equipped with an AMD Ryzen 9 7940HS CPU, an AMD Radeon 780M GPU, 16GB of RAM, and a 1TB SSD (the latter two of which can be upgraded to 64GB RAM and a 2TB SSD, respectively).

With these specs, the Geekom A7 MAX Mini-PC will suffer little to no lag performing productivity duties like typing or opening internet browser tabs while being capable of running light indie games at 60fps and even some AAA games at 1080p resolutions/30fps (with FSR enabled) at medium settings.

Another notable feature of this mini-PC is its large number of USB and HDMI ports, which allow it to connect to four monitors simultaneously, making it incredibly useful for those who want to open multiple programs at once without having to juggle their positioning on a single screen.

So, if you want a compact-sized, desk-space-saving mini-PC to play light games like Minecraft or indie games like Mina the Hollower on the side while tackling never-ending paperwork at the office, the Geekom A7 MAX that's now $594.00 at Best Buy could be your next best workplace buddy.

Just be aware that this deal is only available until July 15, 2026, so think fast if you want to get it.

FAQ

Can it be upgraded?

Yes. The Geekom A7 MAX AI Mini-PC's RAM can be upgraded up to 64GB via two SODIMM slots supporting dual DDR5 RAM and its storage space can be upgraded to 2TB max via inserting SSDs into its M.2 2280 PCIe Gen 4 SSD slot.

Is it good for productivity?

Indeed it is, the Geekom A7 MAX AI Mini-PC was primarily designed as productivity desktop that chew through heavy office workloads like typing reports, creating spreadsheets, editing videos, researching information on the internet.

How many ports does it have?

The Geekom A7 Max AI Mini-PC features 15 ports which includes two USB4 and two HDMI ports so it can support multiple monitors at once, two ethernet ports, six USB-A ports for accessories, an SD carder and a 3.5mm headset audio jack.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Windows Movie Maker still beats Clipchamp in an important way

If you ever feel like you need a break from social media and influencers, you may long for the more fun-focused video content of yesteryear. Windows Movie Maker was a simple program for creating videos, and it can now be yours once again.

The folks at The Internet Archive uploaded Windows Movie Maker 6.0, making it easily accessible and preserving it. The app has been tested on Windows 7, Windows 10, and Windows 11.

Downloading ancient technology can be a fun way to see how far things have changed over the years. Generally, Windows and its built-in apps have improved since the year 2000. But the modern movie-making app on Windows, Clipchamp, falls short of Windows Movie Maker in one key area.

Clipchamp now requires you to sync content to OneDrive to edit video projects. Media within your projects can be stored locally, but the projects cannot be edited unless you save the project to OneDrive.

That controversial change arguably broke Clipchamp. The app still works, but it does not feel like an app that should be bundled with Windows 11. Instead, it feels like a cloud-based app you should download alongside Microsoft 365.

Windows Movie Maker may lack the modern features of Clipchamp, but at least it works offline.

Ever wanted to use Windows Movie Maker 6.0 again but unsure where to get it for modern Windows?Well, "want" no longer! I've uploaded a setup for exactly that on The Internet Archive. Tested on Windows 7, 10, & 11, all working on each.Get it here:https://t.co/yEnF0sZv7n pic.twitter.com/LhozBBGtWNJune 30, 2026

Perhaps Microsoft could justify requiring OneDrive to edit videos if projects could easily extend across devices, but that's not the case. Microsoft retired Clipchamp for iOS last month, meaning you can no longer export video files from that app. Users are now encouraged to uninstall Clipchamp from any iOS devices.

Microsoft never even made an Android version of Clipchamp, so the company has effectively restricted the app solely to the desktop. There is a web version of Clipchamp, but it is optimized for desktop use.

How to download Windows Movie Maker for Windows 11

Windows Movie Maker was not meant for modern versions of Windows, but it can run on Windows 11 or Windows 10. The download link for the program is available through the Internet Archive.

As a warning, I had to refresh the page a few times to get the link to work. The Internet Archive claimed it was a bad link for some reason, but it does work after refreshing.

The file is available in several formats. I'd argue the easiest to use is the executable file because many people have clicked to install one of those before.

To install Windows Movie Maker, you'll need to click through the installation steps, agree to some terms, and click finish.

Blank Pixel

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD Review: New flash, familiar speeds

14 July 2026 at 20:00

Samsung is back with another solid-state drive, and this time it's something a little bit different. The 990 is a QLC-based 990 EVO Plus, positioned as a budget drive that can still push a lot of bandwidth. It’s a little late to the game and not quite what was rumored for the 990 QVO, but it does bring some new technology to the table. We’re always interested in seeing what Samsung puts out, and this time is no different. It should not be confused as being part of Samsung’s Pro line or, for that matter, the EVO line, so keep that in mind.

The drive has its ups and downs, but in this challenging market, and for a budget drive, that’s to be expected. Samsung is still well-regarded for its name and reliable hardware, even as there has been a massive push towards enterprise, away from the consumer side. Samsung has, in fact, given some ground in the SSD space for many years, even as it produces some of the most common OEM drives. So while this is not a Crucial situation, it’s best to jump into this review with the right expectations about what this drive is and isn’t. It’s a budget drive with full Gen 4 throughput that hits the most common capacities with sufficient performance and power efficiency. It’s not meant to be a throne-taker.

It’s also thankfully not another 990 EVO situation – that drive felt somewhat underwhelming by the time it arrived, even when pitted against budget drives – but the 990 is also not a QLC rallying call. It’s a competent drive that mostly hits the right notes, as intended. Given how scarce Samsung QLC drives have been, and how much demand its QLC flash surely has elsewhere, it can feel like Samsung is throwing consumers a bone, though it would be crass to put it that way. We instead think this is smart positioning by the company as it knows the future is with QLC and the technologies used in this flash (even if first shown two years ago at ISSCC) point firmly at an ambitious future. The 990 just lets you own a piece of that.

Samsung 990 Specifications

Product

1TB

2TB

Pricing

$269.99

$529.99

Form Factor

M.2 2280 (Single-sided)

M.2 2280 (Single-sided)

Interface / Protocol

PCIe 4.0 x4 / NVMe 2.0

PCIe 4.0 x4 / NVMe 2.0

Controller

Samsung PiccoloQ

Samsung PiccoloQ

DRAM

N/A (HMB)

N/A (HMB)

Flash Memory

Samsung V9 QLC

Samsung V9 QLC

Sequential Read

7,150 MB/s

7,250 MB/s

Sequential Write

6,450 MB/s

6,450 MB/s

Random Read

700K IOPS

850K IOPS

Random Write

1,100K IOPS

1,200K IOPS

Power (R/W)

4.0W / 3.7W

4.3W / 3.8W

Endurance

400 TBW

800 TBW

Security

TCG Opal V2.0

TCG Opal V2.0

Part Number

MZ-V9V1T0

MZ-V9V2T0

Warranty

3-Year

3-Year

The Samsung 990 is only available at 1TB and 2TB capacities, with MSRPs of $269.99 and $529.99, respectively. These prices are very high, as you can get competing drives like the Crucial P310 for substantially less, and in fact even the TLC-based WD Black SN7100 costs less. But Samsung has historically launched with MSRPs well above actual market price. You should be able to get the drive at significantly lower prices after launch, but the “Samsung tax” may still apply. We’ll get into what that means throughout the review.

This limited capacity range is unfortunate, but enables Samsung to pack the flash into just one package, which reduces PCB space so that any OEM variant can be used in multiple M.2 form factors and will always be single-sided. Less than 1TB is also not enough for these denser dies if you want good performance. That leaves 1TB and 2TB as the target capacities, which also makes sense in a market where 4TB+ is getting exceptionally expensive. We’ll eventually see 2Tb dies to make single-package 4TB a reality, but that’s further along in Samsung’s roadmap.

The drive can reach 7,250 / 6,450 MB/s for sequential reads and writes and up to 850K / 1,200K random read and write IOPS. Peak performance is attained at 2TB, where you have the optimal amount of interleaving or parallelization: Sixteen 1Tb dies means four dies for each of four flash channels, the typical ceiling. However, as these are four-plane dies, you still get 32-way interleaving at 1TB with eight dies, which is enough to get good performance with just two dies per channel. Less than that is much less ideal, and more than that introduces additional overhead, especially for budget controllers. The math changes with six-plane and 2TB dies, but for this flash, 1TB is the reasonable minimum, with 2TB offering the best performance.

The drive is rated for approximately 4W of power draw across the two capacities, when looking at both reads and writes. Check our power results below to see how accurate that is. The drive is rated for 400TB of writes per TB capacity, which is high for QLC flash – we would typically see maybe 300TB, which is one-half of the TLC standard – but also indicates a very high drive writes per day (DWPD) rating. This is due to the warranty only covering three years rather than the normal five, so the amount of writes per year is significantly higher. This is atypical, so requires further explanation.

For those who live for TBW and write endurance, this illustrates why TBW often looks better on paper. Spreading 400TB over three years works out to roughly double the daily write allowance of a typical 300TBW / five-year QLC drive. Most people will never approach either number, and they will live with the shorter coverage window. However, if you intend to hammer the drive with writes to the point of exceeding TBW within the three-year warranty period, then this could be good. Although you really shouldn't use a budget DRAM-less QLC-based drive for that type of workload. However, that option exists and is rarely the case with a QLC-based drive. As a final note, the drive does support TCG Opal 2.0 for encryption.

Samsung 990 Software and Accessories

Samsung’s Magician software is the gold standard for consumer SSDs. This is an SSD toolbox with all the features you need. It displays system and drive health information, including SMART, and checks whether your drive is legitimate. You can also benchmark your drive and use any optional features, such as encryption. The software is also essential for keeping the drive’s firmware up to date, although you can also download that from the first link.

Samsung 990: A Closer Look

Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware

The 990 has an SSD controller, a single NAND flash package, and power management circuitry. There is no DRAM package present. This is a single-sided drive, which is ideal for compatibility and cooling. There is a lot of free space on the PCB, and by putting distance between the controller and flash, there is separation to mitigate component heat generation. This would also help if a heatspreader or heatsink were to be added. Without this space, the drive could be sold in a shorter form factor, which is particularly useful for OEM drives.

The label has information about the drive, such as the date of manufacture (DOM), model, serial, the PSID, and the power rating. We always caution that you not take certain drive information as being conclusive about the hardware. For example, you should not assume TLC or QLC flash from a drive’s TBW. Likewise, you shouldn’t rely on the labeled power rating – and this is done more often on M.2 2230 drives for portable devices – as any indication of drive power efficiency. Here we have 3.3V / 1.85A, which indicates potential power draw over 6W. Now, the power ratings given on spec sheets will often be average and not peak, and will be separated as read or write rather than mixed. In fact, this drive’s load power states can reach a peak of 5.90W via SMART, which is much above the rated average ~4W. We track both peak and average in our testing.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung

We always enjoy reviewing Samsung drives with a focus on the technicals, as the manufacturer remains a leader in many ways. The 990, in particular, requires some extra description to be fully appreciated. Simply looking at the benchmark results might make the technology seem underwhelming – to be honest, this is very much a budget drive, even taken in the best light – but that doesn’t mean Samsung phoned this one in. In fact, there are signs of deliberate design here, and some of the decisions could help sell this drive. Samsung still has to get the pricing right, of course, but what else is new?

Let’s start with the controller. The 990 is using the PiccoloQ, which is the QLC flash version of the Piccolo. The Piccolo is utilized on the 990 EVO and 990 EVO Plus, two TLC-based drives. In all cases, it’s a four-channel, DRAM-less design, which limits performance and capacity. In both cases, the controller takes up to 2,400 MT/s flash – this is more than enough to saturate PCIe 4.0 – and the interior design is the same. This means it’s a Samsung 5nm part with multiple ARM Cortex-R8 cores and a single R5 core. If the Piccolo stands out in any way, it’s that it offers a PCIe 5.0 x2 option in addition to the standard 4.0 x4 interface. This option or mode has limited usefulness, though, and nothing in the 990 would change that if enabled for the PiccoloQ.

So, not much new on the controller front, but the use of this controller at the 990’s rated speeds does give us some more information. Namely, we know the 990 EVO runs more slowly because it’s using flash slower than 2,400 MT/s, 1,600 MT/s Samsung V6P TLC, to be precise. If we look at Samsung’s V7 QLC flash, it can run at that same speed. This is why the originally speculated 990 QVO with that flash was targeted at the same speeds as the 990 EVO. Things have changed since then. This drive could have been the 990 QVO, but with the EVO and EVO Plus lines going DRAM-less this generation, we suspect the QVO tier was “promoted” to the plain 990 name, and the 990 now targets the 990 EVO Plus's specs

The evidence to back this up, which also supports the loose 990 QVO rumor, is that Samsung does have a V7 QLC OEM drive: the BM9C1. This is the cousin to the PM9C1 line with OEM 990 EVO and 990 EVO Plus (PM9C1b) variants. The BM9C1 is available down to M.2 2230 and uses the same PiccoloQ as the 990 (the QLC version of the 990 EVO/EVO Plus’s Piccolo). It’s just limited to the same speeds as the 990 EVO, as it’s running at 1,600 MT/s. We have to be careful here, though, as Samsung’s V9 QLC press release indicates a 60% I/O improvement, which, with the V9 being 3,200 MT/s, suggests a 2,000 MT/s ceiling for the V7 QLC. Since there is an OEM TLC-based drive in between the 990 EVO and 990 EVO Plus (the PM9C1a) at 2,000 MT/s, the possibility for a ~6 GB/s 990 or 990 QVO with V7 QLC existed.

Before we dive more deeply into the flash, since we haven’t seen the new Samsung QLC in a while and there is some neat tech here, let’s decode the module. “K9” tells us it’s Samsung NAND flash memory. “YYG” indicates it’s a QLC flash package with sixteen dies (HDP) in a 2TB configuration, which confirms 1Tb dies. “Y8” means it’s 8-bit, J tells us the voltage, “5” tells us the number of chips enabled and ready/busy signals, and “D” tells us the generation. With V7 being “C” and V8 skipped, this suggests V9. The second part of the code tells us how the flash is packaged and that it’s commercial / consumer-grade. While you aren’t expected to know how to read codes on your SSD, knowing how it works can be useful, especially with Samsung drives, even if it’s just a matter of trying to figure out if you have a counterfeit product.

So let’s talk about the flash. This is a 286-Layer part, technically, but is sold as 280-Layer once accounting for source/ground and dummy lines. Dummy lines are usually at stack edges, as the physics of flash can make these lines otherwise unusable. A higher layer count – Samsung’s V7 is only 176-Layer, although technically 191 layers – generally means higher bit density. Bit density is key to scaling NAND flash, which is acting as capacious, non-volatile storage media. This can be disappointing to some because it means you don’t always see any real performance scaling as the layer count progresses.

Fitting more flash into the same space can mean less room for charge in each cell, which makes it harder to optimize for performance if you’re trying to maintain the same endurance level. That is certainly the case with this flash, as the performance only manages to match that of last-generation 176-Layer QLC flash from competitors, which is why we want to go out of our way to point out Samsung’s design decisions and why it leans innovative in ways you won’t see in, say, your game load times.

For one, when we talk about the layer count difference – reported versus actual – you also get an efficiency number that is the ratio between usable and total word lines. Samsung is a leader here, with high layer efficiency. Samsung also has held off using three decks or stacks of flash and is still at two, due to having superior channel etching – it’s able to drill down more layers with a higher aspect ratio. It’s also possible to run lines through the flash itself rather than rely largely on masked steps, which sets the stage for Samsung scaling to extremely high layer counts. One issue with high layer counts is that you start losing uniformity from layer to layer, and Samsung accounts for this with optimized word line spacing, too. So, as we’ve said in the past, it often feels like Samsung is falling behind on layer count, but in reality it has a very focused strategy and the best technology in the business, and we can see this with the 990’s flash.

For the consumer, though, the 990 is a little bit weird. This is presumably 3,200 MT/s flash that is being “wasted” with a 2,400 MT/s controller. This flash has amazing bit density, but having a single sixteen-die package at 2TB is nothing new. What about performance? Samsung has made optimizations to improve performance on this flash, but nothing amazing. This QLC is only comparable to the competition in performance terms, particularly at 2,400 MT/s. Samsung is playing catch-up, but we also think this is a case of designing for enterprise rather than consumer.

QLC flash is now highly sought after in enterprise for its density, and Samsung’s optimizations all benefit that kind of environment. In fact, from a consumer’s perspective you could look at this V9 QLC as being focused on higher bit density – but no 2Tb dies – and you would largely be correct. Samsung’s V9 QLC is 86% more dense generationally and about 94% more dense than the competition’s 176-Layer QLC flash.

We’ll take a look at one new technology in the V9 QLC flash to illustrate. One important consideration is flash power interruption leading to data loss, which, without power loss protection (PLP) means you are looking at protecting data at rest. This is on the non-volatile media or flash, not the volatile memory like DRAM. When folding from the pSLC cache to the native flash, data loss is not an issue because you don’t invalidate the original pSLC copy until the write has been verified. However, when writing to native QLC, you are writing multiple pages where the upper pages will require higher levels of sensitivity for proper reading. There are different methods of writing to QLC flash, but generally multi-bit flash has multiple write passes that go from fuzzy (coarse) to precise (fine), and lower pages write faster and may be complete first. Therefore, it’s important not to ruin existing lower-page data if you lose power while still adjusting voltage for the upper pages.

Micron has a unique way of dealing with this using a differential engine that can predict values from partial shifts, but a more common method is simply to back up or buffer the values in nonvolatile flash. QLC stores four bits per cell, so a full backup means writing four bits of pSLC per cell. pSLC is used because its writes are fast, whereas QLC's upper-page writes, in particular, are an order of magnitude slower. Samsung reduces the buffer to a single parity bit by using an odd/even algorithm, creating a sensing window that’s more like TLC (8-state) than QLC (16-state). This improves performance, endurance, and bit density. Some of that performance is still lost for higher bit density. For consumers, the direct benefit is higher TBW, but we speculate the higher density is aimed more at enterprise and future flash generation products. This is in part a response to Solidigm’s floating-gate design, a different technology than charge trap, with tighter charge placement.

MORE: Best SSDs

MORE: Best External SSDs

MORE: Best SSD for the Steam Deck

Comparison Products

The Samsung 990 enters a crowded market with a lot of good options, at least in theory. If we’re looking at QLC-based drives, this means the Crucial P310 and Sandisk WD Blue SN5100 at the very top. Both of these drives perform incredibly well. Below that, we have the older wave of drives represented by the TeamGroup MP44Q. That drive in particular remains a budget favorite with a fast controller and good QLC flash.

We would put the rest below that, even though the hardware is not always worse. This would include the Biwin M350, the Kingston NV3, and the Seagate FireCuda X1070. These drives are using alternative controllers – SMI, SMI, and TenaFe, respectively – that are roughly comparable, and the flash is not particularly old, either. However, these drives tend to be more budget-focused with reduced performance and (ideally) reduced cost.

We’ve also thrown in Samsung’s 990 EVO and 990 EVO Plus for comparison. The 990 should be closer to the latter, but with QLC flash, it would be okay landing somewhere in between. On the whole, we would expect the drive also to be between the two main categories of drives – that is, above the budget ones, below the two fastest, and closer to the middle MP44Q and its MAP1602-equipped alternatives, but with Samsung’s name recognition. The technology is here to make this a reliable drive, which is also a factor to consider, but being this late to the game puts the 990 at a general disadvantage.

Trace Testing — 3DMark Storage Benchmark

Built for gamers, 3DMark’s Storage Benchmark focuses on real-world gaming performance. Each round in this benchmark stresses storage based on gaming activities including loading games, saving progress, installing game files, and recording gameplay video streams. Future gaming benchmarks will be DirectStorage-inclusive and an evaluation for future-proofing is included where applicable.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung

We start by looking at 3DMark because, frankly, QLC-based drives make a lot of sense for gaming. Aside from large installs and updates, you’re mostly doing reads, which do not favor TLC drives as much. While it’s true that QLC flash is still slower, often-accessed data might be left in the pSLC cache – if you leave enough space free – and QLC is also optimized for random reads. Games do involve a lot of sequential reads and often at larger block sizes than you’d expect, but as long as the drive has sufficient interleaving (it’s sufficiently large) you are going to get pretty good performance.

For 3DMark, which is a synthetic test, we might expect the drives to perform as they do under ideal, cached circumstances. This means the 990 should perform closely to the 990 EVO Plus and better than the 990 EVO, even though both of those latter two are TLC-based. It does. The 990 gets pretty close to the P310, which is one of the best QLC drives out there, aside from the Blue SN5100. We tend to look at ~45µs as a good cutoff point for all-around performance – gaming doesn’t need to be super responsive – which is roughly around the popular budget NV3. The 990 is significantly faster than that, which is all you could ask for here.

Trace Testing — PCMark 10 Storage Benchmark

PCMark 10 is an industry standard trace-based benchmark that uses a wide-ranging set of real-world traces from popular applications and everyday tasks to measure the performance of storage devices. The results are particularly useful when analyzing drives for their use as primary/boot storage devices and in work environments.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung

PCMark 10 performance usually, but not always, follows 3DMark. There is speculation that some drives or firmware may be optimized for benchmarks like PCMark 10, but taken within a greater suite of tests it’s still useful to get a feel for application performance. For us, that means for a primary drive – your boot or OS drive where your apps live – or for your everything drive, if you work and game on a single drive in your system. This isn’t too unusual with laptops where M.2 slots are limited.

The 990 again ends up roughly where we’d expect – above the 990 EVO, and close to the 990 EVO Plus. It’s not on the level of the P310 or Blue SN5100, but it’s clearly above the budget drives. This is a strong result with good latency. For instance, we would take the 990 over the NV3 any day, every day. On the other hand, the P310 and Blue SN5100 are frankly better drives. These two drives are better optimized and performance-oriented. The 990 is more of a gap filler that’s late to the scene.

We have to say, though, that we’re glad Samsung didn’t push out a 990 QVO that was more like the 990 EVO, even if it would have arrived earlier. Such a drive would have used older QLC flash and performed more slowly simply due to the lower interface speed.And frankly we’d rather have density-optimized flash that can run at the 990 EVO Plus level. That’s what the 990 delivers, even if it feels a little underwhelming. However, it makes perfect sense given the current market, enterprise demand, OEM demand, etc. The drive is still very fast and of a superior quality to a great many budget drives out there, and that makes it worthwhile.

Console Testing — PlayStation 5 Transfers

The PlayStation 5 is capable of taking one additional PCIe 4.0 or faster SSD for extra game storage. While any 4.0 drive will technically work, Sony recommends drives that can deliver at least 5,500 MB/s of sequential read bandwidth for optimal performance. Based on our extensive testing, PCIe 5.0 SSDs don’t bring much to the table and generally shouldn’t be used in the PS5, especially as they may require additional cooling. Check our Best PS5 SSDs article for more information.

Our testing utilizes the PS5’s internal storage test and manual read/write tests with over 192GB of data, both from and to the internal storage. Throttling is prevented where possible to see how each drive operates under ideal conditions. While game load times should not deviate much from drive to drive, our results can indicate which drives may be more responsive in long-term use.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung

You know our PlayStation 5 line by now: just about any drive will do. The 990 can push more bandwidth than the 990 EVO, which arguably makes it a better pick. It’s on par with, or better than, most budget drives out there. At least, for the things you will usually be doing on the PS5. It’s clear from our one bandwidth test that the drive ran out of cache, and it has the typical slow QLC flash write state. This is not indicative of real-world performance if you do normal installs/updates with mostly reads. If you are freshly installing the drive and moving a ton of games onto it, then yes, this could be an issue, but the QLC write speeds are still significantly faster than 1GbE if you’re intending only to download a ton of games at once. Otherwise, you can check the cache size in the relevant testing section.

Transfer Rates — DiskBench

We use the DiskBench storage benchmarking tool to test file transfer performance with a custom 50GB dataset. We write 31,227 files of various types, such as pictures, PDFs, and videos to the test drive, then make a copy of that data to a new folder, and follow up with a reading test of a newly-written 6.5GB zip file. This is a real-world type workload that fits into the cache of most drives.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Samsung

We also see some write performance issues in DiskBench. This is dependent on cache size and speed, but for the most part should be limited by the interface speed. However, there are cases where copy speed will simply be slower, whether due to the controller or other optimization trade-offs. We can see that the 990 EVO, with TLC flash, is not exactly doing great here, and the 990 EVO Plus does much better. However, the 990 lags behind, and is very far behind the P310 and Blue SN5100.

So, we can put some of this slow speed on the Piccolo/PiccoloQ controller. To avoid getting too technical on this, we suspect it is partially architectural. This is reflected in power efficiency, as both the P310 and Blue SN5100 – with the Phison E27T and a proprietary Sandisk controller, respectively – are significantly more power-efficient than the 990 EVO, 990 EVO Plus, and as we’ll discover, the 990 as well. We also know that Samsung’s V9 QLC flash is not particularly inefficient.

As for the controller, there are reasons to design it differently. Reliability is one reason, especially if you sell a lot of OEM and enterprise drives that share the technology. Scaling is another, as you may use similar technology across your stack. You might want to optimize for a different sort of performance baseline; you may have unique endurance requirements, and you also might have to keep capacity in mind – enterprise drives, in particular, could make better use of this flash’s interface speed when scaling for capacity. Therefore, DiskBench results for our specific testing may not really be what Samsung is optimizing for, in which case the 990’s performance more or less hits expectations based on the 990 EVO and 990 EVO Plus. It just disappoints against drives like the NV3, which are otherwise inferior.

And to put a cap on it, yes, this is a consumer drive, but if you go back and read our 990 EVO review – and other recent Samsung SSD reviews, for that matter – you will see we underlined the idea that Samsung has been late to the party with less-than-leading performance recently. The fact is, Samsung has and has had bigger fish to fry, and its technology is sound but no longer looks amazing on the standard consumer benchmarks. That makes its products less relevant if you just want the fastest drive, although we’d argue there are secondary effects like drive reliability that still keep Samsung in the fight, certainly as an OEM option. It’s also true that consumer use has a lower bar – any halfway-decent NVMe drive is fast enough for daily driving – which means, sometimes you’re just buying the Samsung name.

Synthetic Testing — ATTO / CrystalDiskMark

ATTO and CrystalDiskMark (CDM) are free and easy-to-use storage benchmarking tools that SSD vendors commonly use to assign performance specifications to their products. Both of these tools give us insight into how each device handles different file sizes and at different queue depths for both sequential and random workloads.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware

ATTO gives us a clear image of how a drive performs over a range of block sizes. This can relate to different file sizes, for example, you probably have many files at or below 4KiB in size for various things but larger files, archives, and media files will usually be in units of MiB. Depending on what you’re using the drive for you may want to pay attention to how a drive performs within a certain range. For the quickest comparison, we show the results on a logarithmic scale and, there, the 990 shows significant dips for reads between 64KiB and 1MiB.

What you need to know is that flash is interleaved to improve performance, which means that larger I/O sizes will show higher throughput. A single, four-plane die, with modern 16KiB pages, can interleave up to 64KiB internally. If you have one die per each of four channels, that’s 256KiB. If you parallelize that over four dies per channel – which is the ideal amount and what we have with the 2TB 990 – then you reach 1MiB. While alignment here can impact performance, for example we sometimes look at six-plane flash these days, in general you will see a gradual throughput increase as you go. You’ll see this beyond 1MiB as data can and will be cached in volatile memory, either system-side or in a small cache on the drive. If you’re looking at higher queue depths, which we do with CrystalDiskMark, performance saturates even further as the controller is able to optimize data placement and retrieval with knowledge of what’s coming.

What this usually means is that QD8 is enough to get drives close together, while there will be more disparity at QD1. QD1 is much closer to real-world, as most operations will be at low queue depth, the vast majority at our below QD4 and the majority at QD1 or QD2.

We see that the 990 matches the P310 with QD1 reads, while some drives, like the X1070, do surprisingly well. We can assume that the controller plays at least a partial role here. The X1070 is a good example because, let’s be real, it’s not a drive a lot of reviewers liked. Yet, it has pretty good performance in this instance, indicating it could be a solid secondary storage drive. Fair enough. The 990 just doesn’t really have the response we like to see for that, but it’s fast enough to remain relevant. We got the impression in our X1070 review that its controller was chosen for cost savings and that was plenty for daily use, but we don’t think Samsung cheaped out on the PiccoloQ. Rather, Samsung is looking at the bigger picture, as it also sells drives with the Piccolo controller, including its OEM offerings.

Random latency seems much more important to a lot of people. We generally find that sub-50µs is one bar and another is sub-45µs. The 990 manages the former, which puts it above last-gen drives and some earlier Gen 4 drives, and budget drives like the X1070. It’s in the same ballpark as the NV3, too. It’s sufficiently far behind more popular budget drives, though, to draw our interest. In most cases you won’t notice it, but if you’re using this as your only drive and are sensitive to that, it’s not your best option. On the other hand, we think you have to balance that against pricing and some management of expectations. Any modern SSD is going to be very fast, and with current pricing it might be worth putting more weight on reliability, for example.

Sustained Write Performance and Cache Recovery

Official write specifications are only part of the performance picture. Most SSDs implement a write cache, which is a fast area of pseudo-SLC (single-bit) programmed flash that absorbs incoming data. Sustained write speeds can suffer tremendously once the workload spills outside of the cache and into the "native" TLC (three-bit) or QLC (four-bit) flash. Performance can suffer even more if the drive is forced to fold, the process of migrating data out of the cache in order to free up space for further incoming data.

We use Iometer to hammer the SSD with sequential writes for 15 minutes to measure both the size of the write cache and performance after the cache is saturated. We also monitor cache recovery via multiple idle rounds. This process shows the performance of the drive in various states including the steady state write performance.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware

Samsung’s TurboWrite 2.0 caching technology utilizes a fixed, static portion of pSLC combined with a much larger dynamic portion. These two zones have unique characteristics which, when taken together, ideally keep the drive feeling fast across a variety of workloads. The static portion ensures the drive always has some cache for random writes, while the dynamic portion varies with drive usage so that you always have ample cache. While the 990 EVO had 108GB total regardless of capacity, it’s more typical for Samsung to increase both caches in absolute terms as capacity goes up. This is the case with the 990 EVO Plus, which has a 216GB cache at 2TB. But we know from our 9100 Pro review that Samsung is quite capable of going with a larger cache. The general trend for consumer SSDs has been to go that way, especially for QLC-based and DRAM-less SSDs, as it better hides weak performance states.

Therefore, it’s not too surprising that the 990’s cache is pretty large. In its fastest state, it writes at almost 6.1 GB/s for over 57 seconds, for a cache in excess of 350GB. This is larger than the 2TB 990 EVO Plus’s but smaller than the 2TB 9100 Pro’s. Our suspicion is that the 990 follows the newer, larger scheme, but we’re dealing with QLC rather than TLC flash. QLC flash to pSLC is 4 bits to 1, while TLC is 3 bits to 1, so in relative terms the 990 lines up with the 9100 Pro. That’s all fine and good. As for how fast it writes, Samsung markets the 990 as having over 50% faster write performance than the 990 EVO, which is accurate simply because we’re moving from 1,600 to 2,400 MT/s, with newer flash and firmware.

Once the cache is exhausted, the drive has to write to the native QLC flash directly or fold data over from pSLC to QLC. The latter is slower but can reduce wear in some cases – folding uses predictable, sequential writes – and reduces the likelihood of errors in transmission. Considering the technology we mentioned above and how Samsung avoids problems with power loss, it makes sense that going slower is by design. In fact, given we know the expected speed of the flash – rated at 41 MB/s per die – we can reasonably assume the firmware wants this outcome. It’s not that the flash can’t handle higher speeds, even at the risk of endurance. It’s simply that for a consumer drive of this type, the response is reasonable and measured. Going faster would require reducing the cache size potentially, which tends not to be a good trade-off for this type of drive.

One interesting thing about the V9 flash is that it can operate in a pTLC caching mode. We don’t see that here. Honestly, that’s not too surprising: Solidigm’s 5-bit PLC flash effectively was designed to run as QLC/pQLC for enterprise, so it’s possible this pTLC mode was for cases where you might need that higher level of performance or endurance. After all, this is extremely dense flash even in such a mode, which points more at enterprise use.

We’ve seen QLC flash from Kioxia also optionally have this mode – and for that matter, Solidigm’s PLC can do pTLC, too – in the past, but that mode doesn’t appear to be designed for consumer use. There may be other reasons for not using it in a consumer product, such as power optimization, as consumer workloads probably benefit more from a straight pSLC and native/QLC hybrid.

Power Consumption and Temperature

We use the Quarch HD Programmable Power Module to gain a deeper understanding of power characteristics. Idle power consumption is an important aspect to consider, especially if you're looking for a laptop upgrade as even the best ultrabooks can have mediocre stock storage in terms of capacity and performance. Desktops are often more performance-oriented with less support for power-saving features so we show the worst-case for idle.

Some SSDs can consume watts of power at idle while better-suited ones sip just milliwatts. Average workload power consumption and max consumption are two other aspects of power consumption but performance-per-watt, or efficiency, is more important. A drive might consume more power during any given workload but accomplishing a task faster allows the drive to drop into an idle state more quickly, ultimately saving energy.

For temperature recording we currently poll the drive’s primary composite sensor during testing with a ~22°C ambient. Our testing is rigorous enough to heat the drive to a realistic ceiling temperature but real-world temperatures will vary due to the environment and workload factors.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware
Samsung 990 2TB SSD
Tom's Hardware

Is the 990 power-efficient? Samsung markets the drive as being 38% more efficient than the 990 EVO – or that it cuts power consumption by 38% – which, technically, works with our numbers. It’s not a huge bar to hit as the 990 EVO was not very power-efficient. Even the X1070 is significantly more efficient! The 990, unfortunately, really doesn’t do well against other drives in its class, regardless of flash. We can’t chalk this up as being fully due to the controller because the 990 EVO Plus does well enough for itself.

This is actually expected since, for example, the Blue SN5100, which is using BiCS8 QLC, is less efficient than its BiCS8 TLC sibling, the Black SN7100. QLC and TLC flash of the same generation often have significant differences. TLC flash saw six planes first while QLC tends to be optimized for density. While it’s true that pSLC performance between the two is often comparable, behind the scenes the drive still has to deal with wear-leveling, garbage collection, and other maintenance with block granularity. QLC is slower, with larger blocks and pSLC taking more bits. So all else being equal, TLC often outshines it in power efficiency.

Our impression here, as is the case elsewhere in the review, is that this flash is basically V7 QLC with twice the density. Samsung uses impressive tricks to get it there; the flash is technically a bit faster and more efficient, and it has some neat changes that mostly apply to enterprise. This means you can have the 990 doing worse than the 990 EVO Plus with its V8 TLC. This is not perplexing. QLC flash is made for bit density, and Samsung intends to scale flash for a very long time. It also skipped V8 QLC for a reason. This doesn’t endear it to people wanting to buy this drive for laptops, although we assure you that this does use some cutting-edge technology, and we do think it should be very reliable. It’s just not going to be as efficient as you might expect.

Samsung is cognizant that its drives will end up with OEM variants in laptops and in many cases, shorter form factors. The 990 EVO wasn’t a great laptop drive due to its heat generation, but it works. The 990 is significantly better, so it, too, will work as a laptop drive. We think this drive deserves a heatsink in a desktop or PS5, and probably should have heatspreading of some sort anywhere else, if at all possible.

The question is, will it overheat? In our testing, we found that it got closer than we prefer to that point. Our maximum reported controller temperature was high relative to the initial throttling temperature, but a true composite value would be lower. Even so, the controller did get warm. On the other hand, our Iometer testing is far from real-world. We push our drives hard. This is not the sort of drive for a desktop replacement or high-end laptop in our opinion, although we think with typical workloads it’s perfectly fine. After all, the results here are better than the SK hynix Gold P31, which is a laptop staple. By all means, in a Gen 3 slot this thing will fly. If you’re hammering it at Gen 4 speeds, though, yeah, it’s not the coolest drive in town.

Test Bench and Testing Notes

We use an Alder Lake platform with most background applications, such as indexing, Windows updates, and anti-virus, disabled in the OS to reduce run-to-run variability. Each SSD is prefilled to 50% capacity and tested as a secondary device. Unless noted, we use active cooling for all SSDs.

Samsung 990 Bottom Line

The Samsung 990 is bound to be underwhelming for some, but none of our results should surprise. We know what this technology is and we’ve seen Samsung’s entries in recent years with the 990 EVO, the 990 EVO Plus, and the 9100 Pro. You could even put the 980 and 990 Pros into that mix. The move away from DRAM on the EVO Plus series, in particular, was a sign of the times. It’s not surprising to see the raw 990 – the 980 was TLC-based – go to QLC without the “QVO” addendum. The original speculation of the 990 QVO being a QLC 990 EVO, with the EVO itself being a surprisingly “slow” drive, was probably correct given the OEM evidence, and the 990 being a step up lets it command the 990 name by itself. To reiterate, this is exactly what we expected.

Skipping over the 990 QVO and V7 QLC flash is only sidestepping, and that’s likely because the market has changed so much over the last year or two. Bringing out a QLC-based 990 EVO equivalent just wouldn’t sell and might even make the brand look bad. It could certainly be done, and even still done, as an affordable SKU with better yields. But any 990 was going to be exactly what we got, instead. You need the faster flash to saturate PCIe 4.0 with a DRAM-less drive, and this was always going to be DRAM-less. Using a new or licensed controller with TLC flash would be weird, as it’d be going up against the existing 990 EVO Plus. Frankly, the 990 is a good 990 EVO replacement from retail and OEM perspectives, with one caveat: endurance. Samsung saves itself some headaches by reducing the warranty to three years, and as this flash is robust, it can just nudge up the TBW as a distraction.

Samsung 990 2TB SSD

(Image credit: Samsung)

We think that’s an important part of the message here. This flash seems designed for enterprise and has technological changes to back that up, with the main consumer benefits being the potential for increased reliability. But memory is still in high demand, and this has to be a budget part, so here comes the three-year warranty. Performance is not bad – it certainly beats earlier Gen 4 QLC-based drives and would beat the rumored 990 QVO as well. It’s just not really performance-focused. It’s also a much more efficient design, but that’s in comparison to Samsung’s own hardware. It’s merely mediocre there in the current landscape. Samsung seems to be building for the future with higher layer counts and bit density, so this lays the groundwork. A client drive seems almost like an afterthought. Users shouldn’t take that personally, but also shouldn’t underestimate this drive as it’s more than effective enough for its purpose.

In fact, in the era of Gen 3 drives returning and so many “box of chocolates” SSDs with random names and hardware, a reliable Samsung SSD is a nice option. Even with QLC flash. If you only need a budget drive to throw into a build or to upgrade an old PC, you get Gen 4 performance and a TLC-like experience for most things. We also feel this drive should be reliable and, although it runs hotter than we’d like, it’s not going to be molten like some other drives. It’s just a polished design by Samsung that fills a micro niche, and clearly it thought a response was needed. It’s not a lot different than our reaction has been to Samsung’s last few new drives, which have all been competent but largely never the strtong leader. That’s okay with us, as we can tell the manufacturer has a longer-term perspective; it just means a little less awe when you finish a build using a Samsung drive.

If you really want the best experience with a QLC-based drive, we still recommend the Crucial P310 – which is going away – or the Sandisk WD Blue SN5100. These offer incredible performance for QLC flash. Otherwise, there are some MP44Q-like drives out there that continue to be budget leaders. The 990 fits somewhere along there as a known-brand alternative. If you’re looking for Gen 5, DRAM, or TLC, then you’re also looking at a higher price tag. Frankly, QLC costs more than it should, in part due to enterprise demand. On the other hand, a modern QLC drive will provide an equivalent experience 99% of the time. The priorities are up to you. For us, the 990 is a fine primary drive for normal builds and OK for laptops, although we’d go cheaper for the PS5 and higher-end for an enthusiast machine.

MORE: Best SSDs

MORE: Best External SSDs

MORE: Best SSD for the Steam Deck

Elon Musk’s Colossus 2 data center installed 59 natural gas turbines without permission, report claims — thousands of tons of pollutants reportedly impact black communities in Mississippi already suffering from elevated lung disease rates

Elon Musk's Colossus 2 xAI data center, which runs independently of the power grid through on-site natural gas turbines, is said to be releasing thousands of tons of nitrogen oxide and carbon monoxide every year. According to Reuters, the company has installed 59 temporary, mobile natural gas turbines without permission, and these unpermitted portable units mostly heavily affect the communities surrounding the site, which happen to be predominantly black and are already suffering disproportionately high lung disease rates. xAI has claimed that it’s running 27 turbines without any permits, saying that it’s exempted because of their temporary nature.

Elon Musk’s alleged use of illegal turbines isn’t a new issue, with the community discovering that it’s been using over 30 gas turbines on the site, despite only having an ongoing application for 15 in July 2025. The company said that these turbines are exempted from the permitting process, as they are not permanent installations and will be moved within 364 days. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) issued a ruling earlier this year that removed all exceptions, but told Reuters that “it’s considering changes allowing ‘regulatory flexibilities’ for portable units while continuing to protect public health.”

The Colossus data centers were put up in record time, and Musk had to bring his own energy sources to achieve this. That’s because connecting to the grid could take years, especially if the grid must be upgraded to deliver his 1-GW capacity target. However, the Clean Air Act permitting process could take a similarly long time, with the report suggesting xAI bypassed it completely just to achieve its goal. Adding to the complexity, while the data center is located in Tennessee, Reuters reports that "at least" 57 of the 59 turbines are actually located just over the state line in Mississippi, which issued a permit for 41 permanent turbines in March. xAI and Mississippi environmental regulators claim the turbines are mobile and therefore don't need permits, but they also aren't covered by the permit for 41 permanent turbines.

This did not sit well with the communities surrounding the data centers, especially Colossus 2, which sat near the border of Tennessee and Mississippi. Because of this, xAI (now called SpaceXAI after its recent merger with Space X) is facing a lawsuit from the NAACP, which alleges that the operation of these unpermitted turbines resulted in an 111% increase in nitrogen oxide exhaust, an 83% increase in PM2.5 airborne particles, and an 88% increase in formaldehyde emissions. The Reuters investigation says that just 30 of the 59 turbines listed could emit 2,500 tons of nitrogen oxide, 4,000 tons of carbon monoxide, and 22 tons of formaldehyde annually — way above the 100-ton nitrogen oxide threshold that the Clean Air Act set for turbines to operate without a permit.

These pollutants are proven to have adverse effects on the health of the people living within a five-mile radius of the source, and census data showed that the residents living in the affected area are predominantly black. Since Colossus 2 straddles a state boundary, the publication listed the data for two counties — DeSoto County, Mississippi, and Shelby County, Tennessee. Statistics show that about 46% of the population in the former and 94% in the latter are black, which is significantly higher compared to the 33% and 52% in the rest of the counties.

While the report did not say that these communities were deliberately targeted, it also pointed to a 2022 study that showed that areas once redlined by banks still suffer in the present day from higher air pollutant emissions. SpaceXAI recently announced an automatic 50% discount and free hardware rentals on Starlink plans for people living near Colossus 1 and 2, with SpaceX VP for Starlink Michael Nicolls saying on X, “The unique capabilities of the Colossus datacenters could not be accomplished without the partnership and support from the local Memphis community.” While this may bring some benefit to already existing Starlink users, some say that this is merely a PR stunt to help give the company a better image as the community is battling the air and noise pollution they bring to the area.

Eventscape.ai – Generate photorealistic event designs from your detailed vision


Eventscape.ai is an AI-powered event design platform that turns detailed creative specs into photorealistic visuals. You build a 21-field design profile, generate tablescapes, room ambiance, centerpieces, and place settings, then refine with one tap. Share secure style boards for element-level approvals, protect work with watermarks, and track version history. Create color palettes, upload inspiration for prefill, and manage timelines, tasks, and vendors—built for boutique planners who need client-ready presentations and privacy.

View startup

Mailberry – The Email Revenue Platform


Mailberry is an AI-native email marketing platform for ecommerce brands, especially Shopify. It learns your store, brand voice, products, and audience, then tells you what to send and who to send it to, while building campaigns, segments, and flows from idea to design.

It runs continuously to surface growth opportunities, optimize key revenue drivers like abandoned cart and winback flows, and keep every email on brand. Connect your store and launch ready-to-send campaigns and flows in minutes, with strategy, copy, and testing built in.

View startup

Meta’s Adam Mosseri says AI token budgets could soon be capped per engineer

14 July 2026 at 20:22
Instagram head Adam Mosseri believes companies will eventually need to manage AI token spending the same way they manage payroll or other operating expenses, predicting that engineers could soon face limits on how much they spend using AI tools.

HWMonitor v1.65 Brings Back Hotspot Reading for NVIDIA RTX 50 Series

14 July 2026 at 20:03
CPUID has just released HWMonitor version 1.65, which reintroduces the previously abandoned hotspot temperature reading for NVIDIA's GeForce RTX 50 series "Blackwell" GPU. When NVIDIA originally launched its "Blackwell" GPU lineup, the company removed the ability for popular utilities like GPU-Z and HWMonitor to access hotspot sensor data, even though the sensor was present on the die. We initially thought it was impossible to access this data again without using NVIDIA's internal tool, Modular Diagnostic Software (MODS), which is not publicly available. However, the latest HWMonitor update has restored this capability. Although we are unsure how the update accomplishes this without public API exposure, which NVIDIA restricted with the RTX 50 series, the software reportedly bypasses this limitation and successfully performs a normal hotspot reading.

An extreme overclocker known as "Madness" on X has already tested the latest HWMonitor version 1.65 on a shunt-modded and water-cooled RTX 5090 GPU, which is drawing over 900 W from the wall. Under the water block, the GPU's hotspot sensor measures around 68°C, while the normal temperature reporting shows a delta of about 17°C, indicating that the reported GPU temperature is around 51°C. Although this delta between the overall GPU die temperature and hotspot temperature isn't ideal, it provides overclockers with more detailed information about their GPUs.

Samsung Texas Fab to Mass-Produce Tesla AI5 SoC on 2 nm Node

14 July 2026 at 19:19
Earlier this year, Elon Musk announced that Tesla had completed the design of its AI5 SoC. Today, we learn that the company will receive these processors from a United States-based Samsung fab located in Taylor, Texas. This means Samsung is preparing to produce the AI5 chip on its SF2 2 nm node on U.S. soil, effectively utilizing the CHIPS Act funding it received to manufacture silicon for domestic companies. As more companies push for domestic manufacturing, Tesla has been working with Samsung and TSMC to leverage their American-based facilities to align the vital parts of the supply chain with the location where the company is based and conducts most of its business.

For Samsung, this is a significant customer win, as Tesla will undertake major volume production in its Taylor fab on the SF2 node. This is one of the first major projects outside of Samsung's usual operations in South Korea, where most of its leading-edge production occurs. Regarding the AI5 chip, Tesla has designed these processors for Full Self-Driving (FSD). The CEO also mentioned that the AI5 chip will offer performance comparable to NVIDIA's "Hopper" architecture, with two AI5 units matching the power of a single "Blackwell" processor. On both the left and right sides, there are two rows of SK hynix LPDDR5X memory modules, each with three modules. This totals 12 LPDDR5X memory modules per AI5 chip. With 16 GB per module, this results in 192 GB of LPDDR5X memory per AI5 SoC. Additionally, Tesla has ambitious plans for nine-month design cycles for the AI6, which will also be part of the joint effort between Samsung, TSMC, and possibly even Intel with its advanced packaging. Musk confirmed that the AI6 and Dojo 3 projects, among other "exciting chips," are currently in progress, suggesting we could see much more custom silicon ASICs in the coming months.

Samsung Reportedly Lands Anthropic as Foundry Customer, Looking to Reverse its Chip Deficit With 2nm AI Orders

14 July 2026 at 19:24

With the AI race in full swing, Samsung Foundry has reportedly secured a contract to manufacture Anthropic's AI chips. Anthropic has slowly shaped up to be one of the most important players in the AI industry courtesy of its advanced AI models. As the AI semiconductor sector remains highly concentrated, with the bulk of chips designed and sold by NVIDIA, major players such as Google, OpenAI and Amazon are designing custom chips. Samsung's deal with Anthropic is expected to allow the foundry business to return to growth, say the sources, and allow it to reverse a deficit. Anthropic to Purportedly […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/samsung-reportedly-lands-anthropic-as-foundry-customer-looking-to-reverse-its-chip-deficit-with-2nm-ai-orders/

NVIDIA RTX 50 Series Hotspot Temperature Readings Are Back Through HWMonitor Utility

14 July 2026 at 19:03

A close-up of an NVIDIA GeForce RTX graphics card with visible thermal paste on the GPU and the 'NVIDIA GPU Hotspot' graphic in the background.

Despite NVIDIA's removal of the Hotspot temperature measurements, CPUID developers have deployed the feature to their popular hardware monitoring utility. NVIDIA Killed RTX 50 Hotspot Readings, but HWMonitor 1.65 Just Brought Them Back With Two Sensors While NVIDIA may have dropped the Hotspot temperature measurements from the Blackwell GeForce RTX 50 series graphics cards, the sensors reportedly do exist. We saw how modders brought back the hotspot monitoring through modding, which revealed how some GPUs were thermal throttling despite showing normal average GPU temperatures. The GPUs, therefore, were affected by high hotspot temperatures, resulting in inferior gaming performance. The experiment […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/nvidia-rtx-50-series-hotspot-temperature-readings-are-back-through-hwmonitor-utility/

Apple Just Hit A 20% Global Smartphone Share, Yet A New Report Warns Slowing iPhone Builds Amid Price Increases And Weak US Upgrades Threaten 2027

14 July 2026 at 18:59

Apple

Apple's sales cadence benefited enormously from its relatively attractive pricing regime that it chose to maintain until the tail-end of Q2, when the Cupertino-based tech giant finally gave in to the oncoming margin-related pressures by hiking prices of its Mac and iPad offerings. Now, however, with the hype around the iPhone 17 series fizzling out, and the upcoming iPhone 18 Pro series expected to debut with material price hikes, a new research report has just found worrying evidence of Apple's slowing sales momentum. A KeyBanc analyst now believes the consensus estimate for Apple's iPhone growth of 8 percent in 2027 […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/apple-just-hit-a-20-global-smartphone-share-yet-a-new-report-warns-slowing-iphone-builds-amid-price-increases-and-weak-us-upgrades-threaten-2027/

AMD’s 10th Anniversary Ryzen 7 5800X3D Effectively Drops Below $300 As Newegg Bundles A Free Cooler

14 July 2026 at 18:46

The image shows an AMD Ryzen 7 5000 series processor box with text 'Processor includes AMD 3D V-Cache technology,' an MSI cooler with RGB fans, and the phrase 'RYZEN 7 PERFECT PAIR!' in the background.

If you were waiting to buy AMD Ryzen's 10th Anniversary edition Ryzen 7 5800X3D, now is the best time. AMD Ryzen 7 5800X3D is Now Available for $349 on Newegg, Coupled With a Free MSI 240mm AIO Valued at $70 Right after the launch of AMD's Ryzen 10th Anniversary Ryzen 7 5800X3D edition, they started appearing on eBay for over $500. Even though the processor was officially launched for $349, scalpers tried to take advantage of this situation and started earning hundreds of dollars on the launch by relisting the CPU on eBay. Since the launch, the availability of the […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/amds-10th-anniversary-ryzen-7-5800x3d-effectively-drops-below-300-as-newegg-bundles-a-free-cooler/

Nintendo Switch 2 Handles Dragon’s Dogma 2 Better Than Anyone Predicted, But The Real Winners Are PS5 And Xbox Owners

14 July 2026 at 18:42

A character in 'Dragon's Dogma II' confronts a large winged dragon surrounded by skeletal enemies in a dark, cavernous environment.

CAPCOM is among the third-party publishers that is supporting the Nintendo Switch 2 the best, delivering incredible ports of games such as Street Fighter 6, Resident Evil Requiem, PRAGMATA and Devil May Cry 5. Although the base game is remembered alongside Monster Hunter Wilds as one of the games powered by the RE Engine with the worst performance, Dragon's Dogma 2 Dark Arisen is already exceeding expectations on the system, running at 30 FPS and higher in its current state, which bodes incredibly well for the game ahead of its release on October 9. "We've been working not only to […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/nintendo-switch-2-handles-dragons-dogma-2-better-winners-ps5-xbox/

Microsoft Officially Removes Promotional Content From Windows Search

14 July 2026 at 18:30

The image shows a Windows 11 search interface with the highlighted text 'SEARCH IS FINALLY FIXED!' and a checkmark next to the search results, which include Calculator, File Explorer, and Settings.

Finally, a good change. This should now make the search content more relevant and less like a promotional window. Microsoft is Finally Cleaning up Windows Search, Removing Promotional Content Nobody loves the annoying promotional content in the Windows Search tab, which exists to solve users' queries. Thankfully, Microsoft is now removing it, addressing one of the biggest complaints about Windows Search. This will make users find the apps, files, and settings easier as this redesigns the experience to focus on what users actually want. The updated Search experience will now prioritize local results, allowing users to easily find the apps, […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/microsoft-officially-removes-promotional-content-from-windows-search/

RabbitMQ Flaws Could Leak OAuth Secrets and Expose Cross-Tenant Queue Metadata

Cybersecurity researchers have disclosed details of two access control-related flaws impacting the RabbitMQ message broker service that could allow attackers to leak OAuth client secrets, expose enterprise messaging infrastructure to takeover risks, and bypass tenant boundaries. Miggo's security team, which discovered and reported the flaws, said one "leaks the broker's confidential OAuth

Meta has “Multiple Next-Generation (VR) Headsets” in the works

Meta confirms plans for multiple future VR headsets, asking fans to wait for Meta Connect Earlier this year, Meta seemingly pivoted away from the VR market and the Metaverse by closing multiple VR-focused gaming studios. Now, Meta’s CTO, Andrew Bosworth (via UploadVR), has confirmed that Meta has “multiple next-generation (VR) headsets” in the works. Alongside […]

The post Meta has “Multiple Next-Generation (VR) Headsets” in the works appeared first on OC3D.

US and security allies warn Russian attacks on critical infrastructure are ramping up against 'poorly configured and vulnerable networking devices worldwide'

  • NSA, FBI, CISA, and 15 allied agencies warn Russia’s FSB Center 16 is exploiting weak/default credentials and old Cisco flaws to compromise critical infrastructure devices
  • Advisory highlights CVE‑2018‑0171 (Smart Install DoS/RCE) and CVE‑2008‑412813 (CSRF in Cisco IOS 12.4) as examples of vulnerabilities still being abused
  • TTPs overlap with Chinese groups but attribution points to Russian actors like Berserk Bear and Energetic Bear; full IoCs and mitigations were published in the joint advisory

Russian state-sponsored threat actors are continuously targeting broken and poorly configured networking devices belonging to critical infrastructure providers all around the world, a joint security advisory published by the US National Security Agency (NSA) and more than a dozen other agencies has warned.

As per the advisory, hackers working for the Russian Federal Security Service (FSB) Center 16 are constantly scanning for routers and other internet-connected devices that can be accessed with “common or default” login credentials.

Once found, these devices are instructed to copy device configuration files and later exfiltrate them via the Trivial File Transfer Protocol to servers under their control.

Berserk Bear and Salt Typhoon

In cases where default or weak credentials don’t work, the threat actors also try to exploit vulnerabilities. In the advisory, the agencies specifically mentioned two flaws in Cisco devices - CVE-2018-0171 and CVE-2008-412813. The former is an eight-year-old bug in the Smart Install feature of Cisco IOS Software and Cisco IOS XE Software that allows an unauthenticated, remote attacker to cause a denial of service (DoS) condition, or to execute arbitrary code.

The latter is an even older (18 years old) set of multiple cross-site request forgery (CSRF) vulnerabilities in the HTTP Administration component in Cisco IOS 12.4 on the 871 Integrated Services Router that allows remote attackers to execute arbitrary commands.

Even though many of these tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTP) overlap with Chinese hackers Salt Typhoon, the agencies suggested they are primarily focusing on Russian hackers known as Berserk Bear, Energetic Bear, Crouching Yeti, Dragonfly, Ghost Blizzard, or Static Tundra.

The joint advisory is co-authored by the NSA, FBI, and CISA, as well as 15 other agencies from Australia, the United Kingdom, Canada, New Zealand, Estonia, Finland, France, and Italy.

The Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua cordless stick vac-and-mop is a versatile floor cleaning combo for both vacuuming and light mopping duties

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua: two-minute review

The Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua is one of those products that leaves you feeling both impressed and slightly perplexed. No question, this is an impressive cordless stick vac with suction powerful enough to deal with everything from fine dust to larger debris, especially when used on carpet. However, while the provided multi-floor head is well engineered, I do wish Dreame had included its clever GapFree hard floor head as featured with the Dreame V20 Pro, which I consider a much better bet for hard floor sweeping.

Battery life is a respectable 35 minutes or so in Auto mode, and the whole machine feels fairly light in the hand, well balanced and easy enough to maneuver. Whether you're tackling carpets or rugs, it performs with the confidence you'd expect from what is essentially a flagship model. However, it’s not the best hard-floor model I’ve seen, at least when it comes to picking up larger debris.

While its detachable mopping unit is a class leader at collecting accidental spills and lifting everyday grime, its twin water tanks are simply too small to support cleaning across an entire home without frequent refills. As a result, it feels more like a maintenance tool than a genuine wet-cleaning solution, making it best suited to localized cleaning and single-room mopping rather than cleaning the floors of an entire house.

I'm not convinced by Dreame's docking solution, either. Instead of the elegant wall-mounted charging docks offered by some rivals, the Z30 Pro Aqua comes with an ungainly stand featuring a collection of bolt-on accessory holders. It's undeniably practical, but it looks more like an afterthought than something designed to complement a modern home. Put another way, you may want to tuck this stand well out of sight.

Nevertheless, strip away the awkward storage system and you’re still left with a very decent cordless vacuum cleaner and exemplary spot mopper for occasional household mishaps.

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua review: price & availability

  • List price: £549 (about $730 / AU$1,060)
  • Launched: May 2026
  • Availability: UK and Europe

The Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua sits firmly in the premium end of the cordless vacuum market. In the UK, its official retail price is a lofty £549 (about $730 / AU$1,060) but Dreame is currently selling it for a more reasonable £479 (about $640 / AU$920). Across Europe, pricing varies by country but generally lands at around €479.

While you can purchase the vac-only Z30 variant in the USA, the Z30 Pro Aqua we’re reviewing here hasn't been officially released over there yet, though Dreame is expected to bring the Pro Aqua (or a similar wet-dry variation) Stateside sometime later in 2026.

The Z30 Pro Aqua is competing against some seriously capable cordless cleaners and, while its vacuuming credentials are generally excellent, you are paying a premium for a mopping system that doesn't quite live up to the rest of the package. Unless your hard-floor cleaning needs are limited to quick maintenance mops, you may find better value elsewhere.

One alternative is to buy a stick vacuum and a dedicated wet-dry floor cleaner separately. Pairing something like the Dreame R20 (around £179 in the UK) or Shark PowerDetect (around £330) with a specialist floor washer such as the Dreame H15 Pro, Tineco Floor One S7 Pro or Roborock F25 Ultra will deliver much better range for whole-home mopping without constant refills and emptying. Yes, you'll need storage space for two appliances, but you'll also end up with a far more capable cleaning setup that excels at every task instead of compromising on either.

  • Value for money score: 3.5 out of 5

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua specs

Type

Cordless vacuum with wet-and-dry unit

Bagged / bagless

Bagless

Weight

7.72lbs / 3.5kg

Bin size

20.2 fl oz / 0.6 litre

Max runtime

Claimed 90 mins in Eco mode

Max suction

310 AW (28,000Pa)

Clean water tank:

13.5 fl oz / 400ml

Dirty water tank:

10.8 fl oz / 320ml

Hot air drying time

30 mins

Hot air drying temperature

158F / 70C

Charging time

4 hours

Tools

TangleCut Multi-Surface Brush, AquaCycle 2.0 Wet Cleaning Brush, wide fluff tool, crevice tool, dusting bush

Noise level

90dB

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua review: design

  • Elegant hand unit
  • Impressive suction stats
  • Unattractive docking system

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua on test at home

(Image credit: Future)

There are two main floor-cleaning disciplines — vacuuming and mopping — and both require a completely different approach. For vacuuming of hard floors and carpet you obviously need a vacuum cleaner — preferably of the cordless stick variety — but when it comes to mopping hard floors you have several choices.

There’s obviously the classic mop and bucket (which reigns supreme despite the paraphernalia and elbow grease required), a large handful of paper towels for liquid spills, or the good old damp tea towel for either messy spills or general hard floor cleaning. However, I know of a more practical solution and it’s called a cordless hard floor cleaner or, for want of a better description, a wet-dry vacuum cleaner.

These machines use a self-dampened spinning roller to quite literally suck up liquid spills of almost every variety — even vomit and puppy wee if you can handle the thought — depositing the disgusting mess into a large dirty water tank which is then emptied into the toilet bowl while holding one’s nose.

The big bonus with wet-dry vacs is that they cleverly eliminate the need for a bucket of water or any other accoutrements, so when you’re faced with a liquid spill, you simply grab the machine, run it over the mess a few times and return it to its charging plinth where it undergoes a robust self-cleaning regime in readiness for the next calamity.

Of course, these handy home helpers are also sterling floor moppers in general, removing most stains and grime off kitchen and bathroom floors in record time. However, the upshot is that you end up with two machines cluttering the home, which is where this all-in-one vaccy-moppy model from Dreame comes into the equation.

Before I discuss the Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua’s versatile list of credentials, I must chip in with a quick caveat regarding its looks. Attired in Dreame’s usual posh rose gold bling, the Z30 Pro Aqua’s main vacuum unit is actually very stylish and elegant but I can’t say the same for the storage system-cum-charging-and-mop-cleaning plinth, which is so ugly that even Dreame is shying away from making a song and dance about it on its web page.

I’m struggling to think of what this tangled melange of bendy pipes and bolted-on plastic accessory holders looks like but it’s quite an eyesore that you will definitely want to hide deep in the recesses of the utility room – or at the very least well away from any living areas.

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua on test at home

(Image credit: Future)

The Z30 Pro Aqua’s charging system entails pushing the suction tube into a pair of arm clamps until they click shut, and it’s a bit of wobbly affair it must be said. But here’s the thing — the suction tube needs to be attached to the mopping head because the charging contacts don’t line up if docked with the vacuum head. Given that most of the time you’ll be using the vacuuming function, I think this is a major oversight because it requires having to change the vacuum head to the mopping head every time you dock the unit. Anyway, to remove the unit, you simply push back against the clamps to release it.

I’ve never been a fan of multiple accessories, but this one comes with a mini banquet, namely the obligatory dusting brush, flat head and crevice nozzle, which all clip into the charging base assembly. However, it’s not very often that I’m able to attach any of the detail tools to the storage post without fiddling about with the connectors. There’s only one way to insert them and even this requires wiggling the accessory until you finally locate the correct entry angle. This is not such a good thing when you’re in the middle of a clean and you’re swapping tools like a plumber fixing a leaky pipe.

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua on test at home

(Image credit: Future)

Disappointingly, you get just one universal brush head with this machine, and not the clever edge-cleaning hard floor-specific head that shipped with the excellent Dreame V20 Pro stick vac. Yes, I know that would perhaps be one accessory too many but I’d be happy to find someone to store it, mostly because it’s so good at cleaning right to the very edge of skirting boards.

The 8.6-inch (22cm) brush head itself is essentially a solid, molded cylinder with protruding paddles, each with a soft nylon bristle attached. Despite its simplicity, it makes an extremely good fist of beating dust out of carpets but it feels and sounds too rigid for hard floors. On the plus side, the brush head is easy to maneuver around furniture legs and I like the suction reduction vent on the front of the head which is handy on deeper pile carpet. A full blue beam of blue light, meanwhile, illuminates detritus when sweeping in darker areas, though it’s not a patch on Dyson’s Lazer Dust Detection system.

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua on test at home

(Image credit: Future)

This leads me to the last part of this unusual entry into the world of floor cleaning – the detachable mop head. Unlike purpose-built wet-dry hard floor cleaners like the class-leading Roborock 25 Ultra – which comes with a large 33.8 fl oz (1L) clean water tank and 24.3 fl oz (720ml) dirty water reservoir – the Z30 Pro Aqua’s detachable mop head is equipped with a titchy 13.5 fl oz (400ml) fresh water tank, an even smaller 10.8 fl oz (320ml) one for the filthy stuff and, uniquely, a separate collection box for solid debris.

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua on test at home

(Image credit: Future)

Unlike dedicated electro moppers that port all muck — liquid and solid — into one large container for pouring into the toilet, this one separates the waste into liquid and solids. I can see the reasoning behind it if one were to use the sink for disposing the contents because it keeps the solid stuff aside for emptying into the kitchen bin by simply lifting out the solids container.

Granted, the mop system is self cleaning, but this process uses most of the water in the tank so you’ll likely need a refill for the self-cleaning process followed by yet another refill and emptying session before you can take it out on its next run. On the plus side, the front-mounted wooly spinning mop head – thicker and more absorbent than others I’ve seen – is thoroughly cleaned and then dried on its bucket-shaped base for 30 minutes using hot air at a very effective 158F (70C).

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua on test at home

(Image credit: Future)

Let’s take a closer look at the engine room of this new vac-and-mop system. The handheld unit alone weighs 5lb (2.3kg) and 7.7lb (3.5kg) with the suction tube and floor head attached. This is the exact same combined weight as the Dyson Gen5Detect, and par for the course given its larger-than-average 20.3 fl oz (0.6L) dust bin capacity. To empty the bin, you simply tap a side button and it lifts off the unit to be taken to the bin and emptied by pressing another button to eject all detritus. In terms of suction power, the Z30 Pro Aqua produces a whopping 28,000 Pascals – more than enough oomph for deep-pile carpet cleaning duties.

The Z30 Pro Aqua’s hand unit doesn’t come with a trigger. Instead you press the On button and choose from Auto (which increases suction automatically when heavy deposits of dust are detected), Eco or Turbo. You can see which mode you’re in by looking at the circular display which, incidentally, also illustrates the levels of debris being collected in Auto mode, a bit like a Dyson only nowhere near as bright or as readable.

Dreame’s 90-minute running time is based on it being in Eco mode on hard floor and that may be true or taken with a pinch of salt. However I have always used Auto mode, for which I got about 35 minutes of suction and/or mopping when running the unit on a hard wooden floor. That’s not too bad for a stick vac in auto mode — I’ve seen worse.

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua on test at home

(Image credit: Future)

I’ll end this chapter with a shout out to the rose gold suction tube that bends 90 degrees for reaching under sofas and beds. If I’m not mistaken, Shark was the first to produce an articulating suction tube. It’s a great feature to have, mostly because it saves having to get on one’s knees when cleaning under low-slung furnishings.

My final thoughts on the design of the Z30 Pro Aqua? Firstly, build quality is excellent throughout. The main unit feels reassuringly solid without becoming too cumbersome, while the large transparent dust bin, easy-release battery and intuitive controls all contribute to a very premium vacuuming experience.

In essence, it looks to me like this product was created mostly for vacuuming, but with the ability to clean up small spills and odd stains as and when they occur. I don’t think it’s a valid alternative to a dedicated wet-dry vacuum cleaner which is suitable for cleaning a whole home. But, hey, if the concept of a multipurpose two-in-one floor cleaner floats your boat then by all means go ahead. Just be aware that you may not be able to mop more than half a large kitchen before having to perform an empty-and-refill session.

  • Design score: 4 out of 5

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua review: performance

  • Exceptional carpet performance
  • Not as efficient on hard floors
  • Perfect for spot mopping

Aside from some daily vacuuming and low-level mopping, I also set up three performance tests for the Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua: carpet and hard floor vacuuming using a variety of dry ingredients, including rice, partly broken cornflakes, oats and flour; and hard floor mopping using a splash of milk and a few cornflakes. For both tests I set the suction mode to Auto, which adjusts the power according to the amount of dust and dirt the built-in sensor detects.

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua floor test

(Image credit: Future)

The result for the hard floor test in my kitchen was about average. It certainly wasn’t a match for my Dyson Gen5Detect with its hard floor-specific attachment fitted. Although it collected the cornflakes, oats and flour well enough, the Z30 scattered more rice than it should have. I put this unexceptional performance down to the design of the universal brush head which doesn’t seem particularly well suited to hard floors. It also sounded a wee bit clattery as if it was crying out for a smooth velveteen brush roller. A very good reason, me thinks, for Dreame to include its excellent GapFree hard floor-specific head with this product.

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua floor test

(Image credit: Future)

The carpet test, on the other hand, was a much rosier picture. In fac, I’d say that the Z30 may well be one of the better carpet sweepers on the market since it had no issues collecting everything in a single stroke bar a few obstreperous grains of rice. It also left no trace of flour, even when examined close up. The Z30 has also proved very adept at collecting huge amounts of Labrador hair during its general cleaning routines.

Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua floor test

(Image credit: Future)

For my final test I grabbed the mopping unit, filled it with fresh water and introduced it to some spilled milk and soggy cornflakes. Blow me down with a feather! This thing performed exceedingly well in this test, collecting every last flake of corn and all the milk in a single pass. I put this down to the material used for the roller which is thick, dense, and has a slightly grippy feel. In fact, I also noticed the effectiveness of this roller during standard mopping duties because it dealt with general stains and floor marks with consummate aplomb. I have also been impressed by how well the mop has steered around furniture and how it can be angled to over 90˚ for tight areas.

  • Performance score: 4 out of 5

Should you buy the Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua?

Attribute

Notes

Rating

Value

The Z30 Pro Aqua is expensive, but its powerful vacuuming and integrated mopping may justify the outlay for some households, though not everyone.

3.5 / 5

Design

An intriguing combo for those after a two-in-one floor-cleaning solution but the jury’s out on the ungainly look of the mop-cleaning dock.

4 / 5

Performance

This isn’t the best option for hard floors but it’s excellent on carpet. And while its mop is intended for short bursts, it’s surprisingly excellent at cleaning up stains and spills.

4 / 5

Buy it if...

You want decent vacuuming performance

Powerful suction and an effective floor head make light work of carpets, rugs and, to a lesser degree, hard floors.

You need to perform occasional spot mopping

This model is just the ticket for quick mopping duties.

You love premium build quality

The Z30 Pro Aqua feels every bit like a flagship appliance, with solid construction and refined ergonomics.

Don't buy it if...

You need to perform whole-home mopping

The mop unit’s small clean and dirty water tanks limit how much floor you can tackle before stopping for a refill.

You have an eye for aesthetics

The stand works okay, but its bulky, ugly design and silly charging system are a let down.

You don’t need a mopping system

This may not be the model for you.View Deal

How I tested the Dreame Z30 Pro Aqua

After I’d had my eyes abused by the sight of this model’s convoluted dock design, I managed to find somewhere out of sight to store it before embarking on a series of tests. Aside from a two week period of using it for general cleaning purposes – at which it mostly excelled – I set up a couple of challenging vacuum tests, plus a mopping test using a liquid spill.

I also evaluated its weight in the hand and overall maneuverability on both carpet and hard floors – the mopping attachment is especially impressive in this department. However, on even closer inspection of the dock, I still maintain that there’s work to do in improving its looks and functionality, especially the disappointing charging system that only works if the mopping head is attached. But, hey, each to their own.

Read more about how we test

  • First reviewed July 2026

Which Ninja air fryer should I buy? Here are our personal favorites — plus top tips on how to choose

Ninja makes some of the best air fryers on the market, but considering how easy these appliances are to use, it sure is difficult to figure out which one to buy. This brand's air fryer range has grown to incorporate dozens of models with different capacities and capabilities.

We've tested ... okay not all, but a decent number of them, so we're in an ideal position to help. The good news is they almost always score highly in our tests, which means you're unlikely to come away disappointed, whichever one you go for.

However, some models will be better suited to your needs than others. Below, I've rounded up all the Ninja air fryers that we've tested and recommend, and which are still available — and if you hit the 'View details' button you can see exactly what we thought of each one. Skip to the bottom of the page for some top tips on how to choose the right one for your kitchen.

Let's fry, let's fry away

Ninja
Double Stack XL 9.5L Air Fryer SL400UK
Ninja
French Door Premier Air Fryer Convection Oven Toaster
Ninja
5-in-1 Grill and Air Fryer
Ninja
Crispi
Ninja
Crispi Pro Glass Air Fryer
Ninja
Foodi Health Grill & Air Fryer
Ninja
AF300UK Foodi Dual Zone Air Fryer
Ninja
Foodi FlexDrawer Air Fryer 10.4L
Ninja
Foodi Max Dual Zone Air Fryer AF400UK
Ninja
DCT451 12-in-1 Smart Double Oven Air Fryer
Ninja
Air Fryer Max AF160

How do I choose?

If you're feeding larger numbers or want to create multi-component meals (and have enough counter space), look at the Foodi Dual Zone options — these feature-packed air fryers have two drawers that can be set to different temperatures, and the machine will sync up cooking for you so the food in both sections is ready at the same time. Or, for the same functionality but a smaller footprint, you can't beat the Double Stack, which puts one drawer on top of the other (there are a few capacities available).

Those with small kitchens should consider a Crispi model. These have an innovative design that's essentially a glass container onto which an air fryer hat attaches. The containers can be used as serving or storage dishes, for maximum versatility.

If you don't just want an air fryer, plenty of Ninja's appliances double up as different kinds of cooker. One of the most versatile additions to the range is the French Door Air Fryer, which offers 10 cooking modes and can fit a whole roast or pizza inside. Alternatively, you have things like the 5-in-1 Grill & Air Fryer, which come with a range of accessories including a griddle plate for an authentic chargrilled finish.

If you're still feeling overwhelmed, I don't blame you. There's a lot of overlap between what these air fryers can do, so I'd start by looking at how much space you have on your counter, and how much capacity you need in your air fryer, and use those requirements to narrow your options down.

AI does not solve poor finance infrastructure: it weakens it

Artificial intelligence has quickly become the boardroom's favorite solution. From forecasting and reporting to scenario planning and budgeting, finance leaders are under growing pressure to demonstrate how AI can improve efficiency and drive better decisions.

But against the rush to adopt AI, many organizations are overlooking a fundamental truth: that AI is only as effective as the systems, processes and data that support it.

This is particularly true in finance, where many teams continue to rely on fragmented technology stacks, disconnected data sources and spreadsheet-heavy workflows. While AI promises to automate analysis and surface deeper insights, it cannot compensate for weak foundations. In fact, it often does the opposite, exposing issues that previously remained hidden beneath layers of manual work.

The reality is that many finance functions are less prepared for AI than they realize.

The spreadsheet problem AI cannot solve:

Spreadsheets remain deeply embedded within enterprise finance. They are familiar, flexible and accessible. However, they were never designed to serve as the backbone of modern financial planning and analysis for large enterprises.

In many organizations, critical forecasting models, budgeting processes and reporting workflows are still maintained across countless spreadsheets, often with limited governance and varying levels of accuracy. Data is copied between systems, formulas evolve over time, and key assumptions can become difficult to trace.

Introducing AI into this environment does not eliminate these challenges. It amplifies them.

If an AI model is drawing insights from inconsistent data sources or outdated spreadsheets, it will simply generate the wrong answer faster. Automated recommendations may appear sophisticated, but their reliability is ultimately determined by the quality and integrity of the underlying information.

This is why the familiar principle of ‘garbage in, garbage out’ remains so relevant to finance teams today.

Why finance teams may be overestimating their AI readiness:

Many organizations assess AI readiness by evaluating tools. They ask whether they have access to the latest models, whether employees are using generative AI and AI agents, or whether automation opportunities exist within their workflows.

Far fewer assess the quality of the infrastructure feeding those systems.

True AI readiness starts with questions such as:

  • Is financial data consistent across systems?
  • Can teams trust the numbers they are working with?
  • Are planning, reporting and forecasting processes standardized?
  • Is there a single source of truth for business performance?

If the answer to these questions is unclear, AI adoption risks introducing new complexity rather than delivering meaningful value.

The challenge is not a lack of ambition; most finance leaders recognize the potential of AI. The challenge is that many organizations are attempting to build advanced capabilities on top of foundations that were never designed to support them.

Data quality is becoming a strategic priority:

As AI becomes more embedded within finance operations, data quality is shifting from an operational concern to a strategic business priority.

Finance teams have long spent significant amounts of time gathering, reconciling and validating data before analysis can even begin. AI has the potential to reduce that burden, but only when the underlying information is accurate, connected and accessible.

Organizations that invest in modern finance infrastructure gain a significant advantage. Centralized platforms, integrated data environments and standardized planning processes create the conditions necessary for AI to deliver meaningful outcomes. They also improve transparency, governance and trust in financial decision-making.

Without these foundations, AI initiatives risk becoming expensive experiments that fail to deliver lasting value.

Building the foundations before scaling AI:

The future of finance undoubtedly involves AI. The technology's ability to improve forecasting, accelerate reporting and support more strategic decision-making is too significant to ignore.

However, the organizations that realize the greatest benefits will not necessarily be those that adopt AI first. They will be those that prepare for it properly.

Before automating processes or deploying new AI capabilities, finance leaders should take a closer look at the systems supporting their operations. Are they creating a trusted, connected and scalable environment for decision-making, or are they simply digitizing existing inefficiencies? AI is a powerful multiplier, but multipliers work in both directions.

For finance teams still relying on fragmented systems and spreadsheet-driven processes, the priority should not be adopting AI faster. It should be strengthening the infrastructure that allows AI to succeed.

Because AI will not fix weak finance foundations. It will expose them.

We've featured the best AI tool.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Autonomous AI worms mark a new era of adaptive cyberattacks

Researchers at the University of Toronto have demonstrated a computer worm that reasons its way across a network, working out a different attack for each machine it lands on, with no humans involved.

Much of the coverage has called this a breakthrough in demonstrating how the AI worm can target any online device, but that capability has been visible on the horizon for anyone watching the criminal underground.

What the paper does is settle the argument about whether it is buildable and, in doing so, reopens three issues most internet security teams would rather not confront directly.

The first of these is cost, and this is the story that matters. Building attacks aimed at specific systems used to be slow and expensive, requiring skilled operators.

That expense is one reason many mid-sized organizations were largely ignored - they were not worth the engineering effort. The Toronto worm removes that constraint by running an open-weight model on the GPUs of machines it has already compromised.

Devices too weak to host a model send their reasoning upstream to an infected node elsewhere on the network. The attacker’s compute bill is paid by the victims, and each captured machine extends the worm’s own infrastructure.

Once tailored attacks cost almost nothing, being uninteresting stops protecting you. Being reachable starts to matter far more than being interesting.

Patching complications

The next issue, patch management, is where things become a little more complicated. Traditionally, when a conventional worm would ride a specific vulnerability, the conventional response would be to patch it, and the worm would die. WannaCry spread across more than 150 countries in 2017 on a single flaw, reinforcing the lesson that rapid patching limits damage.

This worm, however, does not give defenders a single flaw to patch. It reasons out a different route per host, and in one experiment, when copies repeatedly failed on older systems because of a detection bug, the parent process identified the failing check, removed it, and tried again. You cannot rely on closing a single door against something that rewrites its approach as it goes.

And finally, and more worryingly, the worm was able to consume newly published security advisories during execution and generate attacks against vulnerabilities that did not exist when the underlying model was trained. That challenges the assumption that knowledge cutoffs meaningfully constrain offensive AI.

If the model can read today’s advisory and reason from it, the training date matters far less than many assume.

Working, with limitations

However, its limitations deserve to be stated plainly. Exploitation attempts succeeded 44 percent of the time, and the researchers noted that most failures were malformed payloads rather than flawed reasoning.

It was also slow. Yet according to the researchers, across fifteen experiments the worm obtained elevated access on about 74 percent of hosts, replicated onto roughly 62 percent, and reached seven generations of self-replication within a week.

A 44 percent success rate that continually retries is not a wall the threat runs into. It is a baseline, and that baseline tracks what open-weight models can do today, a capability that has so far moved in one direction.

Another underappreciated point is that the model runs inside an environment the attacker controls. That makes many of the safety mechanisms discussed by AI vendors (refusals, filters, and rate limits), largely irrelevant. There is nothing to rate-limit when inference is occurring on infrastructure the attacker already owns.

If your AI risk model assumes a platform provider will enforce guardrails, this is a scenario that will bypass them entirely.

Plan around the attacker

What to do about it is less dramatic than the threat itself. Keep patching. The problem is that patching was already a treadmill against capable adversaries, and this only makes the treadmill faster.

The more effective solution is to plan around an attacker that eventually gets in and adapts once inside. Segmentation and containment, for instance, should take priority over chasing individual vulnerabilities. If the entry point can be almost anything, then the critical question becomes how far an intrusion can spread.

There is also the issue of exposure. A worm like this will seek the easiest foothold first, just as human operators do. These can include leaked credentials, forgotten infrastructure, internet-facing services, or access already circulating in criminal markets.

Monitoring external exposure is primarily about buying time, rather than preventing compromise entirely, which is precisely what an autonomous attacker is designed to take away.

The worm remained in the lab, and the code is gated for defensive researchers, which was the right decision. But academic containment is not quite the same as reassurance.

The economics that once shielded many organizations are weakening, the patch-it-and-move-on model is losing effectiveness, and some researchers and practitioners are placing operationally relevant autonomous attacks within roughly twelve to eighteen months.

Therefore, the question we should be asking is whether to take this seriously now, on your terms, or later, on an attacker's.

We've reviewed and ranked the best endpoint protection software suites.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Real Housewives of London season 2 release date confirmed as Hayu promises 'most personal season yet' — I just hope it doesn't repeat the same annoying mistake

  • Real Housewives of London season 2 will stream on Hayu from September 7
  • Core cast Juliet Angus, Amanda Cronin, Karen Loderick-Peace, Juliet Mayhew, Panthea Parker and Nessie Welschinger are returning
  • New episodes promise ' shifting alliances, mounting tensions and unmissable moments'

Look lively, reality TV fans: Real Housewives of London season 2 is set to return to Hayu on September 7.

According to NBCUniversal, housewives Juliet Angus, Amanda Cronin, Karen Loderick-Peace, Juliet Mayhew, Panthea Parker and Nessie Welschinger are all returning, and "old friendships are tested, new loyalties are questioned and even the most glamorous postcode cannot contain the drama."

The synopsis continues, "Picking up in the aftermath of a fracturing off-camera dinner, the women attempt to move forward through charity galas, Fashion Week front rows, Lunar New Year celebrations and a jaw-dropping trip to Antigua."

Following the September 7 premiere, remaining episodes are set to drop weekly. With 10 episodes in total, the season will culminate with a reunion special hosted by author and podcaster Katherine Ryan.

It's this final detail that I have the biggest problem with... and I'm desperately hoping that the hit series doesn't repeat the same mistake that so many of the international versions have year-on-year.

Opinion: Real Housewives needs to change its reunion show format ASAP

I would apologize for being a hater, but really it stands me in good stead to be a Housewife myself. After streaming multiple episodes of catty VTs, explosive showdowns and domestic setups that truly boggle the mind, I often feel my shoulders sink when the reunion show rolls around.

Essentially, a host will sit the entire cast down in a live studio format to recap the drama of episodes past, getting their individual takes on what happened and if anything has changed since filming.

If you loathe overly edited and contrived TV scenes like I do, this is an absolute nightmare. It's part and parcel of the Real Housewives IP that drama is both heightened and engineered, but reunion shows channel this in the most inorganic way possible.

At least if someone is having a fight at a restaurant on a kitchen island, they're genuinely in the moment — they're not having to perform their emotions too much because they're feeling them in real time. But raking back over the past is merely a way to create a viral moment rather than engaging television.

Instead, I'd prefer it if the reunions were scrapped altogether to allow the next season (which hasn't been greenlit in this instance) to come sooner rather than later.

Real Housewives of London season 3 isn't going to be a bad decision for anyone, so what are we waiting for?

Why is a Kodak point-and-shoot with worse picture quality than your phone the best-selling camera year after year? The answer is surprising, but also kind of obvious

  • Kodak PixPro FZ45 and FZ55 top best-selling lists in multiple regions
  • They are currently the most popular models at Amazon US and elsewhere
  • Prices start from as little as $100 / £90 / AU$145

Camera fans might expect Sony or Canon to top the best-selling charts, but for outright popularity beyond various high-end categories, you'll have to set your sights a little lower, to humble point-and-shoots.

Over recent years, two particularly cheap digital compact cameras have been flying off Amazon US shelves, and from other retailers across the world such as Yodobashi Camera in Japan. They are the Kodak PixPro FZ55 (pictured above) and PixPro FZ45. Other models such as the waterproof PixPro WPZ2 are also in the picture.

The major reason why these PixPro models are so popular is pretty obvious — you'll struggle to find another digital camera with genuine 4x optical zoom for less than the PixPro FZ45's approximate price of $100 / £90 / AU$145. Or one with a 5x optical zoom and built-in rechargeable lithium-ion battery that costs less than the PixPro FZ55.

Both pocketable models shoot 16MP stills and HD video onto SD card, and come in a range of colorways, including black, white, blue and pink.

These cameras are no mere trend — they have dominated best-selling lists month after month, year after year, just when we thought that such cheap cameras had had been replaced by camera phones. So what's really going on here?

kodak pixpro wpz2 waterproof camera

Another popular Kodak is the fully waterproof PixPro WPZ2, which we found surprisingly good for the price (Image credit: Future | Sam Kieldsen)

A surprising truth behind the name, and shopping habits

In addition to the low price point and immediate availability of these PixPro models, the trust in the Kodak name has to be a factor for casual buyers. After all, Kodak is one of the most recognizable names in photography, from its roots in making popular camera film through to pioneering digital camera tech.

However, there's something that you might not know about Kodak today. The original Kodak — Eastman Kodak, which dates back 138 years — stopped its production lines of consumer digital cameras long ago, and due to crippling debts it may not survive at all.

Today, Kodak is instead one of a string of legendary photography brands (alongside Yashica, Rollei, Agfa, Minolta and more), who have licensed their names to third-parties, who are largely manufacturing low-cost digital cameras. The outfit manufacturing the PixPro FZ45 and FZ55 is in fact JK Imaging Ltd, which has less of a ring to it.

There's something further going on here, too: a general rise in camera sales spearheaded by compact cameras, a pushback against always-connected tech, and burgeoning privacy concerns.

A camera such as the PixPro FZ55 shoots directly onto local storage, an SD card. It's not connected to the cloud. It's simple, it's lo-fi, and the kind of tech being embraced by Gen Z.

Will you get better quality photos using these Kodak point-and-shoot compact cameras over your phone? Absolutely not. Even a basic mid range phone will take better snaps.

What you will get, however, is the nostalgic simple pleasure in the simple act of taking everyday snaps, the data of which you are in complete control of.

Mini PC deals for video editing and gaming: I found the best space-saving desktop gear from GMKtec, Geekom, Minisforum, and Corsair

Whenever we review mini PCs in our studio, we always perform two key tests: first, we see how well the machine handles 4K editing in Premiere Pro and DaVinci Resolve. Second, we play a range of games, from DiRT Rally to AAA titles like Hogwarts Legacy and Indiana Jones and the Great Circle.

So, for my latest roundup, I've focused on some of the best-value mini PCs we've tested for video editing and gaming, including the GMKtec K16 for $640 (was $950) at Amazon and the Geekom A8 Max for $949 (was $1099).

Alongside these machines, which support either OCuLink or USB4 for hooking up an eGPU, I've also selected some graphics card docking stations and a power supply unit, all geared towards productivity, gaming, and content creation.

Top mini PC deals for gaming & video editing

The GMKtec K16 mini PC delivers Ryzen 7 7735HS performance with 32GB LPDDR5 RAM and a 1TB SSD. Featuring OCuLink eGPU support, triple-display output, dual 2.5GbE LAN, Wi-Fi 6E, and USB4, it’s a versatile compact system for gaming and creative workloads.

Read our full reviewView Deal

The A8 MAX packs Ryzen 9 8945HS power, 32GB DDR5 RAM, and a 1TB SSD into a compact mini PC. With USB4, dual 2.5GbE LAN, and 8K output, it’s built for AI, design, gaming, and productivity.

Read our full reviewView Deal

The K8 Plus packs a Ryzen 7 8845HS processor, 32GB DDR5 RAM, and a 2TB PCIe 4.0 SSD for gaming, editing, and demanding workloads. With OCuLink eGPU support, dual 2.5GbE LAN, USB4, and 8K display output, it’s a powerful compact desktop alternative.

Read our full reviewView Deal

External GPU docks & power supply

The DEG2 eGPU Dock supports both OCuLink and USB4 V2/TB5 connectivity, enabling flexible GPU upgrades. It adds ATX/SFX PSU compatibility, 2.5GbE networking, USB ports, and an M.2 slot for a versatile desktop expansion hub.View Deal

The DEG1 eGPU Dock turns compatible mini PCs into powerful gaming systems with OCuLink PCIe 4.0 connectivity. Its open design supports ATX/SFX power supplies, offering a flexible, affordable external graphics upgrade.View Deal

The SF750 is a compact 750W SFX power supply with 80 Plus Platinum efficiency, ATX 3.1 compliance, and PCIe 5.1 readiness. Its fully modular design, quiet PWM fan, and premium components make it ideal for powerful small-form-factor gaming PCs.View Deal

Two of the featured mini PCs above include OCuLink connectivity, making them ideal for users who want the lowest-latency, highest-bandwidth connection to an external graphics card.

The first of those, the GMKtec K16, packs an AMD Ryzen 7 7735HS, 32GB of LPDDR5 memory, and a 1TB SSD into a compact chassis.

Its native OCuLink support provides high-performance eGPU connectivity, alongside USB4, dual 2.5GbE LAN, Wi-Fi 6E, and triple-display output. It’s ideal for gaming and content creation. Usually priced at $950, it's currently available for $640 on Amazon.

Powered by AMD’s Ryzen 7 8845HS processor, the GMKtec K8 Plus combines 32GB of DDR5 memory with a spacious 2TB SSD for fast performance in gaming, video editing, and multitasking.

OCuLink support here enables external GPU upgrades, while dual 2.5GbE networking and HDMI 2.1 deliver excellent connectivity for high-performance desktop setups. That will usually set you back $940 but is now $810.

Finally, the Geekom A8 Max, high high-speed USB4 support, is a powerful mini PC featuring AMD Ryzen 9 8945HS processing, 32GB DDR5 RAM, and a 1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD.

Built for AI workloads, creative tasks, and gaming, it offers USB4, dual 2.5GbE LAN, 8K display support, quiet cooling, and expandable storage in a compact desktop alternative. That usually sells for $1,099, but it's currently just $949.

I’ve also included two external GPU docks from Minisforum. The DEG1 costs $109 and is designed for OCuLink, while the DEG2 (normally $300 now under $240) supports both OCuLink and USB4.

Both make it easy to connect a desktop graphics card to your mini PC, dramatically boosting gaming frame rates, accelerating video rendering, and improving AI-assisted creative workloads without sacrificing the compact footprint that makes these systems so appealing.

Finally, no eGPU setup is complete without a reliable power supply. For reference, running an RTX 5080 card needs about 360W power, so that’s why I’ve also picked out a high-capacity Corsair SF750 PSU (normally $200 but currently $160). It has enough headroom to comfortably power today’s flagship graphics cards, like the GeForce RTX 5090, while leaving plenty of room for future upgrades.

I’ll likely revisit this roundup in the coming weeks as prices change and new deals emerge, but for now, these are some of the best deals for anyone looking to build a compact workstation or gaming rig without maxing out their credit card.

For more top-performance devices, check out our guide to the best mini PCs.

This new macOS infostealer poses as an Apple crash reporting tool to try and steal all your valuable data

  • Jamf researchers uncover “CrashStealer,” a notarized macOS infostealer disguised as Apple’s CrashReporter
  • Distributed via a fake site called “Werkbit Setup”, it bypasses Gatekeeper, installs a LaunchAgent
  • It then uses a fake password prompt to unlock Keychain, exfiltrating credentials, cookies, files, and data from 80 crypto wallets and 14 password managers

A new macOS infostealer has been spotted in the wild, masquerading as an Apple crash reporting tool, experts have warned.

Called CrashStealer, this C++ infostealer was designed to nab login credentials, keychain information, as well as data related to more than 80 cryptocurrency wallets.

Cybersecurity researchers Jamf published an in-depth report on the malware, noting CrashStealer is most likely distributed via a fake software site that was only registered recently.

Unlocking Keychain

Victims who land on the site (either via a social media recommendation or search engine results) need to know the PIN code before initiating the download. This was most likely done to avoid analyst scrutiny, as well as to increase perceived credibility and a sense of exclusivity.

Usually, apps downloaded from third-party sources are scanned by Gatekeeper, Apple’s built-in security system. However, Jamf says that this payload is delivered via a signed and Apple-notarized installer and distributed as a disk image named “Werkbit Setup”, which allowed it to bypass Gatekeeper without any warnings.

Those that download and run the program will get a binary named ‘CrashReporter.app’, which will create a LaunchAgent (‘com.apple.crashreporter.helper’), and will see a fake macOS password prompt.

That prompt unlocks the user’s Keychain where most of their secrets are stored (passwords, private cryptographic keys, and more) and then exfiltrates all information to a third-party server.

Besides Keychain data, the CrashReporter malware also pulls browser credentials and cookies from most browsers, data from 80 cryptocurrency wallet extensions, 14 password managers, locally stored files, and more.

Jamf said CrashReporter overlaps, to some extent, with other known infostealers (AMOS, for example), but is still unique enough given its client-side encryption mechanism, as well as the native C++ implementation.

Exclusive: Listen to one of Resonance: A Plague Tale Legacy's 'most epic tracks' first here

  • We can exclusively reveal The Fight of the Braves from the Resonance: A Plague Tale Legacy soundtrack
  • Composer Olivier Derivière describes it as 'one of the most epic tracks' on the whole soundtrack
  • Resonance: A Plague Tale Legacy releases on August 27, 2026

Action-adventure game Resonance: A Plague Tale Legacy is the next game in the brilliant Plague Tale series, and we've got one of the tracks from its soundtrack to reveal exclusively right here.

It's the one track that composer Olivier Derivière describes as "the most contrasted score from [the] A Plague Tale series". The Fight for the Braves is an intense and pulsating song that goes big on percussion, crescendos, and haunting choral vocals. A cheery tune this is not.

Derivière says, "The Fight of the Braves is one of the most epic tracks on the OST. We needed something truly glorious to capture the spirit of the ancient Minoan warriors. Rather than relying on a full orchestra, the rousing energy of the magnificent Amalgamation Choir, combined with thunderous percussion, perfectly conveys the relentless challenge ahead."

Derivière goes on to say that, "The echoing musical phrases also beautifully depict the deep connection between Sophia and that distant era, a mystical resonance traveling across the ages."

The soundtracks to the first two Plague Tale games are some of my absolute favorites from recent years, and perfectly aligned with the games' bleak and dark stories. From what the composer says about the wider soundtrack, it sounds like we're in for something special.

Resonance, although part of A Plague Tale universe, is a very different game and therefore needed a fresh musical approach without leaving the core emotions and musical traits of the franchise,” explains Derivière.

Using musicians and vocalists from Cyprus and Greece to get an authentic feel, the Amalgamation Choir were sought out to create a spell-binding score to accompany Sophia's adventure.

The Resonance: A Plague Tale Legacy soundtrack will launch on music streaming services and be available for digital download alongside the game on August 27 this year.

"It mirrors real life better than most gym exercises" A celebrity PT recommends this simple move as the best strength exercise most over 50s aren't doing

There’s a reason why some of the most effective exercises tend to mirror movements in real life. It’s not because personal trainers and coaches lack imagination, but because the body doesn't care how creative your programming is — it cares whether you can climb a flight of stairs without grabbing the banister, for example, or if you can catch yourself from a stumble.

These are just a few of the benchmarks that matter in later life, and for elite performance coach David Higgins — who has trained everyone from Margot Robbie and Scarlett Johansson to Samuel L. Jackson, David Harbour, Game of Thrones' Richard Madden and the entire cast of The Batman, among many others — one exercise sits at the top of the list for anyone over 50: the step-up. Here’s why.

Lower-body power matters so much after 50

Most people understand that strength declines with age. What they underestimate, however, is how quickly it begins to matter in practical terms, despite not being able to be measured on the best smartwatches' fitness age metrics.

“Lower body power becomes critical after 50 because we naturally lose muscle mass, reaction speed and balance as we age,” says Higgins. “The glutes, quads and calves are what keep you upright, stable and independent.”

If you can't generate force through the floor, he says, “everyday movements like climbing stairs, getting out of a chair or catching yourself from a fall become harder.” The step-up addresses all of this in a single movement: “it trains strength, balance and coordination all at once and mirrors real life better than most gym exercises.” It's slightly similar to the farmer's carry, an application of a real-life movement.

It’s also the reason Higgins places it above more popular alternatives. Walking is excellent, of course, but doesn't load the body enough to preserve muscle. Squats are bilateral — they share the work equally between both legs, which means they don't expose or address the kind of side-to-side imbalances that tend to develop quietly over decades. Step-ups, however, are unilateral, as each leg works independently, building the stability and gait mechanics that bilateral training misses.

“If I could only choose one lower-body movement after 50,” says Higgins, “step-ups would be near the top because they combine strength, stability, balance, gait mechanics and unilateral control in one movement; they bridge the gap between rehab and performance.”

Watch the tutorial video below for advice on how to do a step up:

The mistake most older adults make

Before thinking about adding height, load or additional reps, Higgins is more concerned with something more fundamental: the quality of the movement itself. “The biggest mistake older adults make is chasing fatigue instead of quality movement,” he says. “Rushing through reps, leaning through the hips, or pushing through the stronger side of the body.” Your nervous system, he says, “has to trust the movement before your body can own it.”

Rushing through step-ups doesn't just reduce the benefit — it reinforces the compensations you're trying to correct. If you're relying on the trailing leg to push you up, or leaning forward as you step, you're not actually building the unilateral strength and hip control the exercise is there to develop.

Instead, Higgins’ coaching cue is worth memorising: “push the floor away and finish tall through the glutes.” Most people pull themselves up through the knee, instead of driving through the hip. It's a subtle distinction, but makes an enormous difference to where the effort is actually made.

How to get started — and when to progress

Muscular Man doing weighted step ups in gym

(Image credit: Getty Images / Ildar Abulkhanov)

To perform the step-up, stand facing a sturdy bench, box, or step. Place one foot fully on the platform, then drive through that heel to lift your body up until both feet are on the step. Step back down with control and repeat for the desired reps before switching legs. Keep your chest up and avoid pushing off excessively with the trailing leg.

For step height, beginners should start with a low box, roughly ankle to mid-shin height. "You want control, not compensation," he says. Fitter adults with solid mobility, balance and hip control can work up to knee height.

As for volume, Higgins prescribes 2–3 sets of 8–12 controlled reps per leg. "Tempo matters more than volume," he says. Drive through the whole foot, stand tall at the top and lower slowly under control.

Higgins confirms that just your bodyweight is sufficient resistance to begin with and, for many people over 50, it's exactly where they should stay — probably for longer than they'd expect. “Most people over 50 need to relearn movement patterns before adding load,” he says. “Once control, balance and posture improve, adding dumbbells or a weighted vest is a brilliant progression.” The dumbbells can wait. As for frequency? Two to three sessions a week is enough to see real benefit, Higgins says. “Consistency beats intensity every time.”

Precautions

Step-ups are accessible to most people, but Higgins flags a few situations worth considering. Anyone with severe knee osteoarthritis, significant balance issues or acute hip pain should approach the exercise carefully and ideally with professional guidance. “Often it's not that the exercise is wrong,” he says, “it's that the height is too ambitious or the body isn't controlling the movement properly yet.” Low and slow is always the right answer.

What leg-day moves are your go-tos in the gym? Have you tried the step-up yet? Let us know below.

VPN firms and digital rights groups join forces to urge the UK government to leave VPNs alone

  • 20+ digital rights groups and tech firms urge the UK not to restrict VPNs
  • Age-gating VPNs would undermine the online privacy of millions, they warn
  • Signatories believe VPN restrictions are ineffective, technically unfeasible

The UK government's ongoing debate around tightening online safety rules to protect kids has drawn fierce pushback from the global cybersecurity sector.

On July 9, a coalition of 24 major digital rights organizations and top VPN providers, including Amnesty International, ExpressVPN, NordVPN, Surfshark, and Mozilla, issued a stark warning to the UK government: leave VPNs alone.

In an open letter to the Secretary of State for Science, Innovation and Technology, Liz Kendall, the group stressed that while keeping kids safe is a shared goal, it must not come at the cost of breaking the internet's fundamental privacy infrastructure.

As lawmakers weigh up potential restrictions ahead of an expected online safety consultation update this month, the stakes for your digital privacy have never been higher.

If you currently use the best VPN to protect your personal data on public Wi-Fi or secure your connection while working remotely, new regulations could fundamentally alter how these tools work. Any move to force VPN providers into verifying the age of their users would require you to hand over sensitive personal data, effectively destroying the anonymity you pay to protect.

"Restricting VPNs would undercut security"

The heart of the coalition's argument is that virtual private networks (VPNs) are, first and foremost, essential security software.

"The challenge is ensuring measures strengthen child safety without weakening the privacy and security millions of people rely on every day, including children," the letter explains.

Beyond everyday consumers, the coalition notes that VPNs provide critical protection for vulnerable groups.

The open letter emphasizes that these tools are a lifeline for "human rights defenders and journalists, domestic abuse survivors, the LGBTQ+ community, and others at heightened risk online." As rights groups have noted previously, weakening this protection could actively infringe human rights.

Addressing the reality check of age verification head-on, the group didn't mince words about the dangers of ID checks.

"Age-gating VPNs would require everyone to surrender sensitive personal information simply to access tools designed to protect privacy," the letter states.

A technically unfeasible approach

Critics of the UK's proposed teen social media ban have repeatedly pointed out that restricting privacy tools is a flawed approach to child safety. The letter backs this up with hard data, pointing to Ofcom research which "found that only around 3% of children had used VPNs to access content meant for older audiences."

The coalition also highlights that teenagers will simply find other, lower-tech ways to bypass rules. "Evidence from Australia shows children are much more likely to get around age checks by not being asked, giving false information, or even drawing on a moustache," the letter adds.

Ultimately, the cybersecurity industry is warning that while restricting privacy tools is failing to protect kids, it will succeed in punishing regular users. "Blocking VPN traffic reliably is technically unfeasible," the letter warns, noting that it risks locking employers and schools out of the web, while pushing regular citizens toward "unregulated, data-exploiting services that are harder to oversee, leaving them less secure."

Rather than breaking encrypted tools, the coalition urges the government to focus its upcoming policies on the root causes of online harms, suggesting investments in "strong enforcement of platform obligations, better parental controls, investment in digital literacy, and safety- and privacy-by-design obligations."

China claims chip exports nearly doubled to $177 billion in the first half of 2026 as memory prices surged — 96% year-on-year increase inflated by hikes

14 July 2026 at 18:52

China exported 179.44 billion integrated circuits worth $177.28 billion in the first six months of 2026, an increase of more than 96% year on year by value, according to data released by the country's General Administration of Customs and reported by the South China Morning Post. The figures are Beijing's own customs numbers, presented at a state press briefing as part of a broader account of China's trade performance, and they made semiconductors one of the main contributors to the country's double-digit export growth over the period.

The customs administration attributed the surge to global demand for AI hardware, but the underlying numbers point more towards a worldwide memory price boom that has inflated the value of the commodity-grade chips that China exports in volume.

The half-year value figure implies an average of roughly $0.99 per exported chip, which reflects the composition of China's IC exports: memory, power management, microcontrollers, and other mature-node parts, along with chips packaged and tested in China for re-export, rather than advanced processors.

Earlier customs releases this year show the growth is being driven by prices rather than shipments. In January and February, IC export value rose 72.6% year on year while volume grew only 13.7%, according to the same customs data series. In April, export value rose 100.1% year on year, the first monthly doubling on record, as price increases across AI servers, data centers, and memory spread through the supply chain.

Samsung, SK hynix, and Micron have redirected DRAM capacity toward high-bandwidth memory for AI accelerators and are phasing out DDR4 production, tightening supply of conventional memory and pushing spot and contract prices sharply higher through late 2025 and into 2026. Chinese memory makers, including CXMT in DRAM and YMTC in NAND, sell into exactly that commodity segment, so their export quotations have risen alongside global prices. China's IC export growth ran at 24.7% through the first ten months of 2025 per DigiTimes, before accelerating to the 70% to 100% monthly rates recorded this year, a timeline that tracks the memory price cycle, not any step change in Chinese output.

Volume growth is real, however, if far smaller than the value figure suggests. China produced 484.3 billion ICs in 2025 and counted 3,901 domestic chip design companies with combined sales up nearly 30% year on year, as a years-long buildout of mature-node fab capacity reached scale and exports became the outlet for output exceeding domestic demand.

It’s worth noting that a meaningful share of China's IC exports is processing trade, in which chips are imported, packaged or tested at Chinese OSAT facilities, and re-exported. These are counted in customs figures as gross value crossing the border, not domestically designed and fabricated silicon, and are therefore somewhat misleading,

Adjacent categories showed the same AI-driven pattern, with exports of automatic data processing machines and parts, a category covering computers, servers, and memory modules, rose 41.3% year on year to $138.08 billion in the first half. Industrial robot exports rose 18.6% to 6.29 billion yuan ($927.7 million) across 141 countries and regions.

As China reports record export figures, U.S. policy continues to shift. A Bureau of Industry and Security rule that took effect on January 16 moved license applications for Nvidia's H200 to case-by-case review for Chinese customers, and Nvidia has since booked orders for more than 400,000 units from ByteDance, Alibaba, and Tencent, though it had recognized no revenue from those orders as of March.

Beijing obviously presented the export figures as evidence of industrial strength. "The export growth was fundamentally driven by precisely matching 'Made in China' [products] with diverse global demand," Wang Jun, a vice-minister at the General Administration of Customs, said at Tuesday's briefing, as quoted by the South China Morning Post.

The real AI race may no longer be at the frontier

14 July 2026 at 18:24
Hugging Face CEO Clem Delangue says enterprises increasingly want open models, due to cost, accessibility, and ownership. Do frontier models still matter if most production AI ends up running on open models?

(PR) Yunzii Launches M2 Dual 8K Custom Wireless Gaming Mouse

14 July 2026 at 17:58
Meet the all-new Yunzii M2 Dual 8K Custom Wireless Gaming Mouse, designed for gamers, creators, and everyday users who demand speed, accuracy, and customization. Combining a high-performance PAW3395 sensor, dual 8KHz polling rate, lightweight ergonomic design, and flexible connectivity, M2 delivers a smooth and responsive experience from intense gaming sessions to daily productivity. Whether you're chasing every frame in FPS games or building a more efficient workspace, Yunzii M2 is ready to keep up with every move.

Tri-Mode Connection
Yunzii M2 supports three connection modes, including 2.4 GHz wireless, Bluetooth 5.2, and wired connection, allowing you to switch effortlessly between gaming, work, and travel. Enjoy ultra-low latency performance with 2.4 GHz wireless, convenient connectivity with Bluetooth for laptops and daily tasks, or a stable wired connection when every millisecond matters.

Intel Shifts Majority of "Nova Lake" Production In-House Amid Yield Improvements

14 July 2026 at 17:33
Intel's upcoming "Nova Lake-S" generation of processors is on the horizon, and the company is already making preliminary manufacturing decisions before entering high-volume production. According to a research note from investment bank KeyBanc Capital Markets, Intel initially planned to outsource the main compute tile production for "Nova Lake" to TSMC, utilizing its 2 nm N2 node. The majority of the production, about 60-70%, was to be handled by TSMC, with the remainder produced in-house by Intel Foundry on the 18A node. This meant Intel would dual-source production for its next-generation chip. However, the latest supply chain information suggests that the company now intends to bring the majority of "Nova Lake" compute tile production in-house, with about 80-90% of the tiles being manufactured by Intel Foundry.

This shift comes as Intel's 18A node yields have improved to levels that are finally reliable enough to avoid any product delays, while the company remains fully satisfied with the yield rate and the number of dies that go to waste. Intel has reportedly resolved all yield issues it experienced with its 18A node over the past few months. Our earlier report indicated that the company has addressed these yield issues, making high-volume production of its latest node sustainable from both a manufacturing yield and economic standpoint. For a mature node like 18A, defect rates are now low, around D0=0.1 or D0=0.2, and it is likely that Intel has achieved the lower end of that spectrum due to node advancements and months of high-volume production with "Panther Lake."

Europe's Only Gallium-Oxide Semiconductor Maker Raises €2 Million Funding

14 July 2026 at 17:09
European semiconductor independence has been a hot topic recently, and European Union lawmakers, particularly the European Commission, have passed the Chips Act 2.0 to achieve semiconductor manufacturing independence from the rest of the world. Now, only a week after the law has been passed, a German startup has raised capital to work on power semiconductors for next-generation electric vehicles. NexiGO, a Berlin-based startup, aims to focus on Gallium Oxide (Ga₂O₃) to power most of the power electronics needed across Europe. Starting with a €2 million pre-seed funding round, NexiGO plans to tackle the challenge of charging electric vehicles. The company intends to allow much higher voltage band gaps and enable vehicle charging to occur in just 10 minutes, significantly less time than the current 60-minute average achieved with Silicon Carbide or Gallium Nitride.

Interestingly, NexiGO will produce Gallium Oxide semiconductors on epitaxial wafers that are up to 4 inches in size, which is a third of the size of traditional logic and memory wafers made in the 12-inch format. The company has likely assessed that this size is sufficient to manufacture Gallium Oxide at a scale that satisfies domestic electricity transmission needs. For example, charging stations require an ultra-wide bandgap semiconductor to handle massive power surges with little to no loss. Standard semiconductors can't sustain the large voltage, while Gallium Oxide has a bandgap of roughly 4.8 eV, allowing for much lower energy loss in power transmission.

Gears of War: E-Day Will Launch with NVIDIA DLSS 4.5 Dynamic Multi Frame Generation and Ray Tracing on PC

14 July 2026 at 17:00

The image shows a promotional banner for Gears of War: E-Day featuring soldiers with weapons amid a fiery backdrop, accompanied by the text 'RTX. It's On.' and 'Launching with ray tracing and DLSS 4.5.' on the left with an NVIDIA GeForce RTX logo.

Today, NVIDIA announced a technical partnership with Gears of War: E-Day developer The Coalition to bring its RTX technologies to the upcoming third-person shooter game. DLSS Super Resolution, Dynamic Multi Frame Generation, NVIDIA Reflex, and Ray Tracing (for shadows, Lumen global illumination, and ambient occlusion) will all be supported for GeForce RTX Series owners. NVIDIA hasn't provided frame rate estimates yet, but early access to the multiplayer Open Beta begins on Thursday, August 6, so it's not too far off from being available to the public. It's likely that most, if not all, of these technologies will already be there. […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/gears-of-war-e-day-dlss-4-5-ray-tracing-pc/

11 Old Microsoft-Signed Linux UEFI Shims Could Let Attackers Bypass Secure Boot

Cybersecurity researchers have discovered 11 old, Microsoft-signed, Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) applications that could be abused to bypass Secure Boot on most systems using the modern firmware standard. "An attacker exploiting one of these vulnerable applications can execute untrusted code during system boot, enabling deployment of malicious UEFI bootkits or other malware,"

Study of 85 Crypto Wallet Extensions Finds Address Leaks and Cross-Site Tracking Risks

Researchers at KU Leuven tested 85 of the most popular crypto wallets that run as browser extensions and found that the wallets themselves leak enough to link and track the people using them. The way these wallets talk to websites and blockchain servers can tie a person's separate addresses together and let outsiders follow them from site to site. And on a site that already holds a name or

How Pentera Turns AI Security Workflows into Validation Engines

AI security agents are starting to influence real security decisions. They summarize findings, prioritize remediation, recommend next steps, and help teams move faster. But most still rely on fragmented risk signals: scanner output, severity scores, threat intelligence, configuration findings, and exposure data. That fragmentation matters because attackers do not move through environments one

OAuth Client ID Spoofing Lets Attackers Validate Stolen Microsoft Entra Credentials

At least two distinct threat actors are weaponizing a novel evasion technique called OAuth client ID spoofing in cloud campaigns, while slipping past telemetry. The activity allows users to enumerate user accounts and validate stolen credentials in Microsoft Entra ID environments, without ever generating a successful sign-in event that would otherwise alert defenders. And bad actors have begun

I’m a computer expert, and I recommend jumping on this nearly half-price 1TB WD_BLACK SN7100 NVMe SSD while it's still under $190

If your PC is starting to feel sluggish, upgrading the storage drive is one of the quickest ways to give it a major boost. And this is one of the best deals I've seen recently.

Right now, the WD_Black SN7100 1TB NVMe SSD has dropped to just under $190 (was $375) at Amazon, which is a massive 49% saving on a speedy PCIe Gen4 drive.

Read speeds reach up to 7,250MB/s, while write speeds climb as high as 6,900MB/s, making it an excellent upgrade for anyone tired of waiting for Windows and large applications to load.

Today's top SSD deal

This is a high-performance 1TB PCIe Gen4 NVMe SSD delivering read speeds up to 7,250MB/s and write speeds up to 6,900MB/s, using next-generation TLC 3D NAND for fast boot times, quicker loading, and responsive everyday performance.View Deal

At almost half its regular price, this is one of the best SSD deals I've seen recently.

The SSD uses next-generation TLC 3D NAND, providing speedy responsiveness and dependable everyday performance.

The compact M.2 2280 form factor makes installation straightforward in compatible desktops, laptops, and handheld gaming devices.

1TB of storage isn't massive, but it provides plenty of room for a growing software library, creative projects, photos, videos, and everyday files.

Power efficiency helps compatible laptops and handheld systems run for longer between charges, making it a sensible choice if you regularly work away from your desk or travel with your computer.

Windows users can also download the WD_BLACK Dashboard to monitor drive health, check performance, and keep everything running smoothly over time, providing a useful extra layer of management.

The impressive transfer speeds will be handy for creators, professionals, and anyone moving large files every day.

Faster boot times, quicker application launches, and reduced loading screens will make a noticeable difference across almost every workload.

If you've been planning to upgrade an ageing PC, replace a slower drive, or add fast storage to a compatible system, this is a great opportunity to pick up a high-performance 1TB PCIe Gen4 SSD for a bargain price.

Other top SSD deals

Crucial's P310 NVMe SSD delivers blazing read speeds up to 7,100MB/s, ensuring faster boot times, game loading, and file transfers. Its compact, heatsink-free design suits desktops and laptops, offering reliable, high-capacity storage with efficient everyday performance.View Deal

KingSpec's SSD offers up to 4,000/3,700 MB/s read/write speeds, 3D NAND flash, reliable thermal management, and solid performance for gaming, content creation, laptops, desktops, and PS5 upgrades.View Deal

HP's LaserJet Pro 4000 Series is 'one of the fastest laser printers' in its class with blistering 42ppm speeds — and it just got a major price cut

If your home office or small business is crying out for a faster, more capable printer, I've found a great, money-saving deal for you. The HP LaserJet Pro 4001dn is currently just $289 (was $449) at HP - a solid $160 saving for a laser printer built to handle demanding workloads.

In the UK, the wireless version with the exact same specs, the HP LaserJet Pro 4002dw has dropped to £164 (was £421) at HP.

Print speeds can reach up to 42 pages per minute, with the first page arriving in as little as 6.1 seconds, making it a terrific choice for anyone printing lengthy reports, invoices, shipping labels, or business documents. It’s also rated for a monthly duty cycle of up to 80,000 pages, with a recommended monthly volume of between 750 and 4,000 pages for the best balance of performance, reliability, and longevity.

Today's top HP printer deal

A fast monochrome laser printer with speeds up to 42ppm, automatic duplex printing, 1200dpi output, Gigabit Ethernet, AirPrint support, and a recommended monthly volume of 750 to 4,000 pages for busy home offices and businesses.

In the UK: now £164 (was £421)View Deal

Paper handling is nicely practical, thanks to a 100-sheet multipurpose tray, a 250-sheet input tray, and a 150-sheet output bin.

If your workload grows, you can expand the printer with an optional third paper tray, giving you greater flexibility without constantly refilling paper.

Print quality reaches 1200 x 1200 dpi, producing crisp text and fine lines that are ideal for contracts, presentations, spreadsheets, and professional correspondence.

Automatic duplex printing also helps reduce paper use while making larger print jobs easier to manage.

The printer connects via Gigabit Ethernet for dependable wired networking and it also supports Apple AirPrint, Mopria, and the HP app, making it simple to print from Windows, macOS, ChromeOS, iOS, and Android devices.

A 256MB memory and 1200MHz processor ensure documents output quickly, even during heavier workloads.

Security features include SSL/TLS, SNMP support, WPA3, and 802.1x authentication, making it a sensible choice for shared office environment. HP also includes a one-year onsite repair warranty for added peace of mind.

In his four star review, our Senior Printer Editor, Jim said: "I found the HP LaserJet Pro 4001dn to be an easy printer to use, with the right features to meet a heavy print load and print quality that’s good enough for most purposes." He also declared it "One of the fastest laser printers in its price category."

Although it isn't the cheapest laser printer available, this is a great price for a dependable HP business model that balances speed, print quality, and everyday practicality.

For more options, check out our round up of the best HP printers, best home printers and fastest printers we've tested and reviewed.

Also consider

A color laser printer delivering up to 35ppm in both black and color, with automatic duplex printing, 512MB memory, ImageREt 2400 technology, a 4-line LCD, and support for busy offices printing up to 4,000 pages monthly. In his review of this model, our printer editor Jim rated it even higher than the 4001dn, stating: "I love this laser printer’s rich black text, and hate the retro dial."

In the UK: now £432 (was £500)View Deal

Thought smart glasses were creepy? These bone conduction headphones have a tiny 4K camera — but luckily they're aimed at cyclists

  • The W&O X1 headphones come with a camera attached
  • They raise new concerns over illicit recordings
  • There is a recording light that turns on when the camera is active

The debate around smart glasses with cameras attached continues to rumble on — and apparently Meta still has plans for glasses that are constantly recording the world around them — and we now have a new pair of bone conduction headphones that lose the spectacles but keep the camera.

They're called the W&O X1 (via New Atlas), and of course they're packed with plenty of AI. This on-board assistant can help you navigate to locations, identify landmarks, look up facts and answers online, and even translate between languages. All this happens through voice control and spoken responses.

In order to provide some of that AI functionality, the W&O X1 headphones are fitted with a 4K video camera supplied by Samsung. It can take photos and videos with a tap or a voice command, which can then be saved and analyzed as needed — and in the interests of privacy, a small recording light shows when the camera is active.

The headphones can also double up as a miniature action camera, grabbing high-resolution video at 30 frames per second with a 130-degree wide angle view, with what looks like some impressive anti-shake technology built in too. Oh and did we mention they can play music and make phone calls too?

"Most headsets are made for listening," explains W&O in the product listing. " X1 is built for seeing, hearing, understanding, recording, translating, navigating, and staying connected in motion. It is a wearable AI system designed for the world outside the screen."

Privacy concerns

W&O X1

The X1 can give you directions while biking (Image credit: W&O)

The idea of wearable cameras is becoming even more popular now, with the growing capabilities of AI and the continued shrinking of the necessary components. There's something appealing about being able to capture memories instantly, without having to dig out a phone and find the camera app.

At the same time, there are real concerns when it comes to privacy. The smart glasses already on the market make it a little too easy to record surreptitiously, and a tiny camera attached to a pair of headphones is even harder to see. There's even now a BanRay movement calling for smart glasses to be banned from certain spaces.

To be fair to W&O, they seem to be targeting these headphones at cyclists, hikers, and other outdoor types, so it's more for solo photo and video recording. Still, together with other gadgets in the pipeline, it highlights a growing need for proper safeguards to be put around devices with tiny embedded cameras.

The W&O X1 have blasted through their $3,000 funding goal on Kickstarter many times over, and if you're interested in a pair you can put in a reservation for $139 (about £105 / AU$200) — with the usual Kickstarter caveat that crowdfunded hardware doesn't always end up reaching consumers.

There are some decent specs here: IP6X dust and water protection, a lightweight 48 gram build, support for Bluetooth and Wi-Fi, and 30 hours of music playback between charges thanks to an integrated 800 mAh battery.

'Removing discs doesn’t represent progress – it simply removes choice' — The Entertainment Retailers Association denounces Sony's decision to kill physical discs

  • The Entertainment Retailers Association has slammed Sony's decision to kill physical discs
  • The UK trade organization says digital games "should complement physical formats, not replace them"
  • The ERA says, "Removing discs doesn’t represent progress – it simply removes choice"

UK trade organization, Entertainment Retailers Association (ERA), has criticized Sony's decision to end production of physical PlayStation discs.

The gaming company has received overwhelming backlash since announcing its plan to retire physical discs in 2028, and now, as reported by The Game Business, the ERA, which represents most major video game retailers in the UK, including Amazon, Game, Sainsbury’s and HMV, has condemned the plan, calling it "a triumph of corporate convenience over consumer choice."

"Every year, millions of gamers still choose to buy physical copies because they value true ownership," CEO Kim Bayley said in a statement. "A disc can be shared with family, traded in, collected, preserved and, crucially, still played years from now. A download licence often offers none of those freedoms."

Per NielsenIQ and market research firm GfK, The Game Business reports that 45 percent of all physical games sold in the UK in 2025 were for PS4 or PS5, which represents almost half of all physical game revenue during this period, and a majority of sales were made through the post as opposed to in-store pick-ups on release day.

The ERA also said that 25 percent of gamers under 25 use discs and the total UK disc-based games market was valued at over £300 million in 2025, "demonstrating that there remains a substantial and committed audience for boxed games."

"Retailers see this demand every day," Bayley said. "Physical games continue to bring people into shops and give consumers real value through gifting, collecting and resale. The industry should be embracing every legitimate way consumers want to buy games, not narrowing their choices."

The CEO continued: "Digital distribution has transformed gaming and is hugely popular, but it should complement physical formats, not replace them.

“Consumers deserve the freedom to choose how they buy their entertainment. Removing discs doesn’t represent progress – it simply removes choice. That’s bad for gamers, bad for retailers and ultimately bad for the long-term health and preservation of our games industry."

Since its announcement earlier this month, Sony has remained silent in the face of the backlash. Many fans have banded together to urge the company to reverse its decision, including signing a petition that now has over 310,000 signatures.

Black Ops 7 Season 5 has been fully revealed, with the next Call of Duty update bringing a raft of fresh content

  • Call of Duty: Black Ops Season 5 has been revealed
  • The update drops on July 23, 2026
  • Big additions include new weapons, maps, and modes

With Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 on the way, Activision has revealed the next batch of content coming to 2025's Black Ops 7 and the free-to-play Warzone battle royale.

As detailed on the Call of Duty blog, the major additions include five new multiplayer maps, three of which drop alongside the season's launch on July 23.

The one I'm most looking forward to is Jubilee, an all-new 6v6 environment set in a rural Japanese town. It's joined by Frequency, a remaster of a Black Ops 4 map, and a remake of Black Ops 2's iconic Dig (itself a version of World at War's Courtyard).

The two other maps, Tubro Tilt and Freerun: Descent, will be added in the subsequent Season 5 Reloaded update.

A wealth of new modes

The Black Ops 7 Season 5 roadmap.

(Image credit: Activision)

Some new limited-time modes are dropping as part of the update as well: Overdrive Domination (a twist on the classic Domination mode that incorporates the power-up stars from Overdrive), Gauntlet Rush (which rotates between five distinct game modes), and, in the mid-season, the return of Cranked Moshpit.

It wouldn't be a new season without some fresh weapons and attachments, and the ones coming in Season 5 are some of the wildest yet.

At launch, you'll be able to unlock the FG42 assault rifle, a modernized version of the WW2 weapon with serious damage and almost no horizontal recoil, and the dual Gremlin SMGs, which trade the ability to aim down sights for extreme firepower and mobility.

Later in the season, the Mammoth LMG is being added and, true to its name, it's a massive gun with two high-power barrels that fire continuously in addition to a new mace melee weapon.

On the attachment side, completing weekly challenges will unlock the likes of the Jäger 45 Grid-Breaker Kit — a crazy pistol conversion that turns your side-arm into a portable EMP blaster — or the M34 Novaline Garand Conversion that transforms the futuristic burst-fire rifle into an old-fashioned top-loaded one.

If you're keen to dive in, Black Ops 7 is available now for PC, PlayStation 5, PlayStation 4, Xbox Series X and Series S, and Xbox One.

Less clutter, more control – Microsoft has fixed Windows 11 Search

Microsoft’s efforts to fix Windows are bearing fruit Microsoft’s “Windows K2” project is underway, a major revamp of Windows 11 that aims to regain user trust and deliver a faster, more responsive, and less frustrating OS. Today, Microsoft has detailed major changes that are coming to Windows 11 Search. These changes are available now to […]

The post Less clutter, more control – Microsoft has fixed Windows 11 Search appeared first on OC3D.

After two years, Once Human is coming to Xbox Series X|S and Xbox on PC with full cross-progression

Once Human first launched two years ago, initially just on PC, with a mobile version following in 2025. Now, finally, it's coming to console after a period of beta testing.

Once Human is officially set to launch on Xbox Series X|S and PS5 on August 25, 2026. Additionally, it will be coming to the Xbox app on PC on the same date.

It's not Xbox Play Anywhere, but it doesn't need to be, since it's a free-to-play game. It does have full cross-play and cross-progression, though, including account linking if you've previously played on PC or mobile.

Additional goodies include keyboard and mouse support on console, and while it is free to play, there will be a couple of paid packs you can buy if you so wish with some premium items in to help you on your way.

"Survive in a supernatural apocalypse where reality has fallen apart. As a Meta-Human, explore a vast, Stardust-infected open world where monsters are threat and key to your survival. Every expedition is risk and resource. Gather materials and build your ultimate territory, but be prepared to defend your home against relentless sieges."

Two years is a pretty long wait, and Once Human now is not Once Human as it was. But it's an interesting idea. There are aspects of looter games mixed with survival elements and both PvE and PvP gameplay, with the latter being an opt-in rather than forced upon players.

The console version doesn't appear to be up-to-date with the existing PC and mobile versions, at least at first. A Q&A on the Once Human website states that "in the future, the console version will catch up with the progress of other platform versions, and it is expected to remain consistent."

Once Human

Build the post-apocalyptic base of your dreams. Or just somewhere to hold up. (Image credit: NetEase)

That all seems fair, at least for launch. For one, it's more important to get it out there and make sure it's actually all working as intended. Two years is a lot of content and updates, and I think it's a smart move. It should be less overwhelming, if nothing else.

The one thing that isn't listed in the Xbox version right now is any sign of achievements. For two years this has been a frustration of the Steam release, with multiple threads referencing the fact that the developers haven't added any.

Xbox console games should have achievement support, so maybe it's just an omission from the early listing. Conversely, maybe the launch on console may finally help bring achievements to Steam. In any case, we don't have long to wait and find out.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Xbox's cuts and layoffs don't solve its biggest problem — What will Asha do to solve Microsoft's biggest gaming crisis?

The Xbox camp's airwaves have been dominated by pessimism now for as long as I can remember.

For years and years, Xbox fans and employees alike have endured a rollercoaster of ups and downs for Microsoft's gaming brand. Whether it's layoffs, unpopular decisions, or external factors like the memory crisis — team Xbox can't catch a break. Things can't get any worse, right? Well ...

Much has been said about the callousness of this latest round of Microsoft layoffs, which hit the entire run of the company, as has become tradition almost every July now. It's painful knowing that these cuts and reductions won't solve the biggest problem facing Xbox, and traditional gaming platforms in general.

The eternal question: where will the next phase of real growth come from?

The attention economy is getting more saturated by the day

Tiktok app open with an Xbox Ally in the background

Even before the advent of TikTok, social media has been frying attention spans for some time. (Image credit: Windows Central | Jez Corden)

The uncomfortable truth for traditional video game platforms is that revenue is only growing by squeezing the existing user base. PlayStation, Xbox, Nintendo, and even Steam are basically trading the same fixed amount of users back and forth. Some estimates predict a contraction in gaming this year, owing to the memory crisis pushing prices beyond people's means.

The memory crisis won't be forever, but even after that, therein lies an existential question: huge swathes of younger cohorts have side-stepped Xbox, PlayStation, and even Nintendo, in favor of Roblox.

The Robloxification of gaming demographics cannot be overstated. Roblox has more monthly active users than Steam and Xbox combined, and double that of Minecraft. It's only when you throw in casual games like Candy Crush Saga that Xbox really begins to approach similar figures, but it obviously becomes a faulty comparison at that point.

It's also true that Roblox hasn't made a penny (yet). They're in their growth phase, burning cash on changing user behavior before jacking up prices — effectively the Spotify and Netflix model. Eventually, creditors will want to see returns, by which point Roblox hopes to have become the default gaming development platform. For many, it already has.

Roblox title art.

The kids love Roblox, not Xbox or PlayStation. (Image credit: Roblox Corproation)

Xbox and PlayStation have grossly under-invested in younger cohorts, and Nintendo's insistence on gatekeeping their franchises behind hardware has limited their ability to reach younger audiences. The fact that traditional core games also take exponentially longer periods of time to produce means that youngsters might completely age out of titles that target them before they even ship, by which point trends will have changed, and tastes will have evolved.

Indeed, in our attention-anemic, hyper-infotainment, insta-gratification society, Roblox's "quick and dirty" game delivery model is perfect for the era. Games come and go in a flash, devouring the latest memes and in-jokes that baffle older generations and celebrate youth culture in ways God of War or Halo simply cannot tap into now.

For sure, Roblox's rise to dominance is less about gameplay quality or visual fidelity, but more about the social value Roblox offers that has made it a juggernaut. The vibes.

The fact Microsoft looked to a former Meta executive to run Xbox is likely no coincidence.

Can Xbox become ... COOL?

An official wallpaper of Xbox consoles against a galactic background.

Younger cohorts increasingly care more about talking to friends on Roblox on their phones than they do sitting down with a controller. (Image credit: Microsoft)

One criticism I have of Phil Spencer and, honestly, Microsoft in general is their utilitarian approach to product design. Xbox and Windows both have become sterile in recent years, with fun and quirky features relegated to memes and memories. Indeed, trends are cycling more quickly than ever, turbo-charged by artificial intelligence and short-form social media. That's perhaps not ideal if you're a corporation that moves as slowly as Microsoft, which also has no culturally relevant social media layer.

Therein lies Xbox's core problem. Putting the legal troubles and safety concerns to a separate discussion for now, Roblox has amalgamated social media and gaming into this amorphous digital monster that seems inaccessible to Microsoft and Xbox in general.

How can Xbox hope to become culturally relevant in an era where culture is now a chaotic revolving door? It was barely relevant to begin with, but in ages past it had the advantage of an era where corporations had greater control over content and context. Modern internet culture spawns from a vast and increasingly artificial digital ooze which bubbles up an occasional banger only for it to almost instantaneously deteriorate when corporations get their tasteless claws in. The rise of independent creation has corporations like Microsoft and Xbox completely locked out.

But Xbox does have one cube-shaped trick up its sleeve here ...

Pixelated characters from a video game sit around a campfire with a tent in the background. They appear relaxed, creating a cozy, adventurous tone.

Will Asha Sharma FINALLY leverage Minecraft to boost Xbox? Up until now, Xbox has left Minecraft to the side to do its own thing, but times are changing. (Image credit: Mojang Studios)

Xbox CEO Asha Sharma has stated that her short-term goal is to improve the situation for the core. Namely, older gen-z, millennials, and gen-x, who are pretty locked in their ways and want specific types of games and experiences. They aren't the future of the platform, though, nor are they the future of growth. We're aging out, getting old, having kids, and, ya know, dying to be blunt about it.

For Xbox to maintain competitive salaries against AI funny-money talent scouts and inflation, it needs to find new growth. This summer, that growth came from cuts and price increases. That's hardly sustainable, though. It's a short-term solution to hedge against a longer-term problem.

The big problem is Xbox's lack of new user acquisition. Xbox Game Pass, Xbox Cloud Gaming, and devices like the Xbox Ally haven't really helped. Most Xbox Cloud Gaming and Xbox handheld gamers are already Xbox Series X|S users. The trick is finding those elusive new users, which Microsoft describes as "NTX" internally (new to Xbox).

MSN Messenger 6.2 running a chat window with escargot.chat to replace .NET Passport

Microsoft defined internet culture in the 90s and early 00s with programs like MSN Messenger and Skype, but weirdly did nothing to maintain their position. Xbox can't afford to be this unimaginative if it's to survive. (Image credit: Windows Central | Ben Wilson)

The crux of it will make for uncomfortable reading for Microsoft higher-ups: Xbox needs to become social media adjacent. It needs to be less sanitized. It needs to lean into that digital ooze I mentioned, and, perhaps even a little dangerous if it wants to succeed in an era where cultural capital is more important than pixel density.

I don't think Microsoft has the stomach for it ... but this is Asha Sharma's wheelhouse. It's probably no accident that she was specifically chosen for this job. It's probably no accident that she just bought Minecraft, Xbox's closest Roblox allegory, in-house. It's probably no accident that she hired Matthew Ball, who wrote the book on social media-adjacent games like Roblox as CSO.

It might take years to see the fruits of her ideas in this area ... and in the short term, she's going to focus on strengthening the core of what Xbox is today. But I believe she's also planting seeds for a social media revolution at Xbox — bringing Microsoft into an industry that it has long been too afraid to even touch.

What's your take? Let me hear it in the comments, down below.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Your Snapdragon X PC just took a step toward becoming a true gaming laptop

Qualcomm continues to flirt with gaming on its Snapdragon X processors. The latest update to Snapdragon Control Panel redesigns game library navigation, improves the software update experience, and helps you get the latest Hexagon NPU drivers.

The overall gaming experience on Snapdragon X PCs will be better following the update, though you won't see a graphics boost.

Snapdragon Control Panel is a piece of software that helps you optimize your gaming experience on PCs powered by Snapdragon X chips.

A bump to version 2026.2.0 brings several notable improvements. Qualcomm shared the change log for the latest Snapdragon Control Panel update on Reddit.

What’s new in Snapdragon Control Panel 2026.2.0.0

✨ User interface improvements

  • Redesigned Game Library navigation to be more consistent and intuitive, including clearer favorites add/remove behavior.
  • Redesigned the Software Update page with a consistent experience for Snapdragon Control Panel, Adreno GPU drivers, and Hexagon NPU drivers.
  • Improved update status feedback so users can more easily understand available updates and current installation state.
  • Removed the top-level back button to simplify navigation.
  • Expanded the clickable areas for items in the Help dialog.
  • Added support for saving and restoring the navigation sidebar state.

🧠 Hexagon NPU driver updates

  • Get access to the latest Hexagon NPU driver releases directly from Snapdragon Control Panel.

🎮 One-Click Game Optimization robustness improvements

  • Improved the reliability of One-Click Game Optimization workflows, including optimization, revert, and refresh behavior.
  • Note: One-Click Game Optimization is currently supported only on first generation Snapdragon® X Series devices.

🛠️ General improvements and bug fixes

  • Includes additional reliability, usability, and maintenance fixes across Snapdragon Control Panel.

Gaming on Snapdragon X PCs is in an interesting spot in 2026. It's very clear that Qualcomm aims for its Snapdragon X chips to power gaming PCs eventually, but most mentions of gaming on the processors feel reserved.

When Qualcomm announced the Snapdragon X2 Elite Extreme and Snapdragon X2 Elite last year, the company failed to mention gaming once. But when laptops with those chips launched, gaming capabilities were highlighted.

"Best Commuter Laptop: extreme performance for multitasking, gaming, and creation," reads the ASUS listing for the Zenbook A16 (emphasis added).

Just two months after unveiling the Snapdragon X2 Elite Extreme and Snapdragon X2 Elite, Qualcomm announced Snapdragon Control Panel. That program lets users optimize game settings and update game drivers.

Meanwhile, other companies have been working to improve gaming on Snapdragon X PCs. Logitech G HUB gained support for Windows on Snapdragon earlier this year.

YouTuber "Ghobso Gaming" tested over 200 games on the Surface Pro 11 with a Snapdragon X Plus, and many titles performed well. They have since run tests on laptops with the Snapdragon X2 Elite. I'll follow up with them and do another piece on that soon.

Our Ben Wilson played some games on the Zenbook A16 with a Snapdragon X2 Elite Extreme as well. Overall, gaming on Snapdragon X PCs is better than ever.

At some point, Qualcomm may fully embrace the gaming capabilities of Snapdragon X chips and make that a major part of its marketing. Until or unless that happens, the company will continue to work with partners to optimize gaming on Snapdragon X.

Blank Pixel

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Intel invests $5.7 billion in Ireland fab — aims to boost output of Xeon 6, next-gen Xeon products built on Intel 3 process

Intel this week announced that it will invest €5 billion ($5.7 billion) to expand and modernize its manufacturing operations at the company's facility near Leixlip, Ireland. The project is intended to increase production capacity for Intel Xeon 6 processors and next-generation Intel Xeon products built using the Intel 3 fabrication process (3nm-class), as well as advanced research and development (R&D) activities at the site.

The upgrade of the facility will involve installation of new tools presumably at Fab 34 as well as extensive infrastructure improvements designed to increase manufacturing efficiency. One of the key elements of the project is the expansion of the campus' automated material transport network, which will connect separate manufacturing modules into a single high-speed production system. Meanwhile, the modernization will not involve cleanroom expansion. Intel expects the upgrade to enable the Leixlip site to produce larger volumes of Intel 3-based products and make better use of the existing cleanroom capacity.

Intel opened its Fab 34 near Leixlip, Ireland, in 2023 and has been making various chips — including Core Ultra 100-series using Intel 4 and Xeon 6 using Intel 3 production node — using its process technologies that rely on EUV lithography at the site. At present, Intel's Fab 34 is Europe's only high-volume semiconductor production facility that uses EUV tools.

In mid-2024, Intel announced the €10.1 billion sale of a 49% stake in Fab 34 with Apollo Global Management as it badly needed money. This April, the company announced that it would repurchase the 49% stake in Fab 34 for $14.2 billion, which opened doors to the current expansion and investment. Intel claims that it kicked off execution of the project earlier this year, though it did not disclose when the upgrades will be completed.

"By investing in our existing fabs with state-of-the-art technology and installing cutting-edge tools, we are not just increasing output of critical products like Xeon 6 and next gen Intel Xeon processors built on Intel 3, we are ensuring that Ireland remains at the forefront of the world's most advanced manufacturing ecosystems, while strengthening the region’s role in the global technology landscape," said Naga Chandrasekaran, Executive Vice President, Chief Technology and Operations Officer and General Manager of Intel Foundry.

Among other things, Intel says that the investment will strengthen Europe's semiconductor supply chain and support the European Union's technology sovereignty objectives by increasing domestic production of leading-edge CPUs. There is a catch about that claim, though. All the silicon produced in Ireland is transported back to the U.S. for testing and assembly, as well as makes the end products, such as Core Ultra or Xeon 6, 'made in America.'

Razer Blade 16 (2026) review: Competitive gaming performance and class-leading endurance

The Razer Blade 16 has long been leading contender among the best gaming laptops, thanks in part to its careful component selection and strong style. In this case, our review unit comes equipped with an Intel Core Ultra 9 386H processor and a flagship RTX 5090 GPU.

While the chassis remains the same as the Razer Blade 16 that we tested a little over a year ago, the 25W processor in our new review unit enabled some impressive runtimes that eclipse the competition. You’ll have to pay a considerable sum for the luxury, but the Blade 16 makes as strong a case as a compelling premium gaming laptop.

Design of the Razer Blade 16

We were impressed with the design of last year's Blade 16, and luckily, Razer hasn’t altered the formula for this year’s model. You get the same matte-black chassis that measures just 0.69 inches at its thickest point (0.59 inches towards the front). Build quality remains excellent in true Razer fashion.

The overall design is minimalist, with a minimal amount of RGBs and no obvious ventilation slats along the sides for heat management. Instead, the clean design would look at home sitting on your desk while you're gaming with an Xbox controller, or sitting on your desk in a cubicle at work. The only bit of flash that you’ll find is the RGB Razer logo on the lid.

Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware

You’ll find thin bezels around the glossy 16-inch OLED display, below which you’ll find the full-size keyboard and a large trackpad. There’s also a small status LED at the front right of the chassis (just below the Intel Core Ultra sticker on the deck). It pulses white when the laptop is in standby mode.

There’s a healthy assortment of ports on the laptop, including three legacy USB 3.3 Gen 2 Type-A ports. There’s also one Thunderbolt 4 port, one Thunderbolt 5, an SD card reader (UHS-II), a full-size HDMI 2.1 port, and a 3.5 mm combo audio jack. There’s also a proprietary power port.

The Blade 16 measures 13.98 x 9.86 x 0.69 inches and weighs 4.71 pounds. For comparison, the MSI Raider 16 HX also packs an RTX 5090, but measures 14.29 x 10.62 x 1.14 inches and weighs over a pound more (5.73 pounds). The Alienware 16 Area-51 is heavier still at 7.49 pounds, with dimensions of 14.37 x 11.41 x 1.12 inches.

Razer Blade 16 Specifications

CPU

Intel Core Ultra 9 386H

Graphics

Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090 (24GB GDDR7, 1,597 MHz Boost Clock, 175 W Max TGP)

Memory

32GB LPDDR5X-9600 (2x 16GB)

Storage

2TB PCIe 4.0 NVMe M.2 SSD

Display

16-inch, 2560x1600, 240 Hz, 16:10

Networking

Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0

Ports

1x Thunderbolt 5, 1x Thunderbolt 4, 3x USB 3.2 Type-A Gen 2, 1x HDMI 2.1, 3.5 mm headphone jack, SD reader (UHS-II)

Camera

1080p IR webcam

Battery

90 Whr

Power Adapter

280 W

Operating System

Windows 11 Home

Dimensions (WxDxH)

13.98 x 9.86 x 0.69 inches

Weight

4.71 pounds

Price (as configured)

$4,899.99

Gaming and Graphics on the Razer Blade 16

Our Blade 16 review unit is equipped with a Core Ultra 9 386H processor, which has 16 total cores (4 performance, 8 efficient) and a maximum performance turbo frequency of 4.9 GHz for the performance cores. There’s also 32GB of LPDDR5x memory and a GeForce RTX 5090 GPU (1,597 MHz boost clock, 175W max TGP).

This combo generally performed well across our gaming benchmark suite, with a few exceptions. While playing Battlefield 6 at native resolution in Overkill detail mode, with DLSS Quality and Frame Generation enabled, I was comfortably getting between 110 and 120 FPS, even with a lot of action happening on the screen.

For this review, the competitive set consists of last year's Blade 16 (Ryzen AI 9 HX 370 at 28W, RTX 5090 at 160W TGP), MSI Raider 16 Max HX (Core Ultra 9 290HX Plus at 55W, RTX 5090 at 175W TGP), and the Alienware 16 Area-51 (Core Ultra 9 290HX Plus at 55W, RTX 5080 at 175W TGP).

Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware

As usual, we start our gaming benchmarks with the Shadow of the Tomb Raider (Highest setting) benchmark, where the Blade 16 delivered 182 FPS at 1080p. Performance at 1600p scaled down to 133 FPS. The 2025 edition of the Blade 16 was 16 FPS behind at 1080, but at the resolution that most would play at, 1600p, the older model was nearly 30 FPS faster (162 FPS versus 133 FPS).

Cyberpunk 2077 (Ray Tracing Ultra settings), the laptops were pretty evenly matched, with most running between 65 and 70 FPS at 1080p and at around 40 FPS at 1600p. For the Razer Blade 16 specifically, it achieved 65 FPS at 1080p and 42 FPS at 1600p.

Far Cry 6 (Ultra settings) saw the Blade 16 running in third place ahead of its predecessor (106 FPS at 1080p, 108 FPS at 1600p). The Alienware 16 Area-51 and Raider 16 Max HX were a few FPS ahead at each resolution, but it was still a relatively close fight among the top three.

Red Dead Redemption 2 (Medium settings) proved challenging for the Blade 16, as it lagged behind with 94 FPS at 1080p and just 71 FPS at 1600p. For comparison, last year's model eclipsed those numbers at 121 FPS and 94 FPS, respectively. The 25W CPU simply couldn’t keep up with the 28W Ryzen and 55W Intel HX chips

However, the Blade 16 was back to its fighting form in the Borderlands 3 (Badass settings) benchmark, easily slipping into second place behind the Raider 16 Max HX with 175 FPS at 1080p and 126 FPS at 1600p.

Metro Exodus is still our preferred benchmark for gaming laptop stress testing. Our review unit averaged 133.39 FPS at 1080p across 15 loops using the RTX benchmark preset. The CPU performance cores averaged 3.96 GHz, and the efficiency cores averaged 3.5 GHz. The RTX 5090 GPU also ran at 1.95 GHz.

One item of note is that the two system fans are incredibly loud while gaming, which may force you to use a pair of the best gaming headsets to block out the added noise.

Productivity Performance on the Razer Blade 16

The Razer Blade 16 uses a 16-core Intel Core Ultra 9 386H processor, 32GB of memory, and a 2TB PCIe 4.0 SSD. With some of the competition sporting upwards of 8 additional cores, the Blade 16 didn’t really break through in the multi-threaded benchmarks.

The synthetic CPU benchmark Geekbench saw the Blade 16 lag slightly behind its predecessor in single-core (2,895 versus 2,922), but pull ahead in multi-core performance (16,971 versus 16,025). However, neither Blade system was a match for the Core Ultra 9 290HX Plus processors in the Alienware 16 Area-51 and Raider 16 Max HX; the latter of which pulled numbers of 3,231 and 20,656, respectively.

Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware

In our 25GB file transfer test, the Blade 16 took second place by the slightest of margins, hitting 1,735.09 MBps. However, this result was still 1,000 MBps behind the first-place Alienware 16 Area-51.

The multi-threaded performance shortfall crept up again in our Handbrake test, where we transcode a 4K video file to 1080p. The Blade 16 pulled up the rear in this group, even falling behind the Blade 16 with the Ryzen AI 9 HX 370. It took 3 minutes and 17 seconds to complete the task compared to just 1 minute and 51 seconds for the Raider 16 Max HX.

Display on the Razer Blade 16

As Tom's Hardware's resident monitor editor, I’m absolutely smitten with OLED panels. Thankfully, the OLED display on the Blade 16 doesn’t disappoint: it’s a 16-inch panel with a 2560 x 1600 resolution and a native refresh rate of 240 Hz.

We found that color volume was 90 percent for DCI-P3 and 127 percent for sRGB. Brightness levels were also fairly impressive, earning second place behind the Raider 16 Max HX at 408.2 nits.

Razer Blade 16 (2026)

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

Although the instrumented tests show some regression compared to last year’s Blade 16 in the sRGB and DCI-P3 color spaces, the display looks amazing in a vacuum. The gritty visuals while playing Battlefield 6 in Overkill mode were a delight to my eyes, with sunlight glinting through windows and concussive bomb blasts kicking up debris all around me.

Keyboard and Touchpad on the Razer Blade 16

The keyboard on the Blade 16 uses scissor switches with 1.5 mm of travel. The key presses are slightly clicky, and my fingers had no trouble getting used to typing on the keys.

I used my standard keyhero.com typing test and scored 89 words per minute with 97 percent accuracy, which is about par for the course for me.

Razer Blade 16 (2026)

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

The touchpad is absolutely massive, measuring 5.9 inches wide and 3.8 inches tall. It’s one of the largest trackpads you’ll find outside of Apple’s 16-inch MacBook Pros. What isn’t Apple-like is the insistence on using a mechanical linkage for trackpad actuation instead of the steadier, more consistent presses made possible by a haptic touchpad. For a laptop with a sticker price of nearly $5,000, I don’t think it’s too much to ask for some haptics here.

However, if you’re using this laptop primarily for gaming, you’ll likely be using one of the best gaming mice for your competitive sessions.

Audio on the Razer Blade 16

The six-speaker audio system on the Blade 16 is THX-optimized, and the audio quality is good, if not quite price-appropriate. While playing Battlefield 6, in-game dialog, explosions, gunfire, and vehicle noise generally sounded good, but the effects were competing with the turbine whine of the dual system fans. Cranking the volume to near-max levels helped drown out the fan noise, but at that point, I was experiencing a bit of aural overload, so I opted to put on a pair of headphones.

When the CPU and GPU weren’t heavily taxed, I was able to better enjoy the speakers, such as by playing Dave Matthews Band’s album Before These Crowded Streets for the 300th time. I cruised through the album with the volume set to a comfortable 50%, savoring the acoustic and bass guitars on “Dreaming Tree,” which always results in a relaxing frisson for me.

Similarly, I watched the Mel Gibson-helmed The Patriot to get into the mood for the Fourth of July, and reveled in the heavy dialogue, flintlock musket blasts, and cannon bursts.

You can make adjustments to the audio using the Razer Synapse software,

Upgradeability of the Razer Blade 16

Accessing the interior of the Blade 16 involves removing 10 Torx screws. Once all screws are removed, the bottom panel lifts off with minimal force. You’ll find the large 90 WHr battery at the bottom front of the chassis, and above are two M.2 slots that accept full-length 2280 SSDs.

Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware

The right slot was populated with a 2TB Lexar NM790 PCIe 4.0 SSD, while the left slot was empty, allowing for future upgrades. Also accessible is the PCIe Wi-Fi 7 network adapter (Intel BE213).

Battery Life on the Razer Blade 16

One thing to keep in mind is that the Blade 16 maintained competitive gaming performance among its peers, while its multi-threaded performance took a back seat. However, those compromises were fully redeemed in terms of battery life.

Razer Blade 16 (2026)

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

The Blade 16 uses a 90 WHr battery, which delivered shockingly long endurance (for a gaming laptop) in our battery test, consisting of web browsing, video streaming over Wi-Fi, and OpenGL testing with the screen brightness set at 150 nits. The system lasted a staggering 12:46, besting the Ryzen AI 9 HX 370-equipped Blade 16 by over 5 hours and the Alienware 16 Area-51 by over 9 hours. Even the Raider 16 Max HX was no match, falling short by over 4 hours.

That is a fantastic result for such a thin and light 16-inch gaming laptop, and it is a testament to the miserly energy consumption of the Panther Lake processor.

Heat on the Razer Blade 16

While running the Metro Exodus stress test, we measured the temperature of Blade 16's aluminum-alloy chassis in various spots. The keyboard measured 102 degrees Fahrenheit (F) between the G and H keys, while the touchpad was 92 F.

Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware
Razer Blade 16 (2026)
Tom's Hardware

The hottest part of the laptop was near the rear center of the bottom of the chassis, where we measured 130 F. So it’s best to keep the laptop firmly planted on your desk while gaming, lest you roast your legs.

During the Metro Exodus stress test, the CPU measured 75.3 degrees Celsius (C). Meanwhile, the RTX 5090 came in at 87 C.

Webcam on the Razer Blade 16

Razer continues to use a run-of-the-mill 1080p webcam with an IR sensor for Windows Hello support. It’s by no means a class-leading webcam, but it’s perfectly usable for Zoom or Teams meetings.

I found the colors to be mostly adequate, but there was a little lightness in the detail in my facial features.

Software and Warranty on the Razer Blade 16

One of my favorite things about Razer laptops is that they aren’t loaded down with too much added software. On our Blade 16 review unit, Razer Chroma and Synapse were preloaded.

Synapse is an all-in-one utility that lets you adjust performance profiles, keyboard macros, audio presets, and more. Chroma, on the other hand, gives you full control over system RGBs, including the per-key keyboard effects.

Otherwise, you’ll find requisite utilities, like the Nvidia app and the usual Windows app shortcuts (we’re looking at you, LinkedIn) on the Start menu.

The Blade 16 comes backed by a one-year warranty for the system itself and a two-year warranty for the 90 WHr battery.

Razer Blade 16 Configurations

Our Blade 16 review unit came configured with a Core Ultra 9 386H processor, 32GB of LPDDR5X memory, a 2TB SSD, RTX 5090 laptop GPU, and a 16-inch, 240 Hz. 1600p display. The price as-configured is a whopping $4,899.99.

There are cheaper configurations available — if you retain the Core Ultra 9 386H and opt for an RTX 5070 Ti, 1TB SSD, and 32GB of memory, the price drops to $3,499.99. Going with RTX 5080 bumps (all other hardware staying the same) takes the price to $3,999.99.

Bottom Line

Overall, the Razer Blade 16 was a strong performer in our gaming benchmarks, which is the primary reason why most people would be willing to spend nearly $5,000 for this system. More importantly, the Panther Lake-based system delivered nearly 13 hours of non-gaming battery life, outrunning its closest competitor by over 4 hours. Combine those results with the beautiful display, attractive chassis, and under-the-radar design, and you have a winning combination.

Razer Blade 16 (2026)

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

However, there are some detractions; the lack of a haptic trackpad at this price point is annoying, and multi-threaded performance significantly lagged the competition. Also, the $4,900 asking price is high, although not completely out of line for a system with these specs. You can save roughly $900 by going with an RTX 5080 instead of the RTX 5090 that was in our system.

But if price isn’t an issue for you, it’s hard to argue with this compelling combination of gaming performance and battery life.

New York enacts one-year data center ban on projects larger than 50 megawatts — first US state to implement moratorium; will also pursue repealing tax exemptions

New York Governor Kathy Hochul signed into law Senate Bill S10642 today, also called the Responsible Data Center Development Act, which would put a one-year moratorium on all data center developments in the state. According to Reuters, this is the first temporary ban to be enforced statewide in the U.S. Maine’s legislature was actually the first one to pass a statewide moratorium, but Maine Governor Janet Mills vetoed the measure after it failed to exempt a data center project “that enjoys strong local support from its host community and region.”

"As data center development threatens ⁠to hike up utility bills, deplete our natural resources, and create uncertainty for New Yorkers, it's my responsibility to take ​action and lead," Hochul said in a statement. She also said that she’s pursuing legislation to repeal tax exemptions for large data centers. The moratorium will apply to data center projects with a capacity of 50 megawatts or more, with the New York Department of Environmental Conservation not issuing any more permits to projects that haven’t been completed yet.

Hochul said that the state will build a Generic Environmental Impact Statement (GEIS) so that future data center developments are held to “consistent standards,” while also looking at how the construction and operation of these projects will impact the environment. Although the data center moratorium is set for one year, the governor’s office said that it will be lifted once the state has finalized the GEIS.

President Donald Trump has been pushing for the development of AI technologies, with the White House releasing the ‘AI Action Plan’ to accelerate infrastructure build-out. While this policy encouraged the development of AI data centers, the numerous large projects also resulted in memory and storage chip shortages, as well as negative impacts in the communities and regions where they’re located. For example, Monitoring Analytics, which oversees the largest power grid operator in the U.S., attributes an “irreversible” 76% price hike to increased data center demand, while a Virginia county has asked government offices to conserve power because of AI-driven price hikes. There have also been multiple issues with various data center projects relating to water consumption and air and noise pollution, which is why 70% of Americans now oppose having a data center built near their home.

All this pushback has resulted in many jurisdictions passing data center moratoriums. More than 75 projects have already been delayed in the first half of this year, amounting to $130 billion, with New York state being the first one to pass a state-wide temporary ban. Before this, Seattle, which plays host to the headquarters of Amazon and Microsoft, passed a similar one-year moratorium last month.

While delays like this will likely negatively impact the future availability of compute within the U.S., it’s also forcing tech giants to speed up innovations and governments to pass laws that protect their constituents. Multiple startups have started unveiling or even turning on their small modular reactor (SMR) prototypes, which could deliver the power needed by data centers without increasing air pollution or straining the local power grid. AI tech companies like Microsoft and Nvidia are also working on solutions that will cut data center energy use and water consumption, while Oregon’s POWER Act increased data center bills by 30% while cutting residential costs by 1.3%.

Soonar – Find Reddit leads and draft editable replies


Soonar helps founders and growth teams find Reddit posts and comments where people ask for tools, alternatives, recommendations, or workflow help. Paste your website, and Soonar builds search angles, monitors Reddit, ranks conversations by reply value, and groups related comments into threads.

For each promising conversation, Soonar explains why it may be worth replying and drafts a short, natural response you can edit before posting. It is built for teams that want Reddit lead generation without manually tracking keywords, competitors, and subreddits every day.

View startup

Serensay – Capture sparks, sharpen ideas, and publish in your own voice


Serensay is an intelligence layer for writers building an audience. It captures your scattered ideas from notes, links, highlights, and voice memos. Then spar with research, counters, and a devil's advocate to pressure-test your take until one clear point is ready.

Plan a steady cadence, publish on rhythm, and see which ideas attract the right readers. Serensay handles the chaos before and the signals after the words, so you can focus on thinking and writing.

View startup

Tulip – Hold fn to dictate into any Mac app, fully on-device and instant


Tulip is an on-device dictation tool for macOS that types into any app. Hold the fn key, speak naturally, and release to drop clean, punctuated text exactly at your cursor. It runs entirely on Apple Silicon, works offline, and never sends audio or text to servers. Use hands-free mode for long writing and choose from 99+ languages. Buy once for a lifetime license, use on up to three Macs, and get a 2-day free trial with a year of updates.

View startup

Compulsion Games, Freed from Xbox, Scrambles for New Partners Just Days After Its Divestment and Return to Independence

14 July 2026 at 16:00

A female character from South of Midnight is shown next to the 'Compulsion Games' logo with a green background.

Montréal-based developer Compulsion Games is among the studios that were officially divested from Microsoft's Xbox last week. Indeed, Compulsion Games (like Double Fine Productions) was sold back to its own management and has therefore returned to full independence, but that does not mean they won't need partners. In fact, they haven't wasted any time at all in opening the search. A few hours ago, the official LinkedIn account of the studio posted the following call-out message to fellow industry members: With Compulsion Games returning to its roots as an independent developer, we are expanding opportunities to collaborate with studios across […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/compulsion-games-seeks-partners-after-xbox-divestment/

GIGABYTE Silently Releases B850M AORUS Stealth With Connectors On The Back

14 July 2026 at 15:41

The image shows a Gigabyte B850M AORUS STEALTH motherboard featuring 'X3D Turbo Mode,' 'Driver BIOS,' '5 GbE LAN,' 'WiFi 7,' and other specifications, displayed prominently alongside AMD Ryzen and Stealth branding elements.

The company just dropped another connector-less motherboard, but with the micro-ATX form-factor for compact builds. GIGABYTE Releases B850M AORUS Stealth Motherboard, Featuring 12 Power Phase VRM, 4x DIMMs, Dual PCIe x16 Slots, While Keeping the Rest of the Connectors at the Back Popular hardware maker GIGABYTE is silently expanding its Stealth lineup with more motherboard models. GIGABYTE's Project Stealth was introduced back in 2022, and since then, it has added several motherboard models in the series, including 600 and 800 series motherboards with different chipsets. The company has now introduced a new Stealth motherboard called B850M AORUS Stealth, which introduces […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/gigabyte-silently-releases-b850m-aorus-stealth-with-connectors-on-the-back/

How AI search gives old negative content new life

14 July 2026 at 16:00
How AI search gives old negative content new life

Ten years ago, a negative piece of online content primarily affected search rankings.

Today, that same article can influence across Google’s AI Overviews and other AI search experiences. It can be summarized, cited, and redistributed, making it more influential and longer-lasting than it ever should be.

As a result, outdated stories can resurface long after they disappear from traditional search results. That gives older content renewed visibility and makes reputation management far more difficult.

When old articles resurface

I recently saw this happen with a client who owns a grocery chain in the Midwest that has grown successfully for more than two decades. 

In the mid-2010s, one location received negative press over a customer service issue. The problem was resolved shortly afterward, and the article gradually faded from public attention.

Years later, AI Overviews gave the story new visibility. Seemingly overnight, the article became a recurring source in AI-generated answers about the business. 

A single, outdated news story began shaping how AI systems described a company whose reputation had long since moved on.

Be the brand AI recommends.

See where your brand appears in AI search, where competitors are winning, and what it takes to become the answer AI recommends.

See your AI visibility

Why AI keeps resurfacing old stories

AI search engines don’t just retrieve information. They generate answers by relying on published sources they consider reliable.

That changes the role of negative news articles. Even if an article no longer ranks prominently in traditional search results, it can remain an authoritative source for AI-generated answers.

Media coverage often carries strong authority signals. If a negative article receives attention, citations, or discussion, AI systems may continue treating it as a reliable source long after the underlying issue is resolved.

That’s why a single article can influence how AI describes a person, company, or brand years after it was published. The article doesn’t need to dominate search rankings anymore. It only needs to remain a trusted source.

Five or 10 years ago, handling negative content involved suppression. We aimed to bury the negative content by publishing fresher, more positive, and more accurate content, optimizing a client’s online profiles and social media, and building microsites to strengthen its reputation.

That approach matters less today. AI systems readily access and cite original negative sources, even when those sources no longer rank prominently in search results.

Dig deeper: How negative information spreads from Wikipedia into AI search

How to adapt your reputation strategy

AI has changed online reputation management, but you still have options. Here are the approaches we’ve found most effective.

Diversify your sources

To combat those negative news articles, it’s imperative to build new sources that are credible and that present across multiple trusted platforms. The aim is to publish articles on respected outlets, focusing on thought leadership and expert insights — with factual resources to boot. 

Respond faster and smarter

Be proactive rather than reactive. Before a negative news source becomes widely cited, get on top of it. Address it with responses that clarify the initial controversy.

Build content that’s citation-worthy

Perhaps the best way to counter an original negative news source is to trump it with citation-worthy content. 

Remember the grocery chain I mentioned earlier? To thwart the original negative news article, we focused on publishing original case studies and expert insights tied to the success of the grocery chains. We made sure these pieces were all published on reputable, longstanding media outlets. 

Monitor visibility on AI platforms

Returning to the topic of being proactive, the best way to do so is by constantly monitoring your brand. 

It’s not enough anymore to see how your brand appears on everyday search engines. You must track how you appear in Google AI Overview and other generative search tools. Spend a few hours every month or so typing queries about your brand into various AI search engines. 

Several tools can help you detect negative narratives earlier and monitor how AI platforms present your brand.

Dig deeper: Why AI search is your new reputation risk and what to do about it

Remove negative or outdated articles

Tools like removenews.ai simplify outreach to publishers.

Paste an article URL, and removenews.ai generates a personalized removal request and identifies the editor’s contact information, making it easier to request updates or removal. The tool is free and takes about a minute.

Monitor AI visibility and citations

Need to understand how AI platforms describe your brand? Tools such as Otterly.ai, Mangools, and Ahrefs Brand Radar can monitor citations, visibility, and sentiment across AI search experiences.

Continue using traditional ORM tools

Don’t abandon your existing ORM and digital PR tools.

Platforms such as Semrush and Surfer continue to expand their capabilities, making them valuable additions to an AI-focused reputation strategy.

Dig deeper: Online reputation management: Top 10 hurdles and how to overcome them

From suppression to proactive monitoring

Older negative news articles, including defamatory or inaccurate ones, can carry more influence than ever.

AI search engines cite these articles in generated answers, allowing a single article from 15 years ago to trigger a modern reputation problem.

Suppressing negative content alone is no longer enough. You also need to monitor and influence the sources AI systems rely on.

That means tracking AI citations, publishing authoritative content, and responding quickly when outdated or misleading narratives begin resurfacing.

AI search will continue giving old content new life. Your best defense is making sure it has better, more current sources to cite.

Unlucky Redditor orders Corsair DDR5 RAM from Amazon and gets sent dummy light sticks instead — but one trick saves their skin

  • A Reddit user bought what they thought was computer RAM off Amazon
  • Instead, Amazon shipped them a light kit inside a RAM box
  • The Redditor filmed themselves opening the box to aid with their return

High prices spurred by the current RAM crisis are making it almost impossible to buy a set of computer memory without bankrupting yourself, so it can be tempting to pull the trigger on an eye-catching bargain whenever you see one. But a cautionary tale from social media shows why certain deals might not be all they seem.

That warning comes from a Reddit post from user BupMaster titled “Decided to buy RAM from Amazon despite my better judgement and it happened to me...” That foreboding header hinted at the potentially disastrous situation that was to come.

The poster explained how they decided to buy RAM from Amazon for a setup upgrade, despite hearing stories about return scams. These typically involve a scammer buying an expensive product then returning it with a cheaper, different or counterfeit item, which then gets sent onto an innocent buyer.

"Thankfully I made sure to record my unboxing," the Redditor explained. "Lo and behold I open the package and see that someone swapped the sticks for light enhancement kits instead. Sold and shipped by Amazon too. Hopefully they don't give me too much of a hard time on the return.”

This example highlights how careful you’ve got to be when buying memory — or other in-demand computing components like storage — during this highly unusual era. With RAM in record low supply thanks to the demands of artificial intelligence (AI) data centers, scammers are sniffing out opportunities wherever they can. Unfortunately for this Redditor, they ended up falling prey.

Keep your wits about you

Decided to buy RAM from Amazon despite my better judgement and it happened to me... from r/pcmasterrace

Interestingly, Corsair — the company whose RAM BupMaster bought — changed its packaging earlier this year specifically to thwart scammers. Instead of cardboard boxes, the company now sells its memory modules in clear plastic blister packs. The unit received by the Redditor was in a cardboard container, though, hinting that the scammer wanted to obscure their actions.

Another intriguing point about this account is that the scam was not perpetuated by some dodgy website or even a rogue trader on Amazon. The RAM kit was sold directly by Amazon itself, suggesting that someone inside the company swapped the memory modules for the dud product.

Sadly, this Redditor is far from the only person to have suffered in this way. In the same thread, another user claimed that the same thing happened with a laptop. And we've reported on countless similar cases, suggesting that scams like this are an all-too-common occurrence.

This case also shows how important it can be to record yourself opening a package if you’re at all unsure or wary about it. Doing so gave them the perfect evidence to prove to Amazon that they had been scammed, making the return process much easier.

Amazon is known for being very willing to accept returns, but it’s better to be safe than sorry — especially when buying rare and expensive products like computer memory.

Former Rockstar producer jokes he's 'pretty happy' he's not working on GTA 6 because of how 'monstrous' it seems — 'Every single time they do a GTA, it's like ludicrously bigger than before'

  • Former Rockstar Games producer John Ricchio thinks Grand Theft Auto 6 will be "monstrous" in scale
  • He says the developer tends to make every game bigger than the last
  • However, he wouldn't want to work on the game because of how ambitious it is

Former Rockstar Games producer John Ricchio believes Grand Theft Auto 6 will be a massive game and is glad he isn't working on such an ambitious project.

In a new podcast interview with Kiwi Talkz, where the developer discussed his time at Rockstar and the crunch culture that came with the role, Ricchio was asked whether there was any part of him that wanted to work on GTA 6, or if thinking about the project stressed him.

"I think the fact that every single time they do a GTA, it's like ludicrously bigger than before is like something that I think about," Ricchio said. "I can only imagine the size of GTA 6. It must be monstrous, or if not monstrous, it's probably way more detailed."

GTA 6 will have a much larger Vice City map, allowing players to explore several regions of Leonida. There will also be a ton of open-world activities and features to access, including car shops, clothing stores, hairdressers, safehouses, as well as boats that players can take on the water.

The developer suggested that if Rockstar "kept the same footprint as GTA 5, which was significantly bigger than GTA 4, significantly bigger than RDR [Red Dead Redemption] and continued to build upon that framework, GTA 6 will be a massive game.

"Between RDR and GTA, I think they were continually growing the size of the world, which is a big deal, right?" he said. "It's a lot more stuff to build. It's a lot more performance to deal with. There are a lot of considerations with going with a bigger world, but it really does make you feel like you're in a place, right? It makes you feel like you're in a huge place."

For this reason, Ricchio jokingly added, he's "pretty happy" he's not working on the game.

"Not that it wouldn't be cool to work with those people. I still think about my Rockstar teams all the time," he said.

"It is really difficult, and it's a hard period of your career when you're working that hard on something, and getting to the end and then getting to have people be really excited about what you've done is just magic, it is so rewarding.

"I'll never forget some of the play with the public events for Max Payne or for RDR, and even GTA, we were involved in very specific pieces, but just having people so excited about what you've made or being a part of something. It is so incredible. It is such a good feeling to make something, to spend a lot of time [on something] and have people appreciate it."

Ricchio continued, saying if he was still at the studio and working on GTA 6, he wouldn't be "amenable" to how things operate currently, which would "probably lead to an exit for me."

"I've learned a lot about different ways that you can do things and different ways to build successful, kind of hard projects, and it doesn't require that way to do it on the backs of burning people out," the developer said. "Clearly it works, and they make games that do really well, and I expect GTA [6] to do really well even at the higher price point."

How to watch 2026 FIFA World Cup in Singapore: free live streams

Prior to the tournament, Singapore's Mediacorp broadcaster announced that it would stream 28 World Cup 2026 matches completely FREE on both TV and online via its MeWatch streaming platform. While that's nowhere close to the likes of the UK's BBC/ITV or Australia's SBS On Demand, which are streaming all 104 matches for free, it's still a significant jump from the nine matches that were streamed free in 2022.

The good news for football fans in Singapore tuning in for the business end of the tournament is that all four remaining matches, including the two semifinals, the third-place playoff, and the all-important FIFA World Cup final, are available to watch free of charge in the country.

But can you watch these free streams from anywhere in the world? And what if you're a foreigner travelling in Singapore during these matches? Can you still access your usual free World Cup coverage? Follow our guide below to find out where to watch FIFA World Cup 2026 live streams in Singapore, including free streams.

How to watch World Cup 2026 in Singapore

Mediacorp has made all 104 matches available live and on demand via its MeWatch streaming platform. A FIFA World Cup Pack costs S$118, including taxes.

However, if you're tuning in now, there's no need to get a subscription, as the remaining four games are free-to-air on MeWatch. The platform is also showing highlight videos of all 104 matches for free.

However, you can only access World Cup 2026 live streams on Zee5 with an Indian IP address. Abroad right now? Here’s how to unblock Zee5 from anywhere in the world...

Can I watch FIFA World Cup 2026 for free in Singapore

As mentioned earlier, while the entire tournament might not have been free-to-air, the remaining four matches, including the third-place clash, are FREE on the MeWatch streaming platform.

And if you're a cable TV loyalist, you can watch all the action live and free on Mediacorp's Channel 5 TV channel.

But free streams aren't just limited to Singapore's borders. Lots of streaming platforms from around the world are offering free World Cup streams. So, if you're traveling in Singapore during the tournament, you can use a VPN to connect to a server in your home country and watch your usual free streams.

Here are the countries showing every game of the FIFA World Cup 2026 for free:

Abroad? Can't access your free stream? Unblock your free World Cup stream with Norton VPN – more on that below.

Watch FIFA World Cup 2026 live streams from anywhere

If you’re traveling, you might discover your usual World Cup live stream is suddenly unavailable due to geo-restrictions.

Don’t worry, that’s exactly where a VPN can help. A virtual private network lets you connect to servers around the world so you can securely access your usual World Cup coverage as if you were back home.

We recommend Norton VPN. Here's why:

▶︎ Norton VPN MEGA Deal — 60-day money back guarantee

Watch your free World Cup stream without limits. Norton VPN delivers fast, secure connections with global servers, so you can stream from anywhere with ease.

💰 60-day money-back guarantee
🔓 Unlocks World Cup streams

Don’t miss a second. Stream the World Cup from anywhere with total confidence.View Deal

FIFA World Cup 2026 remaining fixtures and dates

Tuesday, July 14 — Semi-finals
France vs Spain: 3 p.m. ET / 12 p.m. PT / 8 p.m. BST

Wednesday, July 15 — Semi-finals
England vs Argentina: 3 p.m. ET / 12 p.m. PT / 8 p.m. BST

Saturday, July 18 — Third-place playoff
TBC vs TBC: 5 p.m. ET / 2 p.m. PT / 10 p.m. BST

Sunday, July 19 — Final
TBC vs TBC: 3 p.m. ET / 12 p.m. PT / 8 p.m. BST

We test and review VPN services in the context of legal recreational uses. For example:1. Accessing a service from another country (subject to the terms and conditions of that service).2. Protecting your online security and strengthening your online privacy when abroad.We do not support or condone the illegal or malicious use of VPN services. Consuming pirated content that is paid-for is neither endorsed nor approved by Future Publishing.

'We love this... except gradual rollouts': Windows 11 search is being improved in a big way, with users impatient to get these changes — and I don't blame them

  • Microsoft is improving Windows 11 search in multiple ways
  • That includes a calmer search panel, the ability to turn off web results, a better way of prioritizing returned results, and a more stable search overall
  • This is in testing for now, and the main worry is how long it might take for Microsoft to usher all this through to release

If you're fed up with the way Windows 11's search functionality works – and you wouldn't be alone – some incoming changes are set to greatly improve this experience.

Microsoft revealed the tweaks to the search box in a blog post, explaining that they're being delivered via a gradual rollout to testers in the Experimental channel for Windows 11 preview builds.

The first major change is simply to make search a calmer place, so when the panel appears, it only contains a list of your recent searches (allowing you to easily fire up one of those again if you wish). The current clutter to the right of that list, including recommendations – some of which are outright adverts – along with trending searches has all been banished.

And the second important piece of work here is that Microsoft is finally giving Windows 11 users the ability to get rid of web results in search. Currently, when searching for a file in the operating system you get not just local results (for files on your drives), but also some web results which can get in the way.

In this new scheme of things, you'll be able to switch off all web results in Settings, and also ditch Microsoft Store suggestions too.

If you keep these results on, Microsoft notes that they won't be prioritized, although this is something the company had already started to address (it used to be the case that web content could appear at the top of the returned results in a truly baffling fashion). Web results have also been stripped of any 'promotional content' so you'll only get the most relevant answers if these results are enabled.

Microsoft has also bolstered the handling of results for Windows 11 settings so that more relevant options are flagged up higher in the pecking order, and Microsoft says further fine-tuning is planned on this front.

The search box will also be able to handle typos, with an improved ability to guess what you really meant ('Chrome' rather than 'Chome' for example), and it'll start to surface possible results after typing just two characters (another enhancement we've already heard about).

While this is mostly all about streamlining, Microsoft is going the other way in one notable respect — adding a bit more detail in for the files returned in the results. Search will now provide more info about files (such as when they were last opened) and a more in-depth preview in the right-hand panel, so you can more readily tell what you'll be opening if you click on that result.

Finally, Microsoft is making search more reliable, which involves "reducing [the] likelihood of crashing and loading issues" which is obviously a welcome move.

Analysis: the rollout fly in the soothing search ointment

Screenshot of Windows 11 search revamp in 2026 showing old results versus new more streamlined panel

(Image credit: Microsoft)

Windows 11 search has always been a somewhat painful affair for me, thanks mainly to the clutter of the thinly veiled (or not even veiled at all) ads, and the irrelevant results which were surfaced with a baffling level of priority, as noted. Windows 10 isn't a lot better, frankly, but at any rate, I'm very happy to see the fresh direction Microsoft has taken here.

The calmer search results are a major boon, with Microsoft following in the same vein as the streamlining it recently announced for the widgets panel, which was made a quieter place. (All this follows a broader early promise to rein in the upselling with Windows 11 and generally make the interface a more chilled place).

I was hoping that the option to turn off web results would be brought in, and this is the most important addition for me personally. I'm not alone, and the reaction to these various changes has been very positive, with the only real sticking point being impatience around when these new features will be rolled out. That's both in terms of testers wanting to try the revamped search box now, and the general computing public wondering when they will eventually get their hands on all this.

As this tester posts on Reddit: "We love this... except gradual rollouts. We don't like when things are inconsistent from PC to PC despite running identical [test] builds [of Windows 11]. It's really obnoxious and breaks muscle memory. But the changes seem great and I look forward to trying them."

As Microsoft points out in its blog post, it's worth remembering that there are now feature flags that can be enabled if you're really keen to try out something in a preview build, and it's not on your PC yet.

However, as for those asking: 'For those of us on release, when might this arrive?'

Well, that's a very different kettle of fish, as it could take quite some time for this work to progress through testing. Mainly because there are a lot of changes involved, and it's not something Microsoft will want to rush (especially given the drive to make search more reliable and stable).

And when these search improvements are eventually released outside of testing, it'll be on a controlled rollout that you won't be able to jump the queue with. However, there's a reason for that – Microsoft will need to observe the changes going live in a gradual manner to ensure no unexpected gremlins are crawling around in the works.

So, you will have to be patient, and there's some frustration around the length of time it can take for controlled rollouts to proceed these days (the Start menu overhaul from last year being a key example here – some folks still don't have it even now). But the good news is that these changes are coming, and they promise to revamp search in Windows 11 to a considerable extent. I can't wait (but I'll have to).

Is this the ultimate 'back to school' laptop? Students can get a brand new 2026 Dell XPS 13 for just $599

I'm always keeping my eye out this time of year for the ultimate 'back to school' laptop deals for our readers. Today, I think I've spotted a listing that could actually lay claim to that title.

It's the brand new Dell XPS 13, which is currently on sale for just $599 if you're a student. This new model has just been released at $699, but it looks like Dell is doing a particularly aggressive intro deal for prospective students right now.

To be honest, even at $699, I'd say this Dell XPS 13 is a strong contender. We haven't reviewed it yet here at TechRadar, but this iteration looks like a very compelling alternative to the likes of the new MacBook Neo, which is also $699.

It's surely no coincidence that the new XPS 13 is priced to compete with the MacBook Neo, as both offer a premium, lightweight laptop at a rock bottom price. The XPS 13 is obviously a Windows 11 machine, however, so it's the one to go for if you prefer Windows over MacOS.

Get the new Dell XPS 13 for just $599 today

Processor: Intel Core 5-320 
RAM: 8GB
Storage: 512GB

In a time where laptop prices are spiralling out of control, Dell's latest XPS 13 looks like a rare deal on a premium model. OK, so this is the baseline model with only 8GB of RAM, but the XPS 13 is a great laptop with a fantastic 120Hz display and excellent build quality. Considering that Dell are also offering students an impressive $100 discount at launch, this XPS 13 looks like a very competitive alternative to the likes of the MacBook Neo.View Deal

While we haven't reviewed this model yet, our sister-site Windows Central managed to check it out in-person earlier this year. Initial reports are exceedingly positive, with the price, display, and overall build quality being particular highlights.

Interestingly, Dell had MacBook Neos on display next to the New XPS 13, so journalists could directly compare the to models. According to Windows Central, the XPS 13 had better build quality, a better display, and it was lighter. Of course, they do love Windows laptops over on that site, so your preference may vary.

We still rate the MacBook Neo here at TechRadar with its eye-catching colors and incredible battery life.

With that said, if I were choosing between the two, I'd definitely be tempted by the XPS 13. Generally, I prefer Windows laptops, and the XPS 13's Thunderbolt 4 ports are more useful to me than the Neo's standard USB-C ports. I'm also partial to the XPS 13's display, which I think it is a little more modern-looking than the Neo's, with its thick-bezels.

I've been hunting for the best travel charging gadgets to avoid low-battery stress on vacation — here are my top recommendations

Heading off on a vacation? It's easy to forget about boring things like charging solutions, but when you're away from home, keeping your devices juiced up is both more important than usual, and more difficult than usual. I speak from experience — I've found myself in one too many foreign city after a long day of exploring, trying to memorize Google Maps directions to a hotel while my phone battery dwindles alarmingly into the red.

This year, though, I've decided to get myself prepared, and avoid all that stress by arming myself with the right travel gadgets. Luckily, at TechRadar our reviews team members have tested dozens of charging gadgets of all kinds, and below I've rounded up our top recommendations for travel.

I've included a mix of options here. There are plug-in charging stations that will let me juice up multiple gadgets at once if I end up in a hotel room with limited power outlets (or it's a foreign socket and I've only brought one plug adaptor). There are also plug-in or MagSafe power packs that I can keep in my bag for charging when out and about. I've also thrown in a couple more specialized options: a foldable pad that can juice up three different Apple devices at once, and a 6-port beast that can handle charging power-hungry laptops and tablets — ideal while working while on the go.

I've included a handy specs comparison table at the bottom of the page, and if you want to dig into more options, we have separate, dedicated guides to the best wireless chargers and the best power banks. Bon voyage!

Top travel chargers

UGreen
Uno 100W USB-C Charger

Why's it good for travel? This is our very favorite charger overall, and it's very well-suited for travel. Charging is super-speedy and there's a good number of ports (four in total) for juicing up multiple gadgets at once. The mini robot styling, complete with changing facial expressions, isn't strictly necessary, but who doesn't want a bit of extra friendly company when they're away from home?

Read our full review

Pros

  • Super-fast charging
  • Fun display and emojis
  • Four ports including USB-A and USB-C

Cons

  • Not the cheapest charger on the market
  • Display could be a touch brighter
UGreen
MagFlow Magnetic Wireless Power Bank 10000mAh Qi2 25W

Why's it good for travel? We called this "the ultimate on-the-go charging solution". There's a wireless charging pad, a speedy USB-C port, and an integrated USB-C cable, and it's compact, high-quality and charges fast. If you can stretch to the higher price, it'd make a superb travel buddy.

Read our full review

Pros

  • Reliable performance
  • Great build quality
  • Integrated cable and USB-C port add flexibility

Cons

  • Can get a little hot
  • Price may be a turn-off
UGreen
Nexode 65W Charger with Retractable USB-C Cable

Why's it good for travel? An integrated, retractible USB-C cable means you don't have to worry about remembering to bring an extra cable or remember where you've put it. It's a generous length, which is helpful if your power outlet isn't optimally placed. In our tests, charging was impressively speedy, too.

Read our full review

Pros

  • Convenient retractable cable
  • Strong overall performance
  • Compact build

Cons

  • Multi-port power distribution won’t suit all
  • In-built cable doesn’t support Samsung Super Charge 2.0 45W
  • Non-foldable prongs on UK model
Anker
MagGo Wireless Charging Station (3-in-1 Foldable Pad)

Why's it good for travel? This palm-sized, fold-up, wireless charger is perfect for traveling Apple fans. It unfolds to offer up charging modules for an iPhone and AirPods, plus a certified Apple Watch fast-charging module. It also turns into a landscape stand for your iPhone.

Read our full review

Pros

  • Light-weight and travel-sized
  • Good iPhone and Apple Watch charging speeds
  • Can charge Apple Watches with loop bands
  • Turns into a landscape stand for iPhone

Cons

  • Tricky to take phone off charge one-handed
  • Moves on surfaces easily
  • It’s pretty pricey
Anker
Nano Power Bank 10K 45W Built-In Retractable USB-C Cable

Why's it good for travel? This compact power bank has an integrated, retractable charge cable — ultra-helpful if you're traveling about and don't want to have to remember a separate one — and a handy cord to clip on a backpack or belt loop.

Read our full review

Pros

  • Convenient retractable cable
  • Useful display
  • Solid overall performance

Cons

  • Not enough wattage for more power-hungry devices
  • Could recharge a little faster
  • Thermal throttling can prevent peak performance
Anker
MagGo Power Bank (10K Slim)

Why's it good for travel? If you have a MagSafe device you want to keep powered up, this slimline Anker power bank is a great choice. It's well-built, the charging is speedy, and the grip is strong enough that you won't have to worry about it dropping off.

Read our full review

Pros

  • Charges fast
  • Strong magnetic grip
  • Slim for a 10K battery

Cons

  • Heavier than expected
  • On the pricey side
Anker
Prime Charger 200W 6 Ports GaNPrime

Why's it good for travel? It's overkill for casual travelers just looking to juice up their phone and earbuds, but if you're working on the go, this charge station is an excellent choice. It has the most power-out ports of any featured in this list (four USB-C ports and two more USB-A) and packs a hefty output of 200W, making it suitable for power-hungry devices like laptops.

Read our full review

Pros

  • Six speedy charging ports
  • High build quality
  • Great value

Cons

  • No Anker app compatibility
  • Lacks any kind of display
ESR
Qi2 Mini Wireless Charger

Why's it good for travel? This Qi2 charger is light in weight, compact in size and has a reinforced power cable that won't mind being shoved into your luggage. The magnetic grip is secure and it's perfectly possible to keep using your phone while it's charging. If you just have one MagSafe device to charge, it's a great choice.

Read our full review

Pros

  • Easy to hold
  • Robust power cable
  • Reassuringly secure magnet

Cons

  • Integrated power cable
  • Slides around on surfaces
  • Not as comfortable to hold as some alternatives

Specs compared

Marvel is said to be making a Nova movie instead of a Disney+ TV show — and a divisive MCU writer is reportedly leading development on it

  • Marvel is reportedly making a Nova movie with the aid of Loki's showrunner
  • The cosmic hero was originally going to star in a Disney+ TV show
  • If true, the film will need to address three big questions about the MCU

Marvel is turning its attentions to the stars again as it begins work on a movie starring fan-favorite character Nova.

Per Deadline, the comic-book titan has pivoted away from telling a story about the cosmic hero on Disney+ to give him the full big-screen treatment. Furthermore, Michael Waldron, who was Loki's showrunner and rewrote parts of the Doctor Strange and the Multiverse of Madness script, is leading development on the untitled Nova project.

According to Deadline's sources, the Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) flick is still in the early planning stages. Nonetheless, I've already got four big questions that Marvel and Waldron need to shed light on regarding their next sci-fi project…

1. Who will play Nova?

Glen Powell as Chad Powers

Tenative rumors have circulated online that Powell could play Nova in the MCU (Image credit: Hulu)

Chief among the answers I seek is which actor will portray the eponymous character.

With Waldron also the creator-in-chief on acclaimed sports comedy Chad Powers, a Hulu TV Original that starred Glen Powell, it's little surprise to see that the aforementioned actor has been linked with the titular role. Add in the fact that Marvel has prioritized casting A-listers in its movie and TV productions recently, and the charismatic Powell would fit the bill as a big name who could draw a crowd, too.

That said, Powell is far from the only star that Waldron has worked with before. Additionally, Marvel President Kevin Feige has occasionally stated his belief that the comic giant needs to reduce the costs of its films and TV series, which includes the salaries of those who appear in said screen projects. Powell's hiring, then, is certainly not a foregone conclusion.

2. Which version of the superhero will we see — Richard Rider, Sam Alexander, or Frankie Raye?

A screenshot of Richard Rider/Nova from a Marvel comic book panel

It's unclear which version of Nova we'll see in this Marvel production (Image credit: Marvel Comics)

Like the Green Lantern Corps that exist in DC Comics, there are hundreds of individuals who have held the rank of 'Nova' in Marvel Comics.

There are three particular human characters who are part of the insterstellar cop agency known as the Nova Corps, though — those being the aforementioned Rider, Alexander, and Raye.

Of that trio, Rider is the most famous, so it would make sense if Marvel decided to center Nova around this well-known individual. However, should Marvel want to go down the route of introducing a younger Nova to audiences, Alexander would be the way to go. Furthermore, if Marvel isn't worried about the fan backlash that could come from casting a female lead in this film and/or taking creative liberties with Raye's comic-book origins, it could turn heads by selecting the least likely member of this group to star in it.

For what it's worth, I think Marvel will play it safe and go for Rider — but that's just my view. Vote in the poll below to let me know which character you'd like to see!

3. Will Nova show us the off-screen destruction of Xandar at Thanos' hands?

Thanos

Thanos brought wrath and ruin to Xandar prior to the events of 2018's Avengers: Infinity War (Image credit: Marvel)

Think you've heard the word 'Nova' before in the MCU? You'd be right. We were actually introduced to the Nova Corps in 2014's Guardians of the Galaxy Vol. 1, which saw the titular ragtag group travel to — and then save — Xandar, aka the capital city of the Nova Empire and, by proxy, the space cop agency's headquarters.

At the end of that film, the Nova Corps was entrusted with the Power Stone, aka one of the Infinity Stones. Unfortunately, as part of his genocidal plan to destroy half of all life in the universe, the Mad Titan known as Thanos soon came calling for said cosmic gem. Long story short: he acquired the Power Stone and, as punishment for Xandar's role in trying to stop him obtaining it, decimated the planet.

So, will we witness Xandar's destruction in a flashback sequence as part of Nova's story? If it had been developed and released by now, I believe we already would have. However, Nova won't arrive before the Marvel Multiverse Saga comes to an end with Avengers: Doomsday and Avengers: Secret Wars. And, with that Marvel Phase 6 duology set to reboot the MCU, I think it's incredibly unlikely that Xandar's annihilation at Thanos' hands will be depicted in Nova.

4. Can Waldron win over the MCU sceptics?

Michael Waldron smiles as he poses for photographs at D23 Expo

Waldron is something of a divisive figure among Marvel fans (Image credit: Alberto E. Rodriguez)

There's no denying that Waldron's apparent involvement in Nova has caused something of a ruckus online. Indeed, following the publication of Deadline's article, fans have taken to various Reddits, the ResetEra forums, and other social platforms to criticize or defend Waldron's hiring.

There are valid arguments on both sides of the debate, too. As Loki's head writer, Waldron proved he had the necessary writing chops to tell a sci-fi story that was focused on a beloved Marvel character. In sharp contrast to the praise he received for his work on that show, though, Waldron is often 'credited' with not only turning Doctor Strange 2 into a narrative mess, but also with undoing all of the growth that Wanda Maximoff/Scarlet Witch underwent in WandaVision and positioning her as a one-dimensional villain in Multiverse of Madness.

Of course, Loki and Doctor Strange 2 aren't the only screenwriting credits on Waldron's resume, but they're the ones that MCU diehards will know him from. In that sense, he's one for two in the 'great MCU project' department. The jury is still out, then, on whether it'll be one or two for three before Nova's arrival.

The 4.5-star-rated Shokz OpenRun Pro drop to a record-low price on Amazon

Shokz is a big name in running and fitness headphones. And if you've been intrigued by its bone conduction headphones but put off by the cost, there's now a chance to bag the Shokz OpenRun Pro at Amazon for $109.95 (was $124.95) — that's a record-low price.

Yes, these may be the older first-generation model, but they remain an excellent pair of headphones to this day. They boast excellent audio quality, a slim and comfortable design, and solid battery life of up to 10 hours.

While the OpenRun Pro 2 do offer better sound, a slightly larger battery, and more convenient charging options, I'd say these upgrades are not super-important to more casual users — and certainly aren't worth paying up to $70 more for.

Shokz OpenRun Pro — record-low price

If you've never tried bone conduction headphones before, maybe this record-low price for the Shokz OpenRun Pro is what finally encourages you to pick up a pair. This may be the older model, but you still get excellent audio quality, a comfortable and slim fit, and good battery life of up to 10 hours. If you're a runner or fitness enthusiast who wants to avoid in-ear options or be aware of your surroundings, these are a great budget buy.View Deal

When we originally reviewed the Shokz OpenRun Pro, we called them "the best bone conduction headphones you can buy.' New models have been released now that improve the unique tech and add quality-of-life features, such as USB-C charging and longer battery life, but these are still a good buy at this low price.

If you are set on the tech but would prefer a newer model, though, do check out our guide to all of the best bone conduction headphones for several other options from top brands including Shokz, H2O, and Nank.

Three 'massive' Future Games digital showcases will air next month during Gamescom 2026, offering viewers world premieres and exclusive trailers from 'some of the industry’s most creative studios'

  • Future Games Show will return for Gamescom 2026
  • The main showcase will begin on August 26, followed by the FGS Live, and the FGS Best Of Gamescom will air on August 30
  • Future Games Show at Gamescom will feature world premieres, new trailers, and more

The Future Games Show will officially return next month for Gamescom 2026 with three digital showcases.

Future Games Show at Gamescom will air the same day the industry event kicks off, on August 26, and feature new announcements from "some of the industry’s most creative studios," including world premieres, exclusive trailers, developer deep dives, and brand-new game demos.

The recent Future Game Show Summer Showcase in June included 40+ games and 11 world premieres, and reached over 17.8 million live and launch-weekend views, so viewers should expect some more exciting game reveals.

FGS Live From Gamescom will immediately follow the main showcase on August 26, be hosted by the FGS editorial team, and feature more world premieres and exclusive trailers, as well as news and interviews from the Gamescom show floor.

To round out the event, the FGS Best Of Gamescom broadcast will kick off on August 30 and take viewers to the show floor to wrap up the best games of the event. Those tuning in can also expect exclusive booth tours, developer interviews, and a recap of Gamescom’s most exciting announcements.

All three digital shows can be watched on Future Games Shows' Twitch, YouTube, X, TikTok, Facebook, and GamesRadar+.

"The Future Games Show is the best place to discover new games, from indie gems like acclaimed-puzzler Blue Prince to AAA blockbusters such as sci-fi RPG Exodus," said Daniel Dawkins, Content Director of Future Games Show at Future. "Our Summer Showcase delivered 3.72 wishlists per live viewer, comfortably outperforming industry averages, thanks to our super-engaged viewers.

"Since launching in 2020, we have been proud to showcase the industry's most exciting titles alongside premier hosts like Troy Baker, Alix Wilton Regan and Ben Starr. This Gamescom, we are delivering three massive digital showcases packed with the latest news and world premieres for PC and consoles. Don’t miss it!”

'You essentially pay for intelligence twice, once with money, and again with something even more valuable': Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella warns AI users not to give away too much

  • Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella has warned AI companies are training their models on the business secrets of their customers
  • These secrets are then used to train new, more powerful models, that are sold to their customer's competitors
  • But, Nadella says there is a way to remain competitive without being locked in to one AI vendor

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella has warned the big players in the AI industry are using their proprietary models to learn the business secrets of their customers, which they can then use to train and deploy more advanced AI models.

The crux of the issue, Nadella said in a blog post, is that, “You essentially pay for intelligence twice, once with money, and again with something even more valuable: the proprietary knowledge you must reveal to make that intelligence useful. The better you want the model to perform, the more of that knowledge you have to feed it!”

What Nadella is saying in essence, is that AI companies are harvesting sensitive business data from their customers, using it to make training their models cheaper, and then launching these models for use by their own customer’s competition.

“The kind of knowledge a competitor could never buy”

“Models learn from ‘exhaust,’ the prompts people write, the tools agents use, and especially the corrections people make when the model is wrong. Every correction is distilled into institutional know-how,” Nadella explained.

Nadella also criticized how AI companies are increasingly complaining about how their models are being distilled by their own competition. For example, Anthropic accused retailer and e-commerce company Alibaba for using thousands of Claude prompts to distill their own models. By figuring out how a proprietary model works, you don’t have to spend the enormous amount of capital needed to source training data and create your own AI model.

This, for Nadella, is a major contradiction in how AI companies work. “While the great innovation that comes from model providers having fair use rights to train models on public data is needed, I find it ironic that the status quo is to then turn around and impose restrictive terms on distillation,” he said.

It is also therefore hypocritical for AI companies to accuse other companies of distilling their own product, and then include within their AI usage contracts clauses that allow AI companies to “reserve the right to learn from customer usage and interaction data.”

“In consuming intelligence, you are creating intelligence. And what you create should belong to you,” Nadella added.

On-prem is back in fashion

Nadella’s fix for this growing problem? It’s time to move back to on-prem. Nadella encourages businesses to “retain ownership” of the data they feed AI models by switching to the use of “proprietary learning environments” built on the cloud.

The added benefit of moving to these environments is that they allow businesses to switch between different AI models provided by different companies using “orchestration layers” and AI gateways.

There is also a growing trend of businesses switching to using open source technologies, which goes hand in hand with businesses operating in the cloud. Businesses can train open source AI models using their data that is already available in cloud environments to do much of what the proprietary models do, for far cheaper — and without handing over that same sensitive data to be used by AI companies to train their own models.

The on-prem solution also has additional benefits. AI models operated on-site within manufacturing plants, stores, and other premises are far cheaper and require less specialized hardware. Businesses that operate using a centralized cloud are increasingly encountering issues with data egress fees, storage bloat, and idle specialized hardware.

Google Cloud recently released a report about these very issues, and also encouraged businesses to move towards using AI gateways and on-prem models to reduce latency, improve resilience, and cut per-token costs by switching to local, highly optimized models.

Via TechCrunch

‘Those non-pro colors are incredible:’ the Google Pixel 11 series has leaked on Amazon, and the colors are going down better than the specs

  • Early listings for the Pixel 11 series were spotted on Amazon
  • These include renders of the phones in various shades
  • Some of the listed specs would be a downgrade

We’ve just seen perhaps the biggest Google Pixel 11 series leak yet, as listings for the Pixel 11, Pixel 11 Pro, Pixel 11 Pro XL, and Pixel 11 Pro Fold have all appeared on Amazon.

These were spotted by 9to5Google and — while they’ve now been removed — the site claims that they appear to be part of the ‘Google Store’ seller, which suggests they might be official listings, albeit a bit early.

In any case, you can see some images taken from the listings below, with the Pixel 11 itself being shown in Midnight (black), Fuchsia (pink), and Moss (green) shades. The Pro and Pro XL meanwhile appear in Dune (a pale pink), Sterling (a grayish lavender), Pine (green), and Light Fog (a pale blue), and the Pixel 11 Pro Fold is listed just in Midnight and Pine.

There’s a mix of bright and understated shades here, and reactions to the images — particularly the brighter ones — seems quite positive so far. Over on Reddit, comments include “those non-pro colors are incredible if true. That’s green and pink are just perfect,” “in pink omg,” and “Dune is pretty nice.”

That said, some reactions to the Pro shades are a bit less positive, including “Why can't the pro like get some fun colors too?,” and “imagine seeing the popularity of the bold orange iPhone Pro color and STILL choosing to offer the same boring muted colors for the Pro.”

Leaked images showing the Pixel 11 and Pixel 11 Pro
Leaked images showing the Pixel 11 and Pixel 11 Pro9to5Google / Amazon
Leaked images showing the Pixel 11 Pro Fold
Leaked images showing the Pixel 11 Pro Fold9to5Google / Amazon

And when it comes to the other details in these listings, reactions are more universally negative. According to the listings, the standard Pixel 11 will have a 6.3-inch 1080 x 2424 screen, a 4,985mAh battery, 256GB of storage, and 12GB of RAM for $899 (probably £899 / AU$1,149 based on Google Pixel 10 pricing in these regions).

That’s the same price as the 256GB Pixel 10 launched at, though that’s also available in a cheaper 128GB version, and it’s unclear whether there will be a 128GB model this time. The listed specs are also identical, except the battery which is 15mAh higher capacity this time.

Less RAM and smaller batteries

As for the Pixel 11 Pro, that’s listed with 12GB of RAM, down from 16GB in the Pixel 10 Pro, and 9to5Google also mentions a 5,115mAh battery in the Pixel 11 Pro XL (down from 5,200mAh in the Pixel 10 Pro XL), and a 4,750mAh one in the Pixel 11 Pro Fold (down from 5,015mAh in the Pixel 10 Pro Fold).

So these incomplete specs lists point to a mix of similar specs and downgrades, with Reddit responses including “people already thought the 10 Pro was a small upgrade,” and “iPhone 17 is such a better value.”

Still, while these early listings seem like they might be the real deal, there are some red flags, with 9to5Google highlighting that Android 16 is mentioned on them, when these phones are certain to run Android 17.

So there’s a chance these aren’t in fact official listings, and even if they are, that error means other details could be wrong too. We should find out for sure on August 12, as that’s when Google is unveiling these phones.

Inference needs memory: how context is becoming AI infrastructure

As enterprise AI systems evolve, the limiting factor is shifting. Model quality still matters, but it’s no longer the main issue holding systems back. Increasingly, what constrains performance, scalability, and cost is context.

Large language models are now expected to support long conversations, multi step reasoning, and complex workflows that span time, users, and systems.

Every one of those interactions generates tokens, and those tokens produce key value (KV) cache — the working memory that allows models to reason efficiently without constantly recomputing prior steps.

Most AI architectures still treat this context as temporary. KV cache typically lives in GPU memory, is tied to a single inference process, and is discarded as soon as resources are exhausted.

That approach might be acceptable for small scale experimentation, but it quickly breaks down in enterprise environments where context lengths grow, concurrency increases, and recomputation becomes expensive.

Inference context has quietly become one of the largest bottlenecks in enterprise AI.

KV cache as AI native data

To understand why this matters, it helps to stop thinking about KV cache as “just a cache.”

Enterprises have spent decades building strategies around structured data and unstructured data, but AI introduces a third class that deserves just as much attention: AI native data. This is data generated by model execution itself, and KV cache is one of its most important forms.

KV cache directly determines inference latency, throughput, energy consumption, and cost. As context windows get longer and reasoning chains become deeper, the volume and importance of this data grow faster than token counts alone. When KV cache is constantly thrown away, systems pay for it through rising latency, lower GPU utilization, lost reasoning context, and higher inference costs.

At scale, this inefficiency becomes structural rather than incidental.

Why existing infrastructure assumptions don’t hold

KV cache also exposes a mismatch with traditional infrastructure design.

GPU memory delivers exceptional performance, but it is scarce and local to a single server. CPU memory extends capacity but remains volatile. Local NVMe storage adds scale yet keeps context trapped at the node level. Traditional shared storage provides durability and resilience, but it wasn’t designed for highly dynamic, inference time state.

This leaves enterprises with a fragmented memory hierarchy where context is either fast but fragile, or persistent but difficult to access efficiently. No amount of tuning can fully resolve this, because the problem isn’t optimization — it’s architecture.

What enterprise AI needs is a way to treat inference context as system memory rather than disposable state.

Introducing an inference context memory layer

That shift is what we describe as an inference context memory layer.

Instead of forcing all KV cache to live and die inside GPU memory, this approach allows context to be created close to the GPU for low latency, then managed across a hierarchy of memory and storage tiers designed explicitly for inference workloads. Inactive context can move out of high cost memory without being discarded, while relevant context can be restored on demand without recomputation.

This changes the behavior of inference systems in a fundamental way. Inference is no longer a series of isolated executions that start from scratch each time. It becomes a continuous, stateful process where knowledge accumulates, moves, and is reused across sessions, agents, and nodes.

When storage becomes part of AI memory

Making this work places new demands on storage.

Inference context is large, mostly immutable, and technically recomputable — but regenerating it at scale is costly and inefficient. A storage architecture for inference context must preserve locality when performance matters, enable sharing without manual replication, and provide resilience so context isn’t lost when hardware fails.

When storage is designed this way, it stops being just a place to store data and becomes an extension of AI memory itself. That shift has real economic consequences: faster time to first token, higher GPU utilization, support for much longer sessions, and dramatically lower cost per query.

For enterprise workloads like tax advisory, legal analysis, healthcare reasoning, financial planning, and customer support, this is critical. These systems depend on preserving reasoning history and conversational context, not repeatedly rebuilding it from scratch.

Context is now infrastructure

Enterprise AI is entering a new phase.

Models will continue to advance, but the systems that scale successfully will be defined by how well they manage the intelligence those models produce. Tokens are no longer fleeting artifacts, and context is no longer something enterprises can afford to lose.

KV cache is AI native data. It represents system state. And increasingly, it must be treated as infrastructure.

The architectural principle is simple: generate context once, manage it intelligently, and reuse it wherever possible. That shift is foundational to making enterprise AI reliable, efficient, and scalable — and it’s why storage once again plays a central role in the future of computing.

Use the best business cloud storage to manage your data.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

The AI job apocalypse is a myth. We need more human talent than ever before

London Tech Week’s focus on AI - from a £12 million investment in AI for SMEs to AI bootcamps for graduates and more - has reflected the pressure to compete in an AI-era.

As this digital revolution progresses, the job economy is changing, but the mantra that AI is taking our jobs is simply not correct and potentially fueled by an undercurrent of classicism.

When the Luddites famously started to break the first machines of the industrial revolution in 1811 in England, fearing for their job as textile artisans, the “Bourgeoisie” would describe them as “ignorant workers”, with no understanding of basic economics.

More than two hundred years later, with the rise of GenAI, it is no longer the blue-collar workers who fear for their job, but the white-collar workers. This time it is the “bourgeois” who live in the anxiety of an uncertain world.

Since ChatGPT introduced AI into the everyday lexicon, it has been clear that we would experience an unprecedented revolution. The rhetoric that immediately began to dominate social discourse has been that AI tools would render most jobs insignificant.

Furthermore, whilst other technological revolutions ended up being creative destruction, ‘this time it was different’.

But is that really the case? Or are we more fearful, more concerned about destroying the status quo, because this time it’s a different ‘class’ of people being impacted? This time it’s the desk workers, not the physical laborers, who risk losing jobs, and suddenly there is alarm.

Artificial Intelligence relies on humans - and more humans than ever

AI is a human creation and still relies on humans to evolve. First, we have those who build the infrastructure, like data centers, which accounted for almost all of the United States’ GDP growth in the first half of 2025 (according to Harvard economist Jason Furman).

Then, we have those who train the models, which still need to be constantly retrained. Even if models are able to train themselves eventually, there is no consensus that human intervention in training will become obsolete, because human behavior and the entropy of organizations are in a constant state of flux and evolution.

And even when trained, AI constantly needs to also understand the “context” in which it is prompted to perform efficiently. AI then needs to be deployed. Managing security, defining guardrails for agents, understanding how to use AI and tracking agentic AI’s actions, all comes with inherent challenges.

The CIOs of the largest global corporations are already investing hundreds of millions of pounds to understand this. Startups based in San Francisco - a city I recently visited where 95% of out-of-home ads were about AI agents - are focused entirely on resolving these problems for large enterprises.

The fact that both Anthropic and OpenAI have launched their own consulting companies is proof that managing AI complexities in the coming years will be the biggest source of growth for all consulting and outsourcing companies of the world.

Sourcing the right human talent in the AI era is the biggest challenge

Software engineering is a job category where GenAI - perfectly trained on open-source code and GitHub repositories - can now code better than even the most experienced developers.

Additionally, developers in AI labs - with privileged access to “tokens” on Claude Code or OpenAI Codex - now develop 100% of the time without writing a single line of code. Nonetheless, when asked about their biggest challenges, all AI startups would point to recruitment.

A report by the UK's National Foundation for Education Research showed a 50% increase in tech job adverts between 2019/20 and 2024/25, with entry-level roles particularly affected. However, we’re now seeing a surge in demand driven by Gen Z, according to Employment Hero’s March Jobs Report.

This demand for AI expertise is reflected in a new Malt Tech Trends Report, which analyzed 1.2 million searches of tech freelancers in 2025. It reveals that AI is now the second most-in-demand skill, irrespective of company size, industry, or project type. More specifically, demand for freelancers with agentic AI expertise exploded by 5,800% in just twelve months.

Observer of the AI revolution, Andrew Ng, explains that if, for example, a team of 3 developers builds 10 times faster, then they need more designers or product managers to fuel the creative process. Doing more faster, with fewer people creates more work to fuel and execute the output.

More people are echoing the same rhetoric as Ng, calling out the phenomenon of ‘AI washing’, whereby companies have justified mass redundancies with AI disruption. In reality, in many cases, they were either adapting to geopolitical and economic uncertainties or had simply employed too many in the crazy post-COVID bull market.

The AI job apocalypse is not yet here… Still, the fear is real and needs to be understood

Software engineering is a perfect example of a job category that has constantly evolved. Since the inception of computer science, programming has become progressively more about “natural language”. Whilst there were 50,000 developers worldwide in the 1960s, today there are almost 50 million. Undoubtedly, the eradication of barriers to entry to build software increases that number tenfold.

History, data, and observation shows us that the AI job apocalypse is not yet here. Still, the fear is real and needs to be understood. The reason every science fiction novel paints an inhospitable world and unattractive paradigm is because the human mind always fears change. We assume the worst.

AI transformation, like all transformations, will be a cultural change first. And it’s companies, not professionals, who are most at risk if they fail to adapt. If one thing will be different in this digital revolution, compared to the last (arguably comparable is the advent of the internet), it’s the rate of change.

CEOs will have to be imaginative, change org charts and processes, admit they are not omniscient, take risks, and invest in training. Schools and universities also face the challenge of teaching soft skills: how to adapt to live and work in a more uncertain world. Because we can only harness top-tier AI talent if we understand how to truly adapt to change.

Independent professionals - those who create their own roles - from freelance developer to fractional manager and strategic consultants - have already redefined work.

On average, freelancers spend 4 hours a week on upskilling and keeping up with the job market and already have the habit of switching from one client project to another. They were the first to adapt to AI and realize that a job is more than just a bundle of tasks.

As Jensen Huang, CEO of Nvidia, recently said, if someone were to observe him at work, we would conclude that his day consists of tasks like making hundreds of calls and sending emails. AI will replace, augment, and improve these tasks. But it will not take Jensen’s job.

We've featured the best AI chatbot for business.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

AMD Ryzen 7 5800X3D is back in stock with up to $173 in savings, thanks to these Newegg deals — free $70 MSI MAG cooler brings costs well below MSRP for the standalone CPU, alongside an extra $100 off for a 16GB RAM and motherboard bundle

14 July 2026 at 15:39

With DDR5 RAM costs skyrocketing over recent months, you might prefer to revert back to a more economical solution. Luckily, AMD's re-release of the Ryzen 7 5800X3D means that an AM4 build could be in your future, and at a good price, too, as this 5800X3D Newegg deal for $349.99 is throwing in a free MSI MAG cooler worth $70. Another option, meanwhile, gives you both the 5800X3D, an Asus TUF Gaming motherboard, and 16GB of DDR4 RAM for $529.99.

Grab the AMD Ryzen 7 5800X3D with free MSI MAG cooler from Newegg

Grab this 5800X3D with 16GB RAM and motherboard bundle from Newegg

Stock for the 10th Anniversary 5800X3D has fluctuated since launch, but it's back with a vengeance. The $349.99 price is certainly better than the efforts by scalpers to double the price shortly after launch, and puts it back at MSRP. However, it's the free AIO cooler that makes this a serious bargain, as it brings the effective cost of the 5800X3D to just $270.

The Ryzen 7 5800X3D 10th Anniversary Edition is functionally similar to its predecessor, delivering top-tier gaming from a DDR4 platform with its eight cores and 16 threads delivering up to 4.5 GHz. The massive 96MB L3 is the main attraction, powering excellent gaming performance for this class of chip.

For a limited-time only, the 5800X3D comes with a free MSI MAG Coreliquid 250mm AIO cooler worth $69.99.View Deal

Our 5800X3D re-review shows that AMD has made a shrewd move by re-releasing this old classic. It continues to be the fastest option for builds with AMD AM4 builds with DDR4 RAM, as our CPU benchmark data confirms. It has eight cores, 16 threads, uses AMD's Zen 3 architecture, and can boost up to 4.5 GHz, and, yes, it has that boosted L3 cache capacity of 96MB, too.

AMD Ryzen 7 5800X3D

(Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

This earlier X3D chip lacks the serious performance gains seen in its newer replacements like the 7800X3D and 9800X3D, but it's mostly in the context of DDR4 vs DDR5 platforms, as far as in-game FPS scores go. Our re-review shows that simply switching to DDR5 memory can itself be a big performance boost.

But that's not the point: DDR5 RAM is massively more expensive than it used to be, and the 5800X3D's re-release is designed to give gamers with older AM4 builds, or those looking to build a budget-friendly build with cheaper DDR4 RAM, an alternative route. You're certainly getting that here, and if you want a more complete set of parts, Newegg is also offering a combo bundle with the 5800X3D, motherboard, and RAM, alongside the free MSI MAG cooler that'll give you $173 in savings overall.

This Newegg combo bundle features the re-released 5800X3D with 16GB of DDR4 RAM and an Asus TUF Gaming B550-Plus motherboard, alongside the free $69.99 MSI MAG Coreliquid cooler.View Deal

Alongside the 5800X3D, you're getting an Asus TUF Gaming B550-Plus motherboard. We reviewed this model back in 2020, and it scored well as a good all-rounder for an AM4 build, with WiFi 6 support, 2.5Gb Ethernet, and support for up to 128GB DDR4 RAM. There's plenty of Type-C and Type-A USB ports for peripherals, and it also supports two M.2 SSDs, one with Gen 4 speeds.

RAM, meanwhile, is supplied by TeamGroup. The T-Force Delta RAM kit here has two 8GB modules, for 16GB total. It's DDR4, supporting speeds of 3,200 MT/s, with customizable RGB lighting. The deal overall means you're saving $103.99 compared to buying the parts separately, but that excludes the free $69.99 MSI MAG cooler that you'd also receive with this bundle.

For a budget-friendly build, these 5800X3D kit options make sense. If you want to inject some new life into an older AM4 gaming PC, the 5800X3D is the best you can get, and the combined deals here push it below MSRP. You can pick up the 5800X3D with the free MSI cooler for $349.99 while stocks last or the Newegg bundle with RAM, motherboard, and cooler for $549.99 instead.

If you're looking for more savings, check out our Best PC Hardware deals for a range of products, or dive deeper into our specialized SSD and Storage Deals, Hard Drive Deals, Gaming Monitor Deals, Graphics Card Deals, Gaming Chair, Best Wi-Fi Routers, Best Motherboard, or CPU Deals pages.

You can also join the Tom's Hardware deals Discord for up-to-the-minute hardware deals.

Nvidia slashes list of authorized customers in Asia in a bid to reduce AI chip smuggling, report claims — company sent field inspectors, called customers to check if business is genuine after pressure from Washington

AI tech giant Nvidia, which builds some of the most coveted AI chips in the world, has reportedly created a new “whitelist” of verified companies to help prevent its products from getting smuggled into China. According to the Financial Times, this roster cuts the number of authorized clients by more than half, with those remaining having passed tougher compliance inspections to ensure that they are genuine businesses, not shell companies designed to forward Nvidia GPUs and servers into China. Some of the steps that Nvidia took to help safeguard its chips reportedly included sending staff to customer data centers, contract verification, and interviewing end users.

Sources told the publication that the company made this move after Washington pressured it into tightening its legal compliance, which comes months after the arrest of Supermicro co-founder Yih-Shyan “Wally” Liaw, alongside two other suspects, for allegedly smuggling $2.5 billion worth of Nvidia hardware into China. This clampdown also extended into Singapore, which saw the seizure of a $42-million mansion tied to alleged AI GPU smugglers, and Taiwan, where authorities raided the offices of Supermicro and two supply-chain partners as part of a chip smuggling probe. Nvidia was not immediately available for comment on the news.

Although the U.S. has banned the latest AI GPUs for export into China since 2022, various investigations showed Chinese companies could still easily get their hands on these coveted chips until recently. Washington’s and its allies’ crackdown on AI GPU smuggling have cut supply in China, which is now making it harder for AI companies to procure the processors they need. President Donald Trump took a 180-degree turn in December 2025 and finally allowed Nvidia to export its H200 GPUs to select customers in the region, which would have alleviated the situation. However, Beijing refused to allow Chinese companies to buy these AI processors — instead, it’s banking on domestic semiconductor manufacturers to make up for the shortfall, but it’s apparently still not enough. One tech executive even told the Financial Times that all domestic suppliers are sold out and that they’re even considering less powerful chips, as long as they could be put to use.

As Nvidia reportedly cleaned up its verified list of clients and made it harder for non-vetted companies to acquire its chips, the company has also told its partners to fix their export control compliance. “We insist our partners are compliant,” Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang told the media last May after Taiwan started its operations against AI chip smuggling into China. “We hope that they will enhance and improve their regulation compliance and prevent that from happening in the future.”

Drop's $130 desktop PC speakers are now just $23 — save a massive 82% on these dual-orientation BMR1 V2 speakers

14 July 2026 at 15:04

Now this is a great-sounding deal to jump on today. For just $23.99, you can kit yourself out with a nice shiny new set of Drop BMR1 V2 speakers in a limited-time Woot deal. That's an unbelievable price for a set of monitor speakers that until recently commanded a price tag of $130. I have seen them cheaper than $130 at various retailers, including just $99 currently at Amazon, but nothing in the realm of $23. This is a limited opportunity to impulse-buy a decent desktop speaker experience at a snip of the original price.

Check out this deal on Woot

The BMR1 V2 speakers are the new and improved version of the older BMR1. We haven't had the opportunity to review these more recent speakers, but we did review the original Drop BMR1 nearfield monitor speakers back in 2023. Originally, we were suitably impressed with the looks and styling of the BMR1, and found the soundstage to be rather large, with a good neutral sound for such a thin set of speakers, but we did find issues with the short Aux cable, a lack of included speaker grills, and the right speaker (containing the electronics) getting rather warm after prolonged use.

Some of our previous cons with the Drop BMR1 speakers have been addressed with the Drop BMR1 V2; the right speaker now runs 25% cooler, with improvements to overall speaker performance.

Powerful desktop speakers with a small footprint for maximising desk space. This improved V2 version of the popular BMR1 speakers improves performance and operational cooling. Choose to position your speakers horizontally or vertically thanks to a switchable orientation mechanism. View Deal

What makes the Drop BMR1 V2 nearfield monitor speakers stand out at first glance is the thin vertical orientation of the speakers with a very minimal desktop footprint. You can also switch the speakers to a horizontal position on their stand and easily place them under almost any standard PC monitor for another compact way of installing the speakers.

The Drop BMR1 V2 speakers use Balanced Mode Radiator drivers from Tectonic Audio Labs and can connect via Bluetooth or a 3.5mm Aux cable. There's also an aux-out port that lets you plug in an optional subwoofer. My only concern is that Drop no longer manufactures these speakers, as far as I can tell. Drop was bought up by Corsair and no longer has the original peripheral listings or shop, focusing more on collaborations with game IPs. So replacing these speakers could be an issue if there is a fault. But for only $23, it's not a huge issue.

If you're looking for more savings, check out our Best PC Hardware deals for a range of products, or dive deeper into our specialized SSD and Storage Deals, Hard Drive Deals, Gaming Monitor Deals, Graphics Card Deals, Gaming Chair, Best Wi-Fi Routers, Best Motherboard, or CPU Deals pages.

You can also join the Tom's Hardware deals Discord for up-to-the-minute hardware deals.

Retro Nintendo Switch 2 dock looks exactly like the Nintendo 64 and holds six Game Cards in its cartridge slot — the 64BITDOCK is available now starting at $89

14 July 2026 at 14:51

A new Nintendo Switch dock shell has been designed to mimic the sleek undulating curves of the classic Nintendo 64 (N64). Dubbed the 64BITDOCK, this Switch accessory kit can be bundled with an 'N64 cart' that will help you keep your Switch Game Cards tidy. The 64BITDOCK is available now direct from the maker on Etsy, priced from $89.

In the assorted images of the 64BITDOCK from Nintendo Switch accessories specialist Krasivoe, you can see that the ‘N64’ cradles the Switch (Nintendo Switch / Switch 2 / LCD / OLED) horizontally, so the upper curves of the ‘N64’ are uninterrupted. Pleasingly, the ‘N64’ cart slot is actually useful here as a Nintendo Switch Game Card silo if you buy the optional magnetically secured storage receptacle (with 6 slots).

Check out this product on Etsy

This is a cosmetic kit for your original Switch Dock

The 64BITDOCK is basically a snap-on cladding kit for your existing original Switch Dock. What you are buying is a set of “custom plates inspired by the iconic 64-bit console… [which] snap onto your Switch dock in seconds, transforming it into a nostalgic centerpiece while keeping all sides open to prevent overheating.”

The Krasivoe 64BITDOCK is available in light grey and ‘original’ charcoal finishes, with matching Game Card storage receptacles. For the dock plates alone, the Etsy store asks $89. If you want a Game Card cartridge holder, the price rises to $103. Worldwide shipping is $6.99.

The 64BITDOCK
Krasivoe
The 64BITDOCK
Krasivoe

This isn’t Krasivoe’s first retro-inspired Switch Dock makeover kit. It also sells the 8BITDOCK, 16BITDOCK, and CUBEDOCK. Fans of retro Nintendo consoles will surely know what those look like.

The market is overflowing with Nintendo Switch docks, so Krasivoe has cannily sought to offer some eye-catching differentiation in the form of this 64BITDOCK. Its $89 starting price is quite a premium offering, though, as it doesn’t even include docking hardware – it’s just a cosmetic 3D-printed shell for your original Nintendo Switch Dock. We see that you can get basic, fully functional Switch docks from $20 or $30 on Amazon, with original ‘toaster’ style replacements priced at about $40.

Enthusiast reverse-engineers Steam Controller 2 puck, creates DIY 'OpenPuck' that works without Steam Input — custom firmware can emulate Nintendo, PlayStation, and Xbox controllers

Valve's new Steam Controller lacks native XInput support, but you can still emulate it as long as Steam is running in the background. An enthusiast named Safijari has just engineered a more seamless solution, creating his own DIY "OpenPuck" that lets the Steam Controller emulate other gamepads on the fly. It can emulate Xbox, PlayStation, and even Nintendo layouts, and do so away from your PC.

OpenPuck serves as open-source firmware for a microcontroller, allowing you to easily flash and convert that dev board into a DIY Steam Controller puck. The firmware intercepts raw data from the Steam Controller and translates it on-device, enabling fully-fledged, real-time emulation without the need for Steam Input.

There are other options out there, but the creator used a Pro Micro NRF52480 from Amazon that has the appropriate Bluetooth and 2.4 GHz radios. Once primed in DFU mode, all you need to do is plug the board into your computer via USB-C, drag and drop the Arduino sketch onto it, and the microcontroller turns into an OpenPuck right away. You can 3D print a case to make the assembly look more polished, too.

Valve Steam Controller

The original Steam Controller 2 puck (Image credit: Tom's Hardware)

The sketch is available on the project's GitHub page. Once you've flashed your controller, head to the configurator to manage the puck. It's a simple website that uses the WebUSB API to manage the controller, allowing you to switch between the different modes, which include Switch Pro, Xbox, DualSense (PS5), and DualShock 4 (PS4). The project description claims the puck only has a 1ms latency.

The Switch mode works natively on a Switch console with gyro and haptics support, but you can also emulate a Hori Pad that disables those extra features. The PlayStation modes only work on PC, but there's a special DualShock 3 mode that can work natively on a PlayStation 3 console as well, with gyro and haptics (Sixaxis). Of course, the default Steam Controller mode is also there.

You can switch between some of these different controller modes by pressing all four back buttons together and hitting either A, B, X, or Y, but the PlayStation modes require you to use the web configurator. Once everything is set up, however, the Steam Controller runs just like an official Switch, Xbox, or PlayStation controller without Steam even being open in the background.

The different emulation modes of the OpenPuck

(Image credit: Future)

There's even a bonus "ReversePuck" sub-project that allows a Steam Deck to act as an external controller, supporting all of the Steam Controller's features (except grip). If you flash a second NRF52840 Pro Micro and plug it into a Steam Deck, you can stream the Steam Deck's built-in controls across the room over 2.4GHz to your OpenPuck-equipped PC, giving you access to essentially another Steam Controller.

12 states sue to block Paramount's $110 billion Warner Bros. deal, warning of a "media behemoth"

14 July 2026 at 15:15

The lawsuit was filed in federal court in Sacramento on Monday, just a month after the Department of Justice cleared the deal without conditions. California is joined by Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, and Washington, all states with Democratic attorneys general.

Read Entire Article

ASUS ROG Swift OLED Edition 20 Hits Shelves At $1,400, One Of Its Priciest Displays Ever

14 July 2026 at 15:20

An ASUS ROG monitor with a sleek design is mounted on an ROG desk arm in a futuristic setting, displaying the text 'Dare to Innovate.'

The latest special edition ROG Swift OLED gaming monitor is now available in both standard and stand versions in China. Popular Chinese Platform JD Lists ROG Swift OLED PG27AQWP-GR Edition 20 Gaming Monitor for Sale, Starting at $1327 Some of the ASUS ROG Special Edition 20 products are now getting listed for sale. We recently saw ASUS listing its ROG Astral RTX 5090 Edition 20 graphics card for a whopping $5,499 on the official store, making it one of the most expensive, if not the most expensive, RTX 5090 from the company. While all the hardware in the lineup is […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/asus-rog-swift-oled-edition-20-hits-shelves-at-1400-one-of-its-priciest-displays-ever/

Ubisoft Barcelona Built Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced’s Acclaimed Underwater Levels, Then Got 51 Layoffs After 2 Million Sales

14 July 2026 at 14:30

A character from Assassin's Creed IV: Black Flag stands on a beach with a sword, facing other characters.

Assassin's Creed Black Flag Resynced does a lot of things right, enhancing the visuals of the fourth entry in the series to new heights while introducing choice combat and parkour changes for a more engaging experience, and new content allowing players to delve deeper into Edward Kenway's story, which remains as engaging as it has always been. For some, myself included, one of the highlights of the experience is underwater exploration, which I feel is one of the best ever seen in video games to date. However, having created what's one of the best features of the game wasn't enough […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/ubisoft-barcelona-built-assassins-creed-black-flag-resynced-underwater-layoffs/

MSI Brings CXMT DDR5 Memory Support To Intel Desktop Platforms, Offering Over 8000 MT/s “Optimized” Speeds

14 July 2026 at 14:25

Close-up of an MSI motherboard featuring 'CXMT DDR5 Support' and '8000 MT/s+' text, with the MSI dragon logo prominently displayed.

MSI has become one of the first motherboard makers to offer optimized CXMT DDR5 memory support on its Intel Desktop platforms. After AMD AM5, MSI Brings CXMT DDR5 Memory Support To Intel LGA 1851 Platforms, With Speeds Topping Past 8000 MT/s China is rapidly adopting its domestically produced memory to reduce reliance on offshore brands that are charging heavy prices for their DRAM solutions. As such, CXMT (ChangXin Memory Technologies) has become the go-to choice as it is the country's premier DRAM manufacturer. While there have been reports that CXMT has started supplying DRAM to global markets, those aren't true […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/msi-brings-cxmt-ddr5-memory-support-to-intel-desktop-platforms-over-8000-mtps/

PlayStation Left Demon’s Souls Trapped on PS3, But a Single Modder is Remastering it for PC

14 July 2026 at 13:59

A character in armor exploring a medieval, overgrown stone corridor in the game Demon's Souls.

Despite being an iconic game which gave rise to the Soulslike phenomenon, the original Demon's Souls was never released from its PlayStation 3 prison, much like the remake developed by Bluepoint Games likely won't from its PlayStation 5 prison. However, thanks to the RPCS3 emulator, the game is fully playable on PC, and soon enough, fans will be able to enjoy the now-classic action RPG developed by FromSoftware with significant visual improvements from the PC Remaster mod. Developed by fromsoftserve, the developer behind the stunning Bloodborne Remaster Project, this visual overhaul "modifies the game's models to now react to light sources […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/playstation-demons-souls-remaster-pc/

NVIDIA Teams With US Government to Slam Shut the Backdoor Feeding Banned AI Chips Into China

14 July 2026 at 13:48

NVIDIA Corporation is taking strict action to ensure that its AI GPUs only land in the hands of the right customers, reports the Financial Times. The action is to ensure that its chips do not reach China, and it follows increasing scrutiny by Taiwanese authorities on firms allegedly involved in shipping the chips to the Asian country. Previous reports have suggested that the Chinese government is interested in granting exemptions to some local firms to buy NVIDIA chips, even as firms such as Huawei claim to be able to achieve parity with Western technology in the future. NVIDIA Is Working […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/nvidia-teams-with-us-government-to-slam-shut-the-backdoor-feeding-banned-ai-chips-into-china/

Five reasons switching from IP VPN to SD WAN will help you build an AI-ready network

In the early 2000s, IP VPN was the enterprise networking technology of choice for IT leaders.

MySpace was the go-to social network, we used Skype for video calls, we listened to music on our new MP3 players and the Nokia 1100 was the most popular mobile handset.

It feels like a different era entirely, yet many businesses are still running on legacy networks that were perfect for their needs back then but are now holding them back.

By today’s terms, networks were built for low levels of traffic. Cisco estimates global IP traffic levels were around 175 petabytes per month in 2001. Compare that to today’s figure, which is around 522,000 petabytes per month, or approximately 3000 times higher than 2001 levels, and you can understand why 87% of businesses in an Accenture study believe their legacy network is compromising their ability to advance on cloud, data and AI and digital transformation.

Untangling and replacing the complex web of enterprise networks built up over years is an unavoidable and costly necessity. It’s a bit like replacing the windows in your home - you know you’ll improve security, stormproof your home and cut energy costs by upgrading, but the process feels like a hassle.

Today, IT leaders aren’t just ‘replacing the windows’ by modernizing outdated networks; they’re going further and building high capacity, low latency, secure architectures designed to withstand the explosive demands of AI.

Making the move to SD WAN

Millions of businesses are switching from IP VPN to Software-Defined Wide Area Networks, or SD WAN. Strong market growth is forecast in SD WAN, with one market forecast anticipating SD WAN CAGR of almost 40% (38.9%) from 2023 to 2030.

This growth is being driven by multiple factors including a shift to cloud-native architectures; a change in workplace practices and rise in remote working environments; and strong demand for network architectures that can manage current and future AI-related applications and services.

SD WAN is faster, more cost effective and more secure, with built in zero trust protection. It’s purpose built for distributed users and for managing cloud, AI workloads, data flows, and SaaS traffic.

But, to be truly AI ready, IT infrastructure must be software driven, and this is where SD WAN excels: it gives your business the security, flexibility, and reliability needed to operate confidently in an AI driven future. Here are five ways switching to SD WAN will help you build an AI-ready network:

1.Built for AI-scale performance

High-bandwidth, low latency SD WANs are critical for the delivery of AI workloads, particularly as businesses move towards AI inference. They provide fast access to cloud services and dynamic bandwidth allocation as they monitor network conditions and reroute over the best available path.

For example, imagine a drive-through restaurant that uses an AI voice to take and relay orders or a supermarket that uses an AI model to scan shelves in its store, to detect gaps in stock, alert staff and predict which items will run out next. A high-performance, low latency network is essential here to guarantee a seamless customer experience.

SD WAN’s application-aware routing levels this up even further, prioritizing AI traffic and deprioritizing the transfer of, for example, bulk file transfers or back-ups.

2.Security that matches today’s threat landscape

The global cyber attack surface has expanded dramatically. AI now plays a dual role, enabling more sophisticated attacks while also powering new, advanced defense capabilities. Traditional IP VPNs offer traffic encryption but lack native security features. In contrast, SD WAN is built to protect modern networks from today’s high volume, highly sophisticated cyber threats:

- Zero trust access protects users, devices and applications

- Traffic is encrypted end to end, so that all data between sites, platforms and applications is secure

- Threat prevention at the edge protects core infrastructure from threats, with features such as intrusion detection and prevention, malware scanning and DNS security

- Automated real-time security updates with threat intelligence pushed globally within minutes

3.Cloud connectivity without compromise

SD WANs provide direct, optimized access to major cloud environments, such as Microsoft Azure, AWS, and Google Cloud, by using automated secure tunnels and intelligent path selection.

This ensures cloud and AI services run with lower latency, higher performance, and more reliable connectivity. Also important to note is that SD WANs provide high levels of autonomy and automation, so it’s easy to make changes quickly and easily as businesses navigate dynamic market conditions.

4.Data insights that power automation

SD WAN captures real-time data including latency, packet loss and application usage patterns – data which can be fed into AI-based network monitoring, automation and predictive maintenance management tools, so that networks become self-optimizing, self-healing and proactively secure.

5.A foundation ready for SASE and Zero Trust

When combined with Secure Access Service Edge (SASE), SD WAN creates a single, secure, high performance network foundation that’s built to drive AI opportunities while protecting against cyber risks with integrated security solutions including zero trust, secure web gateways and cloud firewalls.

SASE is a cloud based networking and security framework that combines SD WAN with integrated security services (like Zero Trust, secure web gateways, and cloud firewalls) into a single unified architecture. It’s the gold standard of AI-ready architecture.

As enterprises accelerate toward an AI driven future, the networks that once served them well are now becoming a barrier to progress. SD WAN offers a clear path forward: a software defined, secure, high performance foundation built to handle the scale, speed and complexity of modern cloud and AI workloads.

By making the shift now, businesses can replace aging infrastructure with an agile, intelligent network that not only supports today’s demands but unlocks the full potential of tomorrow’s AI innovation.

We've ranked and reviewed the best antivirus software available.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

'It's exploding now?' — Reddit user's Zotac RTX 5090 'explodes' while playing Assassin's Creed Black Flag Resynced, and I'm starting to get worried that high-powered GPUs aren't safe

  • A Reddit user's Zotac GeForce RTX 5090 GPU reportedly exploded during gameplay
  • The power connector wasn't damaged, but a visible burn mark was present on the PCB gold finger
  • It's yet another point of concern for RTX 5090 users

Nvidia's RTX 5090 has been the subject of controversy ever since its launch, with several well-publicised cases of melting power connectors causing malfunctions — and this time, it's arguably the worst case yet.

As reported by Wccftech, a Reddit user's Zotac RTX 5090 GPU has exploded, 'five minutes' into playing the tutorial for Assassin's Creed Black Flag Resynced. Interestingly, the 16-pin power connector (often the case of the RTX 5090's woes) wasn't damaged. Instead, the user claims they heard a loud pop and crackle, followed by a cloud of smoke.

The 16-pin power connector has been blamed for several RTX 5090s melting, either due to high temperatures or connectors that aren't properly seated. It also shouldn't be a surprise that these melting complications are effectively exclusive to Nvidia's flagship GPU, since it draws a significant amount of power (575W maximum).

Instead, the PCB gold finger (the part that goes into the motherboard's PCIe slot) on the user's Zotac RTX 5090 has a visible burn mark. The cause isn't exactly clear, but speculation suggests that a crack in the circuit board may have caused the GPU to short-circuit.

Desktop Computer Burned Damage CPU GPU video card, memory, chip , cooler

(Image credit: Zoomik / Shutterstock)
Comment from r/pcmasterrace
Comment from r/pcmasterrace
Comment from r/pcmasterrace

Perhaps the most concerning aspect of this case is the suggestion from fellow Reddit users that the supposed crack and short circuit may be the result of GPU sag — and if that's the case, it should be a major concern for high-powered GPU users.

Plenty of modern GPUs, notably from third-party Nvidia partners, are quite chunky, which leaves little clearance to fit in smaller cases and, most importantly, not enough space to use GPU sag brackets.

Fortunately, the RTX 5080, RTX 4080, and RTX 4080 Super (which is the GPU I use) aren't cards that draw nearly as much power as the RTX 5090, so there isn't too much concern in terms of power connectors melting. However, if GPU sag can lead to a short circuit, it raises concern for any GPU that's heavier than most, especially the high-powered RTX 5090, as it's an additional issue to be wary of alongside melting connectors.

A melting or exploding GPU in this current PC hardware market is possibly the worst-case scenario, particularly for RTX 5090 users (who are seemingly most at risk), as prices are completely out of the affordable range due to the ongoing RAM crisis.

Frankly, it makes me want to steer clear of high-wattage GPUs completely (or at least undervolt them). TechRadar has contacted Nvidia for a response.

Britain's AI push is exposing a memory crisis inside business

Somewhere right now, a customer is repeating themselves. They are explaining their problem for the third time, to the third person, because the organization on the other side has no shared memory of the previous two conversations. It is an infrastructure problem that AI is making harder to ignore.

It is also becoming impossible for policymakers to ignore. Just in April, the Mayor of London launched a new AI and Jobs Taskforce to examine how AI is changing work across the capital, signaling that the conversation has moved well beyond investment announcements and into the harder question of what AI does inside organizations.

It is also shining a spotlight on a memory crisis inside modern business.

AI is accelerating work, not clarity

As UK organizations rush to deploy AI in the workplace, many are layering it onto fragmented systems that were never designed to preserve institutional memory in the first place.

According to research published in Harvard Business Review, knowledge workers toggle between applications and tools roughly 1,200 times per day, a pattern known as "toggling tax". That figure alone tells the story: we aren’t short of tools, but there is no coherence among them.

The result is a new kind of productivity paradox. Work is moving faster, but clarity is not improving.

This is where much of the current enterprise AI conversation unravels. A surprising amount of what is marketed as AI today still relies on humans to do the synthesis work themselves. The system retrieves documents. It summarizes conversations. It surfaces links. But employees still carry the burden of reconstructing meaning, and so do the customers and end-users waiting on the other side of those decisions.

Notably, when these types of AI tools do the retrieval, but humans skip the synthesis, the output feels hollow. That creates a trust and credibility problem - not just for the individual, but for AI as a category. People start associating "AI-assisted" with "low-effort".

When context is lost internally, the effects aren't invisible. They surface as slow responses, repeated requests for information that customers already provided, support experiences that feel fragmented, and sales teams reconstructing account history manually before every renewal, escalation or executive review.

Stateless systems cannot preserve organizational memory

The AI models themselves are becoming more capable, but the organizational foundation beneath them remains fragmented.

Most AI systems today are fundamentally stateless. They generate outputs based on temporary context windows rather than durable organizational memory. Every interaction requires the system to repeatedly reconstruct understanding from fragments.

Consider how databases work. We do not recompute everything from scratch every time a query arrives. We cache and index, then preserve relationships between entities, because continuously recomputing context is computationally irrational.

Yet much of enterprise AI is still being deployed exactly this way and the industry has started mistaking activity for intelligence.

What I believe organizations should focus on is whether they have structured, durable memory that lets AI and humans reason from the same shared context. Without that foundation, AI outputs remain generic.

Most collaboration systems multiply this problem in two ways. First, they encode knowledge into naming conventions and tribal memory – the kind that lives in channel names nobody can decode and folder structures only three people understand. New employees are not learning the business, they are learning the conventions.

Second, even when information exists, it remains inaccessible. The same decision appears as "PostgreSQL migration", "database move Q3", and "backend infrastructure change" across three different channels. They are semantically identical but textually invisible to any system trying to surface it.

This problem becomes even more acute in distributed organizations. I don’t believe you can build modern global companies on a "you had to be there" culture. Yet many businesses still operate as though important context naturally transfers through proximity and synchronous communication.

Search is not the same as understanding

Search was designed to discover information, whereas modern enterprise work requires systems that understand the relationships in data.

A customer escalation is not just a support ticket. It is connected to product decisions, engineering discussions, account history, contractual obligations, and revenue impact. A sales opportunity is tied to customer sentiment, historical support patterns, product usage, and internal stakeholder alignment.

Traditional collaboration systems flatten these relationships into disconnected channels and documents, whereas AI knowledge graphs preserve them.

Researchers call this a transactive memory system: the collective understanding of who knows what, how decisions were made, and how work is coordinated across teams. The same logic now extends to AI. Intelligent systems can participate in that process too by encoding context, surfacing relevant history, and routing knowledge to the right people at the right time.

Britain's productivity problem is becoming an AI problem

The Office for National Statistics has consistently flagged weak productivity growth as one of the UK's most persistent economic challenges. Since 2010, UK productivity has grown at 6.2%, compared with roughly 10% across the euro area and nearly 15% in the United States over the same period. AI is increasingly being positioned as a mechanism to help close that gap.

But productivity does not improve because your business has added more AI agents to the workflow. If every important decision still requires humans to manually reconstruct fragmented context, organizations just accelerate confusion.

What UK businesses need are systems capable of preserving context, maintaining institutional memory, and grounding AI systems in trusted organizational knowledge. Better AI infrastructure starts with a simple question: Does your organization remember anything? For most, the honest answer is no.

We've featured the best AI tool.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

'AI writing is now a problem everywhere on social media': Study finds nearly half of all LinkedIn long posts are AI-generated, and that's only the start

  • Study finds social media posts are increasingly AI-generated
  • LinkedIn particularly affected, with 40% of long-form posts written by AI
  • Substack and Twitter/X also badly hit

LinkedIn and other social media networks are rapidly being consumed by AI-written slop posts, new research has claimed.

A report from AI detection firm Pangram Labs found nearly half of all long posts (over 250 words) on LinkedIn were created entirely by AI, with the likes of Substack and X/Twitter also seeing a huge rise in such content.

"LinkedIn was the most AI-saturated platform, where more than 40% of longform posts flagged as fully AI-generated," the company's report said.

Social media drowning in AI slop

The study, which also examined Medium and Reddit alongside the other social networks for a data set of over a million posts, found one in four longform posts on social media flagged as fully AI-generated, with lengthier content much more likely to be created with AI than shortform.

Pangram found that LinkedIn was the most AI-saturated platform, where more than 40% of longform posts were flagged as being fully AI-generated, with Substack the least affected, with longer posts often far less likely to be AI-generated.

LinkedIn was also identified as having the highest AI share of any platform included in the report, as although its posts only made up a third of scanned items, it accounted for nearly two-thirds (62%) of all AI content flagged by the system.

"Professionals come to LinkedIn to hear from real people and their unique insights and perspectives," a LinkedIn spokesperson told us.

"We actively work to reduce low quality, automated or generic content, and while AI can be used to beat the blank page problem, our focus is on surfacing professional conversations that help people advance their careers. You can learn more about how we’re keeping the Feed trusted and professional here”.

However, when mixed AI and human content were included, X/Twitter was by the most swamped by AI, with the study finding almost half of articles on the site were either fully AI-generated (23.9%) or AI-assisted/mixed (22.9%), with only 53.2% of X articles flagging as fully human-authored.

"Our data shows that AI-generated content is a problem across all platforms, and it is hitting longform content especially hard," Pangram said.

"Contrary to what one might expect, people are overwhelmingly willing to use AI to speak on their behalf in professional settings that are associated with their real identity, and less likely to use it on casual and anonymous platforms."

"AI writing is now a problem everywhere on social media," Pangram Labs CEO and co-founder Max Spero noted. "An internet that is completely flooded with undisclosed AI content is bleak, but we don't believe it's inevitable."

Marvel has reportedly cast a former Star Wars actor as Magneto in its new X-Men movie — and they nearly played The Fantastic Four's Reed Richards in the MCU

  • Marvel has supposedly cast a major star as Magneto in its new X-Men film
  • The actor in question was linked with another major role in the MCU
  • They were said to be close to playing The Fantastic Four's Reed Richards

The Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) has reportedly found its Magneto.

According to multiple industry insiders, none other than former Star Wars actor Adam Driver has supposedly signed on to play the iconic metal-manipulating mutant in the comic giant's new X-Men movie.

Adam Driver smiling while wearing a tuxedo during an event

Fans will know Driver from Star Wars, A Marriage Story, Ferrari, and many other movies and TV show (Image credit: Gareth Cattermole/Getty Images)

At the time of publication, the Hollywood trades are yet to corroborate this via their own sources. Furthermore, with this rumor being circulated online by leakers with spotty track records, including MyTimeToShineHello and KnightEdgeMedia, Driver's casting is mere speculation at this stage.

That said, another insider, Apocalyptic Horseman, who's more trustworthy than the aforementioned pair, has backed up their claims. So, until we get an official line from Marvel and/or some form of verification from Deadline, Variety, or The Hollywood Reporter, it's just as likely that Driver won't appear in the MCU's first X-Men film as it is that he will.

What are the chances of Driver's involvement being confirmed sooner rather than later? Well, San Diego Comic-Con (SDCC) 2026 is right around the corner, and Marvel is set to take the stage for its traditional Hall H panel on Saturday, July 25. Given that Marvel has had a surprise or two up its sleeve for past editions of SDCC presentations, I wouldn't rule out the prospect of some form of official X-Men movie casting news at this year's event.

Driving the Marvel rumor mill

X-Men: First Class Magneto

Michael Fassbender has also portrayed Magneto on the big screen (Image credit: Fox)

If Driver becomes the third A-lister to portray Magneto in a live-action film — the others being Michael Fassbender and legendary actor Ian McKellen — it'll put an end to speculation about his long-rumored involvement in the MCU.

In October 2022, Driver was supposedly in talks to play Doctor Doom in Marvel's Fantastic Four film. Seven months later, Driver was apparently among the stars up for consideration for playing The Fantastic Four's Reed Richards instead. Said whisper was just one of many Fantastic Four casting rumors that sent MCU fans into a tailspin but which didn't come to pass.

Will this Magneto-specific rumor prove to be a case of third time's a charm for Driver? Some fans aren't convinced — indeed, threads on ResetEra and various Reddit pages are full of comments saying Driver would be a better fit for famous X-Men villain Mister Sinister, or that he should steer clear of a franchise whose best days are arguably behind it.

With or without Driver, Marvel's untitled X-Men movie is slowly taking shape. Lee Isaac Chung and Jake Schreier (Beef, Thunderbolts*) are already on board as its respective writer and director, and Marvel President Kevin Feige recently revealed (per Collider) that the mutant-led feature could be the first MCU film post-Avengers: Secret Wars.

Meanwhile, with speculation swirling online that Sadie Sink is playing iconic X-Men member Jean Grey in Spider-Man: Brand New Day, as well as Obsession star Inde Navarrette saying she recently met with Schreier, and Apocalyptic Horseman claiming that Marvel is searching for the MCU's Cyclops, Storm, and Rogue, this new X-Men movie's cast might soon be in place. All eyes will be firmly fixed on Marvel's SDCC 2026 presentation, then, for confirmation of any or all of the above.

No, NordVPN does not drain your phone battery

  • West Coast Labs found that the VPN battery drain is just a myth
  • Leaving NordVPN on for 24 hours drains just up to 1.8% of battery
  • NordVPN's NordLynx uses up to 31% less battery than OpenVPN

One of the biggest reasons people turn off their cybersecurity apps is the fear of a dead smartphone. For years, the conventional wisdom has been that running a virtual private network (VPN) in the background will relentlessly chew through your daily charge.

However, new independent research commissioned by NordVPN reveals that this long-held belief is actually a massive misunderstanding. If you've been avoiding firing up the best VPN to save a few precious battery percentage points, your phone has probably been lying to you.

West Coast Labs carried out an evaluation across flagship Apple, Samsung, and Google devices. Testing showed that running NordVPN continuously for a full 24 hours added a mere 1.4% to daily battery use on Android and just 1.8% on iOS.

To put that into perspective, leaving the VPN active all day on a premium Android device means you would only need to charge it roughly half a day earlier over the course of an entire month.

Why your phone's battery screen is lying to you

NordVPN graphic on West Coast Labs' VPN phone better drain results (July 2026)

(Image credit: NordVPN)

"Battery drain is one of the biggest reasons people avoid using a VPN," says Marijus Briedis, chief technology officer (CTO) at NordVPN. "We wanted to know if that myth holds up, and it turns out it largely doesn’t. Your phone makes VPN battery use look a lot scarier than it actually is."

The confusion stems from how Android and iOS calculate power consumption. When a VPN is active, your device routes all its internet traffic through that encrypted tunnel. Because of this, your smartphone's operating system labels all that transferred data as belonging to the VPN app.

If you stream a video or browse the web, your battery usage screen blames the VPN for the power drop. During an hour of streaming, West Coast Labs found that phones attributed an average of 49% of the session's battery drop to NordVPN.

However, when researchers used hardware instruments to measure the actual electrical current draw, the real VPN overhead was just 1.6% to 2.1%. Essentially, your phone's battery screen is simply counting data volume, not actual power loss. When idle, the background overhead is less than 0.5% of battery capacity per hour.

The commuter test and modern protocols

Another scenario notorious for eating up battery life is the daily commute. Phones rapidly switching between Wi-Fi and mobile data networks can force apps to constantly reconnect, draining juice in the process.

West Coast Labs simulated a two-hour commute with automated network switches every nine minutes. Even under this stress, NordVPN's transition overhead stayed at just 5.1% on Android and 6.8% on iOS. The app also successfully reconnected after more than 99 out of every 100 network switches.

So, where did the battery-draining myth come from? The report points the finger at older technology, specifically OpenVPN. Built in 2001, OpenVPN was designed long before mobile battery efficiency was a priority.

In contrast, NordVPN’s proprietary NordLynx protocol — which is built on the much lighter WireGuard standard — uses modern cryptography requiring significantly less processing power. Benchmarking tests showed NordLynx uses 31% less battery per unit of data than OpenVPN on Android, and 24% less on iOS.

“People deserve to make informed choices about their online security. If battery drain was the reason someone wasn’t using a VPN, we hope this report puts that concern to rest for good," says Briedis.

Co-existing with AI: why replacement narratives are holding the public sector back

Spend any amount of time reading about AI and you'll quickly notice a pattern. Stories about new capabilities and investment are rarely far removed from questions about what the technology means for jobs.

It's not difficult to see how that has shaped public perception. Much of the conversation around AI tools continues to be framed through the lens of workforce reduction, creating anxiety about what the technology might take away rather than what it could enable.

Research from Acas reflects that unease, with more than a quarter of UK workers identifying job losses as their biggest concern about workplace AI.

Those concerns matter because across sectors, organizations are introducing AI at a time when employees are already navigating economic uncertainty, budget pressures and increasing workloads. In that environment, fears about replacement can shape how new technologies are received long before people experience their benefits.

Yet, focusing on jobs alone risks missing a much more important conversation. For many organizations, particularly those delivering essential public services, the challenge isn't a lack of work. It's a lack of capacity. The real question is whether AI can help people work more effectively in increasingly challenging circumstances.

The reality of frontline work

That challenge is particularly visible across public services.

Housing officers support residents through difficult circumstances, social workers assess risk in complex situations, and customer service teams help vulnerable individuals access essential support. In each case, outcomes depend on judgement, context and human relationships so these aren't environments where technology can simply step in and take over.

What many frontline staff struggle with isn't a lack of expertise, but the admin burden that prevents them from applying their expertise where it matters most.

Critical information is often spread across multiple systems. The platforms that underpin these services were rarely designed to share information easily. In practice, they are often a mix of the ERP system and older line-of-business applications, each holding part of the picture.

As a result, staff spend valuable time searching for records, reviewing case histories and piecing together information before they can take action. These challenges may sit behind the scenes, but they consume significant amounts of time.

Supporting expertise, not replacing it

AI delivers the greatest value when it gives people faster access to information and more time to focus on the decisions that matter.

A housing officer could quickly surface relevant tenancy history from multiple systems, while a social care worker could be alerted to emerging risks or significant changes that warrant attention. These case workers might use AI to identify patterns in service demand and prioritize their approaches more effectively.

Crucially, this works by drawing on the systems they already depend on, the ERP and case management platforms that hold their data, rather than buying additional solutions and adding to the fragmentation. The value comes from connecting and making sense of information that already exists, not from adding to the systems of record.

In each case, the case worker remains responsible for the decision, with AI helping them reach that point faster and with better information.

For many teams, demand already outstrips capacity. The challenge is creating enough time for skilled professionals to focus on work that requires experience, judgement and human interaction.

Used effectively, AI can help create that capacity. By reducing administrative friction and making information easier to access, it allows people to spend more time applying the skills that organizations depend on.

This principle extends well beyond the public sector. Whether in business, financial services, customer operations or government, the greatest value often comes from making expertise easier to access and apply, rather than attempting to replace it altogether.

Why perception matters

When AI is introduced alongside discussions about efficiency savings and workforce pressures, it's easy for people to view it through the lens of cost reduction rather than capability building. That perception can create resistance before new tools have had the chance to demonstrate their value.

This is why successful AI adoption requires more than technical implementation. One of the clearest lessons from digital transformation is that technology alone doesn't drive change, people do.

Anyone who has worked on a major ERP program will recognize this. The systems that succeed are rarely the ones with the most sophisticated functionality, but the ones that teams understand, trust and actually use day to day.

Organizations that make progress tend to focus on practical outcomes rather than the technology itself. They engage teams early, involve them in how tools are deployed and demonstrate how AI can help address genuine operational challenges.

When people can see the impact on their day-to-day work, whether that's reducing admin, improving access to information or supporting faster decision-making, adoption becomes far more natural.

Trust develops over time through involvement, transparency and tangible results. People need to see how technology supports their work before they are likely to embrace it.

Moving beyond the replacement narrative

The debate around AI has become disproportionately focused on what work might disappear. That focus is understandable, but it risks obscuring a more immediate challenge facing organizations today: how to help people manage growing workloads, increasing complexity and rising expectations.

For the public sector in particular, the opportunity is far more practical than a distant vision of fully automated services. It lies in helping frontline staff spend less time searching for information, enabling them to identify risks more quickly and giving them better access to the insights they need to act. In most cases, that means getting more value from core systems rather than chasing wholesale reinvention.

Those may not be the stories that generate the most attention, but they are the ones most likely to determine whether AI delivers meaningful value.

If organizations want employees to engage with AI, they need to move beyond conversations centered on replacement and focus instead on the problems the technology can solve at grassroots. This cohort is less interested in what the AI is capable of doing, but rather how it helps them to do their jobs better.

We've featured the best AI website builder.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

Japan's largest taxi operator Nihon Kotsu hit by cyberattack which forces systems to be shut down

  • Japan’s largest taxi operator confirms July 11 malware attack forcing shutdowns of its IT systems and disrupted dispatch and reservation services
  • Nihon Kotsu isolated networks, notified authorities, and brought in third‑party experts; customers were advised to use alternative taxi apps during the outage
  • No data leaks have been confirmed, but Nihon Kotsu warned it may disclose and notify affected parties if evidence of personal information exposure emerges

Japan’s largest taxi operator, Nihon Kotsu, hasconfirmed suffering a cyberattack which forced it to temporarily shut down parts of its IT infrastructure.

In a statement published on the company’s Japanese website, Nihon Kotsu said the attack took place in the early morning of July 11 - on a Saturday, when unnamed threat actors infected its devices with malware.

“We have recently discovered that our internal systems have been subjected to unauthorized external access (malware infection),” the machine-translated statement reads. “We deeply apologize for the great inconvenience and concern caused to our customers, business partners, and all related parties due to this incident.”

Services unavailable

As soon as it spotted the intrusion, Nihon Kotsu did what most companies do - shut down its network to prevent further damage, notified relevant law enforcement and data protection authorities, and brought in third-party experts to assess the damages and assist with the repairs.

The shutdown means some customer-facing services are unavailable: “As a result, the hire car web order and reservation management system, taxi dispatch service by phone, and some internal systems are temporarily unavailable,” the company said.

It advised its customers to use a different taxi app, which allows users to choose a taxi service to their liking.

So far, there is no evidence of any data exfiltration, or leaks to the dark web. However, the company did leave it as a possibility.

“At this time, no information leakage has been confirmed, but if any leakage or possibility of personal information of customers or related parties is newly discovered, we will promptly make official announcements and contact the affected parties individually in accordance with laws and regulations,” the company concluded.

Nihon Kotsu is Japan’s largest taxi operator, employing more than 18,000 people and running a fleet of more than 8,500 taxis and more than 2,000 chauffeur vehicles.

Via BleepingComputer

Nintendo is evaluating a Switch 2 1080p OLED upgrade for 2028

Nintendo is considering a major screen upgrade for its Switch 2 handheld Nintendo is reportedly evaluating a potential OLED upgrade for its Switch 2 console, with plans to release the refreshed system in 2028. According to a report from ZDNet Korea, the new model could enter its product development phase before the end of this […]

The post Nintendo is evaluating a Switch 2 1080p OLED upgrade for 2028 appeared first on OC3D.

Microsoft’s powerful new Snapdragon X2 Surface PCs are here, and they're more than a spec bump

The highly anticipated upgrades to the Surface Pro and Surface Laptop just launched. Both PCs pack the latest Snapdragon X2 processors from Qualcomm, promising better performance while still delivering great battery life.

The biggest upgrade in the lineup is performance. Microsoft promises up to 53% faster graphics performance on the Surface Pro than the previous generation. The Surface Laptop sees an even larger bump of up to 58% when compared to the last generation.

Those improvements are thanks to the Snapdragon X2 processors inside the Surface Laptop and Surface Pro.

Now, Best Buy has a wide range of configurations available for the Surface Laptop and Surface Pro. I've included a mix of various colors, storage options, and processors. But there are plenty of other configurations up for grabs if you want to mix and match.

Shop all Best Buy Surface deals

The new chips from Qualcomm perform well and let your PC last all day. Exact performance will vary based on the full specs of a PC, but the Snapdragon X2 Elite competes with Apple's M4 Pro. The Snapdragon X2 Plus stands toe-to-toe with Apple's M3 Pro.

Benchmarks and spec sheets aside, any Surface with a Snapdragon X2 chip will handle a wide range of workloads and tackle productivity tasks easily.

While the Snapdragon X2 chips are the stars of the show, they're not the only upgrades worth checking out in the new Surface Laptop and Surface Pro.

CPU: Snapdragon X2 Plus
GPU: Qualcomm Adreno
RAM: 16GB
SSD: 512GB

This Dune-colored Surface Laptop stands out in a sea of black and silver laptops. It does not come with Dave Bautista, but it does feature a Snapdragon X2 Plus.

👉 See at BestBuy.comView Deal

CPU: Snapdragon X2 Elite
GPU: Qualcomm Adreno
RAM: 16GB
SSD: 512GB

This sleek Surface Laptop is unassuming with its clean, black finish, but it's a portable powerhouse with a Snapdragon X2 Elite.

👉 See at BestBuy.comView Deal

CPU: Snapdragon X2 Plus
GPU: Qualcomm Adreno
RAM: 16GB
SSD: 512GB

This Surface Laptop has a 15-inch, 3K display with the 3:2 aspect ratio Surface is known for. It provides an excellent space to work without taking up too much space in your bag.

👉 See at BestBuy.comView Deal

CPU: Snapdragon X2 Plus
GPU: Qualcomm Adreno
RAM: 16GB
SSD: 256GB

This is the best choice for those who love the Surface Pro form factor but don't need the most expensive processor or a massive amount of storage. It's the most affordable way to get the latest Surface Pro.

👉 See at BestBuy.comView Deal

CPU: Snapdragon X2 Elite
GPU: Qualcomm Adreno
RAM: 16GB
SSD: 512GB

This Surface Pro balances high-end specs with value. It features a Snapdragon X2 Elite, 13-inch OLED display, 16GB of RAM, and 512GB of storage.

👉 See at BestBuy.comView Deal

The first Surface Pro Flex Keyboard launched alongside the Surface Pro 11. The accessory is still the best way to use your Surface Pro like a laptop, and it can also be used when detached for even more flexibility.

👉 See at BestBuy.comView Deal

The Surface Slim Pen 2 is excellent for natural note-taking and drawing, and it now supports Windows 11's updated haptic feedback experience to give you tactile cues while you navigate.

👉 See at BestBuy.comView Deal

What's new with the latest Surface Pro and Surface Laptop?

A sleek laptop with a black keyboard and a modern design, displaying a blue abstract swirl on its screen, set against a light gradient background.

(Image credit: Daniel Rubino)

There are more display options than ever across the Surface lineup. The new Surface Pro is available with either an OLED display or an LCD screen. The new Surface Laptop 15-inch has a screen with 262 PPI, which is much higher than the last generation offered.

But the new Surface Pro and Surface Laptop are more than a spec bump. While they share much of their designs with the last generation, both offer a new way to use haptics.

The Surface Laptop now features a haptic trackpad that allows you to feel Windows 11 and supported apps. The Surface Pro delivers a similar experience when paired with the latest Surface Slim Pen.

The new experience comes courtesy of Windows 11's new haptic feedback system. That system sends subtle vibrations when you perform certain tasks, such as dragging files in File Explorer or snapping windows.

The new Surface Laptop and Surface Pro build on over a decade of refinement by Microsoft. The overall form factor has matured, but Microsoft has figured out how to squeeze innovation from designs that were already almost perfect.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

"Decrepit, disconnected, and directionless," we spoke to Ed Zitron on Microsoft's chances in the artificial intelligence biz — and whether or not the AI 'bubble' is primed to implode

It's hard to find AI optimists these days.

AI-adjacent stocks have taken a battering in recent months, with Oracle and Microsoft particularly hard hit. Microsoft's stock is down over 20% from last summer's highs, as investors increasingly worry that the firm has over-extended and misjudged the opportunities therein.

Wider questions remain about the future viability of the tech. Cheaper Chinese models are pressuring the big U.S. hyper-scalers to find new efficiencies and strategies, as firms like OpenAI, SpaceX, Palantir, and Anthropic struggle to justify their more optimistic valuations. Some of the more dire warnings suggest the rife circular investments and financing could implode, threatening not only the associated companies, but potentially the entire global economy.

Recently, I caught up with Ed Zitron, head of EZPR and the Better Offline Podcast, who has become a prominent journalistic voice in AI analysis. Zitron's industry-leading tech newsletter Where's Your Ed At has become a primary source for those navigating the complex (and shady?) financial deals these companies are weaving, cutting through the industry hype with an oft-times scathing dose of reality.

I asked Zitron specifically about Microsoft's bets in this space, as the hype train objectively begins to lose steam.

Microsoft occupies an odd space in the "AI race," if you can still call it that at this point. Why do you think Wall Street and the stock market are rewarding Google but punishing Microsoft this year?

Headshot for Ed Zitron of EZPR and the Where's Your Ed At newsletter

Ed Zitron leads EZPR, and publishes an industry-leading tech newsletter Where's Your Ed At. (Image credit: Ed Zitron, EZPR)

"It’s because Microsoft is uniquely awful at having to prove its worth outside of financials, and is run by some of the most decrepit, disconnected, and directionless leadership I’ve seen in any company I’ve ever monitored.

Whenever this company has to beguile investors, it can usually just throw up big money numbers and raise the price on Microsoft Office. This time it made the mistake of actually spending cash — and man, did AI save its ass from humiliation by distracting from its Activision-Blizzard acquisition! — on something, and doing so in the loudest way possible, because saying “AI” and spending lots of money on AI was all it took to make people buy your stock.

Sadly, $200 billion or more in capex in, Satya Nadella doesn’t really have a compelling answer as to where this money is going. He mentioned on their last earnings that they’d hit a $37 billion run rate for AI - around $3 billion a month in revenue, with the vast majority of that being OpenAI’s compute spend — and it didn’t get anybody hot and heavy, so the stock has kept tanking."

If I surveyed 100 people about what they’d change about Microsoft I bet at least 30% of them would say “remove Copilot.”

Ed Zitron

"This is also because Azure has been a much bigger business than Google Cloud.

Sundar Pichai is also better at the financial tricks than Satya Nadella, and worked out a way to make circular financing more conspicuous, selling Anthropic its own chips and then getting those chips put in Google data centers so that it can get the revenue from Anthropic, who it funds, buying compute. That huge bump in remaining performance obligations was, to be clear, mostly from circular financing.

I have no idea why Satya didn’t do this with OpenAI’s spend, and I have to wonder if he doesn’t start being really blunt about how much it’s boosting Azure revenue, even though that’ll probably work to his detriment.

Anyway, Google Cloud is a younger and smaller business and thus much easier to show explosive growth in. Satya is also not very good at marketing."

Microsoft Azure is being displayed on a smartphone with a Windows blue screen visible in the background

Microsoft's stock price has taken a battering over the past year, as investors fret about the amount of money being spent on AI data centers. (Image credit: Getty Images | NurPhoto)

Do you think Microsoft will realistically see any long-term return on investment from its data center build out? Have they completely misjudged the potential?

"So, this depends on your definition of “ROI.” I think that, long-term, this will be seen as a disastrous, horrifying misallocation of capital, the kind of thing that will potentially get Satya Nadella fired.

In the short-term, Nadella got “ROI” out of AI in that it kept Microsoft interesting, and OpenAI’s compute spend buoyed Azure’s revenues without them ever having to disclose AI’s actual contribution. It was a shiny object to show investors, which gave them a vague sense of growth.

This was always a gamble, and because Microsoft started the era, it will inevitably be harmed the most by it.

No, I do not see any ROI at scale. Microsoft has spent over $200 billion on AI capex and will probably spend anywhere from $300 to $400 billion if it continues its pace past this year. It will need to make more than $500 billion in brand, spanking new revenue, in a very conspicuous way, to make any of this feel worthwhile."

Is AI Profitable chart, showing no company has made a penny on AI yet

IsAIProfitable.com tracks the big hyperscaler's P&Ls in their AI segments. So far, it's a bleak picture. (Image credit: isaiprofitable.com)

"The problem they face is that the longer this goes on, the less incremental it can be. Showing modest growth in Intelligent Cloud and Business & Productivity isn’t going to make this problem go away.

The other is that the clock starts the second they stop spending on capex, and that includes a cut of anything more than 30%. Maybe they try and spread it out, but at some point they’re gonna have to stop, because this is a ludicrous expense.

But once they do, the street will start asking them to prove that they didn’t just nuke hundreds of billions of dollars and take on a bunch of debt for no reason.

I will say this: Amy Hood is very good at her job, and likely the only reason Satya Nadella hasn’t blown up the entire company."

Microsoft's early investment in OpenAI was initially hailed. In your research, how has that partnership panned out? Reporting suggests it hasn't gone well …

"At first, OpenAI must have seemed like the best thing that happened to Microsoft since it won that antitrust trial because the judge talked to the media. It was the single-most buzzy company in the world, and it had to spend money on Azure.

Satya Nadella could say that he had backed the next big tech titan, all while capturing the entirety of its value and cloud spend. The original deal - owning all the IP, making Azure their only cloud provider, all that stuff was a masterstroke.

Except it’s very obvious that something went sour there in 2024 or early 2025, likely when OpenAI demanded Microsoft build more compute than it wanted to. It must have also become clear that owning all of OpenAI’s IP and models and being able to power their services with it wasn’t actually helping Microsoft enough to justify the capex, so they got desperate and bought Mustafa Suleyman’s crappy little company so he’d bring that DeepMind magic to Microsoft."

Microsoft is uniquely awful at having to prove its worth outside of financials, and is run by some of the most decrepit, disconnected and directionless leadership I’ve seen in any company I’ve ever monitored.

Ed Zitron

"Also, Sam Altman very clearly started making demands that were effectively “change the agreement to our benefit for no apparent reason,” and Microsoft embarrassed themselves making any concessions for him. I think that Satya had assumed he had full control of Altman, and when that wasn’t apparent, I think it weakened both his and Microsoft’s position.

And, if I’m honest, Microsoft has embarrassed itself with AI - substandard models, lots of noise but not a lot of actual stuff, running GitHub Copilot at a massive loss for several years, then turning on token-based billing and creating a bunch of bad blood for no measurable gain?

The partnership was great when Satya had control, and the moment he let Altman buy compute from other companies was the moment he lost it, even though it was absolutely the right thing to do."

Windows users have backlashed pretty hard against some of Microsoft's AI products, including things like random Copilot buttons and Windows Recall. Do you see Microsoft finding any realistically good and viable uses for LLMs?

Microsoft Corporate Vice President, Windows and Devices Pavan Davuluri speaks about Recall during the Microsoft May 20 Briefing event at Microsoft in Redmond, Washington, on May 20, 2024.

Microsoft's consumer-facing AI products, from Copilot+ PCs to Windows Recall, have been persistent flops. (Image credit: Getty Images | JASON REDMOND)

"Nope! I don’t remember the last time that Microsoft made anything that was both new and good, and every “idea” that Microsoft has is literally somebody else’s! Copilot Cowork is Claude Cowork, GitHub CLI is Claude Code, Scout is Codex or some other agentic crap; it’s all the same thing in the glossy Microsoft wrapper that used to mean “good but expensive” but now means “weird and sterile.”

This is not a product company, and the only thing they seem to be able to do with talent is lay it off. Nobody wants anything they’re selling other than for the products they like to work like they used to. If I surveyed 100 people about what they’d change about Microsoft, I bet at least 30% of them would say “remove Copilot.”

For that to change would require Microsoft to make a completely different product."

What do you think the AI landscape will look like in 5 years, if you had to predict?

"These are all guesses, and I can’t append them to any time period. I’m pulling them out of thin air — I can’t see the future! Nobody can! These are things that could happen far more than they are for sure events.

1. LLMs are gone from the cloud other than for obscure GCP/Azure/AWS instances with AI GPUs for people doing very specific things, all of which cost way too much to do regularly.

Whatever LLMs survive are a boring on-device situation you run on a $100k workstation, and that’s not very common because they’re pretty expensive. That being said, this might also be what happens to the large amounts of GPUs that are left for dead after the bubble pops.

2. Eventually, the big labs have to start doing aggressive cost cuts, which up usage but up costs, or cost increases, which destroys usage. Either way, growth is slowing because of token-minimizing, and it’ll accelerate and eventually break the companies."

"OpenAI dies or gets absorbed into Microsoft, who jacks up the prices and unwinds the business. The same happens to Anthropic, which likely becomes a much smaller company that’s effectively a subsidiary of Google and Amazon.

3. Microsoft does a $5bn-$10bn write-down of GPUs and Nadella is booted in favor of Amy Hood. Maybe more!

4. The software industry enters a prolonged depression within the next few years because growth starts to stumble in one of the major hyperscalers. Remember: Anthropic and OpenAI are currently boosting the revenues of Microsoft, Google and Amazon, to a level that I really should look into!

5. NVIDIA’s revenues eventually return to the 2023 era, single-digit billions of dollars annually. I also expect some sort of write-down on their side too."

A huge thanks to Ed Zitron — now it's your turn

Thanks a ton to Ed Zitron for joining us on this piece. Be sure to check out Ed Zitron's podcast and newsletters here; both are full of incredible research and insights into the AI biz more recently, but also tech in general.

Often when I'm writing about AI, I feel like the big players are gaslighting me into believing that the tech is good enough to solve all of humanity's problems, if we'll just hang on and accept a little bit more (a lot more) compute. While it seems AI does have a role to play in parsing large quantities of data and tracking anomalies humans might miss, the "hyperscale" opportunities increasingly seem far-fetched and vague as we head through the current cycle.

Where it all ends up remains anyone's best guess. Perhaps some kind of incredible breakthrough will give AI the nuance and accuracy it needs to actually be a viable general-purpose assistant — rather than an expensive mimicry and content theft machine.

Perhaps its pairing with robotics will enable real opportunities that have so far eluded the big corps. Or perhaps the simple truth is: there's no real room for optimism here. Perhaps we've all been conned by something that seems suspiciously capable on the surface, until you actually put it to any form of real work.

What do you think? Hit the comments, let's talk.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

HP's 16-inch Windows laptop is perfect for the home and office — with 16 GB of RAM and Snapdragon X for $809 while it lasts

14 July 2026 at 13:07

When it comes to productivity in the classroom, in the office, or even at home, HP's Omnibook laptops are among the best value-for-your-money Windows laptops.

The Omnibook 5 features an OLED 2K display, solid performance, a long-lasting battery, a sturdy build, and other useful features that help justify its cost, even amid a memory crisis.

And now, the 16-inch OmniBook 5 AI PC is on sale with a 26% discount for only $809.99 at Amazon.


With the power of Qualcomm's Snapdragon X processor, 16GB RAM, 512GB of storage, and Copilot+ PC certification, this 16-inch 2K laptop makes for an effective and reliable tool for handling daily workload tasks such as typing documents, hosting meetings, researching, and more.View Deal

Why buy the HP Omni 6 16" Next Gen AI PC?

HP OmniBook 5, a sleek silver laptop with a 16-inch display, showcases a document. Features include Snapdragon X processor, 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD, 2K OLED display, and Wi-Fi 6E.

The specs of the HP OmniBook 5 16" Next Gen AI PC. (Image credit: HP)

Our colleagues at the sister site, TechRadar, went hands-on with the 14" variant of the HP OmniBook 5 and gave it a high score of 4/5 stars, praising its gorgeous display, strong battery life, responsive keyboard, and lightweight design.

The 16" version that's on sale today features similar levels of computing horsepower but with a larger 2K OLED display capable of rendering images and videos with strong contrast.

This configuration of the HP OmniBook 5 is equipped with a Snapdragon X processor, 16GB RAM, a 512GB SSD, and an NPU with 40-60 TOPS to support its built-in Copilot+ AI feature.

With these specs, this laptop will reliably and effectively run productivity tasks like reports or spreadsheets in Office, perform AI-related tasks like researching and compiling information online, open multiple browser tabs without lag, host video meetings, and more.

Other notable features of this laptop include a gargantuan estimated battery life of 34+ hours, a lightweight yet sturdy thin build that makes it easy to carry or store for long-distance travel, a built-in FHD IR camera, and pre-installed Otter.AI to automatically take notes during meetings (which I personally love as I'm regularly forgetting to take notes during fast-paced or long-winded conversations).

So, if you're looking for a dependable workhorse laptop, you can't go wrong with the HP OmniBook 5, especially now that it's on offer for $809.99 at Amazon instead of its usual listing price of $1,099.99.

FAQ

Is its RAM and SSD upgradeable?

The RAM is not replaceable and upgradeable due to being soldered into the laptop's motherboard. It's factory-installed SSD however, can be replaced with a larger one (up to 2TB) should you need more space for files.

Is it good for gaming?

No, not really, as the HP OmniBook 5 was built for productivity workflows, meaning it will struggle to run most PC games.

Click to join us on r/WindowsCentral

Join us on Reddit at r/WindowsCentral to share your insights and discuss our latest news, reviews, and more.

Modder successfully runs Counter-Strike clone at 60 FPS on the original Sony PSP — created his own Rust-based 3D engine to power 480 x 272 gameplay, also works on PS Vita

Barely a day goes by without some retro system developer accomplishing a technical feat that beggars belief. OpenStrike is the latest mad project, creating a proof-of-concept reimplementation of the seminal Counter-Strike for the Sony PlayStation Portable (PSP), a 22-year-old system that arguably has no business running the game.

The port was made by Yifeng Wang (aka doodlestrike), who apparently created his own Rust-based 3D engine called Pocket3D for the affair, along with the PocketJS JavaScript engine for the game rules and UI. Despite the proof-of-concept status, Wang says that elimination matches with bots are already playable, though the game's famous buying stages aren't yet functional. The full set of eight original Counter-Strike maps have already been tested, and interested modders should easily be able to roll their own.

Yes, that's Counter Strike on a PSP!Yes, that's DevTools inspecting game UI!Yes, it's PocketJS! Clean room implemented FPS engine, fully open JavaScript mod API, ~12MB RAM footprint, 60fps, fully open source. ⚡️ pic.twitter.com/OprLN3E71JJuly 10, 2026

The engine manages to run the game with bots at a steady 60 FPS at the PSP's native 480x272 resolution, thanks to pre-processing graphical assets to directly bake lightmaps into vertex colors (as opposed to real-time or on-startup calculations). Interestingly, Wang kept the old-school BSP (Binary Space Partitioning) rendering method to cull non-visible areas rather than use a fancier modern algorithm, lending credence to the "don't fix what isn't broken" motto.

The game also runs on the PS Vita, a system with 4x the effective resolution of the original at 960x544, with native graphics, without upscaling of either 3D rendering or 2D assets. You should also be able to run the project as a standard desktop game, and naturally, it's playable on the popular PPSSPP emulator. To get the project going, you'll have to provide your own copy of the Counter-Strike asset data, similar to using Doom's original WADs in one of the many ports.

The project's entire technical architecture is impressive, as Wang went way beyond the scope of "make a 3D engine that load maps." Both the Pocket3D and PocketJS 2D engines are generic, and OpenStrike is merely the first "product" that uses them. The code runs on a server/client/event architecture, and the event handling (ex: shooting) is decoupled from the rendering core, preventing nasty FPS dips. The game is testable offline, and most everything is trivially moddable. You should check out the OpenStrike repo if you're interested.

Researchers create programmable material that can steer heat and remember its state without power — breakthrough could eventually aid AI chip cooling and silicon photonics

14 July 2026 at 13:30

Researchers from Osaka Metropolitan University have developed a programmable thermal device that can control where heat is radiated while remembering its configuration even after power is removed, a capability that could one day contribute to smarter thermal management in high-performance chips, silicon photonics, infrared sensors, and energy-harvesting systems. The work, published in Laser & Photonics Reviews, overcomes two longstanding obstacles that have prevented the practical realization of nonreciprocal thermal devices.

The device combines a magneto-optical material — a material that changes its optical properties in the presence of a magnetic field — with a phase-change material known as germanium-antimony-tellurium (GST) to independently control how a surface absorbs and emits infrared radiation. Unlike previous designs that lost their functionality once power was removed or only worked when light struck the surface at extreme angles, the researchers say their device operates almost straight on while retaining its programmed state without continuous energy input.

Under normal circumstances, materials follow a principle stating that if a surface efficiently absorbs heat at a particular wavelength and direction, it must also emit heat equally well under the same conditions. This relationship, defined by Kirchhoff's law of thermal radiation, holds for conventional materials and limits how precisely engineers can manipulate heat. Rather than directing thermal energy where it is most useful, these materials simply emit heat based on how they absorb it.

Circumventing this relationship has become an active area of research, as it could give engineers an entirely new way to control thermal energy. Devices capable of independently steering absorption and emission could improve radiative cooling, thermophotovoltaic systems that convert heat into electricity, infrared sensing, thermal communication, and other photonic technologies where controlling heat is just as important as controlling light.

Researchers have explored several ways to achieve this by breaking Lorentz reciprocity, the physical principle that links incoming and outgoing electromagnetic waves. Most approaches rely on magneto-optical materials, magnetic Weyl semimetals, or actively modulated metasurfaces. However, these designs have generally encountered two major problems. First, they require light to strike the surface at very oblique, or grazing, angles to produce strong directional behavior. While this works experimentally, it significantly reduces the amount of usable thermal radiation and produces broad, inefficient emission patterns. Second, many existing designs are volatile. Their behavior disappears as soon as the magnetic field, electrical signal, or heating source controlling them is removed, making continuous power necessary simply to maintain their operating state.

The Osaka Metropolitan University team tackled both limitations by combining two materials that perform complementary roles. The first is indium arsenide (InAs), a magneto-optical semiconductor whose interaction with infrared light changes in the presence of a magnetic field. Rather than allowing light to behave identically in all directions, the material introduces a directional asymmetry that enables nonreciprocal thermal behavior. The second ingredient is GST, a phase-change material that can reversibly switch between amorphous and crystalline states, dramatically changing its optical properties while retaining whichever state it is written into, even after power is removed.

The researchers patterned GST into a microscopic grating above the InAs layer, forming what they describe as a magneto-optical metagrating. The InAs provides the directional control needed to separate heat absorption from heat emission, while the GST layer acts as a non-volatile switch that stores the device's operating mode. Applying a magnetic field tunes how infrared radiation interacts with the structure, while changing the phase of the GST permanently alters that behavior until it is intentionally rewritten. In effect, the device can be programmed to emit heat differently and retain that configuration without requiring continuous energy.

According to the researchers, the prototype achieved a nonreciprocity factor approaching 0.9 while operating at an incidence angle of just three degrees, much closer to normal incidence than the steep angles typically required by previous designs. The system also supports continuous tuning via changes in the magnetic field or incident angle, as well as digital on-off switching via the GST phase transition. The team further analyzed why the nonreciprocal effect weakens when GST changes state, concluding that the reduction results from a combination of optical field redistribution and increased damping rather than simple absorption losses alone.

Although the technology remains an early-stage research demonstration, the ability to program thermal radiation could eventually become valuable in computing hardware as processors continue to pack more transistors, chiplets, and photonic components into increasingly compact packages. Future thermal metasurfaces could give engineers another tool for directing heat away from hotspots, reducing thermal interference between neighboring chiplets, or stabilizing silicon photonic devices whose optical characteristics shift with temperature.

Beyond computing, the researchers also envision applications in radiative cooling, thermophotovoltaic energy conversion, infrared emitters, thermal communication systems, and photonic memory technologies. For now, however, the work remains a laboratory demonstration rather than a deployable technology. Considerable engineering challenges remain before programmable thermal emitters find their way into commercial electronics.

Boutique DIY Hi-Fi solution lets you repurpose your old IDE optical drives as a standalone audio player — $190 CD-ROM Player 01 features a laser-cut enclosure and a custom PCB

14 July 2026 at 13:00

A stylish new product encourages the repurposing of old IDE optical drives as standalone audio players. Boutique South Korean electronic device maker das_POD has launched the CD-ROM PLAYER 01 (ships worldwide), and it has some distinct Teenage Engineering-a-like design flair. Any similarity to genuine TE products is purely accidental, we’re sure. The new self-assembly and bring-your-own optical drive enclosure costs from $190.

These guys are making a universal laser cut enclosure with a custom pcb for repurposed old cd-drives.The project is called CD-ROM PLAYER-01, by das_POD. pic.twitter.com/3w8kkyNbKlJuly 10, 2026

This das_POD product is “designed to be assembled, repaired, and owned,” says the maker. In contrast to a conventional hi-fi CD music player, the CD-ROM PLAYER 01 is supplied as a project that lets owners repurpose their old, unused, or discarded optical drives. The artsy assertion of das_POD is that “the project explores ownership, reparability, and the physical experience of music.”

As we stressed in the intro, the kit is supplied without any IDE optical drive, something required to complete the project. “Compatible IDE drives can often be found in old computers, second-hand markets, recycling centers, or forgotten boxes in storage,” points out das_POD, just in case you have never heard of eBay. “Every drive carries its own history. Every player becomes unique,” it adds, attempting to add mystique to a simple recycling/upcycling project.

We looked through the das_POD store and noticed that it sells some very reasonably priced IDE drives that can be used to facilitate a complete CD-ROM PLAYER 01 delivered in one package. Several refurb opticals are priced at just $5, for example. But you can also pick through multiple drives at $10, $15, $20… all the way up to $40. Something about the $35 DRIVE_24 from Samsung with its blue logo bar and tarnished beige faceplate (Grade: Output: A+, Sound Quality: A, Condition: C) grabbed my attention.

das_POD CD-ROM PLAYER 01
das_POD
das_POD CD-ROM PLAYER 01
das_POD
das_POD CD-ROM PLAYER 01
das_POD
das_POD CD-ROM PLAYER 01
das_POD
das_POD CD-ROM PLAYER 01
das_POD

There are two CD-ROM PLAYER 01 colorways to choose from right now. das_POD sells a model in an anodized semi-gloss white for $220. A model in TE-a-like powder-coated orange is priced at $190.

The maker boasts that the kit supplied needs no soldering. But we also learn on the respective product pages that an AUX cable and 12V power adapter are (also) not included. Circling back to the firm’s online store, it looks like purchasing these items will add $25 to $30 to your checkout total.

A cheaper Aliexpress + DIY alternative for makers?

As some social media commenters say, besides the case, another key component of this product appears to be a CD/DVD-ROM optical drive controller, much like one available from Aliexpress for $30. That leaves the das_POD power board PCB as the sole missing essential, preventing makers with 3D printers, laser cutters, and/or CNCs from crafting their own CD-ROM PLAYER 01-type kits.

from

Microsoft is Finally Fixing Windows Search, No More Promotional Content

14 July 2026 at 12:53
Microsoft has finally addressed one of the biggest pain points in using the modern Windows 11 operating system—the Windows Search Box. What used to be a complicated mess filled with content you didn't care about is now becoming a usable interface, with less visual clutter. Starting with new builds being rolled out to Windows Insiders on the Experimental Channel, Windows 11 will now display fewer results when running a Windows Search, meaning that the visual clutter is mostly gone, as you can see in the picture below. Recent searches are very easy to find, and the Search Box actually does what it is supposed to do. It will now display where the search result comes from, whether it is an application, a setting, a file, a web result, or even a Microsoft Store suggestion. The aim is for the Search Box to finally give users more transparency on what their actual search result is.

Perhaps the most important part of the update is the removal of promotional content. Previously, whenever you made a search in the Search Box, Microsoft would push promotions onto the user, showing related products first. This meant your search experience felt more like an advertising marketplace instead of a genuine search. Importantly, local search matches, like those from apps, settings, or files, are shown first before the web results, tailoring your experience towards a more local indexing of results. Additionally, these search results are customizable, as going to Settings > Privacy & Security > Search allows you to turn off web searches and Microsoft Store searches entirely.

CAPCOM Reportedly Plans to Create Bigger Expansions Starting With Resident Evil Requiem, As It Prepares Veronica Q1 2027 Release

14 July 2026 at 13:17

A split image showing a male character in a black leather jacket on the left and a close-up of a female character with intense expression and red lighting on the right, from Resident Evil

Following the release of Resident Evil VII Biohazard, the survival-horror series by CAPCOM has entered a new golden age which has culminated this year with Resident Evil Requiem on PC, PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X|S and Nintendo Switch 2. A few months back, CAPCOM confirmed a story expansion is in the works, and it is reportedly going to be as substantial as Resident Evil 4 remake’s Separate Ways expansion, signaling the beginning of a new strategy for the Japanese publisher. Bigger Story Expansions To Fill The Gaps Between Major Titles "I want to share something I heard which I think […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/capcom-plans-bigger-expansions-resident-evil-requiem-veronica-q1-2027-release/

Samsung Pushes Nintendo Toward a Switch 2 OLED, yet the $499 Price Crisis Threatens to Stall the Deal

14 July 2026 at 12:30

A hand places a Nintendo Switch 2 OLED console into a charging dock labeled with 'Nintendo Switch 2' against a red background.

Rumors about a Nintendo Switch 2 OLED version have swirled even before Nintendo's latest console launched in June 2025. In April 2024, a Samsung leaker suggested that the unit was actually already in production for a launch slated at a later time. That turned out to be incorrect, but the rumor that Samsung is pushing for an OLED version persisted into May 2025. That wouldn't be surprising, as Samsung supplied Nintendo with the OLED panel for the first Switch. Now, the Korean edition of the business technology website ZDNET has learned that Nintendo is actively evaluating the possibility. They cited […]

Read full article at https://wccftech.com/samsung-nintendo-switch-2-oled-price-crisis/

Grok Build Uploaded Entire Git Repositories to xAI Storage, Not Just Files It Read

xAI's Grok Build coding CLI was uploading entire Git repositories, full commit history and all, to a Google Cloud Storage bucket run by xAI, not just the files a coding task needed. A researcher publishing as cereblab, testing version 0.2.93, captured one of those uploads, cloned the git bundle out of the intercepted request, and pulled back a file the agent had been told in plain terms not

U.S. Sanctions First VPN Service and Malware Cryptor Seller Over Ransomware Support

The U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) has designated two individuals and a VPN service provider for enabling ransomware actors' and other cybercriminals' malicious activities, including ransomware attacks against Americans. The VPN, named First VPN Service (1VPNS), has been accused of offering its tools to ransomware groups, along with its 45-year-old Ukrainian

148 npm Packages Disguised as Student Proxies Turned Browsers Into a DDoS Botnet

A campaign of 148 npm packages disguised as student web proxies turned visitors' browsers into a distributed denial-of-service botnet for roughly two weeks in May, according to new research from JFrog. The packages did not go after the developers who might install them. The operators used the registry as free hosting for a booby-trapped proxy site and let the students who came to dodge

The new rules of software supply chain security: visibility, vigilance, validation

The global digital economy runs on a thriving ecosystem of third-party vendors, enabling organizations to scale and innovate faster than they possibly could do on their own.

This digital ecosystem is teeming with software suppliers, not just business software that you can buy but also a vast array of software libraries that are embedded in third-party products.

Speed, however, can sometimes be the enemy of risk, as many organizations have not adequately validated whether these third-party technologies are sufficiently safeguarded against cyber threats and other digital risk.

So, while software is a great enabler, it also brings risk, given that it often is built with frameworks and libraries that are not known or well supported.

Consider that companies employ an average of 106 SaaS apps within their IT environments , and the picture becomes quite clear: software supply chain security is a serious concern.

It’s no wonder that half (51%) of participants in the latest Supply Chain Risk Survey ranked software vulnerabilities in supplier products as the most disruptive cybersecurity threat to their organization’s supply chain, behind only data breaches (64%) and malware or ransomware (52%).

An ever-changing attack surface that comprises cloud services, micro-services, APIs, SaaS platforms, third‑party services and now AI agents has expanded well beyond what once was an understood perimeter before widespread digital transformation took hold.

How secure is your own extended digital ecosystem? If this question makes your heart race, then take a closer look at three key considerations for addressing software supply chain security.

1. Visibility: Determine what’s actually in your multi-layered supply chain

Since the software supply chain is part of a vast, interconnected digital ecosystem, organizations likely do not have full visibility of what and who make up their third-party providers. Recent high-profile incidents have signaled just how fragile supply chains can be.

Assuring business continuity requires organizations to scrutinize partners before placing such deep trust in them. That effort starts with knowing who is in your interconnected digital ecosystem before you can start to manage the risk.

Understanding risk across a supply chain is conceptually easy, but it is practically difficult. While clearly outlining security parameters and requirements in supplier contracts is a great starting point, it is not enough, as contracting is generally a point-in-time activity and should be paired with monitoring. You must be able to see and measure software assets so you can better manage them.

After all, you can’t protect what you can’t see, and many businesses still don’t have a complete, accurate asset inventory, meaning that their vulnerability exposure is incomplete. If you don’t know what systems, apps, devices and libraries are in your environment, vulnerability management is supposition, inference and guesswork.

It is crucial to understand what your suppliers are doing both upstream and who you supply downstream, because their decisions are now part of your organization’s own risk profile. Software often presents the biggest blind spots in asset management, thanks in large part to a lack transparency in software build and dependencies, shadow IT, shadow AI and unmanaged endpoints.

An organization's exposure is tied directly to the security posture of every supplier they rely on. Attackers know this, increasingly targeting upstream or downstream partners. You can secure your own environment perfectly and still be vulnerable through others’ oversight. Tools that can profile, quantify and score risk across the supply chain, therefore, are essential, as is tooling that monitors for unusual activity.

2. Vigilance: Prioritize the security of AI integrations across your software supply chain

Threats can lurk anywhere and everywhere across your supply chain. But there’s a new kid in town: AI. The software supply chain has expanded to include the unique risks of AI ecosystem, such as reliance on external foundational models and highly connected agents.

This escalating integration of AI tools makes the multi-faceted software supply chain even more of a concern. Cybersecurity professionals who participated in the latest Cybersecurity Workforce Study revealed a troubling AI-related security event their organization experienced in that prior year: data poisoning (cited by 11%).

Data poisoning happens when bad actors intentionally insert corrupted, misleading or malicious data into the training dataset of a machine-learning model. Even a small amount of poisoned data can change the model’s behavior, in turn resulting in misclassifications, degraded accuracy or malicious outcomes. So suddenly that seemingly helpful ChatBot that is embedded in your CRM, CMS or other purpose-driven enterprise software may not be so friendly after all!

Indeed, organizations simply have little / no control over the software that suppliers are using, making it much more difficult to ensure vulnerabilities are identified before widespread rollout, as well as supported and patched once deployed, but they do have control over scrutinizing suppliers.

Therefore, the people on your security team and the processes they follow matter more than ever. Technology accelerates both sides of the fight, so your real advantage comes from having skilled practitioners who understand how AI changes your risk profile, attack surface and can put the right controls in place to compensate.

Cybersecurity professionals who specialize in software supply chain security can quantify the risk of model poisoning / steering, prompt injection and model inversion, and assess the inherent bias of pre-trained open-source models, protecting the integrity of software and services from upstream vulnerabilities. Such a holistic approach ensures that every component, from third-party libraries to the training data itself, meets the organization’s security and ethical standards.

In addition, reviewing and evaluating vendor agreements is an important task for cybersecurity teams and stakeholders. Think of these disciplined actions as a necessary stress-test meant to identify and address weaknesses and changing needs. A good contract with clear deliverables and expectations is part of a cybersecurity defensive strategy alongside your people and your defense technologies and ongoing monitoring of systems and services.

3. Validation: Adopt skills frameworks and codes of practice for software supply chain security

No organization must stand up against the heightened threat of software supply chain security alone. Take advantage of existing guidance such as the U.K.’s Software Security Code of Practice to follow when you’re trying to batten the software hatches at your own organization.

Not only does this code support software vendors as they adopt secure software lifecycle development practices; it also supports software customers in mitigating the likelihood and impact of software supply chain attacks.

In addition to following code and other guidance frameworks, organizations can look to skills frameworks and vendor-neutral certifications to validate that their cybersecurity professionals demonstrate certain skills needed to build and strengthen supply chain security and resilience.

Skills development in the disciplines of governance, risk and compliance (GRC), secure software development and AI skills better enable cybersecurity and risk professionals to make informed decisions regarding software supply chain security and risk management.

From complexity to better security

Supply chains are complex, longer than you think and multidimensional. Organizations must place much greater focus on stress-testing the resilience of software suppliers and continuously evaluating exposure.

This approach goes well beyond being careful about what software makes it all the way to procurement. The potentially more damaging layer to address in the macro supply chain involves the embedded software and integrated AI tools that other suppliers are using.

The question is not whether your digital supply chain will face disruption. It's whether you have the visibility, vigilance and validation to operate when it does. That’s resilience: the north star of software supply chain security. Without question, transparency has to run through supply chains instead of just sitting inside organizations.

We've rounded up the best endpoint protection software suites.

This article was produced as part of TechRadar Pro Perspectives, our channel to feature the best and brightest minds in the technology industry today.

The views expressed here are those of the author and are not necessarily those of TechRadarPro or Future plc. If you are interested in contributing find out more here: https://www.techradar.com/pro/perspectives-how-to-submit

How to watch England vs India 2026 ODI series: cricket live streams, schedule, preview

The three-match 2026 England v India ODI series, from July 14 to 19, sees Virat Kohli and Jasprit Bumrah return to the Indian team after prolonged absences.

Kohli will play his first game for the national side since January. Bumrah has not played a ODI since the 2023 ODI World Cup final. India have named an experienced squad with Rohit Sharma also back alongside captain Shubman Gill.

India, the top-ranked ODI side, will be looking for an upturn in their fortunes on this tour, which so far has seen 2-0 and 4-0 defeats to Ireland and England respectively in T20Is.

England, under Harry Brook, will be looking to take the momentum from the T20 series into the ODI series. They also need some decent ODI results to ensure automatic qualification for the 2027 World Cup. The top eight teams in the rankings automatically qualify and England are currently on the cut line in eighth position.

So read on as we explain how to watch the England vs India 2026 ODI series online, on TV and potentially for free wherever you are.

Can you watch the England vs India 2026 ODI series for free?

England vs India ODI coverage is locked behind a paywall, but in Australia there are free trials.

Kayo Sports in Australia comes with a 7-day free trial, after which a subscription starts at AU$30/month.

You'll need a VPN to prevent you from getting geoblocked if you're abroad right now. We recommend NordVPN.

How to watch any England vs India 2026 ODI stream using a VPN

A VPN is handy piece of software that can make your device appear as if it's back in your home country, so you can unlock your usual service. The best VPN right now? We recommend NordVPN – it does everything and comes with up to 75% off.

🟩 NordVPN – get the world's best VPN

Not having a VPN is like leaving your front door wide open in a busy city – anyone can walk right in and take a peek.

TechRadar regularly reviews all the biggest and best VPN providers and NordVPN is our #1 choice.

Up to 75% off today
3 extra months free
Unlocks all necessary streaming services

Get NordVPN and live stream the England vs India 2026 ODI series from anywhere.View Deal

How to watch England vs India 2026 ODI live streams in the US

USA flag

(Image credit: Other)

In the US, dedicated cricket streaming service Willow TV is the place to watch every game of the England vs India 2026 ODI series.

If you don't have it as part of your cable package, you can watch Willow coverage through your choice of Sling TV's Desi Binge Plus or Dakshin Flex plans – starting from $10 per month.

Outside the US? Use NordVPN to watch Willow TV's England vs India ODI coverage from anywhere.

How to watch England vs India 2026 ODI live streams in the UK

UK flag

(Image credit: Other)

The England vs India 2026 ODI series is being shown on Sky Sports.

Sky Sports plans start from £35/month, or £20 if you're an existing Sky subscriber. Alternatively, grab a Now Sports subscription from £14.99/day or £34.99/month.

Outside the UK right now? Use NordVPN to access your preferred coverage of the ENG vs IND ODI series.

How to watch England vs India 2026 ODI live streams in India

India flag

(Image credit: Wikimedia Commons)

The England vs India 2026 ODI series is being shown on the Sony Sports Network in India, with live streaming available via Sony LIV.

Sony LIV subscription plans in India start at ₹599 for the Mobile-Only yearly plan, while the Premium yearly plan costs ₹999.

If you're currently out of India but want to watch an England vs India ODI live stream, you'll need to get yourself a VPN, as per the instructions above.

How to watch England vs India 2026 ODI live streams in Australia

Australian flag

(Image credit: free)

The England vs India ODI series is being shown on Fox Cricket via Foxtel in Australia, with live streaming available via Kayo Sports.

Kayo Sports starts at AU$30 per month after a 7-day free trial. Or you can get your first month for AU$1.

Remember if you're out of Australia at all during the series, get yourself a VPN to stream ENG vs IND from anywhere in the world.

How to watch England vs India 2026 ODI live streams in South Africa

South Africa flag

The England vs India 2026 ODI series is being shown on Supersport in South Africa.

You'll need to get a DStv access package to watch all five games, with prices starting at Rs99/month for the streaming version.

Abroad right now? Just use a VPN and tell your device that you're back home and you'll be good to go.

How to watch England vs India 2026 ODI live streams in New Zealand

New Zealand flag

In New Zealand, Sky Sport NZ is showing the England vs India ODI series.

You can access Sky Sport through satellite TV or get a live stream, with the Sky Sport Now subscription service starting at $29.99 per day or $54.99 per month.

Those outside of New Zealand for any part of the series can use NordVPN to gain access to their home streaming service.

England vs India 2026 ODI Series FAQs

What is the England vs India 2026 ODI schedule?

1st ODI: Tuesday 14 July, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 11am (BST)

2nd ODI: Thursday 16 July, Sophia Gardens, Cardiff, 1pm (BST)

3rd ODI: Sunday 19 July, Lord’s, London. 11am (BST)

What are the England vs India 2026 ODI squads?

England ODI squad: Harry Brook (captain), Joe Root, Jos Buttler, Ben Duckett, Will Jacks, Jacob Bethell, Tom Banton, James Coles, Sam Curran, Liam Dawson, Rehan Ahmed, Jofra Archer, Gus Atkinson, Saqib Mahmood, Adil Rashid, Josh Tongue.

India ODI squad: Shubman Gill (captain), Rohit Sharma, Virat Kohli, Shreyas Iyer, KL Rahul, Ishan Kishan, Washington Sundar, Axar Patel, Shivam Dube, Kuldeep Yadav, Jasprit Bumrah, Prasidh Krishna, Arshdeep Singh, Gurnoor Brar, Prince Yadav.

We test and review VPN services in the context of legal recreational uses. For example:1. Accessing a service from another country (subject to the terms and conditions of that service).2. Protecting your online security and strengthening your online privacy when abroad.We do not support or condone the illegal or malicious use of VPN services. Consuming pirated content that is paid-for is neither endorsed nor approved by Future Publishing.

❌
❌